global banking

profilefffinal
AS1support.zip

AS1 support/Assignment Support - AS1.pdf

a) Critically evaluate the systemic role of the chosen bank

What is a systemically important financial institution (SIFI)?

• Size / ranking

• Complexity,

• Interconnectedness

• Non-substitutability

• Global activity

What happens if the bank fails?

• Impact on the financial infrastructure

• Impact on national (UK or China) economy

• Impact on other banks globally

• Too-big-too- fail (TBTF):

- Bank bail-out (rescue) - Problems: Expensive, Moral hazard

What do the government/ central bank/ regulators do to ensure the bank doesn’t fail?

- Regulation (liquidity, capital, capital buffer) - Lender of Last Resort - Stress testing

b) Critically assess the risks faced by the bank during the coronavirus pandemic:

• Impact of Covid-19 on the economy

• Impact of Covid-19 on banks

• Risks (both actual and potential)

o Credit risk o Liquidity risk o Market risk o Operational risk

• How has the banked responded to these risks o Liquidity management o Asset/ Liability management o Capital management

c) Assess the strategies and measures that the respective central bank (of your chosen bank) deploys to ensure financial stability during the pandemic. PBoC or BoE?

Central bank functions: Monetary functions: Supporting the economy Financial stability function:

• Regulate and supervise banks

What has the pandemic done to the economy (above)? What has the central bank done to support the economy? What has the central bank done to ensure financial stability? Choose the key measures and assess them, criticise them, give them your own judgment. How effective have the policies been? How helpful are they to the banks? What else can be done?

__MACOSX/AS1 support/._Assignment Support - AS1.pdf

AS1 support/ACC3019 - AS1 Assessment Brief 2020-2021(1).docx

Assessment Brief

Module Name:

Module Code

Level

Credit Value

Module Leader

ACC3019

6

20

Ai-Quang Tonthat

Assessment title:

ACC3019 – Assignment AS1

Weighting:

50%

Submission date:

4th December 2020

Feedback and Grades due:

11th Jan 2021

Please read this assessment brief in its entirety before starting work on the Assessment Task.

The Assessment Task

You are required to choose ONE bank from the list below and tackle the following questions:

a. Evaluate the systemic role the bank plays in its domestic and global economies.

b. Critically assess the risks the bank is facing from the coronavirus pandemic.

c. Assess the strategies and measures that the respective central bank (of your chosen bank) deploys to ensure financial stability during the pandemic.

Bank list

· HSBC (UK)

· Barclays (UK)

· Industrial and Construction Bank of China (China)

· Bank of China (China)

[Max. wordcount 2,000 (+ /- 10%) excluding bibliography]

Note : This report requires you to demonstrate your analytical and critical thinking through application of the knowledge and theories from the module. You are, therefore, encouraged to collect information and data from various reliable sources, including (but not limited to) well-established media and academic research, in order to develop your own analysis, critique, assessment and evaluation.

Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of this assessment, you will be able to:

a) Critically evaluate alternative sources of financing for banks

b) Evaluate the causes and impact of bank failure and financial crises in the financial system.

c) Critically appraise the roles of the management and governance in an international bank.

d) Select and apply a range of numerical techniques to present and interpret financial information in assessing international banking.

Your grade will depend on the extent to which you meet these learning outcomes in the way relevant for this assessment. Please see the grading rubric on NILE for further details of the criteria against which you will be assessed.

Assessment Support

Specific support sessions for this assessment will be provided by the module team and notified through NILE, You can also access individual support and guidance for your assessments from the Learning Development team. The Skills Hub is another useful source of online support for assessments and academic skills.

Academic Integrity and Misconduct

Unless this is a group assessment, the work you produce must be your own, with work taken from any other source properly referenced and attributed. For the avoidance of doubt this means that it is an infringement of academic integrity and, therefore, academic misconduct to ask someone else to carry out all or some of the work for you, whether paid or unpaid, or to use the work of another student whether current or previously submitted.

For further guidance on what constitutes plagiarism, contract cheating or collusion, or any other infringement of academic integrity, please read the University’s Academic Integrity and Misconduct Policy. Also useful resources to help with understanding academic integrity are available from UNPAC .

N.B. The penalties for academic misconduct are severe and can include failing the assessment, failing the module and expulsion from the university.

Assessment Submission

To submit your work, please go to the ‘Submit your work’ area on the NILE site and use the relevant submission point to upload your report. The deadline for this is 11.59pm (UK local time) on the date of submission. Please note that essays and text based reports should be submitted as word documents and not PDFs or Mac files.

Written work submitted to TURNITIN will be subject to anti-plagiarism detection software. Turnitin checks student work for possible textual matches against internet available resources and its own proprietary database. Work

When you upload your work correctly to TURNITIN you will receive a receipt which is your record and proof of submission. If your assessment is not submitted to TURNITIN, rather than a receipt, you will see a green banner at the top of the screen that denotes successful submission.

N.B Work emailed directly to your tutor will not be marked.

Late submission of work

For first sits, if an item of assessment is submitted late and an extension has not been granted, the following will apply:

· Within one week of the original deadline – work will be marked and returned with full feedback, and awarded a maximum bare pass grade.

· More than one week from original deadline – grade achievable LG (L indicating late).

For resits there are no allowances for work submitted late and it will be treated as a non-submission.

Please see the Assessment and Feedback Policy for full information on the processes related to assessment, grading and feedback. You will also find the generic grading criteria for achievement at University Grading Criteria. Also explained there are the meanings of the various G grades at the bottom of the grading scale including LG mentioned above.

Extensions

The University of Northampton’s general policy with regard to extensions is to be supportive of students who have genuine difficulties, but not against pressures of work that could have reasonably been anticipated.

For full details please refer to the Extensions Policy. Extensions are only available for first sits – they are not available for resits.

Mitigating Circumstances

For guidance on Mitigating circumstances please go to Mitigating Circumstances where you will find detailed guidance on the policy as well as guidance and the form for making an application.

Please note, however, that an application to defer an assessment on the grounds of mitigating circumstances should normally be made in advance of the submission deadline or examination date.

Feedback and Grades

These can be accessed through clicking on the Feedback and Grades tab on NILE. Feedback will be provided by a rubric with summary comments.

1

Criteria

Grade / %

G – No Submission

F - Fail

0-39

D - Pass

40-49

D-

C- Commended

50-59

B- Merit

60-69

A - Distinction

70-100

Grading criteria

Work submitted is of no academic value / nothing submitted

Evidence included or provided but missing in some very important aspects

.

Of satisfactory quality, demonstrating evidence of achieving the requirements of the learning outcomes

Of sound quality, demonstrating evidence which is sufficient and appropriate to the task or activity

Of high quality, demonstrating evidence which is rigorous and convincing, appropriate to the task or activity

Of very high quality, demonstrating evidence which is strong, robust and consistent, appropriate to the task or activity

LO1 Critically evaluate alternative sources of financing for banks (30)

Section incomplete or is of unacceptable standard.

Fail. The discussion is descriptive and irrelevant. No analysis or critical thinking.

Satisfactory: A reasonable discussion demonstrating some basic knowledge of the role of banks in the economy and the risks facing banks. Could be improved with more analysis.

Good: . A good discussion demonstrating a sufficient knowledge of the role of banks in the economy, different types of risks facing financial institutions, as well as the importance of banking regulations, but could be improved with more critical thinking.

Very Good. A good and interesting discussion demonstrating a strong knowledge of the role of banks in the economy, different types of risks facing financial institutions, as well as the importance of banking regulations.

Excellent: An excellent discussion demonstrating a robust knowledge of the role of banks in the economy, different types of risks facing financial institutions, as well as the importance of banking regulations.

LO2 - Evaluate the causes and impact of bank failure and financial crises in the financial system. (30)

Section incomplete or is of unacceptable standard.

Fail. Not understanding the causes and consequences of any of the world’s financial crises.

Satisfactory: A demonstration of a basic understanding of the causes and consequences of the world’s financial crises, although many aspects remain inadequate and need more thorough analysis.

Good: A demonstration of a good understanding of the causes and consequences of the world’s financial crises.

Very Good. A demonstration of a strong understanding of the causes and consequences of the world’s financial crises.

Exceptional. An excellent demonstration of a rigorous understanding of the causes and consequences of the world’s financial crises.

LO3 - Critically appraise the roles of the management and governance in an international bank. (20)

Unacceptable standard.

Fail. No significant effort has been made to present information or evidence in an acceptable manner to support any arguments.

Satisfactory: An acceptable discussion of management and governance issues concerning the bank.

Good: A good critique of management and governance issues concerning the bank with some evidence of risk assessment.

Very Good. A well-constructed critique of management and governance issues concerning the bank with some evidence of originality and analytical thinking.

Exceptional. An excellent and balanced critique of management and governance issues concerning the bank and the industry with evidence of originality and analytical thinking.

LO3 - Select and apply a range of numerical techniques to present and interpret financial information in assessing international banking. (10)

Unacceptable standard.

Fail. No significant effort has been made to present information or evidence in an acceptable manner to support any arguments.

Satisfactory: An acceptable presentation of basic evidence to support your arguments. Could be improved with a better structure and coherence.

Good: A good presentation of sufficient evidence to support your arguments using a good range of data and information. Could be improved with more analytical thinking.

Very Good. A strong presentation of good and reliable evidence to support your arguments using a good range of data and information. Very good use of a good range of academic materials and reliable sources.

Exceptional. An excellent presentation of high quality and convincing evidence to support your original arguments using critical and analytical thinking. Excellent use of a good range of robust academic materials and credible sources.

LO4 - Integrate information from a variety of sources into a professional format. (5)

Unacceptable standard.

Fail. A poor effort in conducting research and collecting information for the task.

Satisfactory: A fair use of an acceptable range of credible materials

Good: Reasonably good use of a good range of academic materials and some review of existing literature.

Very Good. Very good use of a good range of academic materials and a strong review of existing literature

Exceptional. Excellent use of a good range of robust academic materials and credible sources.

Professional / academic quality

(5)

Section incomplete or is of unacceptable standard.

Fail.

Poor command of academic / professional conventions appropriate to the discipline

Satisfactory. Satisfactory command of academic / professional conventions appropriate to the discipline

on non-academic material.

Citation and referencing is good in some parts.

Good. Sound command of academic / professional conventions sufficient and appropriate to the discipline

throughout, following Harvard Referencing.

Very Good. Rigorous command of academic / professional conventions appropriate to the discipline

Exceptional. Authoritative command of academic / professional conventions appropriate to the discipline

__MACOSX/AS1 support/._ACC3019 - AS1 Assessment Brief 2020-2021(1).docx

AS1 support/.DS_Store

__MACOSX/AS1 support/._.DS_Store

AS1 support/Q1/NEW REGULATION AND THE NEW WORLD OF GLOBAL BANKING.pdf

CECCHETTI, DOMANSKI AND VON PETER NEW REGULATION AND THE NEW WORLD OF GLOBAL BANKING R29

NEW REGULATION AND THE NEW WORLD OF GLOBAL BANKING

Stephen G. Cecchetti,* Dietrich Domanski** and Goetz von Peter**

Global banks are changing. With a new set of rules come new business models. We review the international dimension of the financial crisis, centring on cross-border losses and cross-currency funding problems that prompted authorities to adopt wide-ranging rescue measures and liquidity operations. Against this background, we proceed to examine the regulatory response, focusing on the Basel III framework and the ongoing work of the Basel Committee and Financial Stability Board regarding the amount of capital banks are required to hold, restrictions on maturity transformation on banks’ balance sheets and proposals to mitigate the risks posed by systemically important financial institutions. Our conclusion is that capital and liquidity regulation will have distinctly different effects on the international organisation of banks. Liquidity regulation, especially when applied locally, has the greatest potential to reshape the global banking landscape.

Keywords: Global banks; financial crisis; multinational banking; local operations; regulatory reform; Basel III; capital regulation; liquidity regulation.

JEL Classifications: F36; G01; G21; G28; H12

*Bank for International Settlements (BIS), National Bureau of Economic Research, and Centre for Economic Policy Research. **BIS. E-mail: [email protected]. We have benefitted from discussions with a large number of our colleagues, including William Coen, Robert McCauley and Patrick McGuire. Jhuvesh Sobrun provided competent assistance with the figures. The views expressed in this paper are those of the authors and not necessarily those of the BIS.

1. Introduction Internationally active banks were at the centre of the global financial crisis. Massive credit losses, often on foreign asset holdings, in combination with dislocations in international wholesale funding markets, resulted in actual and near failures of large globally active banks. At the height of the crisis in the final months of 2008, doubts about the solvency of global banks contributed importantly to the evaporation of liquidity in interbank lending markets, as well as in markets for repurchase agreements and securitised assets in nearly all major currencies. As a direct consequence of these difficulties, a substantial part of public support, including funds for recapitalisation and massive amounts of central bank liquidity in domestic and foreign currency, ended up being channelled to global banks.

The crisis exposed three major weaknesses in the way large global banks conducted their business. First, their capital cushions were too slim and of insufficient quality

to absorb losses, much less to reassure market participants of their soundness. Second, they had taken on too much maturity transformation, so liquidity buffers were too small and liquidity management inadequate to withstand the stress when key funding markets worldwide became illiquid. And third, the global financial system, particularly with its reliance on over-the-counter transactions, had become highly interconnected so that downward pressure on asset prices precipitated by forced asset sales at one institution would have immediate and considerable knock-on effects, depressing prices and collateral values in a wide array of markets. The bigger the bank and the further its global reach, the worse the externalities it creates.

Against this backdrop, the regulatory response has naturally focused on capital, liquidity and the externalities created by large global banks. Key elements of the regulatory reform took shape in the

R30 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 216 APRIL 2011

course of 2010. Most importantly, the Basel III capital framework was endorsed by the G20 leaders at the Seoul summit in November 2010, and was finalised in December 2010. Furthermore, at the time of writing, the Basel Committee and the Financial Stability Board are continuing their work on requirements designed to mitigate risks posed by systemically important financial institutions (SIFIs).

The key objective of new regulatory frameworks is both to make individual banks safer and to contain the build- up of systemic risk. This means more capital, more liquidity and better risk management. That is, less leverage, less maturity transformation and internalisation of the pernicious externalities that propelled the crisis. In other words, new regulations are designed to force changes in business models and incentives for global banks and those who run them. These are intended, not unintended, consequences.

It is worth noting that market forces have worked in the same direction as the new regulation, requiring banks to hold more capital and strengthen liquidity buffers. From this perspective, the new regulation is supporting and institutionalising an adjustment process towards a sounder banking industry, reinforcing the improvements in balance sheets and risk management and ensuring that they will not be reversed as the next boom unfolds.

In the remainder of this article we discuss how the regulatory response to the crisis is affecting the way global banks go about their business. Taking an international perspective, we begin with a summary of the weaknesses exposed by the crisis. Then, in section 3, we turn to the regulatory response and, in section 4, to the implications for the organisation of global banking. Section 5 concludes.

2. The global dimension of the financial crisis

The years before the crisis saw a remarkable expansion of global banking. The outstanding stock of banks’ foreign claims1 outpaced both the growth of international trade and broader economic activity, growing from $10 trillion in early 2000 to $34 trillion by end-2007. As banks’ global balance sheets grew, so did their appetite for foreign currency assets, especially US dollar-denominated claims on non-bank entities. Not only did banks boost loans to retail and corporate borrowers, as well as financial entities such as hedge funds, but they also had an apparently insatiable

appetite for structured finance products, predominantly those based on US mortgages.2 Until late into 2007, foreign private net purchases of US securities were running at a volume close to the then very high US current account deficit (Bertaut and Pounder, 2009). By September 2008, BIS reporting banks had amassed $6.3 trillion in US dollar claims on US borrowers, 89 per cent of which was on private sector entities.

Comparing individual banking systems,3 we see that the growth in the global positions of European banks stands out. Foreign claims expanded rapidly and, for some banking systems, have come to exceed the GDP of their respective home countries, sometimes by large multiples. Looking at the left-hand panel of figure 1, we note that Swiss banks’ foreign claims peaked at close to ten times Swiss GDP. In comparison, the same figure shows that the scale of foreign claims booked by Japanese and US banks was more moderate.

With the benefit of hindsight, we now see that this rapid pre-crisis expansion of global banks’ balance sheets was associated with a major build-up of vulnerabilities. First there was the size itself. Bank assets and leverage were increased substantially. Between 2003 and 2007, total assets of 23 of the largest global banks rose from $15 to $35 trillion, driving up their leverage – calculated as the ratio of total assets to total equity – from 22 to 27 (weighted average). In some important cases the increase was much larger, with leverage ratios rising to over 50.4

Next, there was the funding. As balance sheets expanded, international banks incurred large maturity and currency mismatches. On the maturity side, banks were borrowing in short-term wholesale markets to finance the purchase of long-term assets. The associated large-scale maturity transformation exposed banks to considerable funding liquidity risk (BIS, 2009) and, on the currency side, expansion into foreign currency assets meant they became reliant on cross-currency funding and FX swap markets (McGuire and von Peter, 2009). European and Japanese banks funded their holdings of US dollar assets essentially in two ways. One was to borrow dollars on the global interbank market and from non-bank sources, relying substantially on short-term wholesale funding; the other was to convert domestic currency, drawn in part from their home deposit base, into dollars by means of FX swap contracts. Banks whose foreign currency asset holdings persistently exceeded their funding in the same currency had thereby built up structural cross-currency funding needs, and their use of FX swaps to eliminate currency risk gave

CECCHETTI, DOMANSKI AND VON PETER NEW REGULATION AND THE NEW WORLD OF GLOBAL BANKING R31

rise to rollover risk on account of the short average maturities of swap contracts.5

The US dollar funding needs among European banks had become particularly large. While an exact figure is difficult to calculate from available information, even lower-bound estimates show that their structural dollar funding needs had risen to well in excess of $1 trillion for mid-2007 (figure 1, right-hand panel).6 The dollar funding gap measures the amount of dollar liabilities that banks must roll over before their investments mature or can be sold.

The combined currency and maturity transformation implicit in these funding gaps – financing long maturity dollar assets with short-term dollar borrowing or local currency borrowing plus a swap – became unsustainable as the various sources of dollar funding dried up one by one beginning in mid-2007. Uncertainty about the soundness of major banks gave rise to a reduction in counterparty limits, a progressive shortening of funding maturities, and precautionary hoarding of liquidity (CGFS, 2010a). Interbank and other unsecured markets seized up first, leading to dislocations in repo and FX swap markets. The widening of Libor and FX swap

spreads shown in figure 2 reflected the rise of both credit and liquidity premia (Michaud and Upper, 2008). Funding pressures spilled over to secured markets as liquidity providers withdrew and repo market activity became increasingly concentrated in the shortest maturities and the highest-quality collateral (Hördahl and King, 2008; Gorton, 2009; Gorton and Metrick, 2011).

Further compounding the pressure on European banks was the instability in non-bank dollar funding sources. In the aftermath of the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers in September 2008, money market funds facing large redemptions withdrew from bank-issued paper (Baba et al., 2009). At the same time, many dollar assets on banks’ balance sheets became difficult to sell into illiquid markets without realising major losses. In essence, the effective holding period of assets got longer just as the maturity of available funding got shorter. This endogenous rise in maturity mismatch precipitated the US dollar shortage.

The deepening of the crisis following the Lehman failure brought the size of externalities created by the activities of large global banks into clear focus. All banks,

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

19 99

Q 2

20 00

Q 2

20 01

Q 2

20 02

Q 2

20 03

Q 2

20 04

Q 2

20 05

Q 2

20 06

Q 2

20 07

Q 2

20 08

Q 2

20 09

Q 2

20 10

Q 2

Lower bound Upper bound

Figure 1. Balance sheet expansion and dollar funding risk

Foreign claims over GDP(a) US dollar funding gap(b)

Notes: (a) Consolidated foreign claims (including domestic lending in foreign currency) as a percentage of the GDP of the country the respective reporting banks are headquartered in. The foreign claims ratio of banks headquartered in Japan and the United States, respectively, are shown as dashed lines. (b) The panel aggregates four European banking systems that in aggregate held more US dollar assets than were supported by their dollar liabilities (Dutch, German, Swiss and UK banks). The lower bound measure assumes that all dollar borrowing from non-banks is in the form of stable long-term funding. The upper bound instead takes all dollar liabilities to be short term.

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

1000 1100

19 99

Q 2

20 00

Q 2

20 01

Q 2

20 02

Q 2

20 03

Q 2

20 04

Q 2

20 05

Q 2

20 06

Q 2

20 07

Q 2

20 08

Q 2

20 09

Q 2

0

60

120

180

240

300

Switzerland (lhs) Germany (rhs)

Spain (rhs) France (rhs)

UK (rhs) Japan (rhs)

US (rhs)

R32 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 216 APRIL 2011

regardless of size or any objective measure of creditworthiness, were suddenly unable to roll over short-term debt. Large increases in margin and haircuts meant huge margin calls that forced asset sales resulting in larger losses, more funding difficulties and further margin calls (CGFS, 2009). Liquidity spirals hurt everyone (Brunnermeier, 2009). The interconnectedness of large financial institutions through interbank funding and derivatives markets made it impossible to identify and isolate non-viable institutions. When Lehman failed, everyone became suspect.

With the entire financial system teetering on the edge of the abyss, the official response was unprecedented in both its size and scope. Bank balance sheets were strengthened through a combination of recapitalisations, asset purchases and insurance schemes; the scope and ceilings of deposit insurance were raised, and non- deposit liabilities were guaranteed in an effort to prevent wholesale runs; and central banks created a number of programmes aimed at providing liquidity and improving the functioning of key markets (BIS, 2009). The overall amount of resources committed to the various packages totalled around $6 trillion, or almost 20 per cent of the GDP of major advanced economies (Panetta et al., 2009).7

The mere fact that banks needed large-scale

recapitalisations emphasises that the pre-crisis levels of capital were too low. Throughout the crisis, banks took staggering credit losses (figure 3, left-hand panel). If capital levels had been sufficient, there would have been no need for officials to worry about whether banks would remain healthy enough to be able to continue to play their essential role of intermediating credit. In the quarter following the Lehman bankruptcy alone, the public sector injected over $250 billion of capital into global banks (figure 3, right-hand panel).8 But, as can be seen from the fact that a number of institutions fall below the 45o line in the left-hand panel, even this massive effort fell short of matching losses in a large number of cases. Accordingly, aggregate losses ($1,980 billion) outpaced total private plus public recapitalisations ($1,607 billion) for the banks, brokers and insurers quoted on Bloomberg.

As we have already mentioned, solvency and liquidity were not the only problems faced by global banks. They needed liquidity well beyond their home currency, namely in US dollars, and lots of it. To address this extraordinary predicament, central banks created a network of bilateral swap lines. The result was that foreign central banks could obtain US dollars from the Federal Reserve, which they in turn could auction off to the banks in their jurisdictions. The first swap lines were

Figure 2. Interbank and FX swap market spreads

3-month Libor-OIS spreads FX swap spreads against the dollar(a)

-50

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

01 /0

1/ 20

07

01 /0

7/ 20

07

01 /0

1/ 20

08

01 /0

7/ 20

08

01 /0

1/ 20

09

01 /0

7/ 20

09

01 /0

1/ 20

10

01 /0

7/ 20

10

01 /0

1/ 20

11

US dollar Euro

Sterling Yen

Sources: Bloomberg; BIS calculations. Note: (a) Spreads between three-month FX swap implied dollar rate and the three-month USD Libor; the FX swap implied rate is the implied cost of raising US dollars via FX swap using the funding currency.

-100

-50

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

02 /0

1/ 20

06

02 /0

7/ 20

06

02 /0

1/ 20

07

02 /0

7/ 20

07

02 /0

1/ 20

08

02 /0

7/ 20

08

02 /0

1/ 20

09

02 /0

7/ 20

09

02 /0

1/ 20

10

02 /0

7/ 20

10

02 /0

1/ 20

11

Euro Sterling Yen

CECCHETTI, DOMANSKI AND VON PETER NEW REGULATION AND THE NEW WORLD OF GLOBAL BANKING R33

established in December 2007. Over the following year, their number multiplied and limits were gradually raised until they became unlimited in four important cases (the ECB, the Bank of Japan, the Swiss National Bank and the Bank of England). At the peak in December 2008, the international provision of US dollars reached $583 billion. This mechanism was highly effective in addressing the cross-border funding stresses that had materialised so quickly and unexpectedly (CGFS, 2010a).

3. The international regulatory response The crisis revealed three key areas in which international regulatory action was required. Banks needed (1) to hold more capital, (2) to hold more liquidity, and (3) to be forced to face the externalities that their actions create for the system as a whole. Officials have been hard at work fashioning international standards designed to meet all of these objectives. The effort has adopted a two-pronged approach; on the one (microprudential) hand, new regulations aim at strengthening the resilience of individual banks by raising the level and quality of bank

capital and by establishing a global liquidity standard. On the other (macroprudential) hand, the goal is to resist the build-up of systemic risk by adding a leverage ratio and countercyclical buffers and limiting the risks emanating from SIFIs, as well as to reduce the degree of uncertainty and interconnectedness by having OTC derivatives traded on exchanges and cleared through central counterparties.

Starting with bank capital, the new framework raises both the required level and quality of capital. To understand the changes and their importance, consider that a risk-based capital requirement is quoted as a ratio with three elements: the numerator (how you measure capital), the denominator (how you measure the assets against which loss-absorbing capital must be held) and the ratio itself. The new framework agreed by the Governors and Heads of Supervision of the 27 Basel Committee member countries strengthened all three of these.

First, regarding the numerator, the Basel Committee’s efforts to strengthen the capital base have focused on common equity, the most loss-absorbing form of capital.

Figure 3. Credit losses and capital raising since 2007

Losses and total recapitalisations(a) Sources and types of capital raised(b)

Sources: Bloomberg; Bureau van Dijk (ISIS); BIS calculations. (a) The panel shows banks and insurance companies with total credit losses exceeding $1 billion US dollars since mid-2007, as reported on Bloomberg. Each dot represents a single institution’s total credit losses (x-axis) and recapitalisations (y-axis), both from private and public sources, on a log10 scale (the value 10 represents $10 billion = 1010). (b) ‘Other capital’ comprises instruments not explicitly classified as common shares, e.g. preferred shares (convertible or perpetual), subordinated bonds, capital notes, convertible bonds, profits from asset sales and other uncategorised instruments.

0

60

120

180

240

300

360

420

2007 2008 2009 2010

U S$

b ill

io n

Private sector other capital

Public sector other capital

Public sector common shares

Private sector common shares

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5

Losses

R ec

ap it al

is at

io ns

Banks Conglomerates

Insurers 45 degree line

R34 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 216 APRIL 2011

The result is a much stricter definition of what counts as Tier 1 capital accompanied by more stringent regulatory adjustments (ie, deductions) from capital. Second, regarding the denominator, the Committee has taken a series of measures to ensure that the regulatory capital framework covers the full range of significant risks. Adequate capital can only protect against unexpected losses provided all risks are comprehensively covered. And third, looking at the capital adequacy ratio itself, a key component of Basel III is the significant increase of the minimum common equity requirement to 4.5 per cent. This compares with the pre-crisis minimum requirement of 2 per cent. But because of the changes in the definition mentioned above, this simple comparison understates the degree to which banks will have to increase their capital. Shifting from the old, lenient definition of capital to the new, stricter one cuts the existing amount of capital eligible to meet the requirements in half. That is, given the current composition of assets that many global banks are holding, the previous minimum would be closer to 1 per cent. So, the additional capital banks will be required to accumulate is much greater than a casual glance would make it appear.

But this substantial strengthening of the regulatory minimum – the level below which regulatory intervention (including closure) would be statutorily required – is only the first step. The crisis demonstrated the importance of building capital buffers during good times in order to create a cushion that can be drawn down in times of stress. Taking this lesson to heart, the Basel Committee embraced the creation of a capital conservation buffer, set the level at 2.5 per cent and required that it be made up of common equity. Adding this to the 4.5 per cent figure for the minimum requirement gives a 7 per cent overall ratio (figure 4).

The Committee has also endorsed the creation of a countercyclical buffer that will increase capitalisation by up to an additional 2.5 percentage points during periods of excess credit growth.9 Financial risks typically mount during times of very rapid credit expansion; investor exuberance drives up asset prices, collateral values rise, and banks relax lending standards because they want to get their share of what is seen as an ever growing cake. Raising the fences during such periods helps to achieve the broader macroprudential goal of protecting the banking sector from periods of excess credit growth. In addition, a new leverage ratio is introduced to complement the risk-based regime and to contain the build-up of system-wide risk.

Next is liquidity. As mentioned earlier, maturity mismatches were at the core of the crisis. That said, we have to acknowledge that maturity transformation is one of the things we rely on the banking system to do. There may never be enough short-term liabilities issued by governments and the private sector to satisfy the natural need for liquid short-term savings instruments by individuals and corporations, so we should not begrudge banks their primary function of providing these vehicles to the public, and remunerating them with the returns they can earn on longer-term assets. But, at the same time, we can make sure that banks hold more liquid assets and manage their liquidity risks appropriately. This is the objective of the Basel Committee’s new liquidity standard.

Briefly, the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) forces banks to hold liquid assets against potentially unstable liabilities. It requires that the ratio of the stock of high- quality liquid assets to cumulative expected net cash outflows over a 30-day period equals or exceeds unity continuously. This seeks to ensure that a bank maintains an adequate level of unencumbered, high-quality assets that can be converted into cash to meet liquidity needs in a short-term liquidity stress scenario.10

The net stable funding ratio (NSFR) requires that banks seek stable liabilities against illiquid assets. The NSFR seeks to limit banks’ reliance on short-term wholesale funding by controlling maturity mismatches over the medium and longer term. Specifically, it requires that the available stable funding (capital, long-term liabilities and a share of stable deposits) equals or exceeds the required stable funding in a stress scenario, calculated as a weighted sum across asset classes held by the institution. This ratio is meant to limit a bank’s aggregate maturity mismatch, covering most aspects of the balance sheet over the medium and longer term as well as off-balance sheet items. The intention is to create incentives for banks to fund their activities with more stable sources of funding on an ongoing structural basis.

The two requirements address different sources of liquidity problems. The LCR aims to protect a bank against the inability to meet its short-term payment obligations because many assets cannot be liquidated under adverse market conditions. The longer-term NSFR limits maturity transformation. Both requirements are complementary as funding problems and illiquid markets typically coincide in a crisis.

We should note that establishing a liquidity

CECCHETTI, DOMANSKI AND VON PETER NEW REGULATION AND THE NEW WORLD OF GLOBAL BANKING R35

requirement means treading in an area where economic theory provides virtually no guidance. In contrast to capital regulation, there have been no internationally harmonised liquidity standards to date. In doing what amounts to placing a tax on maturity and liquidity transformation, we would like to know what the optimal level of maturity transformation should be in an economy. Alas, we do not.11

Before moving on, it is important to note that implementation of the new capital and liquidity requirements extends over years. As shown in figure 4, capital requirements will be phased in gradually, and the liquidity standards will go through a parallel observation period designed to identify and address any unintended consequences. As the two ratios surely alter the behaviour of banks, they could induce changes in market functioning, liquidity provision, yield curves and central bank operations. It is possible that the different regulatory treatment of instruments and maturities will cause some degree of market segmentation that will widen the spread between liquid and less liquid instruments, and steepen the yield curve between short and longer maturities.

This brings us to systemic risk, and the externalities arising from the existence of SIFIs. Reforms need to confront two complementary problems. First, unlike the case of a small bank, authorities lack appropriate resolution powers to handle the failure of a systemically important non-bank or cross-border banking group (Brierley, 2009; Goodhart and Schoenmaker, 2009; BCBS, 2010a). Even today, because of their size, complexity and systemic interconnectedness, disorderly failure would pose a significant risk to the wider financial system and the economy at large (FSB, 2010). But, as if that were not a big enough challenge, officials also need to face the fact that if a SIFI begins to experience stress – even if not imminently life- threatening – this will affect other institutions, possibly many other institutions. Their size and central position in multiple markets make them essential counterparties already as a going concern. Once they endure financial distress, reputational contagion and distress selling quickly impair market-making and asset valuations with consequences far beyond the group of immediate counterparties. And in the event of a failure, the countless interlinkages a SIFI maintains through OTC and other markets can instantly cast a shadow on virtually all other institutions, and give rise to so much

Figure 4. Timeline for the implementation of Basel III

-12

-7

-2

3

8

13

2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021P er

c en

t

Minimum requirement Capital conservation buffer Countercyclical buffer

Leverage ratio LCR NSFR

Capital framework(a)

Liquidity standards (b)

Source: BCBS (2010b). Notes: (a) Shaded areas indicate common equity requirements as a percentage of risk-weighted assets; additional requirements exist for Tier 1 and total capital. (b) Dashed lines indicate observation periods, solid lines represent the introduction of the minimum standard. The countercyclical buffer is defined as a range of 0–2.5 per cent, according to national circumstances. It will be phased in in parallel with the capital conservation buffer. The new leverage ratio of 3 per cent (Tier 1 capital over total exposure) will be subject to supervisory monitoring in 2011–12, before the parallel run (dashed line) and its eventual migration to Pillar 1 treatment (solid line).

R36 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 216 APRIL 2011

uncertainty and risk aversion that markets come to a standstill.

As it currently stands, if a SIFI starts to experience problems, authorities are faced with the unpalatable choice between risking catastrophe or providing a public bail-out. It is worth stating clearly that having done this once already, in some jurisdictions, another bail-out is not an option.

So, meeting the challenge posed by SIFIs requires both reducing their likelihood of coming under stress on the one hand, and improving their resolvability in the event of a failure on the other. The solution is in two parts: improving their ability to absorb losses when they inevitably occur, and creating a credible resolution regime. A variety of solutions to the first of these has been suggested. Financial firms could be required to hold additional capital based on a measure of their systemic importance. While this might come in the form of a higher minimum for common equity, it could also come in other forms. Suggestions include various forms of bonds that either convert to capital or are required to share in an institution’s losses. In any case, what amounts to capital surcharges help to force SIFIs to internalise the externalities that they create.

With regard to resolution, improved regimes need to be developed so that the vital parts of an impaired bank can keep functioning while other business lines can be unwound in an orderly manner. It takes credible regimes to address the moral hazard created by SIFIs, and the public sector intervention to support them, in the aftermath of the Lehman failure. While a global insolvency/bankruptcy regime would contribute to an orderly winding down of a failed global firm, such a regime is not foreseen in the near future. The cross-border context raises a host of legal and supervisory issues. Until such global arrangements are available, the Basel Committee has set out recommendations that would help mitigate the effects of cross-border failures (BCBS, 2010a). Going forward, the prospect of orderly failure also holds the promise of ending certain competitive distortions and moral hazard associated with SIFIs.

In conclusion, the new regulatory landscape has three essential components: strong capital requirements, harmonised and uniform liquidity requirements, and a combination of greater loss absorbency and a credible resolution regime for systemically important financial institutions. On this last point, it is worth emphasising

that the two elements directed at SIFIs are complements rather than substitutions. The ability to fail in an orderly fashion is essential. But, resolution regimes cannot prevent the build-up of vulnerabilities resulting from failures in risk management and assessment. Instead, added capacity to absorb losses, through capital surcharges and the like, provide an additional buffer to minimise the risk that a SIFI under stress will bring the system down.

4. Prospects for the shape of global banking Stronger capital requirements can be expected to bring substantial benefits at only a modest cost. One study concludes that bringing the global common equity capital ratio to a level in line with the agreed minimum and the capital conservation buffer would result in a maximum decline in GDP relative to the baseline forecast of a cumulative 0.22 per cent of GDP over eight years (MAG, 2010). At the same time, the long-term benefits of lowering the probability of banking crises (and therefore output losses) far outweigh the long-term costs in terms of lending spreads under a wide range of assumptions (BCBS, 2010c).

The effects of macroprudential policies are harder to assess. Case studies suggest that the financial system would probably have been more resilient had such capital conservation measures and countercyclical buffers been in place before the crisis. A counterfactual scenario, in which national authorities would have applied macroprudential policies in the boom years before 2008, is less severe than that which played out during the actual crisis, because capitalisation, on top of a higher minimum requirement, would have been boosted by 5 per cent through the combined effect of the capital conservation and countercyclical buffers (Caruana, 2010).

Beyond its impact on the feedback between the financial sector and the real economy, the new regulatory framework will also affect the way international banks organise their activities. In this, however, we need to distinguish the potential impact of the new capital and liquidity frameworks. The capital framework adopts a consolidated perspective, with responsibility for supervision remaining largely with the home country regulator. Many aspects of international organisation, such as intragroup funding and contingency lines, are therefore netted out of the consolidated picture. As such, the strengthening of capital requirements is, in our view, unlikely to change significantly the way banks organise

CECCHETTI, DOMANSKI AND VON PETER NEW REGULATION AND THE NEW WORLD OF GLOBAL BANKING R37

their global business, other than by moderating expectations on balance sheet growth and return on equity.

Liquidity regulation is a different story. It could change the face of global banking. The main reason is that liquidity is intrinsically more local in nature than capital. For liquid assets to be judged adequate and immediately available, they need to have a local component. That is, they need to be held locally (and possibly also eligible as collateral at the central bank in that jurisdiction). Moreover, the Basel Committee regards foreign exchange risk as a source of liquidity risk and recommends that the LCR be assessed in each significant currency. When implemented, this requirement will tie liquid assets closely to local funding in the host country currency. In other words, a UK subsidiary of a Euro Area headquartered bank would have to hold pound sterling liquidity in the UK to back pound liabilities.

Correspondingly, liquidity supervision is typically a host

country responsibility (BCBS, 2008). The global liquidity standard may be applied on a local basis, in contrast to the capital framework which will only be applied on a consolidated basis.12 Indeed, a number of regulators plan for local implementation of liquidity requirements.13 A local (or even entity-level) implementation would move the regulatory focus on host jurisdictions, a development that is likely to be further reinforced by mechanisms that improve the resolvability of SIFIs. Not only will local liabilities have to be backed by more local assets, the legal apparatus needed to implement resolution frameworks will rely, in any case, on national laws. This is among the considerations that have added weight to proposals that foreign bank offices in host jurisdictions be incorporated as standalone subsidiaries, rather than branches.

When combined, these developments can affect banks in different ways, depending on how they are currently organised and funded. Some banks follow what we would label the international model, focusing on cross- border activity out of the home country, while others

Figure 5. Types of bank funding models (positions at end-Q3 2009)

Funding of foreign claims (a) Degree of (de-)centralisation

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

JP DE BE AU FR NL IT UK US ES CH CA

Home (net residents) Home (cross-border)

Abroad Abroad (cross-border)

Source: BIS consolidated banking statistics; BIS locational banking statistics by nationality. Notes: (a) For each banking system the shares of total foreign claims that were funded at the home country offices and abroad; distinguishes between local and cross-border liabilities (sourced from non-residents). Abroad (local) = local liabilities, ie, liabilities in all currencies vis-à-vis host country residents; abroad (cross-border) = cross-border liabilities booked at foreign branches and subsidiaries; home (cross-border) = cross- border liabilities booked by home country offices; home (net residents) = net liabilities vis-à-vis residents of the home country (in home currency) which equate total foreign assets and liabilities of the home office (positive for banking systems that borrow at home to lend abroad, eg, Japanese and German banks). (b) Share of intragroup liabilities in total foreign liabilities; a higher score indicates centralisation. (c) The sum of the minima of local assets and local liabilities across host countries, as a share of total foreign claims; a higher score indicates decentralisation.

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0 20 40 60 80

Local intermediation (c)

In tr

ag ro

up f un

di ng

( b)

Canada

US

Germany Switzerland

France Netherlands

Belgium

Japan UK Spain

Italy Australia

R38 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 216 APRIL 2011

follow the multinational model, operating sizeable foreign branches and subsidiaries in multiple jurisdictions. The multinational model, in turn, may be run in a centralised or decentralised fashion. While a centralised bank pools funds at major offices and redistributes them around the banking group, a decentralised bank lets affiliates raise funds autonomously to finance assets in each location (CGFS, 2010b).

These different funding models can be captured in aggregate form by using the BIS international banking statistics. The left-hand panel of figure 5 examines banks’ funding patterns, showing where banking systems raise the funds to support their foreign claims. Banks funding primarily at home appear on the left side of the panel, and those funding predominantly abroad on the right. Either way, funds can be sourced from residents (local) or from non-residents (cross-border). A broad range of funding models can be discerned even in these aggregate statistics.14 For instance, Japanese and, to a lesser extent, French and German banks stand out in that they fund most of their foreign activity from their home offices – indeed, two-thirds of Japanese banks’ foreign claims are funded in Japan, mostly by a large domestic deposit base. At the other end of the spectrum are banking systems that raise a substantial share of their funding outside their home country, by cross-border borrowing in various financial centres, as the Swiss and US banks do, or through extensive local funding abroad, as in the case of Canadian and Spanish banks.

The decentralised funding model is associated mainly with those banks located in the bottom right area of the right-hand panel of figure 5. The limited role of the central treasury in allocating and distributing funds is reflected in a low share of intragroup funding (y-axis) throughout the banking group (eg, Australian, Italian, Japanese, Spanish and UK banks). A second characteristic of the decentralised model is that local assets are also largely funded locally, leading to a high degree of local intermediation (x-axis), as observed for Spanish, Italian, Australian and UK banks.

The structure of decentralised multinational banking groups appears well aligned with liquidity regulation implemented locally or on a legal entity basis. The alternative does not. The implication is that banks following a more centralised model may need to adapt their funding models (CGFS, 2010b). First, compliance with local liquidity requirements may require that they

set up local treasury functions, decentralising the bank’s liquidity management. Second, group-level maturity and currency mismatches would have to be reduced when they can no longer be netted out across worldwide offices. Since banks with a centralised funding model typically rely extensively on intragroup funding, they will face greater adjustment. Relative to current practice, in the new regime intragroup positions would be penalised should affiliated entities be treated no differently from unrelated third-party financial institutions when liquidity standards are applied on a legal entity basis. Indeed, foreign operations in the business of fundraising or channelling intragroup funds into investments may even become unviable.

It therefore seems plausible to us that liquidity regulation, especially when applied locally, could substantially affect the geographical organisation of banking, pushing global banks towards a decentralised multinational model. Moreover, the advent of national resolution regimes, and increased moves towards forced subsidiarisation, will only accelerate this trend. It remains possible that banks, through innovative use of derivatives and contingent arrangements, could replicate the centralised model, making it just more expensive to run. But it seems more likely that the combined impact of local liquidity regulation and national resolution frameworks will continue the trend towards the multinational model (McCauley et al., 2010). We conjecture that global banking will become more local in the future.

5. Conclusions The financial crisis had a distinctly international character, featuring cross-border losses associated with foreign country assets, cross-border funding gaps associated with foreign currency liabilities, and cross- border contagion arising from the systemic importance of certain institutions. These phenomena point to inadequate capitalisation, insufficient liquidity, unsatisfactory resolution regimes and a failure to address the externalities created by large global banks. The regulatory reforms that are in train, both those already completed and those under development, address each of these. Ensuring that banks hold more capital, more liquidity, can be resolved in an orderly fashion and facing the effects of their actions on others will make the system more resilient and less prone to failure.

It is now essential to achieve full and timely

CECCHETTI, DOMANSKI AND VON PETER NEW REGULATION AND THE NEW WORLD OF GLOBAL BANKING R39

implementation of what has already been elaborated (Basel III), and to complete the design of what has been agreed in principle (SIFI regulation and resolution frameworks), while preventing leverage and maturity transformation from being pushed outside the regulatory perimeter.

In discussing the consequences of regulatory reform, public attention has focused mostly on capital regulation. We argue, however, that global liquidity standards, especially when applied locally in conjunction with national resolution frameworks, have a much greater potential to reshape the landscape of global banking in the decades to come.

NOTES 1 Foreign claims consist of cross-border claims and local claims

booked by banks abroad, and include debt and equity instruments denominated in all currencies. The measure of foreign claims used here also includes domestic lending in foreign currency. (Adding domestic claims in domestic currency would yield total assets.)

2 The classical drivers in earlier waves of financial globalisation included deregulation, growth prospects, profit margins, multinational companies, and cultural and geographical proximity (CGFS, 2010c). This latest wave took place during a period of financial innovation, the emergence of structured finance, the spread of universal banking and substantial growth in the asset management industry to which banks offer brokerage and other services.

3 The term ‘banking system’ in this paper refers to the set of banks headquartered in a particular country (eg, Dutch banks, UK banks), and the analysis relates to their worldwide consolidated balance sheets.

4 It is important to acknowledge that leverage ratios are notoriously difficult to calculate and can vary substantially depending on accounting conventions chosen (CGFS, 2009).

5 Between 2004 and 2007, the average daily turnover of short- term foreign exchange swaps (with a maturity of up to seven days) doubled from $700 billion to $1,329 billion, reaching 78 per cent of total turnover in FX swaps.

6 For details on the methods and limitations of these figures, see McGuire and von Peter (2009). Limitations in netting and transferability across banks and locations would produce larger estimates of dollar funding gaps (Fender and McGuire, 2010a,b).

7 These figures cover Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Spain, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States.

8 Governments shored up banks’ Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital by injecting resources in the form of common shares, preferred shares, warrants, subordinated debt, mandatory convertible notes or silent participations. These recapitalisations strengthened banks’ capacity to absorb further losses and reduced their cost of refinancing. Depending on the terms, recapitalisations could also dilute existing shareholders’ earning rights and depress stock prices (Panetta et al., 2009).

Indeed, the recapitalisations generally narrowed bank CDS spreads but did not help bank stock prices, suggesting that they benefited creditors at the expense of shareholders (King, 2009).

9 Banks can draw on this buffer to absorb losses in periods of stress, but are subject to constraints on earnings distributions while the buffer is being rebuilt.

10 High-quality liquid assets held in the stock should be unencumbered, liquid in markets during a time of stress and, ideally, central bank eligible (BCBS, 2010b).

11 One possible approach is to start thinking about the optimal maturity structure of a nation’s capital stock. Longer-lived capital may be more efficient at production, but less flexible in the face of unforeseen changes in technology and other shocks – economies with the right maturity structure for their capital stock will grow faster. Long-term projects, such as infrastructure, will be easier to realise at the financing stage when the risk of maturity transformation does not have to be borne by the entrepreneurs/investors, but can be pooled in the financial system. More maturity transformation thereby facilitates longer-lived capital accumulation, but until what point does such transformation add value?

12 The final rules text (BCBS, 2010b) remains ambiguous on the scope of application of the liquidity standard. The earlier consultative paper (BCBS, 2009) stated that “the proposed standards and monitoring tools should be applied to all internationally active banks on a consolidated basis, but may be used for other banks and on any subset of entities […]. When applied on a legal entity basis, affiliated entities should be treated no differently than unrelated third-party financial institutions.”

13 One prominent example is the strengthening of UK liquidity standards, which require self-sufficiency and adequacy of liquid resources for UK entities, including subsidiaries and branches of foreign banks (FSA, 2009).

14 The use of BIS international banking data has the advantage that the geographical aspects can be covered by data on the location of banking offices. The main disadvantage in this context is that the data are reported only in aggregated form, averaging the funding models across all banks headquartered in a particular country.

REFERENCES Baba, N., McCauley, R. and Ramaswamy, S. (2009), ‘US dollar money

market funds and non-US banks’, BIS Quarterly Review, March. Bank for International Settlements (BIS) (2009), BIS Annual Report

2008/09, 29 June. Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) (2008), ‘Liquidity

risk: management and supervisory challenges’. —(2009), ‘International framework for liquidity risk measurement,

standards and monitoring – consultative document’, December.

—(2010a), ‘Report and recommendations of the Cross-border Bank Resolution Group – final paper’, March.

—(2010b), ‘Basel III: a global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems’, December.

—(2010c), ‘An assessment of the long-term economic impact of stronger capital and liquidity requirements’, August 2010.

Bertaut, C. and Pounder, L. (2009), ‘The financial crisis and US cross-border financial flows’, Federal Reserve Bulletin, 95.

R40 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 216 APRIL 2011

Brierley, P. (2009), ‘The UK Special Resolution Regime for failing banks in an international context’, Financial Stability Paper, No. 5, July.

Brunnermeier, M. (2009), ‘Deciphering the liquidity and credit crunch 2007–2008’, Journal of Economic Perspectives, 23(1), Winter.

Caruana, J. (2010), ‘Macroprudential policy: could it have been different this time?’, speech at the People’s Bank of China, seminar on macroprudential policy, in cooperation with the International Monetary Fund, Shanghai, 18 October.

Committee on the Global Financial System (CGFS) (2009), ‘The role of valuation and leverage in procyclicality’, CGFS Papers, No. 34, April.

—(2010a), ‘The functioning and resilience of cross-border funding markets’, CGFS Papers, No. 37, March.

—(2010b), ‘Funding patterns and liquidity management of internationally active banks’, CGFS Papers, No. 39, May.

—(2010c), ‘Long-term issues in international banking’, CGFS Papers, No. 41, July.

Fender, I. and McGuire, P. (2010a), ‘European banks’ US dollar funding pressures’, BIS Quarterly Review, June.

—(2010b), ‘Bank structure, funding risk and the transmission of shocks across countries: concepts and measurement’, BIS Quarterly Review, September.

Financial Services Authority (FSA) (2009), ‘Strengthening liquidity standards’, Policy Statement 09/16, October.

Financial Stability Board (FSB) (2010), FSB Report on reducing the moral hazard posed by systemically important financial

institutions: FSB Recommendations and Time Lines, 20 October.

Goodhart, C. and Schoenmaker, D. (2009), ‘Fiscal burden sharing in cross-border banking crises’, International Journal of Central Banking, March.

Gorton, G. (2009), ‘Information, liquidity, and the (ongoing) panic of 2007’, American Economic Review: Papers & Proceedings 2009, 99, 2, pp. 567–72.

Gorton G. and Metrick, A. (2011), ‘Securitized banking and the run on repo’ , Journal of Financial Economics (forthcoming).

Hördahl, P. and King, M. (2008), ‘Developments in repo markets during the financial turmoil’, BIS Quarterly Review, December.

King, M. (2009) ‘Time to buy or just buying time? The market reaction to bank rescue packages’, BIS Working Papers, No. 288, September.

Macroeconomic Assessment Group (MAG) (2010), ‘Assessing the macroeconomic impact of the transition to stronger capital and liquidity requirements – final report’, December.

McCauley, R., McGuire, P. and von Peter, G. (2010), ‘The architecture of global banking: from international to multinational?’, BIS Quarterly Review, March.

McGuire, P. and von Peter, G. (2009), ‘The US dollar shortage in global banking and the international policy response’, BIS Working Papers, No. 291.

Michaud, F.-L. and Upper, C. (2008), ‘What drives interbank rates? Evidence from the Libor panel’, BIS Quarterly Review, March.

Panetta, F. et al. (2009), ‘An assessment of financial sector rescue programmes’, BIS Papers, No. 48, July.

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._NEW REGULATION AND THE NEW WORLD OF GLOBAL BANKING.pdf

AS1 support/Q1/FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL STABILITY-doc.docx

FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL

STABILITY

C.A.E. Goodhart*

In contrast to recent successful developments in macro monetary policies, the modelling, measurement and management of systemic financial stability has remained problematical. Indeed, the focus of most effort has been on improving individual, rather than systemic, bank risk management; the Basel II objective has been to bring regulatory bank capital into line with the (sophisticated) banks’ assessment of their own economic capital. Even at the individual bank level there are concerns over (i) appropriate diversification allowances, (ii) differing objectives of banks and regulators, (iii) the need for a buffer over regulatory minima, and (iv) the distinction between expected and unexpected losses (EL and UL). At the systemic level the quite complex and prescriptive content of Basel II raises dangers of ‘endogenous risk’ and procyclicality. Simulations suggest that this latter could be a serious problem.

Keywords: Financial regulation; systemic stability; credit risk; capital adequacy requirements; Basel II; operational risk; internal risk based models; procyclicality; endogenous risk. JEL classification: E4, E44, E5, E55, G2, G21, G28

118 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 192 APRIL 2005

118 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 192 APRIL 2005

GOODHART FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL STABILITY 119

1. Introduction

I have been privileged to have been able to participate, both as an academic and a central bank official, in a massive improvement in the theory and practice of macro monetary policy over the past fifteen, or so, years. A key starting point was the allocation of inflation targetry, together with operational independence, to the Reserve Bank of New Zealand at the end of the 1980s. This established that the overriding function of a central bank was to achieve a single, primary target, price stability, by manipulating its single instrument, short-term interest rates. Since the effect of interest rates on inflation was lagged, this involved setting interest rates now on the basis of forecasts of future output growth and future inflation, a methodology rather loosely modelled by the ubiquitous Taylor reaction functions. Meanwhile, the mechanics of holding short-term interest rates close to their policydetermined level were increasingly being achieved through the adoption of a narrow corridor between a remunerated central bank deposit rate and a higher lending rate, to which commercial banks had automatic access. Again this process was initiated in New Zealand, but has since then been adopted by both the ECB and, this last July, by the Bank of England.

Central bank practitioners have been fortunate in having had the benefit of analysis and advice from a number of leading monetary economists, notably Lars Svensson and Michael Woodford, in these reforms, though more often ex post, after the reforms had already been initiated, than ex ante. This has had the consequence that the differences between theory (as represented for example, by Woodford’s 2003 book, Interest and Prices), and practice, as represented by what central bankers (now themselves often professional economists, such as Ben Bernanke, Otmar Issing and Mervyn King), see themselves doing, has become vanishingly small. There is consensus now, where some thirty years ago there was confusion and lack of communication.

I believe that these structural and theoretical improvements have led to better policies, and that such better policies have played a role in the greater stability of our economies over the past decade, with a reduction both in the level and volatility of inflation and in the volatility of output growth.

* Financial Markets Group, London School of Economics and Political Science. My thanks are due to Jon Danielsson, Andy Mullineux, Miguel Segoviano, Ashley Taylor and Geoffrey Wood for help and advice in preparing this article, but responsibility remains with me.

This same enthusiastic paean of praise cannot, however, be applied to the conduct of either theory or practice in the area of central bank’s second core purpose, to wit the maintenance of financial stability (FS). The achievement of FS is, however, much more difficult and complex than the accomplishment of price stability, in the guise of inflation targets (IT). Unlike price stability, financial stability cannot be readily measured, modelled, or forecast (see also Fell and Schinasi, 2005, this volume). There is no straightforward instrument that a central bank can use to counter deviations from a desired equilibrium, and such mechanisms as can be deployed, such as Capital Adequacy Regulations, have to be agreed at an international level, largely because of the ease of disintermediation, i.e. in the guise of locational shifts of business, within a system of free capital movements, instantaneous electronic transfers, and a global financial system.

There is no consensus either between academics and practitioners, or indeed within either camp, on how the financial stability objective might best be pursued. In this context, for example, the recent massive labours of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision did not start from any economic theory of how best to establish Capital Adequacy Requirements (CARs) in formulating Basel II. This is not surprising since no such consensus theory exists.

What does exist instead are models and measurements for individual1 bank risk, often developed by the commercial banks themselves as managerial control tools; VaR and KMV models are probably now the best known of these. To some large extent the public sector officials at Basel tried to piggy-back official CARs on the basis of the (best available) commercial bank models. Indeed a proud boast of the authors of Basel II is that this reform has brought regulatory capital much closer into line with the economic capital that the more sophisticated banks would have adopted on their own, and as a desirable by-product helped to educate the less sophisticated banks about optimal risk management.

2. Some problems with Basel II

Even taken on its own terms, as an approach to make the individual bank manage risk better, there are a number of problems. I shall mention four here briefly. These concern: (i) portfolio theory, (ii) differing requirements, i.e. differing objective functions between regulators and managers, (iii) the need for a buffer over required minima, and (iv) the distinction between expected loss (EL) and unexpected loss (UL).

Let us start with portfolio theory. Almost the first lesson in finance is that the risk of a portfolio is determined by the covariances between its constituent elements, not their individual variances. After all, if you can find any two assets with perfect negative covariance, you can combine them into a riskless asset, irrespective of their individual variances. In dealing with covariances and correlations between asset returns, Basel II is certainly far superior to Basel I, but still leaves much to be desired. Not only does it ignore non-linear dependence, but also, as Gordy (2003) has shown, it makes the implicit assumption that there is just one single systemic risk factor (other risks being idiosyncratic), to which all borrowers from any given are, to a greater or lesser extent, exposed. For banks which operate within a single country that may be approximately true, though even in this case there are differing sectoral, industrial, and in a sizeable country, geographical, risks, so the benefits of diversification are not being fully rewarded.

The smaller, and less developed, the country, the more likely is risk going to be concentrated. The exposure of banks in Iceland to the continued success of the fishing industry, in Hong Kong to the local property market, in Mauritius to the textile industry, will all have been large. In this context, the worldwide development of the credit default swap (CDS) market, which allows a separation of the specialist origination of loans from the need to continue to bear those loans’ credit risk to maturity may do more to reduce risk concentrations and resultant financial crises than all the recent reforms to the CARs. It is such credit default swaps that in my view will do most to allow banks, wherever sited, effectively to achieve a desired level of diversification. But, like all derivatives, they allow those who use them either to assume, or to lay off, risk; and such deals may, or may not, be correctly priced. So, like other powerful instruments they can be used for good or ill; what is perhaps most needed by regulators is greater transparency.

But to return to my main topic, outside the EU, in the US for example, Basel II is seen as most appropriate to large sophisticated global banks. While it is true that there is something of a common cycle amongst developed countries, it is far from general; note the differing time paths of the USA, Japan and the EU. Moreover the correlation between fluctuations in GDP in the developed (Northern) countries and the developing (Southern) world, and also perhaps now between Western and Eastern EU states, is even lower. Thus lending to borrowers in emerging economies is likely to become less attractive to large international banks, because such borrowers will probably be unrated, and hence carry a larger riskweighting, without any offset for their effect in diversifying and lowering the exposure to common developed-country cycles. On all this, see the papers by Segoviano and Lowe (2002), Altman et al. (2002) and Griffith-Jones et al. (2002).

Let me turn next to the differing requirements, and objective (loss) functions, of regulators and bankers. Bankers are concerned naturally with the fate of their own individual institution, not of the welfare of the system as a whole. Moreover, there are institutional arrangements, such as limited liability and generous bankruptcy arrangements, and conditions such as when capital has already been eroded, that may lead bankers willingly to assume more risk than regulators would want. It can, therefore, be problematical for regulators just to piggyback on techniques developed by bankers for their own, perfectly proper, purposes.

Let me take two examples. The first, which has been splendidly dissected by my colleague, Jon Danielsson, (2002), relates to the VaR, value at risk technique. This was developed, entirely sensibly, by commercial bankers to give them a metric of their market risk under normal conditions. In most applications, excluding those using long historical data sets, it is used on the conditional assumption of a normal distribution of asset returns (log normal prices). But asset market returns have fat tails; that is, the probability of really large jumps in asset prices (remember October 1987) is far greater than in a normal distribution. Thus while a VaR metric is a perfectly respectable technique for bankers, it is not for regulators who need to focus on adverse tail events, for which the appropriate measurement technologies are quite different.

One reason why we have official regulations at all is that there may be externalities, so the social costs may differ from the private costs. The externality that regulators fear above all in banking is that of contagion, that the collapse of one institution may have a domino effect on others, and possibly on financial markets and systems, such as the payment system. As already noted, a particular problem about credit risk is that this does tend to be systemic, so the failure of one bank will tend to be correlated with fragility in others; and so that initial failure will, for a variety of reasons, via direct interconnections and also through reputational effects, drive other banks to the brink. Hence the social cost of failure may well be greater than the private.

It is far from clear whether any such externalities attend operational risks and, in those few cases where they may do so, whether more capital is a suitable remedy. Such risks, of credit card fraud, computer failure, trader fraud, mis-pricing, etc., certainly exist, and banks are indeed right to apply their own internal capital against those of such risks (not all) that can be reasonably quantified, e.g. credit card fraud. But it is difficult, at least for me, to see why a Nick Leeson at Barings or the reputational failure of a bank involved in an Enron, or Parmalat, scandal has any obvious potential downside effects on other commercial banks, or even why internal capital represents a sensible prophylactic in such cases.2 If the costs of operational risks are fully internalised, what then is the case for having a socially imposed minimum requirement? Just because operational capital is applied by good international banks does not of itself provide any justification for it to be a public requirement.

There are a few cases where operational risk does have externalities. A computer failure, and/or the absence of a secure back-up after such a failure (perhaps due to terrorism or natural causes), can prevent a bank from making payments, and thereby adversely affect the liquidity of other banks. Indeed so, but insofar as capital has any relevance in such an example (in contrast to lending by the central bank which does), the capital of a bank needs to rise the greater the threat of such operational failures in other banks. Moreover, if the central bank does provide the necessary liquidity, as in the case of 9/11 and the Bank of New York computer failure at an earlier date, then there would be no need for capital in such cases.

A critic might, indeed, argue that the claim that one aim of Basel II was to make regulatory capital requirements accord closer to economic capital implied, ipso facto, that those involved had not stopped to ask themselves on what underlying principles public regulation could, and should, be justified. Moreover, it is just not possible to make regulatory capital equate to voluntary desired economic capital. Regulation implies by definition that the designated capital levels are required. If they are thereby required to be maintained, there must be some form of sanction, if only reputational or levied in terms of additional visitations from the supervisors, in those cases where the minimum requirement is breached. In the context of the Basel approach, which involves discussions between a small group of self-appointed regulators, central banks and specialised supervisors, not a treaty between countries, it has not, however, been possible to establish a common approach towards sanctions. Indeed one of the main weaknesses of the Basel approach is that the Committee focuses on best practice without any discussion on how to respond to shortfalls from such best practice. In that the Basel approach differs sharply from the American Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA) of 1991, which is much more broad brush on capital requirements, but detailed and prescriptive on a ladder of sanctions as shortfalls increase.

Be that as it may, there will in each country be some, though country-specific, expectation of sanction for breaching the CARs. Consequently an (optimising) bank will want to maintain some buffer of free (or, though the word is inappropriate, excess) margin of spare capital over the regulatory minima. While in some cases I have heard claims that Basel II will have the, supposedly desirable, effect of equating regulatory and economic capital, in other cases I have heard the claim that, since most banks already hold capital quite well in excess of likely Basel II requirements, its introduction will have no effect whatsoever. Neither of those positions is correct. A recent empirical study by the FSA (Alfon et al., 2004) found that an increase in the regulatory requirement of, say 10 per cent, was matched in the longer term by a change of about 7 per cent in the desired level of capital, i.e. part, about one third, of the regulatory change is absorbed in a change in the desired level of the buffer, but the greater part, around two thirds or more, feeds through to the desired level of capital.3

Let me turn next to the fourth problem that I want to highlight, which is the distinction between expected and unexpected loss, EL and UL. As we are well aware, a key feature of Basel II is the focus on the probability of default, PD. Let me show a diagram of simulated distributions over time of PD for two different types of credit extension, perhaps credit card lending as contrasted with lending to foreign sovereigns (see chart 1). The distribution for credit card lending is A, that for sovereign lending is B. For which type of loan should a bank hold more capital? If you just look at average PD the answer is obviously A, credit card lending.

But note that, with credit card lending, the expectation of default losses can, as assumed here, be estimated quite closely in advance. If default probability can thus be estimated in advance, the appropriate default premia can, and should, be included in the interest rate charged. If the relative ex ante interest rate differential does take account of the mean expected default probability, then capital should be required not against mean expected PD, but against the variance and skew of the expected distribution of PD. Indeed, on this assumed simulation, banks should be required to hold much more capital against sovereign lending than against credit card lending, which should require hardly any capital backing.

This issue did arise, although it seems rather late in the day, at Basel in the guise of the discussion whether capital should be applied against expected loss (EL) or just against unexpected loss (UL), and in which particular cases. But, once again, I did not note any generic discussion on the economic principles determining the need for capital, and in particular the relative roles of default risk premia in interest rates on the one hand as compared with capital on the other.

There is no question but that regulators and supervisors are closely concerned about such credit risk premia. There is, for example, often a fear in such quarters that such premia are excessively volatile, going down too far in boom, and calmer, times, and rising so far during periods of crisis as to interrupt completely flows of new loans to those sectors and countries perceived as now suddenly risky. A diagram of spreads, over US Treasuries, on bonds of emerging countries illustrates this point (see chart 2).

One reason regulators and supervisors are hesitant about going all the way towards the UL concept, that is to focus on the expected distribution, not the mean, of PD, is that they fear that, whereas expected PD could in principle be met by an appropriate interest differential, in practice it will not be. There have been numerous occasions when regulators have complained that various factors, e.g. excessive competition, state support for certain banks, especially of public sector intermediaries, such as the Post Office Savings Bank in Japan, have held down interest margins below the level consistent with a healthy banking system.

decisions of banks, this has meant that the regulators have

Chart 1. felt the need to maintain capital requirements in most cases against EL, rather than UL. When there is a higher capital requirement per unit of lending, there should be some pressure on banks to raise interest rate margins on average to maintain the return on equity. But a likely effect of Basel II will be to lower capital requirements for the largest international banks, which may be a reason why they supported its introduction, and they are likely to take the lead in setting interest rates. Moreover, the possibly greater procyclicality of CARs under Basel II, a subject to which we shall turn shortly, may also have the effect of enhancing the procyclicality of credit default spreads, which is already a

0

20

15

10

5

% occurrence

A

B

Distribution of expected loss

Given that regulators have not felt themselves able to interfere, or to intervene directly, in the interest rate setting Chart 2. Emerging market sovereign bond yield spreads

Basis points

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

Jan. 02 July 02 Jan. 03 July 03 Jan. 04 July 04 Source: JP Morgan Chase & Co.

matter of some concern. More generally, the financial strength of banks, and banking systems, is a somewhat complex combination of both capital ratios and interest rate spreads and profit margins. Focussing solely on one of these two legs is likely to lead to a somewhat unbalanced position.

3. Should we abandon risk-related capital adequacy ratios?

Indeed for these and other related reasons, I have come at long last to the reluctant conclusion that the concept of relating officially set and required capital ratios (CARs) to the relative riskiness of a bank’s portfolio of assets has been, in practice, a wrong turn.

The idea that officially set and required CARs should be risk-related appears intuitively natural, even obvious. Surely a bank with a portfolio full of risky loans to property speculators is more likely to go bust than a bank holding government Treasury bills, and should therefore be required to have a larger capital buffer. Most commentators have strongly supported the idea of such risk-related CARs, and indeed I did so myself until quite recently.

Let me start by recalling the several drawbacks of riskrelated CARs. First, in a sophisticated and fast-changing market, it will be well-nigh impossible for officials, however able and devoted, to get the assessment of relative risks correct, and, if accurate now, innovation will soon make them outdated and erroneous. Even after all the huge effort that has been put into the Basel II process, there are still likely to be several major deficiencies in relative risk assessment. For example, as already noted, the basic structure of the credit risk approach adopted effectively rests on the premise of a single systematic risk factor (Gordy, 2003; Repullo and Suarez, 2004), which is in most cases presumably the domestic economy. If there are – as is surely the case – numerous other systemic risk factors, then the Basel II approach probably gives insufficient weight to the risk mitigation inherent in diversification across countries and across industries. Be that as it may, even with much improved risk assessment, officials will, indeed can, never get it exactly right. There will always remain gaps, lacunae and errors that can be exploited for regulatory arbitrage and by ‘gaming’, and these will only increase over time.

Second, the attempt to achieve ever more accurate risk measurement inevitably increases the complexity of the whole exercise. A comparison of Basel II and Basel I makes the point. Moreover, any attempt to fill some of the remaining gaps in Basel II would just make this whole problem worse.

Third, despite the reliance on banks’ internal risk-based assessments, in the Foundation and Advanced IRB versions, Basel II appears, at least to this observer, to provide a rather pervasive model for how a commercial bank’s own risk analysis should be undertaken. Many argue that this will bring major benefits. They claim that the application of Basel II will encourage many, perhaps most, banks to bring their own internal risk-assessment models up to speed. Indeed, one of the main benefits of Basel II is seen to lie in its impetus to improving the education of many commercial bankers on the basis of proper risk assessment.

No doubt there is truth in this, but is there not also a danger that as prescriptive an approach as Basel II could lead to an excessive focus on one single methodology, in a context where uncertainty and innovation suggest the advantage of encouraging multiple competing models of risk assessment? And could that focus also enhance ‘herd behaviour’, whereby all banks tend to respond similarly and simultaneously to common stimuli? This can increase the riskiness of the system as a whole, even if each individual bank appears to be behaving exactly according to the new, ‘improved’, rules. This interactive effect has been termed ‘endogenous risk’ by my colleagues Danielsson, Shin and Zigrand (2004). Blum and Hellwig (1995) have also emphasised that the macro effect of a (regulatory) measure cannot necessarily, or simply, be ascertained just by considering the individual micro effects, also see Summer (2003).

That consideration leads on to the fourth problem of relating capital requirements to a common measure of relative risk, which is, of course, that it is likely to engender procyclicality. This is now widely understood, and so much has been said on the general point that it is unnecessary to add more. The issue has moved from that of general theory to a question of specific empirical quantification. Is it likely to be a serious problem in practice, or not?

4. Is procyclicality a serious worry?

My colleagues and I have done some work on this subject (Goodhart, Hofmann and Segoviano, 2004). Very briefly we reconstructed a typical bank portfolio as follows. We assumed that each portfolio consisted of 1000 loans, each one with equal exposure. From each specific country data sources, we obtained the through time proportion of assets (bonds for the USA or corporate loans for Mexico and Norway) that were classified under each of the reported ratings for a given country. With this information we constructed the benchmark portfolio that we used to compute capital requirements at each point in time.

The results of this exercise for the three countries examined are stark. We compared the implied capital requirements for our ‘typical’ bank under three regulatory regimes; first the standardised approach in Basel II (which is close to that applied in Basel I); second, the Foundation Internal Ratings Based (IRB) approach (i.e. assuming a constant Loss Given Default, since we have no good time series in any country for average LGD); and third, an Improved Credit Risk Method (ICRM). This latter uses a Merton approach to model credit quality changes and an indirect approach to model correlations amongst the individual credits in the overall portfolio. The construction of an ICRM is, however, quite complex, and interested readers should consult our companion paper, Goodhart and Segoviano (2004).

Anyhow, we have simulated the time paths of CARs under each of our three approaches, standardised, IRB Foundation (IRB F) and ICRM, for our various countries, and the results are set out in tables 1 to 3 and charts 3 to 5.

The important result to observe is the much greater variance of the simulated outcomes for the IRB than for the standardised or ICRM approaches. During periods of strong growth, high profits and low non-performing loans (USA in the mid-1990s and Norway in 1997), the IRB has a lower CAR than the standardised approach in all our developed countries; whereas in recessions (e.g. USA in Table 1. CARs for the USA

Period

Standardised IRB F

ICRM

1982

9.60

8.59

8.07

1983

8.94

7.19

6.80

1984

8.93

7.62

7.031

1985

9.13

8.02

7.26

1986

9.46

9.99

8.74

1987

9.46

9.82

8.55

1988

9.46

8.66

6.99

1989

9.56

10.80

6.49

1990

9.56

11.68

7.60

1991

9.99

11.43

7.54

1992

9.69

8.06

6.47

1993

9.29

6.47

4.67

1994

8.90

5.40

3.78

1995

8.51

5.56

4.09

1996

8.25

5.65

4.32

1997

8.29

5.94

4.84

1998

8.31

6.51

5.83

1999

8.40

7.81

6.70

2000

8.41

8.13

7.16

2001

8.53

8.25

7.24

2002

8.31

8.18

6.78

2003

8.11

6.60

6.26

Average

8.96

8.02

6.51

Variance

0.34

3.39

1.95

Chart 3. CARs for the USA

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

1982

1984

1986

1988

1990

1992

1994

1996

1998

2000

2002

Percentage

Standardised

IRB F

ICRM

1990/1, Mexico mid 1995/6 and Norway in 1994/5), the CAR is markedly higher for the IRB than in the other two approaches. In Mexico, an emerging market economy, the average quality of loan is lower throughout than in developed countries, so the IRB gives a higher CAR in all years but, as in developed countries, the variance of the CAR (up in recessions as in 1995/6, and lower during the better years) is greater for the IRB than in the other two approaches.

Table 2. CARs for Norway

Period

Standardised IRB F

ICRM

1989

9.99

8.31

7.58

1990

10.27

9.28

8.13

1991

10.47

9.78

8.68

1992

10.37

9.93

9.03

1993

10.27

9.52

9.19

1994

10.94

13.24

9.82

1995

11.32

14.07

11.08

1996

10.67

12.14

9.72

1997

10.27

8.86

7.32

1998

10.27

9.00

7.42

1999

10.27

9.219

7.53

2000

10.27

9.49

7.93

2001

10.36

9.65

8.33

2002

10.46

9.76

8.34

Average

10.44

10.16

8.58

Variance

0.11

2.94

1.19

Chart 4. CARs for Norway

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

1989

1991

1993

1995

1997

1999

2001

Percentage

Standardised

IRB F

ICRM

It follows that the percentage change in the required CAR under the IRB as a country moves from boom to recession (up) and back to boom again (down) is likely to be much more extreme under the IRB than under the other two approaches. This is shown in table 4.

The implication of this is that procyclicality may well still be a serious problem with Basel II, even after the smoothing of the risk curves that were introduced between CP2 and CP3 to mitigate this problem.

Basel II will, however, be a regime change, and one of the purposes of this is to make bankers more conscious of risk assessment and risk management. It has already succeeded in this. One hope is that it will induce bankers to be more Table 3. CARs for Mexico

Period Standardised IRB F

ICRM

March1995 8.77

13.86

10.46

June 1995 9.22

16.65

12.29

Sept. 1995 9.30

17.10

12.71

Dec. 1995 9.49

18.15

12.82

March1996 9.25

17.07

12.59

June 1996 9.49

18.45

13.25

Sept. 1996 9.56

19.42

14.89

Dec. 1996 10.30

24.23

17.65

March1997 9.43

19.09

15.15

June 1997 9.27

17.50

13.90

Sept. 1997 9.40

18.25

14.34

Dec. 1997 8.93

15.19

14.80

March1998 8.81

14.40

13.67

June 1998 8.85

14.43

12.26

Sept. 1998 9.06

15.55

11.62

Dec. 1998 9.04

15.46

11.80

March1999 9.05

15.52

12.00

June 1999 8.98

15.30

12.25

Sept. 1999 9.14

15.98

12.73

Dec. 1999 8.97

15.35

12.10

Average 9.22

16.85

13.16

Variance 0.12

5.64

2.59

Chart 5. CARs for Mexico

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Mar-95

Sep-95

Mar-96

Sep-96

Mar-97

Sep-97

Mar-98

Sep-98

Mar-99

Sep-99

Percentage

Standardised

IRB F

ICRM

prudent during booms despite declines in CARs. An implication of a move from the standardised to an IRB approach is that the individual bank making this transition will be encouraged to shift its portfolio to higher-quality, higher rated credits, because it then benefits from a lower CAR. This is good of itself, but the higher the quality of the credit, the steeper is the risk curve (relating required risk ratio to the quality of the loan); so the procyclicality is likely to be enhanced, even if average quality improves.

Table 4. Maximum percentage change in CARs

Upwards

Downwards

1 Period

Date 2 consecut- Dates 1 Period Date 2 consecut- Dates ive periods ive periods

A. IRB

USA

0.25

1989 0.33

1989/0 –0.29 1992 –0.49 1992/3

NORWAY

0.39

1994 0.45

1994/5 –0.27 1997 –0.41 1996/7

MEXICO

0.25

Dec 96 0.30

Sep/Dec 96 –0.21 Mar 97 –0.30 Mar/Jun 97

B. ICRM

USA

0.21

1998 0.33

1998/9 –0.28

1993 –0.47

1993/4

NORWAY

0.13

1995

0.20

1994/5 –0.25

1997 –0.37

1996/8

MEXICO

0.18

Dec-96

0.30

Sep/Dec 96 –0.14

Mar-97 –0.22

Mar/Jun 97

C. Standardised

USA

0.04

Jun-05

0.06

1985/6 –0.07

1983 –0.09

1994/5

NORWAY

0.07

Jun-05

0.10

1994/5 –0.06

1997 –0.10

1996/7

MEXICO

0.08

Dec-96

0.08

Sep/Dec 96 –0.08

Mar-97 –0.10

Mar/Jun 97

When a regime change is introduced, no one in truth can predict its ramifications, certainly not me. Nevertheless these simulations suggest that procyclicality could remain a serious concern. It is even possible that with the advent of a serious downturn, if one was to occur, the impact of abiding by the IRB would be too severe for the authorities in some countries to countenance. Perhaps, like the Stability and Growth Pact, it would only be observed in the breach when it began to bite hard. Possibly an even greater worry might be that the adoption of Basel II, while not being so adverse as to force reconsideration, might yet exacerbate future economic fluctuations.

Certainly there remains a tension between relating CARs more closely to underlying risks in individual banks, and in trying for macroeconomic purposes to encourage contracyclical variations in bank lending in aggregate. How to square this circle is the subject of the following section.

5. A second instrument?

However desirable on other grounds the recent changes to the accounting and regulatory regimes, with the shift to fair (market) values under the International Accounting Standards (IAS) and the adoption of Basel II, they will do nothing to check such bank lending/asset price cyclical volatility. Indeed, if some of the more pessimistic prognostications about procyclicality turn out to be justified, such volatility may be considerably exacerbated.

In the meantime the sole instrument that central banks currently wield, their command over short-term interest rates, is predicated to the maintenance of stability in the consumer price index, and rightly so. Despite proposals to shade interest rate decisions to offset asset price volatility (e.g. Cecchetti et al., 2000), the difficulties of doing so (see

Greenspan, 2002, Bernanke and Gertler, 1999) are considerable. Rather than distort the use of the interest rate instrument to try to achieve a second objective, what is needed is a second instrument. The purpose of this second instrument would be to maintain systemic financial stability. This latter objective remains a core purpose of central banks, whether or not they also supervise the individual banks, and is complementary to their primary role in achieving price stability, but – at present at least – this is a field where central banks have few, if any, stabilising instruments at hand, apart from emergency liquidity assistance to help mop up after something goes wrong in the financial system.

The need is to introduce an instrument that will have countercyclical characteristics, which could serve to check bank lending during asset price hikes, and vice versa.

The BIS have been advocating such general measures for some time (Borio and White, 2003). In the Conclusions to their 74th Annual Report (2004), the BIS wrote (p. 143),

“Fortunately, the global economy now appears to be on an upward path, and there is less call for macroeconomic stimulus. We should use this opportunity to reflect on the processes that allowed our armoury of macroeconomic instruments to become so depleted. An obvious point, but not without objections, is that this situation should be addressed directly through more aggressive tightening in good times. In addition, policies to strengthen the financial system, and to encourage more prudent lending behaviour in upturns, might help to mitigate the damage in downturns and reduce the need to resort to aggressive policy easing in the future.”

The next question is how do you do this? In an earlier paper (Goodhart and Hofmann, 2001), I had suggested that, analogously to the method of measuring the output gap, we could use deviations of asset prices from a smoothed (Hodrick-Prescott filter) trend to assess the gap between the current asset price and its ‘fundamental’ value. But that got roundly criticised on the grounds of inconsistency with efficient market hypotheses. Borio and Lowe (2002), also see Borio, Furfine and Lowe (2001) and Borio (2005, this volume), suggest that the rate of growth of bank lending itself is the key determinant of future asset price movements, but the lags are long and the relationship subject to structural changes in financial intermediation, etc.

My own view now is that a better (perhaps best) approach would be to relate the capital requirement on bank lending to the rate of change of asset prices in the relevant sector. Thus the capital adequacy requirement (CAR) on mortgage lending could be related to the rise in housing prices (relative to HICP inflation), and lending to construction and property companies to the rise in property prices. For manufacturing and services more broadly, the CAR could be related to the rise in equity prices, up when equity prices were appreciating, and vice versa. Similarly, required solvency ratios for life insurance companies would be adjusted counter-cyclically in response to shifts in equities, bond and property prices.

The purpose of the exercise would be both to build up reserves and to restrain bank lending during asset price booms, so as to release them during asset price depressions. In this respect it has much in common with the current Spanish pre-provisioning policy proposals. The flip-side, however, is that it relaxes prudential requirements most during bad recessions, just when individual banks and other financial intermediaries are individually at their most fragile. But when the concern of the central bank is for the aggregate, systemic state of the system, surely this is the right course.

There are numerous practical problems, notably the possibility of disintermediation abroad in a world without exchange controls where a global financial system exists. My belief is that such problems, though real and serious, can be overcome, and I have started to do some work on this subject (see Goodhart and Hofmann, 2004).

6. Conclusions

One of the reasons why I came to enjoy economics as an undergraduate was that it was such an immature subject. Unlike much of my prior studies at school, there was no necessarily correct answer to the various questions being asked. As can be seen here, this certainly remains the case in the field of financial regulation.

The current adoption of Basel II, and the new accounting standard, IAS39, do represent improve-ments on what had gone before, but clearly Basel II has deficiencies and problems. It is, perhaps, best seen as a stage in a continuing process of refining and reforming our regulatory system. At present neither theory nor practice seems firmly anchored. It will be for the next generation to make progress.

NOTES

1 It is possible to measure and to model the risk of a single asset quite accurately. It is somewhat more difficult, but possible, to model the risk of portfolios of assets, e.g. because of non-linear dependence, time-varying correlations. It becomes even harder to model the risk of a banking institution incorporating asset portfolios and operational functions. It is hardest of all to measure the risk of a system of banks, though in work done with P. Sunirand and D. Tsomocos, I have recently been trying to do just that, see Goodhart, Sunirand and Tsomocos, (2003, 2004 and 2005). In effect, the greater the degree of aggregation, the more difficult financial risk assessment becomes. I am grateful to Jon Danielsson for this latter thought.

2 Instead, as Instefjord, et al. (1998) have argued, a better approach is to apply incentives/penalties to managers who unearth and prevent such frauds, also see Goodhart (2001).

3 The short-term effect is less, about 50%. Also, the adjustment appears to be asymmetric, in that banks experiencing a decrease in their requirement only adjust their actual capital by about 20% of that.

REFERENCES

Alfon, I., Agrimon, I. and Bascuñana-Ambrós, P. (2004), ‘What determines how much capital is held by UK banks and building societies?’, FSA Occasional Paper Series, 22, July.

Altman, E., Elizondo, A. and Segoviano, M. (2002), Medicion Integral del Riesgo de Credito, Mexico, Editorial Limusa, December.

Bank for International Settlements (BIS) (2004), Annual Report, No. 74 (Basel, BIS).

Bernanke, B. and Gertler, M. (1999), ‘Monetary policy and asset price volatility’, in New Challenges for Monetary Policy, Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, proceedings of the Jackson Hole Conference, August 26–28.

Blum, J. and Hellwig, M. (1995), ‘The macroeconomic implications of capital adequacy requirements for banks’, European Economic Review, 39, 3–4, pp. 739–49.

Borio, C., Furfine, C. and Lowe, P. (2001), ‘Procyclicality of the financial system and financial stability: issues and policy options’, in Marrying the Macro and Micro-Prudential Dimensions of Financial Stability, BIS Papers, 1, March, pp. 1–57.

Borio, C. and Lowe, P. (2002), ‘Asset prices, financial and monetary stability: exploring the nexus’, paper presented at the BIS conference on ‘Changes in Risk through Time: Measurement and Policy Options’, BIS working papers, 114, July.

Borio, C. and White, W.R. (2003), ‘Whither monetary and financial stability? The implications of evolving policy regimes’, in Monetary Policy and Uncertainty: Adapting to a Changing Economy, Jackson Hole Symposium, Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, August.

Cecchetti, S., Genberg, H., Lipsky, J. and Wadhwani, S. (2000), Asset Prices and Central Bank Policy, Geneva Report on the World Economy 2, CEPR and ICMB.

Danielsson, J. (2002), ‘The emperor has no clothes: limits to risk modelling’, Journal of Banking and Finance, 26(7), pp. 1273–96.

Danielsson, J., Shin, H.S. and Zigrand, J.-P. (2004), ‘The impact of risk regulation on price dynamics’, Journal of Banking and Finance, 28(5), pp. 1069–87.

Goodhart, C.A.E. (2001), ‘Operational risk’, Financial Markets Group, LSE, Special Paper no. 131, September.

Goodhart, C.A.E. and Hofmann, B. (2001), ‘Asset prices, financial conditions and the transmission of monetary policy’, paper presented at the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco and Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research conference on ‘Asset Prices, Exchange Rates, and Monetary Policy’, Stanford University, 2–3 March.

—(2004), ‘A second instrument?’, Paper presented at Prof. N. Thygesen festschrift, Copenhagen, December 9 (forthcoming in Proceedings).

Goodhart, C.A.E., Hofmann, B. and Segoviano, M. (2004), ‘Bank regulation and macroeconomic fluctuations’, Oxford Review of Economic Policy, 20(4), pp. 591–615.

Goodhart, C.A.E. and Segoviano, M. (2004), ‘Basel and procyclicality: a comparison of the standardised and IRB approaches to an improved credit risk model’, Financial Markets Group, London School of Economics, Discussion paper no. 524, October.

Goodhart, C.A.E., Sunirand, P. and Tsomocos, D.P. (2003), ‘A model to analyse financial fragility’, Oxford Financial Research Centre Working Paper no. 2003fe13.

—(2004), ‘A model to analyse financial fragility: applications’, Journal of Financial Stability, 1(1), pp. 1–30.

—(2005), ‘A risk assessment model for banks’, Annals of Finance, 1(2), pp. 197–224.

Gordy, M.B. (2003), ‘A risk-factor model foundation for ratingsbased bank capital rules’, Journal of Financial Intermediation, 12 (3), July, pp. 199–232.

Greenspan, A. (2002), ‘Economic volatility’, Remarks at the Symposium on Rethinking Stabilization Policy of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City at Jackson Hole, Wyoming, August 30.

Griffith-Jones, S., Segoviano, M. and Spratt, S. (2002), ‘Basel II and developing countries: diversification and portfolio effects’, December, LSE Financial Markets Group, http://fmg.lse.ac.uk/ pdfs/DP437.pdf, IDStudies, University of Sussex: www.ids.ac.uk/intfinance, summary of article published in The Financial Times, May 13, 2003, p. 15, under the title: ‘A capital idea that will hurt poorer countries’.

Instefjord, N., Jackson, P. and Perraudin, W. (1998), ‘Securities fraud’, Economic Policy, 27, October, pp. 587–623.

Repullo, R. and Suarez, J. (2004), ‘Loan pricing under Basel capital requirements’, CEMFI, Madrid, mimeo, July.

Segoviano, M. and Lowe, P. (2002), ‘Internal ratings, the business cycle and capital requirements: some evidence from an emerging market economy’, BIS Working papers, September, http://www.bis.org/publ/work117.pdf, LSE/FMG: http:// fmg.lse.ac.uk/pdfs/DP428.pdf.

Summer, M. (2003), ‘Banking regulation and systemic risk’, Open Economies Review, 14, pp. 43–70.

Woodford, M. (2003), Interest and Prices, Princeton, N.J., Princeton University Press.

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL STABILITY-doc.docx

AS1 support/Q1/The Big Bank Bailouts.pdf

Forbes, 14, 2015, 04:22pm

The Big Bank Bailout

By Michael Collins

Most people think that the big bank bailout was the $700 billion that the treasury department used to save the banks during the financial crash in September of 2008. But this is a long way from the truth because the bailout is still ongoing. The Special Inspector General for TARP summary of the bailout says that the total commitment of government is $16.8 trillion dollars with the $4.6 trillion already paid out. Yes, it was trillions not billions and the banks are now larger and still too big to fail. But it isn’t just the government bailout money that tells the story of the bailout. This is a story about lies, cheating, and a multi-faceted corruption which was often criminal.

• Rating agencies- Rating agencies like Standard and Poor’s are paid by the banks (which is a conflict of interest) and have a huge influence on the ratings of securities. During the housing bubble ratings agencies continued to give triple AAA ratings to toxic mortgages. The justice department wants $5 billion in restitution from Standard and Poor’s for its part in falsifying ratings.

• Money laundering – It has been proven that the American Division of the HSBC bank did money laundering for Mexican drug cartels to the tune of $881 billion according to the Justice Department. The penalty to this bank for blatant corruption was $1.9 billion and the New York Times laments that HSBC was too big to indict. Nobody goes to jail at a time when an unemployed black person gets 10 years for robbing a minute mart.

• Betting Against – Both JP Morgan Chase and Goldman Sachs worked with hedge funds to bet against the toxic mortgages after the crash had started. They made money by selling short on the financial catastrophe they had created. JP Morgan was fined $296.9 million and Goldman Sachs was fined $550 million for actions

• Insider Trading –The jailed billionaire Raj Rajartmn made nearly $One million a minute by getting inside information from Goldman Schs. The New York attorney has fingered 70 hedge funds but the prosecution is very slow.

The operating principles of the big banks is a cesspool of greed, ethics and criminal intent and they give a very bad name to free market capitalism. During the housing bubble Wall street was considered the heart and soul of free market capitalism, but when they were in danger of total collapse they fell on their knees as socialists, begging the government and tax payers to bail them out

Many people have asked why the government bailed them out. Isn’t capitalism designed to get rid of the weak and the failed; so why didn’t we just let them fail? The answer was that they were too big to fail and allowing them to fail could have created a worldwide depression. . In fact, in a meeting with Congress on September 18th, 2008. Treasury Secretary Paulson told the members that $5.5 trillion in wealth could disappear by 2pm of that day. In a meeting with Senator Sherrod Brown, Secretary Paulson and Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke said, “we need $700 billion and we need it in 3 days.”

So how did this all happen?

1933 - The Glass –Stiegel Act regulated interest rates, established deposit insurance, and erected a wall between commercial and investment banking by restricting the former from engaging in non- banking activities like securities and insurance.

1978 – A successful legal challenge to the state usury laws and the massive promotion of credit cards by the banks led to dramatic growth of credit card debt by consumers.

1979 – Pension regulation was loosened which created a new market for speculation and the capital to feed it.

1980 – Investors fled conventional interest bearing accounts to alternatives such as money market, venture capital and hedge funds which were lightly regulated.

1982- Congress passed the Garn-St. Germaine Depository Institution Act which deregulated the Savings and Loan industry. This led to speculation with other people’s money and a crisis which would cost the taxpayer $201 billion. The deregulation of interest rates at conventional banks also led to elimination of bank net-worth, accounting standards, and loan to value ratio requirements.

1999-Republican Phil Gramm successfully led the effort that repealed most of the Glass-Stiegel Act, which was a depression era law that kept Commercial Banking and Investment separated.

2000- Only a year later Gramm inserted the new Commodity Futures Modernization Act into a must pass budget bill that rocketed through the Congress. One part of this bill would prohibit the regulation of Derivatives which allowed finance gurus to leverage and speculate with other people’s money. By using derivatives, credit default swaps and other unregulated financial instruments the big banks were able to chop up and resell loans and mortgages as repackaged securities or derivatives. The new securitization became globalized and eventually affected the world economy

After the creation of new financial tools (like credit default swaps and derivatives) as well as more access to everybody’s money; the banks began to do high risk gambling just like a big casino. The new financial tools were backed by the government so that taxpayers would get hung with the bill.

2007 – The speculation and lack of effective regulation eventually led to the crash of 2007 and The Great Recession. The industry is not afraid to do it again because they know no one goes to jail and the government will bail them out.

Why didn’t more people know that the bailout had climbed into the trillions?

In an article Secrets and Lies of the Bailout, Matt Taibbi says “It was all a lie – one of the biggest and most elaborate falsehoods ever sold to the American people. We were told that the taxpayer was stepping in – only temporarily, mind you – to prop up the economy and save the world from financial catastrophe. What we actually ended up doing was the exact opposite: committing American taxpayers to permanent, blind support of an ungovernable, unregulatable, hyper concentrated new financial system that exacerbates the greed and inequality that caused the crash, and forces Wall Street banks like Goldman Sachs and Citigroup to increase risk rather than reduce it.

After the original $700 billion bailout, the ongoing bailout was kept very secret because Chairman Ben Bernanke, argued that revealing borrower details would create a stigma — investors and counterparties would shun firms that used the central bank as lender of last resort. In fact, $7.7 trillion of the secret emergency lending was only disclosed to the public after Congress forced a one-time audit of the Federal Reserve in November of 2011. After the audit the public found out the bailout was in trillions not billions; and that there were no requirements attached to the bailout money - the banks could use it for any purpose.

The big got even bigger

During the bailout the government also allowed many of the banks to use the bailout money to merge - Chase and Bear Stearns, Wells Fargo and Wachovia, Bank of America with Merrill Lynch. So the result is that they are much bigger today and have become an oligopoly that controls a huge amount of money. The 12 largest banks now control 70% of all bank assets. Their favorite tool Derivatives was taken away by the Dodd Frank laws but they cleverly got derivatives back by including them in a bill to fund the government. And derivatives are again backed by the FDIC so the banks are ready to gamble again.

The Dodd Frank bill was promoted as the real answer to Wall Street Improprieties. But it has now been 3 years since it was approved and only half of the regulations have been implemented. An important part of the Dodd Frank legislation was the Volker Rule, which was to bar banks from proprietary trading or making trades using customer funds. The legislation was scheduled to go into effect in 2012 but lobbyists have successfully stalled the bill until at least 2017.

Dodd Frank also includes a mechanism for closing down failing banks called Resolution Authority, but House Republicans are trying to repeal the legislation saying it would save the taxpayers $22 billion. This legislation would draw from the treasury to close down the bank and then pay back the taxpayers by selling the bank’s assets.

The problem is that the big Banks have enormous lobbying power to buy off Congress.

How can we prevent the big banks from doing it again?

1. The first thing that needs to be done is the solution proposed by the Federal Reserve Board of Dallas. Which said “the nation’s largest banks are a perversion of capitalism and a clear and present danger to the U.S. economy. “The report goes on to say that the 5 largest banks –JP Morgan, Citigroup, Bank of America, Wells Fargo, and US Bancorp hold 52% of all US deposits and are an oligopoly that should be broken up. Sherrod Brown a Democrat senator from Ohio submitted a bill to break up the big banks but only got 33 votes in the senate. Perhaps if the public would have known of the secret bailout using trillions of taxpayer dollars, the bill might have passed.

2. Some form of the Glass Stiegel act should be put in place that separates the commercial part of the banks from the investment part. In addition the FDIC insurance should apply and protect only commercial bank operations not the gambling part of the banks. The details on how to carry out these solutions is summarized in a report called Ending "Too Big To Fail" by the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas

3. Another suggestion is get rid of ratings agencies. They are paid for by the banks and are a conflict of interest.

4. We should also consider placing a financial transaction tax on all sales of stocks, bonds, options, futures, etc. Some people call this the “Robin Hood tax” or a sin tax on all of Wall Street vices. Wall Street may ignore most regulations but they understand losing some of their profits through a tax. In this case Wall Street would have to share some of their money with Main Street.

5. Another suggestion is to raise taxes on hedge funds from 15 to 35%. Hedge funds profit from insider tips, high frequency trading, rumor mongering, front –running trades, special tax loopholes and even from stocks that are failing.

6. And of course, we must make derivatives illegal again.

7. But perhaps the best solution is to make the CEOs and top managers of the banks criminally liable for breaking these rules so that they fear going to jail. These people are not afraid to do it again so if you can’t put some real fear in their heads they will do it again.

Wall Street’s gambling created a giant hole in our economy. In just a few months 8 million people lost their jobs and it created the greatest recession since the Great Depression. The choice is clear, either we regulate the big banks like we did during the New Deal or they will eventually destroy both themselves and the economy. William Banzai put the big bank problem in perspective when he said, “If we don’t get rid of the incentive to loot, then the only question is what form the next round of looting will take.”

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._The Big Bank Bailouts.pdf

AS1 support/Q1/Bagehot or Bailout An Analysis of Government Responses to Banking Crises.pdf

Bagehot or Bailout? An Analysis of Government Responses to Banking Crises

Guillermo Rosas Washington University

Political intervention into markets can take a nearly endless number of forms. During the latter part of the twentieth century, there was a widely shared sense that governments should decrease their role in the economy. Still, there were important variations in this trend. In response to onerous banking crises, countries chose policies that varied dramatically between rescuing insolvent banks (Bailout) and enforcing bank closures (Bagehot). Bailouts are often portrayed as regressive wealth transfers from taxpayers to bankers as the result of “crony capitalism.” However, government policy choice may be patterned as much by domestic institutions—political regime and central bank autonomy—and international constraints—economic openness and support from international financial institutions—as by political promises to stand by crony allies in hard times. I test these arguments by fitting a Bayesian hierarchical item response model of policy making that takes full advantage of data on government responses to banking crises.

I n recent years, banking crises have wreaked havoc in less-developed and developed economies alike, caus- ing direct loss of wealth to bankers, depositors, and

taxpayers and deleterious indirect effects on economic growth through abrupt credit crunches. In response to these events, some governments have chosen to uphold market outcomes by closing insolvent banks and forc- ing bankers and depositors to take losses. This type of policy response follows broad guidelines set more than a century ago by Sir Walter Bagehot.1Other governments have allowed insolvent banks to continue operations, in effect subsidizing the losses of bankers and depositors and shifting the burden of bank insolvency to taxpayers. The hefty costs shouldered by taxpayers and the obvious moral hazard incentives that accompany bank bailouts make it important to understand the conditions under which politicians rescue banks: Why is it that some gov- ernments choose to bail banks out when confronting a systemic banking crisis (Bailout) whereas others re- main “close to the market” and allow failures of insolvent

Guillermo Rosas is assistant professor of political science, Washington University in St. Louis, Campus Box 1063, One Brookings Drive, St. Louis, MO 63130-4899 ([email protected]).

I appreciate comments on previous versions of this article from Gabriel Aguilera, Brian Crisp, Robert O. Keohane, Peter Lange, Andrew Martin, Robert Mickey, Scott Morgenstern, Karen Remmer, Andy Sobel, three anonymous referees, and from audiences at ITAM, Duke University, UCLA, and Washington University.

1The literature attributes the systematization of last resort lending to Bagehot (1873). Unknowingly, Bagehot expanded the doctrine of last resort lending created by Thornton (1802), which purported to protect a nation’s money stock during banking crises by lending to illiquid institutions at a discount and only on good collateral. According to Bagehot, institutions that cannot post good collateral should be considered insolvent, and thus not worthy of liquidity support: “Any aid to a present bad bank is the surest mode of preventing the establishment of a future good bank” (Bagehot (1873), quoted in Hawkins and Turner (1998, 36)). See also Freixas et al. (2000).

banks (Bagehot)? And more generally, what are the con- ditions under which politicians rescue bankrupt private concerns?

One appealing answer to this puzzle can be pieced together from “crony capitalism” narratives. This term is used colloquially to refer to cozy, nontransparent relations between politicians and entrepreneurs. Within the logic of crony capitalism, politicians act as the “executive com- mittee of the bourgeoisie,” shamelessly devoting public resources to make banks whole again in the event of cri- sis. Yet, this logic fails to acknowledge that politicians are agents of multiple principals and might face incentives to renege on promises to cronies. As Maxfield (2003) and Keefer (2002) argue, domestic institutions might shift the political calculus of bailouts such that crony links may not necessarily determine government responses to banking crises. Thus, even tight relations between politicians and bankers may fail to produce bank bailouts.

My contribution to this debate is twofold. First, I build and estimate a Bayesian model of government bailout

American Journal of Political Science, Vol. 50, No. 1, January 2006, Pp. 175–191

C©2006, Midwest Political Science Association ISSN 0092-5853

175

176 GUILLERMO ROSAS

propensities that thoroughly exploits available informa- tion about policy implementation during banking crises. Previous studies of the determinants of bank bailouts rely either on “fiscal cost” measurements (Honohan and Klingebiel 2003)2 or on a limited number of policy choice indicators (Keefer 2002; Nava-Campos 2002; Rosas 2002). These modeling choices are not always appropriate. The use of fiscal costs of bailouts as a proxy for government response confounds policy choice with the eventual eco- nomic outcomes that follow from this choice. Aside from the fact that policy choice is logically prior to its eco- nomic effects, it is not obvious that the size of the bailout bill is wholly determined by the same factors that affect government response; therefore, it is difficult to argue that fiscal costs are good indicators of political action to redress banking crises. Moreover, limiting inspection of policy choice to a handful of indicators fails to exploit detailed information about the character of government response. Along these lines, my analysis reports that some of the indicators commonly used as dependent variables in these studies are among the least informative about government bailout propensities. Instead of selecting de- pendent variables a priori, the modeling approach that I pursue allows the data to “speak for itself,” thus allowing a more appropriate selection of key indicators to inspect in future banking crises.

Second, I suggest that “basic” domestic institutions— namely the democratic or authoritarian character of po- litical regimes and the autonomy of central banks from political pressures—are likely to influence government re- sponses to banking crises. I also acknowledge that domes- tic institutions are not the only determinants of bailouts, but that politicians might choose policy with an eye to the international consequences of their actions. In particular, I consider capital and trade openness, the degree of inter- nationalization of a nation’s banking sector, and support from international financial institutions, as arguments in the political decision to bail out banks.

The article is organized as follows: First I put forth two ideal-types of government response, Bagehot and Bailout, that capture the basic dilemmas that politicians confront

2Fiscal costs are conceptualized as the estimated amount needed to restore banks to solvency as a percentage of domestic GDP. In ad- dition to the reasons cited in the text, estimates of fiscal costs vary a great deal depending on whether they are measured at the height of a crisis or afterwards (Eichengreen and Arteta 2002). More impor- tantly, fiscal costs of insolvency need not be immediately realized, but their payment can be delayed. For example, the Mexican gov- ernment assumed nonperforming bank loans during the 1994–95 crisis in exchange for 10-year coupon-bearing bonds. As a conse- quence, fiscal costs can fluctuate depending on post-crisis policy. In particular, an aggressive pursuit of borrowers in arrears might diminish the size of the bailout substantially.

during banking crises, and suggest how publicly avail- able information regarding policies implemented dur- ing a crisis can be used to elicit information about the bailout propensity of different governments. I then ana- lyze the determinants of policy choice to counter banking crises and submit theoretically guided hypotheses to ex- plain bailouts. Next, I develop a Bayesian model of pol- icy choice that appropriately accounts for peculiarities of the data and then test model on a sample of 46 observa- tions. Finally, I conclude and suggest directions for further research.

Policy Choice

I define “bank rescue” or “bank bailout” as any government-sponsored delay in the exit of insolvent banks that is explicitly or implicitly funded by public resources. In other words, a bank is bailed out if it continues to operate after insolvency. Note that bailouts do not neces- sarily entail money handouts from governments to banks. Bailouts also occur when governments alter bank regula- tion in order to change the legal definition of insolvency, even if no transfer of public money is immediately real- ized.3 Thus, any policy that artificially extends the life of insolvent banks is a bailout. Note also that, in line with this definition, bailouts should not be seen as discrete “either/or” events. Instead, it is appropriate to consider bailouts as ranging in the abstract from absolutely no government help to complete government absorption of all losses.

To simplify the discussion, I refer in this section to two extreme forms of government response: Bagehot and Bailout. Between these two extremes, I posit that govern- ments vary in their propensity toward bailouts and that these varying propensities are determined by domestic institutions, a country’s insertion in the global economy, and the structure of the nation’s banking system. On the one hand, the Bagehot rule, which aims to provide liq- uidity to solvent banks and to force the exit of insolvent institutions, is the classical policy response to banking crises. Bagehot is the choice of a government concerned with upholding the market mechanism and diminishing moral hazard incentives in the banking sector. This solu- tion minimizes immediate public outlays—i.e., it avoids socialization of bank losses—and eventually strength- ens the financial system by eliminating weak banks, but its tenability is premised on the assumption that gov- ernments have perfect information about the financial

3For example, dropping capitalization requirements during a bank- ing crisis is tantamount to a bailout, for banks deemed insolvent under the “old rules” are allowed to continue operations.

BAGEHOT OR BAILOUT? 177

TABLE 1 Bagehot or Bailout: Alternative Responses to Banking Crises

Policy Issue-Area Bagehot Bailout

Last-resort lending On good collateral, for a limited time. For an indeterminate time, as requested by banks.

Non-performing (“bad”) loans

Banks forced to write non-performing loans off their books.

NPLs transferred away from banks. Bank borrowers helped to avoid default.

Bank capitalization Private recapitalization of banks. Public recapitalization of banks. Regulatory forbearance.

Depositor insurance Few depositors, if any, are protected. Blanket protection of all depositors. Exit policy Banks closed immediately after detecting

insolvency. Insolvent banks allowed to continue operations.

status of banks.4 Moreover, a stern Bagehot enforcer risks the collapse of the banking system if insolvency affects all banks. In seeking to understand the determinants of bank bailouts, one must allow for the possibility that the Bagehot rule may not be an optimal response to a harsh banking crisis.

On the other hand, some governments lengthen the lives of insolvent banks without regard for moral haz- ard issues, approximating the ideal-type of Bailout. The Bailout rule involves unlimited last-resort lending so that insolvent banks can continue to operate, subsidizing their losses while they recover. Bailout policies are thus ar- rangements designed to restore bank solvency at mini- mum cost to bank shareholders, bank depositors, and even bank borrowers. In this case, taxpayers are stuck with the bailout bill. It is often argued, however, that Bailout avoids widespread failure, and thus that under certain circum- stances it is a best response to banking crises.5

I emphasize that policy output, be it Bagehot or Bailout, comprises several issues. Table 1 summarizes the policies that “belong together,” i.e., that one would expect a coherent Bagehot or Bailout policymaker to implement. The leftmost column of Table 1 identifies five crucial pol- icy issue-areas: Last-resort lending, nonperforming loans, bank capitalization, policy toward holders of bank liabili- ties (depositor insurance), and bank exit policy. Entries in each box refer to the policy decisions that a Bagehot (or Bailout) politician would make. Some of these responses are actively implemented by lower-level bureaucrats and

4Were governments to possess perfect information about the finan- cial status of banks, information asymmetries between depositors and bankers could still lead to speculative runs against solvent banks (Diamond and Dybvig 1983).

5A budding literature in theoretical microeconomics rationalizes bailouts as optimal policy responses to assuage negative externalities stemming from bank insolvency. See, e.g., Cordella and Levy-Yeyati (1999).

only monitored, if at all, by politicians. Some other re- sponses might be stipulated in ordinary law or central bank charters and thus be legally binding. For example, legislation might constrain politicians to guarantee small deposits or to limit the amount and maturity of loans to the banking system in case of financial distress. How- ever, politicians enjoy latitude in choosing most of these policies. In any case, the model of government response I present later allows for the possibility that some of these policies are easier to implement than others.

I omit thorough descriptions of these five policy issue-areas for the sake of space and clarity (see Rosas 2002). Later I suggest how to infer bailout propensities by adequately combining information about policy choice in these issue-areas with idiosyncratic characteristics of governments.

Theory and Data Correlates of Bank Bailouts

In the wake of the East Asian financial crisis it became common to blame bad economic outcomes on “crony cap- italism.” Scholars use crony capitalism as shorthand for political links between governments and big business— notably banks—that exceed the confines of petty bribery of low-level bureaucrats. Crony capitalist regimes are not necessarily unfit to foster economic development. In Haber’s (2002) characterization, for example, crony capitalism is a second-best solution to the government’s “commitment problem”—namely, its inability to credi- bly protect property rights. Ideally, economic growth ob- tains when governments are able to guarantee the property rights of all asset holders. Crony capitalist regimes, how- ever, are only able to guarantee the property rights of some asset holders. Politicians render this arrangement credible by sharing in the rents appropriated by the chosen few.

178 GUILLERMO ROSAS

Crony capitalist regimes can sustain economic growth by partially solving their commitment problem, though they might generate negative secondary effects such as rent seeking and economic inequality.

Cronyism might increase the likelihood of banking crises by giving bankers incentives to finance suboptimal projects. More importantly, the political decision to bail out insolvent banks might be a related effect of crony cap- italism.6 Thus, crony capitalism can be invoked to explain both causes and consequences of banking crises and is an obvious starting point to explore government bailout propensities. However, as Kang (2002) notes, measuring intrinsic features of crony capitalism is difficult. In con- trast with him, I do consider that indicators of corruption provide a reasonable first approximation to the measure- ment of cronyism. Admittedly, cronyism and corruption are not synonyms, but it is reasonable to expect that where corruption is low the chances are also low that politicians, bankers, and entrepreneurs will be consistently enmeshed in unholy relations. I build an indicator of relative lack of corruption, transparency, from commonly employed data (Knack and Keefer 1998; Transparency International 2002). Following from crony capitalism accounts, the expectation is that transparency will be negatively asso- ciated with bailout propensity (Hypothesis 1).7

As it stands, however, the “cronyism generates bailouts” hypothesis fails theoretically on its unstated as- sumption that politicians never renege on assurances to cronies. Indeed, as long as cronies continue to generate profits politicians will have little incentive to renege on their promise to protect property. But what happens when crony asset holders are unable to generate profits, as oc- curs during banking crises? In this case, access to rents is

6Bongini, Claessens, and Ferri (2001) present a direct test of the “cronyism generates crises” and the “cronyism generates bailouts” propositions at the bank level, using data from Asian economies. Their analysis confirms that political connections predict bank dis- tress, but not bank bailouts.

7Treisman (2000) shows that TI and ICRG (Knack and Keefer 1998) indices are very highly correlated. Hence, I standardize these two measures to a common 1–10 metric and use their average as an indicator of corruption. Wei and Wu (2001) confirm as well that corruption indices based on perceptions are highly correlated, in- creasing our confidence in their validity. As for whether corrup- tion indices are good proxies of crony capitalism, it is also the case that they correlate highly with measures of economic governance. Persson and Tabellini (2003) report very high correlations among the Transparency indicator and measures of graft and government effectiveness compiled by Kaufmann, Kraay, and Zoido-Lobatón (1999). Persson and Tabellini (2003, 56–58) use these indices as empirical correlates of abuse of higher office to extract “illegal po- litical rents,” a concept that certainly evokes Haber’s definition of crony capitalism. Crony capitalism thrives indeed where excessive government regulation increases opportunities for rent seeking. I submit, then, that corruption indices are valid indicators of crony capitalism.

also foreclosed unless the politician bails out cronies.8 Ac- cording to the unadorned “cronyism generates bailouts” story, politicians will not hesitate to lend friends a helping hand—presumably out of loyalty, a doubtful motivational assumption. Instead, closing insolvent banks whenever politicians find it unprofitable to invest taxpayers’ money today in order to reap a stream of rents in the future is con- sistent with the assumption of rationality. In this case, a bailout may indeed secure access to future rents, but it also implies heavy costs; at the very least, bailouts make the na- ture of the arrangement between politicians and cronies conspicuous to taxpayers. Rational politicians may res- cue banks as part of the price they pay for continuing access to rents, but they are agents of multiple principals, and circumstances might not always push them to favor crony bankers. Thus, banking crises create a dilemma for politicians: whether to aid bankers and possibly alienate support from other principals (e.g., taxpayers) or forgo bank bailouts and lose access to rents.

I submit that political regimes systematically pat- tern government responses to banking crises. I high- light electoral accountability as the mechanism that links democratic regimes to Bagehot responses. Representa- tive democracy is often justified on the grounds that it gives voters the opportunity to “kick the rascals out.” In turn, the prospect of accountability in democratic regimes makes it more likely that governments will be responsive to the preferences of an electoral majority of citizens.9

Politicians are, almost by definition, more responsive to the preferences of taxpayers in democratic settings than in authoritarian regimes. In the context of a banking cri- sis, I submit that effective representation of taxpayers en- tails stepping up rapidly to close insolvent banks, all else constant, rather than sharing the burden of bank insol- vency through Bailout policies. Since taxpayers prefer to redress bank insolvency at minimum public cost (Enoch, Garcia, and Sundararajan 1999), this argument implies that politicians are more propense to bailouts in the ab- sence of the accountability mechanisms of democracy. In

8In fact, a diminished ability to generate profits does not mean that cronies will stop paying rents. As a reviewer suggested, crony en- trepreneurs may still hire members of the political elite, give politi- cians favorable access to physical assets, and/or offer subcontracts to politicians’ enterprises.

9Some scholars have pointed to the electoral connection between politicians and citizens as deleterious to sound public policy. Regarding banks, Rochet suggests that risky bank behavior and bailouts are bound to occur because of incentives built into pruden- tial regulation. He then argues that “[t]he source of this difficulty is not only corruption and regulatory capture, but more funda- mentally the absence of commitment power of governments. It is a classical time consistency problem, that is more severe in the case of democracies than in the case of corrupt regimes” (2003, 153).

BAGEHOT OR BAILOUT? 179

short bailout propensity should be negatively associated with measures of democracy (Hypothesis 2a).

Premised on the assumption that it is always in the public’s interest to close insolvent banks, Hypothesis 2a provides a strong statement about the relationship be- tween political regime and policy output. However, it may occur that what we consider beneficial effects of democracy only obtain under particular societal condi- tions. For example, in seeking to understand the deter- minants of rapid stabilization after inflationary episodes, Oatley (2003) shows that democracies take longer to pro- mote price stability in environments of high distribu- tive conflict and societal opposition, but do so rapidly in situations of low distributive conflict. In light of this argument, I also consider a “weaker” form of the po- litical regime argument, namely, that the optimal policy response to a banking crisis is conditional on the impor- tance of banks within the financial sector. If most financial intermediation is carried out through banks, then bank closures threaten severe economic disruptions as projects are cut off in response to credit crunches. Undoubtedly, some of these projects should be terminated, especially if they contributed to bank insolvency in the first place, but bank closures also derail viable projects. Thus, politi- cians, corrupt or not, are more likely to bail out banks if their failure threatens high negative externalities. In other words, I acknowledge that redressing bank insolvency at minimum public cost might entail bailing out (some) insolvent banks. Thus, politicians in democratic regimes might choose Bailout policies, not necessarily because of crony links with bankers or entrepreneurs but as effective representatives of the median taxpayer’s preference against economic disruption. To test this implication, I include an interaction term between democracy and deposit share. This indicator is a proxy for the relative importance of banks within a nation’s financial system.10 If policy out- put depends on the importance of banks, then the the effect parameter of the interactive term should be posi- tive (Hypothesis 2b).

To approximate the ceteris paribus condition of these arguments, I control for factors that might affect a govern- ment’s bailout propensity. For example, previous research has taken an institutional approach to decision making during banking crises (Keefer 2002; Maxfield 2003; Nava- Campos 2002). In particular, Keefer (2002) suggests that regulatory forbearance of insolvent banks is less likely in polities with more numerous veto players; based on his evidence, we should observe a negative association be- tween bailout and the number of veto points in a polity

10Deposit share is the ratio of deposits in commercial banks to GDP. See Table 2.

(vetoes). More importantly, if all that is captured by politi- cal regime indicators is the effect of checks and balances as indicated by different veto-point configurations (demo- cratic regimes, after all, tend to have more veto points), democracy should be statistically insignificant after con- trolling for vetoes. Instead, if electoral accountability is the relevant mechanism, democracy should be statisti- cally associated with bailouts even after including vetoes in the model specification.

Any limit on a politician’s ability to accommodate fiscal expansion through lax monetary policy would also limit his ability to choose Bailout. The proposition that inflationary monetary policy is less likely where central banks are institutionally autonomous from politicians has been tested empirically (see, for example, Grilli, Mascian- daro, and Tabellini 1991). Autonomous central bankers adopt more conservative stances on monetary policy be- cause of legal stipulations to promote low inflation. From the point of view of the monetary authority, banking crises present a stark choice between an expansive policy to aid failing banks or conservative use of the monetary tool to preserve price stability. Even independent central banks could decide, however, to save the banks rather than the currency. After all, institutional independence from po- litical pressures only guarantees that politicians will not control the money supply; it does not necessarily entail that central bankers will push for low inflation. Still, be- cause of the legal stipulation to provide price stability, independent central bankers will be less prone to act as lenders of last resort to the banking system during a crisis and to accommodate fiscal expansion to bail out banks. Inasmuch as central bank autonomy entails tighter mon- etary policy, it should also curtail a politician’s ability to carry out bank bailouts.

Domestic institutions that hinder cronyism are not the only potential constraints on a politician’s deci- sion to bail out banks. Instead, international factors im- pinge upon domestic policy making. In an era of global integration of capital and goods markets, the ability of politicians to carry out independent public policies can be constrained by the possibility of capital flight (Andrews 1994; Cooper 1968; Oatley 1999). Though opening up a nation’s borders to capital flows and more trade opportunities improves a country’s access to cheaper credit and allows specialization close to comparative ad- vantage, it might also mean foregoing the use of Keynesian tools of demand management. As Obstfeld (1998) argues, globalization has the beneficial side-effect of disciplining governments, forcing them into a path of sustainable budgets and price stability. With respect to bank bailouts, globalization might exert a similar downward pressure on fiscal profligacy. Politicians may choose policies closer

180 GUILLERMO ROSAS

TABLE 2 Data Sources and Descriptive Statistics

Indicator Description (Source) MV Mean SD

Central bank independence Legal central bank autonomy index (Cukierman, Webb, and Neyapti 1992; Cukierman, Miller, and Neyapti 2002).

7 0.343 0.11

GDP pc Natural log of per capita GDP (Heston, Summers, and Aten 2002).

1 3.829 0.31

Capital openness First principal component of measures in IMF’s AREAER (Chinn and Ito 2002).

8 0.51 1.54

Trade openness Exports plus imports as a share of GDP (Heston et al. 2002). 0 56.7 34.72 Transparency Average of TI and ICRG measures of corruption (Knack and

Keefer 1998; Transparency International 2002). 7 5.39 2.39

Bank concentration Assets of three largest banks as a share of assets of all commercial banks (Beck, Demirgüc-Kunt, and Levine 1999).

16 0.56 0.23

Foreign share Assets of foreign-owned banks as proportion of total bank assets (Beck et al. 1999).

19 0.13 0.14

Deposit share Deposits in banks as a share of GDP (Beck et al. 1999). 3 0.35 0.21 Veto points Number of veto points in political system (executive,

legislature, courts) (Beck, Clarke, Groff, Keefer, and Walsh 2001; Keefer and Stasavage 2003).

0 2.56 1.53

Democracy Indicator of democratic regime (Przeworski et al. 2000). 1 “1” (27) Microeconomic cause Microeconomic causes important in origin of bank crisis

(Honohan and Klingebiel 2000). 3 “1” (19)

IMF support Stand-by agreement with the IMF on starting year of crisis (Rosas 2002).

3 “1” (23)

to Bagehot to the extent that their countries are more thoroughly integrated into the world economy through trade and capital markets. Therefore, I include indica- tors of trade openness and capital openness as controls. I also include a dummy for the existence of a stand-by agreement with the IMF on the starting year of a bank- ing crisis (IMF support ). Support from IFIs, particularly from the IMF, comes with strings attached in the form of conditionality clauses. It is common to give out interna- tional loans in tranches, so that successive installments can be conditioned on country behavior after previous dis- bursements. But IFI support might ease fiscal constraints on government action and therefore extend the financial ability to bail out banks (Casella and Eichengreen 1996; Killick 1997; Montinola 2003).

Finally, other controls include the market share of foreign banks (foreign share), the level of development of a country (log GDP),11 and the economic origin of a

11Level of development is a proxy for fiscal resources to redress crises, but also for the general adequacy of bank supervision. This control is also necessary because developed countries tend to be democratic; excluding log GDP would arise suspicion of spurious effects of political regime on bailout propensities.

bank crisis (microeconomic cause).12 I also include a mea- sure of bank concentration to control for the possibility that concentrated banking interests coordinate more eas- ily to push for preferred Bailout policies. Table 2 provides information regarding all covariates, including sources, prevalence of missing values, and summary statistics.13

Indicators of Policy Choice

I base the empirical analysis on a sample of govern- ment responses to 40 separate banking crises from 1976 to 1998 collected by Honohan and Klingebiel (2000); I complemented this dataset with information from six other banking crises (Del Villar, Backal, and Treviño 1997;

12Microeconomic cause is coded “1” whenever a banking crisis is mainly caused by bank mismanagement tolerated and/or aided by bureaucratic failures in prudential supervision. Presumably, bank- ing crises caused primordially by macroeconomic shocks would make it easier to pass Bailout policies, since domestic bankers can- not really be blamed for events outside their immediate control.

13All indicators were standardized to facilitate the updating algo- rithm in WinBugs. The Gibbs algorithm generates imputations for missing values as it samples from the posterior distribution. Natu- rally, inferences about effect parameters are more uncertain to the extent that missing values are prevalent in the data.

BAGEHOT OR BAILOUT? 181

TABLE 3 Seven Indicators of Five Policy Issue-Areas

Indicator (Proxy for . . .) Coded 1 If . . . MV

Bank liquidity (Last-resort lending) Government provides liquidity support larger than total banking system capital to insolvent banks over at least a one-year period.

2

Debt relief (Bad loans) Government sponsors debt relief for corporate borrowers, through exchange rate guarantees or direct rescue.

5

Public asset management (Bad loans) Government transfers non-performing bank loans to a centralized public asset management corporation.

1

Recapitalization (Bank capitalization) Government recapitalizes banks through one-shot support scheme.

Government recapitalizes banks through repeated rounds.

1

Explicit guarantees (Depositor insurance) Government issues explicit deposit guarantee. State-owned institutions hold 75% of total banking deposits.

2

Deposit freeze (Depositor insurance) Government freezes deposits in intervened banks for at least twelve months.

2

Forbearance (Exit policy) Government relaxes or fails to enforce regulation for at least 12 months.

Bank competition is restricted. Government fails to shut down distressed banks after three

months. Government allows insolvent banks to continue under original management.

2

see Appendix for sample of crises). These 46 systemic banking crises are a subset of a larger collection of episodes, both systemic and borderline, recognized in the literature (Eichengreen and Arteta 2002).14 Scholars gen- erally consider that a systemic banking crisis has occurred if any of the following events is observed (Caprio and Klingebiel 1999): (1) generalized depositor runs on banks, (2) accumulation of nonperforming loans in excess of 10% of bank assets, (3) government assistance to banks through suspension of financial activities (e.g., bank hol- idays or deposit freezes), or (4) government support to banks through policies with fiscal costs that exceed 2% of GDP.

Note that two of the criteria used to determine that a bank crisis has occurred refer to government action (criteria (3) and (4) above). Government action along the lines of criteria (3) and (4) is indicative of underly- ing problems in the banking sector because banks would fail in the absence of these policies. Thus, for example, deposit freezes prevent bank asset fire-sales, and there- fore generalized insolvency, by stemming depositor runs.

14The sample in Honohan and Klingebiel (2000) does not over- represent democracies over autocracies, corrupt over noncorrupt regimes, or open over closed economies; none of these factors are significant predictors of the inclusion of a banking crisis in the sam- ple. However, poorer economies tend to be under-represented in the sample, in the sense that real per capita GDP is a significant pre- dictor of whether a systemic banking crisis will appear in Honohan and Klingebiel’s sample.

Since I look at government action conditional on the oc- currence of banking crises, selection bias might arise if the assessment that a bank crisis has occurred depends on the observation of preemptive government policies. In other words, the risk is that the sample might miss banking crises that did not result in corrective action, i.e., those that were solved closer to the Bagehot ideal- type. Fortunately, criteria (1) and (2) pick up instances of banking trouble that have not yet prompted government action, but have already caused changes in depositor or borrower behavior and should consequently be recog- nized as outright banking crises (criteria (1) and (2)). More importantly, variation in the range of policies that governments employ to counter banking crises is also sig- nificant, as I argue below, and runs the gamut from “keep- ing close to market outcomes” (the Bagehot ideal-type) to heavy government intervention to prop up the banking system.

Table 3 reproduces Honohan & Klingebiel’s coding scheme; the seven binary indicators therein can be di- rectly traced to the five policy issue-areas detailed in the Bagehot-Bailout classification of Table 1. For example, bank liquidity is an indicator of government response regarding protection of bank depositors that is coded “1” if governments extend emergency liquidity support “for longer than 12 months and the overall support is greater than total banking capital” (Honohan and Klingebiel 2000, 13). Table 3 shows how the other six

182 GUILLERMO ROSAS

indicators (explicit guarantees, recapitalization, forbear- ance, debt relief, deposit freeze, and public asset manage- ment ) relate to the policy issues in Table 1.15

Model

I am interested in explaining the bailout propensity of governments that confront banking crises. The main quandary in addressing this issue is that this propensity is unobservable. We only observe dichotomous measures of implementation of seven policies in as many issue-areas. Even these measures are imperfect indicators of policy choice: there is no reason to believe that policies like re- capitalization or liquidity are “lumpy” or discrete, let alone dichotomous. Instead, I submit that these seven dichoto- mous indicators proxy for policy choices that are them- selves continuous. In other words, governments do not simply choose to recapitalize failing banks or not; rather, they choose how much money, and for how long, to inject into insolvent firms.

I posit then that a government’s choices along these seven issue-areas are a function of its unobserved bailout propensity, which is ultimately the variable of interest. In building a model of bank bailouts, I first tie the di- chotomous policy choices to the unobserved propensi- ties and then consider the factors (independent variables) that drive these bailout propensities. This model builds on, and extends, item response theory (IRT) models ex- tensively used in the field of education.16 In the context of intelligence testing, where IRT theory was first devel- oped, the goal is to construct test items that “discrimi- nate well” among individuals with varying levels of abil- ity. The probability that an individual will answer any test item correctly is modeled as a function of a latent trait , such as intelligence. Some test items are extremely easy (or extremely difficult); such items are not good indica- tors of intelligence because most individuals will get them right (or wrong) regardless of their idiosyncratic abilities. Aside from their intrinsic difficulty, test items also vary

15Previous research has used some of these dichotomous variables as indicators of selected aspects of Bagehot-Bailout (Keefer (2002) uses forbearance; Nava-Campos (2002) combines explicit guaran- tees, bank liquidity, and forbearance in an additive index). I show below that not all of these indicators are efficient in providing infor- mation about underlying bailout propensities. More importantly, better inferences about bailout propensities follow from consid- eration of all seven indicators; the model I propose also allows testing propositions about the “discriminatory” importance of the seven policy items—hence their validity as indicators of bailout propensities.

16IRT models have recently found political science applications in ideal-point estimation problems (Clinton, Jackman, and Rivers 2004; Martin and Quinn 2002).

in their power to discriminate among individuals with varied abilities.17

In similar fashion, I assume that not all seven policy items are equally good at revealing the underlying bailout propensity of different governments. First, I acknowledge that some policy responses are easier to implement. Reg- ulatory forbearance, for example, is generally the conse- quence of low-level bureaucratic decisions that do not necessarily require the benediction of higher-ups. This policy is equivalent to an “easy” test item in that many governments will get it “right” (forbearance is coded “1” in 28 out of 44 recorded instances).18 Other policies, like recapitalization, often require explicit legislative interven- tion, and are therefore relatively “difficult” to pursue (re- capitalization is only coded “1” in 12 of 45 instances). Second, once differences in the relative difficulty of pol- icy items are acknowledged, one must recognize that poli- cies also vary in their discriminating capacity, that is, in the degree to which they are informative about under- lying bailout propensities. IRT models acknowledge this duality by allowing estimation of separate difficulty and discrimination parameters for each test item.19 The set of equations in (1) lay bare the model that ties observed policies to bailout propensities (�j ) and item parameters (�i , �i ).

yi, j ∼ Bernoulli( pi,j ) pi, j = �

( y∗i,j

)

y∗i, j = �i (�j − �i ) �j = �0 + �1 x1, j + · · · + �k xk, j (1)

Each one of the policy items y i,j enacted by the dif- ferent governments in the sample is modeled as a draw from a Bernoulli distribution with parameter pi,j ( pi,j � [0,1], i is the policy index, j indices crises). Note that pi,j

17Johnson and Albert (1999, chap. 6) provide an excellent Bayesian introduction to IRT models.

18The test item metaphor should not be pushed too far: Under some circumstances, regulatory forbearance might indeed be the “right” policy to pursue, but that is not the meaning intended by the metaphorical use of this word in the text.

19Were we to consider any of the seven original dichotomous in- dicators as sufficiently informative indicators of Bagehot/Bailout, we could then resort to logit/probit models to estimate the effect of various independent variables on the (unobserved) underlying propensity to bail out banks. Consider, however, how much more flexible the multilevel IRT model is in comparison to logit/probit: The IRT model (1) allows many (in this case seven rather than one) dependent variables to be informative about bailout propensities, (2) admits the possibility that not all of these dependent variables are equally informative about bailout propensities, (3) permits es- timation of multidimensional underlying spaces, and (4) makes it possible to fit a higher level model for the propensity parameter (feature (3) is not exploited in this article).

BAGEHOT OR BAILOUT? 183

TABLE 4 Posterior Density Summary of Effect Parameters

95% HPD

Covariate Mean Median SD 0.025 0.975

Intercept −18.413 −18.210 14.511 −48.421 9.843 Transparency −13.817∗ −13.645 11.385 −36.970 8.961 Democracy (Przeworski) −20.244∗ −19.370 10.196 −41.691 −2.493 Deposit share −2.020 −1.814 10.089 −22.520 17.720 Democracy Deposit share 1.870 1.850 8.798 −15.710 19.670 Central bank independence −21.627∗ −20.880 9.912 −43.071 −4.258 GDP pc 36.304∗ 35.460 13.090 12.579 63.310 Microeconomic cause 31.576∗ 30.540 11.243 12.609 56.720 Capital openness 5.106 4.870 11.593 −17.420 28.600 Trade openness 37.207∗ 36.140 11.645 17.369 63.030 Bank concentration −0.328 0.196 11.907 −25.160 22.051 Foreign share 0.289 0.660 11.975 −23.950 23.250 IMF support 11.688∗ 11.145 8.954 −4.509 30.660 Veto points −2.436 −2.329 7.808 −18.031 12.690 Log-likelihood −190.175 −189.80 6.012 −202.90 −179.30 Deviance 2152.06 2152.00 9.132 2135.00 2171.00

∗80% highest posterior density interval excludes ‘0’.

is a function of y∗i,j , a continuous, unbounded, and unob- served variable that represents policy choice along each of the seven issue-areas (�(·) is the Normal CDF).20 In turn, y∗i,j is a function of the underlying bailout propensity of each government (� j ) and of the discrimination (�i ) and difficulty (�i ) parameters that define each issue-area. No- tice that the item parameters vary across issue-areas but are constant across governments, whereas bailout propen- sities are constant across policy issue-areas, but vary across governments.21

I further assume that � j , government j’s bailout propensity, is a linear function of several covariates, as per the last equation in (1).22 In (1), xj (crisis-specific covariates) and � (effect parameters) are both vectors of length k (the number of covariates included in the model). The last line in (1) also states the main assumption of this model, namely, that the effect of politicoeconomic covariates on bailout propensities (�) is identical across countries.

20This is the “data-augmentation” step in Albert and Chib (1993), mainly a heuristic to allow estimation of binary response models through Gibbs sampling; however, the parameter y∗ can be usefully interpreted as in the text.

21More precisely, the unit of analysis is a “government facing a banking crisis”; hence, Argentina 1989 and Argentina 1995 provide two different observations.

22In the IRT models adapted to the study of ideal-points, the pa- rameter � represents ideology; prior probability distributions are then stipulated directly on �. Here, the model is adapted by making � a function of several covariates. I then stipulate prior probability distributions on the effect parameters of these covariates.

This model contains 14 + (k + 1) parameters to be estimated. In a Bayesian setting, each of these pa- rameters requires specification of a prior distribution. In general, I have chosen uninformative priors for ef- fect parameters (hence conveying the a priori impres- sion that right-side covariates may or may not deter- mine bailout propensities). I have followed suggestions in Johnson and Albert (1999) and Bafumi et al. (2005) in specifying informative priors for the item parameters, mainly for purposes of model identification. In particu- lar, the discrimination parameters (� ) are all constrained to be positive.23 Prior distributions on these parameters as well as the derivation of the likelihood function and the posterior density function are fully described in the Appendix.

Results

I use MCMC simulation methods to make infer- ences about the joint posterior density in Equation 3 (Appendix). Ten thousand draws from this posterior den- sity are summarized in Table 4, which presents mean, median, standard deviation, and 95% highest posterior density (HPD) intervals for 13 effect parameters and a

23As discussed in the Appendix, this constraint is not especially restrictive. The seven policy items are coded, after all, such that “1” corresponds to a Bailout policy. Hence, all seven policy items discriminate similarly between Bagehot and Bailout governments.

184 GUILLERMO ROSAS

constant term in the model. As detailed in the Appendix, I stipulate uninformative prior distributions for these pa- rameters. A glance at Table 4 shows that the data are ex- tremely informative, as the updated posterior distribu- tions of some of these parameters are narrow and in most cases consistent with hypothesized effects.24

I start by emphasizing the factors that do not show a conspicuous positive or negative effect on bailout propen- sity. The effect parameters associated with capital open- ness, deposit share, foreign share, bank concentration, and vetoes all have posterior marginal distributions centered about “0.” Keefer (2002) observes that the number of veto points in a political system is negatively associated with the incidence of regulatory forbearance of insolvent banks. However, this variable is not related statistically to bailout propensity in my model specification. Moreover, as I suggest below, regulatory forbearance is not the most informative indicator of underlying bailout propensities.

Two factors—transparency and IMF support —show what an uncharitable commentator would perhaps con- sider ambiguous effects. The posterior distributions of the effect parameters of these variables are wide enough that their 95% HPD intervals straddle “0,” but the probability that the effect of transparency (IMF support ) on bailout propensity is positive (negative) is still relatively low. Hence, as suggested by crony capitalism accounts (Hy- pothesis 1), the effect of transparency on bailout propensity is very likely negative. The posterior marginal distribution of �transparency is centered at −13.8, and MCMC simula- tion results suggest that the probability that this effect is not negative is only about 0.1. The statistical association between corruption and bailouts, though not as strong as other effects estimated in the model, is still consistent with standard “crony capitalism” accounts of bank bailouts.25

24Table 4 identifies with a star those parameters with an 80% high- est posterior density interval that does not straddle “0.” The results presented herein are mostly consistent with coefficients of an OLS regression of the first principal component of the seven policy is- sues on the 13 independent variables considered in Table 4 (results available from author). This consistency is not surprising, given that I stipulate extremely uninformative prior distributions on all effect parameters. In the OLS regression, however, means were used as substitutes for missing values, and this decision alone changes levels of statistical significance, though not the sign of most OLS coefficients.

25In previous iterations of this model, I used informative priors on all effect parameters. This priors were centered at “0” and had stan- dard deviation “1.” Among all effect parameters in the model, only transparency, foreign share, and IMF support have posterior distri- butions that change markedly depending on whether one stipulates an uninformative or informative prior. When using the informative prior just described, for example, the probability that the effect of transparency on bailout propensity is positive increases to about 0.2, which some might not consider overwhelming evidence in favor of the crony capitalism account.

Likewise, the effect of IMF support on bailout propensity is very likely negative (Pr(�IMF < 0) � 0.92).

Five independent variables have statistically dis- cernible effects on bailout propensity; all of their effect pa- rameters have posterior distributions unequivocally cen- tered away from “0.” Before discussing the substantive importance of these results, I comment briefly on the posterior distributions of the corresponding five effect parameters. First, countries that are more tightly inte- grated in the world economy are more likely to witness bailouts ( p(�trade > 0) > 0.99). Admittedly, this conclu- sion is only supported by the trade openness indicator, as I showed before that capital openness has no bearing on bailout propensity. Be this as it may, the positive im- pact of trade openness on bailout propensity is contrary to the view that governments’ fiscal and monetary policy options are more limited in the context of globalization; if anything, it seems that trade openness actually gives politicians an incentive to protect insolvent banks.26

Second, banking crises that obtain from microeco- nomic mismanagement (i.e., regulatory failure) are more likely to end up in bailouts (Pr(�micro > 0) � 0.99). This result runs counter to the common sense hypothesis that macroeconomic shocks are more conducive to bailouts, as electorates and governments would presumably be more forgiving if bankers and bureaucrats are not evidently responsible for a banking crisis. Third, richer countries are more likely to engage in bailouts, all else constant. This conclusion might seem surprising within the logic of “crony capitalism”; after all, richer, more developed, coun- tries are generally less corrupt. Recall, however, that I have controlled for transparency. The positive partial effect of log GDPpc is thus congruent with a simpler explanation: Governments in richer countries have larger resources at their disposal to afford the unforeseen expenses associ- ated with bank bailouts. Fourth, the institutional setup of the central bank definitely matters in understanding gov- ernment bailout propensities. Table 4 shows that most of the probability mass of the posterior marginal distribu- tion of the effect parameter of central bank autonomy lies to the left of “0” (Pr(�cbi < 0) > 0.99).

26One possible explanation for this finding is that trade openness exposes domestic banks to external macroeconomic shocks. Gov- ernments might then decide that banks are not at fault for insol- vency and be willing to bail them out. This explanation, suggested by an anonymous reviewer, is sensible, but, as the same reviewer observed, inconsistent with the fact that capital openness is not associated with bailout propensity, when presumably governments would also help out banks that suffered from sudden herd-like cap- ital movements. Moreover, the model includes a variable to control for banking crises caused by macroeconomic shocks, so to the extent that this is the relevant mechanism linking openness to bailouts, it should already be controlled for in the model specification.

BAGEHOT OR BAILOUT? 185

Finally, political regimes differ in their propensity to- ward bank bailouts, as suggested by Hypothesis 2a. The model presented in Table 4 uses Przeworski’s dichotomous indicator as the relevant measure of democracy (Prze- worski, et al. 2000). The density of the effect parameter of democracy lies almost entirely on the negative side of the real line (Pr(�democracy < 0) � 0.98). This result does not depend at all on the democracy indicator that one uses. In alternative models, I employed Freedom House’s political liberties and Polity IV’s polity indicators, and these con- tinue to show coefficients with posterior marginal densi- ties that lie almost entirely on the negative orthant (results available from the author). Recall also that the model in- cludes veto points as an indicator of legislative checks on executive behavior and that the posterior distribution of its effect parameter is centered about “0.” Hence, I posit that electoral constraints, not legislative checks, are the features of democracy that drive a politician’s reluctance to bail out banks. As a follow-up on this result, I used the “electoral participation” component of Vanhanen’s index (Vanhanen 2000) in lieu of the democracy indicator. If electoral accountability is indeed what matters, the nega- tive effect of democracy should be preserved even when considering indicators that proxy for exclusively electoral aspects of democracy, such as Vanhanen’s index, which is indeed the case (results available upon request).27 More- over, Hypothesis 2b is not substantiated by any of these models. The effect of regime-type on the bailout propen- sity of a government is not conditional on the magni- tude of a banking crisis, at least when deposit share is used as an indicator of perceived harshness. Hence, it is

27I also entered the three separate “concept variables” of Polity in alternative specifications (results available upon request). The in- dices are described as (1) “the extent of institutional constraints on the decision-making powers of the chief executive” (excons), (2) “the extent to which alternative preferences for policy formation and leadership roles can be pursued in the political arena” (pol- comp), and (3) “the openness of executive recruitment” (exrec). Though correspondences are far from perfect, excons captures the idea of veto points, whereas exrec and polcomp together proxy for extant opportunities to “kick the rascals out.” The posterior dis- tributions for the effect parameters corresponding to all three in- dices are centered on the negative orthant, though polcomp’s pa- rameter should be discounted as being nil for practical purposes. Instead, the parameters for exrec and excons suggest negative ef- fects on bailout propensity, consistent with both the checks-and- balances and electoral accountability mechanisms posited above. When both of these indicators are entered into the model simul- taneously, only exrec continues to have a posterior distribution on the negative orthant (consider however that these two indicators are highly correlated). Also consistent with the “electoral account- ability” hypothesis, Keefer (2002) finds that regulatory forbearance is less likely when banking crises occur before elections. However, Rosas (2002) suggests that this result depends heavily on the dates that one chooses as starting points for banking crises (aside from the limitations of the forbearance indicator noticed in the text).

the “strong” interpretation of democracy as a regime that prevents bailouts regardless of the relative importance of the banking sector that receives empirical support.

To understand the substantive impact of these covari- ates on the propensity of governments to bail out banks, it is important to consider first the posterior marginal distri- butions of the other parameters estimated in the model. Figure 1 summarizes these distributions graphically by portraying 80% HPD intervals for all probabilistic param- eters in the model, plus the 46 derived bailout propensity parameters (�). Panel (b) displays information for the ef- fect parameters (�) referenced above. Notice for example that most of the probability mass of the democracy effect parameter lies on the negative orthant. Panel (c) sum- marizes the estimated distributions of bailout propensities (�); in Panel (c), governments are ordered according to their propensity to bail out banks, from Malaysia in 1997, which appears here as the government with the highest bailout propensity, to Argentina in 1989, here the govern- ment with the lowest bailout propensity.

Notice also that uncertainty about bailout propensi- ties is wide enough to disallow strict rank-orders of many of these governments. For example, Ecuador (1996) or Argentina (1989) were about equally propense (and not very much so) to carry out a bank bailout. Nevertheless, we can see from Panel (c) that even after accounting for uncertainty in the estimation of bailout propensities we can still separate obvious Bailout governments (10 observa- tions with 80% HPDIs to the right of “0”) from conspic- uous Bagehot governments (14 observations with 80% HPDIs to the left of “0”).28 Indeed, the probability that the bailout propensity of Malaysia (1997) (the rightmost country in the bailout propensity scale) was less than that of Argentina (1989) is smaller than 0.001.

Next, I comment on the posterior marginal distri- butions of item parameters. Each of the original seven dichotomous policy issues provides information about the underlying bailout propensities of governments. The difficulty (�) and discrimination (� ) parameters sum- marized in Panel (a) (Figure 1) reflect the degree of in- formation conveyed by different items. Consistent with its relatively high frequency in the data, the distribution of the difficulty parameter of forbearance lies almost en- tirely on the negative orthant. This means that regulatory forbearance is a comparatively “easy” policy item.29 Thus, regardless of the underlying proclivity toward bailouts, we

28I chose “0” as a convenient yardstick because it represents the center point of the distribution of �; however, there is no substantive meaning attached to this number in the bailout propensity scale.

29The difficulty of each policy must be seen as relative to that of, say, liquidity; the item difficulty parameter for liquidity has a posterior distribution centered slightly above “0.”

186 GUILLERMO ROSAS

FIGURE 1 Estimated Posterior Distribution of All Parameters (80% HPD Intervals)

would expect most governments to enact at least this kind of policy. Instead, recapitalization and debt relief are rel- atively “difficult” policies. Even governments with strong bailout propensities find it tough to pass Bailout policies in these issue areas.

Recall from the earlier discussion that all discrimi- nation parameters are constrained to be positive. In gen- eral, this choice is validated by posterior distributions that lay entirely on the positive orthant and are symmetri- cally distributed. Only deposit freeze and liquidity have posterior distributions that “bump” against “0” (as a re- sult, their distributions are positively skewed), suggest- ing that these policies do not really discriminate Bagehot from Bailout governments. Conversely, explicit guaran- tees, public asset management , or recapitalize turn out to have large discriminating power. Thus, governments with a high propensity to bail out banks stand a high chance of engaging in direct injection of public funds into failing

banks, absorbing and directly managing nonperforming loans, and/or protecting depositors. These are govern- ments that will be keen on sheltering economic actors in the banking system from market forces. Note also that forbearance, which has been used previously as a bailout indicator, is a better discriminator of Bailout and Bagehot governments when compared with deposit freeze or liq- uidity, but is not particularly good when compared with recapitalize or public asset management. In future analyses of banking crises, one could focus on the latter dichoto- mous measures as better indicators of bailout propen- sities. I underscore, however, that we only know this because of the opportunity to consider all available infor- mation about government choices within a multilevel IRT model.

With information in hand about all parameters, I now return to the substantive importance of covariates. Fig- ure 2 displays 50% HPD intervals for each of the Bernoulli

BAGEHOT OR BAILOUT? 187

FIGURE 2 Estimated Probability of Enacting Seven Policy Items (50% HPD Intervals)

parameters pi , that give rise to the original dichotomous policies. Each of the six panels in Figure 2 shows the likely location of pi , under “high” and “low” values of relevant covariates. Panel (a), for example, conveys the finding that democracies are much less likely than autocracies to en- act policies associated with Bailout. Figure 2 also reflects uncertainty about the substantive significance of these ef- fects. Panel (d) would lead one to predict that a relatively corruption-free regime (transparency set at the 75th per- centile of the sample distribution) has a probability of about 0.47 of engaging in regulatory forbearance, whereas the probability increases to 0.61 that a crony regime (trans- parency set at the 25th percentile of the sample distribu- tion) would do so. However, the estimated substantive effect of transparency on bailout propensity is uncertain enough that we cannot really dismiss the possibility that

crony regimes would actually be more likely to engage in forbearance than non-crony regimes.30

MCMC draws can thus be used to approximate probabilities of observing Bailout policies under alter- native configurations of independent variables. Panels (a) through (e) display how our expectations about the probability of enacting the seven different policies change under alternative hypothetical scenarios, varying the val- ues of independent variables one at a time (in most cases from the 25th to the 75th percentiles of their sam- ple distributions) while keeping other covariates fixed at median values. Panel (f ), in contrast, shows the effects of Bailout- and Bagehot-inducive configurations on the

30MCMC simulations suggest that this probability can be high: Pr(pforb=1|lowtransp > pforb=1|hightransp) � 0.1.

188 GUILLERMO ROSAS

probability that a government will enact the policies un- der inspection. The Bagehot-inducive configuration cor- responds to a democratic government (democracy = 1) in a corruption-free regime (75th percentile of transparency) with low levels of global economic integration (25th

percentile of trade openness) and a relatively autonomous central bank (75th percentile of central bank autonomy; all other covariates held at median values), and leads us to expect a bailout propensity (E(�)) of about 0.07. The Bailout-inducive configuration builds on the contrary as- sumptions and generates a bailout propensity distribution with E(�) = 2.47. Since bailout propensity can be arbi- trarily rescaled, it is of utmost necessity to translate its different values into probabilities of observing alternative policies under these radically different configurations. In this regard, Panel (f ) shows that, even after accounting for uncertainty in the model, a government operating under Bagehot-inducing circumstances would be quite unlikely to implement Bailout policies, particularly in the areas of debt relief , public asset management , and recapitalization. The model also suggests that neither domestic institu- tions nor international constraints are extremely helpful in predicting the implementation of deposit freeze and liq- uidity assistance. This result is consistent with the finding in Figure 1 (Panel (a)) that these policies lack discrimina- tion power.

Conclusion

Based on 46 observations, this analysis explored the de- terminants of government policy responses to banking crises. I embraced an institutional perspective to posit that political regimes should influence the choice of Bage- hot or Bailout, even in countries where relations between politicians and bankers are not transparent. I also con- sidered the possibility that links to the world economy, the structure of the domestic banking system, and the legal status of a country’s central bank might have an impact on policy choices in response to banking crises. Regarding the effect of central banks and transparency, the analysis uncovered that they are likely to limit a gov- ernment’s propensity to bail out banks. The analysis also suggests that Bagehot policies are more likely to follow af- ter banking crises caused primarily by a macroeconomic shock in countries with low levels of international trade openness, IMF support to cope with the crisis, and demo- cratic regimes. The results closely conform to common- sense expectations, but the effect of trade openness seems counterintuitive in light of the alleged disciplining effects of globalization (Obstfeld 1998).

Some interesting theoretical extensions follow from the findings. First, if democratic regimes are indeed bet- ter at solving banking crises without supporting fail- ing banks, we might then expect that banking crises should also be less frequent in democratic regimes. Admit- tedly, banking crises are the result of multiple causes be- sides bank management behavior (Caprio and Klingebiel 1997). Yet, if bankers understand that bailout prospects are much diminished in democratic regimes, they should also be less likely to engage in reckless behavior, and there- fore the incidence of banking crises in democracies should be lower, all else constant. Perhaps other factors explored in the model, central bank autonomy most obviously, pro- duce similar “dissuasive” effects.

Second, the model could be extended by considering the possibility that different policy outputs might be de- termined by different politicoeconomic covariates. Here, I assumed that covariates were tied to policies through a common bailout propensity dimension. It could be the case that some of these policies (liquidity assistance, for example) are implemented by a particular actor (the central bank), whereas others (the extension of debt relief ) are controlled by a different actor (the legislature). One could profitably explore this possibility by relaxing the assumption of a single bailout propensity dimension (much as in studies of legislative voting behavior that con- sider two or more underlying ideological dimensions).

This second argument suggests that Bayesian speci- fications “in the spirit” of item response models can be fruitfully employed to understand important aspects of policymaking. In studies of economic liberalization, for example, one could combine alternative indicators of pol- icy output to infer how prone governments are to liberal- ize. With frequentist tools, one needs to use factor analysis or other scaling techniques to infer the existence of an un- derlying dimension and then use that contrived dimen- sion as a dependent variable. Models similar to the one explored herein are flexible enough that they can account for propensities or underlying dimensions by simultane- ous consideration of policy output “dependent” variables and politico-economic “independent” variables.

Appendix Derivation of the Joint Posterior

Density Function

In deriving the joint posterior density function, the start- ing point is Model (1). In (1), y∗i j is government j’s (con- tinuous) choice along policy dimension i. This model makes a government’s choice along any of the seven policy items explicitly dependent on its (unobservable) bailout

BAGEHOT OR BAILOUT? 189

propensity � j . Government choice y ∗ i j is also dependent

on item-specific parameters �i (discrimination) and �i (difficulty). As mentioned in the text, we can treat gov- ernment response along each policy item as a draw from a Bernoulli distribution with parameter pi,j = f (y∗i,j ), where f (·) appropriately constrains y∗i,j to the unit-range. The choice of f (·) is a matter of convenience; here, I use the probit link (�(·)), i.e., the cumulative distribution function of the standard normal distribution. With these elements in place, we can define the likelihood function as in Equation 2:

L(� , �, �) = 46∏

j =1

7∏

i =1 �(�i (�j − �i ))yi, j

× (1 − �(�i (�j − �i )))1−yi, j (2) The first three equations in Model (1) would suffice to estimate unobserved bailout propensities simply by con- sidering information about governments’ policy choices, much as legislative scholars use observed roll-call votes to infer ideological positions. However, I submit that the bailout propensities of governments are patterned system- atically by the institutions and environments within which they operate. Consequently, I expand the IRT model in (1) to allow bailout propensities � to be linearly dependent on the “crisis-specific” context, as shown in the last equation therein. Model (1) is thus a multilevel IRT model, where a second model at a higher level of aggregation is fitted to account for the propensity parameters �.

IRT models, like other scaling models, are not identi- fied unless some structure is imposed on the parameters. In particular, these models suffer from scale invariance (caused by both “additive” and “multiplicative” aliasing) and rotational invariance (Bafumi et al. 2005; Jackman 2001). There are several alternatives to identify these mod- els, but one should note that with three identification problems we need at least as many restrictions. Scale in- variance, which obtains from the fact that the scales of the item and propensity parameters are arbitrary, is not as problematic and can be corrected before or after es- timation. Here, I follow the suggestion in Bafumi et al. (2005) to standardize the propensity and item parame- ters to correct for additive and multiplicative aliasing (the mean and standard deviation of the bailout propensity are used to standardize all parameters):

�̂j = �j − �̄

��

�̂i = �i × ��

�̂i = �i − �̄

��

The adjusted parameters �̂, �̂ , and �̂ are reported in Fig- ures 1 and 2. As for rotational invariance, an appealing method is to impose informative prior distributions on the discrimination parameters � . I therefore restrict � to lie on the positive orthant (the prior distribution on each �i is normal with mean “0” and variance “1000” truncated below at “0”). This restriction solves the prob- lem of rotational invariance and makes substantive sense in the context of government policy output, because all seven issues are coded so that “1” reflects a policy choice conducive to Bailout. Since these restrictions alone iden- tify the model, I am free to stipulate wide, uninformative priors on all other parameters. In particular, the prior distribution on each parameter in � and � is normal with mean “0” and variance “1000.” The joint posterior density function is then (�(·) refers to a prior distribution):

f (�, � , � | y, x) ∝ L(·) 7∏

i =1 �(�i )�(�i )

K∏

k=1 �(�k ) (3)

I used WinBUGS (Spiegelhalter et al. 1997) to perform Gibbs sampling. I drew two chains with 150,000 iterations each from the posterior density in Equation 3, discard- ing 100,000 as burn-in and thinning the resulting draws by a factor of 10, for a total of 5,000 usable simulations from each chain (Gelman et al. 2004, 295). I used BOA’s facilities (Smith 2004) to perform convergence diagnos- tics (Brooks, Gelman and Rubin’s diagnostic for the two chains, and Geweke’s diagnostic for each of the chains independently). I did not detect evidence against conver- gence. More importantly, posterior distributions of all pa- rameters in the model are extremely similar across chains. Chains for all models are available from the author upon request.

Cases

These are the starting years of banking crises; for the pur- poses of this analysis, all independent variables are mea- sured either at or before the onset of a crisis:

Argentina 1980, 1989, 1995; Australia 1989; Brazil 1994; Bulgaria 1996; Chile 1981; Colombia 1982; Cote d’Ivoire 1988; Czechoslovakia 1989; Ecuador 1996; Egypt 1991; Estonia 1992; Finland 1991; France 1994; Ghana 1982; Hungary 1991; Indonesia 1992, 1997; Japan 1992; Korea 1997; Latvia 1995; Lithuania 1995; Malaysia 1985, 1997; Mexico 1982, 1994; New Zealand 1987; Norway 1987; Panama 1988; Paraguay 1995; Philippines 1983, 1998; Poland 1992; Senegal 1988; Slovenia 1992; Spain 1977; Sri Lanka 1989; Sweden 1991; Thailand 1983, 1997; Turkey 1982, 1994; United States 1981; Uruguay 1981; Venezuela 1994.

190 GUILLERMO ROSAS

References

Albert, James H., and Siddhartha Chib. 1993. “Bayesian Analysis of Binary and Polychotomous Response Data.” Journal of the American Statistical Association 88(422):669–79.

Andrews, David. 1994. “Capital Mobility and State Autonomy: Toward a Structural Theory of International Monetary Re- lations.” International Studies Quarterly 38(2):193–218.

Bafumi, Joseph, Andrew Gelman, David K. Park, and Noah Kaplan. 2005. “Practical Issues in Implementing and Under- standing Bayesian Ideal Point Estimation.” Political Analysis 13(2):171–87.

Bagehot, Walter. 1873. Lombard Street: A Description of the Money Market . London: Henry S. King & Co.

Beck, Thornsten, George Clarke, Alberto Groff, Philip Keefer, and Patrick Walsh. 2001. “New Tools in Comparative Politi- cal Economy: The Database of Political Institutions.” World Bank Economic Review 15(1):165–76.

Beck, Thornsten, Asli Demirgüc-Kunt, and Ross Levine. 1999. “A New Database on Financial Development and Structure.” World Bank.

Bongini, Paola, Stijn Claessens, and Giovanni Ferri. 2001. “The Political Economy of Distress in East Asian Financial Insti- tutions.” Journal of Financial Services Research 19(1):5–25.

Caprio, Gerard, and Daniela Klingebiel. 1997. “Bank insolvency: Bad luck, bad policy, or bad banking?” Annual World Bank Conference on Development Economics 1996 . Washington, D.C.

Caprio, Gerard, and Daniela Klingebiel. 1999. “Episodes of Systematic and Borderline Financial Crises.” Washington: World Bank.

Casella, Alessandra, and Barry Eichengreen. 1996. “Can Foreign Aid Accelerate Stabilisation?” Economic Journal 106:605–19.

Chinn, Menzie D., and Hiro Ito. 2002. “Capital Account Lib- eralization, Institutions and Financial Development: Cross- Country Evidence.” Unpublished manuscript. University of California-Santa Cruz.

Clinton, Joshua, Simon Jackman, and Douglas Rivers. 2004. “The Statistical Analysis of Roll Call Data.” American Political Science Review 98(2):355–70.

Cooper, Richard N. 1968. The Economics of Interdependence. New York: Columbia University Press.

Cordella, Tito, and Eduardo Levy-Yeyati. 1999. “Bank Bailouts: Moral Hazard vs. Value Effect.” Journal of Financial Interme- diation 12(4):300–30.

Cukierman, Alex, Geoffrey P. Miller, and Bilin Neyapti. 2002. “Central Bank Reform, Liberalization and Inflation in Tran- sition Economies. An International Perspective.” Journal of Monetary Economics 49(2):237–64.

Cukierman, Alex, Steven B. Webb, and Bilin Neyapti. 1992. “Measuring the Independence of Central Banks and Its Ef- fect on Policy Outcomes.” World Bank Economic Review 6(3):353–98.

Del Villar, Rafael, Daniel Backal, and Juan Treviño. 1997. “Ex- periencia internacional en la resolución de crisis bancarias.” Documento de Investigación 9708, Banco de México.

Diamond, Douglas W., and Philip H. Dybvig. 1983. “Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance, and Liquidity.” Journal of Political Econ- omy 91(3):401–19.

Eichengreen, Barry, and Carlos Arteta. 2002. “Banking Crises in Emerging Markets: Presumptions and Evidence.” In Fi- nancial Policies in Emerging Markets, ed. Mario I., Blejer and Marko, Skreb. Cambridge, MA and London: The MIT Press, pp. 47–94.

Enoch, Charles, Gillian Garcia, and V. Sundararajan. 1999. “Re- capitalizing Banks with Public Funds: Selected Issues.” Work- ing Paper 99-139, International Monetary Fund.

Freixas, Xavier, Curzio Giannini, Glenn Hoggarth, and Farouk Soussa. 2000. “Lender of Last Resort: A Review of the Lit- erature.” Journal of Financial Services Research 18(1):63– 87.

Gelman, Andrew, John B. Carlin, Hal S. Stern, and Donald B. Rubin. 2004. Bayesian Data Analysis. Boca Raton: Chapman & Hall/CRC Press.

Grilli, Vittorio, Donato Masciandaro, and Guido Tabellini. 1991. “Political and Monetary Institutions and Public Financial Policies in the Industrial Countries.” Economic Policy 13: 341–92.

Haber, Stephen. (ed.) 2002. Crony Capitalism and Economic Growth in Latin America. Theory and Evidence. Stanford: Hoover Institution Press.

Hawkins, John, and Philip Turner. 1998. Bank Restructuring in Practice: An Overview. Bank for International Settlements.

Heston, Alan, Robert Summers, and Bettina Aten. 2002. “Penn World Table Version 6.1.” Technical report, Center for In- ternational Comparisons at the University of Pennsylvania (CICUP).

Honohan, Patrick, and Daniela Klingebiel. 2000. “Controlling the Fiscal Costs of Banking Crises.” Working Paper 2441, World Bank.

Honohan, Patrick, and Daniela Klingebiel. 2003. “The Fis- cal Cost Implications of an Accommodating Approach to Banking Crises.” Journal of Banking and Finance 27:1539– 60.

Jackman, Simon. 2001. “Multidimensional Analysis of Roll Call Data via Bayesian Simulation: Identification, Estimation, In- ference, and Model Checking.” Political Analysis 9(3):227– 41.

Johnson, Valen E., and James H. Albert. 1999. Modeling Ordinal Data. New York: Springer.

Kang, David C. 2002. “Bad Loans to Good Friends: Money Pol- itics and the Developmental State in South Korea.” Interna- tional Organization 56(1):177–207.

Kaufmann, Daniel, Aart Kraay, and Pablo Zoido-Lobatón. 1999. “Aggregating Governance Indicators.” Working paper 2195. Washington: World Bank.

Keefer, Philip. 2002. “When Do Special Interests Run Rampant? Disentangling the Role of Elections, Incomplete Information and Checks and Balances in Banking Crises.” Working Paper 2543, World Bank.

Keefer, Philip, and David Stasavage. 2003. “The Limits of Del- egation: Veto Players, Central Bank Independence, and the Credibility of Monetary Policy.” American Political Science Review 97(3):407–23.

Killick, Tony. 1997. “Principals, Agents and the Failings of Con- ditionality.” Journal of International Development 9:483–95.

Knack, Steve, and Philip Keefer. 1998. IRIS-3: File of Interna- tional Country Risk Guide Data. 3rd ed. East Syracuse: The PRS Group.

BAGEHOT OR BAILOUT? 191

Martin, Andrew D., and Kevin M. Quinn. 2002. “Dynamic Ideal Point Estimation via Markov Chain Monte Carlo for the U.S. Supreme Court, 1953–1999.” Political Analysis 10(2):134–53.

Maxfield, Sylvia. 2003. “When Do Voters Matter More Than Cronies in Developing Countries: The Politics of Bank Crisis Resolution.” Critical Issues in International Financial Reform, ed. Albert, Berry and Gustavo, Indart. New Bronswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers, pp. 263–94.

Montinola, Gabriella R. 2003. “Who recovers first? Banking crises resolution in developing countries.” Comparative Po- litical Studies 36(5):541–74.

Nava-Campos, Gabriela. 2002. “Fiscal Implications of Mexico’s 1994 Banking Crisis and Bailout.” Documento de Trabajo 109, Centro de Investigación y Docencia Económicas.

Oatley, Thomas. 1999. “How Constraining is Capital Mobility? The Partisan Hypothesis in an Open Economy.” American Journal of Political Science 43(4):1003–27.

Oatley, Thomas. 2003. “Why is stabilization sometimes delayed? Reevaluating the regime-type hypothesis.” Comparative Po- litical Studies 37(3):286–312.

Obstfeld, Maurice. 1998. “The Global Capital Market: Benefac- tor or Menace?” Journal of Economic Perspectives 12(4):9–30.

Persson, Torsten, and Guido Tabellini. 2003. The Economic Ef- fects of Constitutions. Munich Lectures in Economics. Cam- bridge: MIT Press.

Przeworski, Adam, Michael E. Alvarez, Jose Antonio Cheibub, and Fernando Limongi. 2000. Democracy and Development.

Political Institutions and Well-Being in the World, 1950-1990. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Rochet, Jean-Charles. 2003. “Why are there so many banking crises?” CESifo Economics Studies 49(2):141–55.

Rosas, Guillermo. 2002. Bagehot or Bailout? The Political Economy of Bank Crises, 1975–2000. Ph.D. thesis. Duke University.

Smith, Brian. 2004. “Bayesian Output Analysis Program (BOA).” Technical report. version 1.1.2 for i386, mingw32.

Spiegelhalter, David J., Andrew Thomas, Nicky Best, and Wally R. Gilks. 1997. BUGS 0.6: Bayesian Inference Using Gibbs Sampling . Cambridge, UK: MRC Biostatistics Unit.

Thornton, Henry. 1802. An Enquiry into the Nature and Effects of the Paper Credit of Great Britain. London: J. Hatchard.

Transparency International. 2002. “Corruption Perceptions In- dex.” Technical report, Transparency International, Berlin, Germany. http://www.transparency.org/.

Treisman, Daniel. 2000. “The causes of corruption: A cross- national study.” Journal of Public Economics 76(3):399– 457.

Vanhanen, Tatu. 2000. “A New Dataset for Measuring Democ- racy, 1810–1998.” Journal of Peace Research 37(2):251– 65.

Wei, Shang-Jin, and Yi Wu. 2001. “Negative Alchemy? Corrup- tion, Composition of Capital Flows, and Currency Crises.” Working Paper 8187, National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, MA.

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._Bagehot or Bailout An Analysis of Government Responses to Banking Crises.pdf

AS1 support/Q1/Restoring Trust in Banking.pdf

R4 NatioNal iNstitute ecoNomic Review No. 221 July 2012

* National Institute of Economic and Social Research. E-mail: [email protected]. This article follows from a speech given to the Government Economic Service in January 2011. The author was an economist for Morgan Grenfell and Deutsche Bank between 1990 and 2000.

restoring trust in banking

angus armstrong*

Trust allows financial transactions to take place when contracts are incomplete and the cost of negotiating too great for the parties involved. Banking covers many different types of transactions in assets with different levels of incomplete contracts. Investment banks have traditionally dealt with assets with incomplete contracts and often traded on informal and opaque markets. The creation of new global banks combined know-how, capital and collateral to generate enormous growth in these markets. While global banks developed trust with counterparties in specific markets, the opacity combined with limited liability structures also created principal-agent problems. The scandals which emerged are a reflection of these agency problems and have left trust in the banks greatly diminished. If levels of trust remain so low, this will be consistent with ongoing bank vulnerability, less lending to finance risky but profitable investment projects, and consequently lower economic activity. Regulation can support private incentives to accept codes of conduct which enhance trust.

Keywords: Trust; incomplete contracts; principal-agent; financial regulation; financial reform

JEL Classifications: G11; G32; G38; L22

The money changers have fled from their high seats in the temple of our civilization. We may now restore that temple to the ancient truths. The measure of the restoration lies in the extent to which we apply social values more noble than mere monetary profit.

Franklin D. Roosevelt, 1933

Trust is our belief that a counterparty will not take advantage of us in a transaction when we cannot observe their actions. This is fundamental to banking; money is handed over in return for a promise to repay on some agreed terms at a specified date in the future. While it may be possible to conceive of writing a ‘complete’ contract covering every possible outcome, in an uncertain world this sort of super-rationality is almost always too costly. Instead, we revert to trust based on whether we expect the other party will fulfil their obligation.

Trust is based on codes of conduct which evolve over time to constrain our behaviour and, in turn, influence the efficiency of markets. In this article trust is used, unless otherwise stated, to describe how the world is, rather than what may, or may not, be desirable.1 Arrow (1972) suggested that “virtually every commercial transaction has within it an element of trust, certainly any transaction conducted over a period of time.”2 Financial

intermediaries have long understood the importance of trust for growing their business. Greif (1993) describes how Maghribi traders in the eleventh century successfully operated across borders in the Middle East by nurturing a reputation for trust by forming a coalition of traders which required honesty enforced by the threat of exclusion. The motto of the London Stock Exchange remains ‘my word is my bond’.

Since the global financial crisis began there has been one report after another of dishonesty in the banking industry. Extraordinarily large sums of client money have gone missing, some of the most important financial markets have been rigged and transactions aimed at exploiting less informed customers revealed.3 These offences involve some of the largest frauds in history. Not surprisingly, the public’s trust in banks has fallen sharply. For example, Edelman’s annual barometer of trust across businesses, government and NGOs around the world shows banking and financial services to be the least trusted.4 In the UK, a ComRes poll of public opinion taken after the LIBOR scandal found that one in ten members of the public thought bankers told the truth.5 If levels of trust remain so low, this is likely to be consistent with ongoing bank vulnerability, less lending to finance risky but profitable investment projects and consequently lower economic activity.

ARmstRoNg RestoRiNg tRust iN baNkiNg R5

This article looks at the role trust plays in efficient banking intermediation, how different types of banking specialise in assets with inherently different contracting characteristics, evidence on the importance of trust, how trust came to be undermined and some suggestions about what this implies for institutional regulation. It argues that trust is a necessary element of an efficient financial system and therefore full economic recovery. Against some of the most egregious examples of dishonesty the idea of restoring trust in banking may seem far-fetched. Despite scepticism that behaviour can be changed, we also doubt that ‘this time is different’. President Roosevelt’s Inaugural Speech in 1933, at the depth of the Great Depression, denounced the practices of bankers as “unscrupulous money changers, who stand indicted in the court of public opinion, rejected by the hearts and minds of men.” The subsequent reforms led bankers to regain the public’s trust and deliver one of the longest periods of economic growth in history.

1. efficiency case for trust Hirschman (1997) argued that the success of capitalism arose from the pursuit of self-interest instead of malign ideological passions. This resonates with Friedman’s (1970) polemical essay on social responsibility in which a businessman’s sole responsibility is to carry out the wishes of shareholders, seen in turn as generally to make as much money as possible within the basic rules of society. This is not argued on a positive or empirical basis, but on normative grounds (i.e. what should be); maximising profits generates the largest total surplus for the economy and therefore maximises the social good. Voluntary exchange in competitive markets leads to an efficient outcome where one person cannot be made better-off without making another worse-off. There is no case for other social responsibilities except that which customers are willing to pay for.6

Arrow (1973) provides a majestic critique of this position, noting that the forces of competition may not be sufficiently vigorous to deliver the best social outcome. Monopoly firms do not produce at the lowest cost and, where businesses create externalities which are not compensated for, this will result in either over or under production from a social perspective. Both market failures are likely to be present in banking. The concentration of the banking industry and rewards in excess of performance suggest some monopoly power. Externalities are also present. Well-run banks perform a beneficial service for the economy by strengthening the governance of non-bank companies (Levine, 2004). Badly run banks in contrast can impose an enormous negative externality on an economy through higher

net borrowing costs (often in recessions) and may also require extensive publicly-funded support. A third reason why the forces of competition may not deliver the highest social outcome is the presence of asymmetric information, which is inherent in banking. If depositors and investors could observe the actions of borrowers, and pool their resources together without cost, then banks would be redundant. The fact that they cannot observe these actions is the reason banks exist and brings a myriad of problems. Diamond and Dybvig (1983) show how a bank with depositors repaid on a first-come-first-served basis creates two equilibria; one stable and one a bank run. Stiglitz and Weiss (1981) show that if the creditworthiness of borrowers cannot be observed this can lead to credit rationing where good borrowers are asked to pay too much for credit. Similarly, Mayers and Majluf (1986) show that if firms’ financial condition cannot be observed then capital raising will send a perverse signal leading investors to charge too much for capital. Gresham’s Law (1519–79), crudely stated, is that bad money drives out good where the true value of monies cannot be distinguished, and has clear application to some AAA rated subprime securities.

These market failures have been well known for decades and have been central to this current crisis. Yet the consequences for policy seem to be poorly understood. The theory of second best states that when at least one of the necessary conditions for a competitive equilibrium is absent (i.e. there is asymmetric information) then there is nothing in economic theory to say that meeting the other conditions (e.g. lowering entry requirements) will lead to a second best outcome relative to the competitive equilibrium. Ipso facto, we cannot say whether this will lead to a better or worse outcome. The notion that more deregulation always moves closer to an efficient market has no basis. Indeed, the experience of a laissez faire approach to challenger banks over the past two decades (Northern Rock, Icesave and Anglo Irish) makes the point.

2. trust and regulation Whether a third party intervention is required to solve a market failure depends on whether the two parties are free to negotiate with each other (Coase, 1960). If they can freely negotiate together then the outcome will always be superior to any third party intervention which must limit the freely available options for the two parties involved (Hart, 2009). In banking the cost of coordinating across many depositors is usually prohibitive or the expected cost of litigation is beyond a household’s affordability.7

R6 NatioNal iNstitute ecoNomic Review No. 221 July 2012

Since negotiation is often prohibitively costly, the standard approach to deal with market failures is by taxation or regulation.8 Regulations are designed to address a multitude of problems, which often arise from asymmetric information, but also correct for distortions caused by other regulations.9 While there is no shortage of initiatives there are clearly limits to effectiveness. The information needed to design suitable regulations may simply be unavailable at any reasonable cost (Hayek, 1945). Regulators must calibrate their tools for an activity which is constantly evolving. No sooner is a regulation introduced than it loses some effectiveness as bankers look for ways to circumvent it. Understanding how regulations interact with each other, let alone with banks’ behaviour, is complex and leads to unintended consequences.

Arrow (1973) argues that ethics are an alternative constraint on behaviour. These are particularly powerful when there is a large asymmetry of information between buyers and sellers and when it would be prohibitively costly to use any other form of restraint. They are a less costly way of influencing behaviour than ever more detailed regulations. Of course applying ethical codes will only work in some circumstances; first, introducing common standards must be in self-interest, and second, it must be possible to observe the code is met and exclude those who cheat. It is no coincidence that a solution to repeated imperfect information games is found in the Folk Theorem, where informal institutions such as customs and codes of conduct allow for equilibrium outcomes.

Regulations and trust can be complements as well as substitutes. Atkeson, Hellwig and Ordonez (2012) offer a highly relevant case in point: with asymmetric information, regulation is a complement to reputation enabling a first best outcome. If a regulator can charge a new market entrant an entry fee equal to the benefit of being the marginal producer of high quality output then this would discourage low quality producers from entering (and collapsing) the market, and an incentive to incumbent firms to sustain a high quality and trust equilibrium. The barrier to entry solves a coordination problem to secure an optimal outcome.

There are many examples of where codes of conduct enhance efficiency. Professional bodies often have codes intended to ensure certain standards are upheld even if the buyer is uninformed. Arrow (1973) discusses the medical profession and the Hippocratic Oath, while other professions also have codes defining acceptable behaviuor.10 In the same year that Roosevelt gave

such a damning assessment of bankers, JP Morgan Jr, recognising that bankers had fallen short, declared that a code of conduct existed: “The banker is a member of a profession practised since the middle-ages. There has grown up a code of professional ethics and customs, on the observance of which depends his reputation, his fortune, and his usefulness to the community in which he works. If ... the banker disregards this code – which can never be expressed in terms of legislation, but has a force far greater than in law – he will sacrifice his credit. This credit is his most valuable possession.”11 Only three years ago Goldman Sachs published in their Annual Report that their assets are “people, capital and reputation. If any of these are ever diminished, the last is the most difficult to restore.”12

3. evidence on trust A definition of trust depends on the context. Economists often use a notion of ‘calculative trust’ to distinguish an agent’s rationally (internally consistent) computed but subjective belief about a transaction they face (Williamson, 1993). In making their computation an agent will resort to formal institutions, such as laws and conditions, and also informal institutions, based on customs, codes of conduct, professionalism and the like. Since laws are verifiable by a third party, it is trust which is a function of social customs and codes of conduct that matters in many financial markets.

Figure 1. Financial Trust Index

Source: Chicago Booth and Kellog School.

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

2008 2009 2010 2011

Pe r

ce nt

o f S

ur ve

y

ARmstRoNg RestoRiNg tRust iN baNkiNg R7

Survey data confirm that trust in banking has fallen substantially. The Financial Trust index is a quarterly survey of the US public since late 2008. Figure 1 shows trust in banks this year is lower than in the immediate aftermath of the Lehman debacle, which could be expected to mark a time of very low trust.13 Economists have constructed a comparable index to the General Social Survey which shows that trust in banks is easily the lowest since the survey began in 1975.14 Guiso (2010) argues the decline in trust is related to the incidence of deception rather than a general loss in confidence showing that areas with a high share of Madoff victims have the lowest trust towards banks. These findings are consistent with investors’ perception of banks; the highest rated AA banks are trading at BBB credit levels while equity prices are one half of book value.

Does a loss of trust really matter for the economy? Several economists have tested the hypothesis that trust lowers transactions costs and therefore leads to more efficient economic outcomes. For example, Knack and Keefer (1997) use responses from the World Values Survey to show a positive correlation with per capita income across 29 countries. Zak and Knack (2001) develop this insight with the same data set to show how trust affects the investment to output ratio which then drives economic growth. Controlling for initial conditions, the authors show that a 15 percentage point rise in trust equates to a 1 per cent point increase in GDP growth.

These findings are vulnerable to the problem of reverse causality, with greater prosperity causing more trust. Algan and Cahuc (2010) address this by using the US General Social Survey and exploiting the link between the social attitudes of parents and children to estimate an inherited component of social attitudes of second generation American immigrants by country of origin. They then estimate inherited trust from the parents who migrated at different times. This allows the changes in inherited trust to be regressed on changes in per capita income without the possibility of prosperity driving inherited trust. The results show trust is statistically and economically significant. Aghion, Algan, Cahuc and Shleifer (2010) show that government regulation is negatively correlated with trust, suggesting that regulations are a substitute for trust.

4. Changes in banking and trust While the evidence of lost trust in banking is recent, the change in conduct mostly took place well before the crisis. One explanation of the change in conduct and practice is the incentives created by the merging of businesses which involve inherently different assets

and skills. The two decades prior to the crisis was a period of extraordinary growth in the size and profitability of global banking. The growth came from a sharp increase in trading book assets, proxied by total assets less loans to the real economy (see Davis, this issue). This is shown in figure 2 by the growing gap between total assets and loans. This was also a period of consolidation with investment banks, retail banks and mutual societies merging together across borders to create new global banks.

Some stylised differences in the types of businesses conducted in the main financial institutions in the UK around 1980 are presented in table 1. Trust and reputation played a fundamental role in investment (merchant) banks. Morrison and Wilhelm (2008) describe how they traded ‘information’, a valuable asset but one which has poorly defined property rights and where ownership cannot be easily verified by a third party. Bankers depended on their reputation for trust gained over long-term relationships with clients. The skills required were ‘tacit’ or codes of conduct learned on the job. A partnership is the ideal company structure for an opaque business as it keeps incentives of the partners fully aligned despite asymmetric information. Staff turnover was minimal because skills were specific to the firm and conduct harmful to a partnership could result in exclusion from the industry.

Figure 2. UK bank assets and loans

Source: Bank of England.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

1990 1993 1996 1999 2002 2005 2008 2011 Pe

r ce

nt o

f G D

P

Assets Loans

R8 NatioNal iNstitute ecoNomic Review No. 221 July 2012

Trust and personal reputation played less of a role in retail banks and building societies. The assets were backed by collateral and so had clearer property rights, which were therefore more easily verified by third parties. While loans are heterogeneous, the collateral backing meant they could be traded. The standard characteristics meant they were more transparent and more amenable to near complete contracting; the loan terms could cover most, if not all, possible outcomes. The human skills were codified, which means that the creditworthiness of customers could be determined without forming a close relationship and staff could move across institutions. Retail banks were public companies with limited liability, significant external debt capital while building societies are owned by members with secured mortgages as assets.

Two major events occurred during the 1980s. First, Morrison and Wilhelm (2010) argue that changes in information technology increased the capacity for batch-processing in retail banks as their assets were more conducive to being coded. Global capital markets for syndicated loans, options and swaps and early asset-backed securities markets were dominated by retail banks with large capital bases and expertise in loan evaluation. Second, financial deregulation allowed previously separate financial organisations to merge. Both events triggered a wave of mergers as investment banks secured the large capital base they needed to increase transaction volumes and retail banks and building societies secured the know-how to deploy their existing loan books to create new financial products.15 The new global banks combined both investment and retail banks to offer for the first time global full service banking.

The new global banks created waves of new assets by financial engineering with existing collateral on loan books of the retail bank, traditional banks encouraged to participate, or assets obtained from other financial

intermediaries. These are mostly incomplete contracts in the sense that many embedded features, such as options and trigger points, cannot be valued across all possible outcomes. Important examples are extension risk in some asset-backed securities, support agreements for structured investment vehicles and level 3 assets which do not trade. The new global banks created, made markets and even took proprietary positions in these assets. Asset prices were disclosed on a party- to-party basis, creating an enormously beneficial network of information similar to the old investment banking model. Many of these assets constitute the new shadow banking system. As the counterparties are other financial institutions with whom they trade regularly, a degree of trust is maintained. Even in the depth of the crisis banks honoured informal commitments to shadow banking vehicles without any legal requirement to do so.

The new capital markets had two important differences from the past. First, the assets could be constructed from any third party collateral and were not limited to the corporate client base. Employees were no longer tied to an existing institution but were free to move between banks to extract the maximum amount of rents. Second, the firms were large limited liability and politically important companies rather than partnerships. Incentives of the senior executives of the firm were no longer aligned with the owners of the bank’s capital. Aligning the interests of executives with shareholders through share compensation schemes merely added to the incentives to take greater short-term risks. The combination of incomplete contracts traded on informal and opaque markets with a misalignment of incentives created the method and motive for a breakdown in governance. At the end of this period of a laissez faire approach to banking, the outcome was business conduct very far from enhancing reputations and trust seen in earlier times, and banks that had become too-big-to- fail.

Table 1. Summary of UK banking circa 1980

Assets Contracting Transparency Clients/transactions Human skills(a) Structure

Investment banks Unsecured Incomplete Minimal Informed and Tacit Partnerships frequent Retail banks Mostly Mostly complete Opaque Mostly uninformed Codified Public secured and infrequent companies Building societies Secured Complete Full Uninformed and Codified Mutual infrequent

Note: (a) This term is introduced by Morrison and Wilhelm (2008).

ARmstRoNg RestoRiNg tRust iN baNkiNg R9

5. restoring trust in banks How we think about financial markets determines how we approach regulating them.16 This simple observation captures the catch-22 nature of our current approach to reforming the banking system. The paradigm of finance theory is so powerful that our assessment and prognosis are based on the same assumptions which created the current failed system. Despite centuries of evidence on the importance of trust and reputation, neither are mentioned in reform proposals.17 The paradox is neatly demonstrated by the debate on the structure of the UK banking system. The Independent Commission on Banking (ICB) argues that a bank holding company structure, under which separately managed retail and investment banks co-exist, leads to more diversified institutions and therefore lower risk. This is the same individual bank approach rather than a system-wide approach to regulation. Applying this logic, it may, or may not, be the case that the holding company is more diversified, but the system overall is exposed to the same systemic risk (which by definition cannot be diversified). The portfolio theory analogy is grossly misleading because most of its assumptions are violated. For example, correlations between businesses are not constant or predictable and the holding company cannot always borrow any amount at the risk-free rate.

The fundamental weakness of this approach is that systemic risk is treated as exogenous rather than arising endogenously as a result of the actions of executives, customers and regulators. The critical issue is whether a financial ‘eco-system’ of different types of banks can reduce information problems and so improve the management of banks and create a competitive environment which rewards good stewardship rather than moral hazard. In this article it is argued that contracting arrangements are inherently different for different types of banking. Different types of banking are suited to different institutional structures and regulations. For example, for retail banks the entry requirements or a complaints commission can be designed to encourage banks to compete through codes of conduct and reputation to develop trust with customers. These requirements would be unwieldy in the innovative and opaque investment banking market.

Trust also requires that the too-big-to-fail policy is resolved. The difficulty is to credibly signal that the government

will not support a bank in future. Since all governments are the insurers of last resort for the public, there is no credible commitment that they will not provide support again. The best which can be achieved is preventing banks exploiting public support in the first place. A holding company may be able to avoid the governance failures of the past, but the lack of transparency inherent in the investment bank and the political imperative to support the retail bank means governments cannot even credibly claim to have removed the too-big-to-fail policy and regain public trust. Living-wills shift the problem to the regulator, who then must convince disbelieving investors and the public that they will work.

Advocates of bank holding companies point out that an artificial boundary between retail and investment banking would be open to gaming.18 Rather than having an arbitrary boundary, the requirement could simply be to address the underlying market failure. Retail banks are exposed to credit and duration risk on their loans to the real economy. These risks can be managed but not easily reversed. By contrast, an investment bank has far more discretion to reverse its exposure in a short period of time. With the information technology available today, a simple requirement could be that deposit taking institutions are required to post full details on all exposures to the satisfaction of the Financial Conduct Authority on a highly regular basis (e.g. weekly). This would allow investors and customers to judge the riskiness of banks and encourage new forms of competition rather than revert to moral hazard. Some institutions will opt to divest investment banking activities.19

For all the efforts of the banking industry to prevent a more diversified banking eco-system, this may ultimately be the best option for the City of London. For centuries the City has thrived on trading assets which have very incomplete contracts under self-governing conduct rules instead of intrusive regulation. Indeed, the regularity of personal engagement in the City which allows self- governing conduct to prevail is an important reason why it remains the centre of financial innovation. The European Markets in Financial Instruments Directive is standardising many over-the-counter products and transferring them onto exchanges. This will challenge the profitability of the investment banking industry. Having separate investment banks with aligned incentives may be more effective than operating in an overly regulated environment.

R10 NatioNal iNstitute ecoNomic Review No. 221 July 2012

—(1973), ‘Social responsibility and economic efficiency’, Public Policy, 21.

Atkeson, A., Hellwig, C. and Ordonez, G. (2012), ‘Optimal regulation in the presence of reputation concerns’, NBER Working Paper 17898.

CES-IFO, 2010, Annual Report of EEAG, http://www.cesifo-group. de/portal/page/portal/ifoHome.

Coase, R. (1960), ‘The problem with social cost’, Journal of Law and Economics, 3.

Diamond, D. and Dybvig, P. (1983), ‘Bank runs, deposit insurance and liquidity’, Journal of Political Economy, 91(3).

Friedman, M. (1970), ‘The social responsibility of business is to increase profits’, The New York Times Magazine.

Greif, A. (1993), ‘Contract enforceability and economic institutions in early trade: the Maghribi traders’ coalition’, American Economic Review, 94(3).

Gusio, L. (2010), ‘A trust-driven financial crisis. Implications for the future of financial markets’, Economics Working Papers ECO2010/07, European University Institute.

Hart, O. (2009), ‘Regulation of Sarbanes Oxley’, Journal of Accounting Research.

Hayek, F. (1945), ‘The use of knowledge in society’, American Economic Review, 35(4).

Hirschman, A.O. (1997), The Passion and the Interests, Princeton Paperbacks.

HM Treasury and Department for Business Innovation and Skills (2012), White Paper on Banking Reform, http://www.hm-treasury. gov.uk/d/whitepaper_banking_reform_140512.pdf. http://www. financialtrustindex.org.

Knack, S. and Keefer, P. (1997), ‘Does social capital have an economic payoff’, Quarterly Journal of Economics, 112(4).

Jensen, M. (2011), ‘Putting integrity into finance’, Harvard NOM Working Paper no. 06–06.

Levine, R. (2004), ‘The corporate governance of banks’, World Bank Policy research Working Paper 3404.

Morgan, J.P. Jr (1933), ‘First-class business in a first class way’, www. jpmorgan.com/pages/jpmorgan/about/culture_new/fcb.

Morrison, A. and Wilhem, W. (2008), ‘The demise of investment banking partnerships: theory and evidence’, The Journal of Finance, LX111(1).

—(2010), ‘Investment banking: past, present and future’, Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 19(1).

Myers, S. and Majluf, N. (1984), ‘Corporate financing and investment decisions when firms have information that investors do not have’, Journal of financial Economics, 13.

North, D.C. (1994), ‘Economic performance through time’, American Economic Review, 84(3).

Pistor, K. (2012), ‘On the theoretical foundations of regulating financial markets’, Columbia Law School, 12–304.

Roosevelt, F.D. (1933), Inaugural Speech, http://historymatters.gmu. edu/d/5057.

Stiglitz, J. and Weiss, A. (1981), ‘Credit rationing in markets with imperfect information’, American Economic Review, 71(3).

Williamson, O. (1993), ‘Calculativeness, trust and economic organisation’, Journal of Law and Economics, 36(1).

Zak, P. and Knack, S. (2001), ‘Trust and growth’, The Economic Journal, 111, 470.

notes 1 See Jensen (2011) for an excellent discussion of integrity as

positive concept. 2 Arrow (1972) p. 357. 3 MF Capital, Libor and predatory mortgages and inappropriate

swap contracts respectively. 4 http://trust.edelman.com. 5 The poll covered 2013 adults in Great Britain. See http://www.

comres.co.uk/poll/694/itv-news-index.htm. 6 Businessmen who undertake ‘social responsibilities’ are derided

as the unwitting puppets of intellectual forces undermining the basis of free society.

7 An interesting counter-case is where lower transactions costs have allowed collective action legal claims by the public against banks for mis-selling products. While this may be conceptually attractive, wealth constraints and significant transaction costs make these the exception not the rule.

8 Many governments have introduced bank levies based on some proxy of risk. The European Commission is weighing up further options intended to dampen speculation and correct the under- taxation of financial transactions.

9 One rationale for capital requirements is to reduce the risk- shifting incentives which arise from deposit insurance.

10 For example, see the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

11 JP Morgan Jr (1933). 12 Reported in Atkeson, Hellwig and Ordonez (2012). 13 http://www.financialtrutindex.org. This is a telephone survey of

1,000 US households. 14 CES-IFO Annual Report 2010, p. 54. 15 The rise of new global banks was a response to new market

opportunities rather than a covert policy to exploit a possible too-big-to-fail policy.

16 Pistor (2012). 17 The words ‘trust’ and ‘bank reputation’ do not appear in the

UK government’s White Paper on Bank Reform (2012). 18 This was certainly the case with the Glass-Steagall Act. Section

16 allowed commercial banks to underwrite bank-eligible securities such as government and agency bonds and section 20 allowed limited underwriting of bank-ineligible securities such as equity and corporate debt.

19 Other measures to align incentives such as double liability for shareholders or retained bonuses of executives as a long-term bond may be necessary.

referenCes Aghion, P.,Algan, Y., Cahuc, P. and Shleifer, A. (2010), ‘Regulation

and distrust’, Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125(3). Algan, Y. and Cahuc, P. (2010), ‘Inherited trust and growth’, American

Economic Review, 100(4). Armstrong, A. (2011), ‘The state of economics’, speech to

Government Economic Service. Arrow, K. (1972), ‘Gifts and exchange’, Philosophy and Public Affairs,

p357.

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._Restoring Trust in Banking.pdf

AS1 support/Q1/Competition policy and “too big” banks.pdf

T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014 : 9

Competition policy and “too big” banks in the European

Union and the United States

BY ALBERT A. FOER* AND DON ALLEN RESNIKOFF**

This article examines the role of antitrust and competition policy in regulation of large banks made fragile by the financial meltdowns of 2007–09. We compare crisis-related regulation in the European Union and the United States and find that in the European Union, competi- tion policy experts played a key role in applying crisis-related finan- cial regulation, but in the United States they did not. Consequentially, the European Union avoided making banks bigger as a side effect of making weak banks stronger. In the United States, bank consolida- tion was encouraged. We argue that in the United States, policies to preserve competition should be given a more significant role and made part of an on-going plan that will apply even in a time of crisis. At minimum, the Antitrust Division of the Justice Department should be promptly consulted by the prudential regulators of financial insti- tutions on all matters likely to substantially affect the structure of the financial services industry, including market power issues.

KEY WORDS: antitrust, competition policy, concentration, consolidation, financial services industry, bank mergers

© 2014 by Federal Legal Publications, Inc.

* President, American Antitrust Institute. ** Principal, Don Resnikoff Law Firm and member of the American

Antitrust Institute Advisory Board.

AUTHORS’ NOTE: Thanks to Sandeep Vaheesan and Katherine Jones for their edito- rial assistance.

I. INTRODUCTION

In this article, we examine the role of antitrust and competition policy in the regulation of large banks made fragile by the major financial meltdowns of 2007–09. Our view is that bank regulation issues and competition policies are and should be intertwined, even in times of financial crisis, when preserving banking stability is particularly cru- cial. We agree with Federal Reserve Board Chair Ben Bernanke’s observation that “[h]aving institutions that are too big to fail also cre- ates competitive inequities that may prevent our most productive and innovative firms from prospering . . . . [F]irms that do not make the grade should exit, freeing up resources for other uses.”1

First we look at the approach to regulation during the financial crisis in the European Union (EU) and then in the United States. To summarize our thesis: In Brussels, competition policy experts played a key role in revising financial regulation in response to the global cri- sis; in the United States they did not. A stronger focus on competition policy in the EU seems to have avoided making banks bigger as a side effect of a regulatory goal of making weak banks stronger. In the United States, on the other hand, bank consolidation was actually encouraged by the government.

Comparison of EU and United States financial regulation stories during the meltdowns brings us to consider the value of competition policy as an aspect of the regulation of large financial institutions. Ben Bernanke’s comment implies, and we agree, that competition is a good thing in banking during good times and bad, although we appreciate that the need for banking stability may require some flexi- bility in competition policy in a time of financial crisis. Competition policy and its coordination with financial regulation should be part of an on-going plan, not subject to impromptu radical adjustment on the fly in a time of crisis. In a time of crisis, competition policy should be compromised as little as practically possible, consistent with preserv- ing stability.

10 : T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014

1 Ben S. Bernanke, Chairman, Bd. of Governors, Fed. Reserve Sys., Keynote Address at the Independent Community Bankers of America Nat’l Convention: Preserving a Central Role for Community Banking (Mar. 20, 2010), available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/bernanke20100320a.htm.

We believe that the United States can learn from the European experience that competition policy should be given a more significant role in the preparation for and protection against future financial crises. Because banking regulation issues and competition policies are intertwined, we believe that, at minimum, the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the Antitrust Division) should be promptly consulted by the prudential regulators of financial institu- tions on all matters that are likely to substantially affect the structure of the financial services industry, including the economic implications of the undue concentration of economic power, broadly understood.2

II. COMPETITION POLICY IN THE BANKING CRISIS: A COMPARISON OF THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION AND THE UNITED STATES

A. Europe: Competition policy as part of the solution

Overleveraged positions in complex and overpriced financial prod- ucts made European financial institutions vulnerable to corrections in asset markets, deteriorating loan performance, and disturbances in wholesale funding markets. The speculative bubble burst in 2007, resulting in a crisis and the effective shutdown of the interbank market. Risk premiums on interbank loans soared. Banks faced a serious liquid- ity problem. By 2008, the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers and other fears of company meltdowns led to panic in stock markets. Market val- uations of financial institutions collapsed, and investors rushed to such comparatively safe investment alternatives as sovereign bonds.3

“ T O O B I G ” B A N K S : 11

2 We understand that our view is at odds, respectfully, with the views of some eminent antitrust experts, such as Lawrence White, who hold that too-big-to-fail is only about size and interconnectedness, but not about com- petition and market power. See Lawrence J. White, Financial Regulation and the Current Cris is: A Guid e for th e Antitru st Community (June 11, 2 00 9 ), http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1426188.

3 EUROPEAN COMM’N, ECONOMIC CRISIS IN EUROPE: CAUSES, CONSEQUENCES AND RESPONSES (2009), http://ec.europa.eu/economy_finance/publications /publication15887_en.pdf. See also Iftekhar Hason & Matej Marinč, Should Competition Policy in Banking Be Amended during Crises? Lessons from the EU, EUR. J.L. & ECON. (forthcoming), available at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3 /papers.cfm ?abstract_id=2212468.

An EU report explains that the “crisis began to feed onto itself, with banks forced to restrain credit, economic activity plummeting, loan books deteriorating, banks cutting down credit . . . . Confidence of both consumers and businesses fell to unprecedented lows.”4

At this critical juncture, then–EU Competition Commissioner Neelie Kroes stepped in to play a critical role. In 2008 and 2009, as the financial crisis hit Europe, she vigorously championed competition policy as a vital element of the solution to the crisis. Kroes observed that “[i]n the midst of massive government intervention, we need to make sure that we do not—along the way—also lose the level playing field and the future dynamism that comes from competition.”5 Kroes warned that “[g]iving up on competition was the surest way to waste state aid funds and hurt consumers as they began to hurt from job losses, home foreclosures, and the general economic malaise”6 result- ing from the crisis.

The central role played by the Competition Directorate in the financial crisis was an incident of preexisting State Aid jurisdiction rather than the result of ad hoc planning to address the financial cri- sis. State Aid jurisdiction was something that Commissioner Kroes, and her successor as the Commissioner with the European Commis- sion’s competition portfolio, Joaquin Almunia, happened to have in their toolkit and which fortuitously placed them at the center of the crisis. It is a tool we do not have in the United States.

The Treaty under which the European Commission operates makes it the responsibility of the Competition Authority to take

12 : T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014

4 Id. at 8. 5 Neelie Kroes, Comm’r for Competition Policy, European Union,

Address before Bundeskartellamt Conference on “Dominant Companies”: The Interface Between Regulation and Competition Law (Apr. 28, 2009), available at http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=1&ved = 0 C C w Q F j A A & u r l = h t t p % 3 A % 2 F % 2 F e u ro p a . e u % 2 F r a p i d % 2 F p re s s -release_SPEECH-09-202_en.pdf&ei=3jUrUoS2BLa14APKpICIDw&usg =AFQjCNGo66RSnkoFdJDZKFjx1tScvGDv6Q&sig2=2Yy_oWu0irQ7vLVpcr 96qg&bvm=bv.51773540,d.dmg&cad=rja.

6 Neelie Kroes, Competition Policy and the Crisis–The Commission’s Approach to Banking and Beyond, COMPETITION POLICY NEWSL. 2010-1, available at http://ec.europa.eu/competition/publications/cpn/2010_1_1.pdf.

action against the policies of individual Member States that would give special advantage to local companies, including banks. Any sort of bailout of a bank by a Member State might require the approval of the Competition Directorate and the full College of Commissioners, thus putting the critical initiatives relating to the banking crisis into the Competition Authority, subject to approval by the majority of all commissioners. As Commissioner Almunia told an audience in Wash- ington, DC, “State Aid is the area of competition policy the European Commission uses to make sure that competition in the internal mar- ket is not distorted by government action.”7

The Competition Directorate in fact was geared up even before the financial crisis with lawyers and economists whose expertise and purpose is the handling of State Aid plans of the Member States in ways that minimize disruption of competition. The origin of this administrative structure lies in the desire to create a single market for Europe, which would be undermined if individual Member States could promote their own national champions.8 When the financial crisis came along, the State Aid staff was expanded to deal with it.

Commissioner Kroes has emphasized that the advantages gained by beneficiaries of State Aid in the context of rescue operations during the financial crisis could enable recipient banks to obtain market power, which would allow them to raise prices and restrict output.9 Thus, unrestricted bailout measures would cause additional harm to

“ T O O B I G ” B A N K S : 13

7 Joaquin Almunia, Vice President, Eur. Comm’n, Lewis Bernstein Mem’l Lecture (Mar. 30, 2012), available at http://www.montesquieu-insti- tute.eu/9353000/1/j9vvhfxcd6p0lcl/viy8tjhl2nze?ctx=vg9wikc5q2yt&v=1&s tart_tab0=43.

8 IOANNIS KOKKORIS & RODRIGO OLIVARES-CAMINAL, ANTITRUST LAW AMIDST FINANCIAL CRISIS 349–70 (2010).

9 In 2007, Commissioner Kroes stated that the potential negative effects of State Aid required asking, “[D]oes the aid reinforce market power? Does it distort the dynamic incentives of competitors? Does it support inefficient companies?” See Neelie Kroes, Eur. Comm’r for Competition Policy, Speech at the Joint EStALI/ESMT Conference: The Law and Economics of State Aid Control—A Commission Perspect ive (Oct. 8 , 2 00 7), av ailable at http://europa.eu/rapid/press-release_SPEECH-07-601_en.htm.

consumers and further deepen the recession. Firm competition-based restrictions on State Aid were deemed necessary.

But what role did competition policy actually play in Europe’s response to the crisis? Commissioner Almunia reported in 2012 that the EU, when faced with the financial crisis,

introduced an emergency State aid regime which—with minor changes— still specifies the conditions under which EU governments can use public resources to rescue their banks . . . . Three main goals guide our work; safeguarding financial stability, preserving the integrity of the internal market, and ensuring that the beneficiaries of aid return to long-term via- bility. For instance, we have asked some banks to move away from unsustainable business models based on excessive leverage and the over- reliance on short-term wholesale funding. In other cases, we have required a downsizing and the simplification of banking structures. Finally, when it was clear that the viability of a bank could not be restored, we proceeded to its orderly resolution.10

In the EU practice, as Almunia explains it, competition policy has a central seat at the decision making table: “To all intents, the compe- tition authority of the European Commission has been acting as a crisis- management and resolution authority at EU level, addressing both the emergency situation and the structural problems that had been affecting many European banks well before the crisis.”11

Almunia summed up concerning State Aid control: “[U]sing State [A]id control, we ensure the restructuring or the orderly resolution of the banks that receive taxpayers’ money. We require that they pro- foundly change their business models so that, in the long run, they can return to operate without more public bail-outs . . . . It is our responsibility to make sure that companies genuinely compete rather than collude and that the markets are transparent, contestable, and open to innovation.”12

An American Antitrust Institute (AAI) working paper by Jonathan DeVito describes, among other things, how, as a means of preventing inefficient banks from crowding the market to the detriment of

14 : T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014

10 Almunia, supra note 7. 11 Id. 12 Id.

healthy competitors, the Commission required unsound banks to undergo restructuring, including reduction in size or divestment, as a condition of receiving government support.13

It is difficult to evaluate with precision how well the EU has suc- ceeded in protecting competition while dealing with the financial cri- sis.14 It is important to note, for instance, that there is a distinction between EU policies established and executed in Brussels and the policies or actions of Member States that may not have met the thresholds for community concern. The EU has been criticized for giv- ing too much deference to national authorities that wished to protect local banking interests.15

Despite the nearness of time and complexities of evaluation, there are strong indications that EU-level coordination of competition pol- icy and systemic risk regulation had measurable positive benefits in Europe, particularly in avoiding increases in firm size and market consolidation. Gert-Jan Koopman, Deputy Director General for State Aid in the EC Competition Directorate, reports that across the EU as a whole, banking markets do not seem to have become much more con- centrated as a result of the EU State Aid regime. Aided banks have not seen their overall share in the market increase.16

Criticisms that have been made about the EU level of coordination of competition policy and systemic risk regulation do not appear to undermine Koopman’s points about benefits. Some of the reported criticisms, which we note but do not evaluate here, are that in prac-

“ T O O B I G ” B A N K S : 15

13 Jonathan M. DeVito, The Role of Competition Policy and Competition Enforcers in the EU Response to the Financial Crisis: Applying the State Aid Rules of the TFEU to Bank Bailouts in Order to Limit Distortions of Competition in the Financial Sector (AAI Working Paper No. 11-01, 2011), available at http://www .antitrustinstitute.org/~antitrust/content/aai-working-paper-no-11-01-role -competition-policy-and-competition-enforcers-eu-response-fin.

14 For a balanced and detailed assessment of this issue, see Hasan & Marinč, supra note 3.

15 See id. (discussing problematic national responses). 16 Gert-Jan Koopman, Stability and Competition in EU Banking during the

Financial Crisis: The Role of State Aid and Control, 7 COMPETITION POL’Y INT’L 8 (2011), available at http://ec.europa.eu/competition/speeches/text/koopman _cpi_7_2_en.pdf.

tice, the EU did not do all it could to protect banking competition, giving too much weight to the perceived need to stabilize banks with financial aid.17 Another criticism is that disabling conduct require- ments were imposed on aided banks.18

The key point remains. It is simply that in Europe systemic regula- tion and competition policy effectively worked in tandem, and firm size and competitiveness issues were not put into an analytical silo segregated from systemic risk regulation. There is no indication that coordination of regulation with competition policy did harm in Europe, and there are strong indications that it went a long way toward protecting competition in the face of crisis, avoiding unneces- sary market consolidation while preserving regulatory goals of good bank performance.

B. Meanwhile in the United States: Consolidation as a response to the financial crisis

For a variety of reasons, circumstances in the United States did not lead to a State Aid provision lodged in a competition agency. The U.S. Constitution included an interstate commerce clause over a hun- dred years before there was a felt need for a federal antitrust statute. Both the interstate commerce clause and its court-created inverse, the “dormant commerce clause,”19 place some limits on what a state can

16 : T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014

17 WALTER W. EUBANKS, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., THE EUROPEAN UNION’S R E S P O N S E T O T H E 2 007 -20 09 F I N A N C I A L C R I S I S (2 0 10 ), av ailable at http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/row/R41367.pdf (“[F]inancial services providers were recapitalized with taxpayer money, a tax subsidy. One of the important consequences is that such tax subsidy created competitive distor- tion among financial services providers within the European member coun- tries and in the international banking community overall. Yet, the European Commission has continued to extend permission to member countries’ gov- ernments to continue the subsidies to the financial services industry.”).

18 Emily Adler, James Kavanagh & Alexander Ugryumov, State Aid to Banks in the Financial Crisis: The Past and the Future, 1 J. EURO. COMPETITION L. & PRAC. 66, 69 (2010).

19 Kexin Li, The Dormant Commerce Clause, Anticompetitive State Regulation, Competition, and Consumers (AAI Working Paper No. 13-01, 2013), available at http://www.antitrustinstitute.org/~antitrust/content/aai-working-paper-no -13-01-dormant-commerce-clause-anticompetitive-state-regulation-competit.

do that would impede interstate commerce. The United States has had a single currency and a Federal Reserve Board for many years. Under these circumstances, legislators did not perceive an urgent need to worry about the competitive effect of subsidies to favored local enterprises, and it apparently never occurred to anyone to create a State Aid jurisdiction, restricting states’ rights, not to mention plac- ing it under the antitrust authorities.20

Unlike the European Union, where the competition authority enforces State Aid and has a central position in determining what rules and conditions would apply to governmental bailouts of trou- bled financial institutions, in the United States the central bank (the Federal Reserve Board) and the economic ministry (the Treasury Department) are the dominant players. We have found no evidence that the Antitrust Division had a significant role when the Federal Reserve Board, the Treasury, and other U.S. agencies made crisis-time decisions to encourage the acquisition of weakened financial institu- tions by stronger ones. It is clear, to be sure, that during this period the Antitrust Division followed statutory procedures and conducted standard reviews of several horizontal bank mergers before quickly approving them.

Treasury officials facilitated the sale of Bear Stearns to JPMorgan Chase, and may have actively imposed the sale of Merrill Lynch to Bank of America. To prevent the macroeconomic fallout from the insolvency of Countrywide, the largest mortgage lender, the Federal Reserve enabled Bank of America’s acquisition of Countrywide by relaxing normal capital requirements. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) acted in a similar way when it seized Washington Mutual, pursuant to its authority under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and sold it to JPMorgan.21

“ T O O B I G ” B A N K S : 17

20 An unfortunate consequence of a lack of restriction is that the Ameri- can states often vie with each other in a “race to the bottom” to provide subsi- dies and regulatory incentives to attract corporations. Moreover, the state action doctrine makes it relatively easy for state legislatures to immunize businesses from the federal antitrust laws.

21 A number of excellent books and articles discuss the crisis in the United States and the response of government agencies. See, e.g., NAT’L COMM’N ON THE CAUSES OF THE FIN. & ECON. CRISIS, THE FINANCIAL & ECONOMIC CRISIS

The approval by the Federal Reserve Board and other prudential (nonantitrust) regulatory agencies of acquisitions by JP Morgan, Bank of America, and Wells Fargo has substantially increased consolidation in the financial services industry. The Wall Street Journal reported that the four biggest U.S. banks by assets—J.P. Morgan, Bank of America, Citigroup, and Wells Fargo—have more than $7 trillion in assets, up more than fifty percent since the end of 2007.22 “Those gains,” said the Journal, “came in large part through such crisis-era acquisitions as J.P. Morgan’s takeover of failed Washington Mutual Inc., Bank of Amer- ica’s acquisition of mortgage lender Countrywide Financial Corp. and Wells Fargo’s purchase of Wachovia Corp.”23 Economist Simon John- son observed in late 2012 that the “Big Six”—JPMorgan, Bank of America, Citigroup, Wells Fargo, Goldman Sachs, and Morgan Stan- ley—now have combined assets amounting to sixty percent of gross domestic product.24 This is a measure of “aggregate concentration” that should be frightening, although when we discuss the relative inactivity of the American antitrust authorities we will see that aggre- gate concentration is a concept that is virtually ignored by antitrust analysts.

One might ask: Where was the Antitrust Division while the Fed- eral Reserve Board, the Treasury, and other U.S. agencies were approving mergers that greatly increased industry consolidation? As Kevin Kim’s working paper for the American Antitrust Institute doc-

18 : T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014

IN THE UNITED STATES (2011); ANDREW ROSS SORKIN, TOO BIG TO FAIL (2009); Don Allen Resnikoff, Resnikoff on 13 Bankers by Johnson & Kwak, http://www .antitrustinstitute.org/~antitrust/content/book-review-resnikoff-13-bankers -johnson-and-kwak (reviewing SIMON JOHNSON & JAMES KWAK, 13 BANKERS: THE WALL STREET TAKEOVER AND THE NEXT FINANCIAL MELTDOWN (2010)). See also Kevin Kim, Competition Policy in the Financial Crisis (AAI Working Paper No. 12-07, 2012), available at http://www.antitrustinstitute.org/~antitrust /content/aai-working-paper-no-12-07-competition-policy-financial-crisis.

22 Dennis Berman, Big-Bank Pioneer Now Seeks Breakup, WALL ST. J., July 26, 2012, http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390444840104577549441815973130 .html#articleTabs%3Darticle.

23 Id. 24 Simon Johnson, Big Banks are Hazardous to U.S. Financial Health,

BLOOMBERG.COM, Sept. 2, 2013, http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-09-02 /big-banks-are-hazardous-to-u-s-financial-health.html.

uments, government antitrust enforcers did not utilize the antitrust laws to stop any of these acquisitions, presumably because the enforcers concluded, usually under the pressure of limited time and an air of national emergency, that the narrow requirements of the antitrust laws were satisfied.25

The Department of Justice shares merger review jurisdiction with the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, depending on which agency has jurisdiction over the relevant category of banking institu- tion. The Federal Reserve has been the most important of these agen- cies because of its jurisdiction over mergers involving bank holding companies. In the financial crisis, most of the large bank mergers involved bank holding companies, such as Bank of America, JPMor- gan Chase, and Wells Fargo, and thus were subject to review by both the Federal Reserve and the Department of Justice.

The procedure relevant to interagency collaboration is that the acquiring bank first files an application with the Federal Reserve (or one of the other regulatory agencies, as applicable), which will then pass the application on to the Antitrust Division for review. The Fed- eral Reserve or other regulatory agency then reviews the application concurrently with the Antitrust Division.

The analytical approaches of the Antitrust Division are somewhat different from the approaches of the Federal Reserve Board and the other regulatory agencies,26 but the differences have certainly not obstructed the recent U.S. government tendency to facilitate nationwide consolida- tion in banking. The Antitrust Division has enabled consolidation through its focus on narrowly defined geographic and product markets at the expense of the broader original spirit of the antitrust laws.

There is, then, a question of why a broader competition policy concern was not advocated by the Antitrust Division with respect to the massive conglomerations. A brief review of antitrust and competi- tion policy in the United States will help us answer that question.

“ T O O B I G ” B A N K S : 19

25 Kim, supra note 21, at 8. 26 See Carl Felsenfeld, The Antitrust Aspects of Bank Mergers, 13 FORDHAM

J. CORP. & FIN. L. 507–15 (2008).

III. A BRIEF REVIEW OF ANTITRUST AND COMPETITION POLICY IN THE UNITED STATES

While U.S. antitrust law has roots in a late 1800s and early 1900s “big is bad” political perspective on the newly emerging megacompa- nies of the day, antitrust law has evolved so that company size does not in itself raise an antitrust problem. For a dominant firm to be found liable for monopolization, anticompetitive or predatory con- duct must be established, in addition to possession of monopoly power in a “relevant antitrust market.” In the absence of a particular- ized antitrust problem (such as reduced competition in small business loans within a particularly identified metropolitan area), antitrust laws as currently applied don’t stretch to address bank consolidations that simply increase bank size, and also do not address the related too-big-to-fail issue of implied special government support for large banks. Instead, modern Justice Department practice and court deci- sions generally follow agency-drafted Horizontal Merger Guidelines, which focus narrowly on competitive effects in particular product and geographic markets.

When a financial institution of one sort (such as a commercial bank) acquires one of another sort (such as a brokerage), the transac- tion is considered conglomerate rather than horizontal or vertical, although there may be secondary horizontal or vertical aspects. Con- glomerate mergers were the target of government antitrust enforce- ment as late as the 1960s, and the subject of major court decisions,27 but conglomerate mergers are no longer recognized antitrust prob- lems. When an antitrust analyst studies particular markets, it is possi- ble to identify the companies that compete within a given product and geographic market, to calculate market shares for each company (usually but not always based on sales volume), and to show various measures of market concentration. On the other hand, when compa- nies within an industry, such as financial services, engage in a variety of narrowly defined markets, it is more difficult to obtain a generally accepted measure of concentration that takes into account the indus- try-level similarities of the firms. For example, how would one com- pare the market share of a commercial bank that owns an insurance

20 : T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014

27 See, e.g., FTC v. Consol. Foods Corp., 380 U.S. 592 (1965), and FTC v. Procter & Gamble Co., 386 U.S. 568 (1967).

company with that of a commercial bank that owns an investment bank and a brokerage? One answer is to assign a broad category defi- nition—financial services institution—that recognizes the overall sim- ilarities and to calculate the total revenues of all financial services institutions as a percentage of some national measure, such as gross domestic product.

This measure of aggregate concentration is what the Wall Street Journal used in describing the banking sector. It is one reasonable way to compare the distribution of economic assets over time and it may have great political significance. It is an approach with a case law her- itage that includes the U.S. Supreme Court’s Philadelphia National Bank case,28 which found that a cluster of products and services denoted by the term “commercial banking” constitutes a distinct antitrust prod- uct market. But the cluster market doctrine is to a great extent a ves- tige of the past, and aggregate concentration does not play a significant role today in the enforcement of the antitrust laws.

It is useful at this point to distinguish between antitrust, which is encapsulated in the Sherman Act, the Clayton Act, and the FTC Act, and competition policy more generally. Antitrust is a subset of compe- tition policy. Competition policy, as the term is used in the United States, relates to all of the various governmental laws and regulations that can affect competition, including banking and other sectoral reg- ulations. Competition policy encompasses issues of firm size, includ- ing too-big-to-fail banking issues, drawing on the expertise of antitrust lawyers and economists as well as sectoral specialists.

Competition policy often comes into play when an agency has a “ p u b l i c i n t e re s t ” o b j e c t i v e a s o n e o f i t s s t a t u t o r y f u n c t i o n s . Antitrust agencies typically carry out a competition policy function when they engage in competition advocacy before other agencies of government or Congress. This is an important, well-recognized, a l b e i t d i s c r e t i o n a r y, f u n c t i o n o f t h e A n t i t r u s t D i v i s i o n , a s explained in the Antitrust Division Manual published in 2012.29

“ T O O B I G ” B A N K S : 21

28 United States v. Phila. Nat’l Bank, 374 U.S. 321 (1963). 29 U.S. DEP’T OF JUSTICE ANTITRUST DIVISION MANUAL, COMPETITION

ADVOCACY, available at http://www.justice.gov/atr/public/divisionmanual /chapter5.pdf.

The Federal Trade Commission also engages in competition advocacy.30

The merger enforcement policies of the Antitrust Division have narrowed in a way that focuses almost exclusively on predicted near- term competitive effects (most often relating to price increases) in nar- rowly defined product and geographic markets. This restricted focus has supported the short shrift that the Federal Reserve Board and other U.S. regulatory agencies give to concerns about bank size and industry consolidation. Yet, this analytical framework in mergers should not reduce the Antitrust Division’s role of advocating for a more comprehensive competition policy that applies its accumulated expertise in market structure, firm behavior, and industry dynamics. It is the potential of applying competition advocacy to the problems of aggregate concentration in our financial institutions to which we now turn.

IV. COMPETITION POLICY AND ISSUES OF FIRM SIZE

We will offer concrete suggestions on bringing competition policy to bear on regulation of financial institutions, but we start with a dis- cussion of issues relating to large firm size that should fit within the ambit of competition policy. We do so with an awareness that compe- tition policy and regulation intertwine and affect one another in sub- tle and complex ways, so much so that we suggest the need for a conference of antitrust and financial regulators to develop agreement on guidelines for coordination of competition policy and regulation in crisis situations. The skewing effect on competition caused by govern- ment support of too-big-to-fail banks is but one example of the ways in which regulation affects competition. Deposit insurance and Fed- eral Reserve Board lending policies will affect the ability of particular banks to compete, as will regulatory requirements that impose mana- gerial standards or capital requirements.

Following is a brief list of some relevant too-big issues that are within the ambit of prudential regulation, but which we think should be considered as also being within the ambit of competition policy.

22 : T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014

30 See FED. TRADE COMM’N, ADVOCACY FILINGS BY DATE, http://www.ftc .gov/opp/advocacydate.shtm.

• Large financial firms are able to charge artificially high prices in particu- lar markets

This is a microeconomic concept that requires identifying specific product and geographic markets and then determining the nature of competition within them. The antitrust laws prohibit firms from increasing their market power in specific markets through mergers and acquisitions. This is the area, previously described, in which the U.S. government’s antitrust resources are focused.

• Large financial firms are too big to fail

This critique implies that the domino-like consequences of a finan- cial institution’s failure would be so expansive and disruptive that governments will do whatever is necessary, including the provi- sion of massive amounts of taxpayer money, in order to keep a fail- ing megabank in business. And the investment community’s assumption that failure is unthinkable for the largest institutions apparently reduces the perceived risk of lending to them, resulting in lower interest rates and a competitive advantage over rivals.31 The problem involves systemic risk, which may be contained and reduced by downsizing, or raising reserve requirements. The leg- islative proposals of Senators Brown and Vitter to increase reserve requirements respond to this critique.32 Federal Reserve Governor Daniel K. Tarullo supports a similar approach.33

• Large financial firms are too interconnected with the economy

This is the problem of systemic risk expressed in terms of connect- edness rather than size. Interconnectedness often seems to be linked to great risk taking. Remedies might include downsizing by hiving off noncore assets. A Glass-Steagall type of silo approach could separate functions like commercial and investment bank- ing.34 Closer regulation of risk taking is another relevant remedy.

“ T O O B I G ” B A N K S : 23

31 Michael Kling, Independent Community Bankers: U.S. Must End Too Big to Fail, MONEY NEWS.COM, May 24, 2013, available at http://www.moneynews.com /FinanceNews/ICBA-banks-too-big-to-fail-Brown-Vitter/2013/05/24 /id/506290.

32 Peter Eavis, A New Fed Thought for “Too Big to Fail” Banks: Shrink Them, N.Y. TIMES, May 4, 2013, at B5 (discussing both the Brown-Vitter proposal and proposals by Federal Reserve Board Governor Tarullo).

33 Daniel K. Tarullo, Bd. of Governors, Fed. Reserve Sys., Evaluating Progress in Regulatory Reforms to Promote Financial Stability, May 3, 2012, available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/tarullo20130503a.pdf.

34 Floyd Norris, Bank Rules that Serve Two Masters, N.Y TIMES, Oct. 14, 2011, at B1.

• Large financial firms are often too big to jail

Some regulators, including Attorney General Eric Holder and Lanny Breuer, former Assistant Attorney General for the Criminal Division of the Department of Justice, have expressed concerns that strong enforcement actions against certain very large financial institutions could cause the failure of the institution—a conse- quence so dire as to discourage vigorous criminal enforcement.35 Remedies for “too big to jail” could include downsizing of finan- cial institutions by regulators and fashioning penalties that are severe s without bringing down the company itself.

• Aggregate concentration and great economic power provide large firms with economic advantages not captured by microeconomic analysis of whether market power exercised in antitrust markets causes elevated prices

Although we observe that a small number of financial institutions control a very high percentage of the U.S. national banking market, this does not necessarily imply that there is a high level of concen- tration in disaggregated product markets such as markets for resi- dential mortgages in particular geographic areas. Aggregate concentration, although once believed to be important,36 today (as we have explained) plays no role at all in antitrust enforcement. Aggregate concentration was once thought to be a useful indicator of economic power—the ability to influence the national economy through conduct with economic effects other than high prices in particular markets.37 A remedy for too much aggregate or economic

24 : T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014

35 See, e.g., Danielle Douglas, Attorney General Says Big Banks’ Size Inhibits Prosecution, WASH. POST, Mar. 7, 2013, http://articles.washingtonpost.com /2013-03-06/business/37500594_1_criminal-charges-hsbc-case-swiss-bank; Sen. Bernie Sanders, Too Big to Jail?, HUFFINGTON POST.COM, Mar. 28, 2013), http://www.huffingtonpost.com/rep-bernie-sanders/too-big-to-jail_b _2973641.html; Randall W. Forsyth, Too Big to Jail, BARRONS.COM, Mar. 9, 2013, http://online.barrons.com/article/SB50001424052748704836204578340381145 471280.html#articleTabs_article%3D1; Danielle Douglas, Lanny Breuer, Justice Department Criminal Division Chief is Stepping Down, WASH. POST, Jan. 23, 2013, http://www.washingtonpost.com/business/economy/doj-criminal-division -chief-stepping-down/2013/01/23/e4331e32-64e0-11e2-b84d-21c7b65985ee _story.html.

36 F.M. SCHERER & DAVID ROSS, INDUSTRIAL MARKET STRUCTURE AND ECO-

NOMIC PERFORMANCE (1990). 37

WALTER ADAMS & JAMES W. BROCK, THE BIGNESS COMPLEX: INDUSTRY, LABOR AND GOVERNMENT IN THE AMERICAN ECONOMY (2d ed. 2004).

power is reduction of economic power through downsizing of the largest institutions. A forward-looking remedy would be to legis- late limits on firm size, thereby directly reintroducing the world of conglomeration to competition policy.

• “Resolution” (a bankruptcy-like proceeding) is much more difficult for large failed financial institutions than for small ones

As Federal Reserve Board Governor Jerome Powell said in a recent speech, “[t]oday’s global financial institutions are of staggering size and complexity.”38 Powell initially believed that “an attempt to resolve one of these firms . . . could trigger or accelerate a run on the failed institution that could quickly spread and destabilize the whole system.”39 Powell subsequently developed a more optimistic view of resolution possibilities based on the FDIC’s approach, but the insight remains that big financial institutions are more difficult to resolve than smaller ones.

• Large financial firms command too much political power

Large economic power may shade over into political power. Exam- ples could include political contributions, the ability to employ lob- byists and public relations agents on a large scale, and domination over trade associations through the payment of large fees and the provision of dedicated staffing. Remedies can include downsizing but might more directly relate to rules on political behavior, such as limitations of campaign financing.

• Large institutions are often too big to manage

As organizations grow larger, they grow more complex, raising the probabilities of internal communication failures, loss of control over agents, and an inability of top management to see and com- prehend all it needs to.40 Remedies might include restructuring toward less complexity, or downsizing.

Several observations can be drawn from this brief survey of com- plaints about the concentration of financial services institutions. Encouraging a larger number of players of smaller size would seem to

“ T O O B I G ” B A N K S : 25

38 Jerome H Powell, Bd. of Governors, Fed. Reserve Sys., Ending “Too Big to Fail,” Mar. 4, 2013, available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents /speech/powell20130304a.htm.

39 Id. 40 THOMAS H. STANTON, WHY SOME FIRMS THRIVE WHILE OTHERS FAIL,

GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT LESSONS FROM THE CRISIS (2012).

be, in general, a positive step. But because the size problem is not a single problem but a nettle of problems, it will take a variety of approaches to create an effective remedy.

For competition policy, the most important remedial concern is maintaining a level playing field where government does not provide artificial and competitively unhealthy assistance to large but finan- cially weak companies. But the other concerns listed here are relevant to regulation and competition policy issues. For large financial institu- tions, concerns about the degree of systemic risk associated with size and interconnections are particularly important.

Other concerns include whether large banks should be required to downsize, based on the argument, vigorously disputed by some, that economies of scale for particular banking markets are exhausted at a rather small size, as argued by Andrew G. Haldane.41

Finally, antitrust law as currently theorized and practiced plays a minor role focused on narrowly defined antitrust markets, but we think the role of traditional antitrust could be expanded and refo- cused in the future to be more effective, particularly where markets have become more concentrated and firms more complex.42

Meanwhile, competition policy can play a major role in develop- ing remedies because of its broader scope.

V. LOOKING TO THE FUTURE

A financial crisis of the magnitude of 2007–09 is something that governments should constantly strive to avoid, of course, but gov- ernments should also become better prepared to handle similar crises in the future. The main argument of this article is that nations—including the United States—should learn from the Euro-

26 : T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014

41 Andrew G. Haldane, Exec. Dir., Financial Stability and Member, Fin. Policy Comm., Address to Inst. Econ. Affairs’ 22nd Annual Series, The 2012 Beesley Lectures: On Being the Right Size (Oct. 25, 2012), available at http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/publications/Documents/speeches/2012 /speech615.pdf.

42 How the role of traditional antitrust could be expanded and refocused in the future so as to be more effective is an important and interesting topic, but outside of the scope of this article.

pean experience that competition policy must be assigned a seat at the decision-making table. Competition policy and prudential regu- lation are intertwined, and coordination between them must be improved in a way that hasn’t yet happened in the United States. As we’ve suggested, a conference of antitrust and financial regulators to develop forward-looking agreement on guidelines for coordina- tion during times of financial crisis would be a sensible first step. In the next crisis, will the priority be on fostering further concentration or on maintaining as much competition as is compatible with quickly resolving the crisis?

We have several concrete proposals addressed to provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that already touch on competition policy issues. These Dodd-Frank provisions now apparently operate without signif- icant input from the Antitrust Division or the FTC, agencies with rele- vant expertise.

For example, section 165 of Dodd-Frank “requires that the Federal Reserve establish a special set of prudential requirements for bank holding companies with more than $50 billion in assets.”43 The special set of prudential requirements applies to bank holding companies and other designated nonbank entities. On April 11, 2012, the Financial Sta- bility Oversight Council, a group of officials operating under Treasury supervision, published a final rule stating how nonbank financial insti- tutions in addition to bank holding companies are to be identified as systemically important. Financial institutions that are designated as systemically important will be supervised by the Federal Reserve Board in the same manner that it supervises bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in assets. The supervision applies “enhanced prudential standards,” which are more rigorous than standards used for entities not designated as systemically important.

The Financial Stability Oversight Council was established pur- suant to the Dodd-Frank Act to provide recommendations concern- ing stability issues. The statute does not provide that the Antitrust Division or other competition policy experts be included on the

“ T O O B I G ” B A N K S : 27

43 Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. No. 111-203, § 165. The section is titled Enhanced Supervision and Prudential Standard for Nonbank Financial Companies Supervised by the Board of Governors and Certain Bank Holding Companies.

Council. Voting agencies on the Council are the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the FDIC, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, the National Credit Union Administration, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Treas- ury Department, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, along with an independent appointed member with insurance expertise. There are also five nonvoting advisor participants: the Office of Financial Research, the Federal Insurance Office, a state insurance commissioner designated by the state insurance commis- sioners, a state banking supervisor designated by the state banking supervisors, and a state securities commissioner designated by the state securities commissioners.

Because so many of the issues that will be considered by the Council have competition policy implications, the Antitrust Division should be included as a voting member.

The Dodd-Frank Act contains additional significant provisions relevant to bank size and competition issues, and they too should be better applied, or perhaps modified, so that competition considera- tions are given greater weight and competition policy input from Antitrust Division people is encouraged.

Section 622 of Dodd-Frank contains a financial sector concentra- tion limit, although Federal Reserve Board Governor Tarullo com- plains that it is based on a “somewhat awkward and potentially shifting metric” that he believes should be improved. “There is, then, a case to be made for specifying an upper bound” on size, Tarullo has said.44 The role for competition policy input is obvious.

Section 121 of the Dodd-Frank Act, titled Mitigation of Risks to Financial Stability, grants regulators “very broad scope for dealing with a large bank holding company or designated nonbank finan- cial company that ‘poses a grave threat to the financial stability of the United States,’ ” including power to (1) limit the ability of the

28 : T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014

44 Daniel K. Tarullo, Bd. of Governors, Fed. Reserve Sys., Distinguished Jurist Lecture, University of Pennsylvania Law School: Financial Stability (Oct. 10, 2012), available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents /speech/tarullo20121010a.htm.

company to merge with, acquire, consolidate with, or otherwise become affiliated with another company; (2) restrict the ability of the company to offer a financial product or products; and (3) require the company to terminate one or more activities. Again, competition policy input from the Antitrust Division is obviously relevant.

More broadly, we suggest that Dodd-Frank be amended to spec- ify that the Antitrust Division will be promptly consulted on all mat- ters that are likely substantially to affect the structure of the financial services industry or any part thereof. And the Antitrust Division, in this context, should be required to consider the economic implica- tions, including the undue concentration of economic power broadly under- stood, in any such matter. While these objectives can in theory be accomplished without new legislation, recent experience unfortu- nately gives little reason to expect any change without a shove from Congress.

The Antitrust Division is relevant for several reasons. It is inde- pendent; that is, unlike the sectoral regulators, it has no statutory responsibility for the well-being of the banking industry. It can be an advocate for policies that protect competition in the broadest sense. Its attorneys and economists have particular expertise in such areas as the relationship between competition and regulation; the comparison of various remedies in terms of their impact on markets; and the structuring and enforcement of divestitures and behavioral conditions.

Our basic recommendation of an enhanced role for competition advocacy does not require that the Antitrust Division be given any sort of veto on policies adopted by the executive branch during a cri- sis. Similarly, it is not necessary that the Division be able unilaterally to slow down the decision process in a crisis. Our basic point is sim- ply that competition advocacy should be formally recognized and entitled to timely and full information and an opportunity to provide expert opinion when decisions are being made. It is not even neces- sary that the Division be given an enhanced role in financial rule making or antitrust enforcement in the financial institutions arena, although we hope this will occur.

“ T O O B I G ” B A N K S : 29

Our comparison of the role of competition policy during the financial crisis in the EU and the United States demonstrates the importance of a government determining in advance whether it will use the next crisis to maintain competition, enhance competition, or promote consolidation.

30 : T H E A N T I T R U S T B U L L E T I N : Vol. 59, No. 1/Spring 2014

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._Competition policy and “too big” banks.pdf

AS1 support/Q1/FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL STABILITY.pdf

118 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 192 APRIL 2005

* Financial Markets Group, London School of Economics and Political Science. My thanks are due to Jon Danielsson, Andy Mullineux, Miguel Segoviano, Ashley Taylor and Geoffrey Wood for help and advice in preparing this article, but responsibility remains with me.

FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL STABILITY

C.A.E. Goodhart*

In contrast to recent successful developments in macro monetary policies, the modelling, measurement and management of systemic financial stability has remained problematical. Indeed, the focus of most effort has been on improving indi- vidual, rather than systemic, bank risk management; the Basel II objective has been to bring regulatory bank capital into line with the (sophisticated) banks’ assessment of their own economic capital. Even at the individual bank level there are concerns over (i) appropriate diversification allowances, (ii) differing objectives of banks and regulators, (iii) the need for a buffer over regulatory minima, and (iv) the distinction between expected and unexpected losses (EL and UL). At the systemic level the quite complex and prescriptive content of Basel II raises dangers of ‘endogenous risk’ and procyclicality. Simulations suggest that this latter could be a serious problem.

Keywords: Financial regulation; systemic stability; credit risk; capital adequacy requirements; Basel II; operational risk; internal risk based models; procyclicality; endogenous risk.

JEL classification: E4, E44, E5, E55, G2, G21, G28

1. Introduction I have been privileged to have been able to participate, both as an academic and a central bank official, in a massive improvement in the theory and practice of macro monetary policy over the past fifteen, or so, years. A key starting point was the allocation of inflation targetry, together with operational independence, to the Reserve Bank of New Zealand at the end of the 1980s. This established that the overriding function of a central bank was to achieve a single, primary target, price stability, by manipulating its single instrument, short-term interest rates. Since the effect of interest rates on inflation was lagged, this involved setting interest rates now on the basis of forecasts of future output growth and future inflation, a methodology rather loosely modelled by the ubiquitous Taylor reaction functions. Meanwhile, the mechanics of holding short-term interest rates close to their policy- determined level were increasingly being achieved through the adoption of a narrow corridor between a remunerated central bank deposit rate and a higher lending rate, to which commercial banks had automatic access. Again this process was initiated in New Zealand, but has since then been adopted by both the ECB and, this last July, by the Bank of England.

Central bank practitioners have been fortunate in having had the benefit of analysis and advice from a number of leading monetary economists, notably Lars Svensson and

Michael Woodford, in these reforms, though more often ex post, after the reforms had already been initiated, than ex ante. This has had the consequence that the differences between theory (as represented for example, by Woodford’s 2003 book, Interest and Prices), and practice, as represented by what central bankers (now themselves often professional economists, such as Ben Bernanke, Otmar Issing and Mervyn King), see themselves doing, has become vanishingly small. There is consensus now, where some thirty years ago there was confusion and lack of communication.

I believe that these structural and theoretical improvements have led to better policies, and that such better policies have played a role in the greater stability of our economies over the past decade, with a reduction both in the level and volatility of inflation and in the volatility of output growth.

This same enthusiastic paean of praise cannot, however, be applied to the conduct of either theory or practice in the area of central bank’s second core purpose, to wit the maintenance of financial stability (FS). The achievement of FS is, however, much more difficult and complex than the accomplishment of price stability, in the guise of inflation targets (IT). Unlike price stability, financial stability cannot be readily measured, modelled, or forecast (see also Fell and Schinasi, 2005, this volume). There is no

GOODHART FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL STABILITY 119

straightforward instrument that a central bank can use to counter deviations from a desired equilibrium, and such mechanisms as can be deployed, such as Capital Adequacy Regulations, have to be agreed at an international level, largely because of the ease of disintermediation, i.e. in the guise of locational shifts of business, within a system of free capital movements, instantaneous electronic transfers, and a global financial system.

There is no consensus either between academics and practitioners, or indeed within either camp, on how the financial stability objective might best be pursued. In this context, for example, the recent massive labours of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision did not start from any economic theory of how best to establish Capital Adequacy Requirements (CARs) in formulating Basel II. This is not surprising since no such consensus theory exists.

What does exist instead are models and measurements for individual1 bank risk, often developed by the commercial banks themselves as managerial control tools; VaR and KMV models are probably now the best known of these. To some large extent the public sector officials at Basel tried to piggy-back official CARs on the basis of the (best available) commercial bank models. Indeed a proud boast of the authors of Basel II is that this reform has brought regulatory capital much closer into line with the economic capital that the more sophisticated banks would have adopted on their own, and as a desirable by-product helped to educate the less sophisticated banks about optimal risk management.

2. Some problems with Basel II Even taken on its own terms, as an approach to make the individual bank manage risk better, there are a number of problems. I shall mention four here briefly. These concern: (i) portfolio theory, (ii) differing requirements, i.e. differing objective functions between regulators and managers, (iii) the need for a buffer over required minima, and (iv) the distinction between expected loss (EL) and unexpected loss (UL).

Let us start with portfolio theory. Almost the first lesson in finance is that the risk of a portfolio is determined by the covariances between its constituent elements, not their individual variances. After all, if you can find any two assets with perfect negative covariance, you can combine them into a riskless asset, irrespective of their individual variances. In dealing with covariances and correlations between asset returns, Basel II is certainly far superior to Basel I, but still leaves much to be desired. Not only does it ignore non-linear dependence, but also, as Gordy (2003)

has shown, it makes the implicit assumption that there is just one single systemic risk factor (other risks being idiosyncratic), to which all borrowers from any given are, to a greater or lesser extent, exposed. For banks which operate within a single country that may be approximately true, though even in this case there are differing sectoral, industrial, and in a sizeable country, geographical, risks, so the benefits of diversification are not being fully rewarded.

The smaller, and less developed, the country, the more likely is risk going to be concentrated. The exposure of banks in Iceland to the continued success of the fishing industry, in Hong Kong to the local property market, in Mauritius to the textile industry, will all have been large. In this context, the worldwide development of the credit default swap (CDS) market, which allows a separation of the specialist origination of loans from the need to continue to bear those loans’ credit risk to maturity may do more to reduce risk concentrations and resultant financial crises than all the recent reforms to the CARs. It is such credit default swaps that in my view will do most to allow banks, wherever sited, effectively to achieve a desired level of diversification. But, like all derivatives, they allow those who use them either to assume, or to lay off, risk; and such deals may, or may not, be correctly priced. So, like other powerful instruments they can be used for good or ill; what is perhaps most needed by regulators is greater transparency.

But to return to my main topic, outside the EU, in the US for example, Basel II is seen as most appropriate to large sophisticated global banks. While it is true that there is something of a common cycle amongst developed countries, it is far from general; note the differing time paths of the USA, Japan and the EU. Moreover the correlation between fluctuations in GDP in the developed (Northern) countries and the developing (Southern) world, and also perhaps now between Western and Eastern EU states, is even lower. Thus lending to borrowers in emerging economies is likely to become less attractive to large international banks, because such borrowers will probably be unrated, and hence carry a larger risk- weighting, without any offset for their effect in diversifying and lowering the exposure to common developed-country cycles. On all this, see the papers by Segoviano and Lowe (2002), Altman et al. (2002) and Griffith-Jones et al. (2002).

Let me turn next to the differing requirements, and objective (loss) functions, of regulators and bankers. Bankers are concerned naturally with the fate of their own individual institution, not of the welfare of the system as a whole. Moreover, there are institutional arrangements,

120 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 192 APRIL 2005

such as limited liability and generous bankruptcy arrangements, and conditions such as when capital has already been eroded, that may lead bankers willingly to assume more risk than regulators would want. It can, therefore, be problematical for regulators just to piggy- back on techniques developed by bankers for their own, perfectly proper, purposes.

Let me take two examples. The first, which has been splendidly dissected by my colleague, Jon Danielsson, (2002), relates to the VaR, value at risk technique. This was developed, entirely sensibly, by commercial bankers to give them a metric of their market risk under normal conditions. In most applications, excluding those using long historical data sets, it is used on the conditional assumption of a normal distribution of asset returns (log normal prices). But asset market returns have fat tails; that is, the probability of really large jumps in asset prices (remember October 1987) is far greater than in a normal distribution. Thus while a VaR metric is a perfectly respectable technique for bankers, it is not for regulators who need to focus on adverse tail events, for which the appropriate measurement technologies are quite different.

One reason why we have official regulations at all is that there may be externalities, so the social costs may differ from the private costs. The externality that regulators fear above all in banking is that of contagion, that the collapse of one institution may have a domino effect on others, and possibly on financial markets and systems, such as the payment system. As already noted, a particular problem about credit risk is that this does tend to be systemic, so the failure of one bank will tend to be correlated with fragility in others; and so that initial failure will, for a variety of reasons, via direct interconnections and also through reputational effects, drive other banks to the brink. Hence the social cost of failure may well be greater than the private.

It is far from clear whether any such externalities attend operational risks and, in those few cases where they may do so, whether more capital is a suitable remedy. Such risks, of credit card fraud, computer failure, trader fraud, mis-pricing, etc., certainly exist, and banks are indeed right to apply their own internal capital against those of such risks (not all) that can be reasonably quantified, e.g. credit card fraud. But it is difficult, at least for me, to see why a Nick Leeson at Barings or the reputational failure of a bank involved in an Enron, or Parmalat, scandal has any obvious potential downside effects on other commercial banks, or even why internal capital represents a sensible prophylactic in such cases.2 If the costs of operational risks

are fully internalised, what then is the case for having a socially imposed minimum requirement? Just because operational capital is applied by good international banks does not of itself provide any justification for it to be a public requirement.

There are a few cases where operational risk does have externalities. A computer failure, and/or the absence of a secure back-up after such a failure (perhaps due to terrorism or natural causes), can prevent a bank from making payments, and thereby adversely affect the liquidity of other banks. Indeed so, but insofar as capital has any relevance in such an example (in contrast to lending by the central bank which does), the capital of a bank needs to rise the greater the threat of such operational failures in other banks. Moreover, if the central bank does provide the necessary liquidity, as in the case of 9/11 and the Bank of New York computer failure at an earlier date, then there would be no need for capital in such cases.

A critic might, indeed, argue that the claim that one aim of Basel II was to make regulatory capital requirements accord closer to economic capital implied, ipso facto, that those involved had not stopped to ask themselves on what underlying principles public regulation could, and should, be justified. Moreover, it is just not possible to make regulatory capital equate to voluntary desired economic capital. Regulation implies by definition that the designated capital levels are required. If they are thereby required to be maintained, there must be some form of sanction, if only reputational or levied in terms of additional visitations from the supervisors, in those cases where the minimum requirement is breached. In the context of the Basel approach, which involves discussions between a small group of self-appointed regulators, central banks and specialised supervisors, not a treaty between countries, it has not, however, been possible to establish a common approach towards sanctions. Indeed one of the main weaknesses of the Basel approach is that the Committee focuses on best practice without any discussion on how to respond to shortfalls from such best practice. In that the Basel approach differs sharply from the American Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA) of 1991, which is much more broad brush on capital requirements, but detailed and prescriptive on a ladder of sanctions as shortfalls increase.

Be that as it may, there will in each country be some, though country-specific, expectation of sanction for breaching the CARs. Consequently an (optimising) bank will want to maintain some buffer of free (or, though the word is inappropriate, excess) margin of spare capital over

GOODHART FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL STABILITY 121

the regulatory minima. While in some cases I have heard claims that Basel II will have the, supposedly desirable, effect of equating regulatory and economic capital, in other cases I have heard the claim that, since most banks already hold capital quite well in excess of likely Basel II requirements, its introduction will have no effect whatsoever. Neither of those positions is correct. A recent empirical study by the FSA (Alfon et al., 2004) found that an increase in the regulatory requirement of, say 10 per cent, was matched in the longer term by a change of about 7 per cent in the desired level of capital, i.e. part, about one third, of the regulatory change is absorbed in a change in the desired level of the buffer, but the greater part, around two thirds or more, feeds through to the desired level of capital.3

Let me turn next to the fourth problem that I want to highlight, which is the distinction between expected and unexpected loss, EL and UL. As we are well aware, a key feature of Basel II is the focus on the probability of default, PD. Let me show a diagram of simulated distributions over time of PD for two different types of credit extension, perhaps credit card lending as contrasted with lending to foreign sovereigns (see chart 1). The distribution for credit card lending is A, that for sovereign lending is B. For which type of loan should a bank hold more capital? If you just look at average PD the answer is obviously A, credit card lending.

But note that, with credit card lending, the expectation of default losses can, as assumed here, be estimated quite closely in advance. If default probability can thus be estimated in advance, the appropriate default premia can, and should, be included in the interest rate charged. If the relative ex ante interest rate differential does take account of the mean expected default probability, then capital should be required not against mean expected PD, but against the variance and skew of the expected distribution of PD. Indeed, on this assumed simulation, banks should be

required to hold much more capital against sovereign lending than against credit card lending, which should require hardly any capital backing.

This issue did arise, although it seems rather late in the day, at Basel in the guise of the discussion whether capital should be applied against expected loss (EL) or just against unexpected loss (UL), and in which particular cases. But, once again, I did not note any generic discussion on the economic principles determining the need for capital, and in particular the relative roles of default risk premia in interest rates on the one hand as compared with capital on the other.

There is no question but that regulators and supervisors are closely concerned about such credit risk premia. There is, for example, often a fear in such quarters that such premia are excessively volatile, going down too far in boom, and calmer, times, and rising so far during periods of crisis as to interrupt completely flows of new loans to those sectors and countries perceived as now suddenly risky. A diagram of spreads, over US Treasuries, on bonds of emerging countries illustrates this point (see chart 2).

One reason regulators and supervisors are hesitant about going all the way towards the UL concept, that is to focus on the expected distribution, not the mean, of PD, is that they fear that, whereas expected PD could in principle be met by an appropriate interest differential, in practice it will not be. There have been numerous occasions when regulators have complained that various factors, e.g. excessive competition, state support for certain banks, especially of public sector intermediaries, such as the Post Office Savings Bank in Japan, have held down interest margins below the level consistent with a healthy banking system.

Given that regulators have not felt themselves able to interfere, or to intervene directly, in the interest rate setting decisions of banks, this has meant that the regulators have felt the need to maintain capital requirements in most cases against EL, rather than UL. When there is a higher capital requirement per unit of lending, there should be some pressure on banks to raise interest rate margins on average to maintain the return on equity. But a likely effect of Basel II will be to lower capital requirements for the largest international banks, which may be a reason why they supported its introduction, and they are likely to take the lead in setting interest rates. Moreover, the possibly greater procyclicality of CARs under Basel II, a subject to which we shall turn shortly, may also have the effect of enhancing the procyclicality of credit default spreads, which is already a

0 2015105

Chart 1.

% o

cc ur

re nc

e

A

B

Distribution of expected loss

122 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 192 APRIL 2005

matter of some concern. More generally, the financial strength of banks, and banking systems, is a somewhat complex combination of both capital ratios and interest rate spreads and profit margins. Focussing solely on one of these two legs is likely to lead to a somewhat unbalanced position.

3. Should we abandon risk-related capital adequacy ratios?

Indeed for these and other related reasons, I have come at long last to the reluctant conclusion that the concept of relating officially set and required capital ratios (CARs) to the relative riskiness of a bank’s portfolio of assets has been, in practice, a wrong turn.

The idea that officially set and required CARs should be risk-related appears intuitively natural, even obvious. Surely a bank with a portfolio full of risky loans to property speculators is more likely to go bust than a bank holding government Treasury bills, and should therefore be required to have a larger capital buffer. Most commentators have strongly supported the idea of such risk-related CARs, and indeed I did so myself until quite recently.

Let me start by recalling the several drawbacks of risk- related CARs. First, in a sophisticated and fast-changing market, it will be well-nigh impossible for officials, however able and devoted, to get the assessment of relative risks correct, and, if accurate now, innovation will soon make them outdated and erroneous. Even after all the huge effort that has been put into the Basel II process, there are still likely to be several major deficiencies in relative risk

assessment. For example, as already noted, the basic structure of the credit risk approach adopted effectively rests on the premise of a single systematic risk factor (Gordy, 2003; Repullo and Suarez, 2004), which is in most cases presumably the domestic economy. If there are – as is surely the case – numerous other systemic risk factors, then the Basel II approach probably gives insufficient weight to the risk mitigation inherent in diversification across countries and across industries. Be that as it may, even with much improved risk assessment, officials will, indeed can, never get it exactly right. There will always remain gaps, lacunae and errors that can be exploited for regulatory arbitrage and by ‘gaming’, and these will only increase over time.

Second, the attempt to achieve ever more accurate risk measurement inevitably increases the complexity of the whole exercise. A comparison of Basel II and Basel I makes the point. Moreover, any attempt to fill some of the remaining gaps in Basel II would just make this whole problem worse.

Third, despite the reliance on banks’ internal risk-based assessments, in the Foundation and Advanced IRB versions, Basel II appears, at least to this observer, to provide a rather pervasive model for how a commercial bank’s own risk analysis should be undertaken. Many argue that this will bring major benefits. They claim that the application of Basel II will encourage many, perhaps most, banks to bring their own internal risk-assessment models up to speed. Indeed, one of the main benefits of Basel II is seen to lie in its impetus to improving the education of many commercial bankers on the basis of proper risk assessment.

No doubt there is truth in this, but is there not also a danger that as prescriptive an approach as Basel II could lead to an excessive focus on one single methodology, in a context where uncertainty and innovation suggest the advantage of encouraging multiple competing models of risk assessment? And could that focus also enhance ‘herd behaviour’, whereby all banks tend to respond similarly and simultaneously to common stimuli? This can increase the riskiness of the system as a whole, even if each individual bank appears to be behaving exactly according to the new, ‘improved’, rules. This interactive effect has been termed ‘endogenous risk’ by my colleagues Danielsson, Shin and Zigrand (2004). Blum and Hellwig (1995) have also emphasised that the macro effect of a (regulatory) measure cannot necessarily, or simply, be ascertained just by considering the individual micro effects, also see Summer (2003).

Source: JP Morgan Chase & Co.

Chart 2. Emerging market sovereign bond yield spreads

Jan. 02 July 02 Jan. 03 July 03 Jan. 04 July 04

1,000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0

Basis points

GOODHART FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL STABILITY 123

That consideration leads on to the fourth problem of relating capital requirements to a common measure of relative risk, which is, of course, that it is likely to engender procyclicality. This is now widely understood, and so much has been said on the general point that it is unnecessary to add more. The issue has moved from that of general theory to a question of specific empirical quantification. Is it likely to be a serious problem in practice, or not?

4. Is procyclicality a serious worry? My colleagues and I have done some work on this subject (Goodhart, Hofmann and Segoviano, 2004). Very briefly we reconstructed a typical bank portfolio as follows. We assumed that each portfolio consisted of 1000 loans, each one with equal exposure. From each specific country data sources, we obtained the through time proportion of assets (bonds for the USA or corporate loans for Mexico and Norway) that were classified under each of the reported ratings for a given country. With this information we constructed the benchmark portfolio that we used to compute capital requirements at each point in time.

The results of this exercise for the three countries examined are stark. We compared the implied capital requirements for our ‘typical’ bank under three regulatory regimes; first the standardised approach in Basel II (which is close to that applied in Basel I); second, the Foundation Internal Ratings Based (IRB) approach (i.e. assuming a constant Loss Given Default, since we have no good time series in any country for average LGD); and third, an Improved Credit Risk Method (ICRM). This latter uses a Merton approach to model credit quality changes and an indirect approach to model correlations amongst the individual credits in the overall portfolio. The construction of an ICRM is, however, quite complex, and interested readers should consult our companion paper, Goodhart and Segoviano (2004).

Anyhow, we have simulated the time paths of CARs under each of our three approaches, standardised, IRB Foundation (IRB F) and ICRM, for our various countries, and the results are set out in tables 1 to 3 and charts 3 to 5.

The important result to observe is the much greater variance of the simulated outcomes for the IRB than for the standardised or ICRM approaches. During periods of strong growth, high profits and low non-performing loans (USA in the mid-1990s and Norway in 1997), the IRB has a lower CAR than the standardised approach in all our developed countries; whereas in recessions (e.g. USA in

Table 1. CARs for the USA

Period Standardised IRB F ICRM

1982 9.60 8.59 8.07 1983 8.94 7.19 6.80 1984 8.93 7.62 7.031 1985 9.13 8.02 7.26 1986 9.46 9.99 8.74 1987 9.46 9.82 8.55 1988 9.46 8.66 6.99 1989 9.56 10.80 6.49 1990 9.56 11.68 7.60 1991 9.99 11.43 7.54 1992 9.69 8.06 6.47 1993 9.29 6.47 4.67 1994 8.90 5.40 3.78 1995 8.51 5.56 4.09 1996 8.25 5.65 4.32 1997 8.29 5.94 4.84 1998 8.31 6.51 5.83 1999 8.40 7.81 6.70 2000 8.41 8.13 7.16 2001 8.53 8.25 7.24 2002 8.31 8.18 6.78 2003 8.11 6.60 6.26 Average 8.96 8.02 6.51 Variance 0.34 3.39 1.95

1990/1, Mexico mid 1995/6 and Norway in 1994/5), the CAR is markedly higher for the IRB than in the other two approaches. In Mexico, an emerging market economy, the average quality of loan is lower throughout than in developed countries, so the IRB gives a higher CAR in all years but, as in developed countries, the variance of the CAR (up in recessions as in 1995/6, and lower during the better years) is greater for the IRB than in the other two approaches.

Chart 3. CARs for the USA

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

19 82

19 84

19 86

19 88

19 90

19 92

19 94

19 96

19 98

20 00

20 02

Pe rc

en ta

ge

Standardised IRB F ICRM

124 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 192 APRIL 2005

It follows that the percentage change in the required CAR under the IRB as a country moves from boom to recession (up) and back to boom again (down) is likely to be much more extreme under the IRB than under the other two approaches. This is shown in table 4.

The implication of this is that procyclicality may well still be a serious problem with Basel II, even after the smoothing of the risk curves that were introduced between CP2 and CP3 to mitigate this problem.

Basel II will, however, be a regime change, and one of the purposes of this is to make bankers more conscious of risk assessment and risk management. It has already succeeded in this. One hope is that it will induce bankers to be more

Table 2. CARs for Norway

Period Standardised IRB F ICRM

1989 9.99 8.31 7.58 1990 10.27 9.28 8.13 1991 10.47 9.78 8.68 1992 10.37 9.93 9.03 1993 10.27 9.52 9.19 1994 10.94 13.24 9.82 1995 11.32 14.07 11.08 1996 10.67 12.14 9.72 1997 10.27 8.86 7.32 1998 10.27 9.00 7.42 1999 10.27 9.219 7.53 2000 10.27 9.49 7.93 2001 10.36 9.65 8.33 2002 10.46 9.76 8.34 Average 10.44 10.16 8.58 Variance 0.11 2.94 1.19

Table 3. CARs for Mexico

Period Standardised IRB F ICRM

March 1995 8.77 13.86 10.46 June 1995 9.22 16.65 12.29 Sept. 1995 9.30 17.10 12.71 Dec. 1995 9.49 18.15 12.82 March 1996 9.25 17.07 12.59 June 1996 9.49 18.45 13.25 Sept. 1996 9.56 19.42 14.89 Dec. 1996 10.30 24.23 17.65 March 1997 9.43 19.09 15.15 June 1997 9.27 17.50 13.90 Sept. 1997 9.40 18.25 14.34 Dec. 1997 8.93 15.19 14.80 March 1998 8.81 14.40 13.67 June 1998 8.85 14.43 12.26 Sept. 1998 9.06 15.55 11.62 Dec. 1998 9.04 15.46 11.80 March 1999 9.05 15.52 12.00 June 1999 8.98 15.30 12.25 Sept. 1999 9.14 15.98 12.73 Dec. 1999 8.97 15.35 12.10 Average 9.22 16.85 13.16 Variance 0.12 5.64 2.59

prudent during booms despite declines in CARs. An implication of a move from the standardised to an IRB approach is that the individual bank making this transition will be encouraged to shift its portfolio to higher-quality, higher rated credits, because it then benefits from a lower CAR. This is good of itself, but the higher the quality of the credit, the steeper is the risk curve (relating required risk ratio to the quality of the loan); so the procyclicality is likely to be enhanced, even if average quality improves.

Chart 4. CARs for Norway

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

19 89

19 91

19 93

19 95

19 97

19 99

20 01

Pe rc

en ta

ge

Standardised IRB F ICRM

Chart 5. CARs for Mexico

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

M ar

-9 5

Se p-

95

M ar

-9 6

Se p-

96

M ar

-9 7

Se p-

97

M ar

-9 8

Se p-

98

M ar

-9 9

Se p-

99

Pe rc

en ta

ge

Standardised IRB F ICRM

GOODHART FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL STABILITY 125

rates, is predicated to the maintenance of stability in the consumer price index, and rightly so. Despite proposals to shade interest rate decisions to offset asset price volatility (e.g. Cecchetti et al., 2000), the difficulties of doing so (see Greenspan, 2002, Bernanke and Gertler, 1999) are considerable. Rather than distort the use of the interest rate instrument to try to achieve a second objective, what is needed is a second instrument. The purpose of this second instrument would be to maintain systemic financial stability. This latter objective remains a core purpose of central banks, whether or not they also supervise the individual banks, and is complementary to their primary role in achieving price stability, but – at present at least – this is a field where central banks have few, if any, stabilising instruments at hand, apart from emergency liquidity assistance to help mop up after something goes wrong in the financial system.

The need is to introduce an instrument that will have countercyclical characteristics, which could serve to check bank lending during asset price hikes, and vice versa.

The BIS have been advocating such general measures for some time (Borio and White, 2003). In the Conclusions to their 74th Annual Report (2004), the BIS wrote (p. 143),

“Fortunately, the global economy now appears to be on an upward path, and there is less call for macro- economic stimulus. We should use this opportunity to reflect on the processes that allowed our armoury of macroeconomic instruments to become so depleted. An obvious point, but not without objections, is that this situation should be addressed directly through

When a regime change is introduced, no one in truth can predict its ramifications, certainly not me. Nevertheless these simulations suggest that procyclicality could remain a serious concern. It is even possible that with the advent of a serious downturn, if one was to occur, the impact of abiding by the IRB would be too severe for the authorities in some countries to countenance. Perhaps, like the Stability and Growth Pact, it would only be observed in the breach when it began to bite hard. Possibly an even greater worry might be that the adoption of Basel II, while not being so adverse as to force reconsideration, might yet exacerbate future economic fluctuations.

Certainly there remains a tension between relating CARs more closely to underlying risks in individual banks, and in trying for macroeconomic purposes to encourage contracyclical variations in bank lending in aggregate. How to square this circle is the subject of the following section.

5. A second instrument? However desirable on other grounds the recent changes to the accounting and regulatory regimes, with the shift to fair (market) values under the International Accounting Standards (IAS) and the adoption of Basel II, they will do nothing to check such bank lending/asset price cyclical volatility. Indeed, if some of the more pessimistic prognostications about procyclicality turn out to be justified, such volatility may be considerably exacerbated.

In the meantime the sole instrument that central banks currently wield, their command over short-term interest

Table 4. Maximum percentage change in CARs

Upwards Downwards 1 Period Date 2 consecut- Dates 1 Period Date 2 consecut- Dates

ive periods ive periods

A. IRB USA 0.25 1989 0.33 1989/0 –0.29 1992 –0.49 1992/3 NORWAY 0.39 1994 0.45 1994/5 –0.27 1997 –0.41 1996/7 MEXICO 0.25 Dec 96 0.30 Sep/Dec 96 –0.21 Mar 97 –0.30 Mar/Jun 97

B. ICRM USA 0.21 1998 0.33 1998/9 –0.28 1993 –0.47 1993/4 NORWAY 0.13 1995 0.20 1994/5 –0.25 1997 –0.37 1996/8 MEXICO 0.18 Dec-96 0.30 Sep/Dec 96 –0.14 Mar-97 –0.22 Mar/Jun 97

C. Standardised USA 0.04 Jun-05 0.06 1985/6 –0.07 1983 –0.09 1994/5 NORWAY 0.07 Jun-05 0.10 1994/5 –0.06 1997 –0.10 1996/7 MEXICO 0.08 Dec-96 0.08 Sep/Dec 96 –0.08 Mar-97 –0.10 Mar/Jun 97

126 NATIONAL INSTITUTE ECONOMIC REVIEW No. 192 APRIL 2005

more aggressive tightening in good times. In addition, policies to strengthen the financial system, and to encourage more prudent lending behaviour in upturns, might help to mitigate the damage in downturns and reduce the need to resort to aggressive policy easing in the future.”

The next question is how do you do this? In an earlier paper (Goodhart and Hofmann, 2001), I had suggested that, analogously to the method of measuring the output gap, we could use deviations of asset prices from a smoothed (Hodrick-Prescott filter) trend to assess the gap between the current asset price and its ‘fundamental’ value. But that got roundly criticised on the grounds of inconsistency with efficient market hypotheses. Borio and Lowe (2002), also see Borio, Furfine and Lowe (2001) and Borio (2005, this volume), suggest that the rate of growth of bank lending itself is the key determinant of future asset price movements, but the lags are long and the relationship subject to structural changes in financial intermediation, etc.

My own view now is that a better (perhaps best) approach would be to relate the capital requirement on bank lending to the rate of change of asset prices in the relevant sector. Thus the capital adequacy requirement (CAR) on mortgage lending could be related to the rise in housing prices (relative to HICP inflation), and lending to construction and property companies to the rise in property prices. For manufacturing and services more broadly, the CAR could be related to the rise in equity prices, up when equity prices were appreciating, and vice versa. Similarly, required solvency ratios for life insurance companies would be adjusted counter-cyclically in response to shifts in equities, bond and property prices.

The purpose of the exercise would be both to build up reserves and to restrain bank lending during asset price booms, so as to release them during asset price depressions. In this respect it has much in common with the current Spanish pre-provisioning policy proposals. The flip-side, however, is that it relaxes prudential requirements most during bad recessions, just when individual banks and other financial intermediaries are individually at their most fragile. But when the concern of the central bank is for the aggregate, systemic state of the system, surely this is the right course.

There are numerous practical problems, notably the possibility of disintermediation abroad in a world without exchange controls where a global financial system exists. My belief is that such problems, though

real and serious, can be overcome, and I have started to do some work on this subject (see Goodhart and Hofmann, 2004).

6. Conclusions One of the reasons why I came to enjoy economics as an undergraduate was that it was such an immature subject. Unlike much of my prior studies at school, there was no necessarily correct answer to the various questions being asked. As can be seen here, this certainly remains the case in the field of financial regulation.

The current adoption of Basel II, and the new accounting standard, IAS39, do represent improve-ments on what had gone before, but clearly Basel II has deficiencies and problems. It is, perhaps, best seen as a stage in a continuing process of refining and reforming our regulatory system. At present neither theory nor practice seems firmly anchored. It will be for the next generation to make progress.

NOTES 1 It is possible to measure and to model the risk of a single

asset quite accurately. It is somewhat more difficult, but possible, to model the risk of portfolios of assets, e.g. because of non-linear dependence, time-varying correlations. It becomes even harder to model the risk of a banking institution incorporating asset portfolios and operational functions. It is hardest of all to measure the risk of a system of banks, though in work done with P. Sunirand and D. Tsomocos, I have recently been trying to do just that, see Goodhart, Sunirand and Tsomocos, (2003, 2004 and 2005). In effect, the greater the degree of aggregation, the more difficult financial risk assessment becomes. I am grateful to Jon Danielsson for this latter thought.

2 Instead, as Instefjord, et al. (1998) have argued, a better approach is to apply incentives/penalties to managers who unearth and prevent such frauds, also see Goodhart (2001).

3 The short-term effect is less, about 50%. Also, the adjustment appears to be asymmetric, in that banks experiencing a decrease in their requirement only adjust their actual capital by about 20% of that.

REFERENCES Alfon, I., Agrimon, I. and Bascuñana-Ambrós, P. (2004), ‘What

determines how much capital is held by UK banks and building societies?’, FSA Occasional Paper Series, 22, July.

Altman, E., Elizondo, A. and Segoviano, M. (2002), Medicion Integral del Riesgo de Credito, Mexico, Editorial Limusa, December.

Bank for International Settlements (BIS) (2004), Annual Report, No. 74 (Basel, BIS).

Bernanke, B. and Gertler, M. (1999), ‘Monetary policy and asset price volatility’, in New Challenges for Monetary Policy, Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, proceedings of the Jackson Hole Conference, August 26–28.

GOODHART FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL STABILITY 127

Blum, J. and Hellwig, M. (1995), ‘The macroeconomic implications of capital adequacy requirements for banks’, European Economic Review, 39, 3–4, pp. 739–49.

Borio, C., Furfine, C. and Lowe, P. (2001), ‘Procyclicality of the financial system and financial stability: issues and policy options’, in Marrying the Macro and Micro-Prudential Dimensions of Financial Stability, BIS Papers, 1, March, pp. 1–57.

Borio, C. and Lowe, P. (2002), ‘Asset prices, financial and monetary stability: exploring the nexus’, paper presented at the BIS conference on ‘Changes in Risk through Time: Measurement and Policy Options’, BIS working papers, 114, July.

Borio, C. and White, W.R. (2003), ‘Whither monetary and financial stability? The implications of evolving policy regimes’, in Monetary Policy and Uncertainty: Adapting to a Changing Economy, Jackson Hole Symposium, Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, August.

Cecchetti, S., Genberg, H., Lipsky, J. and Wadhwani, S. (2000), Asset Prices and Central Bank Policy, Geneva Report on the World Economy 2, CEPR and ICMB.

Danielsson, J. (2002), ‘The emperor has no clothes: limits to risk modelling’, Journal of Banking and Finance, 26(7), pp. 1273–96.

Danielsson, J., Shin, H.S. and Zigrand, J.-P. (2004), ‘The impact of risk regulation on price dynamics’, Journal of Banking and Finance, 28(5), pp. 1069–87.

Goodhart, C.A.E. (2001), ‘Operational risk’, Financial Markets Group, LSE, Special Paper no. 131, September.

Goodhart, C.A.E. and Hofmann, B. (2001), ‘Asset prices, financial conditions and the transmission of monetary policy’, paper presented at the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco and Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research conference on ‘Asset Prices, Exchange Rates, and Monetary Policy’, Stanford University, 2–3 March.

—(2004), ‘A second instrument?’, Paper presented at Prof. N. Thygesen festschrift, Copenhagen, December 9 (forthcoming in Proceedings).

Goodhart, C.A.E., Hofmann, B. and Segoviano, M. (2004), ‘Bank regulation and macroeconomic fluctuations’, Oxford Review of Economic Policy, 20(4), pp. 591–615.

Goodhart, C.A.E. and Segoviano, M. (2004), ‘Basel and procyclicality: a comparison of the standardised and IRB approaches to an improved credit risk model’, Financial Markets Group, London School of Economics, Discussion paper no. 524, October.

Goodhart, C.A.E., Sunirand, P. and Tsomocos, D.P. (2003), ‘A model to analyse financial fragility’, Oxford Financial Research Centre Working Paper no. 2003fe13.

—(2004), ‘A model to analyse financial fragility: applications’, Journal of Financial Stability, 1(1), pp. 1–30.

—(2005), ‘A risk assessment model for banks’, Annals of Finance, 1(2), pp. 197–224.

Gordy, M.B. (2003), ‘A risk-factor model foundation for ratings- based bank capital rules’, Journal of Financial Intermediation, 12 (3), July, pp. 199–232.

Greenspan, A. (2002), ‘Economic volatility’, Remarks at the Symposium on Rethinking Stabilization Policy of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City at Jackson Hole, Wyoming, August 30.

Griffith-Jones, S., Segoviano, M. and Spratt, S. (2002), ‘Basel II and developing countries: diversification and portfolio effects’, December, LSE Financial Markets Group, http://fmg.lse.ac.uk/ pdfs/DP437.pdf, IDStudies, University of Sussex: www.ids.ac.uk/intfinance, summary of article published in The Financial Times, May 13, 2003, p. 15, under the title: ‘A capital idea that will hurt poorer countries’.

Instefjord, N., Jackson, P. and Perraudin, W. (1998), ‘Securities fraud’, Economic Policy, 27, October, pp. 587–623.

Repullo, R. and Suarez, J. (2004), ‘Loan pricing under Basel capital requirements’, CEMFI, Madrid, mimeo, July.

Segoviano, M. and Lowe, P. (2002), ‘Internal ratings, the business cycle and capital requirements: some evidence from an emerging market economy’, BIS Working papers, September, http://www.bis.org/publ/work117.pdf, LSE/FMG: http:// fmg.lse.ac.uk/pdfs/DP428.pdf.

Summer, M. (2003), ‘Banking regulation and systemic risk’, Open Economies Review, 14, pp. 43–70.

Woodford, M. (2003), Interest and Prices, Princeton, N.J., Princeton University Press.

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._FINANCIAL REGULATION, CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL STABILITY.pdf

AS1 support/Q1/Structural Power and Bank Bailouts in the United Kingdom and the United States.pdf

Politics & Society 2014, Vol. 42(4) 427 –454

© 2014 SAGE Publications Reprints and permissions:

sagepub.com/journalsPermissions.nav DOI: 10.1177/0032329214547342

pas.sagepub.com

Article

Structural Power and Bank Bailouts in the United Kingdom and the United States

Pepper D. Culpepper European University Institute, Florence, Italy

Raphael Reinke Department of Political Science, University of Zurich, Switzerland

Abstract The 2008 bailout is often taken as evidence of the domination of the US political system by large financial institutions. In fact, the bailout demonstrated the vulnerability of US banks to government pressure. Large banks in the United States could not defy regulators, because their future income depended on the US market. In Britain, by contrast, one bank succeeded in scuttling the preferred governmental solution of an industry-wide recapitalization, because most of its revenue came from outside the United Kingdom. This was an exercise of structural power, but one that most contemporary scholarship on business power ignores or misclassifies, since it limits structural power to the automatic adjustment of policy to the possibility of disinvestment. We show that structural power can be exercised strategically, that it is distinct from instrumental power based on lobbying, and that it explains consequential variations in bailout design in the United Kingdom, the United States, France, and Germany.

Keywords political economy, structural power, business, financial crisis, bailouts

Corresponding Author: Pepper D. Culpepper, European University Institute, Via dei Roccettini, 9, 50014 San Domenico di Fiesole (FI), Italy. Email: [email protected]

547342PASXXX10.1177/0032329214547342Politics & SocietyCulpepper and Reinke research-article2014

428 Politics & Society 42(4)

Moments of political crisis throw into relief the underlying power conflicts in society. The colossal transfer of risks from big banks to US and British taxpayers in 2008—in the service of preventing a financial meltdown—is perhaps the best recent example of this phenomenon. Scholars and former officials have pointed to the US bailout as a case of crony capitalism run amok.1 A Republican treasury secretary and former head of Goldman Sachs gave the largest nine banks $125 billion to keep the system of credit from freezing up. The banks got the money, none of their CEOs was fired, and attempts to channel some of the aid toward mortgage relief for the broader econ- omy were in vain. Meanwhile, in the United Kingdom, a Labour government injected $111 billion into two of its largest banks. That help came at a steep price, as the gov- ernment fired the CEOs of these banks, while ensuring that healthier British banks shored up their balance sheets independently of government funding. The UK gov- ernment seemed more punitive than the US government while being more conserva- tive with taxpayer money, a result that presumptively reflects the greater power of American banks in the US political system.

This, at least, is the conventional story of the American and British bailouts.2 It is wrong, both in its claims that the UK government drove a better bargain for taxpayers with its large banks and that the US bank bailout reflects the domination of the US government by large financial institutions. In fact, the US government got a better deal from its banks than did the British government, and it did so because American banks wielded less power than their British counterparts. Why has the conventional wisdom so misunderstood the character of the American and British bank bailouts? Observers have focused on the generosity of bailout terms, including the firing of the chief exec- utives of weak banks—those on the brink of insolvency. However, the important dif- ference between the British and American bailouts lies in the terms imposed on healthy (clearly solvent) large banks. Financially strapped banks could not challenge the gov- ernment in either country. They had to accept whatever policy the government offered, because only with government aid could they have survived. But healthy banks were not dependent on state aid. Healthy banks in Britain were in a better position to resist the state, and they drove a better deal for themselves than did US banks. As a result, the British government absorbed more risk than the US government and lost taxpayer money, while effectively providing a costless subsidy to its healthy banks, which ben- efited from the stabilization provided by the bailouts. In contrast, the United States made a profit from its bank bailout, because it was able to bully healthy large banks such as JP Morgan and Wells Fargo into a collective recapitalization plan.

Theoretically, we return to a fundamental debate about the role of business in poli- tics.3 The bailouts illustrate how social scientists have focused on the instrumental power of banks while ignoring their structural power. Instrumental power includes lobbying capacity and campaign donations. On these measures, the United States looks like an especially captured system.4 But when looking at the structural power of banks—which we operationalize as their ability to defy national regulators because of the internationalization of their markets—the situation of banks in the United States and the United Kingdom changes dramatically. Because all the large banks in the United States rely on the American market for their future revenues, they enjoy less

Culpepper and Reinke 429

structural power vis-à-vis the US government than do their counterparts in other coun- tries, such as the United Kingdom, that do not depend heavily on a given domestic market.

In the next section we discuss the distinction between structural and instrumental power of business, arguing that recent scholarship has neglected structural power because it has not conceptualized the ways in which structural power can be used stra- tegically. The third section explicates our methodological approach, which employs evidence from the structure of the banking sectors in the United States and the United Kingdom and from process-tracing, in which we use interviews with senior policy- makers to evaluate our claims about the power of US and British banks in negotiating with their governments.5 The fourth section evaluates the policy design of the two bailouts, and the fifth section tests hypotheses of structural and instrumental power of banks against the evidence of policy development in the two cases. A penultimate sec- tion extends the argument comparatively to bailouts in France and Germany. A final section concludes with directions for future research.

Two Dimensions of Business Power

To understand the character of business influence on important policy outcomes such as the bank bailouts of 2008, we revisit the conceptual distinction between the struc- tural and instrumental power of business. Instrumental power comprises the various means, unrelated to the core functions of the firm, through which business influences politics: donations for campaigns, privileged access to policymakers, and lobbyists and organizations that defend business interests.6 Structural power, by contrast, inheres in the fact that firms are agents of economic activity in capitalist democracies. Because the state relies on firm investment to generate growth, the ability of companies not to invest can cause damage to the economy and thereby to the politicians governing it. Because a negative policy, or even the anticipation of one, may lead firms to lower their rate of investment, scholars have characterized the democratic state as structur- ally dependent on capital.7 Governments are predisposed to adopt policies that pro- mote firm investment, even without business leaders necessarily having to do anything.8

Scholarship from the 1970s and 1980s recognized the fact that this structural power—for example, in the form of coordinated “capital strikes”—could be exercised strategically by business as part of a campaign to change government policies.9 Yet a strange thing happened to the literature on business power: as the influence of neolib- eral ideas waxed in the advanced capitalist countries, analytical attention to the ways in which business exercises influence on the state waned. In this process, the concept of structural power as a resource that could be used strategically by business disap- peared from the literature, to be replaced by a version of structural power that operated only as an automatic adjustment of the level of investment, which would punish politi- cians who adopted policies to which business is averse, and whose anticipation there- fore would deter adoption of the policy in the first place. Charles Lindblom may in this sense have been a victim of his own rhetorical success in describing business

430 Politics & Society 42(4)

disinvestment as the “automatic punishing recoil” mechanism through which business disciplines government.10 By the 1990s, the relatively scarce political science scholar- ship that used the term structural power conceptualized it exclusively in the sense of the automatic reaction of policymakers to the investment decisions of companies.11 When current scholars of business write about “capital strikes” that involve any delib- erate action, they now classify them as instrumental power—erroneously, in our view.12 Where capital strikes involve coordinated political action among companies, the power exercised by business flows directly from its role as the capital holder in the economy and its growth and employment capacities, not from its investment in lobby- ing offices or trade associations.

For political scientists, structural power as a causal variable is now only conceptu- alized as a background condition against which politics plays out, not as an active resource employed by business in the political arena. Thus, when Jacob Hacker and Paul Pierson attempted to revive analytical interest in the concept of structural power in an influential 2002 article, they argued that federal political systems increased the structural power of business by giving companies easy exit options.13 However, even Pierson and Hacker bought into the prevailing definition of structural power, arguing that this “power is structural because the pressure to protect business interests is gener- ated automatically and apolitically.”14 Thus, “the extent to which business influences specific policy choices will be a function of instrumental rather than structural power” because the possibility of disinvestment “can set the agenda for governments and help to define (or rule out) alternatives, but this signal cannot tell governments what to do.”15 In this now typical formulation, structural power sits in the background of agenda-setting, while instrumental power does the hard causal work on specific pieces of legislation.16

Following this line of thinking, scholars, journalists, and former regulators examin- ing the American bank bailout have converged on a similar diagnosis: the government bailed out the banks because they enjoyed privileged access to Washington’s policy- makers.17 Banks have consolidated this Washington-Wall Street axis by donating so much money to Republicans and Democrats that both parties work in the interest of large financial institutions.18 Their special influence is reinforced by the infamous revolving door, which circulates policymakers into lucrative jobs in banks and bankers into public office.19

We argue that the outcome of the bailouts can only be understood by reference to the structural power of big banks vis-à-vis governments. Much contemporary research is blind to this fact because many scholars have collapsed structural power into the much narrower category of “structural power that works automatically through the anticipation of policymakers.” Although structural power can certainly work automat- ically, it can also be deployed deliberately, with strategic intent. In fact, both structural and instrumental power have automatic aspects, in that they require no conscious acti- vation in order to function. Disinvestment and the possibility of exit are the most prominent features of the structural power of business; both work automatically, through the anticipation of policymakers. But the instrumental power of business in capitalist democracies includes the presence of decision makers who, by virtue of their

Culpepper and Reinke 431

background, are friendly to business.20 This is a resource that helps business, whether companies take any action or not. A similar sort of instrumental power arises from career ladders that involve a “revolving door” between senior positions in government and the private sector.21 These operate automatically in the individual calculus of deci- sion makers. Such considerations are correctly classified as elements of instrumental power, just like lobbying organizations and campaign contributions, because they involve influence on decision makers that is based on something other than the func- tion of private firms in a capitalist economy.

As this discussion suggests, previous work has, in fact, combined two dimensions of business power into the single dichotomy between structural and instrumental power. The first refers to the source of power: structural power flows from the eco- nomic position of the firm in an economy, whereas instrumental power flows from resources extrinsic to the core economic activity of the firm. If we imagine business as a poker player, structural power refers to the cards she holds in her hand. Instrumental power refers to everything beyond the cards—from the quality of her poker face to the incentives of her poker companions to let her win because she might be able to offer them a job in the future.

The second dimension of business power, which the past twenty-five years of scholarship has ignored, refers to the way in which these resources are mobilized by business: automatically or strategically (through deliberate choice). Automatic capaci- ties require no action on the part of business. They work through the anticipation of the object of possible action: in this case, policymakers, who fear the possibility of disin- vestment and change policy spontaneously. Strategic capacities, by contrast, do have to be deliberately exercised in order to be effective. Lobbying organizations and cam- paign contributions are intentional efforts by business to get something from policy- makers; but so too is the bargaining position adopted by large firms when negotiating with policymakers. Whether business leaders have bought access or not is a past prod- uct of their strategic instrumental capacities. But, in any given negotiation, their bar- gaining position itself is a product of the structural position of their firms. If the poker play is holding a straight flush, it doesn’t matter whether or not she has a good poker face. She is likely to win the hand. Those who would require structural power to work through the automatic adjustment of policymaker preferences assume that she will win the hand as a result of the other players automatically folding. We argue that the act of putting one’s cards on the table is a deliberate use of the cards, one that requires the exercise of agency on the part of the winning poker player.

Table 1 portrays the intersection of these two dimensions. The columns distinguish strategic from automatic aspects of business power, while the rows separate instru- mental from structural power. The difference between automatic and strategic struc- tural power lies in the way in which the structural role of a company in the economy has an effect on policy. Is power exercised through the policymaker’s anticipation of a business logic (i.e., “it is not worth it for us as a company to produce widgets at tax rate x”)? Or does it instead result from the deliberate use of economic power (i.e., “we as a company refuse to do what the government asks us to do, and we cannot by forced by the government to do it”)? Disinvestment (or exit), which works through its

432 Politics & Society 42(4)

anticipation by policymakers, is an automatic resource. Strategic structural power is a bargaining resource, one that has to be invoked if a bank wants to deter a government’s preferred policy.

Borrowing the language of game theory, we describe this resource as an outside option: the payoff the bank gets if it refuses the deal on offer from the state. The out- side option is not necessarily a threat to exit; it is to have enough alternative business revenue to be able to ignore the threat of regulatory sanctions in one jurisdiction.22 The outside option of large banks depends on how much state policymakers can credibly threaten to influence their future income stream. The existence of a plausible outside option confers on large companies a degree of regulatory impunity.

Regulatory authorities in profitable jurisdictions have their own power over banks, one little remarked on in the current literature: the ability to impose future costs. From a legal perspective, it is very easy for banks to leave the United Kingdom or the United States. Exiting those countries, however, means sacrificing the profits to be made there. And there are substantial gains to be made for banks operating out of London and New York. Banks dependent primarily on their profits from these markets lack a viable outside option in bargaining with the state, because the costs a regulator can impose in the future dramatically lower the bank’s payoff if it refuses to accept the state’s deal. The more money banks expect to make in these jurisdictions, the higher the cost of crossing regulatory authorities. The strategic structural power individual banks can use vis-à-vis the state is therefore a function of the dependence of a bank on the domestic market.23 Structurally powerful banks—those with an outside option— are those that earn a large share of their revenue abroad.

Financial Crisis as a Test Case of Strategic Structural Power

Unusual events provide opportunities to test the empirical implications of rival theories, which are often rather close in practice. A famous example comes from the fact that most of the predictions of Einstein’s theory of relativity resemble those of Newtonian physics. One key distinction—the extent to which gravity would bend light—could only be observed during a total solar eclipse, as occurred in 1919. Einstein’s theory predicted that astronomers would be able to observe distant stars located behind the sun, because the sun’s gravity would bend the light around the sun. And thus the theory of relativity received empirical support that was difficult to find in a lab.

Table 1. Two Dimensions of Business Power.

Strategic Automatic

Instrumental Organizational Lobbying Campaign Contributions

Pro-Business Policymakers Public-Private Revolving

Door Structural Outside Option Disinvestment

Culpepper and Reinke 433

Financial crises offer similar methodological advantages of the solar eclipse for purposes of empirical testing. Just as the brightness of the sun washed out the ability to observe stars located behind it, so too does the glaring flow of money into politics— the most visible weapon of strategic instrumental power—wash out the observable effects of structural power. It is only when a crisis of substantial magnitude throws into clear relief the contending play of different sorts of business power, by channeling government action into a discrete number of negotiations between banks and the gov- ernment over a few days, that we can evaluate the relative strength of various sorts of business power in politics.

A hypothesis derived from strategic structural power predicts variation between countries if some have large banks that are highly internationalized and thus capable of resisting regulatory pressure. We do not assume that governments automatically make the policy that banks prefer. The leaders of banks have to exercise this power in negotiation—they have to lay their cards on the table. This is an exercise of strategic structural power, and it is a prediction made only by our theory. In contrast, a hypoth- esis of strategic instrumental power predicts that variation should occur between countries on the basis of where businesses have contributed the most to politicians;24 where they have developed the best lobbying apparatus;25 or where they are most likely to find politicians who by partisan disposition are more sympathetic to the interests of business.26 If these different sources of strategic instrumental power mapped differently onto our two cases, that would pose a problem of untangling dif- ferent causal strands of strategic instrumental power. Fortunately, from a method- ological point of view, all three types of strategic instrumental power produce the same prediction for our core comparison: the United States, with its powerful lobby- ing groups and oceans of money from finance allowed to flow into politics, should unambiguously yield an outcome more friendly to healthy banks than should the United Kingdom, if instrumental power is the primary determinant of bank bailout policy.

Several considerations motivate our primary comparison between the United States and the United Kingdom. The two countries are both liberal market economies with large and globally important banks.27 This similarity holds constant an important potential source of variation in the bailout policies adopted. London and Wall Street are the world’s two leading financial centers, and the bailouts in these two countries were among the most substantively important in the international economy. The differ- ent policy options adopted in the United States and the United Kingdom will orient future policy discussions around the design of bank bailouts. A further objective is to incorporate the United States into a comparative political analysis of how banks exer- cise political power. The United States has been the subject of most recent scholarship dealing with the political power of financial institutions.28 Yet this work fails to com- pare outcomes in the United States to those in other capitalist countries. The political power of large banks is not unique to the United States; it is a feature of capitalism. Thus, the appropriate empirical question is not “how well did American banks do in the financial crisis?” but instead, “how well did American banks do compared to banks elsewhere?”29

434 Politics & Society 42(4)

Bailout Policies in the United Kingdom and the United States

Lehman Brothers’ bankruptcy on September 15, 2008 sent shock waves through the international financial system. Other financial institutions failed or were near failure within days, catalyzing a chain reaction in the US and British banking sectors. Bank of America took over the investment bank Merrill Lynch. The Federal Reserve and the Treasury bailed out the insurance giant AIG, and regulators closed down Washington Mutual. This in turn, put pressure on Wachovia, which was eventually taken over by Wells Fargo. A week after the Lehman failure, the two remaining US investment banks—Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley—sought legal conversion into conven- tional bank holding companies.

In Britain, Lehman’s demise similarly brought two British banks close to collapse, Bradford & Bingley (B&B) and HBOS. The government nationalized B&B and trans- ferred its deposits to another bank. HBOS agreed to merge with Lloyds after the gov- ernment granted a waiver of competition rules. The UK banking sector had been marked by a relatively low number of independent banks, even before the crisis.30 There had been nine independent banks in the index of the largest 100 companies traded in London. In the wake of the Lehman bankruptcy, only five were left: Barclays, Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS), HSBC, Standard Chartered, and Lloyds/HBOS.

Facing an existential crisis of their banking systems, the US and British govern- ments both intervened on a sector-wide scale and provided liquidity, debt guarantees, and recapitalizations. In many ways, these policies were alike. However, the US plan contained a number of design features that made it better—from the perspective of the government and the taxpayer—than the British plan. Critics of the US plan have downplayed or ignored these crucial elements of the policy.31 The US Treasury Secretary, Hank Paulson, managed to include all major banks actively in the plan; all of them took state capital, whether they needed it or not. This allowed Paulson to avoid putting money exclusively in the worst banks and to finance the bailout through cross- subsidies among the banks.

In the repertoire of bailout options, there are two different sorts of measures; banks want one, but not the other. Some policies help banks get access to funding, which the government can grant through central bank liquidity or through guaranteeing banks’ debt. The latter allows troubled banks to get loans in the market, because the govern- ment stands behind these loans and will pay creditors were the bank to fail. This is what every bank wants. The other type of measure is injecting capital; that is, the government gives money to the bank in exchange for shares in the bank. Banks loathe this policy, because the government becomes their shareholder. Existing shareholders take a hit in the value of their shares, and the government is likely to interfere with the management of the bank. It also marks them with a scarlet “B” for bailout, putting them at a disadvantage in future policy debates. For this reason, banks try to get around state recapitalizations when they can.

The only banks that can avoid a state bailout are the financially sound banks. If healthy banks achieve their preferred outcome of avoiding state recapitalization, the

Culpepper and Reinke 435

result is a poor outcome for the government: it puts state money in the worst banks only. When banks are left to choose whether to raise capital privately or to take it from the government, all the banks that can raise private money will do so. The ones that will take state capital are those with the weakest financial outlook.

Banks asked for more liquidity on both sides of the Atlantic, but they did not want recapitalizations.32 Jamie Dimon, CEO of JP Morgan, told his board that accepting the government’s money “is asymmetrically bad for JP Morgan.”33 In the United Kingdom, Fred Goodwin from RBS continuously denied that his bank had solvency problems, and insisted it merely had problems of liquidity.34 RBS agreed, eventually, to capital injections, because, as one observer told us, “they were wholly dependent on the Bank of England for cash. And they weren’t in a position to argue about the terms, which is why Fred Goodwin said, it was like a drive-by shooting, not a negotiation.”35

In the United Kingdom, the choice between private and public recapitalization clearly singled out the sickly banks. Standard Chartered, HSBC, and Barclays could raise private capital, whereas Lloyds/HBOS and RBS took state capital and donned the scarlet B. The latter two banks had to write down large sums; the government’s book loss a year later was £18 billion and rose to £32 billion in 2012.36

The second reason the US intervention was better for the government is that it required healthy banks to share some of the fiscal burden, while the British program did not. Whether the burden is shared depends also on how the government tries to get its money back. One way is to charge proportionally to the amount of help. This approach counters “moral hazard” by punishing those banks that erred and encour- ages prudent behavior in the future. In practice, this means asking a high dividend in exchange for state capital and a risk-adjusted fee for guarantees. Risk-adjusted fees compensate the government for taking more risk guaranteeing debt for a risky bank than guaranteeing the debt of a solid bank. The effect, however, is to leave the gov- ernment and taxpayers worse off. The reason is that the owner of the sickly banks is the government itself; through recapitalizations it invested heavily in those banks. Charging sick banks heavily for interventions just means that the government charges itself.

Exactly such an outcome took place in the British case. The government started out demanding a 12 percent dividend from RBS and Lloyds/HBOS. Only four months later, the government put more capital into the banks through its Asset Protection Scheme, and as of this writing it is still in the red from its investments in these two banks.

The US government chose another way to get is money back. It included all large banks and charged all of them—regardless of how risky they were—a low, standard fee for debt guarantees and capital injections. At the same time, however, the govern- ment demanded warrants, which allowed it during the next ten years to buy more shares at the price it had paid at the end of September 2008. In other words, the gov- ernment could get its money back when the banks recovered from crisis. This provided help for sickly banks and obliged the healthy ones to reimburse the government for the interventions.

436 Politics & Society 42(4)

Because of this structure, the US government’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) investments made money for the taxpayers, even though it developed a gener- ous rescue plan. The government implemented a systemic rescue package, including guarantees and Fed liquidity, which supported the whole sector. According to some calculations, the interventions generated a net benefit to the US economy of between $86 and $109 billion.37 With its payment structure—capital injections and warrants— the US government could recoup its money. It allowed the government to internalize some of the positive external effect of its rescue program. Getting the warrants in the nine major banks generated over $4 billion, and $3 billion of that sum was paid by banks that did not need capital injections: Wells Fargo, JP Morgan, and Goldman Sachs.38

Table 2 summarizes the differences in policy design between the two countries. It is worth underlining that, despite these dissimilar policy designs, both governments have publicly acknowledged that they had exactly the same objective: to prevent the implosion of the banking system and to have all banks in the program. Alistair Darling, the British chancellor of the exchequer, explained the goal of his government frankly: “The key was to get capital into the banks that needed it—primarily RBS and HBOS, which was now part of the Lloyd’s group—but at the same time to persuade a bank like HSBC, which had no obvious need for more capital, to join the scheme.”39 US Treasury Secretary Paulson was similarly concerned with getting all large banks to participate in the plan, so as to avoid the bailout as being stigmatizing.40

Table 2. Design Features of the American and British Bailout Plans.

United States United Kingdom

Participation in state recapitalizations: Self-selection or not?

Design Required participation of major banks

Voluntary participation of major banks

Effect All nine major banks participate (including healthy banks Wells Fargo, JP Morgan)

Self-selection of sickest banks only (RBS, Lloyds/ HBOS)

Funding of recapitalizations and guarantees: Government subsidy or cross- subsidy from banks?

Design Low, flat upfront fees paired with long-term warrants

Steep upfront fees without warrants; risk-based fees for guarantees

Effect Generous help for sick banks; tough terms for healthy and lucky banks

High nominal charges for rescued, mostly state- owned banks

Gains / losses

$8-10bn gain from TARP’s bank part (excl. auto bailout & mortgage relief) of which $4bn come from sales of warrants from JP Morgan, Wells Fargo, and Goldman Sachs

£12bn ($14bn) currently estimated losses; current book loss of £32bn ($51bn) from RBS, Lloyds/HBOS

Culpepper and Reinke 437

Bank Power: Structural or Instrumental? Automatic or Strategic?

Both the United Kingdom and the United States had banks that were too big to fail, and there were recalcitrant healthy banks in both countries that preferred not to receive equity injections from the state: Wells Fargo and JP Morgan in the United States, and HSBC in the United Kingdom. Why were the British banks, and in particular HSBC, able to keep policymakers from imposing their preferred solution, while the US banks were not? In this section we show that their financial health was necessary to resist the government, but not sufficient to explain this outcome. Instead, we show that even healthy banks will not defy their regulator, if a large proportion of their business lies within the jurisdiction of that regulator. Their structural dependence on the regulator is a weakness, one that the state can exploit in negotiation with healthy banks.

HSBC, JP Morgan, and Wells Fargo were all financially sound banks during the financial crisis. Figure 1 displays HSBC’s monthly market capitalization relative to the British banking sector for the thirty months from the beginning of 2007. The crisis left the stocks of most banks battered. Compared to the market capitalization in January 2007, banks had lost on average about 45 percent of their market value in October 2008. HSBC saw its capitalization drop by only 14 percent. HSBC profited from a broad deposit base, which provided stable liquidity during the crisis, and from its business in Asia.

Figure 1. Monthly Market Capitalization of British Banks. Note: Included are Alliance & Leicester, Barclays, Bradford & Bingley, HSBC, Lloyds/HBOS, RBS, and Standard Chartered. Source: Orbis–Bureau Van Dijk.

438 Politics & Society 42(4)

Wells Fargo and JP Morgan, like HSBC, were healthier than other big banks. Unlike most of its peers, which got into trouble in the mortgage market, Wells Fargo had been strict in its lending standards and had kept toxic housing assets off its balance sheet. Figure 2 illustrates the capitalization of Wells Fargo in comparison to the major banks still in business by the end of September. Wells Fargo’s market value was down only 7 percent from its pre-crisis level, and JP Morgan was down 13 percent; the values of the other large banks had dropped by 47 percent.

There was no difference between the financial health of HSBC, JP Morgan, and Wells Fargo. All three banks had stable sources of liquidity. However, they drew on different markets. In 2005-2007, HSBC generated only about 20 percent of its profits at home in Britain, even though it was a dominant player in the concentrated British banking market. Only the much smaller bank Standard Chartered made a lower pro- portion of its money from outside the UK (Figure 3). Even though HSBC operates out of London, the bank doesn’t depend on the British market. It makes more profit in Hong Kong than in the United Kingdom.41

In contrast, as Figure 4 illustrates, Wells Fargo operated solely in the US market. Even after Wells Fargo acquired additional international business through the pur- chase of Wachovia in 2008, 95 percent of its loans were to American debtors.42 JP Morgan’s business looks similar in this respect, with 75 percent coming from the United States. Figure 3 shows how much revenue these and other major banks make in their respective domestic market, and highlights how—compared to HSBC—Wells Fargo and JP Morgan depend more on their domestic market.

Figure 2. Monthly Market Capitalization of Major US banks. Note: Included are Bank of America, Citi Group, Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan Chase, Merrill Lynch, NYB Mellon, State Street, and Wells Fargo. Source: Orbis–Bureau Van Dijk.

Culpepper and Reinke 439

Figure 3. UK Bank Revenues from the Domestic Market. Note: Data refer to domestic revenue in 2005-2007; for Barclays, HBOS, HSBC, and Standard Chartered, they refer to domestic income. Source: Banks’ annual reports.

Figure 4. US Bank Revenues from the Domestic Market. Note: Data refer to domestic revenue in 2005-2007. Source: Banks’ annual reports.

440 Politics & Society 42(4)

This structural situation meant US regulators could make Wells Fargo and JP Morgan an offer they could not refuse. In the decisive meeting between the CEOs of the nine major banks and senior US government officials—Paulson, Bernanke, Tim Geithner of the New York Fed, Sheila Bair of the FDIC, and Comptroller of the Currency John Dugan—this regulatory threat was explicit, and it was repeated. In the talking points prepared for the meeting on October 13, 2008, recalcitrant banks got this message: “If a capital infusion is not appealing, you should be aware that your regulator will require it in any circumstance.”43 After Paulson’s presentation of the plan, which reiterated the unpleasant consequences of not accepting the aid, the CEO of Wells Fargo complained to the other CEOs “Why am I in this room, talking about bailing you out?” Paulson’s response was a threat of regulatory consequences: “Your regulator is sitting right there [pointing to the head of the FDIC and the comptroller of the currency]. And you’re going to get a call tomorrow telling you you’re undercapi- talized and that you won’t be able to raise money in the private markets.”44 This is an explicit threat from a regulator against a financially healthy bank. The regulator could make trouble for the bank in unsettled markets—the regulator knew it, and the bank’s CEO knew it.

In contrast, UK officials could not make this threat. The UK government wanted to include HSBC in the recapitalization plan, but HSBC refused. Multiple figures associ- ated with the bailout repeated in interviews with us that the UK government had no tools to force HSBC to take state capital, even though it was the government’s first preference. A senior government minister said, “The British government does not have the power simply to acquire capital in somebody else’s bank…. You can’t insist, on an innocent third party, where [the state] is going to take a great wodge of your bank off you.” Another senior UK government advisor said the same thing. “We couldn’t force HSBC…. They made clear that we had no power, and if we tried it they would take us to court.” The United States has a court system too, and banks have never been averse to using it to protect their interests. Banks can only fight the government, however, when they do not view a hostile relationship with bank regulators as too costly. HSBC’s threat to take the government to court was the sort of threat that only a bank unconcerned with its future relationship with national regulators could afford to make.

HSBC’s refusal was a deliberate act. British policymakers had not foreseen these objections and automatically designed a recapitalization that excluded HSBC, which is how automatic structural power would work. Yet neither was HSBC’s calculated move dependent on lobbying or influence bought with the executive. As the phone logs and memoirs of Hank Paulson and Alistair Darling made clear, US banks had much more frequent access to the top of the Treasury than did UK banks.45 The con- ventional story, according to which large US banks have developed strong instrumen- tal lobbying ties to officials, is borne out in our research. Moreover, though we cannot with any reliability observe automatic instrumental power, the US Treasury Secretary was a peer of the CEOs of the large American banks, as his former job was CEO of Goldman Sachs. US banks had substantial instrumental power. But they lacked struc- tural power that would have given them the credibility to stand up to Paulson’s regula- tory threat.

Culpepper and Reinke 441

HSBC’s action was intentional, but it was a product of its structural position in the market, not the result of its lobbying access. HSBC made clear to the UK government that it neither wanted nor needed state recapitalization, and that it would sue the gov- ernment if challenged. The bank then reinforced that case by refusing to cooperate with the government. The former Deputy Governor Sir John Gieve of the Bank of England characterized their response to the government this way: “HSBC said effec- tively: ‘We’ve got no problem in financing our business. We’ve got this massive deposit collection business in the Far East; we may have made massive losses in the US… but actually we are perfectly solvent; the world believes we’re solvent; we don’t need any money.’ They also resisted the implication that their whole group was depen- dent on the UK authorities and made a point of sending their UK man, … not their chief executive or chairman—to meetings with the Chancellor.”46 This behavior con- trasts with the alacrity with which the CEOs of the nine largest US banks showed up for the October 13 meeting when Paulson summoned them only the Sunday night before the Monday meeting.

HSBC was not the only large bank to avoid state capitalizations. Barclays raised private capital from Qatar and Abu Dhabi. Unlike HSBC, Barclays relied substantially on the British domestic market (see Figure 3). The actions of Barclays do not contra- dict our argument, as can be observed from the sequence of its actions. Barclays was financially weak and therefore lacked the capacity to block a government plan for mandatory recapitalizations (see Figure 1). Barclays never wanted state capital, but when the government negotiated the plan, it was unsure whether it could raise capital privately. Once HSBC quickly announced it would not take state capital,47 Barclays made clear it would go to extraordinary lengths to refinance itself through its share- holders rather than taking state money.48 Barclays kept the option of state capital open until, a few days later, it succeeded in raising the required capital. By then, the govern- ment had announced its debt guarantee programs, which eased funding for Barclays and helped the bank to convince investors to provide capital. Reflecting on Barclays’ negotiation, John Gieve from the Bank of England said: “[Barclays] played us very cleverly, in that they managed to negotiate a sum of capital, which they had to raise and that they could raise—from their friends in Singapore and the Middle East and so on. And thereby pass our test, while still getting the benefit of the overall government guarantee.” Barclays avoided state recapitalizations, but without HSBC’s lead, it would have had to accept capital from the government.

The case of Barclays is also instructive on the role of the government’s pricing of state capital. The steep nominal pricing of 12 percent by the British government may give rise to the objection that rejection of the deal by healthy British banks was endog- enous. That is, British banks may have only refused to cooperate because the govern- ment—mistakenly—demanded too high a price. Had Darling asked for a coupon of only 5 percent as did Paulson, would the British banks have participated in the pro- gram? The available evidence suggests not. First, the banks as well as the government found pricing to be a secondary issue. Barclays eschewed state capital but accepted even costlier private capital. Barclays sold its shares at a higher discount than the gov- ernment had demanded and gave additional warrants to its investors.49 On the other

442 Politics & Society 42(4)

side of the negotiation table, pricing seemed not to be the top issue for policymakers either. For Darling it was important to implement a recapitalization program, not how much banks would have to pay.50 Second, the nominal pricing of coupons differed, but the overall pricing of capital for healthy banks was actually similar. In contrast to the British plan, the American plan included warrants. These increased the costs of state capital, especially for the healthier banks that would recover quickly from the crisis. For this reason, the pricing was comparable and the rescue plans did not give HSBC any stronger reason to resist the program than JP Morgan or Wells Fargo.

This examination of policymaking during the crisis of 2008 demonstrates that stra- tegic instrumental power cannot explain the variation in policy design between the United States and the United Kingdom. Instead the different policies resulted from the outside option open to HSBC, in its negotiations with its regulators, because of its structural position as a global bank with a deep deposit base in external markets. This is an exercise of what we have called strategic structural power. However, we also want to consider the possibility that the difference in bailout policies might have been a product of lobbying during a prior time period. That is, that the policy adopted at time t was only possible because of the exercise of strategic instrumental power at time t-1.51

It would be foolish to deny the abundant evidence that American and British banks used their growing economic resources to advocate politically for financial deregula- tion—and that this financial deregulation played some role in creating banks that were “too big to fail.”52 However, this general finding holds for both the United Kingdom and the United States. And of the two, the United States is widely regarded as the more captured system with respect to financial regulation.53 An alternative hypothesis based on the exercise of strategic instrumental power at time t-1 to account for the variation we observe at time t would have to show how past lobbying in Britain allowed HSBC to frustrate government attempts to adopt forced recapitalizations, while foreclosing that possibility to American banks. We can think of no such plausible account. A lob- bying account for an outcome in which healthy banks in the United States do worse than healthy banks in the United Kingdom is difficult to square with the strong evi- dence that the instrumental power of US financial institutions has exceeded that of their British counterparts since the late 1990s.

There is a “revolving door” alternative hypothesis that we should also consider. The fluid labor market between regulators in Washington and banks in Wall Street might have given US policymakers greater expertise about the sector, and thus accounted for their ability to adopt their preferred policy. The British civil service prioritizes the recruitment of generalists rather than specialists with either PhDs in economics or private experience in finance.54 This could handicap the government in bargaining with banks. British banks, in this account, would be able to play on their expertise to drive a better deal from Treasury mandarins with limited experience of the actual func- tioning of banking than would occur in the United States. Indeed, this lack of experi- ence in finance was reinforced in the political sphere, where Hank Paulson, the ex-CEO of Goldman Sachs, clearly had a large informational advantage over his counterpart in the United Kingdom.

Culpepper and Reinke 443

The UK Treasury assuredly lacked some of the bank-specific expertise enjoyed by the US Treasury. However, the Labour government recognized this shortcoming and elevated Paul Myners, a finance veteran, to the House of Lords so that he could be appointed Financial Services Secretary. It was his job to negotiate directly with the banks. Alistair Darling noted that Myners’ “expertise and experience were invalu- able.”55 Prime Minister Gordon Brown relied heavily on Shriti Vadera, a former investment banker at UBS Warburg. The government also brought private sector con- sultants into its negotiating team when devising policy. One of them told us in an interview that Vadera’s economic and political expertise was instrumental in helping the government get the size of the bailout right so as to satisfy both political and eco- nomic constraints: “this is why we were lucky we had Shriti Vadera, because we had someone who was able to have the credibility to say, ‘This is the number.’ And people rallied behind it.” We find no evidence that a lack of expertise on either the British or American side had anything to do with the policies chosen.

Comparative Evidence beyond the United Kingdom and the United States

Theories based on the use of instrumental power fare poorly in explaining the varia- tion between the US and British policies, either at the time or bailout or as a prior cause that allowed the bailouts to take the form they did. We have shown that an account centered on the structural power exercised by HSBC provides the best expla- nation of these outcomes. In this section we consider comparative evidence from France and Germany, to see if the same dynamic holds in other cases.

In addition to expanding our number of observations, France and Germany provide useful empirical leverage on bank bailouts, because their inclusion allows us to con- sider two additional alternative hypotheses. The first is the economic concentration of the banking sector. A smaller number of banks (as in the concentrated UK sector) might coordinate more easily to resist state pressure than a larger number of banks (as involved in the US case). France has a highly concentrated bank sector, like the UK, with six banks accounting for 80 percent of bank lending. Germany has a less concen- trated and more heterogeneous banking sector that includes private banks, cooperative banks, and public savings banks, much like the US banking sector. If banking concen- tration were important, we would expect to observe similar outcomes in the French and British cases and in the US and German cases.

We are also interested in considering another alternative hypothesis: the govern- ment of a medium-sized economy might face harder spending constraints than its counterpart in a large economy. The United States and the United Kingdom have inde- pendent central banks, and they can both print their own money. Interview subjects in Britain told us they were aware that they could create the money to fund a big bailout if they had to. But what if there is a logic under which the United Kingdom, a medium- sized economy, felt more pressure to keep the bailout small—so as to avoid being labeled a sovereign debt risk by international bond markets? We cannot test this hypothesis directly, but we can compare the dynamics of bank-state interaction in the

444 Politics & Society 42(4)

United Kingdom with that in two other European states of similar size: France and Germany. These two latter countries, as part of the Eurozone, lack the capacity to print their own money, and so should theoretically be more constrained than Britain. The data in Figure 5 suggest that whatever motivated British bailout policy, it was not fis- cal restraint: the UK spent far more on the bailouts, as a proportion of GDP, than did governments in the similarly sized French and German economies.

France and Germany experienced a crisis similar to that in the United Kingdom and the United States. The Lehman collapse affected the whole banking sector, and gov- ernments responded with big rescue packages in early October 2008. The French gov- ernment injected capital in all major banks and avoided a loss of taxpayer money, as in the US case. The German government supported the banks with a voluntary program, which funneled state capital to the few worst-off banks, and much like the British bailout, this plan generated large losses for the state. Neither the size of the economy nor the concentration of the banking sector can explain this difference. These econo- mies are similar: the two banking sectors are of equal size, and they contribute to the same degree to the economy (financial service value added is 31 percent in Germany, 34 percent in France). Instead, the differential dependence of banks on the state explains the difference.

Figure 5. Banking Support across Countries. Note: Following the accounting methodology of the European Commission, total banking support is weighted by the use of different instruments, 15 percent for credit guarantees, 70 percent for asset relief, and 100 percent for recapitalizations (for both schemes and ad hoc measures).56

Culpepper and Reinke 445

In Germany, industry-wide recapitalizations ran into the resistance of Deutsche Bank. Deutsche is Germany’s biggest bank and, it has moved away from only support- ing German business, branching out internationally. In 2007, it generated only 27 per- cent of its income in Germany. Its financial health and the implicit threat to leave killed the possibility of an industry-wide initiative. Like his counterpart at HSBC, Deutsche Bank CEO Josef Ackermann publicly torpedoed a collective solution by excluding Deutsche Bank from it, saying he would feel ashamed if Deutsche had to admit it needed money from the taxpayers.57 Since accepting state capital meant admitting failure and entailed a number of restrictions, only the weakest banks partici- pated in the program, namely Hypo Real Estate, West LB, and Commerzbank. And the interventions in those banks left the Germany taxpayers with large losses.

The French government faced no resistance from a large, international bank. The major French banks are solidly based in the French market. The strongest opposition came from a healthy bank, Crédit Mutuel, which did not need the extra capital. But Crédit Mutuel is decidedly a domestic bank: 94 percent its income comes from France. Crédit Mutuel found itself in exactly the same position as Wells Fargo in the United States, as summarized in an interview reported by Cornelia Woll: “The four banks had roughly the same interest, the four biggest in fact. And the fifth, which was also the smallest, was really in perfect health, but it got its arm twisted.”58 The French govern- ment brought the banks together to establish the SFEF, a common fund for liquidity support, and all six major banks accepted state capital. This plan stabilized the banking sector and created a small profit for the French government.

There is no doubt that banks in France enjoy a close relationship with the state. Indeed, even more than the United States, scholars of French finance argue that the auto- matic instrumental power of French banks—the identity of interests between bank CEOs and the senior policymakers—is uniquely high. In the words of Jabko and Massoc:

What sets France apart [from the US and UK] is that this privileged access rests on a sociologically stable and homogeneous elite of public and private actors. The social circles and career trajectories of private bankers and high-ranking state officials do not just intersect on occasion, but are almost indistinguishable from each other. 59

These bankers were intimately involved with the drafting of the legislation bailing out French banks. But because the only healthy bank, Crédit Mutuel, was dependent on the domestic market, it did not have the structural power of HSBC in the United Kingdom to exclude itself from the collective French solution.

German banks have substantial instrumental influence on the German government. But the instrumental power of German banks is weaker than those of banks in France or in the United States: there is not the same uniformity of educational background that unites banks and the state in France, nor do German banks have preferential access to government officials provided by campaign contributions, as in the United States. Lobbying organizations of German banks follow the banking sector’s division of cooperative, savings, and commercial banks. And the association of German commer- cial banks often struggles over internal tensions.60 The empirical record of the German bailout policy shows that banks were divided, and in the face of these divisions the

446 Politics & Society 42(4)

German government eventually developed a bank support program without much input from the banks.61 Thus, in comparative terms, we classify the use of strategic instrumental power by German banks as lower than in the other three cases. It would contradict the available evidence to say that the strong lobbying capacity of German banks accounted for the costly German bailout program.

Table 3 arrays the outcomes observed across the four cases. In all four countries the fall of Lehman Brothers led to substantial contact between senior bankers and senior policymakers. The German banking sector had the most heterogeneous interests, which compromised its lobbying capacity, so we classify it has having medium instru- mental power. As is clear from the table, though, instrumental power is irrelevant to the outcomes observed. Where large banks exercised strategic structural power in negotiations with the government—because most of their revenue came from other jurisdictions—those banks were able to prevent governments from imposing an indus- try-wide solution. That HSBC and Deutsche Bank were able to overpower their respective governments was costly to British and German taxpayers, as the final col- umn of Table 3 makes clear. In all four cases large banks were bailed out. This is an indicator of the central place that finance occupies in these economies. But our interest as social scientists lies in explaining consequential variations in policy design across countries. To do so requires putting analytical attention on the way in which the struc- tural power of banks can be used strategically, not merely automatically.

Conclusion

Large banks are central to the functioning of financial systems, and when their failure risks bringing down the entire financial edifice, the structural position of these banks

Table 3. Bank Power and Taxpayer Profits.

Strategic Structural Power Large Banks

Strategic Instrumental Power Large

Banks Industry-Wide

Plan? Profit to Taxpayer

US Low (JP Morgan, Wells Fargo)

High Yes $8-10 billion

France Low (BNP Paribas, Crédit Mutuel)

High Yes $1 billion

UK High (HSBC) High No -$14 billion Germany High (Deutsche Bank) Medium No -$55 billion

Note: Classification of structural power of healthy large banks based on share of income from domestic business: JP Morgan (75%), Wells Fargo (100%), BNP Paribas (47%), Deutsche Bank (27%), HSBC (22%). Income shares taken from banks’ annual reports; taxpayer profit taken from CBO, May 201362 and Eurostat, Supplementary table for the financial crisis, October 2013. The Eurostat figures denote the accumulated profit to the general government from 2007-2012 and represent a preliminary estimate of the total costs, which ultimately depend on the final selling price of assets. The US CBO figures include the outcome for the overall financial intervention of the TARP, excluding the auto industry bailout and mortgage relief.

Culpepper and Reinke 447

makes a bailout the most likely outcome. That is a feature of capitalism generally, not just American capitalism. We observe these bailouts in countries across the industrial- ized world. Our analysis of bailouts in four of the world’s six largest economies dem- onstrates that the strategic exercise of structural power was a root cause of variation in the form of the bailouts chosen. After the fall of Lehman Brothers, the United Kingdom and Germany, like the United States and France, had to prevent their vulnerable banks from imploding. Yet the United Kingdom and Germany failed to force their preferred terms on the largest banks, because HSBC and Deutsche Bank were insufficiently dependent on domestic markets. Neither British nor German policymakers could pur- sue their optimal policy. Governments in the United States and France were in a stron- ger structural position, vis-à-vis their large banks, than were governments in the United Kingdom and Germany. American and French governments got a better policy deal from their large banks, in that they were able to capture more of the upside of healthy banks for taxpayers.

Our analysis runs counter to virtually all accounts of the US political economy, post-crisis. There are two reasons this literature has provided an incomplete account of the role of bank power in explaining bailout policies. First, most analysis of the US political economy does not situate the case in a comparative framework. Without embedding arguments about political power of capitalists in the United States in a comparative analysis of the political power of capitalists in democratic capitalism, it is impossible to sort out the effects of capitalism, in which bankers are almost always privileged, from those of the specific privileges afforded to bankers in the US political economy.

Second, existing work has focused almost entirely on the way in which US finan- ciers “buy” influence—or in other words, on the strategic exercise of instrumental power.63 We have shown that structural power can fruitfully be reincorporated into political analysis not only as a resource that acts automatically in the heads of politi- cians, but also as a resource on which banks draw deliberately in bargaining with governments. It is different from lobbying power. Lobbying power is about the access of banks to policymakers and the expertise their lobbying apparatus can mobilize. These features were irrelevant to the course of the bailouts in these four cases. Moreover, the ability to defy regulators, which was crucial to the strategy pursued by HSBC but foreclosed to JP Morgan and Wells Fargo, was a product of their strategic structural power—that is, of their deliberate use of their role in the economy as a resource in bargaining with the government.

Our theoretical innovation in this article is to reanimate the study of structural power by showing how business can use it as a strategic resource, not merely as an automatic threat of disinvestment that requires no agency on the part of business firms. This innovation, as remarked earlier, represents a return to earlier notions of the con- cept, which did not confine structural power to an ontology in which it is all structure and no agency.

We anticipate three sorts of challenges to our proposed conceptualization of struc- tural power as a strategic resource. The first is that, if this power is really obvious and structural, why does it need to be used strategically at all? Why do politicians simply

448 Politics & Society 42(4)

not adjust their expectations accordingly and automatically make the best offer they know they can get their banks to accept? Such an objection can only come from a scholar who stood at great distance from the uncertainty that surrounded the bank bailouts of 2008. Policymakers and bankers were highly uncertain about each other’s intentions and resources. The British government tried to achieve its best solution, which involved including all banks in the recapitalization agreement, but only then did policymakers discover that HSBC would refuse, and that policymakers could not cred- ibly threaten the bank. Likewise, US policymakers were not certain, going into the meeting with the nine leading bank CEOs, that all banks would accept the deal. So they marshaled their regulatory might and personnel to remind the banks of their dependence on US regulators. To insist that structural power has to take place only in the heads of politicians, as automatic adjustment, is to claim that structural power can- not be invoked in negotiations. This is an untenable theoretical proposition. Structural power is entirely consistent with deliberate political action.

We are not the only scholars to argue that structural power can require the use of agency.64 And it is from this theoretical position, largely occupied by constructivist scholars, that we anticipate two other potential objections. First, if structural power can be strategically deployed, and if instrumental power can have automatic features, then does any useful distinction exist between structural and instrumental power? “Being instrumentally powerful can make business appear structurally powerful,” as Hindmoor and McGeechan put it, calling into question the analytical utility of the distinction.65 Second, as Stephen Bell has observed, theories of structural power require greater attention to the way in which politicians interpret that power, and how the perceptions of politicians and the public can change over time, thus changing the structural power that automatically accrues to business.66 Thus, potentially all struc- tural power involves the use of strategic action.

The original distinction between business power as a resource acquired through lobbying, on the one hand, and business power as a resource that accrues to firms because of their position in the economy, on the other, remains a theoretical difference with real-world policy implications. Political scientists need to put more attention on this distinction, not less, because it involves two different views of how power is con- sequential in politics. According to the lobbying view, banks are powerful because they can buy the best lawyers and lobbyists to defend their interests.67 Political debates animated by this perspective focus, for example, on the laws regulating spending in politics. The structural view, by contrast, focuses attention on questions regulating the size of banks, which can make them too big to fail. It also highlights the importance of international cooperation, through which governments can try to build international rules that limit the ability of large banks to escape regulatory scrutiny anywhere.68

As for the argument that even the automatic structural power of business is always in part constructed by agents in the world: we agree. What goes on in the minds of politicians, and what they take as given in assuming business responses to tax policy, is certainly a question of interpretation, not simply an objective fact given unambigu- ously by economic structure.69 Our concern with this approach is largely methodologi- cal, because it involves empirically assessing what is going on inside the heads of

Culpepper and Reinke 449

policymakers. Automatic structural power changes when conditions change, as politi- cians alter their evaluation of the credibility of a threat of business disinvestment in the wake of different economic events. But even so, its short-term function is largely automatic and unobservable empirically; only its policy consequences can be observed.

The strategic use of structural power is conceptually distinct from the automatic use of business power. Strategic structural power can observed through its effect in nego- tiations, of which there is an empirical record. It can be readily demonstrated through process-tracing that is embedded in an analysis of market position and of bank-gov- ernment interaction. As such, it is a distinction that will allow other scholars to test our propositions about the dependence of companies on national regulatory authority in a globalized economy. This analytical innovation does not exclude other scholars from productively exploring the way in which the possibility of disinvestment is constructed through public discourse. But our approach may be easier to observe in practice.

Substantively, our analysis implies that large firms are empowered not only by the possibility of moving capital from one jurisdiction to another (the legal exit option), but also by the ability to absorb regulatory sanctioning costs in a given economy (the viable outside option). Where companies make much of their revenue in one country, those potential profits represent power in the hands of national regulatory authorities. The giants of American finance were well aware of the cost of not playing ball with a national regulator. Political scientists have paid extensive attention to the way in which the exit option makes mobile capital more powerful in political negotiations, and this has been the source of important insights.70 Yet the possibility of mobility may be illusory when the costs of leaving are high. For example, an increasing number of economies—the European Union and Switzerland are only the most recent exam- ples—have passed laws or initiatives that seek to regulate executive compensation. Large financial institutions routinely invoke the threat of exit from these jurisdictions in response, just as they did in the United States after the passage of new financial legislation adopting shareholder rights to vote on pay packages. The threatened exo- dus has yet to appear; moreover, it appears to have had little effect on lawmakers. When the United States and the European Union and Switzerland all adopt tough new regulations on executive pay, it is an open question whether financiers in these juris- dictions will be willing to follow up their threats to move to Asia.

Episodes such as the financial crisis of 2008 are rare political events. Because they open the possibility for such potential long-term damage, they reveal how state poli- cymakers and powerful private interests bargain under time pressure and over high stakes. The instrumental power of financial institutions in these conditions is less important than their structural power. Large banks are privileged actors in all capitalist countries, but even privileged actors in an open economy must still contend with the costs that regulators can impose on them.

Acknowledgments

For comments on previous drafts of this article we are grateful to Emanuel Adler, Stephen Bell, Nitsan Chorev, Tasha Fairfield, Archon Fung, Erik Jones, Patrick Le Galès, David Levine, Stanislav Markus, Lucia Quaglia, Kent Weaver, Cornelia Woll, and the editorial board of Politics

450 Politics & Society 42(4)

& Society, as well as participants in seminar discussions at the European University Institute, the Annual Meeting of the American Political Science Association (Chicago, August 2013) and the 19th International Conference of Europeanists (Boston, March 2012). We also acknowledge with gratitude our interview subjects for their candid conversations with us. Culpepper thanks Beth and Giles Craven and Reinke thanks Christine and James P. Bond for their generous hospitality in London and Washington, respectively, on multiple interview visits.

Declaration of Conflicting Interests

The authors declared no potential conflicts of interest with respect to the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article.

Funding

The authors received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article.

Notes

1. Sheila Bair, Bull by the Horns: Fighting to Save Main Street from Wall Street and Wall Street from Itself (New York: Free Press, 2012); Neil Barofsky, Bailout: An Inside Account of How Washington Abandoned Main Street While Rescuing Wall Street (New York: Free Press, 2012); Simon Johnson and James Kwak, 13 Bankers: The Wall Street Takeover and the Next Financial Meltdown (New York: Pantheon Books, 2010).

2. Cornelia Woll, The Power of Inaction: Bank Bailouts in Comparison (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 2014); Emiliano Grossman and Cornelia Woll, “Saving the Banks: The Political Economy of Bailouts,” Comparative Political Studies 47, no. 4 (2014): 574–600; Stephen Bell and Andrew Hindmoor, “Taming the City? Ideas, Structural Power and the Evolution of British Banking Policy amidst the Great Financial Meltdown,” New Political Economy (2014). Bell and Hindmoor (2014) argue that UK government policymakers have become more skeptical of bank threats to exit, postcrisis, which has convinced them to move away from the pre-crisis “light touch” regulation. This may well be true, but our concern in this article is only with the character of the bailout policies themselves, not post-bailout regulatory reforms.

3. Jacob S. Hacker and Paul Pierson, “Business Power and Social Policy: Employers and the Formation of the American Welfare State,” Politics & Society 30, no. 2 (2002): 277–325; Mark A. Smith, American Business and Political Power: Public Opinion, Elections, and Democracy (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2000); Charles E. Lindblom, Politics and Markets: The World’s Political Economic Systems (New York: Basic Books, 1977).

4. Jacob S. Hacker and Paul Pierson, “Winner-Take-All Politics: Public Policy, Political Organization, and the Precipitous Rise of Top Incomes in the United States,” Politics & Society 38, no. 2 (2010): 152–204.

5. We quote policymakers by name in the article wherever possible. Several interview sub- jects asked to be quoted anonymously, and our citations respect that anonymity.

6. Ralph Miliband, The State in Capitalist Society (London: Quartet Bo, 1969); Lindblom, Politics and Markets; Pepper D. Culpepper, Quiet Politics and Business Power: Corporate Control in Europe and Japan (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2011); Tasha Fairfield, Private Wealth and Public Revenue: Business Power and Tax Politics in Latin America (New York: Cambridge University Press, forthcoming).

Culpepper and Reinke 451

7. Adam Przeworski and Michael Wallerstein, “Structural Dependence of the State on Capital,” American Political Science Review 82, no. 1 (1988): 11–29; Duane Swank, “Politics and the Structural Dependence of the State in Democratic Capitalist Nations,” American Political Science Review 86, no. 1 (1992): 38–54.

8. Lindblom, Politics and Markets; Fred Block, “Beyond Relative Autonomy: State Managers as Historical Subjects,” The Socialist Register 17 (1980): 227–41.

9. Fred Block, “The Ruling Class Does Not Rule: Notes on the Marxist Theory of the State,” Socialist Revolution no. 33 (1977): 6–28; David Vogel, “Political Science and the Study of Corporate Power: A Dissent from the New Conventional Wisdom,” British Journal of Political Science 17, no. 4 (1987): 385–408; Hugh Ward, “Structural Power—A Contradiction in Terms?” Political Studies 35, no. 4 (1987): 593-610; Samuel Bowles and Herbert Gintis, Democracy and Capitalism: Property, Community, and the Contradictions of Modern Social Thought (New York: Basic Books, 1986), 88–90.

10. Charles E. Lindblom, “The Market as Prison,” Journal of Politics 44, no. 2 (1982): 324–36. 11. Swank, “Politics and the Structural Dependence of the State in Democratic Capitalist

Nations”; Jeffrey A. Winters, Power in Motion (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1996); Smith, American Business and Political Power.

12. Tasha Fairfield, “Business Power and Protest: Argentina’s Agricultural Producers Protest in Comparative Context,” Studies in Comparative International Development 46, no. 4 (2011): 424–53; Fairfield, Private Wealth and Public Revenue.

13. Hacker and Pierson, “Business Power and Social Policy.” 14. Ibid., 281. 15. Ibid., 282. 16. Perhaps chastened by the ultimately limited role they attribute to structural power in pro-

cesses of policymaking, Hacker and Pierson’s subsequent work on “winner-take-all poli- tics” focuses entirely on the instrumental power of the very rich, and especially of the American financial sector.

17. Stephen Bell and Andrew Hindmoor, Masters of the Universe but Slaves of the Market: Bankers and the Great Financial Meltdown and How Some Banks Avoided the Carnage (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, forthcoming).

18. Hacker and Pierson, “Winner-Take-All Politics”; Deniz Igan, Prachi Mishra, and Thierry Tressel, “A Fistful of Dollars: Lobbying and the Financial Crisis,” NBER Macroeconomics Annual 26, no. 1 (2012): 195–230; Ran Duchin and Denis Sosyura, “The Politics of Government Investment,” Journal of Financial Economics 106, no. 1 (2012): 24–48.

19. Matías Braun and Claudio Raddatz, “Banking on Politics: When Former High-Ranking Politicians Become Bank Directors,” The World Bank Economic Review 24, no. 2 (2010): 234–79.

20. Miliband, The State in Capitalist Society. 21. Braun and Raddatz, “Banking on Politics.” 22. The existence of a viable outside option does imply that a firm can exit a jurisdiction if the

cost of sanctions imposed by a regulator become too high. 23. See David Marsh, “Interest Group Activity and Structural Power: Lindblom’s Politics and

Markets,” West European Politics 6, no. 2 (1983): 3–13. 24. Johnson and Kwak, 13 Bankers. 25. Patrick Bernhagen and Thomas Bräuninger, “Structural Power and Public Policy: A

Signaling Model of Business Lobbying in Democratic Capitalism,” Political Studies (2005): 43–64.

26. Fairfield, Private Wealth and Public Revenue.

452 Politics & Society 42(4)

27. Peter A. Hall and David Soskice, eds., Varieties of Capitalism (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001).

28. Hacker and Pierson, “Winner-Take-All Politics”; Johnson and Kwak, 13 Bankers; Duchin and Sosyura, “The Politics of Government Investment.”

29. Comparative work on the politics of bailout often deals with developing economies. This scholarship too has focused on instrumental business power and crony capitalist ties between financiers and politicians. See Guillermo Rosas, “Bagehot or Bailout? An Analysis of Government Responses to Banking Crises,” American Journal of Political Science 50, no. 1 (2006): 175–91; Philip Keefer, “Elections, Special Interests, and Financial Crisis,” International Organization 61, no. 03 (2007): 607–41. Only a few works have assessed the generosity of bailouts in a comparative sample of advanced industrial countries. Weber and Schmitz find that left governments are associated with more gener- ous bailouts. Grossman and Woll argue that bailouts are tougher where banks have strong organizational ties and could develop a private sector response. These contributions too stress the organizational capacities of banks—an instrumental feature—rather than their structural power in the economy. See Beat Weber and Stefan W. Schmitz, “Varieties of Helping Capitalism: Politico-Economic Determinants of Bank Rescue Packages in the EU during the Recent Crisis,” Socio-Economic Review (2011): 1–31; Grossman and Woll, “Saving the Banks.”

30. Independent Commission on Banking, Final Report (London, 2011), 166f. 31. Grossman and Woll, “Saving the Banks.” 32. Andrew Ross Sorkin, Too Big to Fail: The Inside Story of How Wall Street and Washington

Fought to Save the Financial System—and Themselves (New York: Viking, 2009); Alistair Darling, Back from the Brink (London: Atlantic Books, 2011), 146.

33. Sorkin, Too Big to Fail. 34. Darling, Back from the Brink, 156. 35. John Gieve, in interview with the authors, London, UK, June 20, 2012. 36. Amyas Morse, The Comptroller and Auditor General’s Report to the House of Commons,

HM Treasury Resource Accounts 2011-2012 (London: National Audit Office, 2012), 15; House of Commons Treasury Committee, Banking Crisis: Dealing with the Failure of the UK Banks. Seventh Report of Session 2008-09 (London: The Stationary Office Ltd., 2009), 40.

37. Pietro Veronesi and Luigi Zingales, “Paulson’s Gift,” Journal of Financial Economics 97, no. 3 (2010): 339–68.

38. US Treasury, Troubled Asset Relief Program—Transaction Report (Washington, 2012), accessed February 14, 2013, http://www.treasury.gov/initiatives/financial-stability/reports/ Pages/default.aspx.

39. Darling, Back from the Brink, 140. 40. Barney Frank, in interview with the authors, Washington, DC, November 16, 2012. 41. HSBC, “2007 Annual Report and Accounts - HSBC Holdings Plc,” March 03, 2007, 36,

42. 42. Wells Fargo, “Wells Fargo & Company Annual Report 2012,” February 27, 2012, 57. 43. US Treasury, “CEO Talking Points” (Washington: Judicial Watch, 2008), accessed

March 14, 2013, http://www.judicialwatch.org/files/documents/2009/Treasury- CEO-TalkingPoints.pdf.

44. Sorkin, Too Big to Fail, 542. 45. Woll, The Power of Inaction.

Culpepper and Reinke 453

46. Gieve, in interview with the authors, London, UK, June 20, 2012. 47. Peter Thal Larsen and George Parker, “Banks Search for Ways to Avoid Government

Help,” Financial Times, October 10, 2008. 48. “UK Bank Bail-Out,” Financial Times, October 09, 2008. 49. Robert Peston, “Barclays Protects Its Bankers’ Pay,” BBC Blog, October 31, 2008,

accessed April 04, 2013, http://www.bbc.co.uk/blogs/thereporters/robertpeston/2008/10/ barclays_protects_its_bankers.html.

50. Darling, Back from the Brink. 51. Andrew Hindmoor and Josh McGeechan, “Luck, Systematic Luck and Business Power,”

Political Studies 61, no. 4 (2012). 52. Nolan McCarty, Keith T. Poole, and Howard Rosenthal, Political Bubbles: Financial

Crises and the Failure of American Democracy (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2013); Bell and Hindmoor, Masters of the Universe but Slaves of the Market.

53. Hacker and Pierson, “Winner-Take-All Politics”; Woll, The Power of Inaction. 54. Marion Fourcade, Economists and Societies: Discipline and Profession in the United

States, Britain, and France, 1890s to 1990s (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2009). 55. Darling, Back from the Brink, 156. 56. European Commission, “Scoreboard—Conceptual and Methodological Remarks,” 2009,

accessed October 23, 2012, http://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/studies_reports/ conceptual_remarks.html; Helge Sigurd Naess-Schmidt, Frederik Harhoff, and Martin Bo Hansen, State Aid Crisis Rules for the Financial Sector and the Real Economy (Brussels: European Parliament, 2011).

57. Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, “Ackermann: Wir Sind Stark Genug,” Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, November 02, 2008, accessed October 2, 2013, http://www. faz.net/aktuell/politik/deutsche-bank-winkt-wieder-ab-ackermann-wir-sind-stark- genug-1727586.html.

58. Woll, The Power of Inaction, 125. 59. Nicolas Jabko and Elsa Massoc, “French Capitalism under Stress: How Nicolas Sarkozy

Rescued the Banks,” Review of International Political Economy 19, no. 4 (2012): 562–85. 60. Andreas Busch, Banking Regulation and Globalization (Oxford: Oxford University Press,

2009), 94. 61. Woll, The Power of Inaction. 62. Congressional Budget Office, Report on the Troubled Asset Relief Program-May 2013,

2013, 5. 63. Johnson and Kwak, 13 Bankers; Hacker and Pierson, “Winner-Take-All Politics.” 64. Stephen Bell, “The Power of Ideas: The Ideational Shaping of the Structural Power of

Business,” International Studies Quarterly 56 (2012): 661–73. 65. Hindmoor and McGeechan, “Luck, Systematic Luck and Business Power,” 13. 66. Bell, “The Power of Ideas”; Bell and Hindmoor, Masters of the Universe but Slaves of the

Market. 67. Hacker and Pierson, “Winner-Take-All Politics.” 68. David Andrew Singer, “Capital Rules: The Domestic Politics of International Regulatory

Harmonization,” International Organization 58, no. 3 (2004): 531–65. 69. Bell, “The Power of Ideas.” 70. Marsh, “Interest Group Activity and Structural Power”; Jeffrey A. Winters, “Power and

the Control of Capital,” World Politics 46, no. 3 (1994): 419–52; Layna Mosley, “Room to Move: International Financial Markets and National Welfare States,” International Organization 54, no. 4 (2000): 737–73.

454 Politics & Society 42(4)

Author Biographies

Pepper D. Culpepper ([email protected]) is professor of political science at the European University Institute in Italy. His research focuses on the interaction between capital- ism and democracy, both in politics and in public policy. He is the author of Quiet Politics and Business Power and of Creating Cooperation, and he co-edited Changing France (with Peter Hall and Bruno Palier) and The German Skills Machine (with David Finegold). His work has appeared in journals such as Comparative Political Studies, International Organization, Socio- Economic Review, and World Politics.

Raphael Reinke ([email protected]) is a post-doctoral researcher at the University of Zurich in Switzerland. He conducts research in comparative politics and political economy, including his doctoral dissertation at the European University Institute on policymaking in finan- cial crises. He has been a visiting researcher at the LSE’s European Institute and the Max-Planck- Institute for the Study of Societies in Cologne.

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._Structural Power and Bank Bailouts in the United Kingdom and the United States.pdf

AS1 support/Q1/Self-Responsibility Gone Bad- Institutions and the 2008 Financial Crisis.pdf

https://doi.org/10.1177/0002764218816801

American Behavioral Scientist 2019, Vol. 63(1) 10 –26

© 2018 SAGE Publications Article reuse guidelines:

sagepub.com/journals-permissions DOI: 10.1177/0002764218816801

journals.sagepub.com/home/abs

Article

Self-Responsibility Gone Bad: Institutions and the 2008 Financial Crisis

John L. Campbell1

Abstract The rise of self-responsibility as practiced in many public policy areas was part of the more general rise of neoliberalism. A case in point is the corporate social responsibility movement. This led in the world of finance to the 2008 financial crisis thanks to various deregulatory moves beginning in the early 1980s. As such, the crisis was the product of a series of incremental institutional changes that enabled corporate self-responsibility in finance to go terribly wrong. Once the crisis hit, a number of more radical institutional changes were pursued in order to reverse the movement toward self-responsibility. This was an institutional rebalancing. This article offers some ideas about how to think about institutional change in the context of this particular corporate self-responsibility movement. It focuses first on the institutional changes that caused the crisis and then on the institutional changes that followed in an effort to minimize the severity of the crisis and reduce the possibility that another one might happen again. The basic argument is that self-responsibility is not a phenomenon that can be reduced to individual action; it cannot work properly without that action being embedded in an appropriate institutional environment. This is an argument at odds with neoliberal theory.

Keywords neoliberalism, corporate social responsibility, financial crisis

Introduction

This article is about how the turn toward self-responsibility in the financial sector contributed to the 2008 financial crisis.1 Self-responsibility, as it is treated in many of the articles in this special issue (e.g., Eggers et al.; Frericks and Höppner), refers to

1Dartmouth College, Hanover, NH, USA

Corresponding Author: John L. Campbell, Dartmouth College, Hanover, NH 03755, USA. Email: [email protected]

816801ABSXXX10.1177/0002764218816801American Behavioral ScientistCampbell research-article2018

Campbell 11

changes in public policies designed to encourage individuals to take more responsibil- ity for their own well-being. Examples include reducing government spending for programs that provide support for old age security, housing, education, income main- tenance, food security, and job training. In the United States, with the stroke of a pen, Bill Clinton signed into law the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) program, which soon limited welfare benefits over a person’s lifetime and established workfare activation requirements. The idea was to bring the individual and the pursuit of individual self-interest to the forefront and create opportunities and incentives for individuals to pursue their interests in ways that would enable them to fend for them- selves more and rely on the state less for assistance, aid, and support. The underlying assumption was that by becoming more self-responsible good things would happen— individual initiative, innovation, and productivity would be unleashed, and both the individual and society would prosper (Campbell, 2018a). As Robert Maier puts it in this issue, self-responsibility is a matter of acting autonomously with the hope that people will do what is appropriate and beneficial for themselves and others.

The turn to self-responsibility was part of a more general neoliberal turn in poli- tics, which, among other things, was a movement to reduce state spending and business regulation. There was also a neoliberal turn toward self-responsibility in the U.S. financial sector, but it took decades to unfold and, therefore, was much less obvious than the TANF change. It involved the regulatory reform of capital mar- kets, banking, and mortgage lending. Under the law corporations were viewed as being equivalent to individuals. And the assumption here was that if they could get out from under the burden of government regulation, they would enjoy the auton- omy and freedom to innovate in self-responsible ways that would enable them to flourish in ways that would also benefit the rest of society. Notably, they would avoid undue risk or investments that they did not understand, because they knew that if things turned out badly, investors would desert them, their stock price would fall, and those left owning shares—including managers whose compensation included stock options in the banks, hedge funds, and mortgage companies for which they worked—would suffer the financial consequences. This was all part of an overarching rationale for regulatory reform referred to by economists as the Efficient Market Hypothesis (Davis, 2011). In effect, if the state got out of the way, the market would facilitate self-responsible behavior.

The turn toward self-responsibility in finance and welfare policy entailed big insti- tutional changes. In both cases, the move toward self-responsibility was a two-sided coin. One side was the individual or organization taking responsibility for themselves. The other side was the institutional context within which the individual or organiza- tion was embedded. Individuals and organizations are always embedded in some sort of institutional environment. Altering the institutions around them can increase or decrease their opportunities for acting in ways that are self-responsible and beneficial for themselves and society. Put differently, the rise of self-responsibility and neoliber- alism more broadly is a story of institutional change.2

Let me be clear about how I am using the term self-responsibility in the context of neoliberalism and the financial crisis. Self-responsibility refers to an organization

12 American Behavioral Scientist 63(1)

or an individual in an organization acting without someone looking over their shoul- der to make sure that they do the right thing for themselves and society.3 The under- lying assumption is that the market’s discipline will lead them to do the right thing. However, there are two problems with this assumption. First, while institutional change may create the possibility for self-responsible behavior, it does not guaran- tee such an outcome. Institutional environments do not determine behavior in an absolute sense; they only affect the probabilities that people will act in certain ways. We are talking about tendencies not inevitabilities.

Second, it follows that trying to facilitate self-responsibility can have either good or bad outcomes. If individuals have responsibility for themselves it can be an impetus for them to work harder, be more innovative, seek to help others, and do lots of good for themselves and society. But it can also be an impetus to exploit others, lie and cheat, and generally do things that may be beneficial for themselves but detrimental for society. The more a society turns toward self-responsibility the greater the opportunity—although, again, not the inevitability—that things will go wrong with unfortunate consequences. As we will see, neoliberalism failed to rec- ognize that encouraging financial firms to be more self-responsible often did not lead to self-responsible behavior with socially beneficial outcomes. Indeed, what was sometimes good for the financial services industry in the short run ended up being disastrous for it and society in the long run.

Let me put the neoliberal assumption into perspective. The idea that the more individuals are encouraged to be self-responsible, the better will be the outcomes stems from neoclassical economics in its purest form where it is argued that unfet- tered markets yield the most efficient allocation of resources—Pareto optimality— in the long run. Certainly not all advocates of neoliberalism, and I presume self-responsibility, would accept this hard position, preferring instead a softer posi- tion recognizing that at least some minimal level of constraint on individual behav- ior is necessary. Indeed, early advocates of neoliberalism believed in the virtues of a relatively strong state as a necessary condition for the protection and enforcement of property rights and other basic conditions necessary for markets to function properly (Mirowski & Plehwe, 2009). Others would agree with this softer view. Emile Durkheim, for instance, recognized long ago that the pursuit of unbridled self-inter- est leads to the breakdown of social trust, the deterioration of exchange relations, and utter chaos.4 Similarly, Karl Polanyi noted a double movement during the indus- trial revolution as the development of markets was paralleled by the development of state institutions designed to mitigate the most egregious sins of capitalist develop- ment. Had that not happened, he argued, capitalism would have destroyed itself from within (Polanyi, 1944). Even the paragon of orthodox economics, Adam Smith, rec- ognized that for markets to operate well the pursuit of individual self-interest had to be tempered by the “moral sentiments” of society (Smith, 1759/2016). Since the early 1970s, the harder version of neoliberalism—so-called market fundamental- ism—has come to influence, if not dominate, much policy making in many advanced capitalist countries (Campbell & Pedersen, 2001; Crouch, 2011).

Campbell 13

To substantiate my arguments, this article offers an analysis of the financial cri- sis. Focusing on the crisis to explore self-responsibility might seem surprising and perhaps out of place to readers familiar with the literature on self-responsibility. After all, as noted earlier, much of the work on self-responsibility has focused on social policy, notably reductions in state welfare spending, more stringent activa- tion requirements, and tighter eligibility criteria that people must meet to receive various social benefits. The financial crisis has not been addressed in the self- responsibility literature but is worth considering for two reasons. First, it had vast repercussions for welfare reform throughout Europe and North America—largely as a result of the adoption of austerity policies, which have put a premium on self- responsibility (Blyth, 2013; Campbell, 2011; Campbell & Hall, 2018). For instance, it appears that since the crisis began governments have largely stopped increasing levels of investment in labor market policies that were geared toward upskilling the labor force and providing employment assistance for unemployed workers, thus making it harder for workers to effectively take responsibility for themselves in the labor market (Benntsson, de la Porte, & Jacobsson, 2016). In other words, the turn toward self-responsibility in the world of banking and finance created the financial crisis whose shock waves reverberated through the welfare state self-responsibility movement. However, the second and more important reason why the financial cri- sis is relevant for the self-responsibility discussion is that it is a vivid example of how the move toward self-responsibility can go terribly wrong.

The basic insights of this article are twofold. First, institutions are typically an important precondition for self-responsibility. Note my use of the qualifier “typi- cally” in this last sentence. Some scholars have assumed that institutional constraints and incentives are so overwhelmingly powerful that people subjected to them are in effect nothing more than “institutional dopes” blindly and automatically conforming to their institutional surroundings (Hirsch, 1997). But institutions do not come with a set of instructions—people must interpret their institutional surroundings and figure out how to respond to them (Blyth, 2004). That is, institutions involve both structure and agency. People have the power to craft, interpret, implement, and either conform to or deviate from institutions. For example, one can imagine situations where people act in self-responsible ways even when the prevailing institutions create incentives for them to do otherwise. A whistleblower, for instance, is someone who acts in responsible ways that run against the institutional grain of the organizations in which they work. Conversely, even if someone wants to follow the institutional edicts and incentives around them, they may misread or misunderstand them and, therefore, deviate from them. Whistleblowers deviate intentionally but others may deviate unin- tentionally. So, there is a certain tension between institutions and individuals. Institutions constrain and enable individuals by creating incentives that tend to tilt behavior in one direction rather than another, but individuals do not necessarily have to conform to the institutions—they sometimes violate those constraints, often put- ting themselves at risk for being ridiculed, fired, or worse. This is why, as I said ear- lier, institutions set the probabilities that people will act in certain ways, but they do not determine with absolute certainty how people will act.

14 American Behavioral Scientist 63(1)

The second insight of this article is that some institutions are better at facilitating self-responsibility than others. Insofar as the financial crisis is concerned, countries with “thick” institutions did so better than those with “thin” institutions. Thick and thin institutions are like what Max Weber had in mind when he distinguished between bureaucratic and patrimonial systems, respectively. Thick institutions involve clear, stable rules and regulations, formulated and implemented by people recruited on the basis of merit, expertise, and professionalism. Thin institutions comprise vague, arbi- trary rules and regulations, formulated and implemented by people recruited on the basis of tradition, patronage, and clientelism (Campbell & Hall, 2018). The implica- tion of this distinction for the analysis that follows is that if we are interested in estab- lishing institutions that facilitate self-responsibility, then we should aspire to thicker rather than thinner institutions.

The article proceeds as follows. First, I discuss the general nature of institutional change to offer some conceptual and methodological tools for understanding the ori- gins and management of the financial crisis. Next, I turn to the financial crisis itself and show how institutional changes stretching back decades created a perfect storm whereby the move toward self-responsibility in the financial services industry led to disaster. Once the crisis hit, however, efforts to avoid another one in the future caused a reversal of the institutional trend toward self-responsibility. I conclude by addressing some implications of the analysis.

A few clarifications are immediately important. To begin with, we need to be careful when it comes to thinking about individuals in this context. The self-respon- sibility literature generally takes people to be the key individuals who are encour- aged to exercise self-responsibility. Welfare recipients, for instance, may be encouraged to take responsibility for themselves by the local welfare agency that imposes activation requirements on its clients. However, we can also think of orga- nizations as individuals operating in self-responsible ways. For instance, according to the TANF legislation in the United States, state-level welfare agencies were instructed to devise their own activation policies in ways that would reduce welfare dependency—they were told to be self-responsible organizations and do whatever they thought would work best. Similarly, one can imagine that national govern- ments might take it upon themselves to be self-responsible by developing activa- tion legislation in the first place, perhaps according to models, protocols, and standards deemed appropriate by the international community as represented by the OECD or the European Union (Meyer, Boli, Thomas, & Ramirez, 1997; Meyer, Frank, Hironaka, Schofer, & Tuma, 1997). The point is that “individuals” can be conceived of at the micro, meso, or macro levels of analysis.

Note as well the important distinction between institutions and organizations. Institutions are formal and informal rules and the monitoring and enforcement proce- dures associated with them. Organizations contain institutions of their own, such as informal norms specifying when coffee breaks are permitted or formal rules governing hiring and firing, but they are also embedded in institutions outside the organization like national constitutions and regulations governing what they can or cannot do. Of course, organizations also have technologies and resources that people inside them use

Campbell 15

to achieve various organizational goals. In this sense, organizations are actors—that is, individuals—but institutions are not.

The General Nature of Institutional Change

Understanding institutional change is not always straightforward. To begin with, there has been much debate about the conditions that trigger episodes of institu- tional change in the first place. Some attribute it to inefficiencies in existing institu- tions that can no longer be ignored, such as exorbitant transaction costs that can lead to changes in antitrust law. Others attribute it to inconsistencies and contradic- tions between institutions leading to conflicting incentives or other problems that actors try to resolve through institutional change. Similarly, institutions are often vaguely specified and, therefore, open to interpretation such that new interpreta- tions can trigger change, as is the case, for example, when courts are asked to adju- dicate competing readings of the law. What all these perspectives imply but rarely acknowledge is that institutions change when actors try to increase their power and resources. Insofar as institutional arrangements have advantages for some and dis- advantages for others when the disadvantaged spot an opportunity to alter the insti- tutionalized balance of power, they seize it in the hope that doing so will lead to a new institutional arrangement better serving their interests. To the extent that the underdogs win the struggle institutions change; to the extent that they lose institu- tions are reproduced.5 We will see that the power perspective is especially relevant for understanding the turn toward self-responsibility in the financial services sector that led to the financial crisis as well as the responses to it.

Second, all of this assumes to varying degree that institutional change is a matter of careful planning and that the consequences are as intended. This is not always so. Sometimes institutional change is done in haste, less carefully planned, and, as a result, has unintended consequences of considerable magnitude (Campbell, 2004; Streeck & Thelen, 2005). The financial crisis exhibits important examples of both.

A third area of complexity involves measuring institutional change. Part of the challenge is to recognize that institutions are formal and informal rules and the moni- toring and enforcement mechanisms associated with them but that they also involve meaning systems taken for granted by the people embedded in them. So, by many accounts, an institution involves regulative, normative, and cognitive dimensions (Scott, 2001). Determining how much change occurs involves tracking change in the relevant dimensions over time (Campbell, 2004). Scholars have noted that there are several types of change and that we should be alert to these types in our research. One type is evolutionary or incremental change. The other type is revolutionary or radical change. The more dimensions of a phenomenon that change at once, the more revolu- tionary is the change taking place. What I have in mind here is not a dichotomy but a continuum. On one end is no change—none of the relevant dimensions change over time. On the other end is revolutionary change where all the dimensions change rap- idly. More toward the middle is evolutionary change where a few dimensions change, then a few more, and so on over a longer period of time (Campbell, 2004).

16 American Behavioral Scientist 63(1)

A fourth clarification is in order about the temporal direction of change. Change is not always progressive—that is, forward moving. Sometimes it is regressive in the sense that changes implemented at one moment may later be reversed. Such was the case with early welfare reforms in post-communist Poland, which elicited enough of a political backlash that the government eventually rolled back some of the initial changes (Campbell, 2003).6 Something similar occurred as well, as we shall see, after the financial crisis.

Finally, the complexity of all this is compounded by the fact that if we are talking about policy change—that is, changes in guidelines, rules, and regulations—then we need to differentiate as well between policy formation and policy implementation.7 As is well known, formal legislative changes do not necessarily lead to equivalent changes at the moment of implementation. To the extent that there is a significant gap between formation and implementation, it depends on all sorts of political, bureaucratic, and resource factors (Lipsky, 1983; Pressman & Wildavsky, 1984). In the European Union, for instance, although Brussels may issue directives about environmental or labor mar- ket policy, translating them into national legislation and then putting them into practice is frequently an uneven process. Some countries may adopt and implement quickly, some may do so slowly, and some may start out either quickly or slowly and then change pace (Duina, 1999).

The Financial Crisis

With all this in mind, we can now turn our attention to the financial crisis. I focus first on the institutional changes that caused the crisis and then the institutional changes that followed as policy makers tried to minimize its severity and reduce the possibility that another similar crisis might happen again someday. In the first instance, this is a story about decades-long, unplanned, incremental neoliberal regulatory reforms that facilitated a turn toward self-responsibility with disastrous unintended consequences. In the second instance, this is a story about a comparatively rapid, planned, radical retreat from neoliberalism and self-responsibility through regulatory reforms that intentionally reduced the possibility for risky behavior in the financial sector. I draw heavily on my previously published work on the financial crisis in the United States, where the crisis originated, and Denmark, Ireland, and Switzerland, three European countries with very different institutional legacies, that, as a result, took rather differ- ent steps to manage the crisis once it affected them.8

Institutional Causes: Self-Responsibility Gone Bad

Ground zero for the onset of the crisis was a meltdown in the U.S. subprime housing market whose effects quickly spread to other countries around the world. The pre- cipitating factors were a series of institutional changes in the United States spanning several decades under both Republican and Democratic administrations and legisla- tures. This was a story of incremental change with largely unintended consequences. These included changes in monetary policy; the emergence of adjustable rate

Campbell 17

mortgages; allowing banking across state lines; the repeal of the Glass-Steagall Act, which was the firewall between commercial and investment banking; and the decline of the partnership model and the rise of the shareholder model in banking. All these changes created the opportunity for riskier behavior in the financial services indus- try. Of particular note was legislation putting the derivatives market off-limits to regulators, the emergence of securitization of mortgage debt, and the rise of sub- prime mortgages as a result. Securitization involves a bank or other financial inter- mediary buying lots of mortgages from the firms first issuing them, slicing the mortgages up into pieces, combining different pieces with different levels of risk into bonds, and then selling the bonds to investors. The bond is called a derivative because the money earned by the investor is derived from the monthly mortgage payments associated with the pieces of mortgages making up the bond. Subprime mortgages are those particularly at risk of default.

All these institutional changes were driven by politics, lobbing, and power strug- gles. A case in point was the move to exempt the market for derivatives from being regulated. Calls for their regulation grew on President Clinton’s watch as Brooksley Born, chair of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, voiced strong concern over the dangers of unregulated derivative trading. However, Federal Reserve chair- man Alan Greenspan, Securities and Exchange Commission chairman Arthur Levitt, and Treasury Secretary Robert Rubin all argued and lobbied successfully against regu- lation, which they believed would undermine the efficiency with which these new and lucrative markets were presumably operating. So, in 2000 Clinton signed the Commodities Futures Modernization Act, which explicitly preempted these markets from government regulation. Born resigned in disgust but was vindicated when the crisis hit, and people realized that a big part of the problem lay in the unregulated market for mortgage-based derivatives.

The broader point, however, is that a variety of institutional opportunities and incentives emerged for bankers and mortgage lenders to operate in unscrupulous ways driven by self-interest with guile. Much of this was driven by belief in the Efficient Market Hypothesis, the neoliberal idea, noted above, which postulated that the best way to set prices and ensure market efficiency was through unbridled market competi- tion and that the market would discipline people so that they acted in self-responsible ways. Unfortunately, it did not turn out that way. It turned out to be a disaster. Why?

First, lenders failed to act self-responsibly because the institutions in place failed to prevent them from exploiting borrowers in dodgy ways, notably selling them sub- prime mortgages for which they were barely qualified and did not understand. Second, borrowers failed to act self-responsibly because the institutions in place did not resolve the information asymmetry problem that left them in the dark about whether they could really afford the mortgages they were buying. Third, investors who bought the securitized subprime mortgages failed to act self-responsibly because they too suf- fered from institutionalized information asymmetries as a result of the government not adequately regulating the credit rating agencies responsible for signaling whether the securitized mortgages that investors were buying were risky or not. In other words, the institutions that were created to facilitate more self-responsible behavior, failed to do

18 American Behavioral Scientist 63(1)

so. Increased individual freedom and autonomy went awry. The behavior of lenders was intentional; the behavior of borrowers and investors was unintentional. One might say, then, that the financial crisis boiled down to a massive institutionally induced failure of self-responsibility!

Something similar happened in other countries. In Ireland, for instance, the finan- cial regulators had long operated with a very light regulatory touch, thanks again to the political forces in play. As a result, banks invested in all sorts of commercial real estate schemes, driven partly by patronage and crony capitalism. They were so overexposed in the real estate markets at home and abroad, especially in Britain, that when interna- tional credit markets froze after the collapse of Lehman Brothers in September 2008— triggered by Lehman’s deep exposure in the U.S. subprime market—all the big Irish banks suddenly faced insolvency. Something similar happened in Iceland although on a much grander scale relative to the size of the country’s economy. And in Switzerland, another lightly regulated economy, UBS and Credit Suisse, Switzerland’s two huge international banks, became heavily invested in the U.S. subprime mortgage markets and nearly went bankrupt when the crisis hit. In all of these countries, institutional conditions developed incrementally and without any sort of grand plan. The result was that the banks and others failed to act in self-responsible ways.

Things were a bit different in Denmark. Like Ireland, the Danes experienced a housing bubble so that when the crisis hit some of the banks were in trouble. But the Danish banking crisis was far less dramatic than the Irish or Icelandic crises. In part, this was for institutional reasons. First, given the traditional Danish politics involved, banking and financial services were more heavily regulated than in these other coun- tries. Second, many of the big Danish banks refused to get involved with the deriva- tives markets whereas banks in other countries had invested billions of dollars in them—and made billions in profits. Why? Danish bankers did not want to invest in things they did not fully understand. They felt that subprime derivatives were too com- plex and too opaque. Put differently, the institutional conditions—both regulative and cognitive—were such that Danish bankers acted in considerably more self-responsible ways than their compatriots in other countries. They took responsibility upon them- selves for avoiding risk and protecting the interests of their banks, investors, and cus- tomers more so than their counterparts in these other countries.

This last point requires elaboration. Institutions are often nested within each other. National institutions, such as financial regulations, are nested within international institutions, such as the Basel International Banking Guidelines. But the same is also true of other levels. Institutions within organizations are nested within national and international institutions. Of particular importance here were the incentive systems within banks and mortgage firms, which varied considerably across countries. In some countries like the United States, these organizations had compensation rules that encouraged staff to ignore long-term risks and go for short-term gains. For instance, the big Wall Street banks like Goldman Sachs and Lehman Brothers rewarded their staff for securitizing mortgages regardless of their quality and selling them to inves- tors, thus laying off the risks of default and reaping the profits—and hefty individual commissions—for doing so. This was often done in extremely deceitful and opaque

Campbell 19

ways, a practice for which the banks were later fined billions of dollars by the federal government. And these incentives existed because, as noted, by federal law the market for these derivatives was put off-limits to regulators. In other words, organization- level institutions were made possible by being embedded in a particular set of national- level institutions. Things were different in some other countries, such as Denmark, that, as a result, did not face the devastating consequences incurred by banks and other lenders in the United States (Bell & Hindimoor, 2015).

Institutional Responses: Retreating From Self-Responsibility

If the causes of the crisis were slowly developing, incremental and unplanned with unintended consequences, the responses were different—they were comparatively more rapid, radical, and carefully planned, and the outcomes were more or less as intended by those in charge, including regulators, central bankers, politicians, and investigative commissions.9 In many respects they reversed course after decades of neoliberal regulatory reforms. And they were highly politicized, especially in the United States where they entailed intense power struggles.

In the United States, a massive piece of legislation was passed—the Dodd–Frank Act—which established a whole new regulatory regime for the financial services industry. The scope and depth of the legislation was frightening for the industry, which is why it mounted one of the most expensive lobbying campaigns Washington had ever seen to kill it. They failed for the most part and so mounted a second equally strident campaign to affect the rule-writing phase, the first step in implementation. Two areas where the industry won were effectively resisting the reinstatement of the firewall between commercial and investment banking, and avoiding having the too- big-to-fail banks broken up into smaller pieces. As such, the legislation was not one hundred percent revolutionary, but it came surprisingly close.

Similarly, in Ireland a massive state-funded bank guarantee was issued very quickly to bailout the five big banks that had gotten into trouble in the housing mar- ket. The presumption was that the banks simply faced serious but short-term liquid- ity problems so all depositors and bond holders were covered by the guarantee. The decision was made in a secretive meeting with a few top politicians, regulators, and staff members and with occasional input from two of the banks but with virtually no advice from outside experts versed in macro-prudential regulation—an omission that in hindsight proved to be another failure of self-responsibility. Only an interna- tional accounting firm was consulted, mostly to help review the banks’ books. It turned out later that one of the most distressed banks knowingly misled this group about how serious its problems were, thereby continuing to act irresponsibly even in the moment of crisis. Neither the European Central Bank (ECB) nor European Commission were consulted either, which elicited a sharp rebuke from Jean Claude Trichet, president of the ECB, when the guarantee was announced. It turned out, however, that the banks were actually suffering an insolvency crisis, which meant that the government had to deliver on its guarantee. In turn, this created a severe fis- cal crisis of the state. By 2010, Dublin was forced to turn to the ECB, European

20 American Behavioral Scientist 63(1)

Commission, and International Monetary Fund for help. The so-called Troika moved in with a quid pro quo demanding that in exchange for help the government would pursue an austerity program perhaps as severe as that adopted by any other European country during the crisis. So, both the guarantee and the Troika bailout were instances of radical change and a sharp curtailment of self-responsibility for both the banks and the state itself, which was now under the Troika’s thumb. However, the guaran- tee was much less carefully planned than the bailout and had devastating unintended consequences—nearly bankrupting the state.

The Danish response was also planned but more incremental. When the crisis hit, Denmark actually had rudimentary plans for how to handle a bank failure. Having experienced the failure of another bank a few years earlier—for reasons that had noth- ing to do with the financial crisis—the regulatory authorities decided that preparations should be made in the event that something similar might happen in the future. As a result, when the crisis arrived, they were prepared to issue a government guarantee too. But unlike Ireland, the Danish guarantee would be financed privately through an insurance fund to which virtually all Danish banks contributed. Only after that money ran out, would the state open its coffers. This was the first of six so-called bank pack- ages developed and implemented over the next 4 years. To a considerable extent each package helped compensate for problems or other features of preceding packages. In this case, a variety of outside experts were involved in the decision-making process. Despite the occasional adjustments the outcomes were more or less as intended.

The Swiss case resembled the Danish one insofar as the reaction to the crisis was incremental, planned, and had the intended results. When Credit Suisse ran into trou- ble the Swiss National Bank (SNB) stepped in very fast to arrange a capital injection from private investors to rescue it. But because the liquidity problem for UBS was much bigger, private investment could not be attracted and so the SNB had to do the job itself, borrowing funds from the U.S. Federal Reserve through its swap line. In addition, two expert commissions were set up after the bailouts were concluded. First was the so-called Too Big to Fail Commission (TBTF) whose mandate was to track events going forward and make recommendations to the government about how to restructure the banks, revise regulations, and take other steps as necessary to help prevent a similar crisis going forward. The government eventually adopted virtually all of the TBTF Commission’s recommendations. Second was the Brunetti Group, another team of experts set up after the TBTF Commission, whose job it was in part to track the implementation of the TBTF Commission recommendations, see if they were working, make sure that they were not hurting the international competitiveness of the Swiss banks, and again make recommendations to the government for regula- tory and other adjustments as necessary. Both the TBTF and Brunetti Commissions were also charged with keeping an eye on how well changes in Swiss banking regula- tion conformed to or contradicted broader EU rules, not to mention those from the Basel group. So, as in Denmark, carefully conceived and well-planned institutional changes were adopted in incremental fashion.

It is important to note that the decisions taken by each government were very much influenced by the institutional context within which they were made. Some

Campbell 21

institutions were thicker than others. Recall that thick institutions resemble the Weberian bureaucratic ideal—clear, stable rules and regulations formulated and implemented by people recruited on the basis of merit, expertise, and professional- ism. Thin institutions resemble the Weberian patrimonial ideal—vague, arbitrary rules and regulations formulated and implemented by people recruited on the basis of tradition, patronage, and clientelism. Switzerland and Denmark had thick institu- tions so decision making there was run largely by experts with input from various interested parties in varying degree. Ireland had thin institutions marked, on the one hand, by people recruited to positions of important regulatory authority—including the head of the Central Bank and Department of Finance—through a tradition of patronage rather than merit and expertise, and, on the other hand, by outright cor- ruption between government officials, banks, and real estate developers. The United States, arguably, falls somewhere in between. Experts as well as politicians were involved in writing the Dodd–Frank legislation but, as mentioned, there was intense lobbying around both the formulation and implementation of the legislation in ways that perhaps resemble patronage and clientelism. After all, there has long been a revolving door between Congress and the lobbying firms, including those responsible for regulating the banking and financial services industry, not to men- tion vast sums contributed to politicians’ electoral campaigns by the financial ser- vices industry. Arguably, institutional thinness contributed to the onset of the crisis too, especially in the United States and Ireland where regulation of the financial services industry was comparatively weak.

The point about the importance of institutions and crisis response is threefold. First, beyond simply saving the financial system, many of the regulatory reforms initiated after the crisis were designed to resolve problems created by earlier institu- tional reforms that had been based on the assumption that encouraging self-respon- sibility would necessarily lead to good outcomes for everyone concerned. Instead, they ended up facilitating excessively risky, deceitful, and ill-informed practices. In other words, in response to the crisis, governments pulled back from relying so heavily on self-responsibility, which for the most part had gone bad. Second, both the causes of and responses to the financial crisis were path-dependent in the sense that they were very much influenced by the long histories of institutional develop- ment in each country—political institutions, institutionalization of expertise, organi- zation and power of the banking and financial services industry, and so on. Put differently, in order to understand how self-responsibility comes and goes, we need a comparative and historical analysis of institutions. Third, in countries with thicker institutions (Denmark and Switzerland), the tensions among actors struggling to reform institutions were considerably less than in countries with thinner institutions (the United States and Ireland). Expert-oriented decision-making largely devoid of lobbying and political influence was associated with more consensual institutional changes in Denmark and Switzerland. Naked politics were more prevalent in the United States where tensions and conflicts ran high between actors pursuing dia- metrically opposed interests and institutional reforms. In Ireland, the lack of exper- tise and absence of widespread input was disastrous at first but did not incur this sort

22 American Behavioral Scientist 63(1)

of tension. Only later when the Troika intervened did such tensions emerge, but by then it was too late for the Irish to do much about it.

Lessons Learned and Broader Implications

What are the lessons of all this for the study of self-responsibility more generally? Of course, generalizing from a small number of cases—four in this article—presents obvious methodological difficulties (Lieberson, 1991). Nevertheless, there are well- known benefits from the fine-grained analysis that a small number of cases can offer, including offering new insights into well-known phenomenon like self-responsibility (Mahoney & Rueschemeyer, 2003). With these caveats in mind, let me explain what I think my four cases reveal.

First, and most important, those countries that made it more incumbent on organi- zations and individuals to act in self-responsible ways due to regulatory reform or a light regulatory touch (the United States and Ireland) were more likely to run into trouble than those countries that relied more heavily on regulation (Denmark). Contrary to the Efficient Markey Hypothesis, instead of facilitating self-responsibility, unbridled market forces led to disaster. One partial exception was the Swiss banking system, which relied to a considerable extent on industry self-regulation, as do many Swiss industries. However, Swiss financial self-regulation is well organized, relies heavily, although not exclusively, on the Swiss Banking Association to formulate rules of conduct and best practice for its members, and so is an institutional guard against malfeasant behavior in banking. To my knowledge there is nothing comparable in the United States or Ireland.

Second, institutional change in these cases took different forms. Sometimes it was incremental; sometimes it was more radical. Sometimes it was carefully planned; sometimes it was done in haste. Sometimes the consequences were intended; some- times they were unintended. Nevertheless, institutional change in all these cases involved struggle, conflict, negotiation, and power games. It was never automatic, even in the moment of crisis. The implication is that any move either toward or away from self-responsibility involves politics and power. There is nothing natural or inevi- table about it.

Third, institutional change can be either progressive or regressive in the temporal sense. Many of the regulatory changes that created the conditions for the crisis to occur were rolled back after the crisis when politicians, regulators, and others recog- nized that they had gone too far in promoting self-responsibility. Again, self-responsi- bility is a political phenomenon.

Fourth, insofar as unbridled opportunity for self-responsibility can lead to disastrous self-interested behavior, the lesson is that for self-responsibility to occur with positive, socially beneficial outcomes it must have proper institutional support. It cannot occur in an institutional vacuum. What that context is certainly varies across countries. But as Durkheim, Polanyi, and even Adam Smith would warn, those institutions are necessary for society to remain on an even keel. At least insofar as self-responsibility in the finan- cial services industry is concerned, the thicker the institutions, the better.

Campbell 23

Fifth, the institutions involved were nested in layers. Organization-level institu- tions, which created incentives for excessive risk taking, were enabled by the fact that they were nested in a particular set of national regulatory institutions. And in the Swiss case, if not others as well, moves to transform national regulations were also under- taken with an eye on transnational regulatory guidelines.

Finally, institutions are uneven. Some are thicker than others. Even countries like Denmark, which generally have thick institutions, succumbed to the crisis in part because there were thin spots here and there in critical places. And efforts to reform the system after the crisis hit—an integral part of the crisis management process—were intended to thicken those parts. In a sense, then, the rather banal observation among institutionalists that change is path dependent is germane here again. More important, however, if we favor self-responsibility, we must be vigilant in watching for institu- tional thin spots and correct them when we find them.

What are the implications of all this for welfare state reform, the primary focus of the self-responsibility scholarship? There are vast literatures on both welfare reform and social investment. The former came of age during the late 1970s and 1980s with comparative studies of welfare state development.10 The latter is more recent and examines among other things the impact that social investment policies have on soci- ety, families, and individuals, such as how they affect employment, economic growth, inequality, and poverty (Kvist, 2014). Social investment policies include many things, such as parental leave support, child care, education, vocational training, active labor market policies, pensions, and health care. What has become clear in both literatures is that there has been a move beginning in the 1980s in many countries toward neolib- eral reforms such that more emphasis has been placed on encouraging, if not forcing, individuals to become more self-responsible and, therefore, to become less dependent on welfare and social investment policies.

However, it appears that the multidimensionality of social investment policy has been neglected to a considerable extent by policy makers in many countries. Much of their effort has focused on activation policies—encouraging people to move into the labor market and become responsible for themselves—at the expense of the necessary additional social investment supports that make it work as intended. The results have not necessarily been good—particularly in the wake of the financial crisis. As one recent study concluded,

Without that [additional support], social investment cannot be properly differentiated from the neoliberal paradigm. The overriding focus on activation without proper attention to quality and to adequate protection in most countries has opened the door for the critique that the social investment approach forgets about social inclusion and poverty alleviation and—worse—that it has in fact reinforced poverty and social exclusion. (Morel, Palier, & Palme, 2012, p. 359)

The major exceptions are the Nordic countries and the Netherlands that seem to have been the most successful in terms of the types of returns on social investment—includ- ing activation—because they have proceeded with a full complement of social invest- ment policies, not just activation.

24 American Behavioral Scientist 63(1)

The point is that for self-responsibility to work it cannot occur in an institutional vacuum; it cannot be equated with hard-core neoliberalism. It requires a range of insti- tutional supports, such as those in the Danish flexicurity system, which combine acti- vation with social welfare programs, training, and institutional support for labor market flexibility. Put differently, the policies involved should be crafted so as to yield the greatest institutional complementarity (Campbell & Pedersen 2007). If self- responsibility is equated with contemporary neoliberalism and the appropriate institu- tional supports are stripped away, then the unintended consequences can be disastrous just as they were when self-responsibility was pursued through a neoliberal approach in the banking and financial services industry.

Declaration of Conflicting Interests

The author declared no potential conflicts of interest with respect to the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article.

Funding

The author received no financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article.

Notes

1. Patricia Frericks, Julia Höppner, Caroline de la Porta, and participants at the Hamburg University 2016 conference on self-responsibility provided helpful comments on an earlier version of this article.

2. There has also been a parallel movement toward greater “corporate social responsibility” where it is argued that firms should take it upon themselves to behave in ways of benefit to society and their various stakeholders. The move toward greater corporate social responsi- bility and the move toward greater self-responsibility are similar insofar as both share the neoliberal assumption that the individual firm or individual person, respectively, should take it upon themselves to “do the right thing” without depending on the state to do it for them. Some have argued that one motivation for this movement is the desire to avoid state intervention in the first place. But institutional factors play a significant role in determin- ing the degree to which firms engage in corporate social responsibility (Campbell, 2007, 2018b).

3. I realize that what the “right thing” is depends on one’s point of view. 4. Durkheim (1964) referred to this as the “pre-contractual basis of social solidarity.” 5. See Campbell, Hollingsworth, and Lindberg (1990), Campbell (2004), and Campbell

(2010) for further discussion of these debates. 6. The terms progressive and regressive are not used here in a normative sense implying that

change is better or worse. 7. “Policy” can be either public or private. For instance, governments often regulate industry

but sometimes industry also plays an important self-regulating role, establishing and even enforcing certain guidelines, rules, and regulations (Streeck & Schmitter, 1985).

8. Much of what follows is documented and explained in detail in Campbell and Hall (2018), which also provides many references to other studies on the causes and consequences of the financial crisis.

Campbell 25

9. Of course, many of the institutional reforms that culminated in the crisis were well-inten- tioned initially insofar as they stemmed from the neoliberal belief that free markets would yield efficiencies, innovation, and prosperity.

10. See, for example, Esping-Andersen (1990).

References

Bell, S., & Hindimoor, A. (2015). Masters of the universe, slaves of the market. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Benntsson, M., de la Porte, C., & Jacobsson, K. (2016). Labour market reform under condi- tions of permanent austerity: Any sign of social investment? (Unpublished manuscript). Department of Business and Politics, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark.

Blyth, M. (2004). Structures do not come with an instruction sheet: Interests, ideas and progress in political science. Perspectives on Politics, 1, 695-706.

Blyth, M. (2013). Austerity: The history of a dangerous idea. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

Campbell, J. L. (2003). States, politics and globalization: Why institutions still matter. In T. V. Paul, G. J. Ikenberry, & J. A. Hall (Eds.), The nation state in question (pp. 234-259). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Campbell, J. L. (2004). Institutional change and globalization. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Campbell, J. L. (2007). Why would corporations behave in socially responsible ways? An insti- tutional theory of corporate social responsibility. Academy of Management Review, 32, 946-967.

Campbell, J. L. (2010). Institutional reproduction and change. In G. Morgan, J. L. Campbell, C. Crouch, O. K. Pedersen, & R. Whitley (Eds.), Oxford handbook of comparative institu- tional analysis (pp. 87-115). New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

Campbell, J. L. (2011). The U.S. financial crisis: Lessons for theories of institutional comple- mentarity. Socio-Economic Review, 9, 211-234.

Campbell, J. L. (2018a). American discontent: The rise of Donald Trump and decline of the golden age. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

Campbell, J. L. (2018b). Corporate social responsibility and the financial crisis: Reflections on the 2017 AMR Decade Award. Academy of Management Review , 43, 546-556.

Campbell, J. L., & Hall, J. A. (2018). The paradox of vulnerability: States, nationalism and the financial crisis. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Campbell, J. L., Hollingsworth, J. R., & Lindberg, L. N. (Eds.). (1990). Governance of the American Economy. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.

Campbell, J. L., & Pedersen, O. K. (Eds.). (2001). The rise of neoliberalism and institutional analysis. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Campbell, J. L., & Pedersen, O. K. (2007). The varieties of capitalism and hybrid success: Denmark in the global economy. Comparative Political Studies, 40, 307-332.

Crouch, C. (2011). The strange non-death of neoliberalism. Cambridge, England: Polity Press. Davis, G. (2011). Managed by the market. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Duina, F. (1999). Harmonizing Europe. Albany: State University of New York Press. Durkheim, E. (1964). The division of labor in society. New York, NY: Free Press. Esping-Andersen, G. (1990). The three worlds of welfare capitalism. Princeton, NJ: Princeton

University Press.

26 American Behavioral Scientist 63(1)

Hirsch, P. M. (1997). Sociology without social structure: Neoinstitutional theory meets brave new world. American Journal of Sociology, 102, 1702-1723.

Kvist, J. (2014). A framework for social investment strategies: Integrating generational, life course and gender perspectives in the EU social investment strategy. Comparative European Politics, 13, 131-149.

Lieberson, S. (1991). Small N’s and big conclusions: An examination of the reasoning in com- parative studies based on a small number of cases. Social Forces, 70, 307-320.

Lipsky, M. (1983). Street level bureaucracy. New York, NY: Russell Sage. Mahoney, J., & Rueschemeyer, D. (2003). Comparative historical analysis in the social sci-

ences. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press. Meyer, J. W., Boli, J., Thomas, G. M., & Ramirez, F. O. (1997). World society and the nation

state. American Journal of Sociology, 103, 144-181. Meyer, J. W., Frank, D., Hironaka, A., Schofer, E., & Tuma, N. B. (1997). The structuring of a

world environmental regime, 1870-1990. International Organization, 51, 623-651. Mirowski, P., & Plehwe, D. (Eds.). (2009). The road from Mont Pelerin: The making of the

neoliberal thought collective. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Morel, N., Palier, B., & Palme, J. (2012). Social investment: A paradigm in search of a new eco-

nomic model and political mobilization. In N. Morel, B. Palier, & J. Palme (Eds.), Towards a social investment state? Ideas, policies and challenges (pp. 353-377). Bristol, England: Policy Press.

Polanyi, K. (1944). The great transformation: The political and economic origins of our time. Boston, MA: Beacon.

Pressman, J., & Wildavsky, A. (1984). Implementation. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Scott, W. R. (2001). Institutions and organizations (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Smith, A. (2016). The theory of moral sentiments. Los Angeles, CA: Enhanced Media. (Original

work published 1759) Streeck, W., & Schmitter, P. (1985). Community, market, state—And associations? The pro-

spective contribution of interest governance to social order. In W. Streeck & P. Schmitter (Eds.), Private interest government (pp. 1-29). Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Streeck, W., & Thelen, K. (Eds.). (2005). Beyond continuity. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

Author Biography

John L. Campbell is the Class of 1925 professor at Dartmouth College and visiting professor at the Copenhagen Business School. His most recent books include The Paradox of Vulnerability: States, Nationalism and the Financial Crisis (Princeton University Press, 2017), and American Discontent: The Rise of Donald Trump and Decline of the Golden Age (Oxford University Press, 2018).

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._Self-Responsibility Gone Bad- Institutions and the 2008 Financial Crisis.pdf

AS1 support/Q1/Too big to fail-doc.docx

DOI:10.1145/2700378

George V. Neville-Neil

V viewpoints

Article development led by

queue.acm.org

Kode Vicious

Too Big to Fail

Visibility leads to debuggability.

Dear KV,

Our project has been rolling out a well-known, distributed key/value store onto our infrastructure, and we have been surprised—more than once—when a simple increase in the number of clients has not only slowed things, but brought them to a complete halt. This then results in rollback while several of us scour the online forums to figure out if anyone else has seen the same problem. The entire reason for using this project’s software is to increase the scale of a large system, so I have been surprised at how many times a small increase in load has led to a complete failure. Is there something about scaling systems that is so difficult that these systems become fragile, even at a modest scale?

Scaled Back

IMAGE BY SFIO CRACHO

Dear Scaled,

If someone tells you that scaling out a distributed system is easy they are either lying or deranged—and possibly both. Anyone who has worked with distributed systems for more than a

week should have this knowledge integrated into how they think, and if not, they really should start digging ditches. Not to say that ditch digging is easier but it does give you a nice, focused task that is achievable in a linear way, based on the amount of work you put into it. Distributed systems, on the other hand, react to increases in offered load in what can only politely be referred to as nondeterministic ways. If you think programming a single system is difficult, programming a distributed system is a nightmare of Orwellian proportions where you almost are forced to eat rats if you want to join the party.

Non-distributed systems fail in much more predictable ways. Tax a single system and you run out of memory, or CPU, or disk space, or some other resource, and the system has little more than a snowball’s chance surviving a Hawaiian holiday. The parts of the problem are so much

closer together and the communication between those components is so much more reliable that figuring out “who did what to whom” is tractable. Unpredictable things can happen when you overload a single computer, but you generally have complete control over all of the resources involved. Run out of RAM? Buy more. Run out of CPU, profile and fix your code. Too much data on disk? Buy a bigger one. Moore’s Law is still on your side in many cases, giving you double the resources every 18 months.

FEBRUARY 2015 | VOL. 58 | NO. 2 | COMMUNICATIONS OF THE ACM 37

viewpoints

The problem is that eventually you will probably want a set of computers to implement your target system. Once you go from one computer to two, it is like going from a single child to two children. To paraphrase a joke, if you only have one child, it is not the same has having two or more children. Why? Because when you have one child and all the cookies are gone from cookie jar, you know who did it! Once you have two or more children, each has some level of plausible deniability. They can, and will, lie to get away with having eaten the cookies. Short of slipping your kids truth serum at breakfast every morning, you have no idea who is telling the truth and who is lying. The problem of truthfulness in communication has been heavily studied in computer science, and yet we still do not have completely reliable ways to build large distributed systems.

ACM

Transactions on

Accessible

Computing

This quarterly publication is a

quarterly journal that publishes

refereed articles addressing issues

of computing as it impacts the

lives of people with disabilities.

The journal will be of particular

interest to SIGACCESS members

and delegates to its affiliated

conference (i.e., ASSETS), as well

as other international accessibility

conferences.

www.acm.org/taccess

www.acm.org/subscribe

One way that builders of distributed systems have tried to address this problem is to put in somewhat arbitrary limits to prevent the system from ever getting too large and unwieldy. The distributed key store, Redis, had a limit of 10,000 clients that could connect to the system. Why 10,000? No clue, it is not even a typical power of 2. One might have expected 8,192 or 16,384, but that is probably a topic for another column. Perhaps the authors had been reading the Tao Te Ching and felt their universe only needed to contain 10,000 things. Whatever the reason, this seemed like a good idea at the time.

Of course the number of clients is only one way of protecting a distributed system against overload. What happens when a distributed system moves from running on 1Gbps network hardware to 10Gbps NICs? Moving from 1Gbps to 10Gbps does not “just” increase the bandwidth by an order of magnitude, it also reduces the request latency. Can a system with 10,000 nodes move smoothly from 1G to 10G? Good question, you would need to test or model that, but it is pretty likely a single limitation—such as number of clients—is going to be insufficient to prevent the system from getting into some very odd situations. Depending on how the overall system decides to parcel out work, you might wind up

38 COMMUNICATIONS OF THE ACM | FEBRUARY 2015 | VOL. 58 | NO. 2

with hot spots, places where a bunch of requests all get directed to a single resource, effectively creating what looks like a denial-of-service attack and destroying a node’s effective throughput. The system will then fail out that node and redistribute the work again, perhaps picking another target, and taking it out of the system because it looks like it, too, has failed. In the worst case, this continues until the entire system is brought to its knees and fails to make any progress on solving the original problem that was set for it.

Distributed systems that use a hash function to parcel out work are often dogged by this problem. One way to judge a hash function is by how well distributed the results of the hashing function are, based on the input. A good hash function for distributing work would parcel out work completely evenly to all nodes based on the input, but having a good hash function is not always good enough. You might have a great hash function, but feed it poor data. If the source data fed into the hash function does not have sufficient diversity (that is, it is relatively static over some measure, such as requests) then it does not matter how good the function is, as it still will not distribute work evenly over the nodes.

Take, for example, the traditional networking 4 tuple, source and destination IP address, and source and destination port. Together this is 96 bits of data, which seems a reasonable amount of data to feed the hashing function. In a typical networking cluster, the network will be one of the three well-known RFC 1918 addresses (192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12, or 10.0.0.0/8). Let’s imagine a network of 8,192 hosts, because I happen to like powers of 2. Ignoring subnettting completely, we assign all 8,192

“The system is slow” is a poor bug report: in fact, it is useless.

hosts addresses from the 192.168.0.0 space, numbering them consecutively 192.168.0.1–192.168.32.1. The service being requested has a constant destination port number (for example, 6379) and the source port is ephemeral. The data we now put into our hash function are the two IPs and the ports. The source port is pseudo-randomly chosen by the system at connection time from a range of nearly 16 bits. It is nearly 16 bits because some parts of the port range are reserved for privileged programs, and we are building an underprivileged system. The destination port is constant, so we remove 16 bits of change from the input to the function. Those nice fat IPv4 addresses that should be giving us 64 bits of data to hash on actually only give us 13 bits, because that is all we need to encode 8,192 hosts. The input to our hashing function is not 96 bits, but is actually fewer than 42. Knowing that, you might pick a different hash function or change the inputs, inputs that really do lead to the output being spaced evenly over our hosts. How work is spread over the set of hosts in a distributed system is one of the main keys to whether that system can scale predictably, or at all.

An exhaustive discussion of how to scale distributed systems is a topic for a book far longer than this column, but I cannot leave the topic until I mention what debugging features exist in the distributed system. “The system is slow” is a poor bug report: in fact, it is useless. However, it is the one most often uttered in relation to distributed systems. Typically the first thing users of the system notice is the response time has increased and the results they get from the system take far longer than normal. A distributed system needs to express, in some way, its local and remote service times so the systems operators, such as the devops or systems administration teams, can track down the problem. Hot spots can be found through the periodic logging of the service request arrival and completion on each host. Such logging needs to be lightweight and not directed to a single host, which is a common mistake. When your system gets busy and the logging output starts taking out the servers, that’s bad. Recording system-level metrics, including CPU,

I am most surprised that some distributed systems work at all.

memory, and network utilization will also help in tracking down problems, as will the recording of network errors. If the underlying communications medium becomes overloaded, this may not show up on a single host, but will result in a distributed set of errors, with a small number at each node, which lead to chaotic effects over the whole system. Visibility leads to debuggability; you cannot have the latter without the former.

Coming back around to your original point, I am not surprised that small increases in offered load are causing your distributed system to fail, and, in fact, I am most surprised that some distributed systems work at all. Making the load, hot spots, and errors visible over the system may help you track down the problem and continue to scale it out even further. Or, you may find there are limits to the design of the system you are using, and you will have to either choose another or write your own. I think you can see now why you might want to avoid the latter at all costs.

KV

Related articles on queue.acm.org

KV the Loudmouth George Neville-Neil http://queue.acm.org/detail.cfm?id=1255426

There’s Just No Getting around It:

You’re Building a Distributed System Mark Cavage http://queue.acm.org/detail.cfm?id=2482856

Corba: Gone But (Hopefully) Not Forgotten Terry Coatta http://queue.acm.org/detail.cfm?id=1388786

George V. Neville-Neil ([email protected]) is the proprietor of Neville-Neil Consulting and co-chair of the ACM Queue editorial board. He works on networking and operating systems code for fun and profit, teaches courses on various programming-related subjects, and encourages your comments, quips, and code snips pertaining to his Communications column.

Copyright held by author.

viewpoints

Calendar of Events

February 2–6

Eighth ACM International

Conference on Web Search and

Data Mining,

Shanghai, China,

Sponsored: SIGMOD, SIGWEB,

SIGIR, and SIGKDD,

Contact: Hang Li

Email: [email protected]

February 7–11 20th ACM SIGPLAN Symposium on Principles and Practice of Parallel Programming,

Burlingame, CA,

Sponsored: ACM/SIG,

Contact: Albert Cohen,

Email: [email protected]

February 12–13

The 16th International Workshop on Mobile Computing Systems and Applications, Santa Fe, NM,

Sponsored: ACM/SIG,

Contact: Justin Gregory

Manweiler, Email: justin.manweiler@ gmail.com

February 18–21 Richard Tapia Celebration of Diversity in Computing Conference, Boston, MA,

Sponsored: ACM/SIG,

Contact: Valerie E. Taylor, Email: [email protected]

February 22–24

The 2015 ACM/SIGDA

International Symposium on

Field-Programmable Gate Arrays,

Monterey, CA,

Sponsored: ACM/SIG,

Contact: George Constantinides,

Email: [email protected]

February 27–March 1

I3D ‘15: Symposium on

Interactive

3D Graphics and Games,

San Francisco, CA,

Sponsored: ACM/SIG,

Contact: Li-Yi Wei, Email: liyiwei@stanfordalumni. org

March 2–4 Fifth ACM Conference on Data and Application Security and Privacy,

San Antonio, TX,

Sponsored: SIGSAC,

Contact: Jaehong Park

Email: [email protected]

FEBRUARY 2015 | VOL. 58 | NO. 2 | COMMUNICATIONS OF THE ACM 39

Copyright of Communications of the ACM is the property of Association for Computing Machinery and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use.

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._Too big to fail-doc.docx

AS1 support/Q1/Financial Regulation-doc.docx

Armstrong And dAvis FinAnciAl regulAtion: Are we reAching An eFFicient outcome? r1

FINANCIAL REGULATION: ARE WE REACHING AN EFFICIENT OUTCOME?

Angus Armstrong* and E. Philip Davis**

This issue of the National Institute Economic Review includes articles by six renowned financial economists who each investigate one key aspect of the Global Financial Crisis (GFC) and the regulatory response. The authors, who will also present at the National Institute’s Annual Finance Conference at the Bank of England in March, were asked to have in mind the following guidance in preparing their articles:

“Since the Global Financial Crisis a number of regulatory policies have been discussed, proposed and sometimes implemented to address the shortcomings in the regulatory framework. These include capital and liquidity regulation (notably via Basel III), developments in cross-border bank resolution, macro-prudential policies and addressing the issue of too-big-to-fail. It is timely to take a critical overview of these various measures to see whether we are closer to a financial system that is both appropriately stable and efficient in fulfilling its functions to the wider economy. Could better ways to address the underlying problems be conceived? And what are the open questions?”

Anat Admati focusses on capital regulation for banks. Equity holders and creditors have competing interests as the former benefit from the upside of risks while the latter share only the downside of risks. In non-bank firms equity holders have an incentive to increase risk, but this is offset by the rising cost of debt and use of covenants as debt holders seek to protect themselves. In banks this offset is weaker as depositors are insured so they have no incentive to monitor and price risk-taking. Since deposits are unsecured by collateral, banks can use the assets purchased with deposits as collateral for non-deposit debt funding at low cost. The motivation for capital regulation is to protect taxpayers, who insure the depositors from the consequences of these risk-taking incentives.

Admati suggests that the widely held view that ‘holding equity is costly’ results from a focus on the private costs to bankers and their shareholders of not being able to pass on risk to creditors and taxpayers in this way. This idea that equity is expensive is, she argues, widely believed owing to the political influence of bankers. In fact any such private costs are more than offset by the social benefits of financial stability. There is no fundamental reason why banks should be more highly leveraged than other corporations.

Admati contends that Basel III is a missed opportunity: capital requirements are still too low. She also criticises the use of risk weights (especially zero weights) which offer incentives to manipulate disclosure and maximise risk. Furthermore, she suggests that unreliable nonequity securities should not be counted as capital as bail-ins are unlikely in a crisis. Instead she recommends 20–30 per cent equity ratio with a transition financed by zero dividends. Meanwhile, the tax code should be amended to reduce the incentive of banks and other corporations to take on debt instead of equity.

*National Institute of Economic and Social Research, email [email protected]; **National Institute of Economic and Social Research and Brunel University, email [email protected].

David Miles contends that the key problem building up to the GFC was not ‘light touch regulation’ but banks operating under Basel II with very high leverage on risky assets often as a result of low risk weights. The acceptance of this financial structure was again the suggestion that ‘equity is costly’ to banks. In fact, the full social cost of low equity in terms of financial crises is substantial and the impact of high equity on bank funding is low. The use of debt-based instruments in total loss absorbing capital (TLAC) and the complexity of multiple capital

R2 nAtionAl institute economic review No. 235 FebruAry 2016

buffers are shortcomings of Basel III. Miles is sceptical of the need for liquidity requirements in addition from adequate capital regulation as enough capital is usually a guarantee of liquidity. But the key point is that regulators are not requiring adequate capital ratios.

We agree that excessive leverage and distorted risk weights were central to the GFC. However, questions remain about how these distortions were permitted. For example, subordinated debt holders have an incentive to monitor risk, the argument that creditors knew that governments were a back-stop lacks direct evidence. Moreover, under Basel II regulators had supervisory discretion and powers to increase transparency to enable market discipline. It is an open question whether regulators can ever limit risk taking by rules within such complex institutions. A fundamental change in corporate structure (for example, removing limited liability) may be necessary to change incentives in opaque institutions.

Gianni De Nicolò’s paper on liquidity regulation highlights how a number of important externalities linked to liquidity were brought out by the GFC. These include “fire sale” externalities where illiquid assets have to be sold at below fundamental values, “strategic complementarities” where banks adopt similar strategies and thus increase systemic risk, and “network externalities” where contagion risks arise from failure of banks to internalise liquidity risks arising from concentrated exposures across the system.

While there is a consensus in the literature that these are important market failures, many authors contend that capital regulations are sufficient and that liquidity regulations impose extra social costs on the economy by restricting maturity transformation. This debate is particularly important in the context of two new Basel regulations. First, there is the Liquidity Coverage Ratio, which requires banks to hold reserves of liquid assets to meet short-term (30 days and under) liabilities. Second, there is the Net Stable Funding Ratio which is the ratio of the available amount of stable funding (customer deposits, long-term wholesale funding, and equity) to the required amount of stable funding over a one-year horizon. The latter is especially seen as requiring changes in banks’ structural funding while also requiring adaptation by central banks in their operational frameworks, as it is likely to reduce money market volumes and increase the attractiveness of longterm central bank refinancing. One suggestion is that ex ante prompt corrective action elements in liquidity regulation could provide appropriate financial stability protection at lower cost.

Overall, we are sympathetic to the view that well capitalised banks should be able to obtain liquidity readily. But this comes back to the point about how to make it in bankers’ own interests to hold enough capital and liquidity, rather than hoping that imposing ever tougher rules will be enough. Also, financial institutions can only be liquid if they operate in liquid markets. This requires an appropriate market infrastructure including rules, reporting requirements and clear legal and accounting frameworks. Some of the most important global markets proved to be at best illiquid and at worst rigged with illegal activity.

James Barth and Clas Wihlborg define ‘too big to fail’ (TBTF) where a bank is seen to generate unacceptable risk to the banking system and the economy if it were to default and fail to fulfil its obligations. Costs imposed on the economy are firstly that competition between banks is distorted if large banks gain an interest rate subsidy from the expectation of rescue. Second, a few large banks may have a very strong political influence on regulators. And third, there may develop a link between bank risk and sovereign risk, as the cost of bailing out a bank contributes to a nation’s fiscal crisis. The problem has been growing historically as large banks continue to grow and dominate financial systems. ‘Big’ may be defined in various ways, including not only various measures of size but also complexity, whereby empirical work shows that number of subsidiaries and involvement in market based activities contribute to systemic risk.

The importance of complexity as well as size (also interconnectedness, substitutability, cross-jurisdictional activity) is reflected in the definition of Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs) under Basel III and stricter regulatory capital requirements. However, the definition of Systemically Important Financial Institutions (SIFIs) is not internationally consistent, being defined at a national level. Further reforms aimed specifically at TBTF, such as the Dodd-Frank Act, the UK Vickers legislation and EU Liikanen report, address it in one or more of the following ways: restricting bank size directly, separation of different activities by ring fencing, requiring higher capital and providing an orderly winddown framework.

Armstrong And dAvis FinAnciAl regulAtion: Are we reAching An eFFicient outcome? r3

The authors note that the costs of TBTF regulation in terms of lost economies of scale or scope are rarely allowed for, nor are the risks of activities shifting to the shadow banking sector. Yet they are sceptical whether the reforms underway are strong enough to allow a large bank to be resolved with uninsured creditors sharing the losses. We would add that it is difficult to credit that most of the largest banks on the eve of the GFC are even larger today. Moreover, TBTF was not limited to deposit taking intermediaries. Under the authors’ definition, it is perfectly possible that very large insurance or asset management firms may become TBTF.

Thorsten Beck highlights how cross-border banking has grown rapidly in recent decades, not only in OECD countries but also in developing countries. Supervisory cooperation is essential because failure of a bank in one country can give rise to substantial externalities in other countries, notably given the ongoing integration of financial systems. Indeed, the failure of large cross-border banks such as Lehmans, Fortis and the Icelandic banks was a salient feature of the GFC. Efficient resolution proved particularly difficult and led to political conflict between the countries concerned. Reasons for difficulties include not only a lack of bank resolution frameworks even at a national level, but also differing legal and regulatory systems that limited scope for cooperation. National governments represent their own taxpayers and the incentive of local supervisors is to focus on national stability concerns.

Three traditional instruments to deal with cross-border banks are consolidated supervision, Memoranda of Understanding (MoUs) and Colleges of Supervisors. All have significant limitations, for example the non-binding nature of MoUs. The GFC shows the need for adequate resolution mechanisms, loss allocation and information flows at cross-border level. Since the crisis, a number of helpful developments have occurred, such as living wills, strengthening of cross-border regulatory cooperation and mandating of some MoUs. In the EU we have seen the introduction of supranational supervision under the Banking Union. But even this may not resolve the issues in cross-border failures, as the safety net has not been moved to a supranational level. In developing policies, Beck also argues that regulators need to become more aware that there is a feedback loop from changes in supervisory architecture to the decisions of cross-border banks.

Finally, Dirk Schoenmaker and Peter Wierts remind us that the authorities stood back and allowed imbalances to develop that led to the GFC. The consensus was that focussing monetary policy on consumer prices and supervision on individual institutions (whose models assumed risk is exogenous) were sufficient for monetary and financial stability. In fact the neglect of asset prices, leverage incentives, fragility to shocks and of the endogenous nature of risk in a downturn was catastrophic.

There is now a new consensus that macroprudential policy (MPP) in the time-series dimension should focus on systemic resilience to financial shocks, while the cross-sectional dimension must address TBTF. Whether MPP should be used to increase financial resilience or constrain financial booms and the balance between MPP and micro-prudential financial policy are unresolved. Furthermore there are important issues in the relation of MPP to monetary policy, not least in the light of the impact of near-zero interest rates on risk-taking and therefore financial exposures. It is unclear that inflation targeting is always consistent with financial stability. Particular issues arise for MPP in a monetary union, where a one-size-fits-all monetary policy requires variation of MPP at a national level.

Core to reporting for MPP should be measures of the financial cycle, with a particular focus on credit and real estate prices. Whereas Basel III mandates a countercyclical capital buffer for banks, this may be inadequate to break a credit boom. The authors recommend a similar buffer for liquidity as well as tying remuneration packages to long-term bank performance, and application of instruments cross border as recommended by the G-20. They also recommend a time-varying leverage ratio across all financial institutions to dampen the credit cycle, with much lower leverage than in Basel III to constrain credit growth.

There has been progress in regulation since the 2007–9 GFC. But many policies were set even before the crisis had finished, let alone understood. Most authors contend that Basel III falls short of what is required in many ways: levels and quality of capital, the form of liquidity regulation, risk weights, inconsistent definitions and the nature of countercyclical buffers. Authors also highlight the political influence of banks as a barrier to reform and the differing interests of countries involved in international banking regulation. Appropriate incentives and information remain central to financial stability. A fundamental question is whether stability can be imposed by regulation or requires changes in the legal structure of opaque firms to align risks with principals’ returns.

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._Financial Regulation-doc.docx

AS1 support/Q1/Financial Regulation- Are We Reaching an Efficient Outcome .pdf

Armstrong And dAvis FinAnciAl regulAtion: Are we reAching An eFFicient outcome? r1

*National Institute of Economic and Social Research, email [email protected]; **National Institute of Economic and Social Research and Brunel University, email [email protected].

FINANCIAL REGULATION: ARE WE REACHING AN EFFICIENT OUTCOME?

Angus Armstrong* and E. Philip Davis**

This issue of the National Institute Economic Review includes articles by six renowned financial economists who each investigate one key aspect of the Global Financial Crisis (GFC) and the regulatory response. The authors, who will also present at the National Institute’s Annual Finance Conference at the Bank of England in March, were asked to have in mind the following guidance in preparing their articles:

“Since the Global Financial Crisis a number of regulatory policies have been discussed, proposed and sometimes implemented to address the shortcomings in the regulatory framework. These include capital and liquidity regulation (notably via Basel III), developments in cross-border bank resolution, macro-prudential policies and addressing the issue of too-big-to-fail. It is timely to take a critical overview of these various measures to see whether we are closer to a financial system that is both appropriately stable and efficient in fulfilling its functions to the wider economy. Could better ways to address the underlying problems be conceived? And what are the open questions?”

Anat Admati focusses on capital regulation for banks. Equity holders and creditors have competing interests as the former benefit from the upside of risks while the latter share only the downside of risks. In non-bank firms equity holders have an incentive to increase risk, but this is offset by the rising cost of debt and use of covenants as debt holders seek to protect themselves. In banks this offset is weaker as depositors are insured so they have no incentive to monitor and price risk-taking. Since deposits are unsecured by collateral, banks can use the assets purchased with deposits as collateral for non-deposit debt funding at low cost. The motivation for capital regulation is to protect taxpayers, who

insure the depositors from the consequences of these risk-taking incentives.

Admati suggests that the widely held view that ‘holding equity is costly’ results from a focus on the private costs to bankers and their shareholders of not being able to pass on risk to creditors and taxpayers in this way. This idea that equity is expensive is, she argues, widely believed owing to the political influence of bankers. In fact any such private costs are more than offset by the social benefits of financial stability. There is no fundamental reason why banks should be more highly leveraged than other corporations.

Admati contends that Basel III is a missed opportunity: capital requirements are still too low. She also criticises the use of risk weights (especially zero weights) which offer incentives to manipulate disclosure and maximise risk. Furthermore, she suggests that unreliable non- equity securities should not be counted as capital as bail-ins are unlikely in a crisis. Instead she recommends 20–30 per cent equity ratio with a transition financed by zero dividends. Meanwhile, the tax code should be amended to reduce the incentive of banks and other corporations to take on debt instead of equity.

David Miles contends that the key problem building up to the GFC was not ‘light touch regulation’ but banks operating under Basel II with very high leverage on risky assets often as a result of low risk weights. The acceptance of this financial structure was again the suggestion that ‘equity is costly’ to banks. In fact, the full social cost of low equity in terms of financial crises is substantial and the impact of high equity on bank funding is low. The use of debt-based instruments in total loss absorbing capital (TLAC) and the complexity of multiple capital

R2 nAtionAl institute economic review No. 235 FebruAry 2016

buffers are shortcomings of Basel III. Miles is sceptical of the need for liquidity requirements in addition from adequate capital regulation as enough capital is usually a guarantee of liquidity. But the key point is that regulators are not requiring adequate capital ratios.

We agree that excessive leverage and distorted risk weights were central to the GFC. However, questions remain about how these distortions were permitted. For example, subordinated debt holders have an incentive to monitor risk, the argument that creditors knew that governments were a back-stop lacks direct evidence. Moreover, under Basel II regulators had supervisory discretion and powers to increase transparency to enable market discipline. It is an open question whether regulators can ever limit risk taking by rules within such complex institutions. A fundamental change in corporate structure (for example, removing limited liability) may be necessary to change incentives in opaque institutions.

Gianni De Nicolò’s paper on liquidity regulation highlights how a number of important externalities linked to liquidity were brought out by the GFC. These include “fire sale” externalities where illiquid assets have to be sold at below fundamental values, “strategic complementarities” where banks adopt similar strategies and thus increase systemic risk, and “network externalities” where contagion risks arise from failure of banks to internalise liquidity risks arising from concentrated exposures across the system.

While there is a consensus in the literature that these are important market failures, many authors contend that capital regulations are sufficient and that liquidity regulations impose extra social costs on the economy by restricting maturity transformation. This debate is particularly important in the context of two new Basel regulations. First, there is the Liquidity Coverage Ratio, which requires banks to hold reserves of liquid assets to meet short-term (30 days and under) liabilities. Second, there is the Net Stable Funding Ratio which is the ratio of the available amount of stable funding (customer deposits, long-term wholesale funding, and equity) to the required amount of stable funding over a one-year horizon. The latter is especially seen as requiring changes in banks’ structural funding while also requiring adaptation by central banks in their operational frameworks, as it is likely to reduce money market volumes and increase the attractiveness of long- term central bank refinancing. One suggestion is that ex ante prompt corrective action elements in liquidity regulation could provide appropriate financial stability protection at lower cost.

Overall, we are sympathetic to the view that well capitalised banks should be able to obtain liquidity readily. But this comes back to the point about how to make it in bankers’ own interests to hold enough capital and liquidity, rather than hoping that imposing ever tougher rules will be enough. Also, financial institutions can only be liquid if they operate in liquid markets. This requires an appropriate market infrastructure including rules, reporting requirements and clear legal and accounting frameworks. Some of the most important global markets proved to be at best illiquid and at worst rigged with illegal activity.

James Barth and Clas Wihlborg define ‘too big to fail’ (TBTF) where a bank is seen to generate unacceptable risk to the banking system and the economy if it were to default and fail to fulfil its obligations. Costs imposed on the economy are firstly that competition between banks is distorted if large banks gain an interest rate subsidy from the expectation of rescue. Second, a few large banks may have a very strong political influence on regulators. And third, there may develop a link between bank risk and sovereign risk, as the cost of bailing out a bank contributes to a nation’s fiscal crisis. The problem has been growing historically as large banks continue to grow and dominate financial systems. ‘Big’ may be defined in various ways, including not only various measures of size but also complexity, whereby empirical work shows that number of subsidiaries and involvement in market based activities contribute to systemic risk.

The importance of complexity as well as size (also interconnectedness, substitutability, cross-jurisdictional activity) is reflected in the definition of Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs) under Basel III and stricter regulatory capital requirements. However, the definition of Systemically Important Financial Institutions (SIFIs) is not internationally consistent, being defined at a national level. Further reforms aimed specifically at TBTF, such as the Dodd-Frank Act, the UK Vickers legislation and EU Liikanen report, address it in one or more of the following ways: restricting bank size directly, separation of different activities by ring fencing, requiring higher capital and providing an orderly wind- down framework.

The authors note that the costs of TBTF regulation in terms of lost economies of scale or scope are rarely allowed for, nor are the risks of activities shifting to the shadow banking sector. Yet they are sceptical whether the reforms underway are strong enough to allow a large bank to be resolved with uninsured creditors sharing the losses. We would add that it is difficult to credit that

Armstrong And dAvis FinAnciAl regulAtion: Are we reAching An eFFicient outcome? r3

most of the largest banks on the eve of the GFC are even larger today. Moreover, TBTF was not limited to deposit taking intermediaries. Under the authors’ definition, it is perfectly possible that very large insurance or asset management firms may become TBTF.

Thorsten Beck highlights how cross-border banking has grown rapidly in recent decades, not only in OECD countries but also in developing countries. Supervisory cooperation is essential because failure of a bank in one country can give rise to substantial externalities in other countries, notably given the ongoing integration of financial systems. Indeed, the failure of large cross-border banks such as Lehmans, Fortis and the Icelandic banks was a salient feature of the GFC. Efficient resolution proved particularly difficult and led to political conflict between the countries concerned. Reasons for difficulties include not only a lack of bank resolution frameworks even at a national level, but also differing legal and regulatory systems that limited scope for cooperation. National governments represent their own taxpayers and the incentive of local supervisors is to focus on national stability concerns.

Three traditional instruments to deal with cross-border banks are consolidated supervision, Memoranda of Understanding (MoUs) and Colleges of Supervisors. All have significant limitations, for example the non-binding nature of MoUs. The GFC shows the need for adequate resolution mechanisms, loss allocation and information flows at cross-border level. Since the crisis, a number of helpful developments have occurred, such as living wills, strengthening of cross-border regulatory cooperation and mandating of some MoUs. In the EU we have seen the introduction of supranational supervision under the Banking Union. But even this may not resolve the issues in cross-border failures, as the safety net has not been moved to a supranational level. In developing policies, Beck also argues that regulators need to become more aware that there is a feedback loop from changes in supervisory architecture to the decisions of cross-border banks.

Finally, Dirk Schoenmaker and Peter Wierts remind us that the authorities stood back and allowed imbalances to develop that led to the GFC. The consensus was that focussing monetary policy on consumer prices and supervision on individual institutions (whose models assumed risk is exogenous) were sufficient for

monetary and financial stability. In fact the neglect of asset prices, leverage incentives, fragility to shocks and of the endogenous nature of risk in a downturn was catastrophic.

There is now a new consensus that macroprudential policy (MPP) in the time-series dimension should focus on systemic resilience to financial shocks, while the cross-sectional dimension must address TBTF. Whether MPP should be used to increase financial resilience or constrain financial booms and the balance between MPP and micro-prudential financial policy are unresolved. Furthermore there are important issues in the relation of MPP to monetary policy, not least in the light of the impact of near-zero interest rates on risk-taking and therefore financial exposures. It is unclear that inflation targeting is always consistent with financial stability. Particular issues arise for MPP in a monetary union, where a one-size-fits-all monetary policy requires variation of MPP at a national level.

Core to reporting for MPP should be measures of the financial cycle, with a particular focus on credit and real estate prices. Whereas Basel III mandates a countercyclical capital buffer for banks, this may be inadequate to break a credit boom. The authors recommend a similar buffer for liquidity as well as tying remuneration packages to long-term bank performance, and application of instruments cross border as recommended by the G-20. They also recommend a time-varying leverage ratio across all financial institutions to dampen the credit cycle, with much lower leverage than in Basel III to constrain credit growth.

There has been progress in regulation since the 2007–9 GFC. But many policies were set even before the crisis had finished, let alone understood. Most authors contend that Basel III falls short of what is required in many ways: levels and quality of capital, the form of liquidity regulation, risk weights, inconsistent definitions and the nature of countercyclical buffers. Authors also highlight the political influence of banks as a barrier to reform and the differing interests of countries involved in international banking regulation. Appropriate incentives and information remain central to financial stability. A fundamental question is whether stability can be imposed by regulation or requires changes in the legal structure of opaque firms to align risks with principals’ returns.

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._Financial Regulation- Are We Reaching an Efficient Outcome .pdf

AS1 support/Q1/Saving the Banks- The Political Economy of Bailouts.pdf

Comparative Political Studies 2014, Vol. 47(4) 574 –600

© The Author(s) 2013 Reprints and permissions:

sagepub.com/journalsPermissions.nav DOI: 10.1177/0010414013488540

cps.sagepub.com

Article

Saving the Banks: The Political Economy of Bailouts

Emiliano Grossman1 and Cornelia Woll2

Abstract How much leeway did governments have in designing bank bailouts and deciding on the height of intervention during the 2007-2009 financial crisis? By analyzing the variety of bailouts in Europe and North America, we will show that the strategies governments use to cope with the instability of financial markets does not depend on economic conditions alone. Rather, they take root in the institutional and political setting of each country and vary in particular according to the different types of business–government relations banks were able to entertain with public decision makers. Still, “crony capitalism” accounts overstate the role of bank lobbying. With four case studies of the Irish, Danish, British, and French bank bailout, we show that countries with close one-on-one relationships between policy makers and bank management tended to develop unbalanced bailout packages, while countries where banks negotiated collectively developed solutions with a greater burden-sharing from private institutions.

Keywords financial crisis, banking, lobbying, United Kingdom, Ireland, France, Denmark

Introduction

Bank bailouts leave few people indifferent. Extraordinary amounts of public funding were made available to commercial banks during the financial crisis

1Sciences Po - Centre d’études européennes, Paris, France 2Sciences Po-MaxPo and LIEPP, Paris, France

Corresponding Author: Cornelia Woll, Sciences Po-MaxPo, 27, rue Saint-Guillaume, 75007 Paris, France. Email: [email protected]

488540CPS47410.1177/0010414013488540Comparative Political StudiesGrossman and Woll research-article2013

Grossman and Woll 575

of 2008, dwarfing the budgets of many other policy domains. According to some observers, this massive intervention was necessary to keep the bank- ing sector from collapsing. According to others, it constituted an inaccept- able gift to private institutions that will help to sustain unreasonable investment decisions in the future. In essence, the question is how much leeway governments had in designing bank bailouts and deciding on the height of intervention. Were the rescue package simply a response to the gravity of the crisis or did banks lobby policy makers for particular advan- tages? It is possible that bank rescue packages were influenced by both moti- vations. The risk of a contagion from failing banks created a public problem that justifies intervention, but it is difficult to know how much and what kind of emergency aid is necessary in a given situation.1 Designing bank rescue packages therefore resulted from consultation with the banks themselves. How much were they able to influence government policy in their favor dur- ing these negotiations?

We propose to study this question by comparing national bank bailout plans across Europe and the United States in the aftermath of the crisis. The recent rescue schemes are particularly instructive, because a number of coun- tries with comparable economies and financial sectors have opted for mark- edly different bailout strategies (Laeven & Valencia, 2010; Schmitz, Weber, & Posch, 2009). Some countries, such as Ireland, poured more than twice their gross domestic product (GDP) onto the ailing banking sector, which eventually led to country into a sovereign debt crisis. Others, such as Denmark, spent surprisingly little, despite initially committing similar sums. Trying to explain both the magnitude of intervention and the difference between initial commitments and budgets actually spent, we concentrate on the period from 2008-2009 to get a grasp of economic policy making in times of crisis. After a short review of the costs of financial bailouts in most European countries and the United States, we select four exemplary cases— Denmark, France, Ireland, and the United Kingdom—to analyze the context, the specific arrangements, and the conditions of each national scheme.

Using the comparative data and the insights from the case studies, we argue that the magnitude and nature of state intervention cannot be explained by economic indicators alone. We show that there is no linear relationship between the extent of the crisis felt in each country and the public authorities’ reaction to it. However, the political influence of the banking sector is also insufficient to account for the costs of the bailouts. In some countries, banks lobbied successfully to shift the burden of banking sector losses on the tax- payer; in others, banks were just as central to devising the policy solutions,

576 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

but ended up carrying a substantial part of the rescue package burden. Simplistic accounts of “crony capitalism” or banking sector influence cannot capture this variation. We therefore suggest that it is the political organization of the banking sector that matters. Countries where banks have strong inter- bank ties and collective negotiation capacity have business–government rela- tions that were much more apt to design a national bailout solution. By contrast, countries with close one-on-one relationships between policy mak- ers and bank management tended to develop unbalanced bailout packages. The nature of burden-sharing between public and private stakeholder, and eventually the costs of bank bailouts, thus result from the political structure of the banking sector, not simply its exposure to the crisis.

The comparison is based on data of bailout expenditures in Europe and the United States between 2008 and 2009, the analysis of policy documents, newspaper accounts and secondary literature, complemented by 20 inter- views with administrators and banking sector representatives in France, the United Kingdom, and Brussels.2 The article is structured in three parts. A first section discusses the literature on bank bailouts and gives an overview of the most relevant hypotheses that will be tested. A second section presents the comparative data on commitment and expenditures and demonstrates that mono-causal explanations based on economic indicators or crony capitalism are insufficient to account for variation between countries. A third section therefore presents four case studies and highlights the importance of the structure of business–government relations for the design of the policy solu- tion. The conclusion discusses the lessons of the case studies and the implica- tions of the study for theoretical debates in political economy.

Understanding Policy Responses to Banking Crises

The comparative literature on financial turmoil has traditionally focused on the extent and origins of the crises, but also lays out the variation in policy responses. While some have studied banking crises across all countries over roughly a century (Honohan & Laeven, 2005; Klingebiel & Laeven, 2002; Laeven & Valencia, 2008, 2010; Reinhart & Rogoff, 2009; Rosas, 2009), oth- ers have concentrated in particular on the recent crisis (Schmitz, Weber, & Posch, 2009; Weber & Schmitz, 2011). Although the focus of these studies may vary, it is possible to distinguish explanations based on economic and financial fundamentals and explanations based on the political and institu- tional context in each country, in particular those focused on the role of busi- ness–government relations.

Grossman and Woll 577

Economic Fundamentals and Financial Stability

Much of the policy literature on banking crisis analyzes bailouts by looking at the extent of the crisis affecting each country (e.g., Faeh et al., 2009). Indeed, we would expect bailouts to be more costly in countries where the banking sector was severely affected. In particular, as the size of the banking sector relative to the rest of the economy increases, the urgency for interven- tion will become more intense (Laeven & Valencia, 2010). Similarly, the role of the banking sector for the financing of the real economy is likely to play a role. Where small and medium-sized companies depend on funding provided by domestic banks, we should see state intervention to prop up these financial institutions to keep their economies afloat.

According to such economic fundamentals, variation in policy responses might be a function of economic pressures, where the government has little choice but to intervene once the crisis has broken out. Inversely, lack of or little intervention will be the result of a small financial sector, where the col- lapse of individual banks does not trigger the failure of other banks or send shockwaves through the real economy. Public responses are thus a function of problem pressure, which can be analyzed by looking at the structure of the country’s financial industry.

Institutional Explanations

If politicians do have some discretion when designing bailout schemes, we should see variation across countries according to political factors. Bailouts are a form of state intervention into the economy with important redistribu- tive effects, and economists have repeatedly warned against the moral hazard they create and their welfare reducing effects. Rosas (2009, 2006) has labeled these two extremes “bagehot”3 and “bailout”: Governments either uphold market outcomes or intervene in support of failing financial institutions.

According to the literature in comparative political economy, we would expect countries with a liberal market tradition to refrain from extensive gov- ernment aid, while more interventionist countries should be more proactive. Moreover, the varieties of capitalism literature have pointed out the impor- tance of socioeconomic traditions for finding collective solutions (e.g., Hall & Soskice, 2001; Siaroff, 1999). Countries with a corporatist tradition should be more likely to find collective solutions, while we would expect countries with a more pluralist tradition to rely on one-on-one relationships, if govern- ments decide to intervene at all. However, the color of government might also make a difference. Traditionally, conservative parties are assumed to have closer ties with the banking sector and financial interests, while left

578 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

governments should be concerned about the redistributive effects of bank rescues (cf. Cioffi & Höpner, 2006).

Finally, the number of veto players in a policy process will increase the potential of blockage and might thus reduce the influence of one particular group—the banking sector—over policy outcomes. In such cases, we would expect the size of bailouts to be rather moderate. But others have argued that too many veto players may lead to gridlock and that in that case the only way out may prove to be pork barrel politics (McCubbins & Cox, 2001). According to that vision, then, at least small bailouts may be designed in a way favorable to certain sectors of the economy. At the very least, those sectors may suc- cessfully water down strict conditions attached to bail out.

Business–Government Relations

While the list above reflects general political trends, it is also important to concentrate on financial industry lobbying in particular (Braun & Raddatz, 2009; Keefer, 2002). In the wake of the Asian financial crisis, overly tight relationships between banking and politics were colloquially referred to as “crony capitalism.” In the 1990s, several authors had alerted the research community to the fact that a variety of forms of “meso-corporatism” were at work in various European Banking policy communities (Coleman, 1993a, 1996a; Moran, 1991a).

First of all, the size and importance of individual banks would seem to matter, as governments can allow individual banks to fail if they do not rep- resent an important part of the national banking sector. Moreover, a concen- trated banking sector will have more lobbying resources and is more likely to have access to the government than a very fragmented one.

At a more systematic level, a political-economy literature has outlined that banking systems can be classified into bank-financed economies, where capi- tal access depends on bank credit, and capital market systems (Rajan & Zingales, 2003; Zysman, 1983). In the first category, banks and entrepreneurs maintain club like personal relationships, with close connections to govern- ments; in the second, banks are intermediaries in an “arms-length system” between the entrepreneur and the financier.

Whether one focuses on corruption, lobbying or banking systems, govern- ment responses to financial crises are expected to differ according to the con- nection between bankers and public officials: The tighter their relationship, the more likely are publicly financed bailouts. In the following, we will argue that the relationships between the banking sector and the government do mat- ter for bailout arrangements. However, neither “crony capitalism” nor lobby- ing per se captures this variation—In fact, financial lobbying is incredibly

Grossman and Woll 579

well organized in all advanced economies. Rather, what matters is the politi- cal organization of the banking sector that is key. Countries, where the bank- ing sector has negotiated collectively, develop very different bailout schemes than the ones where the government interacted bilaterally with individual banks.

The Variety of Bank Bailouts

The financial crisis that started with the bursting of a housing market bubble in the United States in 2007 quickly gained financial markets and led to a series of bank failures, most notably Northern Rock in September 2007 and Bearn Stearns in March 2008, reaching a critical peak after the failure of Lehman Brothers on September 15, 2008. By the end of 2008, the crisis had spread to Europe and Asia, affecting most severely countries such as Iceland, Ireland, Latvia, Spain, Greece, or Latvia, who went into recession or even risked bankruptcy. Between the summer of 2008 and spring 2009, the finan- cial and the real estate sectors in many countries contracted significantly (see Figure 1).

To impede individual bank failures from turning into a general financial crisis, governments responded by issuing state guarantees to reassure deposi- tors, providing liquidity support to banks, recapitalizing them and providing mechanisms to relief financial institutions of impaired or “toxic” assets. Some countries undertook all of these measures, others only some of them. Despite the different policy mixes, the height of expenditures engaged by the different national schemes was remarkable. In the United States, bailout costs passed the US$1 trillion mark in the summer of 2009, in the United Kingdom and Ireland expenditures reached US$718 billion and US$614 billion, respec- tively. For a country like Ireland, such an amount represented 230% of its GDP. As was the case for Iceland, small countries thus suffered tremendously from the financial crisis, because the financial sector outlays were often much larger than the national economy.4

Even a quick glance at Figure 1 shows what is puzzling. There seems to be no clear relationship between the cumulated losses in the banking and real estate sector and the amounts governments committed to save their banks by July 2009, although governments tend to intervene when their sector is hit.5 Other indicators, such as the relative performance of share indices of banks in the fourth quarter of 2008 (Weber & Schmitz, 2011), confirm that there is a negative relationship between health of the banking sector and the announced size of government intervention, as one should expect, but the relationship is insufficient to explain the degree of variation.

580

F ig

u re

1 .

C um

ul at

ed lo

ss es

in t

he b

an ki

ng s

ec to

r ve

rs us

c o m

m it te

d ba

ilo ut

e xp

en di

tu re

s. So

ur ce

: V al

ue a

dd ed

o f fin

an ci

al a

nd r

ea l e

st at

e se

ct o r

fr o m

E ur

o st

at ; B

ai lo

ut e

xp en

di tu

re s

fr o m

E ur

o pe

an C

o m

m is

si o n

(2 00

9) , B

an k

fo r

In te

rn at

io na

l Se

tt le

m en

ts (

Fa eh

e t

al .,

20 09

). N

ot e.

C um

ul at

ed lo

ss es

a s

a pe

rc en

ta ge

o f G

D P

fr o m

0 8Q

3 to

0 9Q

01 . C

o m

m it te

d ex

pe nd

it ur

es a

s pe

rc en

ta ge

o f G

D P,

f o r

al l E

U c

o un

tr ie

s up

t o

Ju ly

2 00

9; f ig

ur es

f o r

no n-

Eu ro

pe an

c o un

tr ie

s up

t o J un

e 20

09 .

Grossman and Woll 581

To make matters complicated, money committed to bailing out banks was not always used. Figure 2 therefore considers the actual amounts that were effectively used by the summer of 2009. In most cases, governments commit- ted much higher amounts for guarantees or recapitalization schemes, but those were not necessarily taken up. The United Kingdom or the Netherlands, for example, committed between 40% and 50% of their GDP, but only spent around 25%. Denmark is particularly striking as it committed 259% of its GDP, but actually only spent 0.5% in the 1st year of the crisis.6

Moreover, not all of the money spent is actually lost. Governments had the possibility to charge interest for the money they lent and levy fees for public guarantees. Assets they acquired (some toxic, others not) could be sold off after a certain period. In some cases, the write-downs on these assets were or are still going to be important, but not always. Without try- ing to imply that the policy makers had all the relevant information to know whether their actions procured the government costs or equity, it is

Figure 2. Actual expenditures versus net cost of bailouts by 2011. Source: Bailout expenditures from European Commission (2009), Bank for International Settlements (Faeh et al., 2009); net costs from Eurostat (European Commission, 2009, 2011). Note. Actual expenditures for all EU countries up to July 2009; net costs by the end of 2010.

582 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

interesting to compare the amount of money different countries actually spent on bailouts and the net costs they appear to have borne by May 2011 (cf. dark column in Figure 2).

Explaining the differences between actual bailout expenditures in 2009 and net costs estimated in 2011 is beyond the scope of this article. It depends in great part on the value of the assets governments held, which varied according to a lot of different factors, both internal to the banks’ investment decisions, the evolution of financial markets and the design of the bailout (i.e., reimbursement conditions and costs of bailout participation). It is none- theless instructive to see that bailouts cannot always be equated to throwing public money into the throats of greedy private institutions. The ways in which bailouts are designed and the costs they impose on the financial indus- try thus need to be taken into account for a comprehensive discussion.

The question we will focus on in the following is as follows: What explains how much different countries decided to spend on bailing out their banking sector and why do we observe differences in the way these rescue packages were designed? Put more concretely, what distinguishes the countries like Ireland, the United Kingdom, or Germany, where bailout have been particu- lar expensive, from France, Spain, or Denmark?

Explaining Variation

Analyzing these variations in a quantitative manner is difficult. The number of cases is small and the relevant explanatory variables highly aggregate. Explanatory variables such as the concentration of the banking sector are proxies that could give indications about the economic importance of the sec- tor, but also the political organization or the potential influence of the sector’s lobby. More importantly, however, figures about costs and government inter- vention are not always as reliable as one would wish for in a quantitative analysis. First of all, the statistical overviews prepared by organizations such as the European Commission or the International Monetary Fund are subject to extensive bargaining over categorization and accounting methods. Second, the numbers published continue to be updated or corrected. To cite just one anecdote, German finance minister Wolfgang Schäuble discovered in the fall of 2011 that the bailout costs incurred by the German government were actu- ally 55 billion euros less than previously announced! An accounting misinter- pretation by the public unwinding company had overstated the liabilities of Hypo Real Estate in 2010 and 2011 (Wiesmann, 2011). While we may expect accounting errors of such staggering proportions to be rare, the event illus- trates that one should be cautious not to overestimate the reliability of indi- vidual figures.

Grossman and Woll 583

We nonetheless examined a series of indicators highlighted in the theoreti- cal discussion and checked for correlations to help us focus our quantitative study. A correlations table can be found in the appendix. In line with the hypotheses developed in the section on economic and financial indicators, variation may depend on the relative importance of the banking sector in those different countries, as well as its internationalization. Figure 3 presents a common measure of internationalization of the banking sector, that is, the sum of external assets and liabilities over GDP of the banking sector and shows the great variety of situations that can be observed all over Europe.

Note. Internationalization indicates sum of assets and liabilities as a per- centage of GDP (cf. Lane & Milesi-Ferretti, 2007).As can be gleaned from the correlation table in the appendix, bank sector size and internationalization are strongly correlated. Yet, only bank sector size correlates with the actual costs or extent of bailout, while internationalization is related to the net costs of the fiscal packages. Countries that have highly internationalized banking sectors are also the ones that have intervened most heavily, with the notable exception of the United States.

Political and institutional factors have become very prominent within the varieties of capitalism research agenda. Using a measure of coordination developed by Hall and Gingerich (2009), one can see that coordination is strongly and significantly correlated with the size of the banking sector and also with the net costs of fiscal packages to stimulate the economy (cf. Table A1 in the appendix). Unfortunately, this indicator is available for a few countries only. It is one of the single most important correlates of crisis management,

Figure 3. Internationalization of the banking sector. Source: Bank of International Settlements.

584 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

but also the extent of the crisis. Other indicators, such as the partisan “color” of governments or the number of veto players, do not have any significant correlation with the extent of the crisis.

To sum up this brief initial overview, we find little systematic evidence in favor of either economic or political-institutional explanations of bailout. To be sure, bank sector size and internationalization have a measurable impact on the total cost of bailout. But we could find few other explanations to account for the great variety of reactions and the different the significantly different levels of financial effort to bail out the national financial sector. As shown above, this effort is not simply a function of the depth of the crisis. While the size of the banking sector accounts for some of this, a lot of vari- ance remains unexplained. To push this analysis further, we therefore present four case studies based on these initial observations to better explore the mechanisms underlying aid decisions.

A Qualitative Comparison

As internationalization and the importance of the banking sector seem to mat- ter for bailouts, we compare two small open economies, Denmark and Ireland, with two larger economies that nonetheless have an important bank- ing industry. All four of these countries are thus likely to commit substantial sums to saving their financial sectors in times of crisis. Although all four did intervene by designing nation-wide rescue plans for the banking sectors, they differ in terms of money committed and in terms of the net costs incurred by the governments.

Denmark and Ireland responded very early on by making quite substantial sums available to the banking sector (259% and 232% of GDP, respectively). However, Denmark ended up spending only 0.5% of GDP. By contrast, Ireland spent almost all of the committed money (229.4%) and quickly slid from a banking crisis into a sovereign debt crisis, requiring the government to request a bailout by the IMF and the European Central Bank.

The United Kingdom and France were able to stomach the banking res- cues somewhat more easily than the smaller countries, but nonetheless com- mitted 42% and 18% of GDP, respectively. The British lead becomes even stronger in terms of actual expenditures, which amounted to 26.8% for the United Kingdom and only 5.6% for France. By May 2011, the French bank plan had actually brought a benefit of €2.4 billion to the government budget, thanks to the interest rates and dividends paid for the support, but mainly also to the fact that no French bank ended up going bankrupt. The U.K. plan, by contrast, which entails the nationalization of two banks, led to considerable write offs.

Grossman and Woll 585

As Figure 2 indicates, Denmark and France are among the most profitable bailout scheme, ranked first and fourth in terms of GDP. In absolute terms, France leads the European countries. On the other end of the scale, Ireland holds the uncomfortable first place among all European Union countries, both in terms of absolute costs and as percentage of GDP. The United Kingdom follows in third position, just after Germany in absolute terms, and fourth in terms of GDP, with a loss of −0.9 percentage points of GDP (European Commission, 2011).

The four cases thus allow comparing two small open economies with two larger ones, which all had important banking sectors but vary along a lot of the dimensions discussed earlier. Most importantly, they also varied in outcomes, which Denmark and France among the most profitable bail- outs and Ireland and the United Kingdom still struggling to deal with the consequences.

In the following section, we will try to demonstrate that the variation in government responses can be explained by the organization of the banking sector and their collective action capacity. Where banks maintained close but individualized relationships with the government, they were able to secure aid from the government that was tailored to the immediate needs of the ail- ing banks, sometimes with considerable costs to the government when these banks ended up failing. Where the banking sector negotiated collectively, by contrast, governments were able to make them carry a more substantial part of the burden of public intervention. Moreover, banks monitored each others’ health and refused to engage in long-term assistance.

Negotiating Bailouts in Small Economies: Ireland and Denmark

Ireland and Denmark are small open economies who joined the EU in 1973, but only Ireland adopted the euro. While Denmark is traditionally described as a corporatist country and Ireland as a liberal economy, their banking sec- tors started to look similar by the mid-1990s, after deregulation in Denmark. By the mid-2000s, the bond market on the Copenhagen Stock Exchange had become huge compared to the size of the Danish economy. Housing finance boomed, creating a considerable bubble on the Danish property market (see Mortensen & Seabrooke, 2008). Like in Ireland, the explosion of mortgage lending was fueled by the access banks had to cheap funding on international wholesale markets (Clarke & Hardiman, 2012; Lane, 2011).

When both housing markets started to experience a downturn in 2006 and 2007, the exposure of both Irish and Danish banks to their own property mar- kets became visible. Although much has been written about the housing mar- kets in Ireland and Spain, the Danish drop in housing prices is even larger

586 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

than the other two (OECD, 2009, p. 18). At the same time, Irish and Danish banks experienced difficulties in raising money on international wholesale markets. Bank share prices dropped between mid-2007 and mid-2008 and Denmark saw it first bank failures in late 2007 with bank Trellerborg. By the summer of 2008, the government decided to organize the bailout of Roskilde Bank, to prevent a contagion to the rest of the industry. Meanwhile, the Irish government began considering nationalizing Anglo Irish Bank, which had invested roughly 75% of their loans in the property sector (Honohan, 2010).

On September 30, it became clear to the Irish government that Anglo Irish would not survive another day. Fearing a contagion, the government announced in a dramatic step that all deposits and most liabilities of Irish- owned banks would be backed by a public guarantee. Danske bank, the owner of National Irish bank, which was not covered by the Irish guarantee, experi- enced a massive withdrawal of Irish deposits. Five days later, the Danish government announced a similar blanket guarantee through the Danish Banking Scheme. In international comparison, both countries are outliers, not only because of the amounts guaranteed but also because the public sup- port covered deposits and existing bank bond debt, and in the Irish case, even interbank deposits and new debt.

The Irish blanket guarantee, announced without consultation with other European countries, was severely criticized for its beggar-thy-neighbor aspects and for covering only Irish-owned banks operating in Ireland, a pro- vision the government later revised (Honohan, 2009). Indeed, the solutions elaborated by the Irish government seem particularly erratic and uncoordi- nated. For example, after the guarantee decision was taken, the chairs and CEOs of Bank of Ireland and Allied Irish Bank met again with the Irish Taoiseach and Minister of Finance to find a way to save Anglo Irish. Although the solution elaborated was eventually not implemented, it is remarkable to note that nobody thought to involve Anglo Irish representatives in the discus- sion (Honohan, 2010). Similarly, the hands-off approach of the financial regulator Patrick Neary in the run-up of the crisis has been criticized. Clarke and Hardiman (2012) note that “there was little evidence of the organiza- tional and social distance normally required for effective regulatory enforce- ment” (p. 33).

Trying to tackle not just liquidity, but also the solvency of their banks, the Irish government decided in late November to make public funds available and announced a recapitalization package of €10 billion on December 14, 2008. Initially, the government proposed that the financing necessary for capitalization were to come from equity funds, including sovereign wealth funds from the Middle East, but Irish banks strongly opposed (Kluth &

Grossman and Woll 587

Lynggaard, 2013). A privately funded solution was thus abandoned. The level of capital injections were negotiated individually with the banks on terms set unilaterally by the government. Under the plan, the government initially bought preference shares in Bank of Ireland and Allied Irish Bank for €2 billion each and €1.5 billion in Anglo Irish Bank.

The recapitalization measures had little success in restoring market confi- dence as their announcement was drowned by revelations of a circular loan scandal at Anglo Irish. The scandal led to a series of resignations in the man- agement of Anglo Irish, the Financial Regulator, as well as Irish Life and Permanent and Irish Nationwide, which were found to have made deposits under the government guarantee scheme as exceptional support to Anglo Irish Bank. In the light of these revelations, the government announced the full nationalization of Anglo Irish on January 15, 2009. Shortly after, further capital injections increased the control of the Irish state in Allied Irish and Bank of Ireland, gave it full control over two building societies and made it the largest shareholder in all the major banks.7

By then, it had become clear that Ireland needed to find a way of dealing with insolvent banks and a more systematic way of assessing the value of remaining assets. On April 7, 2009, the government announced its intention to set up a National Asset Management Agency (NAMA) by late 2009 for the transfer of toxic assets. NAMA currently covers all six Irish-owned banks, and acts as a bad bank: risky property assets are removed from the banks’ books through a special purpose vehicle, which is owned jointly by NAMA (at 49%) and private investors (51%).8 NAMA finances the pur- chase of the troubled assets through government bonds and is run as an independent agency with management services provided through the National Treasury Management Agency.9 In addition, a Prudential Capital Assessment Review was set up in early 2010 to assess each bank’s recapi- talization needs.

In 2010, the initial guarantees were up for renewal. In the light of continu- ing deterioration of the situation of the Irish banking sector and soaring pub- lic debt, a joint EU-IMF bailout was adopted in November 2010. The €85 billion package aimed to help restructure the remaining private backs and, eventually, sell off the nationalized banks. This took place in the midst of public outcry against the perceived loss of sovereignty.10 Yet, new stress test results published in March 2003 showed that the most battered banks’ situation had deteriorated, making another bailout necessary and potentially using up most of the IMF deal’s contingency. At the time of writing (March 2012), new negotiations are taking place between the Irish government and central bank and the EU and the European Financial Security Fund on the other hand. Giving Irish banks—which are all nationalized—direct access to

588 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

the European fund would help “europeanizing” the Irish bailout and take pressure off the Irish central bank. It is not certain, however, that the other EU members that pay into this fund—all except Greece—will agree to this solution.

In the Danish case, events were no less dramatic, but the government had several policy instruments to fall back on during the outbreak of the crisis. To begin with, the memory of the financial crisis of the 1990s was still vivid in the Nordic countries in the 2000s, even if one can debate how much previous lessons were heeded (Mayes, 2009). Bank resolution was an important con- cern and a public guarantee fund for depositors and investors (Garantifonden for Indskydere og Investorer [GII]) had been established in 1994 to provide guarantees for distressed financial institutions and help with their unwinding if need be. When the public deposit insurance was judged to be contrary to EU state aid rules, the Danish banking industry collectively established a private alternative in 2007, the Private Contingency Association for dis- tressed banks (Det Private Beredskab).11

The Roskilde Bank failure was the first test for the Private Contingency Association, who took ownership of the bank jointly with the National bank. However, the size of Roskilde Bank, the seventh largest in Denmark, and its massive losses soon exhausted the Fund and clarified the crucial role for government backing and the Nationalbank leading role (Carstensen, 2013). Still, the Private Contingency Association became the backbone of the Danish bailout plan, the government and the Danish Bankers Association (DBA) began to negotiate as confidence faltered in September 2008.

The Danish bailout scheme became known as “Bank Bailout Package I” and specified that all members of the Private Contingency Association were covered by an unlimited deposit guarantee until September 30, 2010. In return, the combined contribution of private banks to the Fund amounts to 35 billion DKK (approximately €4.7 billion), which divided up into three parts: a collective guarantee scheme of 10 billion DK, payments to the government for the public backing of 15 billion DK and an additional 10 billion DK set aside in case the first pillar was insufficient. The government in turn commit- ted to set aside the money paid by the Fund to cover potential bank losses stemming from bank failures and to guaranteed all deposits beyond the depositor insurance scheme in case the funds of the private scheme was exhausted. In particular, the government established the winding up company Financial Stability (Finansial Stabilitet A/S), which could secure the payment of creditor claims to distressed institutions and handle the controlled disman- tling of financial institutions that no longer met solvency requirements. The Bank Bailout Package I was passed by the Danish parliament on October 10,

Grossman and Woll 589

2008, following an agreement between the government, political parties, and the DBA 5 days earlier, and became effective on October 11.

Although the bailout scheme helped to avoid a run on Danish banks and prepare the orderly resolution of troubled institutions, funding difficulties continued throughout the remainder of 2008 and many feared the collapse of even the largest banks, including Danske Bank. To avoid a generalized crisis and credit squeeze, the Danish parliament adopted an additional legislation to address solvency difficulties through recapitalization, Bank Package II on February 3, 2009, for a total of potentially up to 100 billion DK (€14 billion). Moreover, Bank Package II introduced a guarantee scheme for loans until the end of 2013 (Østrup, 2010).

A third package was introduced in March 2010 to extend the previous deposit guarantee scheme set to expire at the end of September 2010 and bring Danish deposit insurance in line with EU legislation. Effective on October 1, 2010, Bank Package III entails a deposit guarantee of 750,000 DK per customer. The agreement also entails a standard set-up for dismantling distressed financial institutions and is financed through a contribution of 3.2 billion DK from the banking industry to the public unwinding company Finansiel Stabilitet S/A. A fourth package became necessary in August 2011 when the failure of two banks proved difficult to manage. Finally, a fifth package completed the Danish scheme in March 2012.

Through the contributions of the private sector, the public expenditures actually used in the Danish case were minimal, compared with the Irish case. In this context, it is important to note that the difference in costs of the bank bailout is not due to the general health of the banking sector. Only a small minority of Danish banks chose not to be covered by and contribute to the unlimited guarantee scheme. Concerning recapitalization, a total of 50 banks and mortgage lenders applied for capital contributions.12 With 9 bank fail- ures, the Financial Stability Company continued to manage the resolution of 6 banks through subsidiaries (i.e., bad banks) by 2012.

The collectively negotiated bailout packages in Denmark shifted the bur- den of failing banks to the private sector. In Ireland, the government negoti- ated with banks in individual consultations, both concerning the conditions they would accept for their own rescue, but also concerning possible public- private bailouts of other Irish banks, as in the case of Anglo Irish. Irish banks only spoke up with one voice when they refused private foreign investors as part of the national recapitalization scheme. They did not, however, have the will or the capacity to organize to propose a comprehensive bailout scheme. In sum, although the type of exposure and the initial responses were very similar in Denmark and Ireland, the negotiations between the financial indus- try and the government were remarkably different.

590 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

The Crises Responses in the United Kingdom and France

Skeptics might argue that the lessons from these two cases should not be extended beyond small countries, where clientelistic relationships and collec- tive problem solving are more common because the networks between eco- nomic and political elites are so tight. The Danish public–private arrangement might furthermore be a typical story of Scandinavian corporatism. Extending the comparison to larger countries illustrates that the general pattern holds true there as well. Relationships between bank management and policy mak- ers in the United Kingdom were not as clientelistic and wrought by scandals as in Ireland and the United Kingdom’s government managed to propose a much praised nation-wide bailout scheme, which inspired many other coun- tries (Quaglia, 2009). However, the costs of the bailout remained on the shoulders of the government. In the French case, by contrast, a public–private solution was found. Like in Denmark, the French scheme depended on the high organizational capacity in France, which has a long tradition of inter- banking ties.

To be sure, the British exposure to the crisis was more intense and started considerably earlier, with the nationalization of Northern Rock in February 2008 after a run on the bank in September 2007. Despite effort to maintain liquidity, the situation deteriorated. The government enabled a takeover of HBOS by Lloyds TBS in September, but failed to find a similar solution for Bradford and Bingley, which was nationalized by the end of September 2008. Simultaneously, the U.K. government was drawn into the Icelandic financial crisis.13

To avoid a collapse of the entire banking system, the government devel- oped a comprehensive bailout scheme in meeting between the Prime Minister’s Office, the Treasury, and bank representatives on October 2, 2008. When coordination with the EU proved unsuccessful and U.K. stock markets continued to plummet, Prime Minister Gordon Brown and Chancellor of the Exchequer Alistair Darling decided to announce a £500 billion bailout pack- age on October 8. The initial British plan had three pillars: (a) recapitalization through a Bank Recapitalization Fund, for £50 billion; (b) a Credit Guarantee Scheme, a government loan guarantee for new debt issued between British banks for up to £250 billion; and (c) liquidity provision through short-term loans made available through a Special Liquidity Scheme operated by the Bank of England, for £200 billion.

The U.K. bank support plan was voluntary. Banks benefitting from the rescue package had to accept restrictions on executive pay, changes in corpo- rate governance and dividends to existing shareholders. They furthermore committed to offer reasonable credit to homeowners and small businesses.

Grossman and Woll 591

Although banks such as HSBC Group, Standard Chartered, or Barclays declared their support for the plan, they announced that they will not have recourse to the government recapitalization. Only the Royal Bank of Scotland and Lloyds TSB together with HBOS applied for government funding. Following a series of adjustments and transactions, the capital injections eventually led the British government to acquire 83% of the Royal Bank of Scotland (but only 68% of the voting rights) and 41% of Lloyds (National Audit Office, 2010). Following the nationalizations of Northern Rock, Bradford and Bingley, and the solicitation of the Bank Recapitalization Plan, the government decided to establish United Kingdom Financial Investments in November 2008 as a vehicle for managing public ownership in the banking system.

In France, the crisis arrived only in 2008, in particular when it became clear that Natixis, the investment branch of Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne, was heavily exposed to both the subprime crisis and the Madoff fraud. By the fall of 2008, the value of Natixis’ stock dropped by 95%, which led to the resignation of the CEOs of Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne in March 2009. In a deal brokered by the French president Nicolas Sarkozy, the two banks merged (Massoc & Jabko, 2012). The Franco-Belgian public finance bank Dexia also came into trouble in September 2008 due to liquidity difficulties. Dexia was quickly forced to apply for state aid and was bailed out by uniquely coordinated action between the Belgian, the French, and the Luxembourg governments.

Parallel to these individual measures, the government developed a com- prehensive bailout scheme together with the six main French banks. Announced on October 12, 2008, the French plan was put into place by law 4 days later. It consists of two ad hoc institutions: The Société de Financement de l’Economie Française (SFEF), set up to raise capital on financial markets and provide liquidity to ailing financial institutions, and the Société de Prise de Pariticipation de l’Etat (SPPE), through which the government would buy equities from the French banks and thus help to recapitalize them. In the European landscape, the SFEF is a unique arrange- ment as it is jointly owned by the six big banks and the governments, which hold 66% and 34%, respectively. Seven other financial institutions also signed the SFEF agreement to benefit from the liquidity provided through the state-backed mechanism (Cour des Comptes, 2009).14 Interestingly, HSBC France did not sign the agreement, but was a share- holder of the SFEF. The government agreed to guarantee bank bonds issued by the SFEF up to €360 billion for a maximum maturity of 5 years.15

592 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

At the same time, the SPPE would invest €10.5 billion in the recapitaliza- tion of French banks by January 2009.

Because of the systemic risk they represented, the six main French banks were the beneficiaries of the SFEF and the SPPE. To avoid stigmatizing any one particular bank, all six agreed to be recapitalized simultaneously through the SPPE. Put differently, the government struck a deal with the six main institutions, which effectively constrained them to accept capital and increase domestic lending. In 2009, the government agreed to expand recapitalization through the SPPE to an additional €10.25 billion. Whereas all six banks had participated in the first tranche by issuing deeply subordi- nated debt securities to the SPPE, the rational for participating in the sec- ond tranche was less evident for banks that were not in obvious financial difficulties. Crédit Agricole and Crédit Mutuel therefore decided not to par- ticipate in the second phase of SPPE intervention. The two ad hoc institu- tions were created for a limited amount of time and ended their programs according to schedule.

In the British case, more than just additional funds were needed. As banks continued requiring government help, the costs imposed on the government continued to grow and the government developed new legislation to regulate banks further and be able to intervene in a preventive manner in the future. Through new rules established by the Banking Act in February 2009, the FSA and the Bank of England obtained powers to determine the viability of British financial institutions and to exercise stabilization measures, includ- ing the sale of all or parts of the business to a private sector purchaser or a transfer to a “bridge bank” to organize the orderly dismantling. Moreover, the Treasury retains the right to take a bank into public ownership. The Banking Act 2009 thus granted considerable powers to force the resolution of a bank esteemed to pose a risk for national financial stability. But none of these changes and of the additional instruments agreed on in the course of 2009 were able to alleviate the costs the massive bank failures imposed on the government. As a result, the most important consequence of the financial crisis in the United Kingdom was the reorganization of regulatory oversight. In particular, the role of the FSA was severely criticized for failing to inter- vene early on and have ceded too much to self-confident bank management. A decade after Gordon Brown’s financial service market reform and the cre- ation of the FSA, powers are currently moved back to the Bank of England and the Treasury has established itself as a key player in banking regulation (House of Commons, 2008). Although the United Kingdom is generally cited as a liberal market economy with little intervention, this is no longer true for banking.

Grossman and Woll 593

The British bailout plan is said to have inspired many policy makers abroad and even led to a change of the U.S. Troubled Asset Relief Plan (Quaglia, 2009). Similarly, the reform of banking regulation in 2009 was quite comprehensive and went further than in several other European coun- tries. According to several commentators, the costs imposed on banks receiv- ing government aid in the United Kingdom were also particularly constraining. It is thus fair to say that the British government bailout was a well-designed government policy and not a gift to the banking industry, as some might argue for the case of Ireland. The government nonetheless bore the costs of the fail- ing institutions, which weighted heavily on the public budget. Despite attempts to broker private mergers for failing banks, the British bailout did not force the private sector to participate in preventing an overall collapse.

In France, the public–private partnership was possible because interbank- ing ties were traditionally strong and easily activated. To be sure, some of the conditions of the bailout were favorable to the banking industry. The French Court of Audit, the Cour des Comptes, for example, argued that revenue might have been higher had the conditions granted to banks been somewhat more ambitious.16 Moreover, all government revenue consists of interest pay- ments and dividends, while the government had not demanded a share of the capital gain of the supported banks (Zimmer et al., 2011). The Court of Audit also criticized the second tranche of SPPE financing, arguing that it might not have been necessary, as banks could have raised capital on financial markets (Cour des Comptes, 2010). Still, the SFEF arrangement was generally esteemed to have worked well, because its centralized issuance of state- backed bonds allowed the SFEF to provide an important volume and offer a very low price for their bonds.17 The collective action capacity of the French banking industry is thus responsible for the upsides and the downsides of the bailout. Massoc and Jabko (2012) have criticized the workings of the “infor- mal consortium,” which steered the French financial industry through the tumultuous period. But the downsides do not weight heavily when a bailout actually provides new revenue to the government budget.

Conclusion

The Danish–Irish comparison illustrates that similar types of exposure to the financial crisis can nonetheless lead to very different bank bailouts. In both countries, bank representatives and governments worked closely together. But only in Denmark did the private sector agree to be part of a collective

594 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

solution, which ultimately helped to ring-fence the failing banks and use only a minimal amount of tax payers’ money. The collective negotiation capacity is not a purely Danish phenomenon or characteristic of small open econo- mies. This is demonstrated through the French example, where the govern- ment also relied on public–private coordination with the French banking sector. Other larger countries did not have a banking industry that was suffi- ciently homogeneous and interconnected to speak collectively and to be will- ing to share the burden of a bailout. The government therefore needed to impose the conditions in a top down manner, which often implied higher costs. In the British case, the government tried to rely on private takeovers in the initial period, but was eventually obliged to nationalize several banks, which imposed considerable costs due to large write-offs. In countries where private institutions participated in the design of the bailout and shared the costs, they monitored the evolution and pushed for a disengagement of the aid once it was no longer considered necessary. Table 1 summarizes the char- acteristics of the comparison.

Crony capitalism and bank lobbying have been made responsible for many failures of government intervention in times of economic crisis. As we have seen, bank influence can indeed introduce important biases and led to misjudgment and flawed intervention, with sometimes catastrophic outcomes for the taxpayer. However, the most successful bailouts also implied a sub- stantial participation of the banking industry in finding the most appropriate policy solution. In the cases studied, the industry acted in a collective manner and the government was thus able to engage them in a way that would allow a burden-sharing solution. Bailouts are thus a consequence of the political economy of each country, and not just the problem pressure of the financial crisis.

Table 1. Country Characteristics.

Ireland Denmark United Kingdom France

Size Small open Small open Big Big Crisis Considerable

exposure Considerable

exposure Considerable

exposure Moderate

exposure Socioeconomic

order Liberal Corporatist Liberal Statist

Business– government

One-on-one relationships

Collective One-on-one relationships

Collective

Initial commitment

High High High Moderate

Outcome Sovereign debt crisis Positive, despite nine bank failures

Probably large write-offs

Positive

595

T a b

le A

1 .

C o rr

el at

io ns

.

N et

c o st

s 20

08 -2

01 0

A ct

ua l

ex pe

nd it ur

es R

at io

e ffe

ct iv

e/ ap

pr o ve

d O

ut st

an di

ng

lo an

s, c

la im

s In

te rn

at io

na liz

at io

n (f

in an

ce )

St o ck

m ar

ke t

si ze

t o G

D P

B an

k se

ct o r

si ze

to

G D

P (2

00 7)

Le ve

ra ge

C o o rd

in at

io n

In de

x Q

ua lit

y o f

go ve

rn m

en t

N o . o

f ve

to

pl ay

er s

T o ta

l c o st

o f ba

ilo ut

0. 16

R

at io

e ffe

ct iv

e/ ap

pr o ve

d −

0. 12

− 0.

07

O ut

st an

di ng

lo an

s, c

la im

s −

0. 26

− 0.

21 0.

85 **

*

In te

rn at

io na

liz at

io n

(f in

an ce

) 0.

64 **

0. 34

0. 03

− 0.

06

St o ck

m ar

ke t

si ze

t o G

D P

0. 17

0. 14

0. 17

− 0.

21 0.

70 **

*

B an

k se

ct o r

si ze

t o G

D P

(2 00

7) 0.

46 0.

75 **

* 0.

17 −

0. 04

0. 69

** 0.

37

Le ve

ra ge

0. 06

− 0.

34 −

0. 06

− 0.

06 −

0. 61

* −

0. 07

− 0.

51 *

C

o o rd

in at

io n

In de

x −

0. 62

* −

0. 28

0. 09

0. 25

− 0.

03 −

0. 41

− 0.

68 **

− 0.

10

Q ua

lit y

o f go

ve rn

m en

t −

0. 03

0. 17

0. 41

* 0.

17 0.

27 0.

55 **

* 0.

44 −

0. 07

− 0.

24

N o o

f ve

to p

la ye

rs 0.

10 0.

31 0.

23 0.

08 −

0. 15

− 0.

15 0.

28 −

0. 09

− 0.

08 0.

11

R ig

ht w

in g

go ve

rn m

en ts

0. 05

− 0.

17 0.

24 0.

17 −

0. 38

− 0.

07 0.

04 0.

15 0.

22 0.

00 −

0. 21

N ot

e. T

he N

s va

ry f o r

ea ch

c o rr

el at

io n,

d ue

t o t

he a

va ila

bi lit

y o f in

di ca

to rs

a nd

t he

v ar

ie ty

o f di

ffe re

nt s

o ur

ce s.

S o ur

ce s:

N et

c o st

s 20

08 -2

01 0:

n et

f is

ca l c

o st

s o f fis

ca l

pa ck

ag es

t o s

ti m

ul at

e th

e ec

o no

m y,

c o m

pi le

d by

t he

a ut

ho rs

, a dd

in g

th re

e su

cc es

si ve

y ea

rs , s

ee F

ig ur

e 2

fo r

de ta

ils . A

ct ua

l e xp

en di

tu re

s: S

ee F

ig ur

e 2

fo r

de ta

ils . R

at io

ef

fe ct

iv e/

ap pr

o ve

d: S

ee F

ig ur

es 1

a nd

2 f o r

de ta

ils . O

ut st

an di

ng lo

an s,

c la

im s:

B an

k fo

r In

te rn

at io

na l S

et tl em

en ts

I nt

er na

ti o na

liz at

io n:

s um

o f ex

te rn

al a

ss et

s an

d lia

bi lit

ie s

o f

fin an

ci al

in st

it ut

io ns

o ve

r G

D P,

B IS

. S to

ck M

ar ke

t Si

ze a

nd B

an k

Se ct

o r

Si ze

: O EC

D . L

ev er

ag e:

t ak

en f ro

m W

eb er

a nd

S ch

m it z

(2 01

1) C

o o rd

in at

io n

In de

x: t

ak en

f ro

m H

al l

an d

G in

ge ri

ch (

20 09

). Q

ua lit

y o f go

ve rn

m en

t: t

ak en

f ro

m t

he I nt

er na

ti o na

l C o un

tr y

R is

k G

ui de

, p ro

du ce

d by

P o lit

ic al

R is

k Se

rv ic

es . N

o . o

f ve

to p

la ye

rs : t

ak en

f ro

m t

he

w o rk

o f G

eo rg

e T

se be

lis (

20 02

), r

eg ul

ar ly

u pd

at ed

o n

hi s

pe rs

o na

l w eb

si te

. R ig

ht w

in g

go ve

rn m

en ts

: d at

ab as

e o f Po

lit ic

al I ns

ti tu

ti o ns

o f th

e W

o rl

d B

an k.

A p

p e n

d ix

596 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

Acknowledgments

This article has tremendously benefitted from presentations at MIT, Sciences Po Paris, Trinity College Dublin, the Max Planck Institute for the Study of Societies, Harvard University, George Washington University and Council for European Studies conference in Boston in March 2012. For their feedback and discussion, we would like to thank Jenny Andersson, Suzanne Berger, Arthur Goldhammer, Tim Hicks, Nicolas Jabko, Erik Jones, Desmond King, Michael Piore, Andrew Martin, Renate Mayntz, Christopher Mitchell, Thomas Sattler, Nicolas Sauger, Wolfgang Streeck, Kathleen Thelen, and Anne Wren. Brigid Laffan, Elliot Posner, Armin Schäfer, Nicolas Ziegler, and several anonymous reviewers have given us very helpful com- ments on the manuscript. Finally, we are grateful to Elsa Massoc and Helene Naegele for excellent research assistance.

Declaration of Conflicting Interests

The author(s) declared no potential conflicts of interest with respect to the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article.

Funding

The author(s) disclosed receipt of the following financial support for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article: Cornelia Woll wishes to acknowledge research funding received from the Max Planck Society.

Notes

1. Several economists have theoretically derived propositions for the optimal bail- out strategies (e.g., Aghion, Bolton, & Fries, 1999; Farhi & Tirole, 2009).

2. Since it is difficult to obtain interviews with the actors most central to the nego- tiation of bank bailouts—heads of government and their central banks, as well as the CEOs of the most important banks—the nature of these interviews is merely exploratory and helped to construct the inquiry and the comparison.

3. Sir Walter Bagehot set out guidelines on a last resort lending that insisted on the necessity of good collateral to justify lending to illiquid institutions. Without good collateral, ailing institutions should be considered insolvent.

4. The costs of the Icelandic banking bailout were not available for the comparative analysis, but one may simply note that the loans made to the Icelandic govern- ment in 2008 amounted to US$11,45 billion, which is equal to 65% of Iceland’s GDP (US$17.55 billion in 2008).

5. One may note that countries currently experiencing difficulties such as Greece, Italy, or Portugal do not figure either among those having recorded high levels of losses. This illustrates that the current sovereign debt crisis is only imperfectly related to the banking crisis of 2008.

6. To be sure, it is difficult to consider take-up rates as a measure of successful or unsuccessful government schemes and/or of effective aid granted. In some cases,

Grossman and Woll 597

take-up will be low, because the government plan is inappropriate or highly con- ditional and thus unattractive for banks, in others, it can reflect the fact that the actual health of banks was better than expected or that the program succeeded in coordinating bank rescues without public expenditures via private investment. Across countries, it appears that the average uptake on capital injections (49%) is higher than for debt guarantees (18%), where some countries such as Canada or Italy have seen zero participation (Faeh et al., 2009).

7. The only bank to refuse government participation was Irish Life and Permanent. 8. The private investors are the pension fund managers Irish Life Investment

Managers, New Ireland Assurance, and Clients of Allied Irish Banks Investment Managers, which are part of Irish Life Permanent, Bank of Ireland, and Allied Irish Banks, respectively. Because all three had been under government control and guarantee by 2011, the debt of NAMA is considered as government debt entirely (European Commission, 2011).

9. For further information, see www.nama.ie. 10. In a much-quoted editorial comment, the Irish Times said: “There is the shame of

it all. Having obtained our political independence from Britain to be the masters of our own affairs, we have now surrendered our sovereignty to the European Commission, the European Central Bank, and the International Monetary Fund.” Irish Times, “Was it all for this?” November 18, 2010, p. 17.

11. Det Private Beredskab is also sometimes translated as “Private Reserve Fund.” 12. See www.philip.dk/en/news/bank-bailout-packages-i-and-ii.html. 13. Two of the failing Icelandic banks—Landsbanki and Kaupthing—had U.K.-

based business and a large U.K. depositor base. To protect the assets of U.K. depositors, the government issued a freezing order on 8 October 2008, relying on antiterrorism rules, which greatly angered the Icelandic government.

14. These institutions were mainly housing and consumer credit institution, often the financial activity branches of large industrial groups: PSA Finance (PSA- Peugeot-Citroën), General Electric, Crédit Immobilier, Laser Cofinoga, RCI Banque (Groupe Renault), S2Pass (Groupe Carrefour), and VFS Finance (Volvo). GMAC had originally signed the SFEF agreement but did not request liquidity support.

15. This amount also included the guarantees granted to Dexia. 16. Similar regrets were expressed by public officials in the French administration.

Interview, April 15, 2011, Paris. 17. Interview with a representative of the German Bundesbank, Francfort, February

22, 2011.

References

Aghion, P., Bolton, P., & Fries, S. (1999). Optimal design of bank bailouts: The case of transition economies. Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 155(1), 51-74.

Braun, M., & Raddatz, C. (2009). Banking on politics (World Bank Policy Research Working Paper Series No. 4902). Washington, DC: World Bank.

598 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

Carstensen, M. (2013). Projecting from a fiction: The Case of Denmark and the finan- cial crisis. New Political Economy.

Cioffi, J. W., & Höpner, M. (2006). The political paradox of finance capitalism: Interests, preferences, and center-left party politics in corporate governance reform. Politics and Society, 34(4), 463-502.

Clarke, B., & Hardiman, N. (2012). Crisis in the Irish banking system (UCD Geary Institute Discussion Paper Series, WP2012/03). Dublin, Ireland: UCD Geary Institute.

Coleman, W. D. (1993). Reforming corporatism: The French banking policy com- munity, 1941-1990. West European Politics, 16(2), 122-143.

Coleman, W. D. (1996). Financial services, globalization and domestic policy change. London, England: MacMillan.

Cour des Comptes. (2009). Les concours publics aux établissements de crédit: pre- miers constats, premières recommandations [Public support to banks: First find- ings, initial recommendations]. Paris, France: La documentation française.

Cour des Comptes. (2010). Les concours publics aux établissements de crédit: Bilan et enseignement à tirer [Public support to banks: Assessment and lessons]. Paris, France: La documentation française.

European Commission. (2009). DG Competition’s review of guarantee and recapi- talisation schemes in the financial sector in the current crisis. Retrieved from http://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/legislation/review_of_schemes_en.pdf

European Commission. (2011). Eurostat supplementary table for the financial crisis: Background note. Brussels: Eurostat.

Faeh, T., et al. (2009). An assessment of financial sector rescue programmes (BIS Papers, No. 48). Basel, Switzerland: Bank for International Settlements.

Farhi, E, & Tirole, J. (2009). Collective moral hazard, maturity mismatch and sys- temic bailouts (NBER Working Paper No. w1513). Retrieved from http://www. nber.org/papers/w15138.pdf

Hall, P. A., & Gingerich, D. W. (2009). Varieties of capitalism and institutional com- plementarities in the political economy: An empirical analysis. British Journal of Political Science, 39(03), 449-482.

Hall, P. A., & Soskice, D. (2001). Varieties of capitalism: Institutional foundations of comparative advantage. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Honohan, P. (2009). Resolving Ireland’s banking crisis. The Economic and Social Review, 40(2), 207-231.

Honohan, P. (2010). The Irish banking crisis: Regulatory and financial stability pol- icy 2003–2008. Dublin: central bank. Report to the Minister for Finance.

Honohan, P., & Laeven, L. (2005). Systemic financial Crises: Containment and reso- lution. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

House of Commons. (2008). Banking reform (Seventeenth Report of Session 2007- 2008). London, England: Treasury Committee.

Keefer, P. (2002). When do special interest run rampant? Disentangling the role of elections, incomplete information and checks and balances in banking crises (World Bank Policy Research Working Paper, WPS2543). Washington, DC:

Grossman and Woll 599

World Bank. Retrieved from http://elibrary.worldbank.org/content/workingpa- per/10.1596/1813-9450-2543

Klingebiel, D., & Laeven, L. (2002). Managing the real and fiscal effects of banking crises (World Bank Discussion Paper). Washington, DC: World Bank.

Kluth, M., & Lynggaard, K. (2013). Explaining responses in Danish and Irish banking to the financial crisis. West European Politics.

Laeven, L., & Valencia, F. (2008). Systemic banking crises: A new database (IMF Working Paper, WP/08/224). Washington, DC: International Monetary Fund. Retrieved from www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/wp/2008/wp08224.pdf

Laeven, L., & Valencia, F. (2010). Resolution of banking crises: The good, the bad, and the ugly (IMF Working Paper). Washington, DC: International Monetary Fund.

Lane, P. R. (2011). The Irish crisis. Dublin. Retrieved from http://papers.ssrn.com/ sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1794877

Lane, P. R., & Milesi-Ferretti, G. M. (2007). The external wealth of nations mark II: Revised and extended estimates of foreign assets and liabilities, 1970–2004. Journal of International Economics, 73(2), 223-250.

Massoc, E., & Nicolas, J. (2012). French capitalism under stress: The politics of Nicolas Sarkozy’s bank support plan. Review of International Political Economy. 19(4), 562-585.

Mayes, D. (2009). Did recent experience of a financial crisis help in coping with the current financial turmoil? The case of the Nordic countries. Journal of Common Market Studies, 47(5), 997-1015.

McCubbins, M. D., & Cox, G. W. (2001). The institutional determinants of economic policy outcomes. In S. Haggard & M. McCubbins (Eds.), Presidents and parlia- ments (pp. 21-63). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Moran, M. (1991). The politics of financial services revolution: The USA, UK and Japan. Basingstoke, UK: Macmillan.

Mortensen, J. L., & Seabrooke, L. (2008). Housing as social right or means to wealth The politics of property booms in Australia and Denmark. Comparative European Politics, 6(3), 305-324.

National Audit Office. (2010). Maintaining the Financial Stability of UK Banks: Update on the Support Schemes (Report by the Controller and Auditor General). Retrieved from http://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/1011676. pdf

OECD. (2009). OECD Economic Surveys: Denmark 2009. 2009/19. Paris: OECD Publication.

Østrup, F. (2010). The Danish bank crisis in a transnational perspective. In N. Hvidt & H. Mouritzen (Eds.), Danish foreign policy yearbook (pp. 75-112). Copenhagen, Denmark: DIIS.

Quaglia, L. (2009). The “British Plan” as a pace-setter: The Europeanization of bank- ing rescue plans in the EU. Journal of Common Market Studies, 47(5), 1063- 1083.

600 Comparative Political Studies 47(4)

Rajan, R., & Zingales, L. (2003). Saving capitalism from the capitalists: Unleashing the power of financial markets to create wealth and spread opportunity. New York, NY: Crown Business.

Reinhart, C. M., & Rogoff, K. (2009). This time is different: Eight centuries of finan- cial folly. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Rosas, G. (2009). Curbing bailouts: Bank crises and democratic accountability in comparative perspective. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Schmitz, S. W., Weber, B., & Posch, M. (2009). EU bank packages: Objectives and potential conflicts of objectives. In OeNB (Ed.), Financial stability report (pp. 63-84). Vienna, Austria: OeNB.

Siaroff, A. (1999). Corporatism in 24 industrial democracies: Meaning and Measurement. European Journal of Political Research, 36(2), 175-205.

Tsebelis, G. (2002). Veto Players: How Political Institutions Work. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Weber, B., & Schmitz, S. W. (2011). Varieties of helping capitalism: Politico- economic determinants of bank rescue packages in the EU during the recent cri- sis. Socio-Economic Review, 9(4), 639-669.

Wiesmann, G. (2011, November). Bank’s €55bn debt error a “misunderstanding.” Financial Times. Retrieved from www.ft.com/cms/s/0/c23538f0-056a-11e1- 8eaa-00144feabdc0.html

Zimmer, D., Brandt, W., Buch, C.-M., Hellwig, M., Lotter, H.-H., & Merkt, H. (2011). Strategien für den Ausstieg des Bundes aus krisenbedingten Beteiligungen an Banken: Gutachten des von der Bundesregierung eingesetzten Expertenrates [Exit strategies from crisis-related participation in banks: Report of the expert council]. Berlin, Germany: Bundesministerium für Finanzen.

Zysman, J. (1983). Governments, markets, and growth: Financial systems and the politics of industrial change. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Author Biographies

Emiliano Grossman is associate professor at Sciences Po Paris.

Cornelia Woll is the co-director of the Max Planck Sciences Po Center (MaxPo) and the Laboratoire Interdisciplinaire d’Evaluation des Politiques Publiques (LIEPP) at Sciences Po Paris.

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._Saving the Banks- The Political Economy of Bailouts.pdf

AS1 support/Q1/Measuring the True Cost of Government Bailout.pdf

Washington University Law Review

Volume 88 | Issue 1

2010

Measuring the True Cost of Government Bailout Cheryl D. Block

Follow this and additional works at: https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview

Part of the Banking and Finance Law Commons, and the Consumer Protection Law Commons

This Article is brought to you for free and open access by the Law School at Washington University Open Scholarship. It has been accepted for inclusion in Washington University Law Review by an authorized administrator of Washington University Open Scholarship. For more information, please contact [email protected].

Recommended Citation Cheryl D. Block, Measuring the True Cost of Government Bailout, 88 Wash. U. L. Rev. 149 (2010). Available at: https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

149

MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF

GOVERNMENT BAILOUT

CHERYL D. BLOCK 

Government intervention to assist individual businesses and industries

during the 2008–2009 economic crisis was extraordinary in variety and

scope. Despite official protestations of ―no more bailout‖ in the Dodd-

Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, future

government interventions are inevitable, should economic circumstances

become sufficiently dire. Moreover, even if Congress eliminates overt

bailout-type interventions, indirect forms of public bailout are likely to

continue. Understandably, taxpayers have been concerned about the cost.

A simple tally of dollars authorized or disbursed is wholly inadequate to

accurately assess the costs of various interventions. This Article addresses

the challenges of providing reasonable budgetary information with respect

to different types of bailout expenditures. In addition to looking at costs

for the more obvious bailout programs, the analysis explores the special

cost estimation challenges for other more covert actions, such as special

tax breaks or relief from burdensome regulation, that serve a "bailout"

function. The Article also takes issue with the fragmentation of

intervention efforts among different ―on-budget‖ and ―off-budget‖ entities

and with some of the methodologies used by the government to value

assets obtained in its bailout efforts, arguing that decision making about

the appropriate allocation of aggregate resources is hampered when some

expenditures are ―off-budget‖ altogether and when even ―on-budget‖

agencies use different accounting methods. Finally, the Article calls for

transparency and budget accounting for public bailouts accomplished

more indirectly through the tax system and other regulatory regimes.

Adequate and transparent budget accounting for bailout costs requires

greater consistency in valuation and accounting methods, and a more

unified presentation of aggregate information in the budget with respect to

all government bailout-type activities.

 Professor of Law, Washington University in St. Louis School of Law. I would like to thank

Dean Kent Syverud and the Washington University in St. Louis School of Law for generous research support. Thanks also to Rebecca Kysar and other participants at the Brooklyn Law School Faculty

Workshop series, and to participants in the 2009 Federal Budget and Tax Policy for a Sound Fiscal

Future interdisciplinary conference at the Washington University in St. Louis School of Law. Finally, my appreciation goes to Dorie Bertram, Washington University Law Library, Director of Public

Services; Judith Stark, Washington University Law Library Documents Librarian; and to my research

assistants, Maria Barbu, Nicholas Bernier, Jonah Brotman, David Hart, Justin Kanter, and Jeanette Stecker.

Washington University Open Scholarship

150 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

I. INTRODUCTION AND BRIEF HISTORY................................................... 152 A. Introduction ............................................................................. 152 B. Brief History of Recent Events ................................................ 156

II. MISCONCEPTIONS ABOUT BAILOUTS AND BAILOUT COSTS .............. 160 A. Bailout v. Stimulus ................................................................... 160

1. Differences in Definition ................................................. 160 2. Differences in Cost Assessment ....................................... 162

B. Classifying Bailout Types by Cost ........................................... 163 1. Profitable Bailouts........................................................... 163 2. Low- or No-Cost Bailouts ................................................ 164 3. Nongeneral Revenue or ―Special Fund‖ Bailouts .......... 165 4. General Revenue Bailouts ............................................... 168 5. Combination Bailouts ...................................................... 169

III. BAILOUT COSTS: WHERE IN THE BUDGET? ...................................... 170 A. Introduction ............................................................................. 170 B. The Federal Reserve ................................................................ 172

1. The Federal Reserve and Monetary Policy ..................... 172 2. The Federal Reserve Bank’s Role in Recent Bailout

Activity ............................................................................. 174 3. Expansion of Federal Reserve Activity in Response to

Crisis ............................................................................... 175 4. Budget Implications of Federal Reserve Programs ........ 180

a. The Federal Reserve and Its Balance Sheets ........... 180 b. The Impact of the Federal Reserve Bank’s Actions

on the Federal Budget ............................................. 183 5. Federal Reserve Bank Budget Status and Reporting ....... 185

C. Other ―Off-Budget‖ Bailout Issues ......................................... 189 1. Housing-Related GSEs .................................................... 189 2. Government Takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie

Mac .................................................................................. 190 3. Budget Implications of the GSE Takeover and Other

Housing-Related Government Interventions ................... 191

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 151

IV. ESTIMATING THE COSTS OF OVERT BAILOUTS ................................. 196 A. Introduction: Budget Accounting for Contingent Risks and

Uncertain Valuations .............................................................. 196 B. Direct Loans, Loan Guarantees, and Other Contingent

Liabilities ................................................................................. 197 1. Federal Government Loan and Insurance Programs ...... 197 2. Cash v. Accrual Accounting for Loans and Other

Credit Programs .............................................................. 198 3. TARP, Credit Reform, and Asset Valuation .................... 201 4. Mission Fragmentation ................................................... 204

V. ESTIMATING THE COSTS OF COVERT OR HIDDEN BAILOUTS ............. 206 A. Relief Through Tax Expenditures ............................................ 206

1. In General ........................................................................ 206 2. Net Operating Loss (NOL) Carryovers: Internal

Revenue Code § 172 ........................................................ 207 3. Loss Limitations Following Corporate Ownership

Changes: Internal Revenue Code § 382 .......................... 209 4. Reporting Ordinary Losses From Fannie Mae and

Freddie Mac Stock Sales ................................................. 210 5. Budgetary Concerns ........................................................ 211

B. Relief Through Tax Administration and Regulations .............. 212 1. Bailout Through Relaxed Agency Interpretation of Tax

Provisions ........................................................................ 212 2. IRS Interpretive Authority and the Administrative

Procedure Act .................................................................. 213 3. Cost-Benefit Analysis and the IRS ................................... 215 4. A Case Study of Hidden Bailout and the Need for Cost-

Benefit Analysis ............................................................... 216 a. Relaxed IRS Loss Restriction Rule Interpretations.. 216 b. Estimating the Costs and Lessons From Notice

2008-83 .................................................................... 221 c. Notice 2008-83 and Budget Scoring ........................ 222

C. Other Hidden Bailout Costs .................................................... 223 1. Nontax Regulatory Relief ................................................ 223 2. Moral Hazard and Implicit Guarantees .......................... 224

VI. WALL STREET REFORM ACT—A POSTCRIPT ................................... 225 VII. CONCLUSION .................................................................................... 227

Washington University Open Scholarship

152 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

I. INTRODUCTION AND BRIEF HISTORY

A. Introduction

When the American Dialect Society tallied votes for its nineteenth

annual ―word of the year,‖ the clear victor for 2008 was ―bailout.‖ 1 The

economic crisis that began in 2007 and escalated through 2009 led even

those who are ordinarily free-market purists to concede the need for

government intervention. Not since the Great Depression had the United

States experienced such a severe economic downturn affecting virtually all

sectors of the economy. 2

Although the extent and variety of recent government bailouts have

been extraordinary, the ―bailout phenomenon‖ is nothing new. History

offers numerous illustrations of government intervention to assist

individual businesses in financial distress, including the Chrysler

Corporation, 3 Lockheed Aircraft Corporation,

4 New York City,

5 Penn

Central, and other struggling northeastern railroads. 6 Congress has also

provided industry-wide assistance, including legislation to aid the airline

1. Press Release, Am. Dialect Soc‘y, ―Bailout‖ Voted 2008 Word of the Year by American

Dialect Society (Jan. 9, 2009), available at http://www.americandialect.org/2008-Word-of-the-Year-

PRESS-RELEASE.pdf. 2. After meeting by conference call on November 28, 2008, the National Bureau of Economic

Research (NBER), a private, nonprofit, nonpartisan research organization, officially declared that the

domestic economy had been in recession since December 2007. NAT‘L BUREAU OF ECON. RESEARCH, DETERMINATION OF THE DECEMBER 2007 PEAK IN ECONOMIC ACTIVITY (2008), available at

http://www.nber.org/dec2008.pdf. According to the NBER, ―[a] recession is a significant decline in

economic activity spread across the economy, lasting more than a few months, normally visible in real GDP, real income, employment, industrial production, and wholesale-retail sales.‖ NAT‘L BUREAU OF

ECON. RESEARCH, THE NBER‘S RECESSION DATING PROCEDURE (2003), available at http://www.

nber.org/cycles/recessions.html. By conference call on September 19, 2010, the NBER officially

determined that the recession ended in June 2009 and declared it the longest of any recession since

World War II. NAT‘L BUREAU OF ECON. RESEARCH, BUSINESS CYCLE DATING COMMITTEE (2010),

available at http://www.nber.org/cycles/sept2010.html. 3. Chrysler Corporation Loan Guarantee Act of 1979, Pub. L. No. 96-185, 93 Stat. 1324 (1980).

4. Emergency Loan Guarantee Act, Pub. L. No. 92-70, 85 Stat. 178 (1971). Although this Act

was general in scope, its passage was motivated by the financial problems of the Lockheed Aircraft Corporation. H.R. REP. NO. 92-379, at 1272 (1971).

5. New York City Loan Guarantee Act of 1978, Pub. L. No. 95-339, 92 Stat. 460; New York

City Seasonal Financing Act of 1975, Pub. L. No. 94-143, 89 Stat. 797. 6. See, e.g., The Emergency Rail Services Act of 1970, Pub. L. No. 91-663, 84 Stat. 1975

(providing federal loan guarantees to bankrupt railroads); Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973,

Pub. L. No. 93-236, § 301, 87 Stat. 985, 1004 (1974) (creating Conrail as a private, government- sponsored corporation to provide railroad services); see also Reg‘l Reorganization Act Cases, 419 U.S.

102 (1974) (upholding constitutionality of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973); Id. at 109 n.3 (listing individual bankrupt railroads); Henry H. Perritt, Jr., Ask and Ye Shall Receive: The

Legislative Responses to the Northeast Rail Crisis, 28 VILL. L. REV. 271 (1983).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 153

industry, hard hit by the aftermath of the 2001 terrorist attacks. 7 Until the

most recent bailouts, perhaps the most costly industry-wide government

intervention in modern memory was the savings and loan bailout in the

late 1980s. 8

As events evolved in 2008 and 2009, voters became increasingly angry

about lax regulatory oversight of Wall Street and the escalating cost of

government-funded bailouts. 9 This Article focuses on issues related to

providing accurate cost assessments and budget accounting for bailouts in

general and for recent bailouts in particular. Congress has since passed the

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010. 10

This historic financial regulatory reform bill begins with a preamble

declaring a firm purpose to ―end ‗too big to fail‘‖ and ―to protect the

American taxpayer by ending bailouts.‖ 11

With this legislation, Congress

announced that there will be no more government-funded rescues of

private industry. At the same time, the legislation seeks to preventor at

least mitigatepotential future economic crises by providing government

―authority to liquidate failing financial companies that pose a significant

risk to the financial stability of the United States.‖ 12

Expenses incurred in

connection with the government‘s orderly liquidation authority are not to

be paid from general revenues, but instead from a new ―orderly liquidation

7. Air Transportation Safety and System Stabilization Act, Pub. L. No. 107-42, 115 Stat. 230

(2001); see also Margaret M. Blair, The Economics of Post-September 11 Financial Aid to Airlines, 36

IND. L. REV. 367 (2003); Tara Branum & Susanna Dokupil, Security Takeovers and Bailouts: Aviation and the Return of Big Government, 6 TEX. REV. L. & POL. 431 (2002).

8. Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, Pub. L. No. 101-73,

103 Stat. 183; see also BAIRD WEBEL, N. ERIC WEISS & MARC LABONTE, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., RS22956, THE COST OF GOVERNMENT FINANCIAL INTERVENTIONS, PAST AND PRESENT 6 (2008)

(reporting a $150 billion final cost to the Treasury Department for the savings and loan bailouts).

9. Media coverage of congressional financial regulatory reform debates often referred to public

anger over bailouts, Wall Street, and government regulators. See, e.g., Jackie Calmes, Democrats Seize

on Oversight, WASH. POST, Apr. 19, 2010, at A1 (referring to increased confidence among Democrats

about prospects for financial regulatory reform given ―voter anger at big banks and bailouts‖); Jim Puzzanghera, Debate Begins on Final Overhaul Reform, CHI. TRIB., June 11, 2010, at C31 (quoting

Rep. Paul Kanjorski as saying, ―[f]eelings of anger, frustration and rage justifiably hang over this

proceeding because of the recklessness of financial whiz kids, the greediness of Wall Street bankers and the shortsightedness of our economic regulators‖).

10. Pub. L. No. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376. Congress‘s recent passage of this Act was a remarkable

political and policy achievement, which—among many other things—provided new consumer protections, id. tit. X, and reforms to increase Wall Street transparency and accountability, id. tit. VII.

The Act was signed into law just as this Article entered final editing. The voluminous Act covers many

areas that are beyond the scope of this Article. Aspects of the legislation that are significant to the discussion are considered briefly throughout the Article. See also discussion infra Part VI.

11. Id. (preamble).

12. Id. tit. II, § 204(a). The legislation provides detailed procedures for making a formal ―systemic risk determination,‖ id. § 203, and a court order appointing the Federal Deposit Insurance

Corporation (FDIC) as receiver. Id. § 202.

Washington University Open Scholarship

154 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

fund‖ to be maintained by the Treasury Department for the Federal

Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). 13

For purposes of this fund, the

FDIC has authority to borrow by issuing obligations. 14

To ensure that

funds necessary to repay these obligations not be taken from general

revenue, the legislation gives the FDIC further authority to impose a risk-

based assessment on large bank holding companies and nonbank financial

companies under supervision of the Federal Reserve Bank. 15

Lest there be

any doubt, Congress also included an explicit declaration that ―taxpayers

shall bear no losses from the exercise of any authority under this title.‖ 16

As he signed the Wall Street Reform legislation, President Obama asserted

that ―because of this law, the American people will never again be asked

to foot the bill for Wall Street‘s mistakes. There will be no more tax-

funded bailouts—period.‖ 17

If such legislative and executive branch claims of ―no more taxpayer-

funded bailout‖ are accurate, one might think that the budgetary

accounting issues addressed in this Article are moot. Yet, bailout cost

measurement concerns remain relevant for several reasons. If nothing else,

the public is entitled to some reasonable assessment of how much has

already been spent for bailout-type government interventions. In addition,

federal loan and loan guarantee programs for struggling small businesses

are likely to continue as an important part of our economic landscape.

And, the government continues to hold conservatorship interests in

mortgage giants Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the value of which should

be monitored for budgetary purposes. 18

More importantly, political ―no

more bailout‖ assertionseven those ultimately included in statutory

textsimply are not credible as precommitment devices. Statutory

declarations can always be amended. As much as Congress would like to

eliminate any ―too-big-to-fail‖ policy, the reality is that there mayand

probably willcome a time when the failure of a particular firm or

industry would be so economically devastating that Congress would step

in to save it, despite earlier protestations to the contrary. 19

In addition, the

13. Id. § 210(n) (establishing an ―Orderly Liquidation Fund‖). 14. Id. § 210(n)(5).

15. Id. § 210(o) (providing for risk-based assessments on bank holding companies with total

consolidated assets equal to or greater than $50 billion and on certain nonbank financial companies). 16. Id. § 214(c).

17. Remarks on Signing the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, 2010

DAILY COMP. PRES. DOC. 617 (July 21, 2010) (emphasis added). 18. See infra notes 24–25, 89–94, 175–82 and accompanying text.

19. For similar observations, see Adam J. Levitin, In Defense of Bailouts, 99 GEO. L.J.

(forthcoming 2011) (manuscript at 4–5), available at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 155

legislative orderly liquidation procedures are limited to financial

companies, insurance companies, and certain brokers and dealers. 20

Thus,

the legislation does not apply to potential bailouts of the automotive

industry, airlines, or any other companies or industries whose failure

might create systemic risk. Perhaps most importantly, the reform

legislation does not address the many ways in which Congress provides

potentially costly bailout-type relief through indirect or covert

interventions.

This Article explores the challenges involved in providing reasonably

accurate budgetary information with respect to different types of overt and

covert bailout expenditures. Despite the challenges, it is important that

every effort be made to record the budgetary impact of each type of

government intervention as accurately as possible. As one analyst recently

noted,

[i]t will be critical to economic recovery and the long-term health of

our financial system that we allocate money to the different rescue

programs in a way that maximizes the ―bang for the buck[,]‖ [which

is] best done by comparing the expected costs of various programs,

rather than focusing on their maximum possible losses. 21

A reasonable assessment of the relative costs of different approaches is

essential to enable legislators, administrators, and regulators to make

informed policy choices about the best use and allocation of resources.

Finally, reasonable estimation of the costs of various ―rescue‖ efforts is

important if overall budgetary information is to reflect a reasonably

accurate picture of the nation‘s overall short- and long-term fiscal health.

In addition to analyzing cost assessment challenges presented by the

more obvious bailout programs, this Article explores the special cost

estimation challenges for other, more covert, actions that serve a ―bailout‖

function. Part II will first briefly address the distinction between bailout

and stimulus and misconceptions about the ways in which government

economic rescue efforts may or may not impose costs on the general

taxpaying public. Part III identifies concerns with ―off-budget‖ bailout-

type expenditures and considers the proper location in the federal budget

id=1548787 (―Bailouts are an inevitable feature of modern economies, where the interconnectedness

of firms means that the entire economy bears the risk of individual firms‘ failure. . . . Any prefixed resolution regime will be abandoned whenever it cannot provide acceptable distributional outcome. In

such cases, bailouts are inevitable.‖).

20. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Pub. L. No. 111-203, §§ 204, 205, 124 Stat. 1376, 1454–58.

21. DOUGLAS J. ELLIOTT, BROOKINGS INST., MEASURING THE COST OF THE TARP 7 (2009).

Washington University Open Scholarship

156 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

for reporting various types of government bailout interventions. One

question considered in this Part, for example, is the proper budgetary

treatment of Federal Reserve, as opposed to Treasury Department, bailout-

type actions. Part IV considers budgetary challenges in proper accounting

and cost estimation for different types of overt government bailouts.

Finally, Part V explores similar questions with respect to more covert

bailouts.

For purposes of this Article, my working definition of ―bailout‖ is one

that I developed in my earlier work: ―a form of government assistance or

intervention specifically designed or intended to assist enterprises facing

financial distress and to prevent enterprise failure.‖ 22

This working

definition does not include government assistance to individuals facing

economic distress. Although there certainly are overlaps in the types of

budgetary issues raised in the business and personal settings, my focus is

on government intervention to assist financial or business entities.

B. Brief History of Recent Events

Public awareness of the recent downward economic spiral perhaps

became most widespread in March 2008, with dramatic reports of

emergency meetings at which the then Treasury secretary Henry Paulson,

Federal Reserve Board Chairman Ben Bernanke, and other officials

assisted in brokering J.P. Morgan‘s acquisition of Bear Stearnsa deal

that would not have closed without the New York Federal Reserve‘s

guarantee to absorb $29 billion in losses on Bear Stearns‘ riskiest assets. 23

In July 2008, as housing and financial markets declined, the Treasury

Department successfully sought congressional authority to seize control of

troubled mortgage finance giants Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. 24

By

September 2008, the federal government held Fannie Mae and Freddie

Mac in conservatorship and had itself become a preferred shareholder. 25

At

22. Cheryl D. Block, Overt and Covert Bailouts: Developing a Public Bailout Policy, 67 IND.

L.J. 951, 960 (1992) [hereinafter Block, Bailouts]. 23. Details of the transaction were reported by the Federal Reserve in Legal Developments:

Second Quarter, 2008, FED. RES. BULL., Aug. 2008, at 73, 78–81; see also GARY SHORTER, CONG.

RESEARCH SERV., RL34420, BEAR STEARNS: CRISIS AND ―RESCUE‖ FOR A MAJOR PROVIDER OF MORTGAGE-RELATED PRODUCTS (2008). For Treasury Secretary Paulson‘s personal perspective, see

HENRY M. PAULSON, JR., ON THE BRINK: INSIDE THE RACE TO STOP THE COLLAPSE OF THE GLOBAL

FINANCIAL SYSTEM 90–121 (2010). 24. Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-289, § 1117, 122 Stat. 2654,

2683–88.

25. Press Release, U.S. Dep‘t of the Treasury, Statement by Secretary Henry M. Paulson, Jr., on Treasury and Federal Housing Finance Agency Action to Protect Financial Markets and Taxpayers

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 157

about the same time, the Federal Reserve authorized a loan of up to $85

billion to stave off the imminent collapse of American International Group

(AIG), the nation‘s largest insurance company, and took warrants that, if

converted into common stock, would give the government an

approximately 80% equity interest in the insurance giant. 26

Shortly

thereafter, the Federal Reserve expanded its assistance to AIG, authorizing

a cash infusion of up to an additional $37.8 billion, in exchange for AIG

securities through a newly created Securities Borrowing Facility (SBF)

and another $14 billion through another new facility, the Commercial

Paper Funding Facility (CPFF). 27

Further assistance followed when the

Federal Reserve created special entities, referred to as ―special purpose

vehicles‖ or SPVs, for the sole purpose of acquiring AIG troubled assets. 28

By late September 2008, it had become clear to members of both

parties that more systemic intervention was needed. In response to the

Treasury Department‘s request for greater authority, Congress enacted the

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA), 29

creating a new

Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP), 30

which quickly became

popularly referred to as the ―$700 billion bailout.‖ 31

In addition to direct

(Sept. 7, 2008), available at http://ustreas.gov/press/releases/hp1129.htm; see also N. ERIC WEISS, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., RL34661, FANNIE MAE‘S AND FREDDIE MAC‘S FINANCIAL PROBLEMS:

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (2008). For further discussion of the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac

takeover and its budget implications, see infra notes 182–88 and accompanying text. 26. For a detailed description of the Federal Reserve Loan to AIG, see BAIRD WEBEL, CONG.

RESEARCH SERV., R40438, ONGOING GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE FOR AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL

GROUP (AIG) (2009); Press Release, Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Reserve Sys. (Sept. 16, 2008). 27. BAIRD WEBEL, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., R40438, ONGOING GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE FOR

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP (AIG) 5 (2009). Provisions in the 2010 Wall Street Reform Act

create a new loan guarantee program to provide emergency financial stability to solvent depository institutions, but the guarantee ―may not include the provision of equity in any form.‖ Dodd-Frank Wall

Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Pub. L. No. 111-203, § 1105, 124 Stat. 1376,

2121–25. 28. BAIRD WEBEL, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., R40438, ONGOING GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE FOR

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP (AIG) 7–8 (2009).

29. Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-343, 122 Stat. 3765 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. §§ 5201–5261).

30. Id. tit. I, §§ 101–136 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. §§ 5211–5241). Originally scheduled to

expire on December 31, 2009, TARP was extended through October 3, 2010, pursuant to EESA authority granted to the Treasury Secretary. Id. § 120(b). See also Press Release, U.S. Dep‘t of the

Treasury, Treasury Department Releases Text of Letter from Secretary Geithner to Hill Leadership on

Administration‘s Exit Strategy for TARP (Dec. 9, 2009), available at http://financialstability.gov/latest /pr_12092009. html.

31. EESA authorized the Treasury Department to establish an Office of Financial Stability (OFS)

to purchase troubled assets using three ―tranches‖ of funding totaling $700 billion. Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 §§ 101(a), 115(a). The $700 billion total authority was

subsequently reduced by $1.24 billion to offset the costs of program changes. See Helping Families

Save Their Homes Act of 2009, Pub. L. No. 111-22, § 202(b), 123 Stat. 1632, 1643. TARP authority

Washington University Open Scholarship

158 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

assistance from the Federal Reserve, AIG also benefitted from the TARP

program, through which the Treasury Department purchased $40 billion in

preferred AIG stock and extended a $30 billion line of credit. 32

The economic crisis was not limited to financial industries. Faced with

a twenty-six-year low in sales, automobile industry executives lobbied

heavily in September 2008 for $25 billion in immediate direct federal

loans. 33

When Congress failed to authorize loans through the 2007 Energy

Independence and Security Act (EISA), 34

the Bush administration instead

assisted the auto industry through a new Automotive Industry Financing

Program (AIFP) created under the TARP umbrella. 35

A concerned public began tallying the remarkable bailout costs to the

taxpayer: a $700 billion TARP program, $29 billion in financing for the

Bear Stearns acquisition, $85 billion and counting to AIG, and still more

for the automobile industry. 36

As the saying goes, add all this together and,

pretty soon, you‘re talking about real money. Some headlines declared,

―Total Bailout Cost Heads Towards $5 Trillion.‖ 37

Others placed the

was later further reduced to $475 billion. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection

Act of 2010 § 1302. 32. See CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, THE BUDGET AND ECONOMIC OUTLOOK: FISCAL YEARS 2010

TO 2020, at 12–13 (2010); see also U.S. GOV‘T ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE, GAO-09-975, TROUBLED

ASSET RELIEF PROGRAM: STATUS OF GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE PROVIDED TO AIG (2009). 33. STEPHEN COONEY ET AL., CONG. RESEARCH SERV., R40003, U.S. MOTOR VEHICLE

INDUSTRY: FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND RESTRUCTURING 1 (2009); Frank Ahrens, Ailing

Auto Industry Sends in Its Pitchman: CEO of GM Leads Lobby of Lawmakers for Loans, WASH. POST, Sept. 12, 2008, at D1.

34. Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007, Pub. L. No. 110-140, § 136, 121 Stat. 1492,

1514–16. Explaining and describing the Energy Independence Act, as amended, the House Agriculture Committee reported that the act‘s loan and loan guarantee programs were designed to assist auto

manufacturers with the costs of acquiring fuel-efficient parts and developing advanced vehicle

technology systems. H.R. REP. NO. 110-933, at 42–44 (2009). As one report stated, ―[t]his program has been widely misinterpreted as a broad ‗bailout‘ . . . [but] the language in these laws indicates the

intent of Congress that the loans are for the purpose of enabling the U.S. auto industry to produce more

fuel-efficient vehicles.‖ STEPHEN COONEY & BRENT D. YACOBUCCI, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., RL34743, FEDERAL LOANS TO THE AUTO INDUSTRY UNDER THE ENERGY INDEPENDENCE AND

SECURITY ACT 1 (2008). Congress rejected use of EISA funds for the auto industry bailout. Auto

Industry Financing and Restructuring Act, H.R. 7321, 110th Cong. (2d Sess. 2008) (passed by the House, but never adopted by the Senate).

35. As described by the OFS, the objective of the Automotive Industry Financing Program was

―to help prevent a significant disruption of the American automotive industry, which would have posed a systemic risk to financial market stability and had a negative effect on the economy.‖ OFFICE

OF FIN. STABILITY, U.S. DEP‘T OF THE TREASURY, AGENCY FINANCIAL REPORT: FISCAL YEAR 2009,

at 33 (2009); see also CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, SEPTEMBER OVERSIGHT REPORT: THE USE OF TARP FUNDS IN THE SUPPORT AND REORGANIZATION OF THE DOMESTIC AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY 6 (2009)

(reporting the broadening of TARP activities). 36. Costs of loans and other types of financial assistance to the auto makers are incorporated in

TARP totals.

37. See Steve Watson, Total Bailout Cost Heads Towards $5 TRILLION, INFOWARS.NET (Oct.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 159

figure at more than $7 trillion. 38

Some reporters dramatically estimated the

―per taxpayer‖ costs. One such report calculated the total bailout cost as

$61,871 per taxpayer. 39

And, these early estimates do not include the $787

billion stimulus legislation later passed by Congress and signed into law

by President Obama in February 2009. 40

A simple tally of dollars authorized or disbursed, of course, is wholly

inadequate to accurately assess the ultimate taxpayer cost of government

bailouts. In some cases, the intervention simply authorized the government

to take specified actions, as needed, at a later date. At least initially, the

$700 billion bailout fell into this category, as the legislation did not

provide immediate authority for access to funds. Upon enactment of

TARP, the Treasury Secretary was authorized to purchase up to $250

billion of troubled assets. 41

This authorization was increased to $350 if the

President certified to Congress the need to purchase additional troubled

assets, 42

with the remaining funds to be released upon the President‘s

submission of a detailed written plan to Congress. 43

In the end, although

Presidents Bush and Obama requested authorization for release of the full

$700 billion, ―improved financial conditions and careful stewardship of

the program‖ led the Treasury Department to announce in December 2009

that it did not expect to use more than $550 billion in TARP funds ―unless

necessary to respond to an immediate and substantial threat to the

economy stemming from financial instability.‖ 44

At the end of the day, the actual long-term cost for TARP and other

bailout-type disbursements will vary dramatically, depending upon

particular use of the funds. Different types of government assistance will

require different cost estimation methodologies. Government purchase of

troubled assets, for example, may have a very different short- and long-

15, 2008), http://www.infowars.net/articles/october2008/151008Bailout_figures.htm.

38. David Goldman, Bailouts: $7 Trillion and Rising; CNNMONEY.COM (Nov. 28, 2008), http://

money.cnn.com/2008/11/26/news/economy/where_bailout_stands/index.htm. 39. See Alexis Leondis, Tallying Trillions in Bailout, Bankruptcy: Commentary, BLOOMBERG

(Dec. 31, 2008), http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=newsarchive&sid=aYwo1tZqGFgA.

40. American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Pub. L. No. 111-5, 123 Stat. 115. 41. 12 U.S.C. § 5225(a)(1) (2006).

42. 12 U.S.C. § 5225(a)(2) (2006). President Bush subsequently certified the need for release of

the second ―tranche‖ of funds. Letter from George W. Bush, U.S. President, to U.S. Congress (Jan. 12, 2009), available at http://financialservices.house.gov/TARP011209.pdf.

43. 12 U.S.C. § 5225(a)(3) (2006). President-elect Obama‘s administration subsequently

submitted the required plan to Congress for release of the third ―tranche.‖ Letter from Lawrence Summers, Dir.-designate, Nat‘l Econ. Council, to the leaders of the U.S. House of Representatives &

U.S. Senate (Jan. 12, 2009) available at http://www.cbsnews.com/htdocs/pdf/011209_summers.pdf?

tag=contentMain;contentBody. 44. Press Release, Dep‘t of the U.S. Treasury, supra note 30.

Washington University Open Scholarship

160 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

term budgetary impact than extensions of direct loans or loan guarantees.

In fact, government loan guarantees involve no immediate release of

funds, yet may impose significant long-term costs. Government

intervention may also take the form of special tax breaks or relief from

burdensome regulatory obligations. 45

As difficult as it may be to measure

the costs of overt bailouts, assessing the costs of these more subtle or

hidden government actions that may serve a bailout function will present

even greater challenges.

II. MISCONCEPTIONS ABOUT BAILOUTS AND BAILOUT COSTS

A. Bailout v. Stimulus

1. Differences in Definition

Reports of government responses to economic turmoil often loosely

use the terms ―bailout‖ and ―stimulus,‖ suggesting, perhaps, that the two

are synonymous. Although the definitional boundary can be fuzzy in some

cases, government bailout-type actions differ from government stimulus

efforts along a number of different dimensions. Along the temporal

dimension, bailouts generally are immediate, emergency efforts to prevent

imminent collapse, or backward-looking attempts to rescue private entities

from economic damage that has already occurred. Stimulus, on the other

hand, tends to be forward looking, designed to spark economic growth or

redevelopment.

Such stimulus legislation may come in a number of different flavors.

Even in times of reasonable economic health, Congress may enact

stimulus legislation simply to spur general economic growth. For instance,

Congress adopted the Accelerated Cost Recovery System (ACRS) of

depreciation to allow more rapid write-offs of certain business expenses,

thus stimulating economic investment. 46

Stimulus legislation also may be

passed in advance of potential economic decline in an effort to prevent

future crisis, rather than to provide assistance at a moment of immediate

crisis. In the alternative, stimulus legislation may be enacted immediately

after a crisis to spur economic redevelopment of areas hard hit by

45. See discussion infra notes 262–72, 306–23, 328–32 and accompanying text. 46. See STAFF OF THE JOINT COMM. ON TAXATION, 97TH CONG., GENERAL EXPLANATION OF

THE ECONOMIC RECOVERY TAX ACT OF 1981, at 75 (Comm. Print 1981) (―The Congress concluded

that prior law rules for determining depreciation allowances and the investment tax credit needed to be replaced because they did not provide the investment stimulus that was felt to be essential for

economic expansion.‖).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 161

economic or natural disaster. For example, Congress created special ―New

York Liberty Zones‖ to spur investment in lower Manhattan following the

collapse of the World Trade Towers 47

and special ―Gulf Opportunity

Zones‖ to spur investment in areas of the Gulf Coast affected by the

devastating 2005 hurricane season. 48

These stimulus provisions are distinct

from other relief efforts designed to offer more immediate assistance to

disaster victims.

In scope, bailout tends to be narrower than stimulus. Congress might

provide general economic stimulus, for example, through broad-based tax

rate cuts. On the other hand, it is hard to imagine describing any

government action as a ―general economic bailout.‖ At the other end of a

continuum, bailout-type government actions may be specific to a

particular business entity in a way that stimulus is not. It makes sense, for

instance, to refer to ―bailing out,‖ but not to ―providing a stimulus for,‖ the

Chrysler corporation. Between the general economy and firm-specific

extremes, the distinction between bailout and stimulus can be fuzzier.

Both stimulus and bailout efforts can be focused on particular industries

such as savings and loan institutions, banks, airlines, or automotive

manufacturers. One recent stimulus that some might think of as a bailout

was the so-called ―Cash for Clunkers‖ program, which, for a short time,

offered government cash rebates to consumers when they traded an old

vehicle upon purchase of a new, more fuel-efficient one. 49

A substantial

factor motivating this legislation surely was the desire to provide

assistance to small car dealerships, which had been experiencing an

increasing number of bankruptcies. 50

Since the legislation incorporated

47. This special zone was defined to include only specified portions of lower Manhattan: ―the area located on or south of Canal Street, East Broadway (east of its intersection with Canal Street), or

Grand Street (east of its intersection with East Broadway) in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of

New York, New York.‖ Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002, Pub. L. No. 107-147 § 301(h), 116 Stat. 21, 39 (codified at 26 U.S.C. § 1400L(h) (2006)).

48. A ―Gulf Opportunity Zone,‖ or ―GO Zone,‖ includes ―that portion of the Hurricane Katrina

disaster area determined by the President to warrant individual or individual and public assistance from the Federal Government under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance

Act by reason of Hurricane Katrina.‖ Gulf Opportunity Zone Act of 2005, Pub. L. No. 109-135,

§ 101(a), 119 Stat. 2577, 2578 (codified at 26 U.S.C. § 1400M(1) (2006)). 49. Consumer Assistance to Recycle and Save Act of 2009, Pub. L. No. 111-32, tit. XIII, 123

Stat. 1859, 1909.

50. Although the legislation, on its surface, was a stimulus and environmental measure, several legislators and members of the press saw it as just another auto industry bailout. See, e.g., 155 CONG.

REC. S8955 (daily ed. Aug. 6, 2009) (statement of Sen. Richard Shelby) (―The Cash for Clunkers

Program is simply another bailout to prop up a struggling industry wrapped in the political guise of an environmentally friendly program.‖); 155 CONG. REC. S6790 (daily ed. June 18, 2009) (statement of

Sen. John McCain regarding ―Cash for Clunkers‖) (―We now own two automotive companies . . . Why

do we need another bailout for the auto industry?‖); Dan Becker & James Gersenzang, Cash for

Washington University Open Scholarship

162 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

stimulus features—and as bailout was becoming an increasingly pejorative

term—it was probably more politically expedient to sell this legislation as

stimulus.

Perhaps the most important features often distinguishing bailouts and

stimulus are policy goals and institutional design. Bailouts tend to offer

immediate infusions of government funds through direct or guaranteed

loans, or government purchase of debt or equity instruments. In contrast,

stimulus legislation is generally designed to provide incentives for

businesses or individuals to engage in particular desired behaviors. Most

often, the goal is to stimulate investment, either generally or in specific

types of assets or investments. 51

The institutional design most frequently

adopted in stimulus legislation is a special tax deduction or credit. 52

2. Differences in Cost Assessment

At the margins, one might debate whether a particular piece of

legislation represents bailout or stimulus. For purposes of this Article,

however, the key question is whether there is any budgetary difference in

measuring the costs imposed by bailout as opposed to stimulus legislation.

Since bailouts generally involve immediate expenditures, it might appear

that bailout costs are easier to measure than stimulus costs. However,

simply tallying total disbursements on a cash-flow basis will not provide

an accurate picture of the long-term costs of bailouts. Some government

loans will be repaid, but others will not. Although one cannot know in

advance the precise percentage of businesses that will ultimately default,

economists have developed sophisticated, risk-based models that permit

reasonable estimation of long-term credit program costs. 53

Budget rules

enacted in 1990 require the use of accrual, rather than cash-method,

accounting for federal credit programs. 54

Clunkers is Bait and Switch, WASH. POST, May 17, 2009, at A35 (―The automakers are filling up again at the Capitol Hill bailout pump. The latest idea is ‗cash for clunkers.‘‖).

51. Stimulus provisions may also be designed to encourage employers to hire or retain workers.

See, e.g., Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act, Pub. L. No. 111-147, § 102, 124 Stat. 71, 75 (2010) (Business Credit for Retention of Certain Newly Hired Individuals in 2010).

52. Id.; see also id. § 201 (Increase in Expensing of Certain Depreciable Business Assets).

53. Although the federal government generally uses a Treasury market rate to calculate the net present value of assets, the EESA actually requires use of a risk-based rate for purposes of computing

the value of TARP assets held by the government. Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008,

Pub. L. No. 110-343, 122 Stat. 3765 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. §§ 5201–5261); see discussion infra notes 233–44 and accompanying text.

54. Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990, Pub. L. No. 101-508, § 13201(a), 104 Stat. 1388, 1388-

609 (codified at 2 U.S.C. § 661 (2006)). For further discussion of cash versus accrual accounting methods, see infra notes 219–32 and accompanying text.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 163

By institutional design, stimulus legislation relies heavily on incentives

to taxpayers, provided through special tax deductions and credits. The

total actual cost of such legislation to the government, in terms of revenue

foregone, will depend upon how much taxpayers choose to use the

incentives. To some, this is the beauty of tax incentives: taxpayers

effectively ―vote‖ on how much will be spent by either taking advantage

of the incentive or not. Difficulties in determining in advance the extent to

which taxpayers will take advantage of particular incentives make long-

term budgeting for such incentives difficult. It might appear that stimulus

costs for any given year are reasonably simple to measure by summing the

total deductions or credits actually taken on filed tax returns. Here too,

however, a simple tally will not provide an accurate assessment. Some

taxpayers would have engaged in the desired behavior in any event. In

such cases, taxpayers get a windfall, and the government has made a

needless expenditure, paying taxpayers to do something they would have

done anyway. To determine the real stimulus budget cost and the amount

overpaid, one would need to segregate deductions taken by those who

were truly motivated by the tax incentive to engage in the desired activity

from those who would have engaged in the activity in any event. To my

knowledge, there are no strong empirical research models to measure this

windfall effect.

B. Classifying Bailout Types by Cost

1. Profitable Bailouts

Government bailouts that provide genuine assistance to troubled

enterprises do not necessarily involve expenditures of general tax revenue.

In some instances, the government might even profit. As the direct loan

transaction was structured in the Chrysler bailout in the late 1980s, for

example, most or all federal administrative costs were covered by interest

and fees, and with the loans repaid in full, 55

the government reaped an

approximately $300 million profit from the sale of warrants it had taken to

55. 129 CONG. REC. 19,286 (1983) (statement of Sen. Carl Levin) (―I want to commend the Chrysler Corp.‘s decision to repay the remaining $800 million of federally guaranteed debt . . . 7 years

ahead of schedule. . . . Chrysler‘s success was made possible by passage of the Chrysler Loan

Guarantee Act of 1979, which allowed the company to borrow up to $1.2 billion backed by federal guarantees.‖).

Washington University Open Scholarship

164 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

secure its risk. 56

Similar warrants taken as collateral for direct loans to

Lockheed generated a $31 million profit for the federal government. 57

The overall budgetary impact of the 2008–2009 government bailout

activity is likely to be an increased deficit. As of the end of fiscal year

2009, however, the Treasury Department Office of Financial Stability

(OFS) reported $19.5 billion in net income or profit—primarily from

interest, dividends, fees, and warrant repurchases—from four of its

―bailout‖ programs. 58

OFS also reported both that it had spent less TARP

money than anticipated and received a return higher than expected from its

TARP investments. 59

These two factors, combined with general economic

improvement, resulted in a smaller projected deficit impact from TARP

than previously anticipated. In the end, even though some TARP programs

were profitable, aggregate TARP bailout actions are expected to contribute

$116.8 billion to the federal deficit. 60

2. Low- or No-Cost Bailouts

Although they may not result in profit, many government bailout-type

interventions involve little or no expenditure of general revenue. In some

cases, the government simply may facilitate private-market solutions

without placing any federal resources at risk. In 1998, for example, the

Federal Reserve Bank facilitated meetings to bring private lenders and

investors together to work out a rescue plan for Long Term Capital

Management (LTCM), a major U.S. hedge fund faced with imminent

56. As part of its effort to protect itself from risk, the Treasury Department received warrants to purchase Chrysler stock at $13 per share. As Chrysler recovered financially, the stock value increased

substantially above the warrant price. The government ultimately sold the warrants to the highest

bidder (Chrysler itself) and made a $311.1 million profit. R. REICH & J. DONAHUE, NEW DEALS: THE

CHRYSLER REVIVAL AND THE AMERICAN SYSTEM 254–57 (1985); see also BAIRD WEBEL, N. ERIC

WEISS & MARC LABONTE, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., RS22956, THE COST OF GOVERNMENT

FINANCIAL INTERVENTIONS, PAST AND PRESENT 5 (2008). 57. WEBEL, WEISS & LABONTE, supra note 56, at 6.

58. OFFICE OF FIN. STABILITY, U.S. DEP‘T OF THE TREASURY, AGENCY FINANCIAL REPORT:

FISCAL YEAR 2009, at 13 (2009) (referring to the Capital Purchase, Targeted Investment, and Asset Guarantee Programs and the Consumer and Business Lending Initiative). At the same time, however,

OFS reported net losses of $60.9 billion from assistance to the automotive industry and to insurance

giant AIG. Id. 59. Id. at 3.

60. OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, ANALYTICAL

PERSPECTIVES: BUDGET OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT FISCAL YEAR 2011, at 40–41 tbl.4-7 (2010) (discussing a projected TARP deficit impact of $116.8 billion, $224.1 billion lower than the earlier

mid-term budget projection).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 165

collapse. 61

In other cases, the government may place itself at some risk

initially but, ultimately, bear no expense. With federal loan guarantee

programs, for example, the government simply acts as guarantor in the

event that the private borrower covered by the program defaults on

obligations to a nongovernment lender. If administration of the program is

covered by fees and the government guarantee is never called, the

intervention falls into the ―no- or low-cost bailout‖ category. 62

3. Nongeneral Revenue or ―Special Fund‖ Bailouts

Many bailout-type interventions, of course, ultimately do impose real

costs. Understandably, taxpayers are concerned about the burdens such

costs impose upon them. Although many bailout-type programs are funded

through general revenues, bailout intervention need not necessarily impose

a direct burden upon general taxpayers. An alternative approach is to

impose bailout costs on some narrower subset of taxpayers.

Under a benefit theory of taxation, ―an equitable tax system is one

under which each taxpayer contributes in line with the benefits which he

or she receives from public services.‖ 63

In some cases, however, the

benefit approach seems inappropriate. For example, it would be

counterproductive to tax the poor on benefits received in the form of

government-provided food stamps. Thus, modern tax policy generally has

rejected this benefit theory of taxation in favor of one based more on

ability to pay. 64

Nevertheless, ―practical applications of benefit taxation

may be found in specific instances where particular services are provided

on a benefit basis. This may be the case where direct financing is made via

fees, user charges, or tolls.‖ 65

For instance, fuel taxes paid by drivers are

61. STEPHEN H. AXILROD, INSIDE THE FED: MONETARY POLICY AND ITS MANAGEMENT,

MARTIN THROUGH GREENSPAN TO BERNANKE 145–50 (2009) (describing Federal Reserve involvement in efforts to save LTCM). For a colorful report on LTCM‘s rise and fall, see generally

ROGER LOWENSTEIN, WHEN GENIUS FAILED: THE RISE AND FALL OF LONG-TERM CAPITAL

MANAGEMENT (2001). For further discussion of the Federal Reserve‘s role in the LTCM bailout, see id. at 185–218.

62. Government assistance that ultimately results in a profit or no cost to the government should

still be regarded as a bailout because the outcome is a gamble. The government assumes a risk that commercial lenders are unwilling to take based upon standard lending principles. General tax revenues

and substantial taxpayer dollars are at risk in a way that they would not be in a private bailout through

reorganization in bankruptcy. 63. RICHARD A. MUSGRAVE & PEGGY B. MUSGRAVE, PUBLIC FINANCE IN THEORY AND

PRACTICE 219 (5th ed. 1989).

64. See, e.g., HENRY C. SIMONS, PERSONAL INCOME TAXATION: THE DEFINITION OF INCOME AS A PROBLEM OF FISCAL POLICY 3–5 (1938).

65. MUSGRAVE & MUSGRAVE, supra note 63, at 221.

Washington University Open Scholarship

166 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

used to fund highway maintenance and other transportation-related

programs. 66

In this way, the cost of the government service is imposed

more directly upon those who benefit.

At first blush, the bailout setting might not appear well suited to the

benefit approach. To impose costs on those who receive bailout assistance

simply would dig struggling businesses receiving assistance deeper into a

financial hole. On the other hand, the federal deposit insurance system is

structured upon similar benefit-like principles. Among other things, the

FDIC has authority to take receivership interests in failed banks, 67

establish and operate ―bridge banks‖ using the failed banks‘ assets, and

ultimately transfer ownership of the ―bridge banks‖ to new private

owners. 68

Resources to cover bank rescue efforts and depositor insurance

claims come from funds in bank insurance pools collected ex ante through

assessments and contributions from banks participating in the insurance

programs, not from general tax revenues. 69

Participating banks provide the

funding for the government insurance program since they make up the

group or class that stands to benefit from the government program, which

offers reassurance to bank customers and other mechanisms to provide

bank stability. For example, the FDIC maintains a Deposit Insurance Fund

(DIF) available to depositors in the event that one of its insured banks

fails. 70

Even when general tax revenues are not used, government-

facilitated rescues should be regarded as bailouts. In each case, the

government has intervened to provide assistance to a failing private

enterprise. I refer to interventions in this category as ―special fund

bailouts.‖

When insurance pool funds are insufficient, the FDIC has authority to

impose an additional ―systemic risk special assessment‖ and to call for

bank prepayments of future assessments. 71

As a backstop, the FDIC has

authority to borrow up to $100 billion from the Treasury Department and

66. Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1956, Pub. L. No. 84-627, 70 Stat. 374 (establishing the

Highway Trust Fund from gasoline excise taxes); see PAMELA J. JACKSON, CONG. RESEARCH SERV.,

RL30304, THE FEDERAL EXCISE TAX ON GASOLINE AND THE HIGHWAY TRUST FUND: A SHORT HISTORY (2006).

67. 12 U.S.C. § 1819(a) (2006).

68. 12 U.S.C. §§ 1821(m), (n) (2006). 69. 12 U.S.C. § 1817(b) (2006) (FDIC‘s risk-based assessment rules).

70. 12 U.S.C. § 1815(d) (2006). Although the direct beneficiary of this insurance is the

individual depositor, insurance programs also serve a bailout function. See Block, Bailouts, supra note 22, at 973–74.

71. One report described a recently FDIC-imposed $45 billion in prepaid annual assessments as a

―plan financed by the industry to rescue the ailing insurance fund that protects bank depositors,‖ i.e., a bailout of the FDIC itself. Stephen Labaton, Banks to Rescue Depleted F.D.I.C., N.Y. TIMES, Sept. 30,

2009, at A1.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 167

even more in certain emergency circumstances. 72

In the end, of course, if

the FDIC cannot meet its obligations or if additional resources are

necessary to maintain bank stability, there remains an implicit guarantee

that Congress will come to the rescue by authorizing the use of general

revenues. Congress provided such financial supplements, for example,

when insurance pools proved inadequate in the 1980s savings and loan

crisis. 73

In the case of ex ante insurance funds, such as the DIF maintained by

the FDIC, those eligible to benefit from future bailout funding must make

advance contributions to an insurance pool. In contrast, the EESA

legislation enacted in 2008 uses an ex post collection model. If TARP has

a net shortfall at the end of five years from the date of enactment, the

statute requires ―the President . . . [to] submit a legislative proposal that

recoups from the financial industry an amount equal to the shortfall in

order to ensure that the Troubled Asset Relief Program does not add to the

deficit or national debt.‖ 74

Based on this mandate, at least in theory, the

Obama administration proposed a controversial ―financial crisis

responsibility fee‖ on large banks and financial institutions in order to

recoup bailout costs from TARP. 75

This proposal called for a fee on large

financial institutions, even if they already repaid TARP funds received or

received no TARP funds at all. At the same time, some large nonfinancial

entities that received TARP funds would not be required to pay. Needless

to say, financial institutions that generated a profit for the government by

repaying the TARP assistance they received with interest, fees, and

warrants, resented the recoupment proposal. 76

The logic behind the

collection-model special fund bailout approach was that large financial

72. The FDIC‘s borrowing authority was increased from $30 to $100 billion by the Helping

Families Save Their Homes Act of 2009, Pub. L. No. 111-22, § 204(c), 123 Stat. 1632, 1649. The Act also provided temporary authority for borrowing of up to $500 billion upon written recommendation

from the Federal Reserve and Secretary of the Treasury in consultation with the president. Id. (to be

codified at 12 U.S.C. § 1824(a)(3) (2006)). The FDIC insisted that its request for additional borrowing authority was simply prudent planning, given that the banking industry‘s assets had tripled since the

last increase in borrowing authority. Promoting Bank Liquidity and Lending Through Deposit

Insurance, Hope for Homeowners, and Other Enhancements: Hearing Before the H. Comm. on Fin. Servs., 111th Cong. 8–9 (2009) (statement of John F. Bovenzi, Chief Operating Officer, FDIC).

Bovenzi added that the FDIC did not expect to use the money. Id. at 10.

73. Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, Pub. L. No. 101-73, 103 Stat. 183.

74. Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-343, § 134, 122 Stat. 3765,

3798 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. § 5239) (emphasis added). 75. OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, ANALYTICAL

PERSPECTIVES: BUDGET OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT FISCAL YEAR 2011, at 174 (2010).

76. See, e.g., Eric Dash, Wall St. Weighs a Constitutional Challenge to a Proposed Tax, N.Y. TIMES, Jan. 18, 2010, at B1.

Washington University Open Scholarship

168 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

entities—even those that did not participate in TARP—benefitted most

from the governments‘ propping up of failing banks. Assuming that a

much larger systemic financial breakdown would have occurred absent

government intervention, the largest financial firms were those with the

most at stake and, hence, the most to gain from avoidance of a financial

meltdown. In addition, the largest financial institutions are thought to be

those best able to pay.

Congress never enacted the president‘s proposed ―financial crisis

responsibility fee,‖ but the 2010 Wall Street Reform Act did adopt a

benefit-like, ex post ―collection model,‖ permitting the FDICif

necessaryto impose risk-based assessments on bank holding companies

with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets to contribute to a new

―orderly liquidation fund.‖ 77

This technically is not a ―bailout‖ fund since

it is not available to assist or rescue private firms faced with economic

distress or imminent failure, 78

but instead to provide an orderly process for

shutting down failing financial institutions. At the same time, the idea

behind the orderly liquidation process is to save the economy from the

chaos and distress that would otherwise result from the disorderly failure

of a systemically important financial firm. Ideally, the costs of orderly

liquidation will be covered by the government‘s careful management of

the failed financial company‘s assets as receiver. If this should prove

insufficient, the legislation imposes the burden of paying for orderly

liquidation on a subset of taxpayerslarge financial institutionsrather

than the general public.

4. General Revenue Bailouts

One major concern raised by the extraordinary government bailout

interventions throughout the 2008–2009 economic crisis was the message

effectively sent by the government that it was available as an economic

safety net for private industry. The perception that government assistance

will be forthcoming in the event of economic failure encourages private

businesses to take greater risks than they would in the absence of such a

safety net. Under the circumstances, perhaps it was prudent for Congress

and the President to declare forcefully that there will be ―no more

77. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Pub. L. No. 111-203,

§ 1105, 124 Stat. 1376, 2121–25, supra note 10, § 210(o); see also supra notes 12–16 and accompanying text.

78. See Block, Bailouts, supra note 22.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 169

government-funded bailouts,‖ in order to limit this type of moral hazard. 79

Realistically, however, future bailouts are inevitable in the event that

economic circumstances become sufficiently dire and the ―tough love‖

approach of simply allowing weak firms to collapse becomes politically

unpalatable.

Special funds may not always be desirable or available for such

bailouts, resulting in interventions that require the expenditure of general

revenue. I use the term ―general revenue bailouts‖ to refer to bailouts for

which costs are broadly spread among the general taxpaying public. Funds

for such general revenue bailouts come from general Treasury Department

accounts. Although minds may differ on accounting and valuation

methodology and on precisely where the information should appear, these

general revenue expenditures are typically visible somewhere in the

federal budget and government financial statements. In other cases, the

source of funds is the Federal Reserve Bank and not the Treasury

Department‘s general revenue fund. Even though these costs do not appear

directly as general revenue expenditures, they indirectly reflect revenue

costs because they reduce funds that would otherwise be paid to the

general Treasury through Federal Reserve remittances. 80

5. Combination Bailouts

Bailouts also can be funded through a combination of special funds and

general revenues. For example, FIRREA established a rather complex

mechanism to provide funding for the 1980s savings and loan bailout.

Funds for the bailout theoretically were to come from the sale of assets

taken from banks in receivership, the sale of nonvoting capital stock to

Federal Home Loan Banks, assessments against certain savings and loan

banks, and the issuance of obligations. 81

In each case, however, it was

recognized that the ―special fund‖ might not be sufficient to cover all

bailout costs; Congress authorized supplemental general revenue funding

from the Treasury Department. 82

Similarly, although the FDIC generates

79. For further discussion of moral hazard issues, see infra notes 333–36 and accompanying text.

80. For a discussion of the Federal Reserve and its surplus remittances to the Treasury, see infra notes 130–33, 147–51 and accompanying text.

81. For a comprehensive treatment of the savings and loan bailout structure and funding

mechanisms provided by FIRREA, see JAMES R. BARTH, THE GREAT SAVINGS AND LOAN DEBACLE 79–99 (1991); Marirose K. Lescher & Merwin A. Mace III, Financing The Bailout Of The Thrift

Crisis: Workings Of The Financing Corporation And The Resolution Funding Corporation, 46 BUS.

LAW. 507 (1991); Michael P. Malloy, Nothing to Fear but FIRREA Itself: Revising and Reshaping the Enforcement Process of Federal Bank Regulation, 50 OHIO ST. L.J. 1117 (1989).

82. Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, Pub. L. No. 101-73,

Washington University Open Scholarship

170 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

funds through the collection of fees from covered banks, these fee-

generated ―special funds‖ may be insufficient, requiring the FDIC to turn

to general revenues.

Various responses to the 2008–2009 economic crisis also adopted a

mixed-resource approach. In November 2008, for example, Citicorp

received an assistance package including Treasury Department funds

through TARP, along with guarantees from the FDIC and the Federal

Reserve. 83

In another program, the Treasury Department protected the

Federal Reserve by agreeing to cover the first $20 billion in Federal

Reserve loans through the latter‘s Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan

Facility (TALF). 84

III. BAILOUT COSTS: WHERE IN THE BUDGET?

A. Introduction

One long-standing debate in budget circles has been the scope of the

federal budget; in other words, the extent to which government

expenditures should be ―on-budget‖ or ―off-budget.‖ In 1967, an

influential report of the President‘s Commission on Budget Concepts

argued that the budget should be ―unified,‖ meaning that ―the budget

should, as a general rule, be comprehensive of the full range of Federal

activities. Borderline agencies and transactions should be included in the

budget unless there are exceptionally persuasive reasons for exclusion.‖ 85

The basic logic of the unified budget is that it ―facilitates use of the budget

as an instrument of economic policy, and it enables the government to

§ 211 103 Stat. 183, 218–22 (codified at 12 U.S.C. § 1821(a)(6)(F), (J)(ii) (2006)). Congress provided

backup Treasury funding to permit payment of interest on obligations for the RTC and FSLIC

Resolution Fund. See, e.g., id. § 511 (codified at 12 U.S.C. § 1441(b), (f)(2)(E) (2006)).

83. BD. OF GOVERNORS OF THE FED. RESERVE SYS., MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CONGRESS 51 (2009); see also Press Release, U.S. Dep‘t of the Treasury, Joint Statement by Treasury,

Federal Reserve and the FDIC on Citigroup (Nov. 23, 2008), available at http://www.ustreas.gov/

press/releases/hp1287.htm (describing package of guarantees, liquidity access, and capital in exchange for which Citigroup issued preferred stock to the Treasury, FDIC, and the Federal Reserve).

84. OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, ANALYTICAL

PERSPECTIVES: BUDGET OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT FISCAL YEAR 2011, at 27–28 (2010). For detailed discussion of Federal Reserve bailout actions, see infra notes 105–29 and accompanying text. For

another example of a joint effort bailout, see the Public-Private Investment Fund (PPIF)/Legacy Loan

Program described in DARRYL E. GETTER & OSCAR R. GONZALES, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., R40413, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (FDIC): EFFORTS TO SUPPORT FINANCIAL AND

HOUSING MARKETS 5 (2009).

85. PRESIDENT‘S COMM‘N ON BUDGET CONCEPTS, REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT‘S COMMISSION ON BUDGET CONCEPTS 25 (1967).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 171

establish priorities among programs financed by different sources.‖ 86

Put

more colloquially, in order to make better allocative policy choices,

everything should be on the table for discussion.

Budget figures today are presented in a variety of different, and

sometimes schizophrenic, accounts. 87

In addition to ―unified‖ or

―consolidated‖ accounts, budget figures include ―on-budget‖ and ―off-

budget‖ totals. 88

Complicating matters further, many government or

government-supported activities are conducted through separate entities,

which include wholly and partially government-owned corporations, as

well as privately owned, government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs). 89

Although technically private, GSEs are federally chartered corporations

entitled to certain privileges and subject to limitations not otherwise

applicable to private corporations. 90

Perhaps the most well-known GSEs

are housing and mortgage loan giants Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

Activities of wholly owned government corporations are technically

part of the federal budget. 91

Because they use different accounting and

financial standards, however, their financial information is presented

separately and cannot be readily incorporated into regular budget

schedules. On the other hand, GSEs and partially government-owned

corporations do not appear at all in any of the various budget accounts,

unified or not. Depending upon the extent of government involvement,

however, some of these partially owned government entities and GSEs are

engaged in activities that arguably should be part of the overall federal

86. ALLEN SCHICK, THE FEDERAL BUDGET: POLITICS, POLICY, AND PROCESS 42–43 (3d ed.

2007). 87. For a discussion of the off-budget device and the variety of budget accounts, see Cheryl D.

Block, Congress and Accounting Scandals: Is the Pot Calling the Kettle Black?, 82 NEB. L. REV. 365, 429 (2003) [hereinafter Block, Accounting Scandals]; see also Cheryl D. Block, Budget Gimmicks, in

FISCAL CHALLENGES: AN INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACH TO BUDGET POLICY 39, 46–47 (Elizabeth

Garrett et al. eds., 2008). 88. At least technically, the term ―off-budget‖ refers only to the two social security programs and

the postal service trust fund that are statutorily excluded from the budget. Budget Enforcement Act of

1990, Pub. L. No. 101-508, § 13301, 104 Stat. 1388, 1388–623 (codified at 2 U.S.C. § 632(a) (2006)) (making social security program ―off-budget‖); Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, Pub. L. No. 101-

239, § 4001(a), 103 Stat. 2106, 2133 (1989) (codified at 39 U.S.C. § 2009a (2006)) (making the postal

service trust fund ―off-budget‖). 89. For a discussion of the differences among these various entities, see Block, Accounting

Scandals, supra note 87, at 432–42.

90. See id. at 435–39; see also GSEs: Recent Trends and Policy: Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Capital Mkts., Sec. and Gov’t Sponsored Enters. of the H. Comm. on Banking and Fin. Servs.,

105th Cong. 1 (1997) (statement of James L. Bothwell, Chief Economist). For further discussion of the

housing GSEs, see infra notes 179–87 and accompanying text. 91. Examples include the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, the Commodity Credit

Corporation, and the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation.

Washington University Open Scholarship

172 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

budget. To the extent that such entities are not so reflected, I refer to them

as ―off-off budget.‖ In fact, the move to privatize many government

functions might skeptically be viewed as a budget gimmick to move

activities off-off budget and reduce the apparent size of the deficit. This

phenomenon is not limited to the United States. Governments faced with

increasing risks and fiscal uncertainties have turned to privatizing many

state functions, accompanying this privatization with implicit or explicit

state guarantees. According to one economist, ―[t]hese off-budget

programs and obligations involve hidden fiscal costs, with implicit and

contingent liabilities that may result in excessive requirements for public

financing in the medium and long term.‖ 92

A true reflection of the budget

deficit would require some mechanism to incorporate these entities, along

with the implicit and contingent liabilities they impose. 93

Various ―off-off-budget‖ entities have played a significant role in

recent government bailout activities. The government‘s substantial

investments in the housing-related GSEs‘ financial instruments, and the

conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, raise questions about the

extent to which these otherwise nongovernment entities should be

incorporated into the budget. 94

In addition, the Federal Reserve, in

particular, played an extraordinary and unprecedented role in recent

government bailout interventions. The sections that follow begin by

briefly discussing the Federal Reserve‘s general authority and operations,

followed by an examination of the Federal Reserve Bank‘s recent actions

and their budget implications. This Part closes with a brief exploration of

the bailout-related interventions involving housing-related GSEs.

B. The Federal Reserve

1. The Federal Reserve and Monetary Policy

One ―off-off-budget‖ entity that stands in a class by itself is the Federal

Reserve Bank, a uniquely independent government agency responsible for

managing monetary policy. The Federal Reserve Bank was initially

established as the nation‘s central bank by the Federal Reserve Act of

1913. 95

Although subject to congressional oversight, the Bank is an

92. Hana Polackova Brixi, Government Contingent Liabilities: A Hidden Risk to Fiscal Stability, 13 J. OF PUB. BUDGETING, ACCT. & FIN. MGMT. 582, 582 (2001).

93. For further discussion of budgeting for implicit guarantees, see infra notes 334–36 and

accompanying text. 94. See infra notes 183–94.

95. Federal Reserve Act of 1913, Pub. L. No. 63-43, 38 Stat. 251 (codified as amended at 12

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 173

independent agency and does not receive appropriations from Congress.

Three component parts make up the Federal Reserve System: (1) a central

Board of Governors in Washington, D.C.; (2) twelve regional Federal

Reserve Banks; and (3) member banks. 96

The Federal Reserve is charged

with four major responsibilities: (1) formulating and implementing

monetary policy; (2) supervising and regulating banks; (3) serving as the

―lender of last resort‖ for banks and otherwise containing systemic risks in

the financial system; and (4) serving as a ―fiscal agent for the [federal]

government and clearinghouse for private sector financial transactions.‖ 97

Formation and implementation of monetary policy are probably the

most important, and certainly the most closely watched, of the Federal

Reserve‘s regular activities. The primary functions of monetary policy are

to control the supply and cost of money and credit and to promote stable

prices and maximum sustainable economic growth. 98

Three traditional

monetary policy tools are available to the Federal Reserve. First, the Bank

uses daily open-market transactions to indirectly manage the supply and

demand for money and credit. These daily morning transactions involve

the purchase and sale of U.S. Treasury securities between the New York

Federal Reserve Bank and eligible ―primary dealers.‖ The quantities and

terms of these transactions are driven by the ―federal funds rate target,‖ 99

set by the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC), the policymaking

arm of the Federal Reserve. The idea effectively is for the Bank to use its

―monopoly power‖ to move the market interest rate for intrabank loans to

its desired target. Additional regular monetary policy tools available to the

Federal Reserve include its authority to establish discount rates at which it

will extend short-term credit to eligible banks, and its power to alter the

cash reserve amounts required to be maintained at the Bank by depository

institutions. 100

U.S.C. § 343 (2006)). Throughout this Article, the Federal Reserve Bank will alternatively be referred

to as ―the Bank‖ or ―the Federal Reserve.‖ 96. BD. OF GOVERNORS OF THE FED. RESERVE SYS., THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM: PURPOSES

AND FUNCTIONS 3 (9th ed. 2005) [hereinafter PURPOSES AND FUNCTIONS]. Member banks include all

nationally chartered banks and eligible nonnational banks that elect to join. Id. at 12. 97. Id. at 1; see also PAULINE SMALE, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., RS20826, STRUCTURE AND

FUNCTIONS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM 1 (2005).

98. MARC LABONTE, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., RL30354, MONETARY POLICY AND THE FEDERAL RESERVE: CURRENT POLICY AND CONDITIONS 1 (2009).

99. The federal funds rate is the rate at which commercial banks will lend to one another. Id. 100. Id. at 2. For a useful and accessible account of the Federal Reserve‘s traditional roles and its

expanded actions in response to financial crisis, see Stephen G. Cecchetti, Crisis and Responses: The

Federal Reserve in the Early Stages of the Financial Crisis, 23 J. ECON. PERSP. 51 (2009).

Washington University Open Scholarship

174 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

2. The Federal Reserve Bank’s Role in Recent Bailout Activity

One unusual feature of the 2008–2009 federal government rescue effort

is the extent to which bailout funding was provided through the Federal

Reserve Bank, rather than the Treasury Department. As the Federal

Reserve‘s response to economic crisis has expanded to include new and

innovative approaches, many of its actions more closely resemble fiscal

policy than monetary policy. 101

This transition from monetary to fiscal

policy occurs when the Bank moves from actions simply intended to

provide liquidity to actions intended to provide capital assistance to

struggling firms. The Bank‘s targeted assistance to individual firms or

industries fits within my working definition of bailout as ―a form of

government assistance or intervention specifically designed or intended to

assist enterprises facing financial distress and to prevent enterprise

failure.‖ 102

Indeed, several of the Federal Reserve‘s direct loan and loan

guarantee arrangements with individual private entities appear very similar

in structure to some of the direct loans and loan guarantees from the

Treasury Department through TARP. Some are even joint efforts

involving the Federal Reserve and TARP funds. 103

To the extent that the

Federal Reserve makes loans or troubled asset acquisition arrangements

similar to those otherwise available through the Treasury Department,

taxpayers may be exposed to risk beyond statutory limits authorized by

Congress under the EESA and other legislative rescue programs. This, of

course, raises questions about the extent to which the Federal Reserve

should be authorized to institute such programs in the first place without

specific congressional authority. As fascinating as these questions are,

they are generally beyond the scope of this Article, which focuses

primarily on federal budget implications of various bailout-like

interventions. 104

101. Fiscal policy generally ―is concerned with the determination of tax rates and the level of government spending and is the joint responsibility of Congress and the President.‖ GEOFFREY

WOGLOM, MODERN MACROECONOMICS 5 (1988). In contrast, monetary policy ―is concerned with

settling the level of money supply and is the responsibility of the Federal Reserve System.‖ Id.; see also MARC LABONTE, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., RL30354, MONETARY POLICY AND THE FEDERAL

RESERVE: CURRENT POLICY AND CONDITIONS 1–2 (2009) (―Broadly speaking, monetary policy is any

policy related to the supply of money. . . . The dominant influence on the U.S. money supply . . . comes from the policies of the nation‘s central bank, the Federal Reserve . . . .‖).

102. See supra text accompanying note 22 (definition of bailout).

103. See discussion infra notes 126–29 and accompanying text. 104. The 2010 financial reforms made several changes to the Federal Reserve‘s authority. Dodd-

Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Pub. L. No. 111-203, tit. XI, 124 Stat. 1376, 1596–1641 (Federal Reserve System Provisions). Some of these are considered at notes

111, 167, 341–46 and accompanying text.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 175

3. Expansion of Federal Reserve Activity in Response to Crisis

Monetary policy, of course, is the Federal Reserve‘s ongoing, regular

focus. Times of economic stress, however, call upon the Bank‘s

responsibility to ―contain financial disruptions and [prevent] their spread

outside the financial sector.‖ 105

Even in difficult economic times, the Bank

typically turns first to its traditional monetary policy toolbox. For

example, the Federal Reserve can increase liquidity and make credit more

freely available through reductions in the federal funds rate target or

discount rate. These traditional tools were used early on and increasingly

throughout the economic downturn that began in the summer of 2007.

Federal Reserve Chairman Bernanke reported that the Bank ―responded

forcefully‖ by dramatically reducing the federal funds rate target, noting

that by ―historical comparison, this policy response stands out as

exceptionally rapid and proactive.‖ 106

Beginning in 2008 and continuing

through much of 2010, the FOMC ―maintained a target range of 0 to 1/4

percent for the federal funds rate.‖ 107

Economic crises severely test the limits of traditional monetary policy.

Traditional tools have little or no continued impact when the Federal

Reserve has already reduced interest rates to virtually zero, when the threat

of systemic economic failure extends beyond financial industries into the

broader economy and when the cure for a substantial number of distressed

firms demands more than just short-term liquidity assistance. By all

accounts, economic events in 2008 and 2009 were extraordinary.

Chairman Bernanke himself observed that ―[e]xtraordinary times call for

extraordinary measures. Responding to the very difficult economic and

financial challenges we face, the Federal Reserve has gone beyond

traditional monetary policy making to develop new policy tools to address

the dysfunctions in the nation‘s credit markets.‖ 108

From mid-2007 through 2009, this response included an unprecedented

and dizzying array of new programs or ―facilities,‖ creating a veritable

105. PURPOSES AND FUNCTIONS, supra note 96, at 16.

106. Ben S. Bernanke, Chairman, Fed. Reserve, Federal Reserve Policies to Ease Credit and Their

Implications for the Fed‘s Balance Sheet, Speech at the National Press Club Luncheon (Feb. 18, 2009) [hereinafter Bernanke, Press Club Speech], available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/

speech/bernanke20090218a.htm.

107. BD. OF GOVERNORS OF THE FED. RESERVE SYS., MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CONGRESS (2009); Press Release, Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Reserve Sys. (Dec. 16, 2008),

available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/monetary/20081216b.htm (FOMC statement

announcing decisions to reduce the federal funds target rate to 0 to 1/4 percent). 108. Bernanke, Press Club Speech, supra note 106.

Washington University Open Scholarship

176 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

―alphabet soup‖ of new acronyms. 109

With such extraordinary new

activities, Chairman Bernanke was moving the Bank into uncharted

waters. 110

As authority for much of this extraordinary action, the Bank

turned to a provision in the Federal Reserve Act granting expanded

emergency lending authority in ―unusual and exigent circumstances.‖ 111

Until the latter part of 2008, this extraordinary emergency power had not

been used by the Federal Reserve to extend credit since the Great

Depression. 112

Some Federal Reserve actions taken pursuant to its

emergency authority provided targeted assistance to specific firms or

facilitated specific acquisition transactions, 113

while others created lending

109. Some of the new programs introduced or announced in 2007 and 2008 include a Term Auction Facility (TAF) (Dec. 2007); Liquidity Swap Lines (Dec. 2007); Terms Securities Lending

Facility (TSLF) (Mar. 2008); Primary Dealer Credit Facility (PDCF) (Mar. 2008); Asset-Backed

Commercial Paper Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility (AMLF) (Sept. 2008); Commercial Paper Funding Facility (CPFF) (Oct. 2008); Money Market Investor Funding Facility (MMIFF) (Oct.

2008); Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility (TALF) (Nov. 2008). See BD. OF GOVERNORS OF

THE FED. RESERVE SYS., MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CONGRESS 47–50 (2009). In light of

financial improvements, many of the new programs have expired or been closed. BD. OF GOVERNORS

OF THE FED. RESERVE SYS., CREDIT AND LIQUIDITY PROGRAMS AND THE BALANCE SHEET: THE FEDERAL RESERVE‘S RESPONSE TO THE CRISIS (2010), available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/

monetarypolicy/bst_crisisresponse.htm (describing expiration or closing of MMIFF, AMLF, CPFF,

and TSLF programs). 110. See, e.g., AXILROD, supra note 61, at 155 (―In the end, the innovative measures eventually

put in place by the Fed were path breaking.‖); ETHAN S. HARRIS, BEN BERNANKE‘S FED: THE

FEDERAL RESERVE AFTER GREENSPAN 178 (2008) (referring to Bank actions in 2008 as including ―the fastest policy change in the modern history of the Fed‖ and ―an unprecedented array of new programs

to directly add liquidity to credit markets‖).

111. Federal Reserve Act of 1913, Pub. L. No. 63-43, § 13(3), 38 Stat. 251, 264 (codified at 12 U.S.C. § 343 (2006)) (emergency power added to the Federal Reserve Act in 1932) (―In unusual and

exigent circumstances, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System . . . may authorize any

Federal reserve bank . . . to discount for any individual, partnership, or corporation, notes, drafts, and bills of exchange . . . [p]rovided, [t]hat . . . the Federal reserve bank [obtains] evidence that such

individual, partnership, or corporation is unable to secure adequate credit accommodations from other

banking institutions.‖ (emphasis added)) (prior to amendment by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010). The 2010 Act replaced the statutory references in this

emergency power provision to ―individual, partnership, or corporation‖ with references to ―participant

in any program or facility with broad-based eligibility.‖ Id. § 1101(a)(2)–(5). This change is an attempt to hold the Federal Reserve more closely to its monetary policy functions. The Federal Reserve can no

longer use its emergency power ―for the purpose of assisting a single and specific company avoid

bankruptcy.‖ Id. § 1101(a)(6). 112. An Examination of the Extraordinary Efforts by the Federal Reserve Bank to Provide

Liquidity in the Current Financial Crisis: Hearing Before the H. Comm. on Financial Servs., 111th

Cong. 8 (2009) (statement of Ben S. Bernanke, Chairman, Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Reserve Sys.). 113. For a description of some of these specifically targeted assistance efforts, see BD. OF

GOVERNORS OF THE FED. RESERVE SYS., MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CONGRESS 50–51

(2009) (description of Federal Reserve actions to assist Bear Stearns, AIG, Citicorp, and Bank of America). Such Federal Reserve assistance to individual firms is no longer permitted. See supra note

111.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 177

facilities and programs that were made more broadly available. 114

Most of the Federal Reserve‘s unprecedented new programs or

facilities in 2008 and 2009 shared several features. 115

Notable patterns

reflected in the recent Federal Reserve responses include (1) an expansion

of the class of institutions to which assistance is offered; 116

(2) a move

from extremely short-term (i.e., overnight) loans to longer-term loans; 117

(3) a willingness to provide specifically targeted assistance to individual

firms or specific industries threatened with economic failure; 118

(4) a

dramatic expansion of the types of collateral that the Bank is willing to

accept; 119

and (5) a willingness to act jointly with the Treasury Department

and the FDIC. 120

In some cases, the expansion of acceptable collateral led the Bank to

use new and complex funding devices. Rather than hold collateral directly,

the Bank in some cases established separate entities—referred to as

Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs)—to hold the assets. This creative device

114. See supra note 109. 115. In addition to the Federal Reserve‘s BD. OF GOVERNORS OF THE FED. RESERVE SYS.,

MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CONGRESS (2009), useful sources for more detailed information

on the 2007–2008 new programs include OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, ANALYTICAL PERSPECTIVES: BUDGET OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT FISCAL YEAR 2011, at

27–28 (2010); MKTS. GROUP, FED. RESERVE BANK OF N.Y., DOMESTIC OPEN MARKET OPERATIONS

DURING 2008, at 19–25 (2009). 116. Although the Federal Reserve typically extends loans only to banks, the TSLF and PDCF,

both established in March 2008, made loans available to primary dealers. For a brief description of

these programs, see BD. OF GOVERNORS OF THE FED. RESERVE SYS., 95TH ANNUAL REPORT 52–53 (2008) [hereinafter FEDERAL RESERVE 2008 ANNUAL REPORT]. The TALF later made loans even

more broadly available to holders of certain securities backed by student, auto, and other loans. For a

brief description, see id. at 55. See also OFFICE OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR GEN. FOR THE TROUBLED ASSET RELIEF PROGRAM, INITIAL REPORT TO CONGRESS 81–83 (2009).

117. Although the Federal Reserve typically extends only overnight loans, special facilities created during the recent economic crisis provided longer terms. For example, TSLF loans were

available for a 28-day term. FEDERAL RESERVE 2008 ANNUAL REPORT, supra note 116, at 52. A more

dramatic expansion was the TALF program, which made loans available for three, and in some cases up to five, years. See Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility: Frequently Asked Questions, FED.

RESERVE BANK OF N.Y. (Apr. 1, 2010), http://www.newyorkfed.org/markets/talf_faq.html.

118. For example, the Federal Reserve, in 2008, provided assistance to Bear Stearns, American International Group, Citigroup, and the Bank of America. FEDERAL RESERVE 2008 ANNUAL REPORT,

supra note 116, at 56–57. Subsequently enacted provisions now prohibit the Federal Reserve from

providing such assistance to individual companies. See supra note 111. 119. For a discussion of Federal Reserve‘s broadening of acceptable collateral through its 2008

new facilities, see NEW YORK FEDERAL RESERVE OPEN MARKET OPERATIONS, supra note 115, at 19–

25. 120. For example, TALF was a joint project with the Treasury Department in which the former

agreed to absorb the first $20 billion in losses on TALF loans. OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC.

OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, ANALYTICAL PERSPECTIVES: BUDGET OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT FISCAL YEAR 2011, at 27–28 (2010). Another collaborative government intervention effort was the joint

Treasury Department, FDIC, and Federal Reserve assistance to Citigroup. Id. at 28.

Washington University Open Scholarship

178 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

was first used in connection with Bank efforts to facilitate J.P. Morgan‘s

acquisition of the ailing Bear Stearns. 121

As the potential bankruptcy of

Bear Stearns—then the nation‘s fifth-largest banking firm—loomed in

March 2008, the Federal Reserve determined that ―a disorderly failure of

Bear Stearns would [threaten] overall financial stability and would most

likely have significant adverse implications for the U.S. economy.‖ 122

J.P.

Morgan was interested in an acquisition, but reluctant to assume Bear

Stearns‘s risky investment portfolio, made up substantially of mortgage-

backed securities and other housing-related investments. To assist with the

$30 billion acquisition of Bear Stearns, the Federal Reserve created

Maiden Lane, a new Delaware-based Limited Liability Company (LLC) to

be wholly owned by the Bank. Immediately after it was formed, the LLC

received a $29 billion nonrecourse loan from the Federal Reserve and a $1

billion subordinate loan from J.P. Morgan, which it then used to purchase

$30 billion in assets from Bear Stearns. These assets were the sole

collateral backing for the loans, which the LLC was expected to repay

through subsequent liquidation of the assets. As a result of this transaction

structure, the first $1 billion in risk of loss was borne by J.P. Morgan and

the remaining risk borne by the Federal Reserve. Although the Federal

Reserve does not hold a direct interest in the high-risk assets associated

with Bear Stearns, it owns them indirectly through its 100% ownership

interest in Maiden Lane.

The Federal Reserve‘s decision to intervene in the Bear Stearns case

was unprecedented in a number of ways. First, the Bank had not

previously ―committed to ‗bailing out‘ a financial entity that was not a

commercial bank.‖ 123

Second, to my knowledge, it had not previously

agreed to take an interest in troubled assets as collateral for a loan. Third,

the Bank had not previously used an intermediary entity through which to

funnel loans. The Bank has since used this intermediary vehicle approach

more broadly for other new lending programs. In October 2008, for

example, the Bank created a similar LLC to implement its new

Commercial Paper Funding Facility (CPFF), which was created to

improve liquidity and availability of credit for households and

121. For a description of events leading up to the Bear Stearns assistance and the transactions

themselves, see GARY SHORTER, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., RL34420, BEAR STEARNS: CRISIS AND ―RESCUE‖ FOR A MAJOR PROVIDER OF MORTGAGE-RELATED PRODUCTS (2008).

122. BD. OF GOVERNORS OF THE FED. RESERVE SYS., MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE

CONGRESS 50 (2009). 123. GARY SHORTER, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., RL34420, BEAR STEARNS: CRISIS AND ―RESCUE‖

FOR A MAJOR PROVIDER OF MORTGAGE-RELATED PRODUCTS 1 (2008).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 179

businesses. 124

The Bank lent money to the LLC, which, in turn, used the

funds to acquire three-month (short-term) commercial paper from eligible

issuers. Later in the same month, the Bank created additional LLCs for

purposes of implementing a new Money Market Investor Funding Facility

(MMIFF), which used funds loaned by the Bank to acquire various

eligible money market instruments. 125

One of the most dramatic new Federal Reserve programs was the

TALF, created by the Bank in November 2008, also pursuant to its

emergency authority. 126

Under expanded eligibility rules, this facility was

made available to ―any U.S. company that owns eligible collateral[,] . . .

provided the company maintains an account relationship with a TALF

Agent.‖ 127

Categories of acceptable collateral were also expanded to

include securities backed by eligible auto loans, student loans, credit card

loans, or small business loans guaranteed by the Small Business

Administration. As originally announced, the program was to make

available up to $200 billion in one-year nonrecourse loans. Subsequent

announcements extended the loan term to three years, expanded the types

of eligible collateral, and indicated that the Federal Reserve was prepared

to expand the size of the program to as much as $1 trillion. 128

Another

unusual feature of the program was the participation of the U.S. Treasury,

which provided $20 billion in credit protection to the New York Federal

Reserve Bank using funds authorized under TARP. 129

Through these

various new programs, the Federal Reserve clearly moved far beyond its

traditional role of issuing overnight loans to banks.

124. Press Release, Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Reserve Sys. (Oct. 7, 2008), available at http://

www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/monetary/20081007c.htm (announcing creation of CPFF

facility). 125. Press Release, Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Reserve Sys. (Oct. 21, 2008), available at http://

www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/monetary/20081021a.htm (announcing creation of MMIFF

facility). 126. Press Release, Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Reserve Sys. (Nov. 25, 2008), available at http://

www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/monetary/20081125a.htm.

127. Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility: Terms and Conditions, FED. RESERVE BANK OF N.Y. (Nov. 13, 2009), http://www.newyorkfed.org/markets/talf_terms.html.

128. Press Release, Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Reserve Sys. (Feb. 10, 2009), available at http://

www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/monetary/20090210b.htm. 129. Id.; see also BD. OF GOVERNORS OF THE FED. RESERVE SYS., CREDIT AND LIQUIDITY

PROGRAMS AND THE BALANCE SHEET: OTHER LENDING FACILITIES (Feb. 5, 2010), available at http://

www.federal reserve.gov/monetarypolicy/bst_lendingother.htm.

Washington University Open Scholarship

180 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

4. Budget Implications of Federal Reserve Programs

a. The Federal Reserve and Its Balance Sheets

To understand the budget implications of the Federal Reserve‘s

extraordinary bailout-like interventions, it will be helpful first to consider

how the Bank maintains its balance sheets. The Federal Reserve‘s balance

sheet is usually straightforward and not subject to dramatic changes; until

recently, changes from month to month or even year to year have not been

especially remarkable. Total assets on the Federal Reserve balance sheet

between December 2000 and December 2007, for example, increased at a

rather steady rate of nine to ten percent each year, ending 2007 at

approximately $900 billion. 130

U.S. Treasury securities typically made up

the bulk of the Federal Reserve‘s assets. From the beginning of 2000 until

the end of 2007, for instance, the proportion of Federal Reserve assets held

outright as U.S. Treasury securities remained relatively constant at

approximately eighty to eighty-five percent. 131

Most of the Bank‘s income

derives from interest on securities acquired through the open market,

―interest on foreign currency investments,‖ ―loans to depository

institutions‖ and other borrowers, and fees charged for its services to

depository institutions or for other services. 132

Historically, the Federal

Reserve has not only been financially self-sustaining, but has generated

surplus, which is remitted to the Treasury and reflected in the federal

budget as revenue. Annual surplus income transferred from the Federal

Reserve to the Treasury has typically ranged from $20 to $30 billion. 133

As some colloquially put it, the Federal Reserve has the unlimited and

extraordinary power to ―make‖ or ―print‖ money. The Bank effectively

can increase the money supply simply by expanding its lending activity.

For example, if the Bank extends an additional loan to one of its

depository institutions, the increased loan amount is reflected on the

liability side of the Federal Reserve‘s balance sheet as an increase in the

130. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, THE BUDGETARY IMPACT AND SUBSIDY COSTS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE‘S ACTIONS DURING THE FINANCIAL CRISIS 4 fig.1 (2010).

131. Data was derived by comparing the last weekly Federal Reserve release for each year from

2000 through 2007. H.4.1: Factors Affecting Reserve Balances, FEDERAL RESERVE STATISTICAL RELEASE, http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41 (last visited Aug. 22, 2010).

132. PURPOSES AND FUNCTIONS, supra note 96, at 11.

133. The Budget and Economic Outlook: Fiscal Years 2009 to 2010: Hearing Before the S. Comm. on the Budget, 111th Cong. 35 (2009) (statement of Robert A. Sunshine, Acting Director,

Cong. Budget Office); see also CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, THE BUDGETARY IMPACT AND SUBSIDY

COSTS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE‘S ACTIONS DURING THE FINANCIAL CRISIS 11 (2010) (reporting annual remittances between $19 and $34 billion for fiscal years 2000–2008).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 181

borrowing institution‘s ―bank account,‖ i.e., liquid funds now available for

immediate disbursement to the borrowing institution. The same amount is

included as a loan on the asset side of the balance sheet, i.e., as an amount

that the Federal Reserve is entitled to be repaid.

When the Federal Reserve expands its lending activity, it increases the

cash or money supply. Without any offsetting moves, such Federal

Reserve action would create the risk of inflation. Given such concerns, the

Bank does not often expand its lending activities without taking some type

of ―sterilizing‖ action such as simultaneous sales of U.S. Treasury

securities. Through such sales, the Bank simultaneously decreases the

amount of Treasury securities and increases the amount of loans on the

asset side of the balance sheet. Assuming the amounts are the same, the

two transactions ―neutralize‖ each other, leaving the aggregate assets and

liabilitiesor bottom lineof the Bank‘s balance sheet unchanged.

Such simultaneous ―neutralizing‖ transactions may not change the

overall size of the Federal Reserve‘s balance sheet, but they do change the

composition of its asset portfolio. After the transactions, the balance sheet

will reveal a greater proportion of assets in the form of loans and a lesser

proportion in U.S. Treasury securities. To the extent that the Bank has a

smaller proportion of generally secure Treasury securities and a larger

proportion of loans, its overall portfolio is riskier. A comparison of

Federal Reserve balance sheet information from 2007 and 2008, for

example, reveals a dramatic shift in the makeup of Federal Reserve assets.

At year end 2007, Treasury securities held outright constituted

approximately eighty-two percent of total assets, while loans constituted

approximately seven percent of total assets. 134

These relative proportions

were consistent with prior years. 135

By year end 2008, however, Treasury

securities held outright had declined to only twenty-two percent of total

assets. 136

In addition, the categories of assets listed had expanded

dramatically to include entries for a variety of new lending programs. 137

More than fifty percent of total assets at year end 2008 represented some

134. Data was derived from H.4.1: Factors Affecting Reserve Balances, FEDERAL RESERVE

STATISTICAL RELEASE (Dec. 27, 2007), http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20071227. For purposes of these computations, I consolidated repurchase agreements, term auction credit, and other

loans together as ―loans.‖

135. Data was derived by comparing year-end H.4.1. Federal Reserve Statistical Releases, available at H.4.1: Factors Affecting Reserve Balances, FEDERAL RESERVE STATISTICAL RELEASE,

http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41.

136. H.4.1: Factors Affecting Reserve Balances, FEDERAL RESERVE STATISTICAL RELEASE (Dec. 29, 2008), http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/200812278.

137. Id.

Washington University Open Scholarship

182 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

type of loan. 138

Nonetheless, economic improvements and repayments

through the end of 2009 improved the composition of the Federal

Reserve‘s balance sheet; the proportion of assets in less risky Treasury

securities held outright by that time had returned to approximately eighty-

one percent. 139

Early on in the crisis, new Federal Reserve programs were structured to

―neutralize‖ any increases in Federal Reserve lending with offsetting

reductions in U.S. Treasury security holdings. In other words, the Federal

Reserve maintained the overall size of the balance sheet or ―money

supply.‖ For example, despite the introduction of several new programs in

the latter half of 2007, total assets on the Federal Reserve‘s balance sheet

at the end of 2007 were approximately $930 billion, only a 9.8% increase

from the previous year. 140

Beginning in the fall of 2008, however, Federal

Reserve actions began to dramatically expand the overall balance sheet.

By the end of 2008, total assets had increased to approximately $2.3

trillion. 141

To allow further expansion of the balance sheet without

―printing money,‖ the Federal Reserve also sought assistance from the

Treasury Department, which agreed to sell additional U.S. Treasury

securities directly to the public through a temporary Supplemental

Financing Program. 142

Funds from the security sales pursuant to this

program were kept in a separate U.S. Treasury supplemental account

maintained at the Bank. 143

Although the composition of the Federal

Reserve‘s balance sheet returned to its precrisis proportionate amount of

138. Id. For purposes of these computations, I also included amounts from new lending facilities

and programs. See also Ben S. Bernanke, Chariman, Fed. Reserve, The Federal Reserve Balance Sheet, Speech at the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond 2009 Credit Markets Symposium (Apr. 3,

2009) [hereinafter Bernanke, Richmond Speech], available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/news events/speech/bernanke20090403a.htm (indicating that short-term loans to financial institutions then

made up 45% of the total balance sheet, and direct lending to borrowers and investors constituted

12.5%). 139. Data was derived from H.4.1: Factors Affecting Reserve Balances, FEDERAL RESERVE

STATISTICAL RELEASE (Dec. 31, 2009), http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20091231.

140. H.4.1: Factors Affecting Reserve Balances, FEDERAL RESERVE STATISTICAL RELEASE (Dec. 27, 2007), http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20071227.

141. Data was derived by comparing ―total factors supplying reserve funds‖ entry on the Federal

Reserve‘s weekly balance sheet statements from Dec. 29, 2008, and Dec. 27, 2007. H.4.1: Factors Affecting Reserve Balances, FEDERAL RESERVE STATISTICAL RELEASE, http://www.federalreserve.gov

/releases/h41.

142. Press Release, U.S. Dep‘t of the Treasury, Treasury Announces Supplementary Financing Program (Sept. 17, 2008), available at http://www.ustreas.gov/press/releases/hp1144.htm.

143. Press Release, Fed. Reserve Bank of N.Y., Statement Regarding Supplementary Financing

Program (Sept. 17, 2008), available at http://www.newyorkfed.org/markets/statement_091708.html.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 183

about eighty percent in Treasury securities, the size of the Bank‘s balance

sheet remains at approximately $2.3 trillion. 144

b. The Impact of the Federal Reserve Bank’s Actions on the

Federal Budget

Federal Reserve Chairman Bernanke began a 2009 speech to the

Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, recognizing,

[i]n ordinary financial and economic times, my topic, ―The Federal

Reserve‘s Balance Sheet,‖ might not be considered a ―grabber.‖ But

these are far from ordinary times. To address the current crisis, the

Federal Reserve has taken a number of aggressive and creative

policy actions, many of which are reflected in the size and

composition of the Fed‘s balance sheet. 145

Since the Bank is an ―off-off budget‖ agency, its expenses are not

reflected at all in the federal budget. Taxpayers and legislators

understandably should be concerned about what Federal Reserve bailout-

type actions are likely to cost the public, in addition to funds already

explicitly authorized by Congress for TARP and other statutory

programs. 146

In the end, the answer is, perhaps, nothing. The Federal Reserve has

not experienced an annual net operating loss since 1915, 147

and despite its

recent forays into new programmatic territory, has taken various

precautions such that an annual net operating loss in the near future

appears unlikely. 148

Indeed, the worst now appears to be over, and the

Federal Reserve has terminated many of its emergency facilities created in

2008. 149

Since the Federal Reserve Bank is self-supporting and actually

remits revenues to the general Treasury, one might be tempted to be

unconcerned about the cost of recent Federal Reserve programs to general

144. H.4.1: Factors Affecting Reserve Balances, FEDERAL RESERVE STATISTICAL RELEASE (Dec. 31, 2009), http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20091231.

145. Bernanke, Richmond Speech, supra note 138 (emphasis added).

146. See, e.g., Challenges Facing the Economy: The View of the Federal Reserve: Hearing Before the H. Comm. on the Budget, 111th Cong. 18 (2009) (statement of Rep. Doggett in questioning Federal

Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke) (―[R]elying upon the Federal Reserve instead of the Treasury for

bailouts can also mask the true cost to the public in terms of our soaring national debt.‖). 147. U.S. GEN. ACCOUNTING OFFICE, GAO-02-939, FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM: THE SURPLUS

ACCOUNT 11 (2002).

148. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, THE BUDGETARY IMPACT AND SUBSIDY COSTS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE‘S ACTIONS DURING THE FINANCIAL CRISIS 11 (2010).

149. See supra note 109 (referring to Federal Reserve emergency programs that have expired or

been closed).

Washington University Open Scholarship

184 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

taxpayers. After all, taxpayers will not be called upon to foot the bill for

any Federal Reserve loan defaults or loss in value of other Federal Reserve

assets unless aggregate Bank losses exceed earnings. Chairman Bernanke

is careful to stress that most of the Bank‘s new approaches are reasonably

low risk. For example, he notes that the Bank‘s direct loans tend to be

overcollateralized and often made with recourse to the borrower‘s other

assets in the event of nonpayment. 150

Several programs charge fees, in

addition to interest, in order to make the program less attractive and,

hence, ―the last rather than the first resort‖ for borrowing. 151

Despite Chairman Bernanke‘s assurances, there are reasons for

concern. For a period of time in 2008, the Federal Reserve‘s balance sheet

was heavily weighted to higher-risk assets, rather than the more secure

U.S. Treasury issues it usually holds. 152

Its assets also continue to include

net portfolios held through the Bank‘s interest in numerous SPVs,

including three different Maiden Lane LLCs and a CPFF LLC. 153

Chairman Bernanke concedes high risk with respect to some assets, but

argues that the proportion of the Bank‘s assets that are high risk is

extremely low. 154

Even though risks may be reasonably low for the moment, future

borrower defaults and declines in value of Bank assets held as collateral

may result in lower Federal Reserve net earnings and, consequently, lower

remittances to the general Treasury. 155

The amount lost to general

revenues from such reduced remittances would represent real taxpayer

cost. Moreover, if the Bank had incurred substantial losses, taxpayers

would be on the line to cover them through general revenues. Although the

extremes are unlikely, Federal Reserve bailout-type actions do have

150. Ben S. Bernanke, Chairman, Fed. Reserve, The Crisis and the Policy Response, Speech at the

Stamp Lecture London School of Economics (Jan. 13, 2009) [hereinafter Bernanke, London Speech], available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/bernanke20090113a.htm. In fact,

however, many of the loans extended under more recent Federal Reserve programs are nonrecourse.

See, e.g., OFFICE OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR GEN. FOR THE TROUBLED ASSET RELIEF PROGRAM, INITIAL REPORT TO CONGRESS 67 (2009) (discussing nonrecourse TALF loans).

151. Bernanke, Richmond Speech, supra note 138.

152. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, THE BUDGETARY IMPACT AND SUBSIDY COSTS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE‘S ACTIONS DURING THE FINANCIAL CRISIS 2–5 (2010).

153. See supra notes 122–25 and accompanying text.

154. Bernanke, London Speech, supra note 120. 155. Perhaps surprisingly, CBO recently estimated that the Federal Reserve‘s expanded activity to

stabilize the financial system in 2007–2009 may actually result in increased remittances to the U.S.

Treasury. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, THE BUDGETARY IMPACT AND SUBSIDY COSTS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE‘S ACTIONS DURING THE FINANCIAL CRISIS 4–5, 11 (2010). At the same time, however, the

report stresses that these projections are now more uncertain because ―the system‘s asset holdings are

now riskier, exposing the central bank to a considerably greater possibility of losses than its usual holdings . . . .‖ Id. at 5.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 185

potential costs to the taxpayer that are less visible but, nevertheless, quite

real.

To be fair, the Federal Reserve Bank, under the strong leadership of

Chairman Bernanke, has done its best under difficult conditions to act as a

good-faith and careful steward of monetary policy and to contain systemic

financial risk. Still, the Federal Reserve‘s recent bailout-like actions may

impose costs on the general public even if the Bank continues to generate

surplus that it remits to the general Treasury. The fact remains that the

Federal Reserve has unlimited authority to continue lending and to

continue expanding the money supply. Despite the best of intentions, the

real cost of the Bank‘s rescue efforts in the long run could be increased

inflation. With respect to the Bank‘s balance sheet, the FOMC has noted

that ―it expects the size of the balance sheet to remain at a high level for

some time as a result of open market operations and other measures to

support financial markets and to provide additional stimulus to the

economy.‖ 156

While aware of traditional inflationary concerns that might

be raised by an enlarged balance sheet, the FOMC notes that inflation is

expected to remain low through 2011. 157

Although inflation ultimately was

not a problem in the most recent spate of Federal Reserve activity, it

remains a possibility with respect to future Federal Reserve actions.

5. Federal Reserve Bank Budget Status and Reporting

The Federal Reserve is historically and uniquely an ―off-off budget‖

independent government agency. Other than a one-line entry under

―Miscellaneous Receipts‖ for ―Deposits of Earnings by Federal Reserve

Banks,‖ the federal budget does not include information about Federal

Reserve Bank revenues and expenditures. Annual federal budget

appendices typically note that ―[t]he Board of Governors of the Federal

Reserve System‘s transactions are not included in the Budget because of

its unique status in the conduct of monetary policy.‖ 158

The 1967 President‘s Commission on Budget Concepts, which

otherwise recommended a completely unified budget, acknowledged the

unique nature of the Federal Reserve. Citing the ―vital flexibility and

156. BD. OF GOVERNORS OF THE FED. RESERVE SYS., MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE

CONGRESS 2 (2009). 157. Id. at 2–3.

158. OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, BUDGET OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT, FISCAL YEAR 2009 app. at 1273 (2008). For informational purposes, however,

the budget appendix generally does include a broad summary of the Board of Governor‘s

administrative budget. Id. app. at 1274.

Washington University Open Scholarship

186 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

independence‖ of the Federal Reserve‘s monetary policy and the different

nature of the Bank‘s receipts and expenditures, the Commission

recommended that ―[t]he payment of excess Federal Reserve profits to the

Treasury should continue to be treated as a federal budget receipt. But

other receipts and expenditures of the Federal Reserve banks should

continue to be excluded from the budget.‖ 159

Despite continued recognition of the importance of the Federal

Reserve‘s independence as the agency responsible for monetary policy,

concerns have been raised from time to time about the Bank‘s ―off-off

budget‖ status and the need to make information about its activities more

freely available. However, the most recent serious questions raised in

Congress about the Bank‘s budgetary status were in 1985, when

Representative Lee Hamilton introduced legislation that would have

required the President to include in every budget ―estimated receipts and

expenditures of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System

and all Federal Reserve banks in the fiscal year for which the budget is

submitted and the two fiscal years after that year.‖ 160

In other words, the

proposed legislation would have included the Federal Reserve in the

unified budget. At the request of the Congressional Joint Economic

Committee, the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) prepared a report on

the Federal Reserve‘s budget status. 161

Responding to the argument that

the Federal Reserve‘s annual report should be sufficient public

information, the CBO Report noted that the annual report receives much

less public attention than the Budget and does not include information

comparable to budget information provided for other independent agencies

included in the federal budget appendix. In addition, the Federal Reserve‘s

annual report‘s different accounting practices, including use of a calendar

rather than a fiscal year, make it difficult to comparatively assess the

Bank‘s annual report information. 162

The then CBO director Rudolph Penner subsequently testified:

The current budgetary presentation of the Federal Reserve‘s

finances is incomplete compared with that of other independent

government agencies. . . .

. . . .

159. PRESIDENT‘S COMM‘N ON BUDGET CONCEPTS, REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT‘S COMMISSION

ON BUDGET CONCEPTS 29 (1967).

160. H.R. 1659, 99th Cong. (1st Sess. 1985). 161. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, THE BUDGETARY STATUS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE (1985).

162. Id. at 40–44.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 187

On its face, the current budgetary treatment of the Federal

Reserve violates a basic principle of budgeting: namely that the

budget document should be comprehensive about government

operations and should facilitate cost comparisons among agencies

and activities. More particularly, the reporting of net earnings

provides little information about financial performance or operating

characteristics of an agency with the power to create money. 163

Even though the CBO Report itself and Dr. Penner‘s testimony offered

several possible answers to policy and accounting questions that would be

raised by bringing the Federal Reserve System ―on-budget,‖ Dr. Penner

did not express a firm opinion with respect to the proposed legislation,

preferring to leave the matter to congressional judgment. 164

The then

Federal Reserve chairman Paul Volcker, on the other hand, took the firm

position that the ―legitimate objectives of disclosure and public

accountability can be best achieved by retaining independent budgetary

reporting for the Federal Reserve (with our net earnings, as at present,

reflected in the regular budget document.)‖ 165

In the end, Congress did

nothing, leaving the then Federal Reserve Bank chairman Volcker with the

independence he was anxious to preserve.

Many improvements have occurred since 1985, of course. Congress

requires the Federal Reserve to release substantial information, including a

publicly available annual report. 166

In fact, the Bank has voluntarily

released more than the required material. The Bank makes its weekly

balance sheet available to the public online and is working to improve

website accessibility and transparency of information. 167

The concern,

then, is not so much that information is unavailable, but rather that

because of the Federal Reserve‘s unique ―off-off budget‖ status, the

potential costs of its bailout-type activities are not reflected anywhere in

the federal budget and not taken into account more generally as

163. The Budgetary Status of the Federal Reserve Systems: Hearing Before the Subcomm. on

Econ. Goals and Intergovernmental Policy of the J. Econ. Comm., 99th Cong. 1–3 (1985) (statement

of Rudolph G. Penner, Director, Cong. Budget Office). 164. Id.

165. Id. at 154 (statement of Paul A. Volcker, Chairman, Fed. Reserve).

166. See, e.g., BD. OF GOVERNORS OF THE FED. RESERVE SYS., ANNUAL REPORT: BUDGET REVIEW (2008).

167. The 2010 Wall Street Reform Act now subjects the Federal Reserve to additional audit and

transparency requirements. See, e.g., Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Pub. L. No. 111-203, § 1102, 124 Stat. 1376, 2115–17 (special provisions authorizing the

Comptroller General to audit certain Federal Reserve credit facilities); id. § 1103 (additional public

access to information); id. § 1109 (one-time audit by the General Accounting Office of loans and other financial assistance extended by the Federal Reserve from December 1, 2007, through July 2010).

Washington University Open Scholarship

188 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

policymakers attempt to allocate the use of budgetary resources. While

Federal Reserve financial information is available to those who seek it out,

legislators and the general public simply do not consider this information

with the same degree of attention they pay to the federal budget. Different

accounting procedures also make the figures difficult to compare with

other budgetary information.

With its new programs over the past several years, the Federal Reserve

has moved substantially beyond its regular monetary policy role and has

begun to engage in bailout-type government interventions similar to those

undertaken by the Treasury Department or other government agencies.

Budgetary information on bailout costs is incomplete to the extent that it

does not include Federal Reserve bailout-type activities similar to those of

the Treasury Department under the EESA. For example, special budget-

related provisions in the EESA require that OMB report semiannually to

the President and to Congress on the cost of troubled assets and troubled

asset guarantees and include a description of methods used to derive such

cost estimates. 168

These budget provisions further require a CBO

assessment of these OMB reports. 169

Beginning with its second report,

OMB is directed to explain any differences between its own and CBO

estimates. 170

In addition, budget rules, as amended by EESA, require the

President‘s budget to include two different sets of cost estimates for assets

purchased and sold pursuant to EESA ―troubled asset‖ programs—one

using a net present value and the other a cash-basis method of

accounting. 171

Despite the Federal Reserve‘s acquisition of unusual assets

through devices quite similar to those used by the Treasury Department,

these new budgetary rules do not apply to the ―off-off budget‖ Federal

Reserve.

The extraordinary and complex array of new Federal Reserve programs

has begun to blur the traditional boundary between the traditionally

fiercely independent Federal Reserve Bank and the Treasury Department.

Indeed, Chairman Bernanke has conceded, in particular, that ―CPFF and

the TALF are rather unconventional programs for a central bank to

undertake.‖ 172

An unusual joint Federal Reserve-Treasury Department

168. Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-343, § 202(a), 122 Stat.

3765, 3832–33 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. §§ 5201–5261). 169. Id. § 202(b).

170. 12 U.S.C. § 5252 (Supp. 2009).

171. 31 U.S.C. 1105(a) (2006 & Supp. 2009). See infra notes 222–44 and accompanying text for further discussion of the debate over net present value versus cash-method accounting for purposes of

estimating bailout costs.

172. Bernanke, Richmond Speech, supra note 138.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 189

press release issued in March 2009 suggests that both agencies are acutely

aware that recent events have tested traditional boundaries. 173

The joint

statement announces several broad principles upon which the two agencies

agree, including the need for an early government response framework to

address potential failure of systemically critical financial institutions and

the need for such framework legislation to ―spell out to the extent possible

the expected role of the Federal Reserve and other U.S. government

agencies.‖ 174

Although bringing the Federal Reserve fully ―on-budget‖ or subjecting

its actions to the congressional appropriations process may be too extreme,

the budget should at least reflect extraordinary Federal Reserve actions

that involve fiscal, as opposed to traditional, monetary policymaking.

Moreover, the Bank and the Treasury Department should use consistent

methodologies to value collateral backing loans and troubled assets held

outright. Even if no general taxpayer dollars were ultimately ―spent‖ as a

result of the Federal Reserve‘s bailout-like interventions, amounts

disbursed by all federal agencies involved in providing bailout-like

assistance should be aggregated and reported in a consistent fashion so

that all bailout-type government intervention risks and costs can be

meaningfully assessed and compared.

C. Other ―Off-Budget‖ Bailout Issues

1. Housing-Related GSEs

One of the most dramatic episodes in the recent bailout crisis was the

government takeover of the ―off-off budget GSEs,‖ Fannie Mae and

Freddie Mac. 175

Both of these independent housing entities were created

by federal charter to ―provide liquidity and stability in the home mortgage

market, thereby increasing the flow of funds available to mortgage

borrowers.‖ 176

Because of the important public good they were expected to

provide for home mortgage markets, Fannie Mae‘s and Freddie Mac‘s

congressional charters gave them various advantages, including exemption

from certain income taxes, exemption from Securities and Exchange

173. Press Release, Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Reserve Sys., The Role of the Federal Reserve in

Preserving Financial and Monetary Stability (Mar. 23, 2009), available at http://www.federalreserve. gov/newsevents/press/monetary/20090323b.htm.

174. Id.

175. See supra notes 24–25, 89–94 and accompanying text; infra notes 175–82 and accompanying text.

176. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, FEDERAL SUBSIDIES AND THE HOUSING GSES 1 (2001).

Washington University Open Scholarship

190 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

Commission (SEC) registration, lower costs for credit ratings, and access

to Treasury Department lines of credit. 177

Perhaps the most important

advantage, however, was the implicit government guarantee. 178

Despite

explicit disclaimers and disclosures stating that the obligations were not

backed by the U.S. government, investor perception—in retrospect,

proven to have been accurate—has always been that the federal

government would bail out Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in the event of

economic collapse.

2. Government Takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac

When the then Treasury secretary Henry Paulson went to Congress in

July 2008 seeking authority to take control of Fannie Mae and Freddie

Mac, he claimed that he expected not to use the authority, but hoped that

simply having the authority would restore confidence to the markets. 179

In

response to Paulson‘s request, Congress created the Federal Housing

Finance Agency (FHFA), a new independent GSE regulator with authority

to take control of the housing-related GSEs, if needed, along with

authority to purchase GSE debt and securities and other actions necessary

to restore the GSEs to sound financial condition. 180

Not long thereafter, on September 7, 2008, Secretary Paulson stood

with Jim Lockhart, the director of the new FHFA, to announce that the

FHFA was taking Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship, thus

transferring complete control of the GSEs from the shareholders to the

government. Government ownership, in this instance, was intended to be

temporary, with the conservatorship ending once the corporations returned

to a stable financial condition. Along with the FHFA conservatorship, the

Treasury Department announced that it would: (1) purchase up to $100

billion of senior preferred stock from each of the two entities, with

warrants to purchase up to 79.9% of GSE common stock; (2) purchase

177. In its careful study, the Congressional Budget Office attempted to quantify direct and indirect

federal subsidy benefits to the housing GSEs. Id. at 34; see also CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, CBO‘S

BUDGETARY TREATMENT OF FANNIE MAE AND FREDDIE MAC 10–13 (2010). 178. For a general discussion of the advantages and implicit guarantees related to GSEs, see, for

example, Block, Accounting Scandals, supra note 87, at 435–39; see also infra notes 333–36 and

accompanying text for a discussion of budgetary implications of implicit guarantees. 179. GSE Initiatives: Hearing Before the S. Banking Comm., 110th Cong. 1 (2008) (statement of

Henry M. Paulson, Jr., Secretary, U.S. Treasury).

180. See Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-289, 122 Stat. 2654; see also Oversight Hearing to Examine Recent Treasury & FHFA Actions Regarding the Housing GSEs:

Hearing Before the H. Comm. on Fin. Servs., 110th Cong. 11 (2008) (statement of James B. Lockhart III, Director, Fed. Housing Fin. Agency); MARK JICKLING, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., RS22950,

FANNIE MAE AND FREDDIE MAC IN CONSERVATORSHIP 3–4 (2008).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 191

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities (MBSs),

essentially ―troubled assets,‖ through the open market; and (3) extend

short-term loans to the GSEs, permitting them to post MBSs as

collateral. 181

At about the same time, additional government intervention

came from the Federal Reserve, which, in November 2008, announced

programs to purchase up to $100 billion in direct obligations of housing-

related GSEs and up to $500 billion in MBSs backed by Fannie Mae,

Freddie Mac, and others. 182

3. Budget Implications of the GSE Takeover and Other Housing-

Related Government Interventions

Federal conservatorship and other government interventions to assist

the housing-related GSEs raise several major questions about how

government interventions on behalf of GSEs should be reflected in the

federal budget. The first concerns the government purchase of GSE equity

interests and government lending to the GSEs. Surely, housing-related

GSE equity acquisitions and lending costs should be reflected in the

budget in the same way that other similar transactions are handled. A

second, and more difficult, question relates to the business operations and

assets and liabilities of the GSEs themselves. Given the magnitude of

special GSE advantages and implicit government guarantees, ongoing

subsidies and potential government costs arguably should have been

incorporated in the federal budget all along. 183

The case for including these

entities on the federal budget becomes stronger, of course, when the

government intervenes to take control. Speaking about this issue before

the Senate Budget Committee, Acting CBO Director, Robert Sunshine,

returned to one of the basic principles expressed in the 1967 President‘s

Commission report: ―[b]orderline agencies and transactions should be

included in the budget unless there are exceptionally persuasive reasons

181. See OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, ANALYTICAL

PERSPECTIVES: BUDGET OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT FISCAL YEAR 2011, at 30, 350–52 (2010).

182. FEDERAL RESERVE 2008 ANNUAL REPORT, supra note 116, at 55–56. The housing-related GSEs also received indirect bailout-type assistance through special tax breaks permitting certain

taxpayers to reflect certain losses on the sales of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock as

ordinary loss. See infra notes 279–82 and accompanying text. 183. JAMES M. BICKLEY, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., RL30346, FEDERAL CREDIT REFORM:

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CHANGED BUDGETARY TREATMENT OF DIRECT LOANS AND LOAN

GUARANTEES 14–15 (2003) (―[P]roponents argue that credit reform should cover the subsidy costs to taxpayers of GSEs.‖); see also Block, Accounting Scandals, supra note 87, at 438–39; infra notes 333–

36 and accompanying text (discussing budgetary implications of implicit guarantees).

Washington University Open Scholarship

192 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

for exclusion.‖ 184

According to the report, criteria for making this

determination include: (1) the extent to which the government owns an

entity and selects its managers; (2) whether Congress and the President

have control over the entity‘s program and budget; and (3) whether

policies are set to accomplish a broad, public purpose rather than respond

to the interests of private owners. 185

Based upon the ―degree of

management and financial control that the federal government currently

exercises over Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac,‖ the CBO concluded that the

two GSEs should be included in the federal budget. 186

Although the

Obama administration OMB announced plans to include GSEs in future

budgets, it has yet to do so. 187

The question of whether and when to include a particular

nongovernmental business entity‘s finances in the federal budget is not

limited to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, however. Such questions might

be raised, for example, with respect to the federal government‘s

unprecedented 2009 day-to-day involvement with the General Motors and

Chrysler corporations. As a condition of receiving federal government

assistance, the two auto companies were required to submit ―viability

plans,‖ which were evaluated by a presidential Task Force on the Auto

Industry. 188

On the one hand, the Task Force was directed ―to avoid

intervening in day-to-day corporate management and refrain from

becoming involved in specific business decisions.‖ 189

At the same time,

however, the Task Force engaged in significant and detailed reviews of

business operations, clearly pressuring the companies to make certain

184. The Budget and Economic Outlook: Fiscal Years 2009 to 2019: Hearing Before the S.

Comm. on the Budget 26 (Jan. 8, 2009) (statement of Robert A. Sunshine, Acting Director, Cong.

Budget Office). 185. Id. (referring to the PRESIDENT‘S COMM‘N ON BUDGET CONCEPTS, REPORT OF THE

PRESIDENT‘S COMMISSION ON BUDGET CONCEPTS (1967)).

186. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, A PRELIMINARY ANALYSIS OF THE PRESIDENT‘S BUDGET AND AN UPDATE OF CBO‘S BUDGET AND ECONOMIC OUTLOOK 9 (Mar. 2009); see also CONG. BUDGET

OFFICE, CBO‘S BUDGETARY TREATMENT OF FANNIE MAE AND FREDDIE MAC 6–7 (2010).

187. The Obama OMB cited the complexity of making a change of this type in the short time available to complete the budget for fiscal year 2010 as its reason for not making the change

immediately. H. COMM. ON THE BUDGET, SUMMARY AND ANALYSIS OF THE PRESIDENT‘S DETAILED

FISCAL YEAR 2010 BUDGET REQUEST 30 (2009). Although CBO now treats the housing-related GSEs as budgetary, the president‘s 2011 fiscal year budget continues to classify Fannie Mae and Freddie

Mac as nonbudgetary, noting that ―further review of which approach better fits both legal

considerations and goals of budgetary accounting is ongoing.‖ OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, ANALYTICAL PERSPECTIVES: BUDGET OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT FISCAL

YEAR 2011, at 140 (2010). 188. CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, SEPTEMBER OVERSIGHT REPORT: THE USE OF TARP FUNDS IN

THE SUPPORT AND REORGANIZATION OF THE DOMESTIC AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY 10–11 (2009).

189. Id. at 34.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 193

business decisions in exchange for continued government assistance. 190

As

further illustration of the federal government‘s unprecedented

involvement, President Obama announced that the federal government

would ―stand behind‖ Chrysler‘s and General Motors‘s warranties as the

companies went through the restructuring process. 191

When the automobile

manufacturers emerged from bankruptcy later in 2009, the federal

government took an approximately eighty percent equity interest in the

reorganized Chrysler, and an approximately sixty-one percent interest in

the new General Motors. 192

Under the bankruptcy plan, the Treasury

Department is entitled to appoint directors to both corporations. 193

Depending upon the extent of government control and the period of

time over which it will be exercised, individual firms receiving

government assistance should be included in the federal budget. With

respect to the automotive industry, the Treasury Department plans only to

retain the government‘s equity interests ―for a limited period of time‖ and

―to dispose of them ‗as soon as practicable.‘‖ 194

As such, the recent

automotive industry episode may not be one that calls for inclusion of the

individual companies‘ financial information in the federal budget. On the

other hand, a case for budgetary inclusion might arise for future

interventions in the event that the government takes a longer-term equity

or conservatorship interest in a private firm.

Secretary Tim Geithner recently testified on behalf of the Treasury

Department that our financial system has fundamentally failed and needs

―comprehensive reform, not modest repairs at the margin, but new rules of

the game.‖ 195

The Treasury Department‘s subsequent report on financial

reform noted that during a financial crisis, large, interconnected financial

190. As just one example, the Task Force‘s critical assessment of General Motor‘s viability plan,

submitted to meet government-assistance conditions, noted that ―while the Chevy Volt holds promise, it will likely be too expensive to be commercially successful in the short-term.‖ PRESIDENTIAL TASK

FORCE ON THE AUTO INDUSTRY, GM FEBRUARY 17 PLAN: VIABILITY DETERMINATION 1 (Mar. 30,

2009), available at http://www.whitehouse.gov/assets/documents/GM_Viability_Assessment_FINAL. pdf.

191. Barack Obama, U.S. President, Remarks by the President on the American Automotive

Industry (Mar. 30, 2009), available at http://www.whitehouse.gov/the_press_office/Remarks-by-the- President-on-the-American-Automotive-Industry-3/30/09.

192. CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, SEPTEMBER OVERSIGHT REPORT: THE USE OF TARP FUNDS IN

THE SUPPORT AND REORGANIZATION OF THE DOMESTIC AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY 14, 20 (2009) (reporting equity stake in Chrysler and General Motors, respectively).

193. Id. at 16, 20.

194. Id. at 36. 195. Addressing the Need for Comprehensive Regulatory Reform: Hearing Before the H. Comm.

on Fin. Servs., 111th Cong. 7 (2009) (statement of Timothy Geithner, Secretary, U.S. Dep‘t of the

Treasury).

Washington University Open Scholarship

194 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

companies have faced ―only two untenable options: obtain emergency

funding from the US government . . . , or file for bankruptcy. . . . Neither

of these options is acceptable for managing the resolution of the firm

efficiently and effectively in a manner that limits the systemic risk with

the least cost to the taxpayer.‖ 196

As an alternative, the Obama

administration proposed a ―special resolution regime,‖ including

procedures under which the government could establish a conservatorship

or receivership for a systemically important failing firm. 197

Tools available

to the government under the proposal included ―the ability to stabilize a

failing institution . . . by providing loans to the firm, purchasing assets

from the firm, guaranteeing the liabilities of the firm, or making equity

investments in the firm.‖ 198

Depending on its duration or extent,

government seizure of control or operation of a systemically important

firm surely would raise questions about the budgetary status of the seized

firm.

Although modeled after the administration‘s financial reform report,

the Wall Street Reform Act ultimately enacted by Congress provided more

limited government authority than the original proposal to deal with

financial institutions whose failure would present systemic risk. For

example, the legislation provides that the Corporation [FDIC] 199

―shall, as

receiver . . . , liquidate and wind-up the affairs of a covered financial

company. . . ,‖ 200

and ―shall . . . not take an equity interest in or become a

shareholder of any covered financial company . . . .‖ 201

The question of

whether the assets and liabilities of a failing company under government

receivership belong in the federal budget is less likely to arise to the extent

that the government‘s authority truly is limited to supervising the orderly

liquidation of systemically important financial institutions. The issue

remains important, however, in the context of the housing-related GSE

conservatorships and any other more substantial bailout-type interventions

that might occur outside the scope of the Wall Street Reform Act. In

addition, the budgetary treatment issue might conceivably arise even under

the Wall Street Reform Act in the event that the FDIC uses its authority as

196. U.S. DEP‘T OF THE TREASURY, FINANCIAL REGULATORY REFORM: A NEW FOUNDATION: REBUILDING FINANCIAL SUPERVISION AND REGULATION 76 (2010).

197. Id.

198. Id. at 77. 199. The term ―Corporation‖ is defined by the Act to mean the FDIC. Dodd-Frank Wall Street

Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Pub. L. No. 111-203, § 2(7), 124 Stat. 1376, 1387. 200. Id. § 210(a)(1)(D) (emphasis added).

201. Id. § 206(6).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 195

receiver to transfer assets and liabilities of the failed company to a ―bridge

financial company‖ over which it retains substantial control. 202

A third budgetary concern applicable to the housing-related GSEs, in

particular, but also to government bailout actions more generally, is the

fragmented nature of the interventions. If Congress is to make informed

decisions about future financial assistance or other housing-related GSE

policies, it should have at least a general sense of the aggregate

government resources already devoted to these GSEs. There is no one

place to look for this information. A substantial proportion of the recent

GSE support came from the Federal Reserve, which is entirely ―off-

budget.‖ 203

Additional bailout-type programs were funded by the Treasury

Department, and still others by the Federal Housing Administration. 204

This information is not only fragmented, but may also be difficult to

compare to the extent that different government agencies adopt different

accounting methodologies. 205

In addition to making changes to the Federal

Reserve‘s financial reporting requirements and budget status suggested

above, 206

Congress should work more broadly toward an inclusive budget.

Decisions about whether to include such entities in the budget should not

be left to the individual discretion of different presidential administrations.

Congress should establish clear standards for determining when various

entities should be brought ―on budget.‖ Moreover, Congress should

develop consistent accounting mechanisms to enable more useful

comparisons of various related bailout-type government activities.

202. The FDIC‘s authority as receiver to ―liquidate and wind-up‖ includes the power to transfer

assets of a covered financial company to a bridge financial company. Id. § 210(a)(1)(D). Statutory provisions regarding the charter and establishment of bridge financial companies give the FDIC

signicant control over bridge companies, including appointing of directors, id. § 210(h)(2)(B), specifying terms of the company‘s articles of association, id. § 210(h)(2)(C), authorizing and

providing terms and conditions for the issue of stock or securities, id. § 210(h)(2)(G)(iii), or making

funds available for the bridge company‘s operations, id. § 210(h)(2)(G)(iv). 203. See supra notes 158–65 and accompanying text.

204. OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, ANALYTICAL

PERSPECTIVES: BUDGET OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT FISCAL YEAR 2011, at 346–48 (2010). 205. See, e.g., CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, NOVEMBER OVERSIGHT REPORT: GUARANTEES AND

CONTINGENT PAYMENTS IN TARP AND RELATED PROGRAMS 11 (2009) (noting the three different

types of budget treatment for the Treasury Department, the Federal Reserve, and the FDIC). 206. See supra notes 174–75 and accompanying text.

Washington University Open Scholarship

196 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

IV. ESTIMATING THE COSTS OF OVERT BAILOUTS

A. Introduction: Budget Accounting for Contingent Risks and Uncertain

Valuations

Whether ―on-budget‖ or ―off-budget,‖ a substantial portion of the

government response to economic crisis has been pursuant to statutes or

regulations that overtly authorize particular types of federal bailout

expenditures. Overt authorization occurs where there is a formal

government program explicitly designed to provide assistance to failing

businesses or to prevent economic failure or collapse. In this sense, an

overt program still might be ―off-budget,‖ or details of its operation or

finances otherwise might not be fully transparent. A government program

is overt simply if it serves an express bailout-type function. Some overt

programs are more transparent than others. Media headlines and public

conversation about massive bailouts tend to focus on dollar amounts

authorized by recent legislation, such as the $700 billion in TARP funds

authorized by EESA. 207

Countless other federal programs, including the

various Federal Reserve initiatives discussed earlier, also provided bailout-

type relief. 208

As one commentator noted, ―TARP is massive, but it gets

disproportionate attention relative to the size of other government

programs that did not require legislation. It is just one part of a

governmentwide [sic] effort to support and stabilize the financial

system.‖ 209

Assessing the true costs of even the most overt government bailout

interventions is far more complex than a simple tally of total

disbursements from the federal fisc. Borrowers may not repay amounts

received as direct government loans, and the government may not

ultimately be obliged to make payments pursuant to loan guarantee

programs. Also, the government might lose with respect to its equity or

troubled asset investments in connection with particular failing companies.

Risk levels vary dramatically for different types of loan and investment

programs and vary from borrower to borrower or investment to

investment. The sections that follow explore the budget accounting

challenges presented by various types of government economic

intervention.

207. See supra notes 28–31 and accompanying text. 208. See supra notes 105–29 and accompanying text.

209. Lee A. Sheppard & Martin A. Sullivan, Taxing Financial Pollution, 2010 TAX NOTES 697,

699 (Feb. 8, 2010).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 197

B. Direct Loans, Loan Guarantees, and Other Contingent Liabilities

1. Federal Government Loan and Insurance Programs

The federal government routinely operates numerous direct federal

loan and loan guarantee programs, included among them several designed

to assist students, 210

small businesses, 211

rural utility services, 212

and home

buyers. 213

In addition, the federal government provides federal bank

deposit insurance, along with a number of other federal insurance

programs. 214

One common government response to economic crisis is to

increase authority for already existing direct loan, loan guarantee, or

insurance programs, or to create new ones. Such actions made up the bulk

of the government‘s response to the 2008–2009 economic crisis. One

feature of the recent EESA bailout legislation, for example, was an

increase in the insurance coverage cap from $100,000 to $250,000 for

accounts maintained at FDIC-insured depository institutions. 215

More

210. The federal government began its direct student loan programs with the National Defense Education Act of 1958, Pub. L. No. 85-864, § 201, 72 Stat. 1580, 1583. For the current direct loan

programs, see 20 U.S.C. §§ 1087a–1087j (2006) (William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program); 20 U.S.C. §§ 1087aa–1087vv (2006) (need-based federal Perkins loans). Federal student loan guarantees

and federal student loan insurance programs began with the Higher Education Act of 1965, Pub. L.

No. 89-329, § 421, 79 Stat. 1219, 1236. For the current student loan guarantee and insurance programs, see 20 U.S.C. § 1071 (2006) (Robert T. Stafford Federal Student Loan Program).

211. The Small Business Administration (SBA), created by the Small Business Act, Pub. L. No.

85-536, 72 Stat. 384 (1958), has authority to extend direct loans and loan guarantees to qualified small businesses. Id. § 7. For current SBA loan authority, see, for example, 15 U.S.C. § 636 (2006) (―loans

to small business concerns‖).

212. The Department of Agriculture was empowered, for example, to extend loans to develop electrical and telephone infrastructure in rural areas. Rural Electrification Act of 1936, Pub. L. No. 74-

605, 49 Stat. 1363 (codified as amended at 7 U.S.C. §§ 902–950aaa (2006)).

213. Eligible home buyers may receive federally guaranteed mortgages through the Federal

Housing Administration (FHA). See 12 U.S.C. §§ 1707–1715 (2006); OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET,

EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, ANALYTICAL PERSPECTIVES: BUDGET OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT

FISCAL YEAR 2011, at 346 (2010). In addition to the FHA, Congress created GSEs Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to provide guarantees on mortgage-backed securities. See supra notes 175–78 and

accompanying text.

214. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), established by the Banking Act of 1933, Pub. L. No. 73-66, 48 Stat. 162, provides insurance for accounts maintained at insured depository

institutions. 12 U.S.C. § 1821 (2006). See also Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938, Pub. L. No. 75-

430, tit. V, 52 Stat. 1938 (1956) (Federal Crop Insurance Act) (codified at 7 U.S.C. §§ 1501–1524 (2006)); Federal Flood Insurance Act of 1956, Pub. L. No. 84-1016, 70 Stat. 1078 (codified at 42

U.S.C. §§ 4001–4129 (2006)).

215. Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-343, § 136, 122 Stat. 3765, 3799 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. §§ 5201–5261). Although the increase was originally scheduled to

expire at the end of 2009, the $250,000 coverage amount was extended through the end of 2013,

Helping Families Save Their Homes Act of 2009, Pub. L. No. 111-22, § 204(a)(1), 123 Stat. 1632, 1648–49, and later made permanent by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection

Washington University Open Scholarship

198 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

significantly, much of the recent bailout response involved new loan, loan

guarantee, and other similar programs. Several of these recent programs

technically took the form of government purchases of preferred stock or

other equity interests in exchange for capital infusions from the

government. 216

For purposes of assessing bailout cost, however, these

federal purchases can be viewed as loan-type transactions. In most cases,

the government did not mean to take a long-term shareholder interest, but

intended to sell its equity stake back to the firms receiving the capital as

soon as it was financially prudent for the firms to redeem or repurchase the

stock or warrants. The firms‘ redemption or repurchase of government-

held equity is essentially equivalent to repayment of a government loan. 217

In several cases, the government profited when participating corporations

repurchased their own equity at a higher price than the capital initially

contributed by the government. As noted by the OFS, ―disposition of

warrants has succeeded in significantly increasing taxpayer returns on the

CPP preferred investments that have been repaid. As of December 31,

2009, Treasury has received $4 billion in gross proceeds on the disposition

of warrants in 34 banks . . . .‖ 218

2. Cash v. Accrual Accounting for Loans and Other Credit Programs

Before the Federal Credit Reform Act (FCRA) of 1990, 219

the federal

budget generally recorded expenditures for federal credit programs using a

cash method of accounting. Under this method, expenditures are recorded

for the budget year in which funds are paid out, and income is recorded for

the budget year in which funds are received. 220

Thus, a direct government

loan was reflected as cost when funds were disbursed, even if it was likely

Act of 2010, Pub. L. No. 111-203, § 335, 124 Stat. 1376, 1540 (to be codified as amended at 12 U.S.C.

§ 1821(a)(1)(E)). 216. For example, the TARP Capital Purchase Program (CPP) and Targeted Investment Program

(TIP) were equity investment programs.

217. See CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, JULY OVERSIGHT REPORT: TARP REPAYMENTS, INCLUDING THE REPURCHASE OF STOCK WARRANTS 10 (2009) (―In the same way that loans are repaid, preferred

shares are ‗redeemed‘ by the institution paying back the ‗liquidation‘ amount of the shares, equivalent

to the principal amount of a loan.‖). 218. OFFICE OF FIN. STABILITY, U.S. DEP‘T OF THE TREASURY, WARRANT DISPOSITION REPORT 1

(2009).

219. Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990, Pub. L. No. 101-508, 104 Stat. 1388 (codified at 2 U.S.C. § 661 (2006)).

220. U.S. GOV‘T ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE, GAO-05-734SP, A GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED IN

THE FEDERAL BUDGET PROCESS 27–28 (2005) (defining cash method as a ―system of accounting in which revenues are recorded when cash is actually received and expenses are recorded when payment

is made without regard to the accounting period in which the revenues were earned or costs were

incurred‖).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 199

to be repaid. On the other hand, even if the borrower was likely to default,

a government loan guarantee did not appear as budget cost until the

borrower defaulted and the government was actually required to make

good on the guarantee. As a result, direct government loan budget costs

were overstated, and loan guarantee costs were understated. Moreover, the

apparently lower price tag for loan guarantees created a policy bias in

favor of guarantee over direct loan programs, without genuine policy

consideration of the advantages and disadvantages of the different

approaches.

Concern over these budgetary distortions led Congress to adopt FCRA,

which requires accrual accounting for most direct loan and loan guarantee

programs. 221

Under this method, the value of a loan or loan guarantee is

determined first by estimating all expected cash inflows and outflows for

the duration of the transaction. Those projections are then consolidated

and expressed as a single figure, using present-value calculations.

Computing present value requires use of an interestor discountrate to

determine the value today of an expected future payment or the amount

that must be set aside today in order to meet a future obligation. 222

Most would probably agree that accrual-basis reforms mandated by

FCRA have improved the accuracy of federal budget reporting for loans

and loan guarantees. 223

Still, some accuracy and consistency issues remain.

First, FCRA was not comprehensive in its scope. Although most credit

programs now are governed by accrual accounting rules, the statute

explicitly exempts entitlement programs and credit programs of the

Commodity Credit Corporation. 224

In addition, FCRA does not apply to

credit or insurance activities of the FDIC and certain other deposit

insurance programs. 225

In the end, different budget accounting rules may

221. 2 U.S.C. § 661a(5)(A) (2006) (defining ―cost‖ to mean ―the estimated long-term cost to the

Government of a direct loan or loan guarantee or modification thereof, calculated on a net present

value basis, excluding administrative costs . . . .‖) (emphasis added). The President is directed to include such costs of direct loans and guarantees, along with planned levels of new loan obligations or

guarantees, in the President‘s annual budget. Id. § 661c(a).

222. For a simple description and example, see CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, ESTIMATING THE VALUE OF SUBSIDIES FOR FEDERAL LOANS AND LOAN GUARANTEES 2 n.4 (2004).

223. See, e.g., id. at 2 (―[C]redit-reform accounting provides more useful cost estimates than did

the cash-basis accounting it replaced. The current approach is forward looking for the life of the loan; it accounts for the time value of money; and it generally assigns the same budgetary cost to equivalent

loans and loan guarantees.‖).

224. 2 U.S.C. § 661c(c) (2006). 225. 2 U.S.C. § 661e(a) (2006) (exempting the FDIC, along with the ―National Credit Union

Administration, Resolution Trust Corporation, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, National Flood

Insurance, National Insurance Development Fund, Crop Insurance, [and] Tennessee Valley Authority‖). The CBO was directed to study and report back to Congress on whether federal deposit

Washington University Open Scholarship

200 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

apply depending on the particular agency source of the federal lending or

guarantee activity. Federal Reserve loan-related activities are generally

entirely ―off-budget.‖ 226

Moreover, even though all Treasury Department

programs are governed by FCRA‘s accrual reporting requirements, TARP

expenditures that are used for some Treasury Department bailout-type

interventions are subject to special risk-based accounting rules that do not

apply to other Treasury Department expenditures. 227

On the other hand,

FDIC bailout-type actions are reported for budget purposes through cash-

method accounting. 228

At a minimum, these different approaches create consistency problems,

making it difficult to compare the budget consequences of lending

activities undertaken by different government agencies. In turn, these

difficulties complicate policy choices regarding the most efficient use and

source of government loans and guarantees.

A second remaining potential accuracy and consistency problem under

FCRA relates to setting an appropriate interest or discount rate to compute

net present value. Although the concept of discounting to net present value

is straightforward, choosing the appropriate rate requires insight into

future general economic conditions and market risk. FCRA explicitly

resolves the issue by requiring use of ―the average interest rate on

marketable Treasury securities of similar maturity to the cash flows of the

direct loan or loan guarantee for which the estimate is being made.‖ 229

These FCRA present-value calculations, based upon risk-free Treasury

security rates, differ from those used by private lenders in that the

government estimates ―exclude the cost of market risk—the compensation

that investors require for the uncertainty of expected but risky cash

flows.‖ 230

Critics charge that the effect of using Treasury rates, rather than market

risk-based rates, to calculate net present value ―is to overstate the value of

insurance programs should use similar accrual accounting methods for budget purposes. 2 U.S.C.

§ 661e(b). In its report, CBO was critical of existing federal budget accounting for deposit insurance

programs, but noted both advantages and disadvantages to switching to accrual budget accounting. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, BUDGETARY TREATMENT OF DEPOSIT INSURANCE: A FRAMEWORK FOR

REFORM, at x–xiii (1991).

226. See supra notes 158–74 and accompanying text. 227. See infra notes 233–36 and accompanying text.

228. CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, NOVEMBER OVERSIGHT REPORT: GUARANTEES AND

CONTINGENT PAYMENTS IN TARP AND RELATED PROGRAMS 11 (2009) (noting the three different types of budget treatment for the Treasury Department, the Federal Reserve, and the FDIC).

229. 2 U.S.C. § 661a(5)(E) (2006).

230. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, ESTIMATING THE VALUE OF SUBSIDIES FOR FEDERAL LOANS AND LOAN GUARANTEES 1–2 (2004).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 201

federal direct loans and understate the value of government guarantees,

relative to the price that would be observed in competitive financial

markets.‖ 231

A CBO study of the issue reached a similar conclusion:

[I]gnoring the cost of risk understates the federal cost of credit

assistance, potentially biasing the allocation of budgetary resources.

For example, excluding the cost of risk from budget and program

decisions may mislead policymakers by suggesting that some

federal credit programs provide financial resources to the

government at no cost to taxpayers. It also encourages reliance on

credit rather than other policies that might be more efficient in

achieving particular goals. 232

3. TARP, Credit Reform, and Asset Valuation

Substantive legislation often fails to include details on how to reflect

programmatic expenses and revenues in the budget. Congress was explicit

in EESA, however, when it required that ―the costs of purchases of

troubled assets . . . and guarantees of troubled assets . . . , and any cash

flows associated with [various authorized TARP activities] shall be

determined as provided under the Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990.‖ 233

In other words, budget accounting for TARP programs must be done on an

accrual rather than a cash-flow basis. More specifically, Congress

responded to FCRA critics by explicitly requiring that discount rate

calculations used to determine net present value for EESA purposes be

adjusted for market risk. 234

In other words, Congress instructed the

Treasury Department not to use Treasury rates, but instead to use a ―new

and improved‖ FCRA accounting method with respect to TARP

activities. 235

Assuming that the risk-based discount rates utilized are

231. Deborah Lucas & Marvin Phaup, Reforming Credit Reform, 28 PUB. BUDGETING & FIN. 90,

91 (2008).

232. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, ESTIMATING THE VALUE OF SUBSIDIES FOR FEDERAL LOANS AND LOAN GUARANTEES 2–3 (2004).

233. Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-343, § 123(a), 122 Stat.

3765, 3790 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. §§ 5201–5261). 234. Id. § 123(b)(1) (―[T]he cost of troubled assets and guarantees of troubled assets shall be

calculated by adjusting the discount rate in . . . 2 U.S.C. § 661a(5)(E) for market risks.‖).

235. The Bush administration initially took the position that EESA‘s statutory reference to the Credit Reform Act applied only to direct loans and loan guarantees and thus budgeted for other types

of TARP disbursements using the cash method. The CBO, in contrast, computed net present value

costs for all TARP activities. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, THE TROUBLED ASSET RELIEF PROGRAM: REPORT ON TRANSACTIONS THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2008, at 4 (2009) (contrasting OMB and CBO

Washington University Open Scholarship

202 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

reasonably accurate, the new and improved TARP accrual reporting

should provide a more accurate picture of long-term budgetary costs.

Despite EESA‘s statutory emphasis on acquiring troubled assets, the

Treasury Department quickly ―abandoned its original strategy of

purchasing ‗troubled‘ mortgage and other assets from the nation‘s

financial institutions, deciding instead to invest money directly into those

institutions.‖ 236

In most cases, the government transferred cash to

struggling financial institutions in exchange for equity interestsin the

form of preferred stock and warrantsthat were specifically tailored for

the TARP program and for which there was no public market. Thus,

TARP‘s net-present-value approach to valuing assets is relevant not just

for budget purposes. Before considering budget reporting issues, the

Treasury Department needed to use net-present-value judgments to

determine the appropriate price to pay for various equity interests.

One of the largest TARP programs was the Capital Purchase Program

(CPP), through which the Treasury Department purchased senior preferred

equity and subordinated debentures. 237

According to the Treasury

Department, this program was designed to ―directly infuse capital into

healthy, viable banks with the goal of increasing the flow of financing

available to small businesses and consumers.‖ 238

In addition to programs

designed to ensure the stability of otherwise healthy financial institutions

in a down economy, the Treasury Department created similar programs to

invest in struggling businesses. Through the Systemically Significant

Failing Institutions program, for example, the government purchased ten

percent of senior preferred AIG stock in order to provide needed capital to

the ailing insurance giant. 239

accounting). The Obama administration has since adopted CBO‘s net-present-value accounting for all

TARP activities. 236. CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, FEBRUARY OVERSIGHT REPORT: VALUING TREASURY‘S

ACQUISITIONS 4 (2009). 237. OFFICE OF FIN. STABILITY, U.S. DEP‘T OF THE TREASURY, AGENCY FINANCIAL REPORT:

FISCAL YEAR 2009, at 14–15 (2009).

238. Press Release, U.S. Dep‘t of the Treasury, Treasury Provides Funding to Bolster Healthy, Local Banks: Capital Purchase Program Funds 23 Banks to Help Meet Lending Needs of Local

Consumers, Businesses (Jan. 27, 2009), available at http://www.ustreas.gov/press/releases/tg03.htm.

At about the same time, the Treasury Department also created the Targeted Investor Program (TIP), designed to provide funding to large financial institutions thought to be systemically important to

financial system functioning. Press Release, U.S. Dep‘t of the Treasury, Treasury Releases Guidelines

for Targeted Investment Program (Jan. 2, 2009), available at http://www.ustreas.gov/press/releases/ hp1338.htm. This program apparently was focused on Citigroup. See id.

239. U.S. DEP‘T OF THE TREASURY, TARP AIG SSFI INVESTMENT SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK

AND WARRANT: SUMMARY OF SENIOR PREFERRED TERMS (2008), available at http://www.ustreas. gov/press/releases/reports/111008aigtermsheet.pdf (last visited May 15, 2010). See also supra note 32

and accompanying text.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 203

As mandated by EESA, the Treasury Department is required to use

risk-based net-present-value accounting for valuing these purchases. But

conceptualizing risk-based net-present-value discounting is far easier than

implementing it. Ideally, each investment should be carefully analyzed on

a case-by-case basis, taking into account specific details about default and

other risks with respect the particular investment. The congressional

oversight panel established to conduct monthly reviews of Treasury

Department activity under the TARP program recently reported that the

―Treasury paid substantially more for the assets it purchased under the

TARP than their then-current market value.‖ Instead of a case-by-case

analysis, the Treasury Department adopted a ―one-size-fits-all investment

policy,‖ 240

making equity investments on similar terms in both so-called

―healthy‖ and ―weaker institutions.‖ 241

One particular concern with a

―one-size-fits-all‖ approach is that it creates differential subsidy rates. In

one report, for example, CBO estimated a seventy-three percent subsidy

for auto-related government assistance, but only a two percent subsidy for

bailout transactions with certain financial institutions. 242

In addition, by

some estimates, the cost of assistance to AIG per dollar committed was

double the cost of similar support to Citigroup. 243

The Treasury

Department might defend itself, in part, by arguing that the government

ultimately profited from many of its TARP investments. Under these

circumstances, however, one might question how much more profit the

government would have earned if it had not overpaid for many of these

investments. This question is all the more apt when the country is facing

such extraordinary federal deficits. Differential subsidy rates are not

necessarily wrong as a policy matter. The problem with the current

approach is that subsidy differences do not appear to be the result of

measured policy judgments, but instead an almost accidental outcome of

different accounting methodologies used for different government

programs and a one-size-fits-all approach to valuation for very different

transactions within the same programs.

Congress must refine its budget accounting by using market-risk

analysis to more systematically compute net present value. To do this,

Congress could establish an independent valuation entity with expertise in

240. CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, FEBRUARY OVERSIGHT REPORT: VALUING TREASURY‘S

ACQUISITIONS 2 (2009).

241. Id. at 8. 242. CONG. BUDGET OFFICE, THE TROUBLED ASSET RELIEF PROGRAM: REPORT ON

TRANSACTIONS THROUGH JUNE 17, 2009, at 3–4 (2009).

243. ELLIOTT, supra note 21, at 4 (referring to CBO report).

Washington University Open Scholarship

204 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

market-based risk assessment. To make informed decisions about the most

efficient allocation of bailout resources, Congress must be able to compare

the extent to which different government interventions involve different

―subsidy rates.‖

Another significant problem may simply be that some valuations are

just fuzzier or more uncertain than others. Congress must give up the

―illusion of precision‖ 244

and instead work within confidence ranges, or at

least indicate some measure of the degree of certainty behind particular

valuations. Alternatively, budget accounts might isolate the more

uncertain figures into a separate set of accounts.

4. Mission Fragmentation

Many of the government‘s 2008–2009 interventions were

―combination bailouts,‖ 245

or joint efforts involving the cooperation of

multiple agencies in the same program. 246

When so many different

agencies are simultaneously engaged in similar types of bailout-like

interventions, fragmentation can make it difficult to absorb even

information that is reflected in the budget. For one thing, the information

for each agency appears in separate agency accounts and may be difficult

to consolidate. 247

Second, agencies use different methods of accounting,

making it difficult to compare and assess the efficiency of one program

over another. 248

Non-TARP credit programs governed by FCRA use

accrual-method accounting, but are not required to use market-risk-based

discount rates. On the other hand, TARP-based Treasury Department

programs are directed to use the new and improved market-risk-based

discount rates. 249

This can lead to odd results given that a significant

portion of the Treasury Department‘s bailout intervention was not under

the TARP umbrella. Similar bailout-type programs, even within the same

agency, may reflect different methods of accounting. For example, when

244. Michael J. Graetz, Paint-by-Numbers Tax Lawmaking, 95 COLUM. L. REV. 609, 613 (1995).

245. See supra notes 81–84 and accompanying text.

246. See supra notes 83–84, 128–29 and accompanying text. 247. Mission fragmentation is certainly not limited to bailout programs. Then comptroller general

David Walker testified about ―widespread mission fragmentation and program overlap throughout

major mission areas at the federal level. . . . Even more broadly, many missions are characterized by the presence of multiple tools, such as tax expenditures, grants, loans, and direct federal spending

programs.‖ The Office of Management and Budget: Is OMB Fulfilling Its Mission?: Hearing Before

the Subcomm. on Gov’t Mgmt., Info. and Tech. of the H. Comm. on Gov’t Reform, 106th Cong. 75 (2000) (prepared statement of David M. Walker, U.S. Comptroller Gen.).

248. See supra notes 223–28 and accompanying text. 249. See supra notes 233–43 and accompanying text.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 205

asked to report on a proposed $34 billion bridge loan to the auto industry,

CBO estimated only a fifty percent subsidy rate for a non-TARP program,

but a seventy percent subsidy rate for the same loan under TARP because

the latter ―program‘s accounting requires an adjustment to reflect market

risk.‖ 250

The extent to which government bailout interventions can be

fragmented is further illustrated by actions taken by the FDIC during the

2008–2009 economic crisis. Unlike Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the

FDIC is a government-owned independent agency, established by the

Banking Act of 1933 to insure bank deposits. 251

Hence, the FDIC is an

―on-budget‖ agency. Like the Federal Reserve, 252

the FDIC has

authority—albeit infrequently used—to take certain emergency actions to

avoid or mitigate systemic risk. 253

Just weeks after Congress passed its

substantial EESA bailout package, the FDIC announced its own

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, under which it would guarantee

senior unsecured debt instruments. 254

According to presidential budget

documents, this was the first time that the FDIC guaranteed bank and bank

holding company debt. 255

Since the authority for these FDIC actions did

not come from the TARP legislation, the FDIC is not statutorily bound to

use risk-based accrual accounting. In fact, the FDIC is not governed at all

by the accrual-reporting FRCA requirements. 256

As reported by the TARP

Oversight Committee, ―[o]nly the cash flows associated with the FDIC

guarantees are reflected in the federal budget, not the discounted present

value of those flows. This means that no ‗cost‘ is recorded for the FDIC

250. Letter from Robert A. Sunshine, Acting Dir., Cong. Budget Office, to John M. Spratt, Chair,

Comm. on the Budget, U.S. House of Representatives (Dec. 5, 2008).

251. Pub. L. No. 73-66, 48 Stat. 162 (1933) (codified at 12 U.S.C. § 1811 (2006)). 252. See supra notes 111–14 and accompanying text.

253. 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(4)(G) (2006).

254. Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, 12 C.F.R. § 370 (2008); see also DARRYL E. GETTER & OSCAR R. GONZALES, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., R40413, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT

INSURANCE CORPORATION (FDIC): EFFORTS TO SUPPORT FINANCIAL AND HOUSING MARKETS 4–5

(2009); FED. DEPOSIT INS. CORP., 2008 ANNUAL REPORT 25–26 (2009). 255. OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, ANALYTICAL

PERSPECTIVES: BUDGET OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT FISCAL YEAR 2011, at 28 (2010). The FDIC also

participated with the Treasury Department and Federal Reserve in providing assistance to Citigroup and Bank of America. See CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, NOVEMBER 2009 OVERSIGHT REPORT:

GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENT PAYMENTS IN TARP AND RELATED PROGRAMS 16–20 (2009); see

also DARRYL E. GETTER & OSCAR R. GONZALES, CONG. RESEARCH SERV., R40413, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (FDIC): EFFORTS TO SUPPORT FINANCIAL AND HOUSING

MARKETS 6 (2009) (describing joint Public-Private Investment Fund (PPIF) with the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve).

256. 2 U.S.C. § 661(e)(a) (2006); see also supra notes 224–25 and accompanying text.

Washington University Open Scholarship

206 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

guarantees . . . unless there is an actual default and payment of a guarantee

. . . .‖ 257

In sum, Federal Reserve actions do not appear at all in the budget,

TARP transactions may use different types of accrual-accounting

methodologies, and the FDIC uses cash-method budget accounting. 258

These inconsistencies are especially troubling when different agencies are

cooperating in joint administration of the same bailout program.

Congress should consolidate the authority and budget reporting

requirements for bailout-like interventions and, to the extent possible,

make all such intervention ―on-budget.‖ Adding to the fragmentation

problem, many bailout-type programs are delivered through the tax system

in the form of special exclusions, deductions, or credits. 259

The costs

incurred as a result of revenue lost from these provisions are not included

in the regular budget. 260

As one Government Accounting Office report

observed, ―mission fragmentation and program overlap can create an

environment in which programs do not serve participants as efficiently and

effectively as possible. Like spending programs, tax expenditures may

reduce government effectiveness to the extent that they duplicate or

interfere with other federal programs.‖ 261

The sections that follow consider

the potentially hidden costs of various tax-related and other more ―covert‖

bailout-type government activities.

V. ESTIMATING THE COSTS OF COVERT OR HIDDEN BAILOUTS

A. Relief Through Tax Expenditures

1. In General

In times of economic stress, government assistance can be provided

through indirect payments in the form of temporary tax exclusions,

deferrals, deductions, or credits, sometimes referred to as ―tax

257. CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, NOVEMBER 2009 OVERSIGHT REPORT: GUARANTEES AND

CONTINGENT PAYMENTS IN TARP AND RELATED PROGRAMS 11 (2009). 258. As the TARP oversight panel observes, ―[f]rom a consolidated, government-wide

perspective, the federal budget treats the guarantee transactions of the three agencies in three different

ways.‖ CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, NOVEMBER 2009 OVERSIGHT REPORT: GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENT PAYMENTS IN TARP AND RELATED PROGRAMS 11 (2009).

259. See infra notes 266–82 and accompanying text.

260. See infra notes 264–65 and accompanying text. 261. U.S. GOV‘T ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE, GAO-05-690, GOVERNMENT PERFORMANCE AND

ACCOUNTABILITY: TAX EXPENDITURES REPRESENT A SUBSTANTIAL FEDERAL COMMITMENT AND

NEED TO BE REEXAMINED 51 (2005).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 207

expenditures.‖ 262

In addition to direct spending legislation, Congress often

turns to this tax-expenditure toolbox to provide bailout-type relief. Any

reduction in tax liability to the struggling business is revenue foregone to

the federal fisc and thus a cost imposed upon general taxpayers. It is well

accepted that special tax deductions, credits, exclusions, and deferrals that

reduce government receipts generate real budget costs that can be

measured in estimated foregone revenue. 263

Since 1974, federal budget

rules have required that the president‘s budget and the congressional

budget resolution include such estimates of revenue foregone as a result of

tax expenditures. 264

Accordingly, some tax expenditure data is available.

Still, this information is not otherwise incorporated into the federal

budget. 265

A true measure of aggregate costs demands better budgetary

incorporation of bailout-type costs incurred through tax expenditures. The

sections that follow offer illustrations of substantial government bailout-

type intervention through tax expenditures that are not reflected in the

regular budget.

2. Net Operating Loss (NOL) Carryovers: Internal Revenue Code

§ 172

One tax-expenditure approach to providing bailout-type relief is to

extend business taxpayers‘ ability to deduct losses for federal income tax

purposes beyond what would otherwise be permitted. In general, business

taxpayers are entitled to deduct all of their ordinary and necessary business

262. The concept of a ―tax expenditure budget‖ is generally first attributed to Professor Stanley Surrey. STANLEY S. SURREY, PATHWAYS TO TAX REFORM: THE CONCEPT OF TAX EXPENDITURES 1–

14 (1973); STANLEY S. SURREY & PAUL R. MCDANIEL, TAX EXPENDITURES 1–6 (1985). For

additional sources on tax expenditures in general, see Victor Thuronyi, Tax Expenditures: A

Reassessment, 1988 DUKE L.J. 1155 (1988). For a more recent and excellent account of the tax

expenditure budget and the relationship between taxing and spending programs, see David A.

Weisbach & Jacob Nussim, The Integration of Tax and Spending Programs, 113 YALE L.J. 955 (2004). 263. See sources cited supra note 262.

264. Congressional Budget and Impoundment Control Act of 1974, Pub. L. No. 93-344, § 3, 88

Stat. 297, 299 (codified in part at 2 U.S.C. § 632(e)(2)(E) (2006)) (defining ―tax expenditure‖ as ―revenue losses attributable to provisions of the Federal tax laws which allow a special exclusion,

exemption, or deduction from gross income or which provide a special credit, a preferential rate of tax,

or a deferral of tax liability‖). The Joint Committee on Taxation regularly publishes estimates on tax expenditure costs. See, e.g., STAFF OF THE J. COMM. ON TAXATION, 109TH CONG., ESTIMATES OF

FEDERAL TAX EXPENDITURES FOR FISCAL YEARS 2006–2010 (Comm. Print 2006). The President‘s

annual budget also includes tax expenditure estimates. See OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, ANALYTICAL PERSPECTIVES: BUDGET OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT FISCAL

YEAR 2011, at 207–23 (2010).

265. U.S. GOV‘T ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE, GAO-05-690, GOVERNMENT PERFORMANCE AND ACCOUNTABILITY: TAX EXPENDITURES REPRESENT A SUBSTANTIAL FEDERAL COMMITMENT AND

NEED TO BE REEXAMINED (2005).

Washington University Open Scholarship

208 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

expenses from their gross receipts. 266

For businesses suffering a net loss,

however, the government does not issue refunds. The tax return of a ―loss

business‖ simply reports an overall net loss and does not reflect any tax

liability. In other words, a business with a net loss cannot ―use‖ its loss for

beneficial tax purposes in the taxable year in which the loss was incurred.

Absent special rules permitting taxpayers to carry such a loss back to

offset income from a prior year‘s tax return or forward to offset income on

a future year‘s return, taxpayers would be denied the opportunity to ever

deduct losses resulting from their ―net loss‖ years. 267

Fortunately for

taxpayers, Congress has adopted special NOL carryover rules, which

generally authorize taxpayers to carry net operating losses back to two

preceding taxable years and forward to twenty subsequent years. 268

Imagine, for example, a business that paid federal income tax in prior

profitable years, but now faces substantial economic losses. Carrying

current losses back to prior profitable years will result in tax refunds for

those earlier years, thus providing the struggling business with much-

needed cash. By expanding the number of prior years to which taxpayers

can carry back losses, Congress can put more cash in eligible taxpayers‘

hands, thus providing bailout-type relief. This is precisely what Congress

did with the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, when it

permitted small business taxpayers to carry back their 2008 net operating

losses for up to five, rather than two, years. 269

Congress later extended the

temporary five-year loss carryback to cover both 2008 and 2009 net

operating losses and expanded it to cover taxpayers generally, rather than

limiting it to small businesses. 270

As one tax watchdog group noted,

although the legislation was billed overall as a ―stimulus‖ package, the

NOL provision simply made it ―easier for corporations to use tax losses to

266. 26 U.S.C. § 162 (2006) (permitting deductions for ordinary and necessary business

expenses).

267. In Burnet v. Sanford & Brooks Co., 282 U.S. 359 (1931), the Supreme Court reaffirmed the federal tax regime‘s strict adherence to a rigid annual accounting system, rejecting the taxpayer‘s

argument that disallowing the loss deduction resulted in an unconstitutional tax on receipts that were

not ―income‖ as defined in the Sixteenth Amendment. Congress responded by statutorily overruling the result in Sanford & Brooks with special net operating loss provisions. Internal Revenue Code of

1954, Pub. L. No. 83-591, 68A Stat. 3 (codified at 26 U.S.C. § 172) (2006)).

268. 26 U.S.C. § 172(b) (2006). A ―net operating loss‖ is defined as ―the excess of the deductions allowed . . . over gross income.‖ 26 U.S.C. § 172(c) (2006).

269. Pub. L. No. 111-5, § 1211, 123 Stat. 115, 335 (to be codified at 26 U.S.C. § 172(b)(1)(H)).

Congress had previously enacted a permanent rule permitting a five-year net operating loss carryback for ―qualified disaster losses.‖ Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-343,

§ 708, 122 Stat. 3765, 3924–25 (to be codified at 26 U.S.C. § 172(b)(1)(J), (j) ).

270. Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009, Pub. L. No. 111-92, § 13, 123 Stat. 2984, 2992 (to be codified as amended at 26 U.S.C. § 172(b)(1)(H)).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 209

get a refund of taxes paid in prior years (i.e., to get a check from the IRS)

while doing nothing to change companies‘ incentives to invest or create

jobs.‖ 271

The NOL extension provision was more bailout than stimulus.

The inclusion of a special provision disallowing the expanded five-year

carryback to those otherwise receiving TARP assistance confirms the

bailout focus of this legislation. 272

3. Loss Limitations Following Corporate Ownership Changes:

Internal Revenue Code § 382

Tax expenditure bailout-type relief also includes relaxation of loss

limitation rules that would otherwise apply following a corporate

acquisition. Those seeking investment opportunities sometimes

counterintuitively target struggling, rather than healthy, businesses for

acquisition. A struggling corporation‘s NOLs can be attractive to a

potential buyer if those NOLs can be used to offset the acquiring

corporation‘s income from other sources. Similarly, a troubled

corporation‘s ―built-in‖ losses from decline in the value of its assets can be

attractive to a purchaser if those built-in losses can later be used to offset

gains from other sources. Congress responded to this type of ―loss

trafficking‖ with complex loss limitation rules in § 382 that apply

following certain ownership changes.

The general issue addressed by § 382 is the extent to which a

corporation‘s existing losses may continue to offset income following a

significant ownership change. Most often, the primary concern of § 382 is

the extent to which an acquiring business may use losses or other tax

attributes of the acquired ―loss company.‖ 273

Prohibiting any future use of

such losses might deprive the acquired company, under new ownership, of

losses to which it would have been entitled had it not been acquired. On

the other hand, unrestricted future use of such losses would encourage

―loss trafficking.‖ Congress responded with a compromise that uses a

271. CITIZENS FOR TAX JUSTICE, THE SIX WORST TAX CUTS IN THE SENATE STIMULUS BILL 4 (2009), available at http://www.ctj.org/pdf/sixworsttaxcuts.pdf. Another bailout-like provision in the

so-called stimulus legislation was a temporary rule allowing taxpayers to elect to spread the reporting

of discharge of indebtedness income over a five-year period. Pub. L. No. 111-5, § 1231, 123 Stat. 115, 338 (to be codified at 26 U.S.C. § 108(i)).

272. Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 § 13(f).

273. The § 382 loss restrictions are not limited to major corporate acquisitions, however. They are triggered by any ―ownership change,‖ defined to include any increase by more than fifty percentage

points of any five-percent shareholder, within a specified testing period. 26 U.S.C. § 382(g) (2006).

Washington University Open Scholarship

210 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

mathematical formula to impose limits on the use of a ―loss corporation‘s‖

NOLs and other built-in losses following a major ownership change. 274

Given the potential future value of a troubled corporation‘s NOLs and

built-in losses, it is not surprising that ―loss corporations‖—along with

their potential investors—are intensely interested in the extent to which

the NOLs and built-in losses survive an acquisition or a restructuring in

bankruptcy. Absent special statutory relief, one particular concern through

the 2009 economic turmoil surrounding General Motors, for example, was

that the Treasury Department‘s ultimate sale of GM stock received in the

bankruptcy restructuring would constitute an ―ownership change,‖ thus

triggering § 382 NOL loss limitation rules. 275

Congress responded by

adding a new subparagraph to § 382, providing that its loss limitation rules

do not apply to an ownership change ―pursuant to a restructuring plan‖

that was ―required under a loan agreement or a commitment for a line of

credit entered into with the Department of Treasury‖ under EESA. 276

The

provision‘s narrow terms made it clear that it had been specifically drafted

to provide additional bailout-type relief for General Motors. 277

The Joint

Committee on Taxation (JCT) estimated that the revenue foregone from

this tax expenditure over the period from 2009–2019 would be

approximately $3.2 billion. 278

4. Reporting Ordinary Losses From Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac

Stock Sales

Corporate taxpayers ordinarily may deduct capital losses only to offset

capital gains; 279

a corporation with no capital gains cannot deduct capital

274. 26 U.S.C. § 382 (2006).

275. In a critical determination for General Motors as it emerged from bankruptcy, the Bankruptcy

Court found that its ―net operating loss carryforwards (‗NOLs‘) and certain other tax attributes . . .

[were] property . . . protected by . . . the Bankruptcy Code.‖ Final Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. sections 105(a) and 362 Establishing Notification Procedures and Approving Restrictions on Certain

Transfers of Interests in the Debtors’ Estates, In re General Motors Corp., No. 09-50026 (Bankr.

S.D.N.Y. June 25, 2009), available at 2009 TAX NOTES TODAY 131–19. 276. American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Pub. L. No. 111-5, § 1262, 123 Stat. 115,

225, 343–44. Using its interpretive authority, the Treasury Department issued similar announcements

regarding the use of NOLs and built-in losses in other transactional contexts. See infra notes 306–23 and accompanying text.

277. See, e.g., David M. Herszenhorn, Even After the Deal, Tinkering Goes On, N.Y. TIMES, Feb.

13, 2009, at A20 (reporting the new provision as a ―tax break specifically intended for the failing auto giant General Motors‖).

278. JOINT COMM. ON TAXATION, JCX-18-09, ESTIMATED BUDGET EFFECTS OF THE REVENUE PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE ―AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT OF 2009‖ (Feb. 12,

2009).

279. 26 U.S.C. § 1211(a) (2006). Stock held for investment generally is considered a capital asset.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 211

losses from its ordinary income. As a consequence, corporate taxpayers

may find themselves with ―unused capital losses,‖ much in the same way

that they may have unused NOLs. 280

In addition to relaxing NOL

deduction restrictions, Congress has provided bailout-type assistance

through exceptions to otherwise applicable limitations on capital-loss

deductions. During the 2008–2009 economic crisis, for example, many

financial institutions held Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock

that had substantially decreased in value. Absent a special rule, they would

not have been able to deduct capital losses resulting from the sale of this

stock to offset ordinary income. Congress stepped in with a temporary tax

break, permitting financial institutions selling certain Fannie Mae and

Freddie Mac preferred stock within a specified time frame to treat those

sales as generating ordinary loss. 281

The revenue foregone for 2008–2012

as a result of this specially-targeted tax break was estimated by the JCT at

approximately $3.4 billion. 282

5. Budgetary Concerns

Given that tax expenditure information is available but not otherwise

incorporated into the federal budget, tax expenditures are, in general, more

hidden than other budgetary costs. This, in itself, is troublesome. Along

these lines, the Government Accountability Office has recommended more

broadly that tax expenditures be presented ―in the budget together with

related outlay programs to show a truer picture of the federal support

within a mission area.‖ 283

Of special concern in the bailout setting is that most of the tax

expenditures discussed in the preceding sections are targeted provisions,

designed to assist a particular business or industry in economic distress.

Although always important, transparency and accounting accuracy should

be especially emphasized when individual businesses or select industries

See 26 U.S.C. § 1221(a) (2006).

280. See supra notes 266–68 and accompanying text. As with NOLs, Congress has provided

limited rules for capital loss carrybacks and carryforwards. 26 U.S.C. § 1212 (2006). 281. Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-343, § 301(a), 122 Stat.

3765, 3802 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. §§ 5201–5261 (2006)); see also id. § 301(b)(2) (defining

eligible preferred stock to include Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac stock held by a qualified financial institution on September 6, 2008, or sold or exchanged on or after January 1, 2008, and before

September 7, 2008).

282. STAFF OF THE J. COMM. ON TAXATION, 110TH CONG., ESTIMATES OF FEDERAL TAX EXPENDITURES FOR FISCAL YEARS 2008–2012 (Comm. Print 2008).

283. U.S. GOV‘T ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE, GAO-05-690, GOVERNMENT PERFORMANCE AND ACCOUNTABILITY: TAX EXPENDITURES REPRESENT A SUBSTANTIAL FEDERAL COMMITMENT AND

NEED TO BE REEXAMINED 73 (2005).

Washington University Open Scholarship

212 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

receive targeted assistance. Moreover, the addition of tax expenditure

bailout-type relief to the already-fragmented assortment of other direct

spending bailout programs makes it even more difficult for Congress or

the Treasury Department to realize how much is spent on related efforts.

Before providing additional assistance, those with power over the various

purses should have information on aggregate government resources

already devoted through tax expenditures and other devices. Absent such

information, different units of government effectively issue checks on

different accounts without the ability to balance the overall checkbook or

see the total picture.

B. Relief Through Tax Administration and Regulations

1. Bailout Through Relaxed Agency Interpretation of Tax Provisions

Government bailout-type assistance can also be provided through

regulatory or interpretive actions of administrative agencies. This more

covert type of bailout raises dual concerns. First, the existence of such

government intervention is less visible to the public. Second, the costs of

such intervention can be difficult to measure and will not be reflected in

budgetary and agency financial documents. Unlike legislatively enacted

tax expenditures, for which there is at least some budgetary information,

nothing in the budget captures the costs of such administrative action.

The Treasury Department is probably the agency most able to provide

economic assistance to struggling businesses through administrative

action. 284

When statutory language lends itself to alternate meanings, most

probably assume that the IRS will choose the approach that generates the

greatest tax revenue. This is not always so. By relaxing its interpretation or

application of tax rules in the taxpayer‘s favor, the Treasury Department

can—and often does—reduce tax liability for certain taxpayers, thus

offering bailout-type relief. Particularly during the latter part of 2008

through 2009, an empathetic IRS issued a number of pronouncements that

significantly reduced tax liability for a number of taxpayers. 285

By many

accounts, the IRS, in some cases, went beyond simply choosing between

284. The Chief Counsel‘s office within the IRS generally issues regulatory and other interpretative

guidance, along with the Treasury Department Office of Tax Policy. See INTERNAL REVENUE SERV., INTERNAL REVENUE MANUAL §§ 32.1.1.1, 32.1.1.3.1 [hereinafter IRS MANUAL]. For purposes of

discussing agency interpretations of the Internal Revenue Code, this Article uses the terms IRS and

Treasury Department interchangeably. 285. For a detailed discussion of bailout-type Treasury Department interpretations of loss rules,

see infra notes 306–23 and accompanying text.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 213

plausible, alternative meanings of statutory text and instead made

pronouncements that were inconsistent with the statute and contrary to

congressional intent. 286

Whether or not the IRS, in fact, exceeded its

authority, these recent events provide an important reminder of the ways

in which administrative action can provide bailout-type assistance. The

sections that follow first provide some background on procedural rules

applicable to the Treasury Department‘s exercise of its interpretative

authority before turning to discussion of specific Treasury Department

bailout-like actions during the 2008–2009 economic crisis.

2. IRS Interpretive Authority and the Administrative Procedure Act

Congress has delegated authority to execute and enforce the Internal

Revenue Code to the Treasury Department, 287

which exercises this

authority through different types of IRS pronouncements, including formal

regulations, revenue rulings, revenue procedures, and notices. 288

For

purposes of promulgating rules, the IRS is generally subject to the same

procedural requirements applicable to all executive agencies under the

Administrative Procedure Act (APA). 289

Among other mandates, the APA

generally requires agencies to issue notices of proposed rulemaking and

provide an opportunity for public comment, a process often referred to as

―informal rulemaking.‖ 290

In addition to the statutory APA requirements,

agencies are required by presidential executive order to carefully consider

the costs and benefits of proposed rules or regulations. 291

A formal,

286. See, e.g., Lawrence Zelenak, Can Obama’s IRS Retroactively Revoke Massive Bank Giveaway?, 122 TAX NOTES 889, 889 (2009) (describing one such notice as providing ―no explanation

of the legal basis for its exemption of banks from the strictures of section 382, and no such basis is

apparent on the face of the statute, in the legislative history, in judicial interpretations, or in prior

administrative interpretations‖).

287. 26 U.S.C. § 7805(a) (2006) (granting general Treasury Department authority to promulgate

―all needful rules and regulations for the enforcement‖ of the Internal Revenue Code). 288. For a useful description of these different types of pronouncements, see Irving Salem et al.,

ABA Section of Taxation: Report of the Task Force on Judicial Deference, 57 TAX LAW. 717, 728–32

(2004) [hereinafter Task Force Report]; see also MICHAEL I. SALTZMAN, IRS PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE (rev. 2d ed. 2003).

289. Administrative Procedure Act, Pub. L. No. 79-404, 60 Stat. 237 (1946) (codified as amended

at 5 U.S.C. §§ 552–596. 290. Formal rulemaking, which has become increasingly rare, applies only to agency action

required by statute to be made ―on the record after opportunity for an agency hearing.‖ 5 U.S.C.

§§ 553(c), 556, 557 (2006). For a general description of informal and formal rulemaking, see RICHARD J. PIERCE, JR., ADMINISTRATIVE LAW TREATISE § 7.2 (4th ed. 2002).

291. Such requirements were initially introduced by President Reagan, Exec. Order No. 12,291, 3

C.F.R. 127 (1981) (Reagan administration order on agency regulations). President Clinton subsequently revoked and replaced the Reagan administration order with Exec. Order No. 12,866, 58

Fed. Reg. 51,735 (Sept. 30, 1993). The Clinton order, which is still in effect, reaffirmed most of the

Washington University Open Scholarship

214 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

documented cost-benefit assessment is required for any ―significant

regulatory action,‖ 292

including actions that may have ―an annual effect on

the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way

the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, [or] jobs

. . . .‖ 293

One major statutory exception to APA procedural requirements is

provided for ―interpretative rules,‖ as opposed to ―legislative rules.‖ 294

Courts and commentators have struggled in the absence of a statutory

definition of ―interpretative rule‖ for purposes of this exception. Modern

administrative law principles suggest that the most important

distinguishing feature of legislative rules is that they are legally binding or

have the force of law. 295

The IRS takes the position that most of its

regulations are interpretative and not subject to formal APA rules. 296

Even

though it is not required to do so, however, the IRS claims that it usually

follows APA procedures with respect to regulations that it considers to be

interpretative. 297

Many recent bailout-like Treasury Department actions

were achieved not through regulations, rulings, or procedures, but instead

through more informal notices. 298

According to the Internal Revenue

Manual, ―[a] notice is a public pronouncement that may contain guidance

that involves substantive interpretations of the Internal Revenue Code .

. . .‖ 299

Such a pronouncement may provide ―final guidance‖ upon which

important features of the earlier executive rules. For a discussion of the evolution of these rules, see

PIERCE, supra note 290, § 7.9 (―Executive Control of Rulemaking‖). 292. Exec. Order No. 12,866, 58 Fed. Reg. at 51,741.

293. Id. at 51,738. These administrative requirements apply to proposed ―regulations‖ or ―rules,‖

broadly defined to mean ―agency statement[s] of general applicability and future effect, which the agency intends to have the force and effect of law, that [are] designed to implement, interpret, or

prescribe law or policy . . . .‖ Id. at 51,737 (emphasis added).

294. 5 U.S.C. § 553(b)(3)(A) (2006). Another exception applies ―when the agency for good cause

finds . . . that notice and public procedure thereon are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the

public interest.‖ Id. § 553(b)(3)(B).

295. See, e.g., PIERCE, supra note 290, § 6.3 (stating that ―valid legislative rule has the same binding effect as a statute‖); see also id. § 6.4; William Funk, A Primer on Nonlegislative Rules, 53

ADMIN. L. REV. 1321, 1324–25 (2001).

296. Contra Task Force Report, supra note 288, at 741 (arguing that all IRS regulations should be considered legislative); see Kristin E. Hickman, Coloring Outside the Lines: Examining Treasury’s

(Lack Of) Compliance With Administrative Procedure Act Rulemaking Requirements, 82 NOTRE

DAME L. REV. 1727, 1794 (2007) (arguing that most IRS regulations are legislative). Based upon her empirical study of regulatory projects between 2003 and 2005, Professor Hickman concludes that the

IRS frequently violates APA requirements. Id.

297. IRS MANUAL, supra note 284, § 32.1.5.4.7.5.1 (―Although most IRS/Treasury regulations are interpretative, and therefore not subject to [notice and comment] provisions of the APA, the IRS

usually solicits public comment on all [Notices of Proposed Rulemaking].‖).

298. For detailed discussion, see infra notes 306–23 and accompanying text. 299. IRS MANUAL, supra note 284, § 32.2.2.3.3.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 215

taxpayers may rely and which precludes IRS attorneys from making a

contrary argument. 300

To my mind, these notices have the force of law and

should be classified as ―legislative,‖ therefore subject to formal APA and

additional executive order requirements. 301

In contrast to its ―voluntary‖

use of notice and comment for regulatory projects, the IRS does not even

purport to follow such procedures for revenue rulings, procedures, or

notices. Congress should amend the APA to clarify that Treasury

Department interpretations—which bind the IRS and upon which

taxpayers may rely—require notice and comment, as well as cost-benefit

analysis. This clarification rule should include an exception, however, for

emergency circumstances requiring a rapid agency response.

3. Cost-Benefit Analysis and the IRS

Whether it takes the form of a regulation, revenue ruling, or notice, tax

consequences resulting from particular events or transactions can differ

dramatically depending upon the particular IRS interpretation of statutory

language. Imperfect as they are, the tax expenditure budget rules

applicable to legislative actions at least provide some mechanism for

reflecting the federal budgetary impact of special tax breaks. Tax breaks

that result from ―taxpayer-friendly‖ IRS statutory interpretations may cost

as much in foregone revenue as legislated tax expenditures; yet, these

costs are not reflected anywhere in budgetary documents or agency

financial statements. Moreover, the IRS generally does not offer any cost-

benefit analysis as it promulgates regulations, rulings, notices, or other

pronouncements.

To be sure, taxpayer-friendly interpretative rules are not necessarily

always bad. Some Treasury Department determinations may well reflect

good policy choices. At the same time, there are reasons for concern. At a

minimum, administrative agencies should not be authorized to provide

relief when their actions would be inconsistent with existing statutory

rules. Administrative intervention clearly should not be used as a device to

bypass Congress to implement changes that should be enacted through the

legislative process. As a procedural matter, the IRS should be required to

report the costs of revenue foregone when it implements a significant

taxpayer-friendly change in statutory interpretation or regulatory

implementation. In fact, to the extent practicable, the IRS should engage in

a cost-benefit analysis of significant pronouncements, as envisioned by the

300. See Task Force Report, supra note 288, at 730–31.

301. See supra notes 294–95 and accompanying text.

Washington University Open Scholarship

216 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

executive orders that apply to administrative agencies generally. In some

respects, requiring cost-benefit analysis may be less burdensome for the

IRS than for other agencies, which often confront hard-to-value costs and

benefits—the cost of illness or loss of human life or the benefits of cleaner

air, for example. 302

In contrast, the financial costs and benefits the IRS

would consider should be easier to monetize. 303

Application of cost-benefit analysis in the context of bailout-type

administrative agency intervention and, in particular, a focus on

government costs might appear to be somewhat unusual. There is a

tendency to consider regulatory cost-benefit analysis as focused on

whether the benefits of burdensome regulation justify the costs imposed

on private individuals or business. For example, a cost-benefit analysis of

a rule proposing stricter pollutant emission limits would ask whether the

health and other environmental benefits of the proposed rule sufficiently

justify the costs imposed upon manufacturers and consumers. 304

But a full

cost-benefit analysis should require examination of the costs and benefits

to all, including the government. 305

4. A Case Study of Hidden Bailout and the Need for Cost-Benefit

Analysis

a. Relaxed IRS Loss Restriction Rule Interpretations

During the 2008–2009 economic turmoil, the IRS became active in

―bailout-type administrative intervention‖ through a series of notices

announcing the Treasury Department‘s relaxed position in applying § 382

loss limitation rules. These Treasury Department § 382 interpretations fall

302. See, e.g., Richard A. Posner, The Rise and Fall of Administrative Law, 72 CHI.-KENT L. REV.

953, 957 (1997) (discussing the adequacy of normative economics to measure nonmonetary costs, such

as health). 303. For a similar argument for imposing stricter cost-benefit analysis requirements upon financial

regulators, including the Securities and Exchange Commission, see Edward Sherwin, The Cost-Benefit

Analysis of Financial Regulation: Lessons from the SEC’s Stalled Mutual Fund Reform Effort, 12 STAN. J.L. BUS. & FIN. 1 (2006).

304. The tendency to think of cost-benefit analysis in light of the burdens imposed by heavy

regulation is reflected in the OMB guidelines to agencies, which instruct that there should be a ―presumption against certain types of regulat[ion]‖ which might be unintentionally harmful or impede

market efficiency. OFFICE OF MGMT. & BUDGET, EXEC. OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT, CIRCULAR A-4:

REGULATORY ANALYSIS 6 (2003). 305. One study of government agency cost-benefit analysis found that agencies generally estimate

the cost of regulations on producers, but often do not estimate costs to the federal or state

governments. Robert W. Hahn & Patrick M. Dudley, How Well Does the U.S. Government Do Cost- Benefit Analysis? 10 (AEI-Brookings Joint Ctr. for Regulatory Studies, Working Paper No. 04-01,

2007).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 217

into two categories. First, several pronouncements address ownership

changes from transfers of stock and warrants acquired by the Treasury

Department itself under various TARP programs. For example, the

Treasury Department announced that a § 382 ―ownership change‖ would

not be triggered when a corporation that received a capital infusion from

certain TARP programs in exchange for preferred stock or warrants repaid

the government through a later redemption or repurchase of those shares

or warrants. 306

Subsequent rulings expanded the exemption from § 382 to

cover other TARP programs and to cover redemption or purchase of

common stock and indebtedness. 307

In another notice, apparently issued

with Citigroup in mind, the IRS announced that the Treasury Department‘s

sale of stock earlier acquired under TARP would not trigger a § 382

―ownership change‖ even if the sale was to public shareholders. 308

The

latter notice ―attracted criticism as an additional subsidy to Citigroup and a

loss to the taxpayers.‖ 309

One tax expert remarked, ―I‘ve been doing taxes

for almost 40 years, and I‘ve never seen anything like this, where the IRS

and Treasury acted unilaterally on so many fronts.‖ 310

Critical assessment of the Treasury Department‘s § 382 TARP

interpretations is difficult. On the one hand, transfers covered by the IRS

notices fit the literal statutory ―change of ownership‖ definition. Yet,

applying loss limitation rules to changes of government stock ownership

pursuant to TARP is arguably inconsistent with the underlying

congressional purpose—to prevent trafficking. Ultimate cost to the

taxpayer is also difficult to measure. In the case of Citigroup, application

of the § 382 loss limitation rules would have restricted the company‘s

ability to deduct losses, which would have increased its tax liability, thus

reducing its capital. As an equity investor, the U.S. government itself was

concerned with potential declines in stock value. It is difficult to calculate

whether any loss of value in the government‘s Citigroup stock resulting

306. I.R.S. Notice 2008-100, 2008-1 C.B. 1081 (―Application of Section 382 To Loss

Corporations Whose Instruments Are Acquired By The Treasury Department Under The Capital

Purchase Program Pursuant To The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008‖). 307. See, e.g., I.R.S. Notice 2009-38, 2009-1 C.B. 901; I.R.S. Notice 2009-14, 2009-1 C.B. 516.

308. I.R.S. Notice 2010-2, 2010-2 I.R.B. 251; see also CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, JANUARY

OVERSIGHT REPORT: EXITING TARP AND UNWINDING ITS IMPACT ON THE FINANCIAL MARKETS 16– 22 (2010) (discussing § 382 tax issues and Treasury Department rulings under TARP).

309. CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, JANUARY OVERSIGHT REPORT: EXITING TARP AND UNWINDING

ITS IMPACT ON THE FINANCIAL MARKETS 20 (2010). A Senate bill was even introduced to legislatively rescind the notice. S. 2916, 111th Cong. (2009).

310. Binyamin Appelbaum, Tax Deal is Worth Billions to Citigroup; Deal Made to Recover

Bailout Firms Exempted from Rule When U.S. Sells its Stake, WASH. POST, Dec. 16, 2009, at A1 (quoting Robert Willens).

Washington University Open Scholarship

218 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

from § 382 restrictions would have exceeded the revenue foregone from

the § 382 exemption. Still, exempting Citigroup and other TARP-

participant stock sales from § 382 loss limitation rules might have been an

attempt to protect the value of the government‘s investment.

Even though there may be reasonable policy justifications for the

Treasury Department‘s actions, its declaration of § 382 exemptions by fiat

is still troubling because it suggests differential access to the government

for quick tax relief. Although the individual notices did not mention

particular taxpayers by name, most were triggered at the behest—or, at

least, in the interests—of individual large financial institutions. Smaller,

less influential taxpayers may not have access to similar relief. In addition,

as the TARP Oversight Panel observed, ―the EESA notices, however

sound in themselves, illustrate again the inherent conflict implicit in

Treasury‘s administration of TARP. In this case the conflict is a three-way

one, pitting Treasury‘s responsibilities as TARP administrator, regulator,

and tax administrator against one another.‖ 311

Most significant from the

budgetary perspective, the notices announcing exemptions from § 382 loss

limitation rules clearly involved cost to the government in revenue

foregone. If such relief had been achieved through legislation, Congress

would have had access to information from the JCT‘s estimates of revenue

foregone. Instead, this indirect bailout was accomplished through agency

action, without budgetary impact estimates, notice-and-comment

procedures, or cost-benefit analysis.

A second, and more troubling, category of § 382 relief announced

through Treasury Department notices did not involve TARP or other

government assistance programs. Instead, the Treasury Department

stepped in to facilitate private acquisition of certain troubled banks by

making the acquisitions less expensive. Toward the end of 2008, merger-

and-acquisition activity dramatically increased as apparently healthier

institutions—with some government prodding—acquired banks and other

financial entities faced with potential collapse. Not surprisingly, the § 382

loss limitation rules were of tremendous interest to potential acquirers. A

bank acquisition surely is more attractive when the purchaser is assured

that it can use the distressed bank‘s losses to offset future income.

Notice 2008-83 announced that the IRS would not consider a bank

deduction for losses on loans or bad debts following an ownership change

as a built-in loss for purposes of the § 382 restrictions. 312

In other words,

311. CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, JANUARY OVERSIGHT REPORT: EXITING TARP AND UNWINDING ITS IMPACT ON THE FINANCIAL MARKETS 22 (2010).

312. I.R.S. Notice 2008-83, § 2, 2008-42 I.R.B. 905.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 219

an acquiring bank was permitted to deduct the built-in losses of the

acquired bank. Taxpayers were advised that they could ―rely on the

treatment set forth in this notice, unless and until there is further

guidance,‖ 313

language suggesting a ―legislative‖ pronouncement, at least

arguably subject to APA notice and cost-benefit analysis rules. 314

Responding to a Washington Post reporter, one Treasury Department

spokesman described the notice as ―part of our overall effort to provide

relief‖ and conceded that the Department did not estimate the costs of the

tax change. 315

Assuming that these comments accurately reflect IRS views,

it seems clear that the Treasury Department was consciously and

deliberately providing bailout-type relief through changes in its

interpretation of the tax law—a ―hidden‖ bailout.

At the time this notice was released, Congress was debating emergency

bailout legislation, and Citigroup and Wells Fargo were competing to

acquire control of Wachovia. Before the notice, it appeared that Wells

Fargo‘s bid had failed and that Citigroup would acquire Wachovia. 316

According to observers, the tax savings from this dramatic change in IRS

interpretation of the § 382 loss limitation rules enabled Wells Fargo,

which had actively lobbied for the change, to make a new and successful

bid. 317

Other banks subsequently took advantage of the ruling. Some

estimated that the overall cost to taxpayers would be between $100 and

$140 billion. 318

The Institute of Foreign Bankers, hoping to take advantage of the

relaxed loss limitation rule, quickly wrote to Treasury Secretary Paulson,

urging expansion of the ruling to non-U.S.-headquartered financial

institutions. 319

Angry members of the House Ways & Means Committee

313. Id. § 3. This Article focuses only on Notice 2008-83 by way of illustration. The IRS issued

numerous other taxpayer-favorable notices during 2008. For a description of these other actions, see, for example, Amy S. Elliott, Year in Review: Treasury Provides Certainty and Relief in Economic

Crisis, 122 TAX NOTES 47 (Jan. 5, 2009). See also Stephen Gandel, New Tax Rules: The Hidden

Corporate Bailout, TIME, Dec. 10, 2008, http://www.time.com/time/printout/0,8816,1865315,00.html. 314. See discussion supra notes 294–97 and accompanying text.

315. Amit R. Paley, A Quiet Windfall for U.S. Banks: With Attention on Bailout Debate, Treasury

Made Change to Tax Policy, WASH. POST, Nov. 10, 2008, at A1 (internal quotation marks omitted). 316. See Eric Dash & Ben White, Wells Fargo Swoops In, N.Y. TIMES, Oct. 4, 2008, at C1

(describing Wells Fargo‘s outbidding of Citigroup for Wachovia after a ―little-noticed move . . . by the

Internal Revenue Service, which restored tax breaks for banks that take big losses on bad loans inherited through acquisitions‖).

317. See Paley, supra note 315 (quoting the Jones Day law firm as saying that the ruling ―could be

worth about $25 billion for Wells Fargo‖). 318. Id. (estimates from corporate tax expert Robert Willens and the Jones Day law firm).

319. Letter from Lawrence R. Uhlick, Chief Exec. Officer, Inst. of Int‘l Bankers, to Henry

Paulson, Sec‘y of the Treasury (Nov. 10, 2008), reprinted in 2008 TNT 224–25.

Washington University Open Scholarship

220 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

wrote to oppose such expansion of the IRS ―backdoor bailout.‖ 320

An even

angrier Senator Chuck Grassley, Senate Finance Committee ranking

minority member, requested that the Treasury Department Inspector

General look into possible conflicts of interest. 321

The saga of Notice 2008-83 continued, leading to a remarkable

statutory rebuke of the Treasury Department in a provision labeled a

―clarification,‖ which was included in the stimulus package passed by

Congress in early 2009:

(a) FINDINGS.—Congress finds as follows:

(1) The delegation of authority to the Secretary of the Treasury

under section 382(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 does

not authorize the Secretary to provide exemptions or special rules

that are restricted to particular industries or classes of taxpayers.

(2) Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-83 is inconsistent with

the congressional intent in enacting such section 382(m).

(3) The legal authority to prescribe Internal Revenue Service

Notice 2008-83 is doubtful. 322

Congress clearly disagreed with the IRS interpretation in Notice 2008-83

and even questioned its legal authority. At the same time, Congress felt it

necessary to protect reliance interests of taxpayers who completed or made

binding bank acquisition contracts on the strength of the IRS notice. Thus,

the legislative clarification provided that Notice 2008-83 would have the

force and effect of law only for ownership changes that took place before

January 16, 2009, and to ownership changes after this date that were

pursuant to a written binding contract before then. 323

In other words, the

rules included a ―grandfather‖ clause, giving the benefit of the Treasury

Department‘s favorable interpretation to existing contracts—the Wells

Fargo transaction, in particular.

320. Letter from Ways & Means Comm. Members to Henry Paulson, Secretary of the Treasury

(Dec. 4, 2008), reprinted in 2008 TAX NOTES TODAY 235–19 (Dec. 5, 2008). 321. Letter from Chuck Grassley, U.S. Senator, to Eric M. Thorson, Inspector Gen., U.S. Dep‘t of

the Treasury (Nov. 14, 2008), reprinted in 2008 TAX NOTES TODAY 222–73 (Nov. 17, 2008).

322. American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Pub. L. No. 111-5, § 1261(a), 123 Stat. 115, 342–43.

323. Id. § 1261(b).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 221

b. Estimating the Costs and Lessons From Notice 2008-83

Although it is but one incident, the Notice 2008-83 hidden bailout saga

offers important lessons for the future. First, it illustrates that the IRS

engages in more ―legislative‖-type regulation than it publicly

acknowledges. Whether through regulation, ruling, or notice, the IRS

should comply with informal rulemaking requirements whenever it

announces a significant change in interpretation of the tax code. Second, in

the narrow context of bailouts, the story confirms that regulatory agencies

engage in bailout-like activities through their administrative actions.

Third, a specific targeted change in IRS interpretation of the tax code can

actually decrease tax liabilities for the parties to particular economic

transactions. Although the precise federal revenues to be gained or lost

from a particular interpretive change may sometimes be difficult to

estimate, a reasonable estimation of the cost or benefit will often be

possible. Surely individual taxpayers who stood to benefit from Notice

2008-83‘s relaxation of § 382 loss limitations had some notion of the tax

break‘s approximate value. 324

This value to the targeted beneficiaries, of

course, is foregone revenue to the government. The revenue foregone as a

result of Notice 2008-83 is an example of a very real government expense

not reflected anywhere in agency financial statements or the federal

budget.

Whether through statutory amendment or executive order, I believe that

the Treasury Department should be required to comply with statutory APA

requirements, including cost-benefit analysis. At a minimum, the IRS

should be required to generate cost-benefit estimates of its major

pronouncements and make them available to Congress and to the public.

In emergency circumstances leaving little time for cost-benefit analysis,

even after-the-fact estimates could, at least, increase transparency and

enable Congress to make its policy decisions about future bailout efforts

with more complete information.

Setting aside the question of whether Notice 2008-83 was within the

IRS‘s authority, a full cost-benefit analysis would have enabled the

Department to make a better-informed policy decision. Albeit unlikely,

economic analysis might have revealed that relaxing § 382 loss limitation

rules would produce revenue to the extent that failing firms were thereby

rescued and strengthened. The best possible cost-benefit information

should be available and shared among the various units of government that

324. See Paley, supra note 315.

Washington University Open Scholarship

222 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

are involved in bailout relief efforts. Only in this way can policymakers

make informed choices regarding appropriate aggregate expenditure

amounts and appropriate aggregate allocations to individual firm or

industry recipients.

c. Notice 2008-83 and Budget Scoring

Problems with accurately measuring the budgetary impact of Notice

2008-83 were dramatically exacerbated by revenue estimates

accompanying the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act‘s

―clarification‖ provision, through which Congress effectively ―revoked‖

the Treasury Department notice. The JCT is required to provide revenue

estimates for proposed legislation—referred to as the legislation‘s score. 325

In this case, the JCT scored the clarification provision limiting the force

and effect of Notice 2008-83 as raising revenue. 326

This is just bizarre.

The congressional ―clarification‖ provision simply declared that the IRS

interpretation was wrong, thus reinstating the status quo. The initial cost of

the IRS rule change was never taken into budgetary account. Yet, since

Notice 2008-83 was never formally declared invalid, JCT revenue

estimators started from the assumption that this Notice was the law. 327

In

other words, estimators assumed, as a baseline, that acquiring companies

could use preacquisition losses. To generate revenue estimates for the

statutory clarification provision in the stimulus bill, estimators next

worked from assumptions about economic growth and levels of

anticipated future merger-and-acquisition activity and calculated how

much additional revenue the IRS would receive if purchasing companies

were not allowed to use the preacquisition losses of the acquired company.

Revenue estimating and scoring rules that treat the stimulus bill‘s

―clarification‖ provision as raising revenue are problematic. Before

scoring the reversal of a rule change as a revenue raiser, estimators should

have taken into account the cost of the initial change. The stakes here are

high: provisions that are scored as raising revenue can be used under

various ―pay-as-you-go‖ budget rules or other congressionally determined

offset requirements to ―pay for‖ other measures that increase spending or

decrease revenue. This in turn increases the potential for budget

325. 2 U.S.C. § 601(f) (2006).

326. JOINT COMM. ON TAXATION, JCX-18-09, ESTIMATED BUDGET EFFECTS OF THE REVENUE

PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE ―AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT OF 2009‖ (2009). 327. Telephone Interview with Edward Kleinbard, Chief of Staff, Joint Comm. on Taxation (Mar.

6, 2009) (notes on file with author).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 223

gimmicking. Mechanisms should be included in scoring procedures and

rules to free estimators from some of the constraints imposed under the

existing procedure‘s definition of what constitutes current law. Scoring

rules in this instance should not have required estimators to assume that

Notice 2008-83 was valid law for purposes of estimating the budgetary

impact of its reversal. This is not to suggest, however, that estimators

should have free reign with respect to defining baselines. To the extent

that estimators are given discretion in defining baselines, checks would

need to be in place to avoid any abuse of such discretion.

C. Other Hidden Bailout Costs

1. Nontax Regulatory Relief

Another form of covert or hidden bailout is to provide businesses with

exemptions from their obligations to comply with otherwise burdensome

and costly regulatory requirements. Automobile manufacturers, for

instance, often complain that the cost of complying with increasingly

stringent environmental regulation is a major contributing factor to their

financial woes. 328

During the late 1980s, the Environmental Protection

Agency (EPA), apparently responding to complaints of financial distress,

granted General Motors and other automobile manufacturers a waiver

from their obligation to comply with carbon monoxide emissions

standards. 329

Based on financial distress within the industry, the steel

industry similarly obtained a legislative exemption from Clean Air Act

obligations. 330

As another example, in the aftermath of the devastating

2005 hurricane season on the Gulf Coast, the EPA announced temporary

waivers from gasoline and diesel fuel standards, 331

and legislation was

introduced that would have permitted more extensive waivers from

328. See, e.g., The Chrysler Corporation Financial Situation: Hearings Before the Subcomm. on

Econ. Stabilization of the H. Comm. on Banking, Fin. and Urban Affairs, 96th Cong. 86–87 (1979) (testimony of Lee Iacocca).

329. E.P.A. Lifts Deadline on Pollution Limits, N.Y. TIMES, Jan. 8, 1981, at D24 (reporting EPA

grant of two-year delay to certain ―financially troubled‖ automakers in implementing exhaust emission standards).

330. Steel Industry Compliance Extension Act of 1981, Pub. L. No. 97-23, 95 Stat. 139 (repealed

1990). The House Report explained that ―[t]he Committee is proposing that the extension be limited solely to the steel industry since no other industry is experiencing such unique hardships.‖ H.R. REP.

NO. 97-121, at 9 (1981). For discussion of other relief from compliance obligation-type bailouts, see

Block, Bailouts, supra note 22, at 970–72. 331. Pamela Najor, Nationwide Waiver on Fuel Specification Granted by EPA Due to Hurricane,

[2005] 169 Daily Env‘t Rep. (BNA), at A-1 (Sept. 1, 2005) (reporting temporary EPA Clean Air Act

waivers).

Washington University Open Scholarship

224 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

otherwise-applicable environmental regulations. 332

Although the stated

rationale for these measures was to protect the fuel supply, government

bailout-type assistance to a potentially economically threatened fuel

industry also played an important part.

Not surprisingly, the budget does not include the costs of such

compliance waivers or exemptions. It would be difficult to measure the net

discounted present value of health costs imposed by a two-year delay in

implementation of air pollution standards. Nevertheless, some effort

should be made to include these costs.

2. Moral Hazard and Implicit Guarantees

Like it or not, extraordinary government interventions to rescue

troubled financial institutions and other business entities have changed

public expectations. Having set this precedent, Congress will find it more

difficult to ignore pleas for future assistance. This notion of ―implicit

guarantee‖ is hardly new. Despite disclaimers and disclosures to the

contrary, investors in GSEs, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac historically

persisted in their beliefs—since proven to be accurate—in an implicit

federal government guarantee. 333

Although there is some disagreement

over accounting methodology, reasonable estimates of GSE implicit

guarantees are available, and such figures arguably should have been

included in the federal budget. 334

TARP and other recent government

interventions surely have expanded the scope of such implicit guarantees.

As noted by the TARP Congressional Oversight Panel, TARP‘s legacy is

―an implicit government guarantee, the limits of which are unknown and

the reasons for which are not fully articulated.” 335

And, despite all the

congressional ―too big to fail‖ and ―no more taxpayer-funded bailout‖

clamor included in recent financial reform legislation, bailouts in the

future are likely if circumstances become sufficiently severe.

332. See, e.g., S. 1711, 109th Cong. (2005).

333. For general discussion of the implicit GSE guarantee, see Carol J. Perry, Note, Rethinking

Fannie and Freddie’s New Insolvency Regime, 109 COLUM. L. REV. 1752, 1760–61 (2009); David Reiss, The Federal Government’s Implied Guarantee of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac’s Obligations:

Uncle Sam Will Pick Up the Tab, 42 GA. L. REV. 1019 (2008). See also discussion supra notes 175–

206 and accompanying text. 334. See, e.g., Michael T. Gapen, Evaluating the Implicit Guarantee to Fannie Mae and Freddie

Mac Using Contingent Claims, 10 INT‘L FIN. REV. 329 (2009); Deborah Lucas & Robert McDonald,

Valuing Government Guarantees: Fannie and Freddie Revisited, in MEASURING AND MANAGING FEDERAL FINANCIAL RISK 131 (Deborah Lucas ed., 2010); Wayne Passmore, The GSE Implicit

Subsidy and the Value of Government Ambiguity, 33 REAL EST. ECON. 465 (2005). 335. CONG. OVERSIGHT PANEL, JANUARY OVERSIGHT REPORT: EXITING TARP AND UNWINDING

ITS IMPACT ON THE FINANCIAL MARKETS 14 (2010).

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 225

At least with respect to the large financial entities that are ―too big to

fail‖ or those that present ―substantial systemic risk,‖ the government

should assign values to contingent future bailout costs. Noting that the

valuation process has become much more sophisticated over the last

decade, one government guarantee expert argues that recognizing the cost

now really is ―the only way to prepare for a contingency like a meltdown

of the financial system.‖ 336

VI. WALL STREET REFORM ACT—A POSTCRIPT

Congress passed the Wall Street Reform Act, which became law in

July 2010, 337

in direct response to the economic crisis that reached its peak

in 2008 and 2009. The heart of the Act‘s response to potential future

economic crisis is an institutional framework contained in two of the Act‘s

sixteen titles. 338

Title I, the Financial Stability Act of 2010, 339

creates a

new Financial Stability Oversight Council, 340

charged with identifying

financial stability risks, promoting market discipline by eliminating any

expectation of government bailouts, and responding to emerging threats to

stability of the financial system. 341

This title includes procedures for

official Council or Federal Reserve Board determinations regarding threats

to financial stability posed by nonbank financial companies or bank

holding companies. 342

Once made, an official threat determination may

trigger early regulatory intervention, application of more stringent

regulatory standards than those otherwise applicable, or placement of a

nonbank financial company under the supervision of the Federal

Reserve. 343

Government actions envisioned under the Financial Stability

Act in title I are focused on stepping in with enhanced regulatory oversight

in order to prevent the potential threat to financial stability from triggering

336. See Gretchen Morgenson, Future Bailouts of America, N.Y. TIMES, Feb. 14, 2010, at B1

(quoting Marvin Phaup, George Washington University research scholar and former CBO researcher).

337. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Pub. L. No. 111-203, § 1105, 124 Stat. 1376, 2121–25.

338. Id. tit. I (Financial Stability); tit. II (Orderly Liquidation Authority).

339. Id. § 101 (short title). 340. Id. § 111(a). Voting members of the Council include the Treasury Secretary, Federal Reserve

Board Chair, Comptroller of the Currency, the heads of other banking and investment-related federal

agencies, and an independent member with insurance expertise appointed by the president. Id. § 111(b).

341. Id. § 112(a). The Act establishes an Office of Financial Research at the Treasury Department,

id. § 152(a), whose function is to provide research support for the Council, id. § 153(a). 342. Id. § 113 (Council ―threat‖ determination procedures and considerations); id. § 121 (Federal

Reserve Board ―grave threat‖ determination procedures and considerations).

343. Id. §§ 114, 155, 166, 121.

Washington University Open Scholarship

226 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

an actual systemic crisis. Although it also establishes procedures for an

official determination, which then triggers government intervention, the

title II orderly liquidation procedure involves the government at a later

stage—when the financial company is in default or danger of default and

the failure of the company ―would have serious adverse effects on

financial stability . . . .‖ 344

There is no turning back after a title II

―systemic risk determination‖; the determination triggers appointment of

the FDIC as receiver 345

and begins the orderly liquidation process. Thus,

the Act does not give the government the option to stabilize a failing

institution through loans or equity investments.

Lest there be any doubt about the future of taxpayer-funded bailouts,

the statute repeatedly says: ―no more.‖ 346

In the event that the title II

orderly liquidation fund is insufficient, the FDIC is authorized to charge

assessments against nonbank financial companies supervised by the

Federal Reserve and bank holding companies with total combined assets

of $50 billion or more. 347

Although this assessment is not the ex ante

―rainy day‖ fund that some might have preferred, it does impose the

burden of paying for the orderly liquidation on a subset of taxpayers,

rather than the general public. 348

Although I believe that more could have been achieved, I applaud

Congress for coming together to enact major financial reform legislation

in a difficult, partisan environment. Hopefully the economic monitoring

and orderly liquidation provisions in the Wall Street Reform Act will be

effective in preventing or mitigating any future grave economic distress. I

fear, though, that this is wishful thinking. Efforts to impose bailout costs

on a particular subgroup—rather than the general public—may not be

effective, either because that subgroup itself has insufficient assets or

because the subgroup has the political lobbying power to fight the

344. Id. § 203(b)(2).

345. Once the systemic risk determination is made, the company will either consent to the appointment of the FDIC as receiver, or the Treasury Secretary will petition the district court for an

order to place the company under FDIC receivership. Id. § 202(a)(1)(A).

346. See, e.g., supra note 11 and accompanying text (Act preamble); see also Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 § 112(a)(1)(B) (Council‘s purpose is to eliminate

expectations that government will shield companies from loss in the event of failure); id. § 166

(authorizing regulations for early remediation of a Federal Reserve-supervised bank holding company, ―except that nothing in this subsection authorizes the provision of financial assistance from the Federal

Government‖); id. § 204(a)(1)(orderly liquidation authority to be exercised so that ―creditors and shareholders will bear the losses of the financial company‖); id. § 214(c) (―Taxpayers shall bear no

losses from the exercise of any authority under this title.‖).

347. Id. § 210(o)(1)(A), (B). See also supra notes 77–78 and accompanying text. 348. See supra notes 63–78 and accompanying text.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

2010] MEASURING THE TRUE COST OF GOVERNMENT BAILOUT 227

imposition of a special burden. Given what I see as the inevitability of at

least some future general revenue bailouts—albeit very rare eventsthe

―head-in-the-sand‖ approach taken by Congress is unfortunate. Pretending

that there will never be another bailout simply leaves us less prepared

when the next severe crisis hits. The challenge is to develop a procedure

that leaves the government prepared, without creating any additional moral

hazard.

VII. CONCLUSION

The federal government‘s ad hoc and fragmented approach has made it

extremely difficult to get a clear picture of aggregate spending dedicated

to bailout-type relief. To make informed decisions about allocation of

government bailout resources, policymakers should work with a federal

budget that includes complete information about the relative costs of overt

government bailout-type programs. Such complete budget information

would include financial information for all overt programs, whether

implemented through ―on-budget,‖ ―off-budget,‖ or ―off-off budget‖

entities. When rescue efforts include a long-term government ownership

interest of particular companies, those companies should be incorporated

into the budget. Also, to the extent possible, the accounting methodologies

of different government agencies and programs should be harmonized so

that Congress can make fair comparisons.

In addition to preparing more inclusive and methodologically

consistent budgets, Congress needs to improve its valuation

methodologies. Some government programs involve greater financial risk

than others, and some involve different subsidy rates. A one-size-fits-all

approach to valuing troubled assets and government equity investments

does not sufficiently account for variations in risk and does not indicate

variations in the proportionate government subsidy cost for different

programs or different beneficiaries within the same program. For

programs that present greater valuation challenges, some budget

accounting mechanism should be incorporated to reduce the pretense of

precision and to acknowledge that some numbers are ―fuzzier‖ than others.

With regard to more covert bailouts, Congress must first acknowledge

and identify the various ways in which the federal government provides

hidden bailouts, such as legislatively enacted tax expenditures, taxpayer-

friendly IRS interpretations, and other federal agency-provided regulatory

relief. Once these more covert bailouts are identified, they too should be

included in the federal budget. In addition to providing a truer measure of

Washington University Open Scholarship

228 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LAW REVIEW [VOL. 88:149

bailout costs, this information will make the budget more transparent and

expose potential inequities in the distribution of economic relief.

https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_lawreview/vol88/iss1/3

  • Washington University Law Review
    • 2010
  • Measuring the True Cost of Government Bailout
    • Cheryl D. Block
      • Recommended Citation
  • VALUE PLURALISM IN LEGAL ETHICS

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q1/._Measuring the True Cost of Government Bailout.pdf

AS1 support/Q2/.DS_Store

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q2/._.DS_Store

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q2/._Q2可能用到的网站.docx

AS1 support/Q2/IIBCB Interim report Aug 2020.pdf

Interim Report

Stock Code: 1398 EUR Preference Shares Stock Code: 4604

2020

2020 Interim

R epo

rt

中國北京市西城區復興門內大街55號 郵編:100140

www.icbc.com.cn, www.icbc-ltd.com 55 Fuxingmennei Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing, China Post Code: 100140

Company Profile

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China was established on 1 January 1984. On 28 October 2005, the Bank was wholly restructured to a joint-stock limited company. On 27 October 2006, the Bank was successfully listed on both Shanghai Stock Exchange and The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

Through its continuous endeavor and stable development, the Bank has developed into the leading bank in the world, possessing an excellent customer base, a diversified business structure, strong innovation capabilities and market competitiveness. The Bank regards service as the very foundation to seek further development and adheres to creating value through services while providing a comprehensive range of financial products and services to over 8.50 million corporate customers and over 660 million personal customers. The Bank has been consciously integrating the social responsibilities with its development strategy and operation and management activities, and gaining wide recognition in the aspects of supporting high-quality development of manufacturing, promoting inclusive finance, facilitating poverty alleviation, protecting environment and resources and participating in public welfare undertakings.

The Bank always keeps in mind its underlying mission of serving the real economy with its principal business, and along with the real economy it prospers, suffers and grows. Taking a risk-based approach and never overstepping the bottom line, it constantly enhances its capability of controlling and mitigating risks. Besides, the Bank remains steadfast in understanding and following the business rules of commercial banks to strive to be a century-old bank. It also stays committed to seeking progress with innovation while maintaining stability, and continuously enhances the business, regional and international development strategies. The Bank advances the intelligent bank building in depth, unswervingly delivers specialized services, and pioneers a specialized business model, thus making it “a craftsman in large banking”.

The Bank was ranked the 1st place among the Top 1000 World Banks by The Banker, ranked the 1st place in the Global 2000 listed by Forbes and topped the sub-list of commercial banks of the Global 500 in Fortune for the eighth consecutive year, and took the 1st place among the Top 500 Banking Brands of Brand Finance for the fourth consecutive year.

Strategic Objective: Guided by Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, ICBC will adhere to the general principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability, apply the new development philosophy, modernize its governance system and capacity, and turn ICBC into a world-class and modern financial enterprise with global competitiveness.

Strategic Significance:

Adherence to the guidance of Party building and strict governance: ICBC adheres to and strengthens the Party’s leadership over financial work, deepens the building of governance system and capacity, and improves the scientific decision-making and effectiveness of governance.

Adherence to the customer first and serving the real economy: ICBC sticks to the source of the real economy, commits itself to meeting people’s new expectations and demands for financial services, and makes every effort to build the No.1 Personal Bank.

Adherence to the technology driven and value creation: ICBC empowers operation and management by FinTech and creates superior value for the real economy, shareholders, customers, employees and society.

Adherence to the international vision and global operation: ICBC actively utilizes domestic and overseas markets and resources, improves the layout and content of international development, and makes all efforts to serve the dual circulation development pattern in which domestic economic cycle plays a leading role while international economic cycle remains its extension and supplement.

Adherence to the pragmatic transformation and reform: ICBC advances reform in key areas and key links in keeping pace with the times, and seeks more room for transformation and more vitality for reform.

Adherence to the solid foundation by risk control and talent-oriented development: ICBC strengthens the bottom-line thinking, combines prevention and control, and holds onto the lifeline of asset quality. ICBC strengthens humanistic care and corporate culture building, and enhances staff cohesion.

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Important Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Corporate Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Financial Highlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Overview of Business Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Discussion and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

— Economic, Financial and Regulatory Environments. . . . . . . . . . 14

— Financial Statements Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

— Business Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

— Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

— Capital Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

— Outlook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

— Other Information Disclosed Pursuant to Regulatory Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

— Hot Topics in the Capital Market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Information Disclosed Pursuant to the Capital Regulation . . . . . . . . 72

Details of Changes in Share Capital and Shareholding of Substantial Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Directors, Supervisors, Senior Management, Employees and Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Significant Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Review Report and Interim Financial Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

List of Domestic and Overseas Branches and Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 211

CONTENTS

Definitions

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0 3

In this report, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the meanings set out below:

Articles of Association The Articles of Association of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited

Bank ICBC (JSC) Bank ICBC (Joint stock company)

Capital Regulation Regulation Governing Capital of Commercial Banks (Provisional) promulgated in June

2012

CBIRC China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission

Company Law Company Law of the People’s Republic of China

CSRC China Securities Regulatory Commission

HKEX Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited

Hong Kong Listing Rules Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

Huijin Central Huijin Investment Ltd.

ICBC (Almaty) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Almaty) Joint Stock Company

ICBC (Argentina) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Argentina) S.A.

ICBC (Asia) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited

ICBC (Austria) ICBC Austria Bank GmbH

ICBC (Brasil) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Brasil) S.A.

ICBC (Canada) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Canada)

ICBC (Europe) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Europe) S.A.

ICBC (Indonesia) PT. Bank ICBC Indonesia

ICBC (London) ICBC (London) PLC

ICBC (Macau) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Macau) Limited

ICBC (Malaysia) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Malaysia) Berhad

ICBC (Mexico) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Mexico S.A.

ICBC (New Zealand) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (New Zealand) Limited

ICBC (Peru) ICBC PERU BANK

ICBC (Thai) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Thai) Public Company Limited

ICBC (Turkey) ICBC Turkey Bank Anonim Şirketi

ICBC (USA) Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (USA) NA

ICBC Credit Suisse Asset Management ICBC Credit Suisse Asset Management Co., Ltd.

ICBC International ICBC International Holdings Limited

ICBC Investment ICBC Financial Asset Investment Co., Ltd.

ICBC Investments Argentina ICBC Investments Argentina S.A. Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión

ICBC Leasing ICBC Financial Leasing Co., Ltd.

ICBC Standard Bank ICBC Standard Bank PLC

ICBC Technology ICBC Information and Technology Co., Ltd.

ICBC Wealth Management ICBC Wealth Management Co., Ltd.

ICBC-AXA ICBC-AXA Assurance Co., Ltd.

ICBCFS Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Financial Services LLC

IFRSs The International Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International

Accounting Standards Board, which comprise the International Accounting Standards

Inversora Diagonal Inversora Diagonal S.A.

MOF Ministry of Finance of the People’s Republic of China

New Rules on Asset Management The Guiding Opinions on Regulating the Asset Management Business of Financial

Institutions jointly promulgated by PBC, CBIRC, CSRC and State Administration

of Foreign Exchange in 2018 and relevant rules

PBC The People’s Bank of China

Definitions

4

PRC GAAP Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises promulgated by MOF

Securities and Futures Ordinance of

Hong Kong

Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

SEHK The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

SSE Shanghai Stock Exchange

SSF National Council for Social Security Fund

Standard Bank Standard Bank Group Limited

State Council The State Council of the People’s Republic of China

The Bank/The Group Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited; or Industrial and Commercial

Bank of China Limited and its subsidiaries

Important Notice

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0 5

The Board of Directors, the Board of Supervisors, Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management members of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited undertake that the information in this report contains no false record, misleading statement or material omission, and assume individual and joint and several liability for the authenticity, accuracy and completeness of the information in this report.

The 2020 Interim Report of the Bank and the results announcement have been considered and approved at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Bank held on 28 August 2020. There were 13 directors eligible for attending the meeting, of whom 12 directors attended the meeting in person and 1 director by proxy, namely, Chairman Chen Siqing appointed Vice Chairman Gu Shu to attend the meeting and exercise the voting right on his behalf.

The 2020 interim financial report prepared by the Bank in accordance with PRC GAAP and IFRSs have been reviewed by KPMG Huazhen LLP and KPMG in accordance with Chinese and international standards on review engagements respectively.

Upon the approval at the Annual General Meeting for the Year 2019 held on 12 June 2020, the Bank distributed cash dividends of about RMB93,664 million, or RMB2.628 per ten shares (pre-tax), for the period from 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019 to the ordinary shareholders whose names appeared on the share register after the close of market on 29 June 2020. The Bank will not declare or distribute interim dividends for 2020, nor will it convert any capital reserves to share capital.

The Board of Directors of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited

28 August 2020

Mr. Chen Siqing, Legal Representative of the Bank, Mr. Gu Shu, President in charge of finance of the Bank, and Mr. Zhang Wenwu, General Manager of the Finance and Accounting Department of the Bank, hereby represent and warrant that the financial statements contained in the Interim Report are authentic, accurate and complete.

The report contains forward-looking statements on the Bank’s financial position, business performance and development. The statements are based on existing plans, estimates and forecasts, and bear upon future external events or the Group’s future finance, business or performance in other aspects, and may involve future plans which do not constitute substantive commitment to investors. Hence, investors and persons concerned shall be fully aware of the risks and understand the difference between plans, estimates and commitments.

The Bank is primarily exposed to credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk in the banking book, liquidity risk, operational risk, reputational risk and country risk. The Bank has actively adopted measures to effectively manage various types of risks. Please refer to the section headed “Discussion and Analysis — Risk Management” for detailed information.

(This report is prepared in both Chinese and English. In the case of discrepancy between the two versions, the Chinese version shall prevail.)

Corporate Information

6

Legal name in Chinese 中國工商銀行股份有限公司 (「中國工商銀行」)

Legal name in English INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA LIMITED (“ICBC”)

Legal Representative

Chen Siqing

Registered address and office address

55 Fuxingmennei Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing, China Postal code: 100140 Telephone: 86-10-66106114 Business enquiry and complaint hotline: 86-95588 Website: www.icbc.com.cn, www.icbc-ltd.com

Principal place of business in Hong Kong

33/F, ICBC Tower, 3 Garden Road, Central, Hong Kong, China

Authorized representatives

Gu Shu and Guan Xueqing

Board Secretary and Company Secretary

Guan Xueqing Address: 55 Fuxingmennei Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing, China Telephone: 86-10-66108608 Facsimile: 86-10-66107571 E-mail: [email protected]

Selected media for information disclosure

China Securities Journal, Shanghai Securities News, Securities Times, Securities Daily

Website designated by CSRC for publication of the interim report in respect of A shares

www.sse.com.cn

The “HKEXnews” website of HKEX for publication of the interim report in respect of H shares

www.hkexnews.hk

Legal Advisors

Chinese mainland

King & Wood Mallesons 17–18/F, East Tower, World Financial Center, 1 East 3rd Ring Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, China

Haiwen & Partners 20/F, Fortune Financial Center, 5 East 3rd Ring Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, China

Hong Kong, China

Allen & Overy 9/F, Three Exchange Square, Central, Hong Kong, China

Linklaters 11/F, Alexandra House, Chater Road, Central, Hong Kong, China

Share Registrars

A Share

China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited, Shanghai Branch 3/F China Insurance Building, 166 Lujiazui Dong Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China Telephone: 86-4008058058

H Share

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited 17M Floor, Hopewell Center, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong, China Telephone: 852-28628555 Facsimile: 852-28650990

Location where copies of this interim report are kept

Board of Directors’ Office of the Bank

Place where shares are listed, and their names and codes

A Share

Shanghai Stock Exchange Stock name: 工商銀行 Stock code: 601398

H Share

The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited Stock name: ICBC Stock code: 1398

Domestic Preference Share

Shanghai Stock Exchange Stock name: 工行優1 Stock code: 360011

Stock name: 工行優2 Stock code: 360036

Offshore Preference Share

The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited Stock name: ICBC EURPREF1 Stock code: 4604

Joint sponsor agencies for domestic preference share “工行優2” Guotai Junan Securities Co., Ltd. 618 Shangcheng Road, China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone Signatory Sponsor Representatives: Jin Licheng and Zhang Yi Continuous Supervision Period: 16 October 2019 to 31 December 2020

CITIC Securities Co., Ltd. CITIC Securities Mansion, North Tower, Time Square Excellence II, 8 Zhongxinsan Road, Futian District, Shenzhen City, Guangdong Province, China Signatory Sponsor Representatives: Sun Yi and Cheng Yue Continuous Supervision Period: 16 October 2019 to 31 December 2020

Name and office address of Auditors

Domestic Auditor

KPMG Huazhen LLP 8/F, Tower E2, Oriental Plaza, 1 East Chang’an Avenue, Dongcheng District, Beijing, China CPAs (Practicing): Li Li and He Qi

International Auditor

KPMG 8/F, Prince’s Building, 10 Chater Road, Central, Hong Kong, China

Financial Highlights

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0 7

(Financial data and indicators in this Interim Report are prepared in accordance with IFRSs and, unless otherwise specified, are consolidated amounts of the Bank and its subsidiaries and denominated in Renminbi.)

Financial Data

Six months ended

30 June 2020

Six months ended

30 June 2019

Six months ended

30 June 2018

Operating results (in RMB millions)

Net interest income 306,549 299,301 277,616

Net fee and commission income 88,900 88,501 79,260

Operating income 402,346 394,203 361,302

Operating expenses 87,925 87,154 81,958

Impairment losses on assets 125,456 99,180 83,458

Operating profit 188,965 207,869 195,886

Profit before taxation 189,351 209,209 197,216

Net profit 149,796 168,690 160,657

Net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company 148,790 167,931 160,442

Net cash flows from operating activities 1,873,733 907,293 92,410

Per share data (in RMB yuan)

Basic earnings per share 0.42 0.47 0.45

Diluted earnings per share 0.42 0.47 0.45

Financial Highlights

8

Financial Data (continued)

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

31 December 2018

Assets and liabilities (in RMB millions)

Total assets 33,112,010 30,109,436 27,699,540

Total loans and advances to customers 17,975,652 16,761,319 15,419,905

Corporate loans 10,774,963 9,955,821 9,418,894

Personal loans 6,769,931 6,383,624 5,636,574

Discounted bills 430,758 421,874 364,437

Allowance for impairment losses on loans(1) 525,593 478,730 413,177

Investment 8,365,593 7,647,117 6,754,692

Total liabilities 30,365,254 27,417,433 25,354,657

Due to customers 25,067,870 22,977,655 21,408,934

Corporate deposits 13,070,006 12,028,262 11,481,141

Personal deposits 11,529,086 10,477,744 9,436,418

Other deposits 228,159 234,852 268,914

Accrued interest 240,619 236,797 222,461

Due to banks and other financial institutions 2,973,637 2,266,573 1,814,495

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent company 2,730,866 2,676,186 2,330,001

Share capital 356,407 356,407 356,407

Net asset value per share(2) (in RMB yuan) 7.08 6.93 6.30

Net core tier 1 capital(3) 2,511,226 2,457,274 2,232,033

Net tier 1 capital(3) 2,711,433 2,657,523 2,312,143

Net capital base(3) 3,162,141 3,121,479 2,644,885

Risk-weighted assets(3) 19,769,139 18,616,886 17,190,992

Credit rating

S&P(4) A A A

Moody’s(4) A1 A1 A1

Notes: (1) Calculated by adding allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost with allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.

(2) Calculated by dividing equity attributable to equity holders of the parent company after deduction of other equity instruments at the end of the reporting period by the total number of ordinary shares at the end of the reporting period.

(3) Calculated in accordance with the Capital Regulation.

(4) The rating results are in the form of “long-term foreign currency deposits rating”.

9

Financial Highlights

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Financial Indicators

Six months ended

30 June 2020

Six months ended

30 June 2019

Six months ended

30 June 2018

Profitability (%)

Return on average total assets(1) 0.95* 1.17* 1.20*

Return on weighted average equity(2) 11.70* 14.41* 15.33*

Net interest spread(3) 1.98* 2.13* 2.16*

Net interest margin(4) 2.13* 2.29* 2.30*

Return on risk-weighted assets(5) 1.56* 1.91* 1.96*

Ratio of net fee and commission income to operating income 22.10 22.45 21.94

Cost-to-income ratio(6) 20.76 21.13 21.51

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

31 December 2018

Asset quality (%)

Non-performing loans (“NPLs”) ratio(7) 1.50 1.43 1.52

Allowance to NPLs(8) 194.69 199.32 175.76

Allowance to total loans ratio(9) 2.92 2.86 2.68

Capital adequacy (%)

Core tier 1 capital adequacy ratio(10) 12.70 13.20 12.98

Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio(10) 13.72 14.27 13.45

Capital adequacy ratio(10) 16.00 16.77 15.39

Total equity to total assets ratio 8.30 8.94 8.47

Risk-weighted assets to total assets ratio 59.70 61.83 62.06

Notes: * indicates annualised ratios.

(1) Calculated by dividing net profit by the average balance of total assets at the beginning and at the end of the reporting period.

(2) Calculated in accordance with the Rules for the Compilation and Submission of Information Disclosure by Companies that Offer Securities to the Public No. 9 — Calculation and Disclosure of Return on Net Assets and Earnings per Share (Revision 2010) issued by CSRC.

(3) Calculated by the spread between yield on average balance of interest-generating assets and cost on average balance of interest-bearing liabilities.

(4) Calculated by dividing net interest income by the average balance of interest-generating assets.

(5) Calculated by dividing net profit by the average balance of risk-weighted assets at the beginning and at the end of the reporting period.

(6) Calculated by dividing operating expense (less taxes and surcharges) by operating income.

(7) Calculated by dividing the balance of NPLs by total balance of loans and advances to customers.

(8) Calculated by dividing allowance for impairment losses on loans by total balance of NPLs.

(9) Calculated by dividing allowance for impairment losses on loans by total balance of loans and advances to customers.

(10) Calculated in accordance with the Capital Regulation.

Overview of Business Operation

10

In the first half of the year, against the backdrop of the COVID-19 outbreak and complicated, severe situations at home and abroad, the Bank faithfully implemented decisions and plans made by the Party Central Committee and the State Council, remained committed to the underlying principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability, made coordinated efforts to the containment of the COVID-19 while ensuring financial support and business development. The Bank has given a qualified answer to this major battle and test, fulfilling its responsibility as a major bank and maintaining steady development.

The Bank’s business fundamentals remained stable. The Group reported a net profit before provision of RMB314,807 million, representing an increase of 2.1% compared with the same period of last year, and an operating income of RMB402,346 million, representing an increase of 2.1% compared with the same period of last year. The Bank actively made interest concessions to boost the real economy, with the net profit down 11.2% over the same period of last year. The asset quality remained stable overall. The Group’s NPL ratio was 1.50% at the end of June, up 0.07 percentage points from the end of last year. The ratio of overdue loans was 1.37%, down 0.23 percentage points from the end of last year. The “scissors difference” between overdue loans and NPLs turned negative for the first time. The Bank was ranked the 1st place among the Top 1000 World Banks by The Banker of the United Kingdom for the eighth consecutive year, and took the 1st place among the Top 500 Banking Brands of Brand Finance for the fourth consecutive year.

Serving the real economy with higher efficiency and precision. The Bank provided innovative services and made well- targeted efforts to ensure the stability on six fronts and security in six areas. Financing was strengthened to implement the counter-cyclical regulation policies. New domestic RMB loans amounted to RMB1,095,948 million in the first half of the year, up 7.3% over the end of last year, indicating a year-on-year increase of RMB312,652 million compared with the new RMB loans at the end of the first half of last year. The Bank added RMB467.3 billion of investment in local government bonds and underwrote RMB911.1 billion of bonds as lead underwriter, both ranked first in the market. The Bank launched the “Chunrun Action” to support resumption of business activities, the “Chunrong Action” to help stabilize foreign trade and foreign investment, the special action supporting economic and social development of Hubei Province and the financing action for five healthcare fields1. A total of RMB1.2 trillion of financing was provided to support reopening of the economy. Financial services were strengthened for key fields and weaker segments. Corporate loans granted to manufacturing rose by RMB229.2 billion, including RMB82.8 billion of medium to long-term loans. The deferred repayment policy was well implemented. More inclusive finance was granted to a broader range of borrowers at lower interest rates, with inclusive loans growing by RMB168,408 million. The average interest rate of new inclusive loans fell by 37 basis points over the prior year to 4.15%. Loans to private enterprises increased by RMB187,447 million. To bring the poverty alleviation initiatives to a satisfactory conclusion, the Bank launched the “Chunnuan Action” for poverty alleviation through consumption, which reached RMB792 million.

Risk management was strengthened on all fronts. The Bank formulated guidelines for the Group’s risk governance system, and improved the global, comprehensive and brand-new risk management system involving all personnel, spanning all processes and covering all risk exposures under the principles of “active prevention, smart control and comprehensive management”. Credit risk control was strengthened by creating the intelligent credit risk management solutions of “Three Gates” and “Seven-color Pools”2. New rules for credit approval were implemented and credit risk mitigation was improved. The Bank recovered and disposed of RMB104.2 billion NPLs, with the increment increased by RMB12.2 billion compared to the same period of last year. Coordinated efforts were made to manage interest rate, exchange rate and liquidity risks, with a 24-hour mark-to-market mechanism established for proper response to the violent global market fluctuations. The “Year of Policy Governance” thematic event for internal control and compliance was carried out to deepen compliance management at home and abroad.

1 The five healthcare fields refer to hospitals, medical research organizations, drug and medical device manufacturers, drug trading and medical, epidemic containment and public health infrastructures etc.

2 The intelligent credit risk management solutions of “Three Gates” and “Seven-color Pools” are the systematic summary of the Bank’s management and control ideas on credit risk. “Three Gates” refer to asset selection at the entrance end, asset management at the threshold end and asset disposal at the exit end. “Seven-color Pools” cover seven color pools with risk rating from low to high, which are driven by intelligent risk control and can strengthen holistic coordination of the credit risk management and realize differential and precise risk management by pool, area and segment.

11

Overview of Business Operation

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Transformation was sped up. The overall business vitality was boosted by the implementation of major strategies, reforms and innovations. Domestic RMB deposits (including interbank deposits) rose by RMB2.52 trillion, ranked first in the market. The strategy of “No.1 Personal Bank” made a good start. The number of personal customers increased by 14.00 million to 664 million. The Bank established the overall strategic framework for becoming the preferred bank for domestic foreign exchange business. The strategy of serving regional coordinated development of the country began to bear fruit. The e-ICBC strategy was upgraded. FinTech was leveraged to empower business development and build the best customer experience. A closed-loop marketing service system connecting G, B and C ends was preliminarily established in line with the rule of social fund flows and customer demand changes. Intra-group collaboration was enhanced to build a new ecosphere of international and diversified development.

12

In the first half of 2020, the Chinese people united in the fight against COVID-19 outbreaks under the strong

leadership of the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core. The major strategic achievements

made in COVID-19 containment across the country have manifested the power, spirit and efficiency of China.

All officers and employees of ICBC took actions at orders and braved difficulties on the fronts of COVID-19

containment and financial services. The Bank made coordinated efforts to rein in the COVID-19 outbreak while

supporting the real economy effectively, achieving effective COVID-19 containment and efficient financial services

and upholding the spirit of new era as a responsible giant bank with practical actions.

United as one, ICBC is in action to fight against COVID-19

Effective COVID-19 Containment

Chairman Chen Siqing presides over the meeting of the Head Office’s leading group for response to the COVID-19 pandemic

ICBC Hebei Branch provides pairing assistance to Bank ICBC (JSC) and ICBC Amsterdam Branch with protective materials

The Cash Operation Center of ICBC Qinghai Branch performs well in cash management and disinfection

ICBC Hubei Chongyang Sub-branch performs well in business resumption and COVID-19 containment

The Bank fulfilled its corporate social responsibility and in fighting the COVID-19 Showing great concern for the pandemic, the Bank and its employees donated RMB133 million in cash and RMB117 million in kind to support the COVID-19 response. The Bank harnessed its global presence to purchase badly needed

COVID-19 supplies around the world, contributing to the global fight against the

virus.

The Bank made significant phased

achievements in COVID-19 containment Either confirmed or suspected cases of

COVID-19 among domestic in-service

employees were reduced to zero.

Overseas employees sick with COVID-19

received proper medical treatment.

All at the Bank were mobilized to join its coordinated,

well-planned global fight against COVID-19 The ICBC leading group on COVID-19 response and

the special leading team on pandemic containment

were established, putting the life, safety and health of employees first. Over 40 COVID-19 meetings were held and more than 30 bank-wide policies for COVID-19 response were formulated.

The Bank as a whole implemented the “Six Duties”

and “Duties in Four Dimensions” across the board The whole Bank, especially officers and employees at

Hubei Branch, Wuhan Branch, Beijing Branch and other

institutions stood fast in spite of difficulties and built a

solid line of defense against the COVID-19 pandemic.

13I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Efficient Financial Services

In an effort to ensure the stability on six fronts and security in six areas, the Bank provided innovative, targeted financial services as a strong backing for economic and social recovery.

A face mask manufacturer financed by ICBC

An anti-epidemic supplies manufacturer financed by ICBC

Special action to support the economic and social development of Hubei Province

RMB1.2 trillion financing was accumulatively provided to 41 thousand enterprises in key fields for reopening of business, including loans of

RMB944.7 billion

“Chunrun Action” to support resumption of business activities

“Chunnuan Action” to back poverty alleviation through consumption

The total amount in relation to poverty alleviation through consumption

reached RMB792 million

“Chunrong Action” to help stabilize foreign trade and foreign investment

RMB211.7 billion financing in RMB and foreign currencies was accumulatively granted to key foreign-trade and foreign-funded core enterprises in China

Over RMB50.0 billion financing was accumulatively provided to key enterprises in Hubei Province and nearly RMB14.0 billion was invested in Hubei local government bonds

Discussion and Analysis

14

ECONOMIC, FINANCIAL AND REGULATORY ENVIRONMENTS

The COVID-19 pandemic plunged the global economy into a deep recession in the first half of 2020. National economic activities slowed down due to lockdowns, closures and mass quarantine. International trade shrank markedly. Many central banks cut interest rates in large scale, and the currency policies of the major states collectively entered into the zero interest rate zone. Developed economies further strengthened quantitative easing to reopen the economy. “Black Swan” events frequently hit international financial markets under the combined effects of stagnant real economy and financial risks.

China has continued to do well in the prevention and control of COVID-19 pandemic, witnessing quickened advancement in work, production, business and market resumption. China’s economic growth in the second quarter bounced back positive from negative. In the first half of the year, China’s gross domestic product (GDP) fell by 1.6%, and consumer price index (CPI) rose by 3.8% compared to the same period of last year. Retail sales of consumer goods, fixed asset investment (excluding rural households), industrial added value of above-scale enterprises and total imports and exports of trade in goods fell by 11.4%, 3.1%, 1.3% and 3.2% respectively compared to the same period of last year.

PBC’s prudent monetary policy has been more flexible and appropriate. And PBC appropriately managed open market operation and pace to maintain a reasonable abundance of liquidity and keep the steady performance of financial markets. It gave a full play to the targeted supporting roles of re-lending, rediscounting and other instruments, in an effort to step up the monetary credit support for hedging the fallout of COVID-19 pandemic. Furthermore, PBC deepened the market-based interest rate reform, improved the formation mechanism for loan prime rate (LPR) and promoted the application of LPR with outstanding floating-rate loans shifting to the new pricing benchmark to reduce the effective lending rates. The bottom line for risk prevention was firmly held to effectively guard against financial risks.

Both monetary credit and social financing expanded on a steady footing. At the end of June, the balance of broad money (M2) was RMB213.5 trillion, up 11.1% compared to the same period of last year. The balance of RMB loans stood at RMB165.2 trillion, up 13.2% over the same period of last year. The balance of RMB deposits amounted to RMB207.5 trillion, an increase of 10.6% compared to the same period of last year. The existing social financing scale size stood at RMB271.8 trillion, up 12.8% as compared to the same period of last year. In the first half of the year, the issuance size of various bonds in the bond market reached RMB26.0 trillion, representing an increase of 21.4% as compared to the same period of last year. At the end of June, the Shanghai Composite Index dropped by 2.1% from the end of last year; and the Shenzhen Component Index rose by 15.0% over the end of last year. The central parity rate of RMB against US dollar reported 7.0795, a depreciation of 1.5% from the end of last year.

The asset scale of the Chinese banking sector grew steadily, with the quality of credit assets showing a basically stable trend. At the end of the second quarter, the RMB and foreign-currency assets of financial institutions in China’s banking sector totaled RMB309.4 trillion, up 9.7% compared with the same period of last year. The balance of NPLs of commercial banks reached RMB2.74 trillion, with a NPL ratio of 1.94% and allowance to NPLs of 182.4%. Besides, the core tier 1 capital adequacy ratio, tier 1 capital adequacy ratio and capital adequacy ratio were 10.47%, 11.61% and 14.21%, respectively.

15

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ANALYSIS

Income Statement Analysis

In the first half of 2020, the Bank actively carried out and moved forward the policy requirements in fighting against COVID-19, supporting the real economy, making fee reduction and interest concessions and defusing risks, and maintained steady business overall. The Bank realized a net profit of RMB149,796 million in the first half of 2020, representing a decrease of 11.2% as compared to the same period of last year. Annualised return on average total assets stood at 0.95%, and annualised return on weighted average equity was 11.70%. Operating income amounted to RMB402,346 million, recording an increase of 2.1%. Specifically, net interest income was RMB306,549 million, growing by 2.4%. Non-interest income reached RMB95,797 million, rising by 0.9%. Operating expenses amounted to RMB87,925 million, representing an increase of 0.9%, and the cost-to-income ratio was 20.76%. Impairment losses on assets were RMB125,456 million, indicating an increase of 26.5%. Income tax expense decreased by 2.4% to RMB39,555 million.

CHANGES OF KEY INCOME STATEMENT ITEMS In RMB millions, except for percentages

Item

Six months ended

30 June 2020

Six months ended

30 June 2019 Increase/

(decrease) Growth rate

(%)

Net interest income 306,549 299,301 7,248 2.4

Non-interest income 95,797 94,902 895 0.9

Operating income 402,346 394,203 8,143 2.1

Less: Operating expenses 87,925 87,154 771 0.9

Less: Impairment losses on assets 125,456 99,180 26,276 26.5

Operating profit 188,965 207,869 (18,904) (9.1)

Share of profits of associates and joint ventures

386 1,340 (954) (71.2)

Profit before taxation 189,351 209,209 (19,858) (9.5)

Less: Income tax expense 39,555 40,519 (964) (2.4)

Net profit 149,796 168,690 (18,894) (11.2)

Attributable to: Equity holders of the parent company

148,790 167,931 (19,141) (11.4)

Non-controlling interests 1,006 759 247 32.5

Discussion and Analysis

16

Net Interest Income

In the first half of 2020, net interest income amounted to RMB306,549 million, representing an increase of RMB7,248 million or 2.4% compared to the same period of last year, mainly due to the increase in investment and financing support for the real economy and total interest-generating assets. Interest income amounted to RMB529,790 million, growing by RMB21,633 million or 4.3%, and interest expenses rose by RMB14,385 million or 6.9% to RMB223,241 million. The Bank continued to make interest concessions for the real economy, further lower the financing costs for enterprises and speed up the pricing benchmark switch to Loan Prime Rate (LPR). Net interest spread and net interest margin came at 1.98% and 2.13%, 15 basis points and 16 basis points lower than those of the same period of last year, respectively.

AVERAGE YIELD OF INTEREST-GENERATING ASSETS AND AVERAGE COST OF INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES In RMB millions, except for percentages

Six months ended 30 June 2020 Six months ended 30 June 2019

Item Average balance

Interest income/ expense

Average yield/ cost (%)

Average balance

Interest income/ expense

Average yield/ cost (%)

Assets

Loans and advances to customers 16,988,463 368,997 4.37 15,565,865 347,076 4.50

Investment 6,776,476 118,487 3.52 5,959,219 107,102 3.62

Due from central banks(2) 2,870,026 20,927 1.47 2,987,287 22,923 1.55

Due from banks and other financial institutions(3)

2,239,422 21,379 1.92 1,861,237 31,056 3.36

Total interest-generating assets 28,874,387 529,790 3.69 26,373,608 508,157 3.89

Non-interest-generating assets 2,892,234 2,801,819

Allowance for impairment losses on assets

(485,382) (449,670)

Total assets 31,281,239 28,725,757

Liabilities

Deposits 21,881,254 177,272 1.63 20,298,590 158,304 1.57

Due to banks and other financial institutions(3)

3,284,237 29,723 1.82 2,618,923 32,161 2.48

Debt securities issued 1,018,414 16,246 3.21 1,010,266 18,391 3.67

Total interest-bearing liabilities 26,183,905 223,241 1.71 23,927,779 208,856 1.76

Non-interest-bearing liabilities 2,170,326 2,150,512

Total liabilities 28,354,231 26,078,291

Net interest income 306,549 299,301

Net interest spread 1.98 2.13

Net interest margin 2.13 2.29

Notes: (1) The average balances of interest-generating assets and interest-bearing liabilities represent their daily average balances. The average balances of non-interest-generating assets, non-interest-bearing liabilities and the allowance for impairment losses on assets represent the average of the balances at the beginning of the period and at the end of the period.

(2) Due from central banks mainly includes mandatory reserves and surplus reserves with central banks.

(3) Due from banks and other financial institutions includes the amount of reverse repurchase agreements, and due to banks and other financial institutions includes the amount of repurchase agreements.

17

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE In RMB millions

Comparison between six months ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019

Increase/(decrease) due to Net increase/ (decrease)Item Volume Interest

Assets

Loans and advances to customers 31,984 (10,063) 21,921

Investment 14,348 (2,963) 11,385

Due from central banks (808) (1,188) (1,996)

Due from banks and other financial institutions 3,651 (13,328) (9,677)

Changes in interest income 49,175 (27,542) 21,633

Liabilities

Deposits 12,912 6,056 18,968

Due to banks and other financial institutions 6,157 (8,595) (2,438)

Debt securities issued 166 (2,311) (2,145)

Changes in interest expenses 19,235 (4,850) 14,385

Impact on net interest income 29,940 (22,692) 7,248

Note: Changes in volume are measured by the changes in average balances, while the changes in interest rate are measured by the changes in average interest rates. Changes resulted from the combination of volume and interest rate have been allocated to the changes resulted from business volume.

Interest Income

Interest Income on Loans and Advances to Customers

Interest income on loans and advances to customers was RMB368,997 million, RMB21,921 million or 6.3% higher as compared to the same period of last year, as affected by the increase in loans and advances to customers.

ANALYSIS OF THE AVERAGE YIELD OF LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS BY MATURITY STRUCTURE In RMB millions, except for percentages

Six months ended 30 June 2020 Six months ended 30 June 2019

Item Average balance

Interest income

Average yield (%)

Average balance

Interest income

Average yield (%)

Short-term loans 3,401,926 61,109 3.61 3,260,250 65,692 4.06

Medium to long-term loans 13,586,537 307,888 4.56 12,305,615 281,384 4.61

Total loans and advances to customers

16,988,463 368,997 4.37 15,565,865 347,076 4.50

ANALYSIS OF THE AVERAGE YIELD OF LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS BY BUSINESS LINE In RMB millions, except for percentages

Six months ended 30 June 2020 Six months ended 30 June 2019

Item Average balance

Interest income

Average yield (%)

Average balance

Interest income

Average yield (%)

Corporate loans 9,170,420 198,996 4.36 8,463,506 189,388 4.51

Discounted bills 455,433 6,254 2.76 348,872 6,182 3.57

Personal loans 5,980,945 139,885 4.70 5,354,568 121,855 4.59

Overseas business 1,381,665 23,862 3.47 1,398,919 29,651 4.27

Total loans and advances to customers

16,988,463 368,997 4.37 15,565,865 347,076 4.50

Discussion and Analysis

18

Interest Income on Investment

Interest income on investment amounted to RMB118,487 million, representing an increase of RMB11,385 million or 10.6% as compared to the same period of last year, mainly due to the increase in investment.

Interest Income on Due from Central Banks

Interest income on due from central banks was RMB20,927 million, representing a decrease of RMB1,996 million or 8.7% as compared to the same period of last year, mainly due to the adjustment of mandatory reserve requirement ratio and interest rate reduction on excess reserves.

Interest Income on Due from Banks and Other Financial Institutions

Interest income on due from banks and other financial institutions was RMB21,379 million, representing a decrease of RMB9,677 million or 31.2% as compared to the same period of last year, principally due to the overall sharp decline in the money market interest rate in the first half of the year.

Interest Expense

Interest Expense on Deposits

Interest expense on deposits amounted to RMB177,272 million, representing an increase of RMB18,968 million or 12.0% as compared to the same period of last year, mainly due to the expansion in the size of due to customers and the rise of average cost.

ANALYSIS OF AVERAGE DEPOSIT COST BY PRODUCTS In RMB millions, except for percentages

Six months ended 30 June 2020 Six months ended 30 June 2019

Item Average balance

Interest expense

Average cost (%)

Average balance

Interest expense

Average cost (%)

Corporate deposits

Time deposits 4,536,974 53,725 2.38 4,401,246 51,813 2.37

Demand deposits 6,427,278 24,832 0.78 6,239,762 23,203 0.75

Subtotal 10,964,252 78,557 1.44 10,641,008 75,016 1.42

Personal deposits

Time deposits 5,613,283 81,222 2.91 5,052,482 65,759 2.62

Demand deposits 4,382,010 8,560 0.39 3,814,418 7,449 0.39

Subtotal 9,995,293 89,782 1.81 8,866,900 73,208 1.66

Overseas business 921,709 8,933 1.95 790,682 10,080 2.57

Total deposits 21,881,254 177,272 1.63 20,298,590 158,304 1.57

Interest Expense on Due to Banks and Other Financial Institutions

Interest expense on due to banks and other financial institutions was RMB29,723 million, representing a decrease of RMB2,438 million or 7.6% as compared to the same period of last year, principally due to the overall sharp decline in the money market interest rate in the first half of the year.

19

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Interest Expense on Debt Securities Issued

Interest expense on debt securities issued was RMB16,246 million, indicating a decrease of RMB2,145 million or 11.7% over the same period of last year, mainly attributable to the slight decrease in the size and interest rates of certificates of deposit issued by overseas institutions. Please refer to “Note 28. to the Financial Statements: Debt Securities Issued” for the debt securities issued by the Bank.

Non-interest Income

In the first half of 2020, non-interest income increased by RMB895 million or 0.9% to RMB95,797 million, accounting for 23.8% of the Bank’s operating income. Specifically, net fee and commission income grew by 0.5% to RMB88,900 million, and other non-interest income increased by 7.7% to RMB6,897 million.

NET FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME In RMB millions, except for percentages

Item

Six months ended

30 June 2020

Six months ended

30 June 2019 Increase/

(decrease) Growth rate

(%)

Bank card business 23,366 22,480 886 3.9

Settlement, clearing business and cash management

20,216 20,544 (328) (1.6)

Personal wealth management and private banking services

15,274 15,501 (227) (1.5)

Investment banking business 14,796 15,037 (241) (1.6)

Guarantee and commitment business 7,672 7,808 (136) (1.7)

Corporate wealth management services 7,622 7,504 118 1.6

Asset custody business 4,020 3,986 34 0.9

Trust and agency services 1,057 1,010 47 4.7

Others 1,593 1,378 215 15.6

Fee and commission income 95,616 95,248 368 0.4

Less: Fee and commission expense 6,716 6,747 (31) (0.5)

Net fee and commission income 88,900 88,501 399 0.5

The Bank highly focused on serving the real economy and satisfying the financial needs of consumers, and made continuous efforts to promote the transformation and innovation of fee-based business. In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s net fee and commission income hit RMB88,900 million, representing an increase of RMB399 million or 0.5% as compared to the same period of last year. The bank card business income recorded an increase of RMB886 million, as mainly benefited by the increase in credit card installment income. The income from corporate wealth management services recorded an increase of RMB118 million, mainly due to the increase in income from agency precious metal business, corporate wealth management products sales and underwriting of financial bonds. Income from others climbed by RMB215 million, principally because the expanded size of pension business drove the income increase. Though hit by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank adhered to the business transformation and implemented policies like fee reduction and interest concessions. As a result, the income from settlement, clearing business and cash management, private banking services, investment banking business, guarantee and commitment business etc. decreased as compared to the same period of last year.

Discussion and Analysis

20

OTHER NON-INTEREST RELATED GAINS In RMB millions, except for percentages

Item

Six months ended

30 June 2020

Six months ended

30 June 2019 Increase/

(decrease) Growth rate

(%)

Net trading (expense)/income (1,635) 5,873 (7,508) (127.8)

Net gain/(loss) on financial investments 7,987 (3,424) 11,411 N/A

Other operating income, net 545 3,952 (3,407) (86.2)

Total 6,897 6,401 496 7.7

Other non-interest related gains amounted to RMB6,897 million, representing an increase of RMB496 million or 7.7% as compared to the same period of last year. Among these, net trading expense was mainly due to the fluctuation of commodity trading prices; the increase in net gain on financial investments was primarily a result of the rise of income from financial commodity trading; the reduction in other net operating income was mainly because the external environment and business transformation caused the decrease in single premium income of ICBC-AXA.

Operating Expenses In RMB millions, except for percentages

Item

Six months ended

30 June 2020

Six months ended

30 June 2019 Increase/

(decrease) Growth rate

(%)

Staff costs 54,938 56,220 (1,282) (2.3)

Property and equipment expenses 12,574 12,355 219 1.8

Taxes and surcharges 4,406 3,851 555 14.4

Amortisation 1,171 1,188 (17) (1.4)

Others 14,836 13,540 1,296 9.6

Total 87,925 87,154 771 0.9

The Bank continued to enhance the sophisticated management of expenses. The operating expenses amounted to RMB87,925 million, representing an increase of RMB771 million or 0.9% as compared to the same period of last year.

Impairment Losses on Assets

In the first half of 2020, the Bank continued to enhance its risk compensation capability and set aside the impairment losses on assets of RMB125,456 million, an increase of RMB26,276 million or 26.5% as compared to the same period of last year. Specifically, the impairment losses on loans was RMB111,705 million, indicating an increase of RMB19,809 million or 21.6%. Please refer to “Note 17. to the Financial Statements: Loans and Advances to Customers; Note 9. to the Financial Statements: Impairment Losses on Assets” for details.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense decreased by RMB964 million or 2.4% to RMB39,555 million as compared to the same period of last year. The effective tax rate was 20.89%. Please see “Note 10. to the Financial Statements: Income Tax Expense” for the reconciliation of income tax expense at the PRC statutory income tax rate and the effective income tax expense.

21

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Segment Information

The Bank’s principal operating segments include corporate banking, personal banking and treasury operations. The Bank adopts the MOVA (Management of Value Accounting) to evaluate the performance of each of its operating segments.

SUMMARY OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION In RMB millions, except for percentages

Six months ended 30 June 2020

Six months ended 30 June 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Operating income 402,346 100.0 394,203 100.0

Corporate banking 200,773 49.9 203,670 51.7

Personal banking 156,888 39.0 144,228 36.6

Treasury operations 42,476 10.6 44,231 11.2

Others 2,209 0.5 2,074 0.5

Profit before taxation 189,351 100.0 209,209 100.0

Corporate banking 77,613 41.0 87,516 41.8

Personal banking 78,123 41.3 83,896 40.1

Treasury operations 34,301 18.1 37,671 18.0

Others (686) (0.4) 126 0.1

Note: Please see “Note 43. to the Financial Statements: Segment Information” for details.

Please refer to the section headed “Discussion and Analysis — Business Overview” for the details on the development of each of these operating segments.

SUMMARY GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENT INFORMATION In RMB millions, except for percentages

Six months ended 30 June 2020

Six months ended 30 June 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Operating income 402,346 100.0 394,203 100.0

Head Office 55,780 13.9 55,846 14.2

Yangtze River Delta 66,464 16.5 66,387 16.8

Pearl River Delta 51,869 12.9 50,558 12.8

Bohai Rim 71,327 17.7 71,715 18.3

Central China 49,843 12.4 46,947 11.9

Western China 60,854 15.1 57,473 14.6

Northeastern China 15,610 3.9 14,777 3.7

Overseas and others 30,599 7.6 30,500 7.7

Profit before taxation 189,351 100.0 209,209 100.0

Head Office 19,503 10.3 33,466 16.0

Yangtze River Delta 32,900 17.4 40,671 19.4

Pearl River Delta 27,560 14.6 26,551 12.7

Bohai Rim 36,250 19.1 32,585 15.6

Central China 21,386 11.3 23,110 11.0

Western China 29,897 15.8 29,683 14.2

Northeastern China 6,150 3.2 3,507 1.7

Overseas and others 15,705 8.3 19,636 9.4

Note: Please see “Note 43. to the Financial Statements: Segment Information” for details.

Discussion and Analysis

22

Balance Sheet Analysis

In the first half of 2020, in response to the hit of COVID-19 pandemic and the complicated development trends externally, the Bank promoted the growth and structure optimization of total assets and liabilities and comprehensively improved its performance in serving the real economy based on the macroeconomic policies and the demand of the real economy. Adhering to the development strategy of integrated investment and financing, the Bank further made the financial services for the real economy more adaptable and inclusive, consolidated the deposit business development foundation and its competitive advantage in the deposit market, promoted balanced development of amounts and prices of assets and liabilities, and spared no efforts to reduce financing costs of the real economy.

Assets Deployment

As at the end of June 2020, total assets of the Bank amounted to RMB33,112,010 million, RMB3,002,574 million or 10.0% higher than that at the end of the prior year. Specifically, total loans and advances to customers (collectively referred to as “total loans”) increased by RMB1,214,333 million or 7.2% to RMB17,975,652 million, investment increased by RMB718,476 million or 9.4% to RMB8,365,593 million, and cash and balances with central banks increased by RMB224,622 million or 6.8% to RMB3,542,538 million.

In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Total loans and advances to customers 17,975,652 — 16,761,319 —

Add: Accrued interest 53,005 — 43,731 —

Less: Allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost

525,327 — 478,498 —

Net loans and advances to customers(1) 17,503,330 52.9 16,326,552 54.2

Investment 8,365,593 25.3 7,647,117 25.4

Cash and balances with central banks 3,542,538 10.7 3,317,916 11.0

Due from banks and other financial institutions

1,243,071 3.8 1,042,368 3.5

Reverse repurchase agreements 1,371,519 4.1 845,186 2.8

Others 1,085,959 3.2 930,297 3.1

Total assets 33,112,010 100.0 30,109,436 100.0

Note: (1) Please see “Note 17. to the Financial Statements: Loans and Advances to Customers” for details.

Loan

In the first half of 2020, focusing on the tasks in ensuring stability on six fronts and security in six areas, the Bank, on the premise of keeping basic stability of the overall credit policy, timely adjusted the credit tactics, satisfied the epidemic prevention and control, the resumption of work and production, emergency loans, and postponed repayment of principal and interest and other funding needs at the special phase, actively supported the development of the real economy, and increased credit support for private enterprises and inclusive finance. As at the end of June 2020, total loans amounted to RMB17,975,652 million, RMB1,214,333 million or 7.2% higher compared with the end of the previous year, of which RMB denominated loans of domestic branches were RMB16,019,716 million, RMB1,095,948 million or 7.3% higher than that at the end of 2019.

23

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

DISTRIBUTION OF LOANS BY BUSINESS LINE In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Corporate loans 10,774,963 59.9 9,955,821 59.4

Discounted bills 430,758 2.4 421,874 2.5

Personal loans 6,769,931 37.7 6,383,624 38.1

Total 17,975,652 100.0 16,761,319 100.0

DISTRIBUTION OF CORPORATE LOANS BY MATURITY In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Short-term corporate loans 2,735,356 25.4 2,458,321 24.7

Medium to long-term corporate loans 8,039,607 74.6 7,497,500 75.3

Total 10,774,963 100.0 9,955,821 100.0

Corporate loans rose by RMB819,142 million or 8.2% from the end of last year. The Bank continuously supported major projects and people’s livelihood projects in the areas of the construction of new type urbanization, urban infrastructure and public services, and investment and financing demands of the projects under construction, enhanced the support for high quality credit market of manufacturing and promoted the competitiveness of the domestic trade finance business products, thus loans maintained a fast growth in the national strategic regions like Yangtze River Delta, Guangdong-Hong Kong- Macau Greater Bay Area, Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei Region, Central China and Chengdu-Chongqing Economic Circle.

DISTRIBUTION OF PERSONAL LOANS BY PRODUCT LINE In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Residential mortgages 5,486,556 81.1 5,166,279 80.9

Personal consumption loans 190,441 2.8 193,516 3.0

Personal business loans 435,159 6.4 345,896 5.4

Credit card overdrafts 657,775 9.7 677,933 10.7

Total 6,769,931 100.0 6,383,624 100.0

Personal loans increased by RMB386,307 million or 6.1% compared with the end of last year. Specifically, residential mortgages grew by RMB320,277 million or 6.2%; personal business loans increased by RMB89,263 million or 25.8%, primarily attributable to the rapid growth of Quick Lending for Operation, e-Mortgage Quick Loan and other online loan products in the inclusive finance.

Please see the section headed “Discussion and Analysis — Risk Management” for detailed analysis of the Bank’s loans and their quality.

Discussion and Analysis

24

Investment

In the first half of 2020, the Bank appropriately increased the investment and actively supported the development of the real economy. As at the end of June 2020, investment amounted to RMB8,365,593 million, representing an increase of RMB718,476 million or 9.4% from the end of the previous year. Among these, bonds rose by RMB698,390 million or 10.2% to RMB7,561,240 million.

In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Bonds 7,561,240 90.4 6,862,850 89.7

Equity instruments 148,053 1.8 135,882 1.8

Funds and others(1) 555,119 6.6 558,366 7.3

Accrued interest 101,181 1.2 90,019 1.2

Total 8,365,593 100.0 7,647,117 100.0

Note: (1) Includes assets invested by funds raised by the issuance of principal-guaranteed wealth management products by the Bank.

DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT IN BONDS BY ISSUERS In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Government bonds 5,343,683 70.7 4,767,297 69.5

Central bank bonds 33,086 0.4 21,979 0.3

Policy bank bonds 716,657 9.5 652,522 9.5

Other bonds 1,467,814 19.4 1,421,052 20.7

Total 7,561,240 100.0 6,862,850 100.0

In terms of distribution by issuers, the Bank proactively supported the development of the real economy, and therefore government bonds increased by RMB576,386 million or 12.1% over the end of last year; central bank bonds increased by RMB11,107 million or 50.5%; policy bank bonds went up by RMB64,135 million or 9.8%; and other bonds increased by RMB46,762 million or 3.3%.

DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT IN BONDS BY REMAINING MATURITY In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Remaining maturity Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Undated(1) 36 0.0 10 0.0

Less than 3 months 469,642 6.2 335,735 4.9

3 to 12 months 988,173 13.1 1,007,366 14.7

1 to 5 years 3,409,604 45.1 3,267,720 47.6

Over 5 years 2,693,785 35.6 2,252,019 32.8

Total 7,561,240 100.0 6,862,850 100.0

Note: (1) Refers to overdue bonds.

25

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT IN BONDS BY CURRENCY In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

RMB-denominated bonds 6,888,149 91.1 6,221,395 90.7

USD-denominated bonds 449,733 5.9 439,219 6.4

Other foreign currency bonds 223,358 3.0 202,236 2.9

Total 7,561,240 100.0 6,862,850 100.0

In terms of currency structure, RMB-denominated bonds rose by RMB666,754 million or 10.7% over the end of last year. USD-denominated bonds increased by an equivalent of RMB10,514 million, up 2.4%; other foreign currency bonds increased by an equivalent of RMB21,122 million or 10.4%. During the reporting period, the Bank improved the investment portfolio structure of foreign currency bonds and properly increased the investment in bonds denominated in other currencies.

DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT BY MEASURING METHOD In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Financial investments measured at fair value through profit or loss

1,023,536 12.2 962,078 12.6

Financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

1,527,183 18.3 1,476,872 19.3

Financial investments measured at amortised cost

5,814,874 69.5 5,208,167 68.1

Total 8,365,593 100.0 7,647,117 100.0

As at the end of June, the Group held RMB1,453,473 million of financial bonds1, including RMB716,657 million of policy bank bonds and RMB736,816 million of bonds issued by banks and non-bank financial institutions, accounting for 49.3% and 50.7% of financial bonds, respectively.

1 Financial bonds refer to the debt securities issued by financial institutions on the bond market, including bonds issued by policy banks, banks and non-bank financial institutions but excluding debt securities related to restructuring and central bank bonds.

Discussion and Analysis

26

TOP 10 FINANCIAL BONDS HELD BY THE BANK In RMB millions, except for percentages

Bond name Nominal

value Annual

interest rate (%) Maturity date

Allowance for

impairment losses(1)

Policy bank bonds 2015 21,818 4.21 13 April 2025 –

Policy bank bonds 2019 19,318 3.48 8 January 2029 –

Policy bank bonds 2019 17,730 3.45 20 September 2029 –

Policy bank bonds 2015 16,390 4.29 7 April 2025 –

Policy bank bonds 2019 13,455 3.86 20 May 2029 –

Policy bank bonds 2015 13,430 3.81 5 February 2025 –

Policy bank bonds 2015 13,010 4.25 13 April 2022 –

Policy bank bonds 2019 12,315 3.74 12 July 2029 –

Policy bank bonds 2015 12,160 3.94 10 July 2022 –

Policy bank bonds 2012 11,500 4.04 25 June 2022 –

Note: (1) Excludes stage 1 allowance for impairment losses set aside in accordance with the expected credit loss model.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The reverse repurchase agreements were RMB1,371,519 million, an increase of RMB526,333 million or 62.3% compared to the end of last year, mainly because liquidity was reasonably sufficient and the Bank appropriately increased the amount of money lent to the market.

Liabilities

As at the end of June 2020, total liabilities reached RMB30,365,254 million, an increase of RMB2,947,821 million or 10.8% compared with the end of last year.

In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Due to customers 25,067,870 82.6 22,977,655 83.8

Due to banks and other financial institutions 2,973,637 9.8 2,266,573 8.3

Repurchase agreements 250,847 0.8 263,273 1.0

Debt securities issued 726,613 2.4 742,875 2.7

Others 1,346,287 4.4 1,167,057 4.2

Total liabilities 30,365,254 100.0 27,417,433 100.0

27

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Due to Customers

Due to customers is the Bank’s main source of funds. As at the end of June 2020, the balance of due to customers was RMB25,067,870 million, RMB2,090,215 million or 9.1% higher than that at the end of the previous year. In terms of customer structure, the balance of corporate deposits grew by RMB1,041,744 million or 8.7%; and the balance of personal deposits increased by RMB1,051,342 million or 10.0%. In terms of maturity structure, the balance of time deposits rose by RMB971,230 million or 8.5%, while the balance of demand deposits grew by RMB1,121,856 million or 10.1%. In terms of currency structure, RMB deposits stood at RMB23,450,436 million, an increase of RMB1,941,281 million or 9.0%. Foreign currency deposits were equivalent to RMB1,617,434 million, an increase of RMB148,934 million or 10.1%.

DISTRIBUTION OF DUE TO CUSTOMERS BY BUSINESS LINE In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Corporate deposits

Time deposits 5,677,555 22.6 5,295,704 23.0

Demand deposits 7,392,451 29.5 6,732,558 29.3

Subtotal 13,070,006 52.1 12,028,262 52.3

Personal deposits

Time deposits 6,739,033 26.9 6,149,654 26.8

Demand deposits 4,790,053 19.1 4,328,090 18.8

Subtotal 11,529,086 46.0 10,477,744 45.6

Other deposits(1) 228,159 0.9 234,852 1.0

Accrued interest 240,619 1.0 236,797 1.1

Total 25,067,870 100.0 22,977,655 100.0

Note: (1) Includes outward remittance and remittance payables.

DISTRIBUTION OF DUE TO CUSTOMERS BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Head Office 40,035 0.2 45,507 0.2

Yangtze River Delta 4,954,584 19.8 4,474,455 19.5

Pearl River Delta 3,263,715 13.0 2,988,476 13.0

Bohai Rim 6,764,100 26.9 6,212,525 27.0

Central China 3,603,603 14.4 3,324,189 14.5

Western China 4,096,744 16.3 3,801,033 16.5

Northeastern China 1,278,198 5.1 1,184,289 5.2

Overseas and others 1,066,891 4.3 947,181 4.1

Total 25,067,870 100.0 22,977,655 100.0

Discussion and Analysis

28

Due to Banks and Other Financial Institutions

Due to banks and other financial institutions was RMB2,973,637 million, an increase of RMB707,064 million or 31.2% from the end of last year, mainly due to the increase in deposits from banks and other financial institutions.

Shareholders’ Equity

As at the end of June 2020, shareholders’ equity amounted to RMB2,746,756 million in aggregate, RMB54,753 million or 2.0% higher than that at the end of the previous year. Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent company recorded an increase of RMB54,680 million or 2.0% to RMB2,730,866 million. Please refer to the “Financial Statements: Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity” for details.

For details on off-balance sheet items, please refer to “Note 38. to the Financial Statements: Commitments and Contingent Liabilities; Note 39. to the Financial Statements: Designated Funds and Loans”.

Analysis on Statement of Cash Flows

Net cash inflows from operating activities amounted to RMB1,873,733 million, representing an increase of RMB966,440 million as compared to the same period of last year, mainly attributable to increased cash inflows resulted from an increase of due to customers and due to banks and other financial institutions. Specifically, cash outflows of operating assets decreased by RMB67,010 million and cash inflows of operating liabilities increased by RMB923,318 million.

Net cash outflows from investing activities amounted to RMB560,389 million. Specifically, cash inflows were RMB1,082,410 million, representing an increase of RMB133,100 million as compared to the same period of last year, mainly due to the increased cash inflows received from the recovery of financial investment; and cash outflows were RMB1,642,799 million, representing an increase of RMB379,422 million, mainly due to the increase in cash outflows paid for financial investment.

Net cash outflows from financing activities amounted to RMB96,376 million, of which, cash inflows were RMB441,364 million, mainly due to the issuance of debt securities; and cash outflows were RMB537,740 million, mainly due to the repayment of debt securities.

29

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Transportation, storage and postal services

Manufacturing

Leasing and commercial services

Water, environment and public utility management

Production and supply of electricity, heat, gas and water

Real estate

Wholesale and retail

Construction

Science, education, culture and sanitation

Mining

Lodging and catering

Others

24.4%

17.1%

14.2%

11.2%

10.1%

7.3%

4.8%

2.9%

2.5%

1.9%

0.9%

2.7%

Domestic Corporate Loans by Industry Corporate Deposits

Unit: RMB100 millions

Demand deposits Time deposits

2020.620192018

67,326 73,924

56,776

64,051

50,760

52,957

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Corporate Banking

The Bank accelerated the pace of corporate credit supply to support COVID-19 containment, bring enterprises back to business and serve the high-quality development of the real economy. Outstanding corporate loans were switched to the new pricing benchmark to effectively lower the financing costs.

More loans were granted for manufacturing. Medium to long-term manufacturing loans were stepped up in support of the growth of manufacturers. As at the end of June 2020, the Bank’s corporate loans to manufacturing stood at RMB1.66 trillion, an increase of RMB229,201 million or 16.1% compared with the end of the prior year. Specifically, medium to long-term corporate loans to manufacturers was RMB518,630 million, an increase of RMB82,841 million or 19.0%. The Bank ranked first among domestic commercial banks by either size or increment of corporate loans to manufacturers or medium to long-term corporate loans to manufacturers.

Good financial services were provided for private enterprises. The Bank provided comprehensive financial services for private enterprises during the pandemic to support their resumption of business. As at the end of June 2020, the Bank’s balance of loans to private enterprises stood at RMB2.13 trillion, an increase of RMB187,447 million or 9.7% compared with the end of last year. 120 thousand private enterprises had outstanding loans with the Bank, an increase of 31 thousand.

At the end of June 2020, the Bank maintained 8,517 thousand corporate customers, representing an increase of 419 thousand from the end of the previous year. The balance of corporate loans reached RMB10,774,963 million, representing an increase of RMB819,142 million or 8.2%. The balance of corporate deposits reached RMB13,070,006 million, representing an increase of 1,041,744 million or 8.7%.

Discussion and Analysis

30

Inclusive Finance

More inclusive loans were granted. The temporary loan deferral policy was strictly implemented so that the payments on small and micro inclusive loans were postponed where necessary. Borrower-specific interest rate management was carried out for small and micro enterprises. The Bank took the initiative to make interest rate concessions and reduce relevant charges on loans, thus relieving the burden on enterprises.

Three major online products were improved. The three major online products, namely “Quick Lending for Operation”, “Online Revolving Loan” and “Digital Supply Chain”, were continuously improved. They became the major inclusive loan facilities for their high efficiency, low cost and wide replicability.

The “Anti-epidemic Loan” was launched quickly based on the production and sales data on COVID-19 supplies. Based on the electricity bill, logistics bill and purchase order data of enterprises, the Bank introduced the “Power eLoan”, “SF Express Loan”, “Cloud Flash Loan” and “Reopen Loan” to help small and micro enterprises resume business during the pandemic.

Online unsecured lending was stepped up. Innovative scenario-based financing products were developed based on corporate credit, transaction, asset and behavior data. The Bank launched a total of 12 nationwide products (e.g. “Settlement Loan”, “Merchant Loan”, “Employer Loan” and “Cross-border Loan”) and many regional products (e.g. “Medical Insurance Loan” and “Park Loan”). Based on the information on industrial chain fund flows, logistics and trade flows, the Bank continued to improve the digital supply chain financing instruments and developed such products as digital credit certificates and “e-Chain Quick Loan”. The financing service covered all links of the industrial chain, serving nearly 800 industrial chains in total.

At the end of June 2020, the balance of small and micro enterprise loans within the scope of inclusive finance amounted to RMB639,929 million, representing an increase of RMB168,408 million or 35.7% over the beginning of the year. The number of customers was 531 thousand, an increase of 108 thousand customers. The average interest rate of loans granted in the first half of 2020 decreased by 37 basis points over 2019 to 4.15%.

The Bank actively implemented the state policies related to financial services for agriculture, rural areas and farmers in an effort to promote agriculture-related inclusive financial services across the board. At the end of June 2020, farmer business loans and small and micro enterprise agriculture-related loans which belonged to the scope of inclusive loans combined to RMB142,385 million, representing an increase of RMB30,809 million or 27.6% over the beginning of the year. These loans were issued to 95 thousand customers, representing an increase of 12 thousand customers.

Institutional Banking

The Bank supported COVID-19 containment actively. As the only banking channel for the central government’s anti-epidemic fund appropriation and a major banking channel for local government payments, the Bank efficiently completed 17 thousand emergency payments from central and local governments on a 7×24 basis during the Chinese New Year holiday in their fight against the COVID-19.

The focus was put on education and training, agriculture, rural areas and rural people, medical insurance and public finance. The education and training funds supervision platform covered 30 provinces. The rural collective funds, assets and resources management platform covered 25 provinces. The Bank was the first bank in China to launch the medical insurance E-certificate, ranking first by geographical coverage rate of the medical insurance clearing-related mobile payment platform. The “ICBC e Government Service” integrated service platform covered all provinces (or equivalent) except Tibet.

Settlement and Cash Management

The Bank expanded its global customer base focused on three major clusters, namely Chinese companies “Going Global”, foreign companies “Coming to China” and local customers of overseas institutions. Taking the state policy opportunities including the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macau Greater Bay Area and Hainan Free Trade Port, the Bank proactively innovated service modes and leveraged on its signature products such as Global Centralized Payment and Cross-border Cash Pooling to effectively meet target customers’ global treasury management demand, including cross- border centralized fund management, cross-border payment link and account information reporting, and cemented the customer base.

31

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Cash management services were upgraded with “finance + technology”. Based on ICBC’s one-click access, the cloud platform for treasury management enabled centralized management of multiple bank accounts and funds, unified settlement and fund planning, thus effectively helping enterprises integrate their in-house resources. The “ICBC Pooling” platform iteratively introduced “Bank Account Management Cloud”, “Creditor Mate” and other products integrated deeply into various transaction scenarios, including supply chain, government purchasing, hospital purchasing and construction. While facilitating business operations of corporate customers, the Bank has boosted the bank service efficiency and customer experience significantly.

At the end of June 2020, the Bank maintained 9,931 thousand corporate settlement accounts, representing an increase of 5.2% over the end of the previous year, and the volume of corporate settlements reached RMB1,187.76 trillion. There were 1,395 thousand cash management customers and 8,403 global cash management customers, up 5.4%.

International Settlement and Trade Finance

The “Chunrong Action” was launched to support the stability of foreign trade and foreign investment. In implementing the state policies to ensure the stability on six fronts and security in six areas, the Bank signed the Memorandum of Understanding on Cooperation in Stabilizing Foreign Trade and Foreign Investment with the Ministry of Commerce. Special financial services were provided for 1,072 core Chinese importers/exporters and foreign enterprises operating in China and 2,590 overseas upstream and downstream enterprises, based on collaboration between domestic and overseas institutions of the Bank comprising its global service network. As at the end of June 2020, the Bank issued RMB211,720 million of financing in RMB and foreign currencies to core Chinese importers/ exporters and foreign enterprises operating in China, and USD4,779 million of financing to overseas upstream and downstream enterprises.

Innovative products and services were introduced to meet the diverse product demand of Chinese importers/ exporters and foreign enterprises operating in China. With a wide spectrum of international banking products, such as export invoice financing, order financing, international factoring and ICBC Express, the Bank provided total-process cross-border financial services, including international settlement and international trade finance, to major Chinese importers/exporters and China-based foreign enterprises. The new international financial services were innovated, such as the cross-border supply chain factoring, the cross-border transferring of domestic forfaiting and domestic factoring.

In the first half of 2020, domestic branches disbursed an aggregate of USD34,810 million in international trade finance. International settlements amounted to USD1,474,917 million, of which USD587,748 million was handled by overseas institutions.

Investment Banking

The Bank actively served the real economy. Explorations were made in the collaboration between commercial banking and investment banking to step up the support for manufacturing, strategic emerging industries and private-sector economy. In terms of mergers and acquisitions (M&A), M&A services were provided with a focus on listed companies, industrial M&A, SOE reforms and the Belt and Road Initiative. The Bank maintained its leadership in the domestic and overseas M&A markets. In terms of financial restructuring, the Bank promoted debt restructuring of troubled enterprises, moved financial services and risk prevention forward to earlier stages and enhanced the ability to defuse risks through investment banking. In terms of structured finance, the perpetual debt financing mode was pursued to help de-leveraging and capital structure improvement of enterprises. In terms of asset securitization, processes and mechanisms were refined to secure steady development of asset securitization investment and actively managed securitization, thereby meeting the corporate demand for comprehensive financial services.

Financial consulting and advisory services were upgraded iteratively. “ICBC e Intelligence” improved the “E Think Tank”, “E Master” and “Forums”, to enhance service experience. “ICBC e Security” provided risk-related big data services to effectively prevent and contain telecom frauds. “ICBC e RM” introduced a listed company benchmarking system. The Bank introduced the “ICBC e Confirmation Service”, the first of its kind, to put the whole bank confirmation process online, significantly boosting service efficiency and customer experience.

In the first half of the year, the Bank acted as the lead underwriter for 1,412 domestic bond projects with a total value of RMB911,069 million, preserving its No.1 position in the market in terms of domestic leading underwriting scale.

Discussion and Analysis

32

Discounted Bills

The Bank innovated products actively. “ICBC e Discount”, an electronic bank acceptance discounting self-service, won the Shanghai Financial Innovation Award. “Supply Chain Bill Pay”, an innovative bill supply chain product, was the first of its kind to be showcased in the “National Supply Chain Innovation Achievements Exhibition” organized by the Ministry of Commerce.

In the first half of 2020, discounted bills amounted to RMB879,371 million, an increase of 19.0% compared with the same period of last year, ranked first in the market. Discounted bills for small and micro enterprises reached RMB263,520 million, with an outstanding balance of RMB262,731 million, an increase of RMB48,855 million or 22.8% from the end of the prior year.

Personal Banking

In the first half of the year, the Bank made steady progress in the transformation of personal banking under the strategy of “No.1 Personal Bank”.

To meet the demand for online, digital and intelligent services boosted by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank pursued cooperation in internet finance based on “ICBC e Wallet”, and launched online payroll service solutions to support enterprises back to business.

Online, contactless personal loan services were provided to customers using biometrics, audiovisual and other technologies, thus upgrading customer experience and promoting healthy development of personal lending.

The Bank stepped up agency distribution of funds grabbing the opportunity of capital market development. The Bank continued to shift from agency insurance to regular insurance sales. The thematic marketing campaigns including “ICBC-AXA Day” and “ICBC Car Fans Day” “ICBC-Tai Ping Good Day” and “ICBC-China Life Day” were carried out. In the first half of 2020, funds under agency sales amounted to RMB334.1 billion, and personal insurance products under agency sales reported at RMB73.0 billion.

The Bank was awarded the “Best (Mega) Retail Bank in China” by The Asian Banker consecutively, and ranked first in the World’s Most Valuable Banking Brands published by Brand Finance.

At the end of June 2020, personal financial assets stood at RMB15.5 trillion. The personal deposits arrived at RMB11,529,086 million, representing an increase of RMB1,051,342 million or 10.0%. The personal loans stood at RMB6,769,931 million, representing an increase of RMB386,307 million or 6.1%. The Bank had 664 million personal customers, including 14,374 thousand personal loan customers, representing an increase of 14.03 million and 361 thousand respectively.

Personal Loans

Unit: RMB100 millions

2020.620192018

63,836

67,699

56,366

Personal Deposits

Unit: RMB100 millions

2020.620192018

104,777

115,291

94,364

33

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Private Banking

Aiming to build a “No.1 Private Bank” with an overall leading edge, the Bank has cemented its brand strengths and scale advantages to provide customers with selected products and comprehensive services that are competitive across the board.

The private banking product system was improved through diverse allocation and selection of quality products. The first fund-based family trust contract was successfully signed, marking the launch of an innovative family trust business.

A professional evaluation system for investment advisors was established, and the coordinated work mechanism for wealth advisors and investment advisors was enhanced. The “Private Banking • Wealth Management”, an online live streaming class about wealth management products, was first launched to improve professional skills of advisors.

ICBC Mobile was upgraded to a premier version providing an exclusive point of access for private banking clients. The online subscription process was streamlined and the family and enterprise modules were set up to boost the online service satisfaction.

At the end of June 2020, a total of 105,623 individual customers had at least RMB8 million worth of financial assets with the Bank, representing an increase of 15,399 customers or 17.1% compared with the end of last year. The assets under management amounted to RMB1,829.9 billion, representing an increase of RMB275.2 billion or 17.7%. At the end of June 2020, a total of 169,060 individual customers had at least RMB6 million worth of average daily balance of financial assets per month with the Bank in the past six months, representing an increase of 10,904 customers or 6.9% compared with the end of last year. The assets under management amounted to RMB2,090.9 billion, indicating an increase of RMB195.5 billion or 10.3%.

Bank Card Business

The “Palace Museum Card”, “Fortune God Card”, “Phoenix Card”, etc. were promoted as featured debit cards rich in traditional Chinese culture elements.

The Bank accelerated its building of the “No.1 Credit Card Bank”. It launched the “Constellation Card” and “Endeavour Card”, carried out “I GO” promotional campaigns continuously and stepped up the marketing of online acquiring service to six types of e-commerce platforms and eight scenarios.

The Bank pushed out the “e-Installment Marketing Day” campaign, kicked off the “e-Installment Partners” initiative and accelerated the marketing of such new products like Home Decoration Installment and Cash Installment. The Home Life Card launched in selected cities was tailored for high-quality customers to enjoy home improvement installment service.

At the end of June 2020, the Bank issued 1,098 million bank cards, an increase of 26.72 million cards from the end of the previous year, including 939.17 million debit cards and 159.23 million credit cards. Overdraft balance of credit cards fell by RMB20,158 million or 3.0% from the end of the previous year to RMB657,775 million. In the first half of 2020, the spending volume of bank cards registered RMB9.76 trillion, including RMB8.48 trillion of debit cards spending (third-party payments were involved) and RMB1.28 trillion of credit cards spending.

Asset Management Services

The Bank pushed forward the transformation of asset management business and products in a steady manner and comprehensively enhanced investment management and research capabilities. Relying on the strength of the Group’s asset management, custody and pension businesses, the Bank established a mega asset management business system allowing allocation of capital in all markets and value creation across the whole value chain and linking the functions of its comprehensive subsidiaries specialized in fund, insurance, leasing, investment banking and wealth management, thus to provide diversified, integrated and specialized services for the clients.

Discussion and Analysis

34

Wealth Management Services

The Bank remained customer-centric and shaped a product portfolio focused on fixed-income products and supplemented by equity and hybrid products. A wide spectrum of competitive products were launched, including “Tian Li Bao”, “Xin De Li”, “Xin Wen Li”, “Xin Tian Yi”, “Quan Xin Equity” and “Bo Gu Tong Li”.

The innovative “Chi Ying” product series with various maturities was introduced to meet the diverse demand of customers. The Bank accelerated the net worth-based transformation of wealth management products and improved the product supply structure.

ICBC Wealth Management maintained solid development. The “Summer Wealth Management Festival” was held on the first anniversary of ICBC Wealth Management, and RMB100 billion of themed products were launched. Either the products or the investment size under the New Rules on Asset Management exceeded RMB1 trillion, ensuring smooth transformation and innovative development. The subsidiary took the initiative in joining the Group’s enterprise risk management system, strengthened the risk prevention and control over main risks and key activities and accelerated the building of a risk management platform.

At the end of June 2020, the balance of non-principal-guaranteed wealth management products stood at RMB2,494,572 million.

Asset Custody Services

The Bank seized the market development opportunities, achieved solid growth in custody services and further strengthened its leading position as the largest custodian among local peers.

The size of mutual funds under custody hit a new record high, riding on the capital market development. Seizing the opportunity of the occupational annuity reform, the Bank increasingly sharpened its edge in the pension fund custody service. The size of insurance products under custody expanded increasingly, breaking the mark of RMB5 trillion.

At the end of June 2020, total net value of assets under the Bank’s custody reported at RMB17.6 trillion.

Pension Services

The Bank’s leading position was further cemented. It won the bids for manager of enterprise annuity funds of some major customers, including CASC, Kweichow Moutai, China Tobacco Sichuan, Yankuang Group and CSPC.

The Bank fulfilled its social responsibility as a large bank to ensure public wellbeing and health. During the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank reduced management fees of customers and provided 7×24 “zero-contact” online services to ensure service continuity.

At the end of June 2020, the pension funds under the Bank’s trusteeship amounted to RMB248.0 billion; the Bank managed 11.08 million individual enterprise annuity accounts, and the pension funds under the Bank’s custody totaled RMB791.2 billion. The Bank continued to lead other domestic banks in terms of the scale of enterprise annuity funds under the Bank’s trusteeship, number of individual enterprise annuity accounts and enterprise annuity funds under the Bank’s custody.

35

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Financial Market Business

Money Market Activities

In the RMB money market, liquidity was reasonably sufficient in the first half of the year. The Bank increased the strength and efficiency of money operation. The financing maturities and structure were reasonably managed in line with the Bank’s liquidity management plan, with a focus on ensuring market liquidity supply during the pandemic period and stepping up financing support for counterparties in regions hit hard by the COVID-19 outbreak.

In the foreign exchange money market, the Bank improved the maturity structure of foreign-currency funds to increase the yield. The Bank took good advantage of market opportunities for different currencies and carried out inter-bank lending business vigorously. The Bank took an active part in the innovation of the domestic foreign exchange money market and launched the foreign currency repurchase business with domestic RMB bonds pledged as collateral.

Investment

In terms of RMB bond investment, the Bank actively supported the implementation of the proactive fiscal policy. In the first half of the year, the Bank ranked first across the market by size of new investment in both local government bonds and special local government bonds, providing strong funding support for the real economy areas such as infrastructure construction and public wellbeing enhancement. As a socially responsible state-owned large bank, the Bank also invested in the special government bonds for COVID-19 control, ranking the first place in the market by investment scale. To constantly enhance the quality and efficiency of serving the real economy, both the new investment in bonds issued by manufacturers and the investment in bonds issued by private enterprises grew substantially over the same period of last year.

In terms of foreign-currency bond investment, the Bank strengthened market forecasts, made timely adjustments to the investment strategy, reasonably scheduled the investment and expanded the investment scale appropriately. The investment in offshore foreign-currency bonds of Chinese enterprises was strengthened, in an effort to meet the overseas financing demand of Chinese enterprises during the COVID-19 pandemic. The Bank seized market opportunities to structurally improve the foreign currency bond portfolio to diversify investment risks and enhance the overall yield and credit quality of the portfolio.

Financing

Well-timed inquiries and negotiations were made in line with the Bank’s liquidity management plan, promoting steady expansion of business scale. The Bank advanced the online migration of interbank deposits, expanded the base of counterparties and harnessed online channels to ensure steady and orderly business activity during the COVID-19 pandemic.

For details on the Bank’s certificates of deposit and debt securities issued, please refer to “Notes to the Financial Statements: 26. Certificates of Deposit; 28. Debt Securities Issued”.

Franchise Treasury Business

In the aspect of foreign exchange settlement and sales and foreign exchange trading, the Bank continuously diversified the business currencies and optimized trading functions of the three major online channels, namely internet banking, mobile banking and the electronic trading platform. The Bank promoted the exchange rate hedging products, providing efficient, high-quality and all-round RMB/foreign currency exchange and foreign exchange risk management services for Chinese importers/exporters and foreign enterprises.

In terms of paper commodities trading, the Bank actively provided customers with risk warning and pre-deal investor education through issuing important announcements on the portal website, sending reminding messages, livestreaming and other means in response to the drastic fluctuation of international commodity market.

Discussion and Analysis

36

In terms of corporate commodity derivative trading, the Bank leveraged on its electronic trading platform, which enabled convenient, quick and contactless transactions, to help customers respond promptly to the volatile international commodity prices during the COVID-19 pandemic.

In terms of the over-the-counter bond business, the Bank managed to distribute the special government bonds for epidemic control and China Development Bank’s COVID-19 bonds and poverty alleviation bonds in the over-the- counter market, contributing to the national fight against the virus and poverty and supporting economic growth.

In terms of foreign institutional investors’ trading in the interbank market, the Bank served foreign institutional investors from nearly 60 countries and regions to meet their demand for investment and trading in China’s interbank market.

Asset Securitization Business

In the first half of 2020, the Bank issued three tranches of credit assets securitization programs totaling RMB16,102 million. Specifically, there was one tranche of residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) programs amounted to RMB15,633 million, and one tranche of non-performing credit card assets securitization programs totaled RMB349 million, and one tranche of non-performing personal consumption loans securitization programs worth RMB120 million. The asset securitization business effectively supported the Bank in disposing of NPLs, revitalizing stock assets and optimizing credit structure.

Precious Metal Business

The “Magnificent China” precious metal product series embedded with glorious Chinese cultures was developed. In the first half of the year, the Bank launched regional precious metal products themed “Liangzhu Culture”, “Mazu Culture” and “Root Culture”. The “Palace Museum Lucky Bag” was launched in partnership with the Palace Museum, in addition to the “Bright Future Golden Card” co-branded with the National Museum of China.

To meet the customer demand for safe-haven asset allocations, the Bank improved the gold accumulation service, upgraded the agency gold repurchase scenarios and conducted “contactless” online marketing with vigor.

The Bank’s gold and silver trading on behalf of Shanghai Gold Exchange registered a higher year-on-year increase than market average, keeping the Bank in the first place by either trading or clearing amount of gold and silver in the exchange market.

FinTech

The Bank continued to advance the ecosystem (ECOS) project across the board, and strengthened FinTech innovation and support in the new situation of regular COVID-19 containment to empower the implementation of the Bank’s major development strategies.

Innovative financial services were launched to support COVID-19 containment and reopening of business. Leveraging on cloud computing, distributed computing and other cutting-edge technologies, the customer managers’ cloud office was developed and brought online in just one week to provide customers with safe, convenient and “contactless” cloud-based financial services on a 7×24 basis. Based on the open, integrated crossover biosphere for comprehensive financial services, the emergency supplies management system and the personal health information registration management system were launched in succession and provided free of charge for key epidemic containment entities (including commend centers, public health agencies and medical institutions), enterprises and communities, covering nearly 30 provinces and serving over 26 thousand enterprises. The Bank participated in the “Digital Transformation Partnership Action Plan” of National Development and Reform Commission, and developed a number of online credit loans dedicated to small and micro enterprises and cloud-based financing products under the online service mode. With its digital supply chain financing product system, the Bank provided diverse financing services to more than 3 thousand leading enterprises. The “Anti-epidemic Loan”, “Medical Insurance Loan”, “Reopen Loan” and “Employer Loan” financial services were launched quickly to help micro, small and medium-sized enterprises get out of difficulties and pursue digital transformation.

37

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

New FinTech research and application were deepened. In terms of new FinTech research, the FinTech Research Institute issued the White Paper on Financial Applications of Blockchain and the White Paper on Bank Innovation in the 5G Era, the first to issue such research reports in the banking industry. In terms of big data, the Bank embarked on building the big data service cloud platform 2.0. As the first financial institution to fully realize the “Six Integrations” standard set by the National Committee on Big Data Standards Promotion, the Bank sped up the construction of the data factors market. In terms of artificial intelligence, the robotic process automation (RPA) technology was employed to quickly launch the work order processing robots for credit card interest expenses, enabling unattended and automatic processing or work orders to boost efficiency significantly. In terms of blockchain, “ICBC Charity Chain” was developed using the blockchain technology, providing nearly 200 charitable organizations with integrated services including financial services, charity transparency and public welfare traceability. The “Land Acquisition and Relocation Fund Management Blockchain Platform” was developed in-house to address difficulties in land acquisition and relocation work, such as great complexities, inefficient fund use and hard-to-track fund flows. In terms of the Internet of Things (IoT), such functions as outlet crowd density analysis were realized based on the IoT platform.

The smart banking ecosystem (ECOS) was employed to promote implementation of the Bank’s major development strategies. The Bank stepped up business innovation, accelerated export of the ICBC e Wallet scenarios and deepened intelligent operation in an effort to build the “No.1 Personal Bank”. The Bank established an open business biosphere for international settlement and international trade finance, boosted the intelligent and automated level of business processing in the global documentation system, advanced the cross-border payment operations management system, and created a direct link between the domestic centralized payment system and the local clearing systems in the United Arab Emirates, Singapore, Peru and New Zealand. To provide innovation guidance and technological support for key regional branches, the “Xiongan Smart Social Security” APP, the public service platform for Xiongan smart social security and the Xiongan New Area displacement subsidies system were developed for Xiongan New Area. The blockchain platform for Xiongan land acquisition and relocation fund management was optimized to enhance the competitiveness of the strategic regions.

The business continuity of information systems and the capability of information security protection were improved continuously. The Bank continued to strengthen the production operations management system, maintaining security and stability of information systems and providing safe, stable financial services for customers. The Bank detected high-risk vulnerabilities in the mainstream open-source micro-services framework and immediately controlled relevant internal system risks effectively. This finding was officially recognized by China Information Technology Security Evaluation Center and certified for the first time by China National Vulnerability Database of Information Security (CNNVD), demonstrating the ICBC contribution to the national information security. The Bank’s information security technology has been registered for cybersecurity rating 2.0. Third-party security assessment was carried out on an ongoing basis. Independent service organizations were engaged to conduct special tests and security assessment of the Bank’s internet-related systems. The cybersecurity rating evaluation agency was engaged to conduct cybersecurity rating evaluation, and all the evaluation results confirmed conformity.

The Bank ranked first across the banking industry for seven consecutive years in CBIRC’s IT supervision ratings, the only 2A banking institution. In the first half of 2020, the Bank was granted 44 patents, and the total number of patents owned by the Bank increased to 651, ranking first in the domestic banking industry.

Discussion and Analysis

38

Internet Finance

The Bank worked hard on the public services, industrial and consumption fronts of internet finance, and seized the opportunity of digital transformation of government agencies and business entities to deepen the layout of government service and industrial internet. Tapping deeper into consumer internet, the Bank made all-out effort to develop online personal financial services with “No.1 Personal Mobile Banking” at its core. In the first half of the year, the internet financial transaction amount hit RMB328.22 trillion, an increase of 5.4% over the same period of the previous year; the proportion of internet financial transactions rose 0.6 percentage points from the end of last year to 98.7%.

Deepening the Digital Transformation of Government Service

The Bank created 3,739 effective internet scenarios for intelligent government service, intelligent travel, healthcare and social security, intelligent campus, judicial finance and poverty alleviation through consumption.

Intelligent government service: “ICBC e Government Service” was promoted as a combined solution providing “government service + financial service” to 24 thousand institutional users in total. As one of its first strategic partners, the Bank provided financial service support for the Online Canton Fair.

Intelligent travel: With the three core products, namely ETC, unconscious payment and QR code payment service for public transportation, the intelligent travel service was promoted to passengers, vehicles, roads and parks, serving nearly 10 million users through ICBC unconscious payment in the first half of the year.

Healthcare and social security: The Bank advanced the mobile payment platform for medical insurance and medical insurance e-certificate, cooperating with medical insurance bureaus in 66 cities of 24 provinces.

Intelligent campus: “Campus Affairs Management Cloud” service provided comprehensive services including tuition payment and management to schools, students and their parents. It was used by 17 thousand schools, contributing an increase of over 600 thousand new customers.

Intelligent justice: The “Court Affairs Management Cloud” judicial auction module of ICBC Mall was used by over 150 courts across the country, boasting the highest auction success rate among the seven licensed judicial auction platforms in China.

Unit:%

98.7

97.7

2020.620192018

98.1

Proportion of Internet Financial Transaction

Note: The proportion of internet financial transactions refers to the number of internet financial transactions against the total number transactions of the bank.

39

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Facilitating the Internet-based Transformation of Industries

Through such infrastructure platforms as ICBC Cloud Platform, API Open Platform, Ju Fu Tong and ICBC Enterprise Mobile Banking, the Bank provides multi-level, classified and differentiated services. It has developed an open banking mode and strengthened support for the platform economy and small and micro enterprises.

ICBC Cloud Platform: The “industry + finance” integrated services are provided under an “available immediately upon renting” model. The platform covers six major industries and 19 segments, offering 17 standard cloud services including Education Cloud, Party Building and Labor Union Cloud, Property Management Cloud and Medical Supply Chain Cloud.

API Open Platform: The platform provides customized, component-based API services, opening over 120 products that fall in 18 categories and more than 1,400 application interfaces. The Bank continued to optimize “ICBC e Corporate Payment”, a corporate online payment brand, based on the API open platform, embedded the corporate payment and settlement products and the scenarios of the supply-chain core enterprise platform into the brand and improved payment features, providing a full range of corporate online payment and settlement services.

Ju Fu Tong: The “Ju Fu Tong” scenarios-embedded comprehensive financial services were promoted to technologically strong partners. Partnership has been established with leading enterprises in railway, civil aviation, household appliance and other industries as well as local governance service platforms.

ICBC Enterprise Mobile Banking: With a focus on small and micro enterprises, the Bank build the main front of online mobile financial services for corporate banking. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, such key features as U-shield face ID, foreign exchange settlement and corporate credit report inquiry were launched to further improve the product mix and user experience. Riding on the open-ended and scenario-based development trends, the platform-industry connection was enhanced based on ICBC Cloud, mini-programs and other innovative features. Seven products of ICBC Cloud and “ICBC e Social Security” mini-program went live.

Note: These data are as at 30 June 2020.

ICBC Cloud Platform

27,000 tenants

Ju Fu Tong

55 platforms connected

API Open Platform

7,557 partners

ICBC Enterprise Mobile Banking

2.09 million active users User activeness ranked

first in the industry

Discussion and Analysis

40

Upgrading Online Personal Services

With “No.1 Personal Mobile Banking” as its core, a high-traffic access point driven by both ICBC platforms and internet scenarios was built to provide service across boundaries and industries, both on-line and off-line.

ICBC Mobile: The “Happy Home” version of the personal mobile banking was rolled out for the county-area market, offering financial services targeted at urban people, rural people and merchants. The version was piloted and extended to 20 key counties in eight provinces. In adherence to technology-driven innovation, agile iteration and quick response mechanisms were created. The Bank launched “contactless” features quickly after the COVID-19 outbreak occurred, including online card password modification, LPR switch, non-ICBC credit card repayment, and sped up the online migration of counter-based operations.

ICBC Mall: The Bank adhered to high-quality operation with distinctive characteristics. Thanks to accelerated moves in key fields including purchasing, business travel and cross-border e-commerce, the “5e+4” featured segments1 recorded RMB103.8 billion of transactions in the first half of the year, representing a nearly five-fold increase compared to the same period of last year. During the “Premium Brands Online Shopping Festival”, over 500 premium brands offered many concessions and reaped over RMB100 million worth of sales to personal customers.

ICBC Link: As a novel marketing platform, the customer managers’ cloud office was rolled out to support customer managers in their online product promotion and services. At the end of June 2020, 18 thousand customer managers of the Bank opened their cloud offices to meet offsite service needs of customers during the COVID-19 pandemic.

ICBC e Life: The Bank launched two online consumer loan products, “e-Business Dream Loan” and “ICBC-XW Loan”, jointly with Sichuan-based XWBank. As an inclusive finance facility, “e-Business Dream Loan” is offered to the Bank’s acquiring merchants, helping their business resumption during the pandemic. “ICBC-XW Loan” is an online personal loan facility targeted at internet users, with risk mitigated measure by insurance. This facility helps scale up the Bank’s customers under the circumstance of controllable risk.

Digital Branch: The Bank opened its outlets on top internet platforms. It rolled out the “Digital Branch” in conjunction with Alipay and partnered with WeChat to promote smart time deposit. Through such channels, over 1 million individual customers were on-boarded and the balance of time certificates of deposit exceeded RMB4.0 billion.

Mobile Payment: The “Safe at Home, Ease of Mind” and “Door-to-Door Grocery” campaigns were carried out to meet consumer demand for quick and contactless micro-payments during the pandemic period. The “Travel Safely Back to Work” campaign was organized in support of travel by railway, online ride-hailing and bike. The Bank kept close track of local governments’ consumption stimulus measures, distributing consumer coupons in Shenzhen, Chengdu, Wuhan, Inner Mongolia, Shanxi, etc. to boost recovery of the real economy.

ICBC e Wallet: The “ICBC e Wallet” online payroll service was launched after the COVID-19 outbreak, enabling employers to pay wages and salaries quickly, safely and efficiently.

Note: These data are as at 30 June 2020.

ICBC Mall

155 million users

173 million users ICBC Link

ICBC Mobile

ICBC Mobile maintained

its industry-dominance in

customer size and activeness

385 million customers

69.65 million users ICBC e Life

There were 320 external cooperation platforms, with more than

20.00 million personal customers served online

1 “5e+4” featured segments refer to ICBC e Procurement, ICBC e Assets, ICBC e Cross-border, ICBC e Travel, ICBC e Public Welfare, Court Affairs Management Cloud, Car Cloud Loan, Ji Ke Platform and Open Platform.

41

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Channel Development and Service Enhancement

The Bank dedicates itself to improving customer service, furthering outlet transformation and strengthening innovation in channels, in an effort to pursue coordinated development of all channels and continuously sharpen the edge in financial services.

Channel Development

The network of outlets was improved. Coordinated effort was made to rationalize the geographical layout of outlets to effectively boost the service coverage for core regions, potential markets and high-quality customer groups. The county-area network was structurally adjusted to increase physical presence in selected key counties and no-presence counties and to increase the service coverage in poverty counties, thus enhancing the supply and quality of county- area financial services. At the end of June 2020, the Bank had 15,787 outlets, 25,602 self-service banks and 79,544 ATMs whose trading volume amounted to RMB2,923.4 billion in the first half of 2020.

Intelligent transformation of outlets was advanced. Intelligent transformation of outlets was empowered by 5G, cloud computing, biometrics, blockchain and remote video technologies. Intelligent service features and application scenarios were optimized. The “medialess” service features of outlets covered substantially all the high-frequency transactions of customers. The Bank continued to promote coordination and integration of online, offline and remote banking channels. At the end of June 2020, the Bank had 15,688 intelligent outlets, put in place 79,763 intelligent devices and covered 292 personal and corporate business items with intelligent services.

The intelligent application of cloud banking was accelerated. The Cloud Banking Center upgraded its system and innovated its business to refine the intelligent service applications for customer services, risk control and outbound call. In the first half of the year, the center completed 250 million intelligent voice call and intelligent text service transactions, averaging 1.4 million transactions a day.

Service Enhancement

Service models were innovated to improve customer experience. A new “online, traceable and door-to-door” mode of operations services was established across the board. Online appointment and offline delivery were realized for personal credit report and debit card replacement without card number change. Online appointment and offline self-service collection were realized for foreign currency withdrawal. The “ICBC e Confirmation Service” product, the first of its kind, was launched to meet stay-at-home customers’ demand for contactless financial services during the pandemic. “Bank-wide Expedited Payment” was introduced to provide online, one-stop cross-border remittance service, the first of its kind, to ensure efficient and safe payment of COVID-19 funds.

Service efficiency was enhanced by improving job skills. A comprehensive outlet post system was established to further enhance the overall competencies of customer service managers, lobby service staff and customer maintenance personnel, in a bid to build a team of versatile customer service managers and provide customers with better quality of service experience.

Discussion and Analysis

42

Consumer Protection

The Bank actively implemented the laws, regulations and regulatory requirements on the consumer protection, in an all-out effort to ensure proper consumer protection during epidemic containment and resumption of business. Regulatory requirements were implemented quickly in terms of deferred payments on credit cards and loans, operation of outlets, management of self-service facilities and E-banking transactions, thus effectively protecting legitimate rights and benefits during special periods.

The consumer protection policies and procedures were improved, including formulation and issuance of the Measures for Management of Customer Complaints (Version 2020), to further strengthen and standardize the Bank’s work on customer complaints management. The Bank deepened the “customer-centric” business philosophy, tried to eliminate root causes of customer complaints, stepped up crackdown on revealed problems in major business fields and geographical areas and took a variety of actions to handle complaints more effectively and improve customer experience.

Financial literacy publicity and education on regular COVID-19 containment was carried out effectively via the WeChat Public Account, Weibo, website and other online channels, with a focus on key contents and special populations. Such publicity and education was carried out more broadly and effectively in an easy-to-understand manner, helping consumers establish correct consumption and risk perceptions.

Human Resources Management

Staff was further restructured to strengthen the skilled workforce. The Bank further refined the Group’s staff size and structure. The Bank intensified effort to develop talents with key skills and international competencies for “No.1 Personal Bank” and foreign exchange business. The state policy to ensure stability of employment was actively implemented through well-organized campus recruitment. ICBC University opened a “New Stars School” as a premium platform for bank-university cooperation. As an innovative online internship management mode, the “Stars Training Camp” summer internship program was launched.

The Bank perfected the compensation incentive and guarantee system, and made the use of resources more effective. Under the “Strategic Support, Precision Input” principle, remuneration resources were better allocated to increase their support for priority areas of business. The Head Office’s organizational structure and the branch hierarchy were improved to gradually strengthen the development of county-area sub-branches. The IT-assisted human resources management was advanced to boost the digital management capability.

Solid work was conducted on employee education and training. Such training modes as livestreaming class and online training camp were promoted amid the COVID-19 pandemic, including the training on foreign exchange business, to empower business development and employee growth. The “ICBC Support for Private Enterprises” ICBC Mall online training camp for small and micro merchants and other online training programs were livestreamed to help bring enterprises back to business. In the first half of 2020, the Bank organized 8,626 sessions of training, and the trainees reached 3.05 million.

ICBC boosted its corporate culture development to promote core values and strategies of ICBC Group, foster consensus on development and give an impetus to strategy implementation. The Bank launched the “ONE ICBC ONE FAMILY” global campaign thematic event, compiled the “ICBC Culture • Wonder Vision” global cultural program video clips, and produced the promotional videos for corporate culture development of overseas institutions to enhance unity within the Group.

43

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Internationalized and Diversified Operation

Internationalized Operation

The Bank steadily pushed for internationalized development and continued to improve its global network. Auckland Branch and Panama Branch were granted licenses. Financial support was strengthened for Chinese enterprises “Going Global” and the Belt and Road Initiative. Coordinated efforts were made to advance the integrated and joint development mechanism and financial innovation in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macau Greater Bay Area. The Bank enhanced coordinated domestic and overseas development, pursued in-depth development of overseas operations and business lines and accelerated the cross-border RMB business development. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank took various actions to stabilize foreign trade and foreign investment leveraging on its strengths in international operation, in an effort to help enterprises resume business. To fulfill its social responsibility, the Bank also supported the fight against COVID-19 in host countries of overseas institutions.

Corporate banking: The Bank harnessed its global presence to help connect overseas customers to domestic manufacturers of anti-epidemic supplies and thus help them fight the virus. The Bank actively served the Belt and Road Initiative, promoted international cooperation on production capacity and third-party market cooperation on a win- win basis and provided cross-border customers with “one-stop” comprehensive financial services by providing a basket of products, including overseas bond issuance, cross-border acquisition, project finance, derivatives trading and global cash management, in an effort to build a new cross-border business landscape featuring a combination of RMB and foreign currencies and an integration of domestic and overseas operations. The Bank was among market leaders in overseas IPO underwriting and sponsorship, underwriting and issuance of offshore bonds and underwriting of Chinese issuers’ offshore bonds.

Personal banking: the Bank endeavored to enhance public convenience in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macau Greater Bay Area by launching the “Bay Area Service Link” and “Bay Area Account Link”. ICBC e Life set up the “Bay Area Community” column and introduced the “ICBC Greater Bay Area Virtual Credit Card”. Online account opening and card application were realized for credit cards and debit cards. The overseas mobile payment and “ICBC e Payment” features were improved. The discount campaigns of contactless payment were carried out to our customers. Personal consumer finance products, such as “Card-and-loan-in-one” and “ICBC e Loan”, were successfully launched to enable combined online application for overseas credit card product and loan product.

Internet financial services: the overseas internet finance product system, including personal and corporate internet banking and mobile banking, served 41 countries or regions, providing services in 14 languages. ICBC Mall cross- border e-commerce consisted of B2C, B2B and outbound financial service segments, offering products from Asia, Africa, Europe, Australia, North America and South America. ICBC Mall has over 500 registered merchants, rolling out cross-border comprehensive financial service solutions for cross-border traders.

Financial market business: The Bank established the inter-bank bond and foreign exchange market business partnership with foreign institutional investors from nearly 60 countries and regions. The Bank took the lead in underwriting the first panda bond issued by an international development institution for COVID-19 containment and the first panda bond issued by an internet firm. The investment and underwriting of bonds related to the virus control were stepped up. The green channel was established to handle foreign exchange settlement and sales for cross- border purchase of anti-epidemic supplies with priority. Timely and high-quality hedging services were provided for commodity importers and exporters.

Global asset management services: The “Global Anying”, “Global Select” and “Global Premier” cross-border RMB product line was further deployed with a focus on investment in Chinese issuers’ USD bonds, IPOs in Hong Kong and top QDII funds. New growth driver funds and other cross-border PE investment projects were steadily advanced leveraging on QFLP license.

Global custody service: Despite the COVID-19 shocks, the Bank introduced new marketing methods, achieved steady growth in assets under custody and remained in the first place by number of qualified foreign institutional investors among Chinese banks. Global custody products were run steadily, thanks to the strengthened risk management of the global custody network during the pandemic. The Bank actively participated in cross-border capital market innovation program, served the capital market reform and opening-up and provided depository service support for overseas red- chip companies returning to the domestic capital market.

Discussion and Analysis

44

The Bank proactively advanced the cross-border RMB business. The cross-border RMB product mix was further diversified to support cross-border trade and investment facilitation, COVID-19 containment and reopening of business. The Bank promoted innovative development of cross-border business in key regions, including the Lingang New Area in Shanghai, Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macau Greater Bay Area and Hainan Free Trade Port. The Bank stepped up its efforts to develop key offshore RMB markets and boost the overall capability of offshore RMB services. The cross-border e-commerce financial service platform was functionally expanded to strengthen cooperation with third-party payment companies and cross-border e-commerce platforms. In the first half of the year, the Bank’s cross- border RMB business volume exceeded RMB2.5 trillion.

At the end of June, the Bank established 425 institutions in 49 countries and regions and indirectly covered 20 African countries as a shareholder of Standard Bank Group. The Bank also established correspondent banking relationships with 1,442 overseas banking institutions in 143 countries and regions, making its service network covering six continents and important international finance centers around the world. The Bank maintained 125 institutions in 21 countries and regions along the Belt and Road.

MAJOR INDICATORS FOR OVERSEAS INSTITUTIONS

Assets (in USD millions)

Profit before taxation (in USD millions) Number of institutions

Item

At 30 June

2020

At 31 December

2019

Six months ended

30 June 2020

Six months ended

30 June 2019

At 30 June

2020

At 31 December

2019

Hong Kong and Macau 207,153 197,279 888 1,044 106 107

Asia-Pacific Region (except Hong Kong and Macau)

121,836 108,867 580 614 91 90

Europe 82,394 80,926 213 16 75 79

America 52,249 51,836 149 281 152 151

Africa Representative Office – – – – 1 1

Eliminations (38,002) (37,213)

Subtotal 425,630 401,695 1,830 1,955 425 428

Investment in Standard Bank(1) 3,316 3,988 39 189

Total 428,946 405,683 1,869 2,144 425 428

Note: (1) The assets represent the balance of the Bank’s investment in Standard Bank and the profit before taxation represents the Bank’s gain on investment recognized by the Bank during the reporting period.

At the end of June, total assets of the Bank’s overseas institutions (including overseas branches, overseas subsidiaries and investment in Standard Bank) were USD428,946 million, representing an increase of USD23,263 million or 5.7% from the end of the previous year, and they accounted for 9.2% of the Group’s total assets. Profit before taxation during the reporting period came in at USD1,869 million, accounting for 7.0% of the Group’s profit before taxation, which fell by USD275 million or 12.8% compared to the same period of last year. Total loans amounted to USD201,844 million, representing an increase of USD1,011 million or 0.5% over the end of last year. Total deposits were USD149,644 million, increasing by USD14,895 million or 11.1%.

45

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Diversified Operation

ICBC Credit Suisse Asset Management actively served the real-sector economic development, capital market reform and innovation and diverse investment demand of customers. Placing equal emphasis on inter-group coordination and market-based expansion, risk prevention and opportunity grabbing, the Bank transformed its business operation steadily, kept improving its research skills and investment results and maintained good growth momentum in the scale of pension investment management and hybrid funds, showing continuous improvements in quality and efficiency of operation.

ICBC Leasing has maintained solid business development, playing an effective role in serving the real economy with financial leasing. In terms of aviation leasing, the company steadily pursued cooperation with premium airlines, selected high-quality aircraft assets and focused on mainstream aircraft models to conduct business. In terms of shipping leasing, the company implemented major projects in a well-organized manner. In terms of equipment leasing, the company pursued development in major transport and energy projects. In response to the COVID-19 outbreak, expedited channels were opened up swiftly to accommodate the reopening, operation and working capital needs of frontline businesses in the battle against the pandemic and help medical organizations and entity enterprises to fight the virus and resume work.

ICBC-AXA transformed its business steadily while providing anti-pandemic insurance services efficiently. It immediately provided personal insurance to frontline health workers in the fight against COVID-19 in Hubei Province, extended the cover of five accidental injury insurance products to include COVID-19 deaths and enhanced claim settlement services related to the coronavirus. The company seized opportunities to develop health assurance business and improve the product mix with vigor. The investment structure was improved in line with market changes and the investment assets were screened for risks. The line of defense for compliance was fortified, anti-money laundering work management intensified and consumer protection strengthened.

ICBC International managed to maintain steady and sustained development by coordinating regular COVID-19 containment with business operations. Work measures were developed in response to the virus outbreak to serve listed companies and investors well, ensure continuity of 24-hour trading service and help stabilize market sentiments. The company continued to rank among the top few by scale of IPO or overseas bond underwriting. It was the first Chinese financial institution to launch the cross-border two-way RMB cash pooling service.

ICBC Investment focused work on the strategic plans for supply-side structural reform, steadily pursued a bigger scale, broader extent and better quality of market-oriented debt-for-equity swap and increasingly boosted the quality and efficiency of serving the real economy. ICBC Investment provided comprehensive financial services for debt-for-equity swap companies and took an active part in their corporate governance. It strengthened intra-group collaboration and diversified fundraising channels to support the reform and development of debt-for-equity swap companies.

ICBC Wealth Management continued to refine its products and services, improve its core competencies in investment and research, strengthened enterprise risk management and achieved solid business growth. It improved the product management capability with a sound “basic + innovative + strategic” products system offering a full spectrum of products through all channels around the clock. The proportions of regular-open products, medium to long-term products and hybrid products were increased to meet the multi-level and diverse investment needs of customers. The company optimized its investment decision-making mechanism, strengthened the active management capability and further cemented its core strengths in fixed income and project investment. It fostered skills in multi-asset, equity, cross-border and quantitative investment, in a bid to expand its extent and return of investment.

ICBC Technology served the Group’s overall development, steadily implemented the Group’s major strategic plans and leveraged on its technological strengths to support the China’s key regional development strategies. It participated in a number of projects in the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei region and the Yangtze River Delta, making breakthroughs in intelligent government service, financial ecosphere cloud platform and commercialization of FinTech products. ICBC Technology supported COVID-19 containment with the power of technology in terms of emergency supplies management, personal health registration and generation of health QR codes.

Discussion and Analysis

46

DISTRIBUTION MAP OF OVERSEAS INSTITUTIONS

A fr

ic a

In st

it u

ti o

n s

(c o

u n

tr y

/r e

g io

n )

In ve

st m

e n

ts i

n S

ta n

d a

rd B

a n

k

(

So u

th A

fr ic

a )

A fr

ic a

n R

e p

re se

n ta

ti ve

O ffi

ce

(

So u

th A

fr ic

a )

H o

n g

K o

n g

a n

d M

a ca

u In

st it

u ti

o n

s (c

o u

n tr

y /r

e g

io n

) H

o n

g K

o n

g B

ra n

ch

(

H o

n g

K o

n g

, C

h in

a )

IC B

C (

A si

a )

(H o

n g

K o

n g

, C

h in

a )

IC B

C I

n te

rn a

ti o

n a

l

( H

o n

g K

o n

g ,

C h

in a

) IC

B C

( M

a ca

u )

(M a

ca u

, C

h in

a )

M a

ca u

B ra

n ch

( M

a ca

u ,

C h

in a

)

E u

ro p

e In

st it

u ti

o n

s (c

o u

n tr

y /r

e g

io n

) Fr

a n

k fu

rt B

ra n

ch (

G e

rm a

n y)

Lu xe

m b

o u

rg B

ra n

ch (

Lu xe

m b

o u

rg )

IC B

C (

E u

ro p

e )

(L u

xe m

b o

u rg

)

P a

ri s

B ra

n ch

( Fr

a n

ce )

A

m st

e rd

a m

B ra

n ch

(t h

e N

e th

e rl

a n

d s)

B

ru ss

e ls

B ra

n ch

( B

e lg

iu m

)

M il

a n

B ra

n ch

( It

a ly

)

M a

d ri

d B

ra n

ch (

Sp a

in )

W

a rs

a w

B ra

n ch

( P

o la

n d

)

G re

e ce

R e

p re

se n

ta ti

ve O

ffi ce

(G re

e ce

) IC

B C

( Lo

n d

o n

) (U

K )

Lo n

d o

n B

ra n

ch (

U K

) IC

B C

S ta

n d

a rd

B a

n k

( U

K )

B a

n k

I C

B C

( JS

C )

(R u

ss ia

) IC

B C

T u

rk e

y (T

u rk

e y)

P ra

g u

e B

ra n

ch (

C ze

ch R

e p

u b

li c)

Z u

ri ch

B ra

n ch

( Sw

it ze

rl a

n d

) IC

B C

( A

u st

ri a

) (A

u st

ri a

)

A m

e ri

ca In

st it

u ti

o n

s (c

o u

n tr

y /r

e g

io n

) N

e w

Y o

rk B

ra n

ch (

U SA

) IC

B C

( U

SA )

(U SA

) IC

B C

FS (

U SA

) IC

B C

( C

a n

a d

a )

(C a

n a

d a

) IC

B C

( M

e xi

co )

(M e

xi co

) IC

B C

( B

ra si

l) (

B ra

zi l)

IC

B C

( P

e ru

) (P

e ru

) IC

B C

( A

rg e

n ti

n a

) (A

rg e

n ti

n a

) IC

B C

I n

ve st

m e

n ts

A

rg e

n ti

n a

( A

rg e

n ti

n a

) In

ve rs

o ra

D ia

g o

n a

l (A

rg e

n ti

n a

) P

a n

a m

a B

ra n

ch (

P a

n a

m a

) A

si a -P

a ci

fi c

R e g

io n

( e x ce

p t

H

o n

g K

o n

g a

n d

M a ca

u )

In st

it u

ti o

n s

(c o

u n

tr y

/r e

g io

n )

T o

k yo

B ra

n ch

( Ja

p a

n )

Se o

u l

B ra

n ch

( So

u th

K o

re a

) B

u sa

n B

ra n

ch (

So u

th K

o re

a )

M o

n g

o li

a R

e p

re se

n ta

ti ve

O

ffi ce

( M

o n

g o

li a

) Si

n g

a p

o re

B ra

n ch

( Si

n g

a p

o re

) IC

B C

( In

d o

n e

si a

) (I

n d

o n

e si

a )

IC B

C (

M a

la ys

ia )

(M a

la ys

ia )

M a

n il

a B

ra n

ch (

P h

il ip

p in

e s)

IC B

C (

T h

a i)

( T

h a

il a

n d

) H

a n

o i

B ra

n ch

( V

ie tn

a m

) H

o C

h i

M in

h C

it y

R e

p re

se n

ta ti

ve

O ffi

ce (

V ie

tn a

m )

V ie

n ti

a n

e B

ra n

ch (

La o

P D

R )

P h

n o

m P

e n

h B

ra n

ch (

C a

m b

o d

ia )

Y a

n g

o n

B ra

n ch

( M

ya n

m a

r) IC

B C

( A

lm a

ty )

(K a

za k

h st

a n

) K

a ra

ch i

B ra

n ch

( P

a k

is ta

n )

M u

m b

a i

B ra

n ch

( In

d ia

) D

u b

a i

(D IF

C )

B ra

n ch

( U

A E

) A

b u

D h

a b

i B

ra n

ch (

U A

E )

D o

h a

B ra

n ch

( Q

a ta

r) R

iy a

d h

B ra

n ch

( Sa

u d

i A

ra b

ia )

K u

w a

it B

ra n

ch (

K u

w a

it )

Sy d

n e

y B

ra n

ch (

A u

st ra

li a

) IC

B C

( N

e w

Z e

a la

n d

) (N

e w

Z e

a la

n d

) A

u ck

la n

d B

ra n

ch (

N e

w Z

e a

la n

d )

47

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Major Controlled Subsidiaries and Equity Participating Company

Major Overseas Subsidiaries

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (ASIA) LIMITED

ICBC (Asia) is a wholly-owned Hong Kong registered bank by the Bank, and has an issued share capital of HKD44,188 million. It provides comprehensive commercial banking services, and the major businesses, including commercial credit, trade finance, investment service, retail banking, E-banking, custody, credit card, receiving bank services for IPOs and dividend distribution etc. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Asia) recorded total assets of USD122,425 million and net assets of USD17,472 million. It generated a net profit of USD430 million in the first half of the year.

ICBC INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LIMITED

ICBC International, a licensed integrated platform for financial services in Hong Kong that is wholly-owned by the Bank, has a paid-up capital of HKD4,882 million. It mainly renders a variety of financial services, including corporate finance, investment management, sales and trading, and asset management. At the end of June 2020, ICBC International recorded total assets of USD8,971 million and net assets of USD1,434 million. It generated a net profit of USD60.09 million in the first half of the year.

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (MACAU) LIMITED

ICBC (Macau) is the largest local legal banking entity in Macau. It has a share capital of MOP589 million, in which the Bank holds an 89.33% stake. ICBC (Macau) mainly engages in comprehensive commercial banking services such as deposit, loan, trade finance and international settlement. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Macau) recorded total assets of USD47,242 million and net assets of USD3,420 million. It generated a net profit of USD187 million in the first half of the year.

PT. BANK ICBC INDONESIA

ICBC (Indonesia) is a full-licensed commercial banking subsidiary of the Bank registered in Indonesia, with a paid-up capital of IDR3.71 trillion, in which the Bank holds a 98.61% stake. ICBC (Indonesia) mainly specializes in financial services such as deposit, loan, trade finance, settlement, agency services, interbank borrowing and lending and foreign exchange. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Indonesia) recorded total assets of USD3,793 million and net assets of USD417 million. It generated a net profit of USD6.89 million in the first half of the year.

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (MALAYSIA) BERHAD

ICBC (Malaysia) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank established in Malaysia. With a paid-up capital of MYR833 million, it is able to provide a full range of commercial banking services. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Malaysia) recorded total assets of USD1,016 million and net assets of USD280 million. It generated a net profit of USD5.77 million in the first half of the year.

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (THAI) PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED

ICBC (Thai), a subsidiary of the Bank in Thailand, has a share capital of THB20,132 million, in which the Bank holds a 97.86% stake. ICBC (Thai) holds a comprehensive banking license and provides various services including deposit, loan, trade finance, remittance, settlement, leasing and consulting. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Thai) recorded total assets of USD9,553 million and net assets of USD1,047 million. It generated a net profit of USD40.06 million in the first half of the year.

Discussion and Analysis

48

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (ALMATY) JOINT STOCK COMPANY

ICBC (Almaty), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, was incorporated in Kazakhstan with a share capital of KZT8,933 million. It principally engages in commercial banking services such as deposit, loan, international settlement and trade finance, foreign currency exchange, guarantee, account management, internet banking and bank card service. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Almaty) recorded total assets of USD443 million and net assets of USD70.25 million. It generated a net profit of USD6.15 million in the first half of the year.

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (NEW ZEALAND) LIMITED

ICBC (New Zealand), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank in New Zealand, has a paid-up capital of NZD234 million. ICBC (New Zealand) provides corporate and personal banking services such as account management, transfer and remittance, international settlement, trade finance, corporate credit, residential mortgages and credit card business. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (New Zealand) recorded total assets of USD1,572 million and net assets of USD170 million. It generated a net profit of USD5.94 million in the first half of the year.

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (EUROPE) S.A.

ICBC (Europe), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, was incorporated in Luxembourg with a paid-up capital of EUR437 million. Paris Branch, Brussels Branch, Amsterdam Branch, Milan Branch, Madrid Branch, Warsaw Branch and Greece Representative Office are structured under ICBC (Europe), which mainly offers financial services including loan, trade finance, settlement, treasury, investment banking, custody, franchise wealth management, etc. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Europe) recorded total assets of USD6,563 million and net assets of USD710 million. It suffered a net loss of USD4.22 million in the first half of the year.

ICBC (LONDON) PLC

ICBC (London), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, was incorporated in the United Kingdom with a paid-up capital of USD200 million. It provides banking services such as deposit and exchange, loan, trade finance, bond underwriting, international settlement, funds clearing, foreign exchange trading and retail banking services. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (London) recorded total assets of USD1,894 million and net assets of USD452 million. It generated a net profit of USD5.53 million in the first half of the year.

ICBC STANDARD BANK PLC

ICBC Standard Bank, a subsidiary of the Bank in the United Kingdom, has an issued share capital of USD1,083 million, in which the Bank holds a 60% stake directly. ICBC Standard Bank mainly provides global commodity trading businesses such as base metals, precious metals, commodities and energy as well as global financial markets businesses such as exchange rate, interest rate and credit. At the end of June 2020, ICBC Standard Bank recorded total assets of USD27,549 million and net assets of USD1,236 million. It generated a net profit of USD70.26 million in the first half of the year.

BANK ICBC (JOINT STOCK COMPANY)

Bank ICBC (JSC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, was incorporated in Russia with a share capital of RUB10,810 million. It mainly provides a full spectrum of corporate banking services including corporate and project loan, trade finance, deposit, settlement, securities brokerage, custody, franchise treasury business and securities trading, foreign currency exchange, global cash management, investment banking and corporate financial consulting, as well as personal banking services. At the end of June 2020, Bank ICBC (JSC) recorded total assets of USD975 million and net assets of USD186 million. It generated a net profit of USD5.39 million in the first half of the year.

49

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

ICBC TURKEY BANK ANONIM ŞIRKETI

ICBC (Turkey), a subsidiary of the Bank in Turkey, has a share capital of TRY860 million, in which the Bank holds a 92.84% stake. It holds commercial banking, investment banking and asset management licenses, and provides corporate customers with comprehensive financial services including deposit, project loan, syndicated loan, trade finance, small and medium- sized enterprise loan, investment and financing advisory, securities brokerage and asset management, and renders personal customers with financial services such as deposit, consumption loan, residential mortgages, credit card and E-banking. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Turkey) recorded total assets of USD3,342 million and net assets of USD215 million. It generated a net profit of USD14.60 million in the first half of the year.

ICBC AUSTRIA BANK GmbH

ICBC (Austria), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank in Austria, has a share capital of EUR100 million. ICBC (Austria) provides financial services such as corporate deposit, loan, trade finance, international settlement, cash management, cross- border RMB business, foreign exchange transactions, and financial advisory for cross-border investment and financing. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Austria) recorded total assets of USD573 million and net assets of USD106 million. It suffered a net loss of USD1.05 million in the first half of the year.

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (USA) NA

ICBC (USA), a controlled subsidiary of the Bank in the United States, has a paid-up capital of USD369 million, in which the Bank holds an 80% stake. Holding a full-functional commercial banking license registered in the UFIQAC, ICBC (USA) is a member of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, providing corporate and retail banking services such as deposit, loan, settlement and remittance, trade finance, cross-border settlement, cash management, E-banking and bank card services. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (USA) recorded total assets of USD2,890 million and net assets of USD446 million. It generated a net profit of USD4.84 million in the first half of the year.

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC

ICBCFS, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank in the United States, has a paid-up capital of USD50.00 million. It mainly specializes in securities clearing business in Europe and America, and offers securities brokerage services including securities clearing and financing for institutional customers. At the end of June 2020, ICBCFS recorded total assets of USD22,174 million and net assets of USD106 million. It generated a net profit of USD14.14 million in the first half of the year.

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (CANADA)

ICBC (Canada) is a subsidiary of the Bank in Canada with a paid-up capital of CAD208.00 million, in which the Bank holds an 80% stake. Holding a full-functional commercial banking license, ICBC (Canada) provides corporate and retail banking services such as deposit, loan, settlement and remittance, trade finance, foreign exchange trading, funds clearing, cross- border RMB settlement, RMB currency notes, cash management, E-banking, bank card and investment and financing information consulting service. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Canada) recorded total assets of USD1,795 million and net assets of USD258 million. It generated a net profit of USD1.17 million in the first half of the year.

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA MEXICO S.A.

ICBC (Mexico), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank in Mexico, has a paid-up capital of MXN1,597 million. Holding a full- functional commercial banking license, ICBC (Mexico) offers corporate deposit, loan, international settlement, trade finance, foreign exchange trading and other services. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Mexico) recorded total assets of USD222 million and net assets of USD39.61 million. It suffered a net loss of USD3.71 million in the first half of the year.

Discussion and Analysis

50

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (BRASIL) S.A.

ICBC (Brasil), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank in Brazil, has a paid-up capital of BRL202 million. ICBC (Brasil) offers commercial banking and investment banking services such as deposit, loan, trade finance, international settlement, fund transaction, franchise wealth management and financial advisory. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Brasil) recorded total assets of USD495 million and net assets of USD40.95 million. It suffered a net loss of USD0.58 million in the first half of the year.

ICBC PERU BANK

ICBC (Peru), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank in Peru, has a paid-up capital of USD120 million. Holding a full- functional commercial banking license, ICBC (Peru) offers corporate deposit, loan, financial leasing, international settlement, trade finance, foreign exchange trading, E-banking and other services. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Peru) recorded total assets of USD497 million and net assets of USD105 million. It generated a net profit of USD6.28 million in the first half of the year.

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (ARGENTINA) S.A.

ICBC (Argentina), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank in Argentina, has a share capital of ARS1,345 million. With the full-functional commercial banking license, ICBC (Argentina) provides a full range of commercial banking services including working capital loan, syndicated loan, structured financing, trade finance, personal loan, auto loan, spot/forward foreign exchange trading, financial markets, cash management, investment banking, bond underwriting, asset custody, leasing, international settlement, E-banking, credit card, asset management, etc. At the end of June 2020, ICBC (Argentina) recorded total assets of USD4,466 million and net assets of USD534 million. It generated a net profit of USD110 million in the first half of the year.

Major Domestic Subsidiaries

ICBC CREDIT SUISSE ASSET MANAGEMENT CO., LTD.

ICBC Credit Suisse Asset Management, a subsidiary of the Bank, has a paid-up capital of RMB200 million, in which the Bank holds an 80% stake. It mainly engages in fund placement, fund distribution, asset management and such other businesses as approved by CSRC, and owns many business qualifications including mutual fund, QDII, enterprise annuity, specific asset management, domestic and overseas investment manager of social security fund, RQFII, insurance asset management, special asset management, occupational annuity, manager of basic pension insurance investment. It is one of the fund companies with the most comprehensive qualifications in the industry. ICBC Credit Suisse Asset Management (International) and ICBC Credit Suisse Investment Management Co., Ltd. are structured under ICBC Credit Suisse Asset Management. At the end of June 2020, ICBC Credit Suisse Asset Management managed a total of 155 domestic mutual funds and over 540 enterprise annuity accounts and segregated management accounts as well as non-listed assets and overseas portfolios, with the assets under management reaching RMB1.29 trillion; it recorded total assets of RMB12,000 million and net assets of RMB10,280 million, and generated a net profit of RMB938 million in the first half of the year.

ICBC FINANCIAL LEASING CO., LTD.

ICBC Leasing, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, has a paid-up capital of RMB18.0 billion. It mainly operates the financial leasing of large-scale equipment in critical fields such as aviation, shipping, energy and power, rail transit and equipment manufacturing. It also engages in various financial and industrial services including leased assets trading, securitization of investment assets, assets management and economic consulting. At the end of June 2020, ICBC Leasing recorded total assets of RMB268,343 million and net assets of RMB38,539 million. It generated a net profit of RMB2,066 million in the first half of the year.

51

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

ICBC-AXA ASSURANCE CO., LTD.

ICBC-AXA, a subsidiary of the Bank, has a paid-up capital of RMB12,505 million, in which the Bank holds a 60% stake. ICBC-AXA engages in a variety of insurance businesses such as life insurance, health insurance and accident insurance, and re-insurance of these businesses, businesses in which use of insurance capital is permitted by laws and regulations of the State, and other businesses approved by CBIRC. At the end of June 2020, ICBC-AXA recorded total assets of RMB183,097 million and net assets of RMB15,533 million. It generated a net profit of RMB587 million in the first half of the year.

ICBC FINANCIAL ASSET INVESTMENT CO., LTD.

ICBC Investment, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, has a paid-up capital of RMB12.0 billion and is one of the first pilot banks in China to conduct debt-for-equity swap authorized by the State Council. It holds the franchise license of non-bank financial institution and is mainly engaged in debt-for-equity swap and the supporting business. ICBC Investment established a private equity fund management subsidiary with the private fund manager’s license — ICBC Capital Management Co., Ltd., which was approved to conduct market-based equity investment business as a pilot entity in Shanghai in March 2020. At the end of June 2020, ICBC Investment recorded total assets of RMB136,238 million and net assets of RMB14,808 million. It generated a net profit of RMB591 million in the first half of the year.

ICBC WEALTH MANAGEMENT CO., LTD.

ICBC Wealth Management, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, has a paid-up capital of RMB16.0 billion. It engages mainly in the issuance of wealth management products, wealth management advisory and consulting service and other activities approved by CBIRC, qualified for general derivatives trading and foreign exchange business. At the end of June 2020, ICBC Wealth Management recorded total assets of RMB16,824 million and net assets of RMB16,594 million. It generated a net profit of RMB256 million in the first half of the year.

Major Equity Participation Company

STANDARD BANK GROUP LIMITED

Standard Bank is the largest commercial bank in Africa. Its scope of business covers commercial banking, investment banking, life insurance business and other areas. The Bank holds 20.06% ordinary shares of Standard Bank. Based on mutual benefit and win-win cooperation, the two sides furthered their cooperation in equity cooperation, customer expansion, project financing, product innovation, risk management, FinTech and staff exchange. At the end of June 2020, Standard Bank recorded total assets of ZAR2,610,912 million and net assets of ZAR218,453 million. It generated a net profit of ZAR4,122 million in the first half of the year.

Discussion and Analysis

52

RISK MANAGEMENT

Enterprise Risk Management System

In the first half of 2020, the Bank continued to promote the global, comprehensive and brand-new risk management system involving all personnel, spanning all processes and covering all risk exposures under the principles of “active prevention, smart control and comprehensive management”. It improved the enterprise risk management system and identified the responsibilities of “three lines of defense” in risk management; upgraded risk appetite management system and strengthened risk limit management and control; accelerated system building and data governance regarding risk management to consolidate risk management foundation; pushed ahead with application of machine learning, knowledge graph, face recognition and other cutting-edge technologies to make risk management more intelligent; enhanced risk monitoring and early warning.

Credit Risk

Credit Risk Management

The Bank gained achievements in supporting the real economy and preventing and controlling credit risk, reasonably launched credit policies in major risk areas, lent a hand to alleviate enterprises’ operation difficulties resulted from the COVID-19 and introduced special policy of deferred repayment for personal customers affected by the pandemic, taking targeted measures to well manage and control credit risk.

The Bank continued to improve the credit rules, and consolidated the basis for credit management. It refined the joint credit granting management mechanism and standardize its management responsibilities and procedure, thereby managing the joint credit granting in a steady manner; updated and integrated working capital loan management policies, intensified the management of risk control process and completed supporting system improvement; launched regulations for loans supporting technology upgrading of manufacturing enterprises, firmly backed technology upgrading scenarios of manufacturing enterprises and satisfied the financing demands of high-quality projects on the national or provincial governments’ list of technology transformation program for industrial enterprises.

The Bank strengthened the strategic guiding role of credit policy, and continued to improve its credit structure. It continued to meet the investment and financing demands of new urbanization construction, major projects and livelihood projects in fields such as urban infrastructure and public service, and projects under construction. It further supplemented the standards and requirements of credit policy of manufacturing industry, focused on supporting high-quality customers and projects in emerging fields such as new-generation IT and high-end equipment, and enhanced differentiated policy management for traditional manufacturing continuously. The Bank made active efforts to meet the financing demands of service industries striving to achieve consumption upgrade. To implement national major strategic region planning, the Bank researched and formulated credit policies of the Yangtze River Delta, Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macau Greater Bay Area, Beijing-Tianjin- Hebei Region, Central China and Chengdu-Chongqing Economic Circle while carried out credit policy guidance, support and management in those regions focusing on their characteristics.

The Bank strengthened risk management of the real estate industry. It continued to promote classification of the real estate market, reinforce risk management in commercial real estate by cities, mainly supported ordinary commercial housing projects aimed to satisfy rigid demands that are in line with regulatory guidance, and proactively and prudently promoted financing for commercial rental housing projects. It increased efforts in making government-subsidized housing projects in compliance with laws and regulations, strictly controlled financing for commercial property development and shantytown renovation projects for commercial use, and prudently controlled the real estate M&A financing.

53

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

The Bank strengthened credit risk management of small and micro enterprises. It continued to build a credit risk prevention and control system covering the whole process for small and micro enterprises. To progress towards the “digital inclusive finance”, it built a credit risk management system of small and micro enterprises featured “data driven, intelligent warning, dynamic management and continuous operation”. It improved customer selection and model access mechanism to tighten customer entry. It further advanced the mode of management throughout the term of business combining on-site inspection and off-site monitoring, specified responsibility for on-site inspection, augmented data source of off-site monitoring and bettered monitoring models, so as to increase the accuracy and coverage of off-site monitoring. It also strengthened efforts to collect and dispose NPLs, created new ways of collecting and disposing NPLs, and increased the quality and effectiveness of controlling credit risk of small and micro enterprises.

The Bank enhanced risk management of personal loans. It dynamically adjusted risk management and control policy for personal loans in line with the development of the COVID-19 pandemic, spared no efforts to provide credit and supporting services in the period of the pandemic, and concentrated on alleviating credit risk of customers whose repayment ability was severely weakened due to the pandemic. It upgraded and enriched monitoring models for personal loans and enhanced its capability of monitoring and early warning; completed post-loan management mechanism for personal loans, further revamped the rules for extending personal short-term loans, and focused on managing, collecting and disposing NPLs; carried out case prevention management steadily, stepped up efforts to track and remedy risk events, and took serious measures to trace and solve key risk points.

The Bank stepped up risk management of credit card business. It improved risk policy of credit card business, put into practice the regulatory requirement of “mandatory credit deduction” across the board and refined the carried standards. It fully established intensive operation mechanism for credit card business and realized centralized approval of standardized personal credit card issuance and credit limit adjustment, practically enhancing credit risk management capability. To keep out frauds in credit card business, it perfected anti-fraud process and mechanism in credit card application and strengthened authenticity check. The Bank deepened the construction of a smart system for credit management and pioneered the application of AI robot in telephone interview and voiceprint recognition in manual survey, to recognize deceptive credit card application by agencies.

The Bank improved credit risk management of treasury operations. As for investment business, it closely followed the whole Bank’s and industrial credit policies and strengthened pre-investment analysis. It kept a close eye on redemption risk of bonds due within the year, intensified monitoring of existing business in key risk industries and strengthened management throughout the term of business. In terms of money market businesses, it improved mechanism on pre-lending risk monitoring, and strengthened pre-access examination of counterparties and dynamic monitoring of risks. It imposed intensive systemic control over authorization, credit granting, access of counterparties, collateral, transaction price and other critical risk management links, ensuring compliance in business handling. It improved management throughout the term of business, and developed a sound mechanism in this regard. As to derivatives, the Bank actively promoted the negotiation and signing of ISDA, NAFMII and other relevant legal agreements, strictly managed and controlled derivative business counterparty credit limit through the Global Financial Market Transaction platform, and continued to conduct regular monitoring of client margins and credit limit.

Credit Risk Analysis

At the end of June 2020, the maximum credit risk exposure without taking account of any collateral and other credit enhancements reached RMB34,952,001 million, representing an increase of RMB2,805,856 million compared with the end of the previous year. Please refer to “Note 44.(a)(i) to the Financial Statements: Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk without Taking Account of Any Collateral and Other Credit Enhancements”. For mitigated risk exposures of credit risk asset portfolio, please refer to the section headed “Information Disclosed Pursuant to the Capital Regulation”.

Discussion and Analysis

54

DISTRIBUTION OF LOANS BY FIVE-CATEGORY CLASSIFICATION In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Pass 17,272,255 96.09 16,066,266 95.86

Special mention 433,436 2.41 454,866 2.71

NPLs 269,961 1.50 240,187 1.43

Substandard 148,494 0.83 97,864 0.58

Doubtful 103,115 0.57 113,965 0.68

Loss 18,352 0.10 28,358 0.17

Total 17,975,652 100.00 16,761,319 100.00

The quality of loans remained stable generally. As at the end of June 2020, according to the five-category classification, pass loans amounted to RMB17,272,255 million, representing an increase of RMB1,205,989 million compared to the end of the previous year and accounting for 96.09% of total loans. Special mention loans amounted to RMB433,436 million, representing a decrease of RMB21,430 million and accounting for 2.41% of total loans, dropping 0.30 percentage points. NPLs amounted to RMB269,961 million, showing an increase of RMB29,774 million, and NPL ratio was 1.50%, with an increase of 0.07 percentage points.

DISTRIBUTION OF LOANS AND NPLS In RMB millions, except for percentages

Item

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Loan Percentage

(%) NPLs NPL ratio

(%) Loan Percentage

(%) NPLs NPL ratio

(%)

Corporate loans 10,774,963 59.9 225,245 2.09 9,955,821 59.4 200,722 2.02

Short-term corporate loans

2,735,356 15.2 117,931 4.31 2,458,321 14.7 108,671 4.42

Medium to long-term corporate loans

8,039,607 44.7 107,314 1.33 7,497,500 44.7 92,051 1.23

Discounted bills 430,758 2.4 623 0.14 421,874 2.5 623 0.15

Personal loans 6,769,931 37.7 44,093 0.65 6,383,624 38.1 38,842 0.61

Residential mortgages 5,486,556 30.5 15,772 0.29 5,166,279 30.8 11,679 0.23

Personal consumption loans

190,441 1.1 3,771 1.98 193,516 1.2 4,459 2.30

Personal business loans 435,159 2.4 7,135 1.64 345,896 2.1 7,710 2.23

Credit card overdraft 657,775 3.7 17,415 2.65 677,933 4.0 14,994 2.21

Total 17,975,652 100.0 269,961 1.50 16,761,319 100.0 240,187 1.43

Corporate NPLs were RMB225,245 million, representing a NPL ratio of 2.09%. Personal NPLs stood at RMB44,093 million, representing a NPL ratio of 0.65%.

55

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

DISTRIBUTION OF CORPORATE LOANS AND NON-PERFORMING CORPORATE LOANS OF DOMESTIC BRANCHES BY INDUSTRY OF CUSTOMERS

In RMB millions, except for percentages

Item

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Loan Percentage

(%) NPLs NPL ratio

(%) Loan Percentage

(%) NPLs NPL ratio

(%)

Transportation, storage and postal services

2,270,350 24.4 19,457 0.86 2,131,892 24.9 17,466 0.82

Manufacturing 1,604,220 17.1 68,306 4.26 1,445,154 16.9 73,976 5.12

Leasing and commercial services

1,327,291 14.2 20,429 1.54 1,187,749 13.9 11,664 0.98

Water, environment and public utility management

1,050,689 11.2 6,557 0.62 910,504 10.6 4,122 0.45

Production and supply of electricity, heat, gas and water

949,124 10.1 2,561 0.27 934,414 10.9 1,900 0.20

Real estate 680,206 7.3 9,624 1.41 638,055 7.5 10,936 1.71

Wholesale and retail 449,163 4.8 57,848 12.88 406,532 4.7 42,492 10.45

Construction 273,794 2.9 5,288 1.93 252,104 2.9 5,344 2.12

Science, education, culture and sanitation

235,006 2.5 3,656 1.56 208,560 2.4 3,214 1.54

Mining 176,183 1.9 7,860 4.46 166,434 2.0 7,305 4.39

Lodging and catering 88,635 0.9 10,697 12.07 88,448 1.0 7,163 8.10

Others 255,052 2.7 3,726 1.46 190,096 2.3 6,511 3.43

Total 9,359,713 100.0 216,009 2.31 8,559,942 100.0 192,093 2.24

The Bank continued to improve and adjust the allocation of credits to industries, and spared no effort to provide more support to the real economy development, and funded major enterprises dedicated to the pandemic prevention and control with all strength. Specifically, loans to manufacturing increased by RMB159,066 million or 11.0% over the end of last year, mainly for pandemic prevention and control, relevant supplies, as well as for capital turnover and reserve in business resumption. Loans to water, environment and public utility management increased by RMB140,185 million, representing a growth rate of 15.4%, mainly for steadily meeting investment and financing demands arising from significant projects and projects for people’s livelihood in the areas of urban infrastructure, environmental protection and public services. Loans to leasing and commercial services increased by RMB139,542 million, representing a growth rate of 11.7%, mainly due to fast growth in commercial services including investment and asset management and development zones etc. Loans to transportation, storage and postal services increased by RMB138,458 million, representing a growth rate of 6.5%, mainly to provide more credit support for major projects in such fields as highway and railway.

Severely affected by the COVID-19 outbreak, certain loans to wholesale and retail, leasing and commercial services turned non-performing, leading to a faster rise in the balance of NPLs.

Discussion and Analysis

56

DISTRIBUTION OF LOANS AND NPLS BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA In RMB millions, except for percentages

Item

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Loan Percentage

(%) NPLs NPL ratio

(%) Loan Percentage

(%) NPLs NPL ratio

(%)

Head Office 756,366 4.2 22,931 3.03 774,578 4.6 20,725 2.68

Yangtze River Delta 3,415,230 19.0 43,930 1.29 3,124,793 18.6 26,024 0.83

Pearl River Delta 2,575,490 14.3 26,343 1.02 2,341,370 14.0 23,629 1.01

Bohai Rim 2,925,074 16.3 60,672 2.07 2,739,585 16.3 49,037 1.79

Central China 2,666,243 14.8 35,444 1.33 2,445,215 14.7 35,638 1.46

Western China 3,239,846 18.0 44,752 1.38 2,991,010 17.8 40,164 1.34

Northeastern China 820,730 4.6 26,198 3.19 798,691 4.8 35,944 4.50

Overseas and others 1,576,673 8.8 9,691 0.61 1,546,077 9.2 9,026 0.58

Total 17,975,652 100.0 269,961 1.50 16,761,319 100.0 240,187 1.43

MOVEMENTS OF ALLOWANCE FOR IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON LOANS In RMB millions

Item

Movements of allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers measured at

amortised cost

Movements of allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers measured at

FVOCI

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Balance at 1 January 2020

215,316 78,494 184,688 478,498 227 – 5 232

Transfer:

to stage 1 15,048 (13,555) (1,493) – – – – –

to stage 2 (4,643) 6,233 (1,590) – – – – –

to stage 3 (1,766) (28,635) 30,401 – – – – –

Charge 56,921 24,949 29,801 111,671 34 – – 34

Write-offs and transfer out

– – (65,739) (65,739) – – – –

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

– – 1,920 1,920 – – – –

Other movements 89 (75) (1,037) (1,023) 0 – – 0

Balance at 30 June 2020

280,965 67,411 176,951 525,327 261 – 5 266

Note: Please see “Note 17. to the Financial Statements: Loans and Advances to Customers” for details.

At the end of June 2020, the allowance for impairment losses on loans stood at RMB525,593 million, of which RMB525,327 million on loans measured at amortised cost, and RMB266 million on loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. Allowance to NPLs was 194.69%, and allowance to total loans ratio was 2.92%.

57

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

DISTRIBUTION OF LOANS BY COLLATERAL In RMB millions, except for percentages

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Item Amount Percentage

(%) Amount Percentage

(%)

Loans secured by mortgages 8,378,844 46.6 7,884,774 47.1

Pledged loans 1,491,265 8.3 1,427,911 8.5

Guaranteed loans 2,229,901 12.4 2,078,921 12.4

Unsecured loans 5,875,642 32.7 5,369,713 32.0

Total 17,975,652 100.0 16,761,319 100.0

OVERDUE LOANS In RMB millions, except for percentages

Overdue periods

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Amount % of total

loans Amount % of total

loans

Less than 3 months 78,351 0.44 83,084 0.50

3 months to 1 year 79,332 0.44 89,625 0.53

1 to 3 years 67,660 0.38 66,848 0.40

Over 3 years 20,134 0.11 28,659 0.17

Total 245,477 1.37 268,216 1.60

Note: Loans and advances to customers are deemed overdue when either the principal or interest is overdue. For loans and advances to customers repayable by installments, the total amount of loans is deemed overdue if part of the installments is overdue.

Overdue loans stood at RMB245,477 million, representing a drop of RMB22,739 million from the end of the previous year. Among them, loans overdue for over 3 months amounted to RMB167,126 million, representing a decrease of RMB18,006 million.

RESCHEDULED LOANS

Rescheduled loans and advances amounted to RMB9,682 million, representing an increase of RMB2,363 million as compared to the end of the previous year. Rescheduled loans and advances overdue for over 3 months amounted to RMB2,324 million, representing an increase of RMB989 million.

Discussion and Analysis

58

BORROWER CONCENTRATION

The total amount of loans granted by the Bank to the single largest customer and top ten single customers accounted for 3.3% and 13.3% of the Bank’s net capital base respectively. The total amount of loans granted to the top ten single customers was RMB421,454 million, accounting for 2.3% of the total loans. The table below shows the details of the loans granted to the top ten single borrowers of the Bank as at the end of June 2020.

In RMB millions, except for percentages

Borrower Industry Amount % of total

loans

Borrower A Transportation, storage and postal services 105,583 0.6

Borrower B Transportation, storage and postal services 61,614 0.3

Borrower C Manufacturing 47,305 0.3

Borrower D Transportation, storage and postal services 44,298 0.2

Borrower E Transportation, storage and postal services 38,250 0.2

Borrower F Transportation, storage and postal services 27,270 0.2

Borrower G Transportation, storage and postal services 26,186 0.2

Borrower H Manufacturing 24,804 0.1

Borrower I Manufacturing 23,783 0.1

Borrower J Manufacturing 22,361 0.1

Total 421,454 2.3

Note: Due to rounding, percentages presented herein are for reference only.

Large Exposures Management

The Bank actively established and improved the management structure and system for large exposures, improved relevant rules and regulations, and clarified requirements on management framework, calculation method, policy and procedures related to large exposures management. Efforts were also continuously made to promote the information system to effectively manage the Bank’s large exposures.

Risk Management for Asset Management

The Bank actively implemented the requirements of New Rules on Asset Management, closely followed the principle of isolating risks of agency investment and businesses that it operates for its own account, continued to develop a system for managing asset management business risk, and effectively promoted the sound development of asset management business. The Bank formulated standard fundamental principles and rules for non-standard agency investment business after the inception of ICBC Wealth Management, and propelled the transformation of risk management system for asset management business. The Bank revised fundamental administrative policies for non-standard agency investment business, strengthened the refined and differentiated management of asset-backed securities, debt-for-equity swap, investment in equity of non- financial and unlisted enterprises and other key businesses, and consolidated the foundation of risk management and control over approval authorization for agency investment risk, partnership management and archive management. It continued to improve asset management business-related IT system functions, implemented post-investment valuation function for non- standard agency debt investment business, updated functions such as full amount guarantee verification and guarantor limit management for agency investment business and management of agency investment in portfolios of funds throughout the term of business, and further strengthened systematic management to cover the whole-process of agency investment business.

59

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

The Bank established and improved a risk monitoring system under the principle of thorough penetration and conducted regular inspections of all assets for risk by building penetrative bond base and project library. It made more efforts to study and predict market trends in order to set reasonable and forward-looking risk pre-warning indicators. Sticking to the principle of rendering everything under control and imposing strict control, the Bank included such risk control indicators as investment concentration and product leverage ratio into system procedure-based hard control, conducting investment business in a standardized and effective manner. It laid down comprehensive stress testing rules for wealth management products so as to carry out stress testing for products. It upgraded efficient, transparent and controllable examination system covering the whole process, strictly implemented investment restriction requirements in New Rules on Asset Management, and took stringent measures to prevent from stepping into areas banned by the regulators. It actively bettered credit rating mechanism and built credit rating system which covers the whole market and will be adjusted continuously. It paid close attention to market changes, deepened industry analysis and tapped into new business modes, constantly enhancing the perspectiveness of pre-investment approval. It also structured a dynamic and prudent liquidity risk management system, properly matched the term of product with investment term, focused on disposing liquidity risk during critical times and improved large-value subscription and redemption mechanism.

Please refer to the section headed “Information Disclosed Pursuant to the Capital Regulation” for further information on credit risk capital measurement.

Market Risk

The Bank continued to promote the market risk management, advanced market risk management of overseas institutions, and formed emergency plans to deal with material market risk for overseas institutions. It improved the group-wide market risk appetite transmission mechanism, strictly controlled the Group’s market risk limit, carried out forward-looking analysis on the Group’s interest rate risk, currency risk and product risk, formulated rapid risk reporting mechanism during the pandemic, and improved regulations on market data quality management. The Bank continued to improve functions of the Global Market Risk Management (GMRM) system, promoted the upgrading, management and application of stress testing and other functions, and made unceasing efforts to apply GMRM to overseas institutions.

Management of Market Risk in the Trading Book

The Bank continuously strengthened trading book market risk management and product control, adopted the value-at- risk (VaR), stress testing, sensitivity analysis, exposure analysis, profit/loss analysis, price monitoring and other means to measure and manage trading book products. It continued to improve the portfolio-based market risk limit management system, refined the limit indicator system, completed dynamic management mechanism, and realized quick and flexible limit monitoring and dynamic adjustments based on the GMRM system to meet the requirements of new products and businesses for timeliness. For VaR of the trading book, please refer to “Note 44. (c)(i) to the Financial Statements: VaR”.

Currency Risk Management

The Bank closely watched the changes in external environment and market conditions, took a combination of measures such as limit management and hedging of risks to timely adjust and optimize the aggregate amount and structure of foreign exchange assets and liabilities, and strengthened assets and liabilities currency structure management and capital fund preservation management of overseas institutions. The currency risk was generally under control.

Discussion and Analysis

60

FOREIGN EXCHANGE EXPOSURE In RMB (USD) millions

Item

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

RMB USD

equivalent RMB USD

equivalent

Exposure of on-balance sheet foreign exchange items, net

462,276 65,347 372,187 53,453

Exposure of off-balance sheet foreign exchange items, net

(302,143) (42,711) (176,923) (25,410)

Total foreign exchange exposure, net 160,133 22,636 195,264 28,043

Please refer to “Note 44. (c)(ii) to the Financial Statements: Currency Risk” for the exchange rate sensitivity analysis.

Please refer to the section headed “Information Disclosed Pursuant to the Capital Regulation” for further information on market risk capital measurement.

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

Upholding the idea of risk management creating value, the Bank developed a more forward-looking, proactive and adaptable strategy and policy system for interest rate risk, applied a combination of quantity, pricing and derivative instruments regarding assets and liabilities to optimize duration structure and respond to the downward pressure of interest rate and the COVID-19 pandemic, prevented and controlled interest rate risk in the pricing benchmark conversion of existing loans, thereby maintaining stable overall income and long-term value. It continuously improved interest rate risk management process, focused on developing mechanism to prevent and control interest rate risk at the product access, and reinforced the performing of duties at the first defense line of interest rate risk. It continued to apply technologies to interest rate risk management system, increasing the efficiency of preventing and controlling interest rate risk across the Group, throughout the whole process and in all products.

Analysis on Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

Interest Rate Exposure Analysis

At the end of June 2020, the Bank had a positive cumulative interest rate sensitivity exposure within one year of RMB306,814 million, representing an increase of RMB451,970 million from the end of the previous year, mainly resulted from the increase in repriced or matured loans and advances to customers and reverse repurchase agreements within one year. It had a positive cumulative interest rate sensitivity exposure above one year of RMB1,685,746 million, representing a decrease of RMB444,463 million, mainly due to the increase in repriced or matured due to customers above one year.

INTEREST RATE RISK EXPOSURE In RMB millions

Less than 3 months

3 months to 1 year 1 to 5 years Over 5 years

At 30 June 2020 (8,312,162) 8,618,976 (749,625) 2,435,371

At 31 December 2019 (1,593,786) 1,448,630 220,030 1,910,179

Note: Please refer to “Note 44. (d) to the Financial Statements: Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book” for details.

Please refer to the section headed “Information Disclosed Pursuant to the Capital Regulation” for further information on interest rate sensitivity analysis in the banking book.

61

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Liquidity Risk

The Bank upheld a steady and prudent liquidity risk management strategy, stepped up efforts to manage liquidity risk, and took measures to see that the Group’s liquidity is stable and safe. It strengthened monitoring over key businesses, customers and funds to ensure sound liquidity risk management during payment peak times, national holidays and critical times. It analyzed, researched and predicted factors affecting liquidity risk, made coordinated efforts to manage liquidity risks in both domestic and overseas institutions, in RMB and foreign currencies, and on- and off-balance sheet, ensuring stable liquidity and sufficient liquidity reserves. Based on these efforts, the Bank’s liquidity risk management system was improved steadily, with more automatic supporting system for monitoring, measuring and managing liquidity risks, so as to boost effective and refined management of liquidity risk.

Liquidity Risk Analysis

At the end of June 2020, RMB liquidity ratio and foreign currency liquidity ratio of the Bank were 43.1% and 93.1% respectively, both meeting the regulatory requirements. Loan-to-deposit ratio was 70.6%. Please refer to the section headed “Discussion and Analysis — Other Information Disclosed Pursuant to Regulatory Requirements” for details.

Net stable funding ratio aims to ensure commercial banks have sufficient stable sources of funding to meet the needs for stable funding of assets and off-balance sheet risk exposures. The net stable funding ratio is the ratio of the available stable funding to the required stable funding. As at the end of the second quarter of 2020, the net stable funding ratio was 127.89%, 1.45 percentage points lower than that at the end of the previous quarter, mainly due to the rapid growth in the required stable funding. For the quantitative information for net stable funding ratio in accordance with the Disclosure Rules on Net Stable Funding Ratio of Commercial Banks, please refer to the section headed “Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information”.

The daily average liquidity coverage ratio for the second quarter of 2020 was 136.32%, 18.27 percentage points higher than the previous quarter, mainly attributable to the increase in the size of both eligible high-quality liquid assets and cash inflows in the future 30 days. High-quality liquid assets cover cash, available central bank reserve under stress and primary and secondary bond assets that can be included in the liquidity coverage ratio under the regulatory requirements. For the quantitative information for liquidity coverage ratio in accordance with the Administrative Measures for the Information Disclosure of Liquidity Coverage Ratio of Commercial Banks, please refer to the section headed “Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information”.

The Bank also assessed its liquidity risk profile by using liquidity exposure analysis. Deposits maintained steady growth with a high deposition rate, and at the same time the Bank made major investment in highly liquid bond assets, and possessed sufficient liquidity reserves. Therefore, the overall liquidity of the Bank maintained at a safe level. At the end of June 2020, the positive liquidity exposure within 1 month increased, mainly due to the increase of matured reverse repurchase agreements with corresponding term. The negative liquidity exposure for the 3 months to 1 year category decreased, mainly caused by the decrease of matured due to customers with corresponding term and the growth of matured loans and advances to customers with corresponding term.

LIQUIDITY EXPOSURE ANALYSIS In RMB millions

Overdue/ repayable

on demand

Less than 1 month

1 to 3 months

3 months to 1 year

1 to 5 years

Over 5 years Undated Total

At 30 June 2020 (14,308,325) 730,071 (566,060) (118,565) 2,689,650 11,185,198 3,134,787 2,746,756

At 31 December 2019 (13,148,663) 372,311 (701,406) (715,546) 3,498,846 10,069,296 3,317,165 2,692,003

Note: Please refer to “Note 44. (b) to the Financial Statements: Liquidity Risk” for details.

Discussion and Analysis

62

Internal Control and Operational Risk

Internal Control

The Bank continually refined its internal control mechanism and concentrated to promote better and more effective internal control system of the Group. It revised Measures for Internal Regulation Management of the Group and continued to apply the internal regulation management system to overseas institutions. It finished compiling Internal Control Manual and pushed forward with its application and formation of long-term management mechanism. It restructured the internal control assessment system for domestic branches improving assessment methods and making innovation of assessment tools, to work out and improve the division of responsibilities mechanism, as well as the incentive and constraint mechanism of assessment criteria. To improve the Group’s compliance management level on an on-going basis, it strengthened the performing of duties in compliance of the first line of defense. It pushed ahead with a mechanism for long-term overseas compliance management, and built a compliance management structure featuring “one mode for one region” and “risk- based” mode to control overseas institutions’ compliance practice based on their grade, so as to strengthen differentiated supervision and instruction in key institutions. Moreover, it advanced closed-loop management cover the whole process, improved appraisal and accountability mechanism for compliance, and built up a compliance team.

Operational Risk Management

The Bank continued to push the Group’s operational risk management and control to a higher level in line with the regulatory focus and operational risk trends under the circumstance of pandemic prevention and control. It attached importance to prevent and manage operational risk in credit loan, operation settlement, authorization management and other business. It focused on risk governance in lawsuit-related risks, regulatory punishment and other key areas and took special actions to prevent and control lawsuit-related risk. It performed gridding and intelligent risk inspections in terms of employees’ unusual conducts. It refined the operational risk management system, intensified the mapping relation between operational risk and business lines, and continuously strengthened the application of operational risk management tools and data quality management. It also refined limit management of operational risk and performed well in monitoring and reporting limit indicators. During the reporting period, the operational risk management and control system of the Bank operated smoothly and the operational risk was controllable on the whole.

Legal Risk

The Bank constantly improved its capacity to prevent and control legal risk, and made continuous efforts to improve the full-process legal risk prevention and control mechanism in a systematic manner. Following the current financial regulatory requirements, the Bank further advanced the prevention, control and mitigation of relevant legal risks in key fields and links, improved function design and well-conceived mechanism for electronic signing system, and made productive efforts to make legal risk management and control more procedure-based, and build a better-structured system.

Anti-Money Laundering

In strict compliance with anti-money laundering (“AML”) laws and regulations of China and host countries (regions) of overseas institutions, the Bank fully implemented the “risk-based” regulatory requirements in respect of AML, earnestly fulfilled the legal obligations and social responsibilities concerning AML. The Bank constantly developed the Group’s AML governance capability, improved AML organizational structure, and enhanced appraisal, incentive and constraint mechanism regarding AML. The Bank promoted domestic and overseas Know Your Customer (“KYC”) special rectification, and tightened the compliance inspections and supervision on high-risk areas. The Bank promoted the domestic money laundering risk evaluation project, carried out key AML risk assessment on overseas institutions, and reorganized the money laundering risks evaluation system for customers, products and institutions. The Bank reinforced control over the whole process and thorough management in major risk areas and invested more resources to develop intelligent AML system. Meanwhile, it stepped up training for AML compliance personnel to accelerate the implementation of “risk-based and precautionary” money laundering risk management idea.

63

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Please refer to the section headed “Information Disclosed Pursuant to the Capital Regulation” for further information on operational risk capital measurement.

Reputational Risk

The Bank constantly advanced the building of the reputational risk management policies and mechanism, realizing better management in this regard. It supplemented reputational risk management policies, reinforced the management of reputational risk sources and specified responsibilities of management entity. It actively responded to public concerns in terms of hotspot issues. It also organized a series of campaigns with great influence for publicity to enhance its brand image. During the reporting period, the Bank’s reputational risk was controllable with no material reputational risk event occurred.

Country Risk

In the first half of 2020, facing the increasingly complicated international political and economic environment, the Bank continued to enhance country risk management. It continuously improved the policies and procedures for country risk management; closely watched changes in country risk exposures, constantly tracked, monitored and reported country risks; and timely updated and adjusted the country risk rating and limits. It also conducted stress tests on country risk actively, strengthened early warning for country risks, and effectively controlled country risks while pushing ahead with the internationalization.

Discussion and Analysis

64

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

In the first half of the year, the Bank further deepened the capital management reform, strengthened capital saving and optimization, carried forward the disposal of inefficient capital occupation, intensified the constraint of economic capital on risk-weighted assets and continued to elevate the capital use efficiency. It holistically balanced the supplementation of endogenous and exogenous capital, and further consolidated the capital base to reinforce its capacity in supporting the real economy. During the reporting period, all capital indicators performed well, of which capital adequacy ratio was kept at a sound and appropriate level.

Capital Adequacy Ratio and Leverage Ratio

The Bank calculated its capital adequacy ratios at all levels in accordance with the Capital Regulation. According to the scope of implementing the advanced capital management approaches as approved by the regulatory authorities, the foundation internal ratings-based (IRB) approach was adopted for corporate credit risk, the IRB approach for retail credit risk, the internal model approach (IMA) for market risk, and the standardized approach for operational risk meeting regulatory requirements. The weighted approach was adopted for credit risk uncovered by the IRB approach and the standardized approach for market risk uncovered by the IMA.

As at the end of June, the core tier 1 capital adequacy ratio, tier 1 capital adequacy ratio and capital adequacy ratio stood at 12.70%, 13.72% and 16.00% respectively, complying with regulatory requirements.

65

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

CAPITAL ADEQUACY RATIO In RMB millions, except for percentages

Item At 30 June

2020 At 31 December

2019

Core tier 1 capital 2,526,951 2,472,774

Paid-in capital 356,407 356,407

Valid portion of capital reserve 148,563 149,067

Surplus reserve 292,625 292,149

General reserve 305,006 304,876

Retained profits 1,421,369 1,367,180

Valid portion of minority interests 4,079 4,178

Others (1,098) (1,083)

Core tier 1 capital deductions 15,725 15,500

Goodwill 9,128 9,038

Other intangible assets other than land use rights 3,604 2,933

Cash flow hedge reserves that relate to the hedging of items that are not fair valued on the balance sheet

(4,987) (4,451)

Investments in core tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are under control but not subject to consolidation

7,980 7,980

Net core tier 1 capital 2,511,226 2,457,274

Additional tier 1 capital 200,207 200,249

Additional tier 1 capital instruments and related premium 199,456 199,456

Valid portion of minority interests 751 793

Net tier 1 capital 2,711,433 2,657,523

Tier 2 capital 450,708 463,956

Valid portion of tier 2 capital instruments and related premium 252,624 272,680

Surplus provision for loan impairment 196,774 189,569

Valid portion of minority interests 1,310 1,707

Net capital base 3,162,141 3,121,479

Risk-weighted assets(2) 19,769,139 18,616,886

Core tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 12.70% 13.20%

Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 13.72% 14.27%

Capital adequacy ratio 16.00% 16.77%

Notes: (1) Please refer to “Note 44. (e) to the Financial Statements: Capital Management” for details.

(2) Refers to risk-weighted assets after capital floor and adjustments.

For more information of capital measurement of the Bank, please refer to the section headed “Information Disclosed Pursuant to the Capital Regulation”.

Discussion and Analysis

66

LEVERAGE RATIO In RMB millions, except for percentages

Item

At 30 June

2020

At 31 March

2020

At 31 December

2019

At 30 September

2019

Net tier 1 capital 2,711,433 2,744,542 2,657,523 2,636,734

Balance of adjusted on- and off-balance sheet assets 35,239,614 34,044,105 31,982,214 32,402,109

Leverage ratio 7.69% 8.06% 8.31% 8.14%

Note: Please refer to the section headed “Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information” for details on disclosed leverage ratio information.

Capital Financing Management

On the basis of capital replenishment by retained profits, the Bank proactively expanded the channels for exogenous capital replenishment and continuously promoted the innovation of capital instruments, to reinforce the capital strength, optimize capital structure and control the cost of capital rationally.

The proposals on the issuance of domestic and offshore preference shares were reviewed and approved at the First Extraordinary General Meeting of 2018 of the Bank. In March and July 2020, the Bank received replies from CBIRC and CSRC respectively, approving the issuance of no more than 300 million offshore preference shares with the proceeds not exceeding RMB30.0 billion equivalent of USD, which will be counted as the additional tier 1 capital of the Bank in accordance with relevant regulatory requirements.

The Annual General Meeting for the Year 2019 of the Bank considered and approved the Proposal on the Issuance of Undated Additional Tier 1 Capital Bonds and Eligible Tier 2 Capital Instruments. The Bank planned to newly issue capital instruments with the total amount up to RMB80.0 billion equivalent, including undated additional tier 1 capital bonds in the offshore market in foreign currency of RMB40.0 billion equivalent, which will be used to replenish additional tier 1 capital of the Bank; and eligible tier 2 capital instruments of RMB40.0 billion or equivalent foreign currency in the domestic and offshore markets to replenish the Bank’s tier 2 capital. The Annual General Meeting for the Year 2019 of the Bank considered and approved the Proposal on the Issuance of No More Than RMB90 Billion Eligible Tier 2 Capital Instruments. The Bank planned to newly issue eligible tier 2 capital instruments with the total amount up to RMB90.0 billion in the domestic market to replenish the Bank’s tier 2 capital. The above-mentioned issuance plan on undated additional tier 1 capital bonds is still subject to the approval by the relevant regulatory authorities. In August 2020, the Bank received replies from CBIRC and PBC, approving the Bank to publicly issue tier 2 capital bonds of no more than RMB130.0 billion in China’s national inter-bank bond market.

The Board of Directors of the Bank reviewed and approved the Proposal on the Issuance of Undated Additional Tier 1 Capital Bonds on 28 August 2020. The Bank planned to issue undated additional tier 1 capital bonds of no more than RMB100.0 billion in domestic market, which will be used to replenish additional tier 1 capital of the Bank. The issuance plan for the undated additional tier 1 capital bonds is still subject to the approval of the Shareholders’ General Meeting of the Bank, after which, it is still subject to the approval of the relevant regulatory authorities.

For details on the issuance of capital instruments of the Bank, please refer to the announcements published by the Bank on the website of SSE, the “HKEXnews” website of HKEX and the website of the Bank.

67

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

OUTLOOK

The global economy will face a variety of adversities in the second half of 2020, including sharp contraction in international trade and investment, turbulent international financial markets, restricted international exchange, economic de-globalization and rising geopolitical risks. With major strategic achievements made in COVID-19 containment, China is establishing a new development pattern in which domestic economic cycle functions as the main body and both domestic and international economic cycles promote each other, with domestic market as the mainstay. Development was accelerated in the fields of new infrastructure, new urbanization initiatives, transportation and water conservancy and major projects. Digital economy, smart manufacturing and biopharmaceuticals have become new drivers and poles of growth, paving the way for banks to turn crisis into an opportunity and changes into a new beginning.

In the second half of 2020, the Bank will remain guided by the Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, strive for the goal of building a moderately prosperous society in all respects, follow the “48-character” guideline of “guidance of Party building and strict governance, customer first and serving the real economy, technology driven and value creation, international vision and global operation, pragmatic transformation and reform, solid foundation by risk control and talent-oriented development” and accurately understand the “big, comprehensive, stable, new, optimal and strong” orientation of development. Meanwhile, the Bank will make coordinated effort on regular COVID-19 containment, financial services and business development and provide financial services that are increasingly adaptive, competitive and inclusive. First, the Bank will serve the real economy in a well-targeted manner. The Bank will further implement the “Chunrun Action”, “Chunrong Action” and “Chunnuan Action”, reasonably manage the aggregate size, pace, destinations, structure and price of financing and make interest concessions to boost the real economy. Targeted and direct financial services will be used as the principal measure for ensuring the stability on six fronts and security in six areas. High-quality, efficient financial services will be provided to help shape the “dual circulation” development pattern. Second, strategy implementation will be strengthened to sharpen the overall competitive edge. The Bank will make all-out effort to build the No.1 Personal Bank strategy, the preferred bank for domestic foreign exchange business strategy, and better serve China’s regional coordinated development strategy. The Bank will give full play to its strengths in corporate banking, institutional banking, financial markets, investment banking and asset management to generate synergies and multiplicative effects. Third, a new ecosphere of international, diversified development will be built to enhance the integrated service capacity. International, diversified development will be focused on meeting customers’ comprehensive financial demands. The Bank will move faster to build a comprehensive service system with complete functions, smooth collaboration and strong competitiveness, so as to provide one-stop financial service solutions to customers. Fourth, transformation and innovation will be accelerated to secure the high ground in future competition. The Bank will ride on the digital economy trends to pursue e-ICBC strategy upgrades, create novel digital development modes, introduce new products offering the best user experience, build new platforms for innovation empowerment and improve the new mechanisms for tech-driven development in an all-out effort to serve the “Digital China” initiative. Fifth, the risk bottom line will be defended to keep risk response ahead of market curve. The Bank will adhere to the “preventive, forward- looking, remedial and analogical” approach to improve the global, comprehensive and brand-new risk management system involving all personnel, spanning all processes and covering all risk exposures under the principles of “active prevention, smart control and comprehensive management” and achieve sustainable growth through cycles to build a world-class and modern financial enterprise.

Discussion and Analysis

68

OTHER INFORMATION DISCLOSED PURSUANT TO REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Major Regulatory Indicators

Item Regulatory

criteria

At 30 June

2020

At 31 December

2019

At 31 December

2018

Liquidity ratio (%) RMB >=25.0 43.1 43.0 43.8

Foreign currency >=25.0 93.1 85.9 83.0

Loan-to-deposit ratio (%) RMB and foreign currency

70.6 71.6 71.0

Percentage of loans to single largest customer (%)

<=10.0 3.3 3.1 3.8

Percentage of loans to top 10 customers (%)

13.3 12.6 12.9

Loan migration ratio (%) Pass 1.0 1.5 1.7

Special mention 23.1 26.1 25.3

Substandard 21.7 36.0 38.8

Doubtful 3.6 15.6 25.2

Note: The regulatory indicators in the table are calculated in accordance with related regulatory requirements, definitions and accounting standards applicable to the current period. The comparative figures are not adjusted or restated.

Reconciliation of Differences between the Financial Statements Prepared under PRC GAAP and Those under IFRSs

In respect of the financial statements of the Bank prepared under PRC GAAP and those under IFRSs, net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company for the six months ended 30 June 2020 and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent company as at the end of the reporting period have no differences.

Corporate Bonds

The Bank did not issue any corporate bonds that need to be disclosed as per the “No. 3 Standards on the Content and Format of Information Disclosure of Companies with Public Offerings — Content and Format of Half-Year Reports” (Revision 2017) or “No. 39 Standards on the Content and Format of Information Disclosure of Companies with Public Offerings — Content and Format of Half-Year Reports on Corporate Bonds”.

69

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

HOT TOPICS IN THE CAPITAL MARKET

COVID-19 Impact and Response

The Bank has achieved initial success in containing the COVID-19 pandemic while serving the economic and social development in the first half of 2020.

1. Loans, bonds and other financing facilities were used to support resumption of business activities. In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s domestic RMB loans increased by RMB1,095,948 million over the previous year, a year-on-year increase of RMB312,652 million. The investments in local government bonds and anti-epidemic bonds newly increased by RMB467.3 billion and RMB110.0 billion respectively.

2. The interest rate policy transmission was further strengthened to cut the financing costs in the real economy. Loans were reasonably priced. In the first half of the year, new corporate loans were issued at much lower interest rates than last year. Outstanding loans were switched to the new pricing benchmark in a well-organized manner to effectively lower the financing costs for the real economy.

3. The repayment deferral policy was implemented to relieve the pressure of financially stressed customers. The Bank helped corporate customers through difficulties by interest payment rescheduling, extension and refinance. Special relief and support policies were introduced for individual customers infected with COVID-19 or frontline medical workers.

4. All-out effort was made to ensure the public access to day-to-day financial services. Physical outlets reasonably arranged business hours and maintained proper cleaning and disinfection to ensure public access to essential financial services. For online business, the Bank launched “contactless” service for LPR switch, corporate credit reference, online social security, online payroll service, online diagnosis and treatment and online education. In addition, the “Emergency Supply Management System” was developed and opened free of charge to key epidemic containment entities, including epidemic prevention and control centers, public health agencies and medical institutions. 3,111 entities were supported in the first half of the year, benefiting nearly 30,000 entities.

5. Domestic and overseas institutions joined the global fight against the pandemic. After the domestic COVID-19 outbreak, domestic and overseas institutions of the Bank lent a hand to Wuhan and Hubei, donating over RMB230 million of cash and supplies in total. When the virus spread overseas, domestic institutions of the Bank purchased most wanted supplies for overseas institutions to support the host governments, local communities, local enterprises and overseas Chinese students in containing the coronavirus, and anti-epidemic lectures were given to overseas Chinese to build a community with shared future for mankind.

The pandemic sent the world economy into a serious recession, posing heavier pressure on banks’ business operations and asset quality in 2020. In an effort to ensure the stability on six fronts and security in six areas, the Bank will serve the real economy by providing more and cheaper funding. General risk screening was conducted and loans were closely monitored using big data and other risk control technologies, thus ensuring early risk prevention and response and minimizing the risk of assets.

Discussion and Analysis

70

Serving the Real Economy and Unimpeded Flows

The Bank took a variety of positive and effective actions to implement the policies aimed at ensuring the stability on six fronts and security in six areas, support the real economy, ensure unimpeded flows, restore the industry chain ecosphere and support small and micro enterprises.

1. The “Chunrun Action” was launched to help bring enterprises back to business. All at the Bank worked together and strengthened allocation of resources to boost the availability, quality and stability of financial services for resumption of business. In the first half of the year, the “Chunrun Action” provided RMB1.2 trillion of full-caliber financing to 41 thousand enterprises in seven major industries including the five healthcare fields, essential living supplies, transport and logistics, equipment manufacturing, energy and chemicals, telecom operation as well as foreign trade and investment.

2. The “Chunrong Action” was carried out to ensure stability of global supply chains. The Bank put together its in- house resources and sought external cooperation to cut the financing costs of enterprises, support the restocking demand of upstream enterprises and relieving the liquidity pressure of downstream enterprises, in a bid to protect core enterprises from supply chain disruptions and upstream and downstream enterprises from liquidity drought. In the first half of the year, the Bank sorted out 1,072 importers, exporters and foreign enterprises hit by the pandemic, developed tailored assistance solutions for them and issued RMB211.7 billion of financing in RMB and foreign currencies.

3. The “Chunnuan Action” was launched to promote poverty alleviation through consumption and boost “micro- circulation”. To relieve poverty-stricken areas from the COVID-19 shocks, the Bank’s “Chunnuan Action” connected overstocked agricultural products directly to buyers through various channels. In the first half of the year, this poverty alleviation through consumption program helped sell RMB792 million worth of products from poor areas. In addition, the Bank developed the “precision poverty alleviation + agricultural supply chain” service model and explored the “bank + insurance + futures” joint poverty alleviation model, thereby effectively helping the poor increase income and get rid of poverty steadily. The “finance + e-commerce” poverty alleviation mode was implemented. The Bank helped sell agricultural products from poor areas through ICBC Mall as a much broader channel. Over 3,800 poverty alleviation merchants registered with the platform in total.

4. The industrial circulation was unblocked following the natural law of industry. The Bank sorted out the trading, funding and credit chains among industries and enterprises, putting focus on removing major blockages, such as funds tied up by industry leaders or e-commerce platforms. In the first half of the year, the Bank issued RMB1.31 trillion of working capital financing to 10.5 thousand core enterprises that connected 32.1 thousand downstream and upstream businesses, thereby giving a boost to coordinated restoration of production of producers, suppliers and distributors (upstream and downstream, small, medium-sized and large, domestic and overseas).

5. Inclusive finance support was strengthened in an all-round manner. First, more inclusive loans were granted. At the end of the reporting period, the balance of inclusive loans stood at RMB639,929 million, up 35.7% from the beginning of the year. Second, manufacturers of anti-epidemic supplies were supported to resume business, with RMB13.5 billion of loans issued to 4,805 small and micro enterprises involved in epidemic containment in the first half of the year. Nearly RMB530.0 billion of loans were granted to 330 thousand small and micro enterprises back to business. Third, the Bank relieved enterprises from difficulties by a combination of loan renewal, extension, refinance, grace period and rescheduling. The small and micro customers hit hard by the COVID-19 were allowed to postpone their loan payments temporarily, thus easing their debt service pressure. Fourth, the financing costs of enterprises were reduced. The overall cost of inclusive loans issued in the first half of the year was lower than the prior-year level.

71

Discussion and Analysis

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Credit and Market Risk Management

The Bank maintained generally stable quality of credit assets in the first half of 2020. Market risk experienced no major adverse changes.

1. The credit asset quality remained generally stable. Since the COVID-19 pandemic occurred, the Bank has carefully analyzed the risk strategy and maintained effective credit risk control while supporting the real economy and helping enterprises through temporary difficulties caused by the virus. At the end of the reporting period, the Bank recorded a NPL ratio of 1.50%, showing the overall credit risk in check.

(1) Ongoing investigation was made into the COVID-19 impact on customers and the resumption of their business. The Bank conducted ongoing risk screening, in the form of offsite sampling, over customers in respect of the pandemic impact on their business operations and debt service ability and their reopening of business, in an effort to control credit risk during regular epidemic containment.

(2) Enterprises were provided with debt service relief to promote faster, broader resumption of business. The Bank implemented the State’s requirements on reducing enterprises’ debt service pressure, adhered to the market-based and law- based principle, examined the eligibility of applicants with due care, assessed enterprises’ restoration of business operations and cash flows with prudence and ensured the authenticity, integrity and validity of application materials. By doing so, the Bank allowed deferred debt service of troubled enterprises and brought more enterprises back to business in a faster pace.

(3) Risk prevention and control were strengthened over deferred loans. The Bank tracked and kept informed of changes in customers’ operating conditions and debt service ability. The big data technology was leveraged to make cross-checks based on the fund flows, tax payment, utility bills, payroll service, customs data, PBC credit reports and ICBC e Security. Customers that resumed business well and remained able to service debts as usual were guided back gradually to normal principal repayment and interest payment to ensure absence of default risk. For customers with ordinary or poor restoration of business, a contingency plan was developed and risk mitigation strengthened.

2. Market risk experienced no major adverse changes. The Bank’s activities exposed to market risk are mainly standard, low-risk ones, always following the market risk limit management system strictly. Since the COVID-19 outbreak, the Bank has strengthened market risk screening, kept worst-case scenarios in mind and conducted risk screening for every “grid cell” using the risk identification matrix, including product complexity, price volatility, market liquidity, exposure, trading strategy, trading venue, hedging and delivery method and counterparty type. No “Black Swan” events occurred in relevant fields. Value-at-risk (VaR) and capital occupation for market risk were stable in the first half of the year.

Information Disclosed Pursuant to the Capital Regulation

72

Capital Adequacy Ratio

Scope of Capital Adequacy Ratio Calculation

The scope of capital adequacy ratio calculation shall cover the Bank and all eligible financial institutions in which the Bank has a direct or indirect investment as specified in the Capital Regulation.

Results of Capital Adequacy Ratio Calculation In RMB millions, except for percentages

Item

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Group Parent

Company Group Parent

Company

Net core tier 1 capital 2,511,226 2,267,449 2,457,274 2,222,316

Net tier 1 capital 2,711,433 2,447,728 2,657,523 2,403,000

Net capital base 3,162,141 2,884,246 3,121,479 2,852,663

Core tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 12.70% 12.69% 13.20% 13.29%

Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 13.72% 13.70% 14.27% 14.37%

Capital adequacy ratio 16.00% 16.14% 16.77% 17.06%

Note: Please refer to the section headed “Discussion and Analysis — Capital Management” for the Group’s capital adequacy ratio at the end of the reporting period.

Measurement of Risk-Weighted Assets

According to the scope of implementing the advanced capital management approaches as approved by the regulatory authorities, the foundation internal ratings-based (IRB) approach was adopted for corporate credit risk, the IRB approach for retail credit risk, the internal model approach (IMA) for market risk, and the standardized approach for operational risk meeting regulatory requirements. The weighted approach was adopted for credit risk uncovered by the IRB approach and the standardized approach for market risk uncovered by the IMA.

RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS In RMB millions

Item At 30 June

2020 At 31 December

2019

Credit risk-weighted assets 18,196,123 17,089,815

Parts covered by internal ratings-based approach 11,869,435 11,081,413

Parts uncovered by internal ratings-based approach 6,326,688 6,008,402

Market risk-weighted assets 224,663 178,718

Parts covered by internal model approach 145,651 102,412

Parts uncovered by internal model approach 79,012 76,306

Operational risk-weighted assets 1,348,353 1,348,353

Total 19,769,139 18,616,886

73

Information Disclosed Pursuant to the Capital Regulation

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Credit Risk

CREDIT RISK EXPOSURE In RMB millions

Item

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Parts covered

by internal ratings-based

approach

Parts uncovered by internal

ratings-based approach

Parts covered

by internal ratings-based

approach

Parts uncovered by internal

ratings-based approach

Corporate 10,608,904 1,663,242 9,905,090 1,437,024

Sovereign — 6,645,527 — 5,998,583

Financial institution — 4,473,088 — 3,727,940

Retail 6,653,904 470,077 6,252,608 484,400

Equity — 162,953 — 161,426

Asset securitization — 96,516 — 97,663

Others — 5,541,920 — 5,034,184

Total risk exposure 17,262,808 19,053,323 16,157,698 16,941,220

Please refer to the section headed “Discussion and Analysis — Risk Management” for overdue loans, NPLs and provision for loan impairment of the Bank at the end of the reporting period.

Market Risk

CAPITAL REQUIREMENT FOR MARKET RISK In RMB millions

Risk type At 30 June

2020 At 31 December

2019

Parts covered by internal model approach 11,652 8,193

Parts uncovered by internal model approach 6,321 6,104

Interest rate risk 3,356 3,306

Commodity risk 2,932 2,713

Stock risk – 8

Option risk 33 77

Total 17,973 14,297

Note: According to the scope of implementing the advanced capital management approaches as approved by the regulatory authorities, the internal model approach for market risk of the Bank covers the Group’s currency risk, the general interest rate risk of the parent company and ICBC (Canada) and the commodity risk of the parent company. Parts uncovered by the internal model approach are measured by the standardized approach.

The Bank applied the Historical Simulation Method (adopting a confidence interval of 99%, holding period of 10 days and historical data of 250 days) to measure VaR for use in capital measurement by internal model approach.

Information Disclosed Pursuant to the Capital Regulation

74

VALUE AT RISK (VAR) In RMB millions

Item

Six months ended 30 June 2020 Six months ended 30 June 2019

Period end Average Maximum Minimum Period end Average Maximum Minimum

VaR 1,492 1,703 2,107 1,394 2,732 2,524 3,522 2,090

Interest rate risk 374 201 430 92 198 210 263 117

Currency risk 1,321 1,666 1,996 1,321 2,743 2,589 3,564 2,168

Commodity risk 142 122 261 40 65 61 83 15

Stressed VaR 1,492 1,716 2,107 1,394 4,295 3,973 4,295 3,772

Interest rate risk 374 262 430 153 228 248 326 139

Currency risk 1,329 1,752 2,082 1,329 4,194 3,877 4,194 3,654

Commodity risk 142 124 261 38 69 57 87 32

Operational Risk

The Bank adopted the standardized approach to measure capital requirement for operational risk. As at the end of June 2020, the capital requirement for operational risk was RMB107,868 million.

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

Supposing that there is parallel shift of overall market interest rates, and taking no account of possible risk management actions taken by the management to mitigate the interest rate risk, the analysis on interest rate sensitivity in the banking book of the Bank categorized by major currencies at the end of June 2020 is shown in the following table:

In RMB millions

Currency

+100 basis points -100 basis points

Effect on net interest

income Effect on

equity

Effect on net interest

income Effect on

equity

RMB (38,897) (29,444) 38,897 32,121

USD (558) (7,238) 558 7,243

HKD (3,713) (78) 3,713 78

Others 1,388 (1,516) (1,388) 1,517

Total (41,780) (38,276) 41,780 40,959

Equity Risk in the Banking Book In RMB millions

Equity type

At 30 June 2020 At 31 December 2019

Publicly- traded equity

investment risk

exposure(1)

Non-publicly- traded equity

investment risk

exposure(1)

Unrealised potential

gains (losses)(2)

Publicly- traded equity

investment risk

exposure(1)

Non-publicly- traded equity

investment risk

exposure(1)

Unrealised potential

gains (losses)(2)

Financial institution 29,611 16,171 4,934 33,859 16,023 6,618

Corporate 6,752 112,168 210 3,537 108,007 (1,486)

Total 36,363 128,339 5,144 37,396 124,030 5,132

Notes: (1) Publicly-traded equity investment refers to equity investment made in listed companies, and non-publicly-traded equity investment refers to equity investment made in non-listed companies.

(2) Unrealised potential gains (losses) refer to the unrealised gains (losses) recognized on the balance sheet but not recognized on the income statement.

Details of Changes in Share Capital and Shareholding of Substantial Shareholders

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0 75

Changes in Ordinary Shares

DETAILS OF CHANGES IN SHARE CAPITAL Unit: Share

At 31 December 2019 Increase/decrease during the

reporting period

At 30 June 2020

Number of shares Percentage

(%) Number of shares Percentage

(%)

I. Shares subject to restrictions on sales

– – – – –

II. Shares not subject to restrictions on sales

356,406,257,089 100.00 – 356,406,257,089 100.00

1. RMB-denominated ordinary shares

269,612,212,539 75.65 – 269,612,212,539 75.65

2. Foreign shares listed overseas

86,794,044,550 24.35 – 86,794,044,550 24.35

III. Total number of shares 356,406,257,089 100.00 – 356,406,257,089 100.00

Notes: (1) The above data are based on the Equity Structure Chart issued by China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited.

(2) “Foreign shares listed overseas”, namely H shares, are within the same meaning as defined in the “No. 5 Standards on the Content and Format of Information Disclosure of Companies with Public Offerings — Content and Format of the Report of Change in Corporate Shareholding” (Revision 2007) of CSRC.

(3) Due to rounding, percentages presented herein are for reference only.

Details of Changes in Share Capital and Shareholding of Substantial Shareholders

76

Number of Shareholders and Particulars of Shareholding

As at the end of the reporting period, the Bank had a total number of 633,759 ordinary shareholders and no holders of preference shares with voting rights restored, including 119,193 holders of H shares and 514,566 holders of A shares.

PARTICULARS OF SHAREHOLDING OF THE TOP 10 ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS OF THE BANK Unit: Share

Name of shareholder Nature of

shareholder Class of shares

Shareholding percentage

(%) Total number of

shares held

Number of pledged or

locked-up shares

Increase/ decrease of

shares during the reporting

period

Huijin State-owned A Share 34.71 123,717,852,951 None –

MOF State-owned A Share 31.14 110,984,806,678 None –

HKSCC Nominees Limited(2) Foreign legal person

H Share 24.17 86,155,205,135 Unknown 2,056,094

SSF(2)(3) State-owned A Share 3.46 12,331,645,186 None –

Ping An Life Insurance Company of China, Ltd. — Traditional — Ordinary insurance products

Other entities A Share 1.03 3,687,330,676 None –

China Securities Finance Co., Ltd. State-owned legal person

A Share 0.68 2,416,131,564 None –

Wutongshu Investment Platform Co., Ltd.

State-owned legal person

A Share 0.40 1,420,781,042 None –

Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited(4)

Foreign legal person

A Share 0.34 1,196,317,917 None -146,359,899

Central Huijin Asset Management Co., Ltd.(4)

State-owned legal person

A Share 0.28 1,013,921,700 None –

China Life Insurance Company Limited — Traditional — Ordinary insurance products — 005L — CT001 Hu

Other entities A Share 0.13 468,876,788 None 91,206,461

Notes: (1) The above data are based on the Bank’s register of shareholders as at 30 June 2020.

(2) HKSCC Nominees Limited held 86,155,205,135 H shares, including those held by SSF. According to the information provided by SSF to the Bank, SSF held 8,037,177,174 H shares of the Bank as at the end of the reporting period.

(3) According to the Notice on Comprehensively Transferring Part of State-Owned Capital to Fortify Social Security Funds (Cai Zi [2019] No. 49), MOF transferred 12,331,645,186 shares to the state-owned capital transfer account of SSF in a lump sum in December 2019. According to the relevant requirements under the Notice of the State Council on Issuing the Implementation Plan for Transferring Part of State-Owned Capital to Fortify Social Security Funds (Guo Fa [2017] No. 49), SSF shall perform the obligation of more than 3-year lock-up period as of the date of the receipt of transferred shares.

(4) HKSCC Nominees Limited is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited. Central Huijin Asset Management Co., Ltd. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Huijin. Save as disclosed above, the Bank is not aware of any connected relations or concert party action among the afore-mentioned shareholders.

77

Details of Changes in Share Capital and Shareholding of Substantial Shareholders

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Changes of the Controlling Shareholders and De Facto Controller

During the reporting period, the Bank’s controlling shareholders and de facto controller remained unchanged.

Interests and Short Positions Held by Substantial Shareholders and Other Persons

Substantial Shareholders and Persons Having Notifiable Interests or Short Positions Pursuant to Divisions 2 and 3 of Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong

As at 30 June 2020, the Bank received notices from the following persons about their interests or short positions held in the Bank’s ordinary shares and underlying shares, which were recorded in the register pursuant to Section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong as follows:

HOLDERS OF A SHARES

Name of substantial shareholder Capacity

Number of A shares held

(share) Nature of interests

Percentage of A shares(2) (%)

Percentage of total ordinary

shares(2) (%)

Huijin(1) Beneficial owner 123,717,852,951 Long position

45.89 34.71

Interest of controlled

corporations

1,013,921,700 Long position

0.38 0.28

Total 124,731,774,651 46.26 35.00

MOF Beneficial owner 110,984,806,678 Long position

41.16 31.14

Notes: (1) According to the register of shareholders of the Bank as at 30 June 2020, Huijin held 123,717,852,951 shares in the Bank, while Central Huijin Asset Management Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of Huijin, held 1,013,921,700 shares in the Bank.

(2) Due to rounding, percentages presented herein are for reference only.

Details of Changes in Share Capital and Shareholding of Substantial Shareholders

78

HOLDERS OF H SHARES

Name of substantial shareholder Capacity

Number of H shares held

(share) Nature of interests

Percentage of H shares(3) (%)

Percentage of total ordinary

shares(3) (%)

Ping An Asset Management Co., Ltd.(1)

Investment manager

12,168,809,000 Long position

14.02 3.41

SSF(2) Beneficial owner 8,663,703,234 Long position

9.98 2.43

Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited

Interest of controlled

corporations

7,317,475,731 Long position

8.43 2.05

Citigroup Inc. Interest of controlled

corporations

192,139,691 Long position

0.22 0.05

Approved lending agent

4,319,133,343 Long position

4.98 1.21

Total 4,511,273,034 5.20 1.27

Interest of controlled

corporations

164,676,545 Short position

0.19 0.05

China Life Insurance (Group) Company

Beneficial owner 205,750,000 Long position

0.24 0.06

Interest of controlled

corporations

4,134,077,000 Long position

4.76 1.16

Total 4,339,827,000 Long position

5.00 1.22

Notes: (1) As confirmed by Ping An Asset Management Co., Ltd., such shares were held by Ping An Asset Management Co., Ltd. on behalf of certain customers (including but not limited to Ping An Life Insurance Company of China, Ltd.) in its capacity as investment manager and the interests in such shares were disclosed based on the latest disclosure of interests form filed by Ping An Asset Management Co., Ltd. for the period ended 30 June 2020 (the date of relevant event being 12 June 2019). Both Ping An Life Insurance Company of China, Ltd. and Ping An Asset Management Co., Ltd. are subsidiaries of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. As Ping An Asset Management Co., Ltd. is in a position to fully exercise the voting rights in respect of such shares on behalf of customers and independently exercise the rights of investment and business management in its capacity as investment manager, and is completely independent from Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. is exempted from aggregating the interests in such shares as a holding company under the aggregation exemption and disclosing the holding of the same in accordance with the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong.

(2) According to the information provided by SSF to the Bank, SSF held 8,037,177,174 H shares of the Bank as at the end of the reporting period.

(3) Due to rounding, percentages presented herein are for reference only.

79

Details of Changes in Share Capital and Shareholding of Substantial Shareholders

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Preference Shares

Issuance and Listing of Preference Shares in Latest Three Years

Issuance of “工行優2”

With the approval of CBIRC by its Document Yin Bao Jian Fu [2019] No. 444 and the approval of CSRC by its Document Zheng Jian Xu Ke [2019] No. 1048, the Bank made a non-public issuance of 700 million domestic preference shares on 19 September 2019 at a par value of RMB100 per share. The dividend rate is the benchmark interest rate plus a fixed spread, remaining unchanged in the first five years. Subsequently the benchmark interest rate will be reset every five years, with the dividend rate kept unchanged in each reset period and the fixed spread remaining constant through the duration of the domestic preference shares. The initial dividend rate of the afore-mentioned domestic preference shares is set at 4.2% through market inquiry for the first five years. With the consent of SSE by its letter Shang Zheng Han [2019] No. 1752, the afore-mentioned domestic preference shares issued were listed for transfer on the Comprehensive Business Platform of SSE on 16 October 2019 with the stock name “工行優2” and stock code 360036. Proceeds of the afore-mentioned domestic preference shares totaled RMB70.0 billion, all of which was replenished to the additional tier 1 capital of the Bank after deduction of issuance expenses.

For issuance of domestic preference shares of the Bank, please refer to the announcements published by the Bank on the website of SSE, the “HKEXnews” website of HKEX and the website of the Bank.

Issuance progress of offshore preference shares

The First Extraordinary General Meeting of 2018 of the Bank reviewed and approved proposals on issuance of domestic and offshore preference shares. In March and July 2020, the Bank received replies from CBIRC and CSRC respectively, approving the issuance of no more than 300 million offshore preference shares with the proceeds not exceeding RMB30.0 billion equivalent of USD, which will be counted as the additional tier 1 capital of the Bank in accordance with relevant regulatory requirements. Please refer to the announcements published by the Bank on the website of SSE, the “HKEXnews” website of HKEX and the website of the Bank.

Number of Preference Shareholders and Particulars of Shareholding

As at the end of the reporting period, the Bank had one offshore preference shareholder (or proxy) of “ICBC EURPREF1”, 26 domestic preference shareholders of “工行優1” and 32 domestic preference shareholders of “工行優2”.

PARTICULARS OF SHAREHOLDING OF THE TOP 10 OFFSHORE PREFERENCE SHAREHOLDERS (OR PROXIES) OF THE BANK

Unit: Share

Name of shareholder

Nature of

shareholder Class of shares

Increase/

decrease

during the

reporting

period

Shares held

at the end

of the

period

Shareholding

percentage

(%)

Number

of shares

subject to

restrictions

on sales

Number of

pledged or

locked-up

shares

The Bank of New York

Depository (Nominees)

Limited

Foreign legal

person

EUR offshore

preference shares – 40,000,000 100.0 – Unknown

Notes: (1) The above data are based on the Bank’s register of offshore preference shareholders as at 30 June 2020.

(2) As the issuance of the offshore preference shares above was private offering, the register of preference shareholders presented the information on proxies of placees.

(3) The Bank is not aware of any connected relations or concert party action between the afore-mentioned preference shareholder and top 10 ordinary shareholders.

(4) “Shareholding percentage” refers to the percentage of offshore preference shares held by preference shareholders in total number of offshore preference shares.

Details of Changes in Share Capital and Shareholding of Substantial Shareholders

80

PARTICULARS OF SHAREHOLDING OF THE TOP 10 DOMESTIC PREFERENCE SHAREHOLDERS OF “工行優1” Unit: Share

Name of shareholder

Nature of

shareholder Class of shares

Increase/

decrease

during the

reporting

period

Shares held

at the end

of the period

Shareholding

percentage (%)

Number

of shares

subject to

restrictions

on sales

Number of

pledged or

locked-up

shares

China Mobile Communications

Group Co., Ltd.

State-owned

legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 200,000,000 44.4 – None

China National Tobacco

Corporation

Other entities Domestic

preference shares

– 50,000,000 11.1 – None

China Life Insurance Company

Limited

State-owned

legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 35,000,000 7.8 – None

Ping An Life Insurance Company

of China, Ltd.

Domestic non-state-

owned legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 30,000,000 6.7 – None

CCB Trust Co., Ltd. State-owned

legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 15,000,000 3.3 – None

BOCOM Schroders Asset

Management Co., Ltd.

Domestic non-state-

owned legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 15,000,000 3.3 – None

China Resources SZITIC Trust

Co., Ltd.

State-owned

legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 15,000,000 3.3 – None

BOC International (China)

Co., Ltd.

Domestic non-state-

owned legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 15,000,000 3.3 – None

China National Tobacco

Corporation Shandong Branch

Other entities Domestic

preference shares

– 10,000,000 2.2 – None

China National Tobacco

Corporation Heilongjiang

Branch

Other entities Domestic

preference shares

– 10,000,000 2.2 – None

Ping An Property & Casualty

Insurance Company of

China Ltd.

Domestic non-state-

owned legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 10,000,000 2.2 – None

Notes: (1) The above data are based on the Bank’s register of domestic preference shareholders of “工行優1” as at 30 June 2020.

(2) China National Tobacco Corporation Shandong Branch and China National Tobacco Corporation Heilongjiang Branch are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of China National Tobacco Corporation. “China Life Insurance Company Limited — Traditional — Ordinary insurance products — 005L — CT001 Hu” is managed by China Life Insurance Company Limited. “Ping An Life Insurance Company of China, Ltd. — Traditional — Ordinary insurance products” is managed by Ping An Life Insurance Company of China, Ltd. Ping An Life Insurance Company of China, Ltd. and Ping An Property & Casualty Insurance Company of China Ltd. have connected relations. Save as disclosed above, the Bank is not aware of any connected relations or concert party action among the afore-mentioned preference shareholders and among the afore-mentioned preference shareholders and top 10 ordinary shareholders.

(3) “Shareholding percentage” refers to the percentage of domestic preference shares of “工行優1” held by preference shareholders in total number (450 million shares) of domestic preference shares of “工行優1”.

81

Details of Changes in Share Capital and Shareholding of Substantial Shareholders

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

PARTICULARS OF SHAREHOLDING OF THE TOP 10 DOMESTIC PREFERENCE SHAREHOLDERS OF “工行優2” Unit: Share

Name of shareholder

Nature of

shareholder Class of shares

Increase/

decrease

during the

reporting

period

Shares held

at the end

of the period

Shareholding

percentage (%)

Number

of shares

subject to

restrictions

on sales

Number of

pledged or

locked-up

shares

Bosera Asset Management

Co., Limited

State-owned

legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 150,000,000 21.4 – None

China Life Insurance Company

Limited

State-owned

legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 120,000,000 17.1 – None

China Mobile Communications

Group Co., Ltd.

State-owned

legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 100,000,000 14.3 – None

BOC International (China)

Co., Ltd.

Domestic non-state-

owned legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 70,000,000 10.0 – None

CCB Trust Co., Ltd. State-owned

legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 70,000,000 10.0 – None

China National Tobacco

Corporation

Other entities Domestic

preference shares

– 50,000,000 7.1 – None

Shanghai Tobacco Group

Co., Ltd.

Other entities Domestic

preference shares

– 30,000,000 4.3 – None

Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Domestic non-state-

owned legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 20,000,000 2.9 – None

BOCOM Schroders Asset

Management Co., Ltd.

Domestic non-state-

owned legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 15,000,000 2.1 – None

Ping An Property & Casualty

Insurance Company of

China Ltd.

Domestic non-state-

owned legal person

Domestic

preference shares

– 15,000,000 2.1 – None

Notes: (1) The above data are based on the Bank’s register of domestic preference shareholders of “工行優2” as at 30 June 2020.

(2) Shanghai Tobacco Group Co., Ltd., China National Tobacco Corporation Shandong Branch and China National Tobacco Corporation Heilongjiang Branch are all wholly-owned subsidiaries of China National Tobacco Corporation. “China Life Insurance Company Limited — Traditional — Ordinary insurance products — 005L — CT001 Hu” is managed by China Life Insurance Company Limited. “Ping An Life Insurance Company of China, Ltd. — Traditional — Ordinary insurance products” is managed by Ping An Life Insurance Company of China, Ltd. Ping An Life Insurance Company of China, Ltd. and Ping An Property & Casualty Insurance Company of China Ltd. have connected relations. Save as disclosed above, the Bank is not aware of any connected relations or concert party action among the afore-mentioned preference shareholders and among the afore-mentioned preference shareholders and top 10 ordinary shareholders.

(3) “Shareholding percentage” refers to the percentage of domestic preference shares of “工行優2” held by preference shareholders in total number (700 million shares) of domestic preference shares of “工行優2”.

Details of Changes in Share Capital and Shareholding of Substantial Shareholders

82

Dividend Distribution of Preference Shares

During the reporting period, the Bank did not distribute dividends on preference share. The Bank reviewed and approved the distribution of dividends on “工行優2” at the meeting of the Board of Directors on 28 August 2020, planning to distribute the dividends on “工行優2” on 24 September 2020 at the dividend rate of 4.2% (pre-tax, and the tax payable on dividends received by holders of domestic preference shares should be borne by them in compliance with relevant laws and regulations) and the total dividends distributed were RMB2,940 million.

Redemption or Conversion of Preference Shares

During the reporting period, the Bank did not redeem or convert any preference share.

Restoration of Voting Rights of Preference Shares

During the reporting period, the Bank did not restore any voting right of preference share.

Accounting Policy Adopted for Preference Shares and Rationale

According to the Accounting Standard for Business Enterprises No. 22 — Recognition and Measurement of Financial Instruments, the Accounting Standard for Business Enterprises No. 37 — Presentation of Financial Instruments promulgated by MOF as well as the International Financial Reporting Standard 9 — Financial Instruments and the International Accounting Standard 32 — Financial Instruments: Presentation promulgated by International Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standards and the key terms of issuance of the Bank’s preference shares, the issued and existing preference shares do not contain contractual obligations to deliver cash or other financial assets or contractual obligations to deliver variable equity instruments for settlement, and shall be accounted for as other equity instruments.

Directors, Supervisors, Senior Management, Employees and Institutions

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0 83

Basic Information on Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management

As at the disclosure date of the results, the composition of the Board of Directors, the Board of Supervisors and the Senior Management of the Bank is as follows:

The Board of Directors of the Bank consists of 13 directors, including three Executive Directors: Mr. Chen Siqing, Mr. Gu Shu and Mr. Liao Lin; five Non-executive Directors: Mr. Lu Yongzhen, Mr. Zheng Fuqing, Ms. Mei Yingchun, Mr. Feng Weidong and Ms. Cao Liqun; and five Independent Non-executive Directors: Mr. Anthony Francis Neoh, Mr. Yang Siu Shun, Mr. Shen Si, Mr. Nout Wellink and Mr. Fred Zuliu Hu.

The Board of Supervisors of the Bank consists of six members, including two Shareholder Supervisors, namely Mr. Yang Guozhong and Mr. Zhang Wei, two Employee Supervisors, namely Mr. Hui Ping and Mr. Huang Li, and two External Supervisors, namely Mr. Qu Qiang and Mr. Shen Bingxi.

The Bank has 10 Senior Management members, namely Mr. Chen Siqing, Mr. Gu Shu, Mr. Liao Lin, Mr. Wang Jingwu, Mr. Zhang Wenwu, Mr. Xu Shouben, Mr. Wang Bairong, Mr. Guan Xueqing, Ms. Xiong Yan and Mr. Song Jianhua.

During the reporting period, the Bank did not implement any share incentives. None of the existing Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management members of the Bank or those who left office during the reporting period held shares or share options or were granted restricted shares of the Bank, and there was no change during the reporting period.

Appointment and Removal

Directors

At the Second Extraordinary General Meeting of 2019 held on 22 November 2019, Mr. Feng Weidong and Ms. Cao Liqun were elected as Non-executive Directors of the Bank, and their qualifications were approved by CBIRC in January 2020. At the Annual General Meeting for the Year 2019 held on 12 June 2020, Mr. Shen Si was re-elected as Independent Non- executive Director, and his new term of office started from the day of approval at the Shareholders’ General Meeting of the Bank; Mr. Liao Lin was elected as Executive Director of the Bank, and his qualification was approved by CBIRC in July 2020.

In February 2020, Mr. Hu Hao ceased to act as Executive Director and Senior Executive Vice President of the Bank due to change of job assignments. In February 2020, Mr. Dong Shi ceased to act as Non-executive Director of the Bank due to change of job assignments. In March 2020, Mr. Ye Donghai ceased to act as Non-executive Director of the Bank due to change of job assignments. In March 2020, Ms. Sheila Colleen Bair ceased to act as Independent Non-executive Director of the Bank due to expiration of her term of office.

Supervisors

At the First Extraordinary General Meeting of 2020 held on 8 January 2020, Mr. Yang Guozhong was elected as Shareholder Supervisor of the Bank, his term of office started from the day of approval by the Shareholders’ General Meeting of the Bank, and his appointment as Chairman of the Board of Supervisors of the Bank took effect simultaneously.

Directors, Supervisors, Senior Management, Employees and Institutions

84

Senior Management Members

On 18 February 2020, the Board of Directors appointed Ms. Xiong Yan and Mr. Song Jianhua as Chief Business Officers of the Bank, and their qualifications were approved by CBIRC in April 2020. On 27 March 2020, the Board of Directors appointed Mr. Wang Jingwu as Senior Executive Vice President of the Bank, and his qualification was approved by CBIRC in April 2020. On 28 April 2020, the Board of Directors appointed Mr. Liao Lin as Chief Risk Officer of the Bank; Mr. Wang Bairong was appointed as Chief Business Officer of the Bank by the Board of Directors and ceased to act as Chief Risk Officer. On 12 June 2020, the Board of Directors appointed Mr. Zhang Wenwu as Senior Executive Vice President of the Bank, and his qualification was approved by CBIRC in July 2020. On 28 August 2020, the Board of Directors appointed Mr. Xu Shouben as Senior Executive Vice President of the Bank, and his qualification is still subject to the approval by CBIRC.

Changes in Information of Directors and Supervisors

Mr. Fred Zuliu Hu, Independent Non-executive Director of the Bank, has acted as Independent Director of Ant Group Co., Ltd. since August 2020.

Basic Information on Employees and Institutions

As at the end of June 2020, the Bank had a total of 434,798 employees. Among them, 6,681 employees were in domestic subsidiaries and 15,868 employees were in overseas institutions. Due to a large number of retired employees in the first half of the year, the number of employees at the end of the reporting period declined over the end of last year. It is expected that the total number of employees will keep at about 440 thousand at the end of the year after the entry of a batch of fresh graduates from campus recruitment in the second half of the year.

As at the end of June 2020, the Bank had a total of 16,607 institutions, representing an increase of two as compared with the end of the previous year. Among them, there were 16,182 domestic institutions and 425 overseas ones.

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, INSTITUTIONS AND EMPLOYEES

Item Assets

(in RMB millions) Percentage

(%) Number of

institutions Percentage

(%) Number of employees

Percentage (%)

Head Office 11,350,385 34.3 31 0.2 18,353 4.2

Yangtze River Delta 6,102,431 18.4 2,517 15.2 60,635 14.0

Pearl River Delta 3,797,285 11.5 1,996 12.0 47,887 11.0

Bohai Rim 4,333,001 13.1 2,703 16.3 68,368 15.7

Central China 3,050,372 9.2 3,485 21.0 84,804 19.5

Western China 3,849,272 11.6 3,685 22.2 88,024 20.2

Northeastern China 1,122,048 3.4 1,633 9.8 44,178 10.2

Overseas and others 4,091,247 12.4 557 3.3 22,549 5.2

Eliminated and undistributed assets

(4,584,031) (13.9)

Total 33,112,010 100.0 16,607 100.0 434,798 100.0

Note: Overseas and other assets include investments in associates and joint ventures.

Significant Events

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0 85

Corporate Governance

Corporate Governance and Measures for Improvement

During the reporting period, the Bank strictly complied with relevant laws and regulations and continued to improve its corporate governance on the basis of the Bank’s situation.

The Bank put into good use the key role of the Board of Directors in corporate governance and strategic decision-making. It promoted the change of directors in an orderly manner to ensure the Bank’s Board of Directors is structured in compliance with laws and regulations, and continued to improve the duty performance support mechanism of the Board of Directors to ensure the scientific and efficient corporate governance. Besides, the Bank stepped up efforts in the Group’s corporate governance, and refined the management and control and collaboration mechanism of the Group. Confronted by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank focused on response to COVID-19, business operation and financial stability all together. It timely adjusted authorization limit for donations, went all out on financial services and granted targeted funding support to the real economy, private, small and micro enterprises and anti-pandemic enterprises.

The Bank attached great importance to the Board of Supervisors’ duty of supervision. Centering on its development strategies and objectives of reform and innovation, the Bank adhered to a problem-oriented, goal-oriented and result- oriented approach, and actively strengthened supervision on all fronts to effectively leverage the role of the Board of Supervisors in corporate governance.

The Bank reinforced the enterprise risk management, improved the enterprise risk management system, enhanced the building of the three lines of defense mechanism in risk management and pressed ahead with the building of a new comprehensive enterprise risk management system covering all the staff and the whole process in full amount globally. It upgraded risk appetite management system, strengthened the management over risk limit, and improved and implemented various risk management policies further.

The Bank continuously improved the Group’s transparency. It proactively complied with new information disclosure regulations, and disclosed information in a legal and compliant manner. In addition, it promoted voluntary information disclosure on a high-quality basis, enhanced communication and exchanges with investors through multiple channels, and effectively protected the right of investors to be informed. The Bank continued to improve its working mechanism and process to consistently improve the quality and performance of the Group’s information disclosure management.

Corporate Governance Code During the reporting period, the Bank fully complied with the principles, code provisions and recommended best practices stipulated in the Corporate Governance Code (Appendix 14 to the Hong Kong Listing Rules).

Shareholders’ General Meeting During the reporting period, the Bank convened the First Extraordinary General Meeting of 2020 on 8 January 2020 and the Annual General Meeting for the Year 2019 on 12 June 2020. The above meetings were convened and held in strict compliance with relevant laws and regulations. The Bank disclosed relevant announcements of resolutions and legal opinions in a timely manner in accordance with regulatory requirements. For details of the meetings, please refer to the announcements of the Bank dated 8 January 2020 and 12 June 2020 respectively on the websites of SSE, the “HKEXnews” of HKEX and the Bank.

Profits and Dividends Distribution

The formulation and implementation of the Bank’s cash dividend policy, which has been commented by the Independent Non-executive Directors, accords with the provisions stipulated in the Articles of Association and the requirements provided in the resolutions of the Shareholders’ General Meeting. The dividend distribution standards and proportion are clear and explicit, and the decision-making procedure and mechanism are complete. Minority shareholders can fully express their opinions and appeals, to completely safeguard their legitimate rights.

Significant Events

86

As approved at the Annual General Meeting for the Year 2019 held on 12 June 2020, the Bank distributed cash dividends of about RMB93,664 million, or RMB2.628 per ten shares (pre-tax) for the period from 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019 to the ordinary shareholders whose names appeared on the share register after the close of market on 29 June 2020. The Bank will not declare or distribute interim dividends for 2020, nor will it convert any capital reserves to share capital.

For details on the distribution of dividends on preference shares of the Bank, please refer to the section headed “Details of Changes in Share Capital and Shareholding of Substantial Shareholders — Preference Shares”.

Use of Proceeds from Fundraising Activities

The funds raised from the Bank’s fundraising activities were used for the purposes as disclosed in the prospectuses, namely, strengthening the capital base to support the ongoing business growth of the Bank.

For future planning disclosed in the public disclosure documents such as previous offering prospectuses and fundraising prospectuses issued by the Bank which has continued during the reporting period, its implementation progress conformed to the planning as described after verification and analysis.

Material Lawsuits or Arbitration Cases During the reporting period, the Bank incurred no material lawsuits or arbitration cases. The Bank was involved in several legal disputes in the ordinary course of business. Most of these cases were initiated by the Bank to recover non-performing loans, while some were related to disputes with clients. As at 30 June 2020, the amount of cases pending judgements or arbitration awards in which the Bank and/or its subsidiaries are defendants totaled RMB4,140 million, and the Bank does not expect any material adverse effect from the above-mentioned cases on the Bank’s business, financial position or operating results.

Credit Standing During the reporting period, there had not been any significant court judgment with which the Bank and its controlling shareholders have not complied, nor had there been any outstanding debt of significant amount.

Material Assets Acquisition, Sale and Merger During the reporting period, the Bank had no material assets acquisition, sale and merger.

Material Related Party Transactions

During the reporting period, the Bank did not enter into any material related party transactions.

Please refer to “Note 42. to the Financial Statements: Related Party Disclosures” for details of the related party transactions defined under the laws and regulations of China and the relevant accounting standards.

Material Contracts and Performance of Obligations thereunder

Material Trust, Sub-contract and Lease During the reporting period, the Bank had not held on trust to a material extent or entered into any material sub-contract or lease arrangement in respect of assets of other corporations, which were subject to disclosure, and no other corporation had held on trust to a material extent or entered into any material sub- contract or lease arrangement in respect of the Bank’s assets, which were subject to disclosure.

Material Guarantees The provision of guarantees is in the ordinary course of business of the Bank. During the reporting period, the Bank did not have any material guarantee that needs to be disclosed except for the financial guarantee services within the business scope as approved by PBC and CBIRC.

87

Significant Events

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Commitments

As at 30 June 2020, all of the continuing commitments made by the shareholders were properly fulfilled, and were listed as follows:

Shareholder Type of

commitment Time and term of

commitment

Legal document under which the commitment is

made Commitment Fulfillment of commitment

Huijin Commitment of non-competition

October 2006/ No specific term

Prospectus of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited on Initial Public Offering (A Share)

Provided that Huijin continues to hold any share of the Bank or is deemed as the controlling shareholder of the Bank or the related party of the controlling shareholder of the Bank according to the laws or listing rules of China or the listing place of the Bank, Huijin will not engage in or participate in any competitive commercial banking business including but not limited to granting loans, attracting deposits and providing settlement, fund custody, bank card and money exchange services. However, Huijin can engage in or participate in some competitive businesses by investing in other commercial banks. In this regard, Huijin has committed that it will: (1) fairly treat the investments in commercial banks and will not make any decision or judgment that will have adverse impact on the Bank or be beneficial to other commercial banks by taking advantage of the status of being a shareholder of the Bank or information obtained by taking advantage of the status of being a shareholder of the Bank; and (2) perform the shareholders’ rights for the maximum interests of the Bank.

As at 30 June 2020, Huijin strictly fulfilled the above commitment and did not do anything in violation of the commitment.

November 2010/ No specific term

Prospectus on A Share Rights Issue of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited

SSF Commitment of performing the obligation of lock-up period for A shares

Taking effect from December 2019

Simplified Report of Changes in Equity of National Council for Social Security Fund

According to the Notice of the State Council on Issuing the Implementation Plan for Transferring Part of State-Owned Capital to Fortify Social Security Funds (Guo Fa [2017] No. 49), SSF shall perform the obligation of more than 3-year lock- up period as of the date of the receipt of transferred shares.

As at 30 June 2020, SSF strictly fulfilled the above commitment and did not do anything in violation of the commitment.

Disciplinary Actions During the reporting period, neither the Bank nor any of its Directors, Supervisors, Senior Management members and controlling shareholders was subject to any investigation by competent authorities, coercive measures taken by judicial authorities or disciplinary inspection departments, transferred to judicial authorities or charged for criminal responsibility, case filing investigation or administrative penalty by CSRC, restricted access to market, identification as unqualified, major penalty by other administrative authorities of environmental protection, safety supervision, taxation etc. or public reprimand by the stock exchanges.

Significant Events

88

Purchase, Sale and Redemption of Shares During the reporting period, neither the Bank nor any of its subsidiaries purchased, sold or redeemed any listed shares of the Bank.

Securities Transactions of Directors and Supervisors The Bank has adopted a set of codes of conduct concerning the securities transactions by directors and supervisors which are no less stringent than the standards set out in the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers, Appendix 10 to the Hong Kong Listing Rules. After making enquiries to all Directors and Supervisors of the Bank, each Director and Supervisor confirmed that he/she has complied with the provisions of the aforesaid codes of conduct during the reporting period.

Interests in Shares, Underlying Shares, and Debentures Held by Directors and Supervisors As at 30 June 2020, none of the Directors or Supervisors of the Bank had any interests or short positions in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Bank or any of its associated corporations (as defined in Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong) which have to be notified to the Bank and SEHK under Divisions 7 and 8 of Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong (including interests or short positions therein that they shall be deemed to have pursuant to such provisions of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong), or any interests or short positions which have to be recorded in the register under Section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, or any interests or short positions which have to be notified to the Bank and SEHK pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers as set out in Appendix 10 to the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

Implementation of Share Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Ownership Plan during the Reporting Period During the reporting period, the Bank did not implement any share incentive plan or any employee stock ownership plan.

Performance of the Precision Poverty Alleviation Social Responsibility The Bank took poverty alleviation as an important part of fulfilling its social responsibilities, earnestly implemented requirements of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council to win the hard battle against poverty and resolutely implemented the decisions and policies of the Party Committee of the Head Office. It continuously improved the poverty alleviation system and mechanism, enriched means of process management and explored new approaches for the poverty alleviation. Besides, in accordance with the “1+3” working concept of “coordinating resources in four counties with focus on Jinyang County”, the Bank supported four counties (cities) of Tongjiang, Nanjiang, Wanyuan and Jinyang in Sichuan Province to win the battle against poverty in a high-quality manner.

Overall Precision Poverty Alleviation Planning

Strengthening the leadership and coordination. The Bank paid close attention to the poverty alleviation, and adhered to making heads of institutions at all levels assume the overall responsibility for poverty alleviation and pushing forward the overall coordinated efforts across the Bank with precise focus and strength. It attached importance to the pooled efforts across the Bank and explored effective new model of poverty alleviation to contribute ICBC’s wisdom to winning the hard battle against poverty.

89

Significant Events

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Improving the mechanism for poverty alleviation. In the first half of the year, the Leading Group for Poverty Alleviation through Finance held five special meetings on poverty alleviation through finance via videoconference, central group study of the Party Committee, off-site circulation and other forms, and formulated five guiding documents on precision poverty alleviation including the ICBC Work Plan for Precision Poverty Alleviation through Finance (Version 2020), the ICBC Measures for Evaluating the Performance of the Precision Poverty Alleviation through Finance (Version 2020), the Work Plan for Targeted Poverty Alleviation in 2020, the Notice on Further Improving the Supporting Credit Policies for Poverty Alleviation through Finance and the Notice on Strengthening Extension of and Statistic Services for Precision Poverty Alleviation Loans through Finance to provide a solid policy basis for poverty alleviation work.

Summary of Precision Poverty Alleviation

The Bank conducted solid work on all aspects of the poverty alleviation, and achieved the steady growth in precision poverty alleviation loans, sustained improvement in comprehensive financial services, remarkable achievements in new poverty alleviation model, steady income increase in counties and cities of targeted poverty alleviation, and expanding social influence in poverty alleviation.

Increasing loan granting for poverty alleviation. By closely focusing on the financial needs of poverty-stricken areas and poor households, especially the “Three Regions and Three Prefectures”, and regions in extreme poverty, the Bank continued to increase loan granting for precision poverty alleviation. It promoted the service model of “precision poverty alleviation and agriculture-related supply chain” to steadily lift poor households out of poverty and increase their incomes through loan of industry precision poverty alleviation.

Improving comprehensive financial services. The Bank improved the financial services for poverty-stricken areas and poor households in various fields in a multi-pronged approach. It actively promoted, improved and adjusted the layout of offline channels, and implemented the overall planning of new outlets in poverty-stricken areas. It continued to adopt fee reduction for personal settlements, and set up tailor-made wealth management products and certificates of deposit in poverty-stricken areas. It generally upgraded “e-Business Dream Plan” to increase financial service support for poverty- stricken areas through online products. It carried out solid special study on the overall planning for the development of the whole county-based market, including poverty-stricken areas.

Exploring new models of precision poverty alleviation. Pushing the poverty alleviation efforts being driven by internal forces, the Bank gave full play to the advantages in FinTech, continuously improved online service channels, and provided online financial services for poverty-stricken areas. It set up a special zone for poverty alleviation on mobile banking, ICBC Mall, ICBC e Life and ICBC e Intelligence to promote products from poverty-stricken areas, provide them with sales channels, collect and release investment attraction plans and project reserves in those areas, and provide high-quality matchmaking channels for information release and customer resources there. Besides, the Bank continued to focus particular attention on building people’s confidence in their ability to lift themselves out of poverty and on helping them access the education. As a leading bank in China, it selected outstanding bank leaders to participate in poverty alleviation work, recruited poor college students, provided long-term assistance, and constantly refined relevant management mechanisms to effectively enhance the effect of poverty alleviation in poverty-stricken areas.

Focusing on extreme poverty. The Bank regarded Jinyang, a county of extreme poverty, as the top priority of targeted poverty alleviation, defined the principle of “three priorities” in assistance, and gave it top priority when it came to arranging new funds, projects and initiatives. It also gave priority to its work of and improved weak links in seeing that the basic living needs of rural poor populations are met and that such people have access to compulsory education, basic medical services, and housing, helped to build schools, hospitals and safe drinking water facilities, trained and rewarded teachers in mountain villages, and funded poor students. The establishment of the new Jinyang Sub-branch further enhanced the financial service capacity of the Bank to Jinyang.

Keeping the poverty alleviation results on a stable footing. The Bank prevented Tongjiang, Nanjiang and Wanyuan that have lifted out of poverty from falling back into poverty. It carried out the “precision poverty alleviation insurance” project to effectively reduce the risk of households lifted out of poverty falling back into poverty and households living near the poverty line falling into poverty. It also set up a “SME Industrial Development Fund” with focus on supporting the development of characteristic industries such as gazelle farming, walnut and honeysuckle planting. In addition, it established the “Bazhong Rural Revitalization and Development Fund” to support local key development projects such as the development of tourism infrastructure.

Significant Events

90

Poverty alleviation through employment. The Bank continued its efforts in special recruitment for fresh college graduates from impoverished families in the list of poor families set up by the State Council Leading Group Office of Poverty Alleviation and Development, the poor student repository of colleges and universities, or who have awarded the National Encouragement scholarship (national stipend) for poor college students, and relaxed minimum academic requirement to full- time junior college students. It supported Jinyang in building a comprehensive training center for poverty alleviation through employment to fundamentally enhance the employability of people there.

Consumption-based poverty alleviation. The Bank launched the “ten batches” measures in the “Chunnuan Action” of consumption-based poverty alleviation, to gather the strength across the Bank to help poverty-stricken areas cushion the impact of COVID-19. The measures solved the problem of difficulty in selling agricultural products through various channels, focused on supporting four targeted counties (cities) for poverty alleviation and Hubei province that was hardest-stricken by the virus, so as to steadily increase the income of poor households. The Bank developed over 3,800 merchants from poor counties through ICBC Mall, covering 584 state-level poverty-stricken counties in 22 provinces, cities and autonomous regions. The sales volume of poverty alleviation products in the first half of the year was RMB792 million, representing an increase of 5.2 times year on year, of which the sales volume of four targeted counties (cities) reached RMB231 million.

Coordinating regular epidemic containment with poverty alleviation. Paying close attention to the anti-virus needs of poverty alleviation areas, the Bank donated masks, disinfectants and other pandemic prevention supplies urgently needed in local community in a timely manner. It actively supported enterprises with financial difficulty in the four counties (cities) to apply for and renew loans to provide funds for resuming work and production. It also opened an electronic green channel for the whole process of enterprise user registration, account opening and cash settlement management at poverty alleviation areas, and provided contactless financial services.

Precision Poverty Alleviation Achievements In RMB10,000

Item Amount

Balance of loans 18,793,698.55

Including: Loan of industry precision poverty alleviation 2,336,924.04

Loan of project precision poverty alleviation 6,240,889.78

Including: Rural transport facilities 147,534.00

Upgrading of rural power network 277,914.12

Rural water conservancy facilities 798,932.11

Rural education loan 246,011.57

Note: The data is disclosed in accordance with the statistical standard as stipulated by CBIRC.

91

Significant Events

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Green and Environment Protection

Green Finance is the long-term strategic choice for the Bank to realize its own sustainable development. The Bank carried out the revision of the industry (green) credit policy in a timely manner, and effectively guided the “green adjustment” of investment and financing structure with the differentiated credit policy. It improved the green credit classification management, and implemented dynamic classification and differentiated management by different types of customers and loans pursuant to the Equator Principles and IFC Performance Standards and Guidelines. It conducted special audit on green credit, improved the guarantee mechanism of green credit, comprehensively implemented the “one-vote veto system” of green credit, and strengthened the management of investment and financing environment and social risks. It also earnestly implemented the regulatory requirements, and revised and improved the green financial statistics policy. As at the end of June 2020, the balance of domestic green credit reached RMB1,417,100 million, increasing by RMB66,262 million or 4.9% over the end of 2019. In the evaluation of the “Green Bank for the Year 2019” held by CBIRC and China Banking Association, the Bank was awarded the title of the “Advanced Unit in the Comprehensive Evaluation of a Green Bank”.

The Bank made use of technology to advocate green office, driven green development and created green values with technology tools. It reinforced the control over energy consumption from awareness raising, technology supporting and organization cooperation. The Bank continuously upheld green office and was keen to promote paperless meetings. It continuously improved the car use system, and developed the diversified official car use system, so as to promote safe and green travel. The Bank also carried out the voluntary tree planting activities constantly to raise the ideology of environmental protection among its employees and participate in ecological conservation.

Participation in Investment in the National Green Development Fund Co., Ltd.

The Bank has signed the Promoter’s Agreement of the National Green Development Fund Co., Ltd. in July 2020 to invest RMB8.0 billion in the National Green Development Fund Co., Ltd. (the “NGDF”). The capital injection shall be paid by instalments in five years commencing from 2020, with the subscription amounting to about 9.04% of the NGDF’s capital. The investment is still subject to relevant procedures of the regulatory authorities.

For more details of the investment, please refer to the announcement published by the Bank on the website of SSE, the “HKEXnews” website of HKEX and the website of ICBC.

Review of the Interim Report

The 2020 interim financial report prepared by the Bank in accordance with PRC GAAP and IFRSs have been reviewed by KPMG Huazhen LLP and KPMG in accordance with Chinese and international standards on review engagements, respectively.

The Interim Report has been reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank.

Warning and Explanation on the Prediction that the Accumulated Net Profits from the Beginning of the Year to the End of the Next Reporting Period May Be Negative or Have Substantial Changes Compared to the Same Period of Last Year Not applicable.

Review Report and Interim Financial Report

- Review Report

- Interim Financial Report

- Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information

CONTENTS

93I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Pages REVIEW REPORT 94 UNAUDITED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Statement of Profit or Loss 95 Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 96 Statement of Financial Position 97 Statement of Changes in Equity 99 Cash Flow Statement 102 NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL REPORT 1. Corporate Information 104 2. Basis of Preparation and Accounting Policies 104 3. Net Interest Income 108 4. Net Fee and Commission Income 108 5. Net Trading (Expense)/Income 109 6. Net Gain/(Loss) on Financial Investments 109 7. Other Operating Income, Net 109 8. Operating Expenses 110 9. Impairment Losses on Assets 110 10. Income Tax Expense 110 11. Dividends 111 12. Earnings Per Share 111 13. Cash and Balances with Central Banks 112 14. Due from Banks and

Other Financial Institutions 112 15. Derivative Financial Instruments 113 16. Reverse Repurchase Agreements 117 17. Loans and Advances to Customers 118 18. Financial Investments 120 19. Investments in Associates and

Joint Ventures 125 20. Property and Equipment 127 21. Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities 128 22. Other Assets 130 23. Financial Liabilities Designated as at

Fair Value through Profit or Loss 131 24. Due to Banks and Other Financial Institutions 131

Pages 25. Repurchase Agreements 132 26. Certificates of Deposit 132 27. Due to Customers 132 28. Debt Securities Issued 133 29. Other Liabilities 136 30. Share Capital 137 31. Other Equity Instruments 137 32. Reserves 142 33. Other Comprehensive Income 144 34. Involvement with Unconsolidated Structured Entities 144 35. Notes to the Consolidated Cash Flow

Statement 146 36. Transferred Financial Assets 146 37. Share Appreciation Rights Plan 147 38. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities 148 39. Designated Funds and Loans 149 40. Assets Pledged as Security 149 41. Fiduciary Activities 150 42. Related Party Disclosures 150 43. Segment Information 155 44. Financial Instrument Risk Management 160 45. Fair Value of Financial Instruments 183 46. After the Reporting Period Event 188 47. Comparative Amounts 188 48. Approval of the Unaudited Interim Financial Report 188 UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION 189

Review Report

94

To the board of directors of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited

(Incorporated in the People’s Republic of China with limited liability)

Introduction

We have reviewed the interim financial report set out on pages 95 to 188, which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited (the “Bank”) and its subsidiaries (collectively the “Group”) as of 30 June 2020 and the related consolidated statement of profit or loss, the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statement for the six month period then ended, and explanatory notes. The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited require the preparation of an interim financial report to be in compliance with the relevant provisions thereof and International Accounting Standard 34, Interim Financial Reporting, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The directors are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the interim financial report in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34.

Our responsibility is to form a conclusion, based on our review, on the interim financial report and to report our conclusion solely to you, as a body, in accordance with our agreed terms of engagement, and for no other purpose. We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the contents of this report.

Scope of review

We conducted our review in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements 2410, Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity, issued by the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board. A review of the interim financial report consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. Accordingly we do not express an audit opinion.

Conclusion

Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the interim financial report as at 30 June 2020 is not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34, Interim Financial Reporting.

KPMG Certified Public Accountants 8th Floor, Prince’s Building 10 Chater Road Central, Hong Kong

28 August 2020

For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Statement of Profit Or Loss

95I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Six months ended 30 June

Notes 2020 2019 (unaudited) (unaudited)

Interest income 3 529,790 508,157

Interest expense 3 (223,241) (208,856)

NET INTEREST INCOME 3 306,549 299,301

Fee and commission income 4 95,616 95,248

Fee and commission expense 4 (6,716) (6,747)

NET FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME 4 88,900 88,501

Net trading (expense)/income 5 (1,635) 5,873

Net gain/(loss) on financial investments 6 7,987 (3,424)

Other operating income, net 7 545 3,952

OPERATING INCOME 402,346 394,203

Operating expenses 8 (87,925) (87,154)

Impairment losses on assets 9 (125,456) (99,180)

OPERATING PROFIT 188,965 207,869

Share of profits of associates and joint ventures 386 1,340

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 189,351 209,209

Income tax expense 10 (39,555) (40,519)

PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD 149,796 168,690

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent company 148,790 167,931

Non-controlling interests 1,006 759

Profit for the period 149,796 168,690

EARNINGS PER SHARE

— Basic (RMB yuan) 12 0.42 0.47

— Diluted (RMB yuan) 12 0.42 0.47

Details of the dividends declared and paid or proposed are disclosed in note 11 to this interim financial report.

The notes on pages 104 to 188 form part of this interim financial report.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

96

Six months ended 30 June

Notes 2020 2019

(unaudited) (unaudited)

Profit for the period 149,796 168,690 Other comprehensive income (after tax, net): 33 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Changes in fair value of equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income (222) 783 Other comprehensive income recognised under equity method (13) 5 Others 3 0 Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: Changes in fair value of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 2,043 3,994 Credit losses of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 1,039 (41) Reserve from cash flow hedging instruments (869) (643) Other comprehensive income recognised under equity method 1,075 (356) Foreign currency translation differences (2,535) 1,011 Others (428) (9)

Subtotal of other comprehensive income for the period 93 4,744

Total comprehensive income for the period 149,889 173,434

Total comprehensive income attributable to: Equity holders of the parent company 148,850 172,689 Non-controlling interests 1,039 745

149,889 173,434

The notes on pages 104 to 188 form part of this interim financial report.

As at 30 JUNE 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

97I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

The notes on pages 104 to 188 form part of this interim financial report.

30 June 31 December Notes 2020 2019

(unaudited) (audited)

ASSETS Cash and balances with central banks 13 3,542,538 3,317,916 Due from banks and other financial institutions 14 1,243,071 1,042,368 Derivative financial assets 15 76,931 68,311 Reverse repurchase agreements 16 1,371,519 845,186 Loans and advances to customers 17 17,503,330 16,326,552 Financial investments 18 8,365,593 7,647,117 — Financial investments measured at fair value through profit or loss 1,023,536 962,078 — Financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 1,527,183 1,476,872 — Financial investments measured at amortised cost 5,814,874 5,208,167 Investments in associates and joint ventures 19 28,327 32,490 Property and equipment 20 286,627 286,561 Deferred income tax assets 21 64,112 62,536 Other assets 22 629,962 480,399

TOTAL ASSETS 33,112,010 30,109,436

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Statement of Financial Position As at 30 JUNE 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

98

30 June 31 December Notes 2020 2019

(unaudited) (audited)

LIABILITIES

Due to central banks 32,443 1,017

Financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss 23 125,686 102,242

Derivative financial liabilities 15 104,134 85,180

Due to banks and other financial institutions 24 2,973,637 2,266,573

Repurchase agreements 25 250,847 263,273

Certificates of deposit 26 343,456 355,428

Due to customers 27 25,067,870 22,977,655

Income tax payable 55,346 96,192

Deferred income tax liabilities 21 2,627 1,873

Debt securities issued 28 726,613 742,875

Other liabilities 29 682,595 525,125

TOTAL LIABILITIES 30,365,254 27,417,433

EQUITY

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent company

Share capital 30 356,407 356,407

Other equity instruments 31 206,132 206,132

Reserves 32 745,267 745,111

Retained profits 1,423,060 1,368,536

2,730,866 2,676,186

Non-controlling interests 15,890 15,817

TOTAL EQUITY 2,746,756 2,692,003

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 33,112,010 30,109,436

Chen Siqing Chairman

Gu Shu Vice Chairman and President

Zhang Wenwu Senior Executive Vice President and General Manager of Finance and Accounting Department

The notes on pages 104 to 188 form part of this interim financial report.

For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

99I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Attributable to equity holders of the parent company

Reserves

Issued share

capital

Other equity

instruments Capital reserve

Surplus reserve

General reserve

Investment revaluation

reserve

Foreign currency

translation reserve

Cash flow hedging reserves

Other reserves Subtotal

Retained profits Total

Non- controlling

interests Total

equity

Balance as at 1 January 2020 356,407 206,132 149,139 292,291 305,019 23,280 (18,568) (4,453) (1,597) 745,111 1,368,536 2,676,186 15,817 2,692,003

Profit for the period – – – – – – – – – – 148,790 148,790 1,006 149,796

Other comprehensive income (note 33) – – – – – 2,809 (2,534) (852) 637 60 – 60 33 93

Total comprehensive income – – – – – 2,809 (2,534) (852) 637 60 148,790 148,850 1,039 149,889

Dividends — ordinary shares 2019 final (note 11) – – – – – – – – – – (93,664) (93,664) – (93,664)

Appropriation to surplus reserve (i) – – – 477 – – – – – 477 (477) – – –

Appropriation to general reserve (ii) – – – – 129 – – – – 129 (129) – – –

Change in share holding in subsidiaries – – (499) – – – – – – (499) – (499) (780) (1,279)

Dividends to non-controlling shareholders – – – – – – – – – – – – (188) (188)

Other comprehensive income transferred to retained earnings – – – – – (6) – – – (6) 4 (2) 2 –

Others – – – – – – – – (5) (5) – (5) – (5)

Balance as at 30 June 2020 (unaudited) 356,407 206,132 148,640 292,768 305,148 26,083 (21,102) (5,305) (965) 745,267 1,423,060 2,730,866 15,890 2,746,756

(i) Includes the appropriation made by overseas branches and subsidiaries in the amounts of RMB67 million and RMB410 million,

respectively.

(ii) Includes the appropriation made by subsidiaries in the amounts of RMB129 million.

The notes on pages 104 to 188 form part of this interim financial report.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

100

Attributable to equity holders of the parent company Reserves

Issued share

capital

Other equity

instruments Capital reserve

Surplus reserve

General reserve

Investment revaluation

reserves

Foreign currency

translation reserve

Cash flow hedging reserve

Other reserve Subtotal

Retained profits Total

Non- controlling

interests Total

equity

Balance as at 1 January 2019 356,407 86,051 152,043 261,720 279,064 15,495 (22,894) (3,804) (747) 680,877 1,206,666 2,330,001 14,882 2,344,883

Profit for the period – – – – – – – – – – 167,931 167,931 759 168,690 Other comprehensive income (note 33) – – – – – 4,710 1,041 (633) (360) 4,758 – 4,758 (14) 4,744 Total comprehensive income – – – – – 4,710 1,041 (633) (360) 4,758 167,931 172,689 745 173,434 Dividends — ordinary shares 2018 final (note 11) – – – – – – – – – – (89,315) (89,315) – (89,315)

Appropriation to surplus reserve (i) – – – 516 – – – – – 516 (516) – – –

Appropriation to general reserve (ii) – – – – 244 – – – – 244 (244) – – –

Change in share holding in subsidiaries – – (3) – – – – – – (3) – (3) (8) (11)

Capital injection by non-controlling shareholders – – – – – – – – – – – – 57 57

Dividends to non-controlling shareholders – – – – – – – – – – – – (157) (157)

Others – – – – – – – – 4 4 – 4 – 4

Balance as at 30 June 2019 (unaudited) 356,407 86,051 152,040 262,236 279,308 20,205 (21,853) (4,437) (1,103) 686,396 1,284,522 2,413,376 15,519 2,428,895

(i) Includes the appropriation made by overseas branches and subsidiaries in the amounts of RMB16 million and RMB500 million,

respectively.

(ii) Includes the appropriation made by subsidiaries in the amounts of RMB244 million.

The notes on pages 104 to 188 form part of this interim financial report.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

101I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Attributable to equity holders of the parent company Reserves

Issued share

capital

Other equity

instruments Capital reserve

Surplus reserve

General reserve

Investment revaluation

reserves

Foreign currency

translation reserve

Cash flow hedging reserve

Other reserve Subtotal

Retained profits Total

Non- controlling

interests Total

equity

Balance as at 1 January 2019 356,407 86,051 152,043 261,720 279,064 15,495 (22,894) (3,804) (747) 680,877 1,206,666 2,330,001 14,882 2,344,883

Profit for the year – – – – – – – – – – 312,224 312,224 1,137 313,361 Other comprehensive income – – – – – 7,805 4,326 (649) (853) 10,629 – 10,629 79 10,708 Total comprehensive income – – – – – 7,805 4,326 (649) (853) 10,629 312,224 322,853 1,216 324,069 Dividends — ordinary shares 2018 final – – – – – – – – – – (89,315) (89,315) – (89,315)

Dividends — preference shares – – – – – – – – – – (4,525) (4,525) – (4,525)

Appropriation to surplus reserve (i) – – – 30,571 – – – – – 30,571 (30,571) – – –

Appropriation to general reserve (ii) – – – – 25,955 – – – – 25,955 (25,955) – – –

Capital injection by other equity instruments holders – 149,967 – – – – – – – – – 149,967 – 149,967

Capital deduction by other equity instruments holders – (29,886) (2,901) – – – – – – (2,901) – (32,787) – (32,787)

Change in share holding in subsidiaries – – (3) – – – – – – (3) – (3) (8) (11)

Capital injection by non-controlling shareholders – – – – – – – – – – – – 57 57

Dividends to non-controlling shareholders – – – – – – – – – – – – (338) (338)

Other comprehensive income transferred to retained earnings – – – – – (20) – – – (20) 12 (8) 8 –

Others – – – – – – – – 3 3 – 3 – 3

Balance as at 31 December 2019 (audited) 356,407 206,132 149,139 292,291 305,019 23,280 (18,568) (4,453) (1,597) 745,111 1,368,536 2,676,186 15,817 2,692,003

(i) Includes the appropriation made by overseas branches and subsidiaries in the amounts of RMB53 million and RMB785 million,

respectively.

(ii) Includes the appropriation made by overseas branches and subsidiaries in the amounts of RMB2 million and RMB1,194

million, respectively.

The notes on pages 104 to 188 form part of this interim financial report.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Cash Flow Statement For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

102

Six months ended 30 June Notes 2020 2019

(unaudited) (unaudited)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Profit before taxation 189,351 209,209

Adjustments for:

Share of profits of associates and joint ventures (386) (1,340)

Depreciation 13,645 12,414

Amortisation 8 1,171 1,188

Amortisation of financial investments (2,498) 443

Impairment losses on assets 9 125,456 99,180

Unrealised losses on foreign exchange 10,839 926

Interest expense on debt securities issued 13,244 13,789

Accreted interest on impaired loans (941) (1,167)

Net (gain)/loss on financial investments (5,869) 2,648

Interest income on financial investments (117,949) (97,505)

Net gain on changes at fair value (6,751) (9,061)

Net gain on disposal and overage of property and equipment and other assets (other than repossessed assets) (730) (792)

Dividend income 6 (1,054) (348)

217,528 229,584

Net decrease/(increase) in operating assets:

Due from central banks 176,573 28,757

Due from banks and other financial institutions 23,905 (53,029)

Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (19,355) (45,557)

Reverse repurchase agreements 70,931 (77,977)

Loans and advances to customers (1,255,273) (896,890)

Other assets (174,316) (199,849)

(1,177,535) (1,244,545)

Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:

Financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss 22,174 3,745

Due to central banks 31,427 749

Due to banks and other financial institutions 698,647 374,821

Repurchase agreements (12,477) (233,047)

Certificates of deposit (16,537) 20,418

Due to customers 2,060,021 1,708,866

Other liabilities 133,077 117,462

2,916,332 1,993,014

Net cash flows from operating activities before tax 1,956,325 978,053

Income tax paid (82,592) (70,760)

Net cash flows from operating activities 1,873,733 907,293

The notes on pages 104 to 188 form part of this interim financial report.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Cash Flow Statement For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

103I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Six months ended 30 June Notes 2020 2019

(unaudited) (unaudited)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchases of property and equipment and other assets (10,769) (14,928)

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment and other assets (other than repossessed assets) 981 1,326

Purchases of financial investments (1,631,900) (1,248,373)

Proceeds from sale and redemption of financial investments 967,154 849,306

Investment returns received 114,096 98,678

Investments in associates and joint ventures (130) (76)

Proceeds from disposal of associates and joint ventures 179 –

Net cash flows from investing activities (560,389) (314,067)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Capital injection by non-controlling shareholders – 57

Proceeds from issuance of debt securities 441,364 624,360

Interest paid on debt securities (13,772) (6,935)

Repayment of debt securities (449,224) (478,939)

Acquisition of non-controlling interests (1,279) (11)

Dividends paid on ordinary shares (70,854) –

Dividends paid to non-controlling shareholders (188) (157)

Cash payment for other financing activities (2,423) –

Net cash flows from financing activities (96,376) 138,375

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 1,216,968 731,601

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period 1,450,413 1,509,524

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 9,830 948

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE PERIOD 35 2,677,211 2,242,073

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES INCLUDE:

Interest received 427,871 422,202

Interest paid (209,678) (191,352)

The notes on pages 104 to 188 form part of this interim financial report.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

104

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited (the “Bank”), which was previously known as Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (“ICBC”), used to be a wholly-state-owned commercial bank established on 1 January 1984 based on the authorisation of the State Council and the People’s Bank of China (the “PBOC”) of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). On 28 October 2005, with the approval of the State Council, ICBC was restructured and incorporated as a joint-stock limited company. The joint-stock limited company undertook all the assets and liabilities of ICBC upon the restructuring. On 27 October 2006, the Bank was successfully listed on both Shanghai Stock Exchange and The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

The Bank obtained its finance permit No. B0001H111000001 from the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (the “CBIRC”) of the PRC. The Bank obtained its business license with unified social credit code 91100000100003962T from the State Administration for Industry and Commerce of the PRC. The legal representative is Chen Siqing and the registered office is located at No. 55 Fuxingmennei Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing, the PRC.

The Bank’s stock codes of A Shares and H Shares listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited are 601398 and 1398, respectively. The Bank’s offshore preference share is listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and the stock code is 4604. The Bank’s domestic preference shares are listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the stock codes are 360011 and 360036.

The principal activities of the Bank and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Group”) comprise corporate and personal banking, treasury operations, investment banking, asset management, trust, financial leasing, insurance and other financial services. Domestic establishments refer to the Head Office of the Bank, branches and subsidiaries established inside Chinese mainland. Overseas establishments refer to branches and subsidiaries established under local jurisdictions outside Chinese mainland.

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES Basis of preparation

The interim financial report has been prepared in accordance with the applicable disclosure provisions of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, and compliance with International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 34, Interim Financial Reporting, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. It was approved by the board of directors on 28 August 2020.

The condensed consolidated interim financial statements and notes thereon do not include all of the information required for full set of financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”), and should be read in conjunction with the Group’s last annual financial report for the year ended 31 December 2019.

The interim financial report has been reviewed by the Bank’s auditors, KPMG, in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements 2410, Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity, issued by International Auditing and Assurance Standards Boards (“IAASB”).

Accounting judgements and estimates

The preparation of the interim financial report in conformity with IAS 34 requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses on a year to date basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

105I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

The significant judgements made by management in applying the Group’s accounting policies and the key sources of estimation uncertainty were the same as those applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Basis of consolidation

The interim financial report comprises the financial statements of the Bank and its subsidiaries for the six months ended 30 June 2020. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Bank, using consistent accounting policies.

The Group controls an entity if it is exposed, or has rights, to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The Group reassesses whether it has control if there are changes to one or more of the elements of control. This includes circumstances in which protective rights held (e.g. those resulting from a lending relationship) become substantive and lead to the Group having power over an entity.

An investment in a subsidiary is consolidated into the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. Intra-group balances, transactions, cash flows and any unrealised profit or loss arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated in full in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

Non-controlling interests represent the equity in a subsidiary not attributable directly or indirectly to a parent.

Non-controlling interests are presented in the consolidated statement of financial position within equity, separately from equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the Bank. Non-controlling interests in the results of the Group are presented on the face of the consolidated statement of profit or loss and the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as an allocation of the total profit or loss and total comprehensive income for the period between non-controlling interests and the equity holders of the Bank.

Changes in the Group’s interests in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions, whereby adjustments are made to the amounts of controlling and non-controlling interests within consolidated equity to reflect the change in relative interests, but no adjustments are made to goodwill and no gain or loss is recognised.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

106

Particulars of the Group’s principal subsidiaries as at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

Percentage of equity interest % Voting rights %

Nominal value of issued share/

paid-in capital Amount invested

by the Bank

Place of incorporation/

registration and operations

Principal activitiesName

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

30 June 2020

30 June 2020

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited (“ICBC Asia”)

100 100 100 HKD44,188 million HKD54,738 million Hong Kong, the PRC Commercial banking

ICBC International Holdings Limited (“ICBC International”)

100 100 100 HKD4,882 million HKD4,882 million Hong Kong, the PRC Investment banking

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Almaty) Joint Stock Company

100 100 100 KZT8,933 million KZT8,933 million Almaty, Kazakhstan Commercial banking

ICBC (London) PLC (“ICBC London”) 100 100 100 USD200 million USD200 million London, United Kingdom Commercial banking

ICBC Credit Suisse Asset Management Co., Ltd. *

80 80 80 RMB200 million RMB433 million Beijing, the PRC Fund management

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Europe) S.A.

100 100 100 EUR437 million EUR437 million Luxembourg Commercial banking

PT. Bank ICBC Indonesia (“ICBC Indonesia”) 98.61 98.61 98.61 IDR3,706,100 million USD361 million Jakarta, Indonesia Commercial banking

Bank ICBC (Joint stock company) 100 100 100 RUB10,810 million RUB10,810 million Moscow, Russia Commercial banking

ICBC Financial Leasing Co., Ltd. * (“ICBC Leasing”)

100 100 100 RMB18,000 million RMB11,000 million Tianjin, the PRC Leasing

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Macau) Limited (“ICBC Macau”)

89.33 89.33 89.33 MOP589 million MOP12,064 million Macau, the PRC Commercial banking

Zhejiang Pinghu ICBC Rural Bank Co., Ltd. * 60 60 60 RMB200 million RMB120 million Zhejiang, the PRC Commercial banking

Chongqing Bishan ICBC Rural Bank Co., Ltd. * 100 100 100 RMB100 million RMB100 million Chongqing, the PRC Commercial banking

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Canada)

80 80 80 CAD208 million CAD218.66 million Toronto, Canada Commercial banking

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Malaysia) Berhad

100 100 100 MYR833 million MYR833 million Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Commercial banking

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Thai) Public Company Limited (“ICBC Thai”)

97.86 97.86 97.98 THB20,132 million THB23,711 million Bangkok, Thailand Commercial banking

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Financial Services LLC

100 100 100 USD50 million USD50.25 million Delaware and New York, United States

Broker dealer

ICBC-AXA Assurance Co., Ltd. * 60 60 60 RMB12,505 million RMB7,980 million Shanghai, the PRC Insurance

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (USA) NA

80 80 80 USD369 million USD306 million New York, United States Commercial banking

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Argentina) S.A. (“ICBC Argentina”)

100 80 100 ARS1,345 million USD904 million Buenos Aires, Argentina Commercial banking

ICBC PERU BANK 100 100 100 USD120 million USD120 million Lima, Peru Commercial banking

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Brasil) S.A.

100 100 100 Real202 million Real202 million Sao Paulo, Brazil Commercial and investment banking

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (New Zealand) Limited (“ICBC New Zealand”)

100 100 100 NZD234 million NZD234 million Auckland, New Zealand Commercial banking

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Mexico S.A.

100 100 100 MXN1,597 million MXN1,597 million Mexico City, Mexico Commercial banking

ICBC Turkey Bank Anonim Şirketi (“ICBC Turkey”)

92.84 92.84 92.84 TRY860 million USD425 million Istanbul, Turkey Commercial banking

ICBC Standard Bank PLC (“ICBC Standard”) 60 60 60 USD1,083 million USD839 million London, United Kingdom Banking

ICBC Financial Asset Investment Co., Ltd.* (“ICBC Investment”)

100 100 100 RMB12,000 million RMB12,000 million Nanjing, the PRC Financial asset investment

ICBC Austria Bank GmbH 100 100 100 EUR100 million EUR100 million Vienna, Austria Commercial banking

ICBC Wealth Management Co., Ltd.* 100 100 100 RMB16,000 million RMB16,000 million Beijing, the PRC Wealth Management

* These subsidiaries incorporated in Chinese mainland are all limited liability companies.

The above table lists the principal subsidiaries of the Bank. To give details of other subsidiaries would, in the opinion of the management, result in particulars of excessive length.

There is no subsidiary of the Group which has material non-controlling interests during the reporting period.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

107I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Significant accounting policies

Except as described below accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the interim financial report are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the Group’s annual financial report for the year ended 31 December 2019. The changes in accounting policies are also expected to be reflected in the Group’s annual financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2020. The principal effects of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”, including International Accounting Standards (“IASs”)) are as follows:

Amendments to IFRS 3, Business Combinations “Clarifying what is a business”

The IASB has issued amendments to IFRS 3 that seek to clarify the definition of business. The amendments include an election to use a concentration test. If a preparer chooses not to apply the concentration test, or the test is failed, then the assessment focuses on the existence of a substantive process. The effect of these changes is that the new definition of a business is narrower, which could result in fewer business combinations being recognised. The amendments may require a complex assessment to decide whether a transaction is a business combination or an asset acquisition.

The amendments are expected to have no material impact on financial position and financial performance.

Amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements, and IAS 8, Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors, “Definition of Material”

The amendments clarify the definition of material and how it should be applied by including in the definition guidance that until now has featured elsewhere in IFRS Standards. In addition, the explanations accompanying the definition have been improved and the amendments ensure that the definition of material is consistent across all IFRS Standards.

The amendments are expected to have no material impact on financial position and financial performance.

Amendments to IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, and IFRS 7, Financial instruments: Disclosures, “Interest Rate Benchmark Reform”

The IASB issued the amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7, which aims to address uncertainties related to the ongoing reform of interbank offered rates (“IBOR”).

The amendments provide targeted relief for financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting in the lead up to IBOR reform. They are mandatory and apply to all hedging relationships directly affected by uncertainties related to IBOR reform.

The amendments are expected to have no material impact on financial position and financial performance.

Amendment to IFRS 16, Leases “Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions”

The IASB has issued the amendment to IFRS 16, the amendment allows lessees, as a voluntary practical expedient, not to account for rent concessions as lease modifications if they arise as a direct consequence of COVID-19 and meet the qualifying criteria. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 June 2020 with earlier application permitted.

The Group does not adopt the practical expedient of the amendment, therefore the amendment has no material impact on the financial position and the financial result of the Group.

The Group does not adopt any issued but not yet effective international financial reporting standards, interpretations and amendments.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

108

3. NET INTEREST INCOME

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Interest income on: Loans and advances to customers: Corporate loans and advances 221,240 217,025 Personal loans 141,660 123,898 Discounted bills 6,097 6,153 Financial investments 118,487 107,102 Due from banks and other financial institutions 21,379 31,056 Due from central banks 20,927 22,923

529,790 508,157

Interest expense on: Due to customers (177,272) (158,304) Due to banks and other financial institutions (29,723) (32,161) Debt securities issued (16,246) (18,391)

(223,241) (208,856)

Net interest income 306,549 299,301

The above interest income and expense are related to financial instruments which are not measured at fair value through profit or loss.

4. NET FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Bank card business 23,366 22,480 Settlement, clearing business and cash management 20,216 20,544 Personal wealth management and private banking services (i) 15,274 15,501 Investment banking business 14,796 15,037 Guarantee and commitment business 7,672 7,808 Corporate wealth management services (i) 7,622 7,504 Asset custody business (i) 4,020 3,986 Trust and agency services (i) 1,057 1,010 Others 1,593 1,378

Fee and commission income 95,616 95,248 Fee and commission expense (6,716) (6,747)

Net fee and commission income 88,900 88,501

(i) Included in personal wealth management and private banking services, corporate wealth management services, asset custody business and trust and agency services above for the period is an amount of RMB8,451 million (six months ended 30 June 2019: RMB9,063 million) with respect to trust and other fiduciary activities.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

109I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

5. NET TRADING (EXPENSE)/INCOME

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Debt securities 3,107 2,745 Equity investments 2,012 1,124 Derivatives and others (6,754) 2,004

(1,635) 5,873

The above amounts mainly include gains and losses arising from the buying and selling of, interest income and expense on, and changes in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities held for trading.

6. NET GAIN/(LOSS) ON FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Dividend income from equity investments designated as at FVOCI, including: Derecognised during the period – – Held at the end of current period 1,054 348 Gain/(loss) on financial instruments measured at FVTPL, net 5,358 (4,627) Including: Loss on financial instruments designated as at FVTPL (1,398) (10,636) Gain on disposal of financial instruments measured at FVOCI, net 1,504 830 Others 71 25

7,987 (3,424)

Note: “FVTPL” stands for fair value through profit or loss.

“FVOCI” stands for fair value through other comprehensive income.

7. OTHER OPERATING INCOME, NET

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Net premium income 29,933 38,214 Operating cost of insurance business (32,242) (38,027) Net gain on disposal of property and equipment, repossessed assets and others 805 795 Others 2,049 2,970

545 3,952

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

110

8. OPERATING EXPENSES

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Staff costs: Salaries and bonuses 38,692 38,692 Staff benefits 11,107 10,370 Post-employment benefits — defined contribution plans (i) 5,139 7,158

54,938 56,220

Property and equipment expenses: Depreciation charge for property and equipment assets 6,773 6,574 Lease expenses in respect of land and buildings 4,088 3,876 Repairs and maintenance charges 962 994 Utility expenses 751 911

12,574 12,355

Amortisation 1,171 1,188 Other administrative expenses 8,748 8,473 Taxes and surcharges 4,406 3,851 Others 6,088 5,067

87,925 87,154

(i) The defined contribution plans mainly include contributions to the state pension and the Bank’s Annuity Plan.

9. IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON ASSETS

Notes Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Loans and advances to customers 17 111,705 91,896

Others 13,751 7,284

125,456 99,180

10. INCOME TAX EXPENSE (a) Income tax expense

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Current income tax expense: Chinese mainland 38,848 38,589 Hong Kong and Macau 1,103 1,149 Overseas 1,795 2,011

41,746 41,749 Deferred income tax expense (2,191) (1,230)

39,555 40,519

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

111I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(b) Reconciliation between income tax and accounting profit

PRC income tax has been provided at the statutory rate of 25% in accordance with the relevant tax laws in Chinese mainland during the period. Taxes on profits assessable elsewhere have been calculated at the applicable rates of tax prevailing in the countries/regions in which the Group operates, based on existing legislation, interpretations and practices in respect thereof. A reconciliation of the income tax expense applicable to profit before taxation at the PRC statutory income tax rate to income tax expense at the Group’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Profit before taxation 189,351 209,209 Tax at the PRC statutory income tax rate 47,338 52,302 Effects of different applicable rates of tax prevailing in other countries/regions (952) (818) Effects of non-deductible expenses (i) 13,387 5,916 Effects of non-taxable income (ii) (20,015) (16,717) Effects of profits attributable to associates and joint ventures (96) (335) Effects of others (107) 171

Income tax expense 39,555 40,519

(i) The non-deductible expenses mainly represent non-deductible impairment provision, write-offs and others.

(ii) The non-taxable income mainly represents interest income arising from the PRC government bonds and municipal debts, which is exempted from income tax.

11. DIVIDENDS

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid or proposed:

Final dividend on ordinary shares for 2019: RMB0.2628 per share (2018: RMB0.2506 per share) 93,664 89,315

12. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share of the Group is based on the following:

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Earnings: Profit for the period attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent company 148,790 167,931

Shares: Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in million shares) 356,407 356,407

Basic and diluted earnings per share (RMB yuan) 0.42 0.47

Basic and diluted earnings per share was calculated as the profit for the period attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent company divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

112

13. CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Cash on hand 72,938 66,035 Balances with central banks Mandatory reserves (i) 2,465,129 2,676,279 Surplus reserves (ii) 717,683 322,892 Fiscal deposits and others 285,553 250,976

Accrued interest 1,235 1,734

3,542,538 3,317,916

(i) The Group is required to place mandatory reserve deposits and other restricted deposits with the PBOC and certain central banks of overseas countries or regions where it has operations. Mandatory reserve deposits with central banks and other restricted deposits are not available for use in the Group’s daily operations. Mandatory reserve deposits mainly consist of deposits placed with the PBOC and central banks of overseas countries or regions. As at 30 June 2020, the mandatory deposit reserve ratios of the domestic branches of the Bank in respect of customer deposits denominated in RMB and foreign currencies were consistent with the requirements of the PBOC. The amounts of mandatory reserve deposits placed with the central banks of those countries or regions outside Chinese mainland are determined by local jurisdictions.

(ii) Surplus reserves with the PBOC include funds for the purpose of cash settlement and other kinds of unrestricted deposits.

14. DUE FROM BANKS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Due from banks and other financial institutions: Banks operating in Chinese mainland 468,604 373,868 Other financial institutions operating in Chinese mainland 60,780 11,449 Banks and other financial institutions operating outside Chinese mainland 90,594 86,655 Accrued interest 2,844 3,914

622,822 475,886 Less: Allowance for impairment losses (567) (561)

622,255 475,325

Placements with banks and other financial institutions: Banks operating in Chinese mainland 99,503 94,159 Other financial institutions operating in Chinese mainland 213,887 218,315 Banks and other financial institutions operating outside Chinese mainland 304,082 249,018 Accrued interest 3,953 6,235

621,425 567,727 Less: Allowance for impairment losses (609) (684)

620,816 567,043

1,243,071 1,042,368

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

113I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Movements of the allowance for impairment losses during the period are as follows:

Due from banks and other

financial institutions

Placements with banks and other

financial institutions Total

At 1 January 2019 401 614 1,015

Charge for the year 160 70 230

At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 561 684 1,245

Charge/(reverse) for the period 6 (75) (69)

At 30 June 2020 567 609 1,176

15. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

A derivative is a financial instrument, the value of which changes in response to the changes in a specified interest rate, financial instrument price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rates, credit rating or credit index, or other similar variables. The Group uses derivative financial instruments including forwards, swaps and options.

The notional amount of a derivative represents the amount of an underlying asset upon which the value of the derivative is based. It indicates the volume of business transacted by the Group but does not reflect the risk.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in any orderly transaction between market participants at measured date.

In accordance with accounting policy of offsetting, the Group offsets derivative assets and derivative liabilities which meet the criteria for offsetting, and presents net amount in the financial statements. As at 30 June 2020, derivative assets and derivative liabilities which meet the criteria for offsetting were RMB48,757 million (31 December 2019: RMB36,547 million) and RMB54,473 million (31 December 2019: RMB40,614 million) respectively, and the net derivative assets and net derivative liabilities were RMB36,335 million (31 December 2019: RMB26,248 million) and RMB42,051 million (31 December 2019: RMB30,315 million) respectively.

At the end of the reporting period, the Group had derivative financial instruments as follows:

30 June 2020 31 December 2019

Notional

amounts

Fair values Notional

amounts

Fair values

Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities

Exchange rate contracts 5,694,289 30,710 (32,405) 4,944,200 38,258 (36,582)

Interest rate contracts 1,958,644 27,219 (30,858) 2,125,339 16,436 (17,888)

Commodity derivatives and others 781,212 19,002 (40,871) 818,186 13,617 (30,710)

8,434,145 76,931 (104,134) 7,887,725 68,311 (85,180)

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

114

Cash flow hedges

The Group’s cash flow hedges consist of interest rate swap contracts, currency swap contracts and equity derivatives that are used to protect against exposures to variability of future cash flows.

Among the above derivative financial instruments, those designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges are set out below:

30 June 2020 Notional amounts with remaining life of Fair values

Within three

months

Over three months

but within one year

Over one year

but within five years

Over five years Total Assets Liabilities

Interest rate swap contracts 3,396 15,068 9,787 920 29,171 38 (807) Currency swap contracts 54,354 65,151 2,875 – 122,380 2,848 (1,052) Equity derivatives 7 31 38 4 80 – (5)

57,757 80,250 12,700 924 151,631 2,886 (1,864)

31 December 2019 Notional amounts with remaining life of Fair values

Within three

months

Over three months

but within one year

Over one year

but within five years

Over five years Total Assets Liabilities

Interest rate swap contracts – 6,824 20,726 1,045 28,595 121 (284) Currency swap contracts 52,670 55,772 4,002 – 112,444 1,077 (750) Equity derivatives 64 2 51 7 124 3 (7)

52,734 62,598 24,779 1,052 141,163 1,201 (1,041)

Details of the Group’s hedged risk exposures in cash flow hedges and the corresponding effect on equities are as follows:

30 June 2020

Carrying amount of hedged items

Effect of hedging instruments on

other comprehensive income during the

current period

Accumulated effect of hedging

instruments on other comprehensive

income Line items in the statement

of financial positionAssets Liabilities

Bonds 14,869 (15,613) (505) (474) Financial investments measured at FVOCI/Financial investments

measured at amortised cost/ Debt securities issued

Loans 9,784 – (110) (127) Loans and advances to customers Others 10,456 (84,902) 62 (4,443) Due from banks and

other financial institutions/ Other assets/

Due to banks and other financial institutions/

Certificates of deposit/ Due to customers/

Other liabilities

35,109 (100,515) (553) (5,044)

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

115I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

31 December 2019

Carrying amount of hedged items

Effect of hedging instruments on

other comprehensive income during

the year

Accumulated effect of hedging

instruments on other comprehensive

income Line items in the statement

of financial positionAssets Liabilities

Bonds 23,357 (7,030) (4) 31 Financial investments measured at FVOCI/Financial investments

measured at amortised cost/ Debt securities issued

Loans 2,914 – (54) (17) Loans and advances to customers Others 6,050 (104,846) (639) (4,505) Due from banks and

other financial institutions/ Other assets/

Due to banks and other financial institutions/

Certificates of deposit/ Due to customers/

Other liabilities

32,321 (111,876) (697) (4,491)

There was no ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss that arises from the cash flow hedges for the current period (six months ended 30 June 2019: Nil).

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are used by the Group to protect against changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities due to movements in market interest rates. Interest rate swaps are used as hedging instruments to hedge the interest risk of financial assets and financial liabilities, respectively.

The effectiveness of hedges based on changes in fair value of the derivatives and the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk recognised in profit or loss during the period is presented as follows:

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

(Loss)/gain arising from fair value hedges, net: Hedging instruments (2,661) (1,331) Hedged items attributable to the hedged risk 2,623 1,313

(38) (18)

Among the above derivative financial instruments, those designated as hedging instruments in fair value hedges are set out below:

30 June 2020

Notional amounts with remaining life of Fair values

Within

three

months

Over three

months

but within

one year

Over

one year

but within

five years

Over

five years Total Assets Liabilities

Interest rate swap contracts 742 3,831 52,978 22,512 80,063 170 (4,146)

742 3,831 52,978 22,512 80,063 170 (4,146)

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

116

31 December 2019

Notional amounts with remaining life of Fair values

Within

three

months

Over three

months

but within

one year

Over

one year

but within

five years

Over

five years Total Assets Liabilities

Interest rate swap contracts 697 1,409 47,346 14,841 64,293 199 (1,383)

697 1,409 47,346 14,841 64,293 199 (1,383)

Details of the Group’s hedged risk exposures in fair value hedges are set out below:

30 June 2020

Carrying amount of

hedged items

Accumulated

adjustments to the fair

value of hedged items

Line items in the statement of financial positionAssets Liabilities Assets Liabilities

Bonds 61,063 (369) 6,263 (15) Financial investments measured at FVOCI/

Financial investments measured at amortised cost/

Debt securities issued

Loans 5,861 – 1,447 – Loans and advances to customers

Others 14,475 (3,649) 278 (112) Reverse repurchase agreements/

Due to banks and other financial institutions

81,399 (4,018) 7,988 (127)

31 December 2019

Carrying amount of

hedged items

Accumulated

adjustments to the fair

value of hedged items

Line items in the statement of financial positionAssets Liabilities Assets Liabilities

Bonds 42,646 (120) 943 (11) Financial investments measured at FVOCI/

Financial investments measured at amortised cost/

Debt securities issued

Loans 5,325 – 32 – Loans and advances to customers

Others 13,962 (3,481) (10) – Reverse repurchase agreements/

Due to banks and other financial institutions

61,933 (3,601) 965 (11)

117

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Net investment hedges

The Group’s consolidated statement of financial position is affected by exchange differences between the functional currency of the Bank and functional currencies of its branches and subsidiaries. The Group hedges such exchange exposures only in limited circumstances. Hedging is undertaken using deposits taken in the same currencies as the functional currencies of related branches and subsidiaries which are accounted for as hedges of certain net investment in foreign operations.

As at 30 June 2020, an accumulated net loss from the hedging instrument of RMB1,237 million was recognised in “Other comprehensive income” on net investment hedges (as at 31 December 2019 accumulated net loss: RMB747 million). As at 30 June 2020, there was no ineffectiveness in profit or loss that arises from the net investment hedges (31 December 2019: Nil).

Counterparty credit risk-weighted assets of derivative financial instruments

The credit risk-weighted assets in respect of the above derivatives of the Group as at the end of the reporting date are as follows:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Counterparty credit default risk-weighted assets 151,850 131,219 Including: Non-netting settled credit default risk-weighted assets 81,055 65,292 Netting settled credit default risk-weighted assets 70,795 65,927 Credit value adjustment risk-weighted assets 55,304 34,676 Central counterparties credit risk-weighted assets 2,132 3,068

209,286 168,963

The credit risk-weighted assets of derivative financial instruments were calculated with reference to Regulation Governing Capital of Commercial Banks (Provisional). The credit risk-weighted assets of the Group’s derivative financial instruments include counterparty credit default risk-weighted assets, credit value adjustment risk-weighted assets and central counterparties credit risk-weighted assets.

16. REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

Reverse repurchase agreements comprise reverse repurchase of bills, securities and cash advanced as collateral on securities borrowing.

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Measured at amortised cost: Reverse repurchase agreements-bills 264,993 309,249

Reverse repurchase agreements-securities 960,392 376,237 Accrued interest 85 137 Less: Allowance for impairment losses (67) (94)

1,225,403 685,529

Measured at FVTPL: Reverse repurchase agreements-securities 130,210 120,357 Cash advanced as collateral on securities borrowing 15,906 39,300

146,116 159,657

1,371,519 845,186

118

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

(i) In accordance with master repurchase agreements and related supplementary agreements, the Group offsets reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements which meet the criteria for offsetting, and presents net positive (or negative) amounts as reverse repurchase agreements (or repurchase agreements) in the financial statements. As at 30 June 2020, reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements which meet the criteria for offsetting were RMB394,885 million and RMB402,633 million respectively (31 December 2019: RMB317,212 million and RMB345,191 million respectively), and the net reverse repurchase agreements and net repurchase agreements were RMB130,160 million and RMB137,908 million respectively (31 December 2019: RMB119,860 million and RMB147,839 million respectively).

(ii) As part of the reverse repurchase agreements, the Group has received securities that it is allowed to sell or repledge in the absence of default by their owners. At 30 June 2020, the Group had received securities with a fair value of approximately RMB171,632 million on such terms (31 December 2019: RMB156,529 million). Of these, securities with a fair value of approximately RMB135,201 million have been repledged under repurchase agreements (31 December 2019: RMB125,320 million). The Group has an obligation to return the securities to its counterparties. If the collateral received declines in value, the Group may, in certain circumstances, require additional collateral.

17. LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Measured at amortised cost: Corporate loans and advances 10,760,764 9,943,082 — Loans 10,604,327 9,788,069 — Finance lease 156,437 155,013 Personal loans 6,769,931 6,383,624 Discounted bills 4,996 4,206 Accrued interest 52,996 43,720

17,588,687 16,374,632

Less: Allowance for impairment losses of loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost (note 17(a)) (525,327) (478,498)

17,063,360 15,896,134

Measured at FVOCI: Corporate loans and advances — Loans 7,674 6,314 Discounted bills 425,581 417,668 Accrued interest 9 11

433,264 423,993

Measured at FVTPL: Corporate loans and advances — Loans 6,525 6,425 Discounted bills 181 –

6,706 6,425

17,503,330 16,326,552

As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers measured at FVOCI was RMB266 million, see note 17(b). (31 December 2019: RMB232 million)

119

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Movements of the allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers are as follows:

(a) Movements of the allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost are as follows:

Stage 1 (12-month

ECL)

Stage 2 (Lifetime ECL not credit-impaired)

Stage 3 (Lifetime ECL

credit-impaired) Total

Balance at 1 January 2020 215,316 78,494 184,688 478,498 Transfer: — to stage 1 15,048 (13,555) (1,493) – — to stage 2 (4,643) 6,233 (1,590) – — to stage 3 (1,766) (28,635) 30,401 – Charge 56,921 24,949 29,801 111,671 Write-offs and transfer out – – (65,739) (65,739) Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off – – 1,920 1,920 Other movements 89 (75) (1,037) (1,023)

Balance at 30 June 2020 280,965 67,411 176,951 525,327

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Balance at 1 January 2019 158,084 81,406 173,241 412,731 Transfer: — to stage 1 17,451 (14,987) (2,464) – — to stage 2 (6,868) 12,775 (5,907) – — to stage 3 (959) (28,755) 29,714 – Charge 47,364 28,014 86,944 162,322 Write-offs and transfer out – (91) (97,562) (97,653) Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off – – 3,302 3,302 Other movements 244 132 (2,580) (2,204)

Balance at 31 December 2019 215,316 78,494 184,688 478,498

(b) Movements of the allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers measured at FVOCI are as follows:

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Balance at 1 January 2020 227 – 5 232 Transfer: — to stage 1 – – – – — to stage 2 – – – – — to stage 3 – – – – Charge 34 – – 34 Other movements 0 – – 0

Balance at 30 June 2020 261 – 5 266

120

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Balance at 1 January 2019 198 0 248 446 Transfer: — to stage 1 – – – – — to stage 2 (5) 5 – – — to stage 3 – (5) 5 – Charge/(reverse) 34 (0) (248) (214) Other movements (0) – – (0)

Balance at 31 December 2019 227 – 5 232

18. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Financial investments measured at FVTPL (a) 1,023,536 962,078 Financial investments measured at FVOCI (b) 1,527,183 1,476,872 Financial investments measured at amortised cost (c) 5,814,874 5,208,167

8,365,593 7,647,117

(a) Financial investments measured at FVTPL

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Financial investments held for trading Debt securities (analysed by type of issuers): Governments and central banks 99,220 52,016 Policy banks 15,920 5,157 Banks and other financial institutions 34,053 28,578 Corporate entities 83,591 67,886

232,784 153,637 Equity investments 6,592 10,121

239,376 163,758

Financial investments designated as at FVTPL Debt securities (analysed by type of issuers): Governments and central banks 8,631 8,493 Policy banks 15,241 29,267 Banks and other financial institutions 17,560 34,585 Corporate entities 3,763 4,152

45,195 76,497 Funds and other investments 451,147 463,035

496,342 539,532

121

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Financial investments measured at FVTPL (mandatory) Debt securities (analysed by type of issuers): Policy banks 7,197 7,020 Banks and other financial institutions 131,431 115,943 Corporate entities 3,151 5,160

141,779 128,123 Equity investments 80,636 70,498 Funds and other investments 65,403 60,167

287,818 258,788

1,023,536 962,078

Analysed into: Debt securities: Listed in Hong Kong 3,452 4,387 Listed outside Hong Kong 18,780 12,373 Unlisted 397,526 341,497

419,758 358,257

Equity investments: Listed in Hong Kong 5,484 6,577 Listed outside Hong Kong 15,426 8,481 Unlisted 66,318 65,561

87,228 80,619

Funds and other investments: Listed outside Hong Kong 215 472 Unlisted 516,335 522,730

516,550 523,202

1,023,536 962,078

122

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

(b) Financial investments measured at FVOCI

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Debt securities (analysed by type of issuers): Governments and central banks 449,856 421,919 Policy banks 192,387 198,839 Banks and other financial institutions 308,080 306,242 Corporate entities 497,156 474,271 Accrued interest 18,879 20,338

1,466,358 1,421,609 Equity investments (i) 60,825 55,263

1,527,183 1,476,872

Analysed into: Debt securities: Listed in Hong Kong 172,635 163,525 Listed outside Hong Kong 279,420 246,091 Unlisted 1,014,303 1,011,993

1,466,358 1,421,609

Equity investments: Listed in Hong Kong 1,747 – Listed outside Hong Kong 901 831 Unlisted 58,177 54,432

60,825 55,263

1,527,183 1,476,872

(i) The Group designates part of non-trading equity investments as financial investments measured at FVOCI. During the reporting period, dividend income recognised for such equity investments was RMB1,054 million (six months ended 30 June 2019: RMB348 million) and there was no dividend income for the termination of such equity investments during the reporting period (six months ended 30 June 2019: Nil). The value of the Group disposal of such equity investments was RMB83 million (six months ended 30 June 2019: RMB16 million) and the cumulative gain of transferring into retained earnings from other comprehensive income after disposal was RMB6 million during the reporting period (six months ended 30 June 2019: Nil).

Movements of the allowance for impairment losses on financial investments measured at FVOCI are as follows:

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Balance at 1 January 2020 1,778 80 198 2,056 Transfer: — to stage 1 3 (3) – – — to stage 2 – – – – — to stage 3 – – – – Charge/(reverse) 954 (2) 45 997 Other movements 9 – (1) 8

Balance at 30 June 2020 2,744 75 242 3,061

123

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Balance at 1 January 2019 1,622 92 196 1,910 Transfer: — to stage 1 – – – – — to stage 2 (1) 1 – – — to stage 3 – – – – Charge/(reverse) 151 (13) – 138 Other movements 6 – 2 8

Balance at 31 December 2019 1,778 80 198 2,056

Allowance for impairment losses on financial investments measured at FVOCI is recognised in other comprehensive income without decreasing the carrying amount of financial investments presented in the statement of financial position, and any impairment loss or gain is recognised in the profit or loss. The allowance for impairment losses of credit-impaired financial investments measured at FVOCI as at 30 June 2020 was RMB242 million (31 December 2019: RMB198 million).

(c) Financial investments measured at amortised cost

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Debt securities (analysed by type of issuers): Governments and central banks 4,820,793 4,308,456 Including: Special government bond (i) 85,000 85,000 Policy banks 485,975 412,287 Banks and other financial institutions 336,507 340,708 Including: Huarong bonds (ii) 90,309 90,309 Corporate entities 53,235 44,145 Accrued interest 82,145 69,483

5,778,655 5,175,079

Other investments (iii) 40,112 36,611 Accrued interest 157 198

40,269 36,809

5,818,924 5,211,888 Less: Allowance for impairment losses (4,050) (3,721)

5,814,874 5,208,167

Analysed into: Debt securities: Listed in Hong Kong 43,436 41,955 Listed outside Hong Kong 99,119 77,062 Unlisted 5,633,592 5,053,788

5,776,147 5,172,805

Other investments: Unlisted 38,727 35,362

38,727 35,362

5,814,874 5,208,167

Market value of listed securities 144,890 120,952

124

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

Movements of the allowance for impairment losses on financial investments measured at amortised cost are as follows:

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Balance at 1 January 2020 2,255 1,339 127 3,721 Transfer: — to stage 1 – – – – — to stage 2 – – – – — to stage 3 – – – – Charge/(reverse) 346 (9) (1) 336 Other movements (8) – 1 (7)

Balance at 30 June 2020 2,593 1,330 127 4,050

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Balance at 1 January 2019 1,504 854 125 2,483 Transfer: — to stage 1 1 (1) – – — to stage 2 – – – – — to stage 3 – – – – Charge 695 486 – 1,181 Other movements 55 – 2 57

Balance at 31 December 2019 2,255 1,339 127 3,721

(i) The special government bond represents a non-negotiable bond with a nominal value of RMB85,000 million issued by the Ministry of Finance of the People’s Republic of China (the “MOF”) to the Bank in 1998. The bond will mature in 2028 and bears interest at a fixed rate of 2.25% per annum.

(ii) The Huarong bonds are a series of long-term bonds issued by China Huarong Asset Management Co., Ltd. (“Huarong”) in the year of 2000 and 2001 to the Bank, with an aggregate amount of RMB312,996 million. The proceeds from the issuance of the bonds were used to purchase non-performing loans of the Bank. The bonds are non-negotiable, with a tenure of 10 years and bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.25% per annum. In 2010, the Bank received a notice from the MOF that the maturity dates of the Huarong bonds were extended for another ten years and the interest rate remains unchanged. Additionally, the MOF will continue providing funding in support of the repayment of the principal and interest of the bonds. In 2020, the Bank received a further notice from the MOF to adjust the interest rate of the Huarong bonds, which will be determined on yearly basis with reference to the average level of five-year government bond yield in the previous year. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank received accumulated early repayments amounting to RMB222,687 million.

(iii) Other investments include debt investment plans, asset management plans and trust plans with fixed or determinable payments. They will mature from July 2020 to November 2032 and bear interest rates ranging from 4.33% to 6.73% per annum.

125

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

19. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

Investments in associates and joint ventures are as follows:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Interest in associates 26,331 30,603 Interest in joint ventures 1,996 1,887

28,327 32,490

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Share of net assets 20,036 22,345 Goodwill 8,639 10,493

28,675 32,838 Less: Allowance for impairment losses (348) (348)

28,327 32,490

(a) Particulars of the Group’s associates and joint ventures are as follows:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Standard Bank Group Limited (“Standard Bank”) (i) 23,457 27,770 Others 4,870 4,720

28,327 32,490

(i) Financial information of the Group’s material associates and joint ventures:

Name Percentage of

equity interest % Voting

rights % Place of

registration Principal activities

Issued capital

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

30 June 2020

Associate directly held by the Bank

Standard Bank* 20.06 20.06 20.06 Johannesburg, Republic of

South Africa

Commercial banking

ZAR162 million

* Standard Bank, a listed commercial bank in Republic of South Africa and a strategic partner for the Group, enables the Group

to widen its customer base in Africa.

126

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

(ii) Particulars of the Group’s only material associate are as follows:

The summarised financial information of Standard Bank, being consistent with the Group’s accounting policies, and reconciled to the carrying amounts using the equity method in the Group’s consolidated financial statements is as follows:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Gross amounts of the associate Assets 1,064,433 1,127,659 Liabilities 975,372 1,023,850 Net assets 89,061 103,809 Profit from continuing operations 1,564 12,652 Reconciled to the Group’s interests in the associate Gross amounts of net assets of the associate attribute to the parent company 75,783 88,041 Group’s effective interest 20.06% 20.06%

Group’s share of net assets of the associate 15,202 17,661 Goodwill 8,603 10,457

Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in Standard Bank in the consolidated financial statements 23,805 28,118

(b) Movements of associates and joint ventures investments of the Group are as follows:

Movements during the period

Name of

investee

Balance

at the beginning

of the period

Increase

in capital

Decrease

in capital

Investment

income

recognised

under equity

method

Other

comprehensive

income

Declared

distribution of

cash dividends

or profits Others

Balance

at the end

of the period

Balance of

provision for

impairment

at the end

of the period

Joint ventures 1,887 130 (175) 7 (0) (5) 152 1,996 –

Associates Standard Bank 28,118 – – 274 1,054 (870) (4,771) 23,805 (348) Others 2,833 – – 105 8 (20) (52) 2,874 –

Subtotal 30,951 – – 379 1,062 (890) (4,823) 26,679 (348)

Total 32,838 130 (175) 386 1,062 (895) (4,671) 28,675 (348)

127

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

20. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Properties and

buildings

Construction

in progress

Leasehold

improvements

Office

equipment

and motor

vehicles

Aircraft and

vessels Total

Cost: At 1 January 2019 151,145 35,122 10,954 74,860 160,821 432,902 Additions 2,430 14,997 1,453 6,155 14,837 39,872 CIP transfer in/(out) 8,962 (9,918) – 116 840 – Disposals (1,178) (449) (479) (4,233) (11,557) (17,896)

At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 161,359 39,752 11,928 76,898 164,941 454,878 Additions 247 6,224 390 2,060 3,859 12,780 CIP transfer in/(out) 1,231 (3,305) – 39 2,035 – Disposals (477) (578) (46) (2,370) (610) (4,081)

At 30 June 2020 162,360 42,093 12,272 76,627 170,225 463,577

Accumulated depreciation and impairment: At 1 January 2019 60,701 41 9,156 59,360 22,903 152,161 Depreciation charge for the year 5,798 – 874 6,618 6,368 19,658 Impairment charge for the year – – – – 3,384 3,384 Disposals (795) (3) (47) (4,187) (1,854) (6,886)

At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 65,704 38 9,983 61,791 30,801 168,317 Depreciation charge for the period 3,013 – 453 3,307 3,018 9,791 Impairment charge for the period – – – – 2,022 2,022 Disposals (266) – (36) (2,355) (523) (3,180)

At 30 June 2020 68,451 38 10,400 62,743 35,318 176,950

Carrying amount: At 31 December 2019 95,655 39,714 1,945 15,107 134,140 286,561

At 30 June 2020 93,909 42,055 1,872 13,884 134,907 286,627

As at 30 June 2020, the process of obtaining the legal titles for the Group’s properties and buildings with an aggregate carrying amount of RMB13,297 million (31 December 2019: RMB12,316 million) was still in progress. Management is of the view that the aforesaid matter would neither affect the rights of the Group to these assets nor have any significant impact on the business operation of the Group.

As at 30 June 2020, the carrying amount of aircraft and vessels leased out by the Group under operating leases was RMB134,907 million (31 December 2019: RMB134,140 million).

As at 30 June 2020, the carrying amount of aircraft and vessels owned by the Group that have been pledged as security for liabilities due to banks and other financial institutions was RMB77,734 million (31 December 2019: RMB76,007 million).

128

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

21. DEFERRED INCOME TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (a) Analysed by nature

Deferred income tax assets:

30 June 2020 31 December 2019 Deductible/

(taxable) temporary

differences

Deferred income tax

assets/ (liabilities)

Deductible/ (taxable)

temporary differences

Deferred income tax

assets/ (liabilities)

Allowance for impairment losses 279,794 69,703 252,387 62,888

Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVTPL (4,821) (1,198) (3,437) (851)

Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVOCI (23,641) (6,025) (22,954) (5,781)

Accrued staff costs 19,094 4,773 25,162 6,290 Others (13,151) (3,141) (209) (10)

257,275 64,112 250,949 62,536

Deferred income tax liabilities:

30 June 2020 31 December 2019 Taxable/

(deductible) temporary

differences

Deferred income tax liabilities/

(assets)

Taxable/ (deductible)

temporary differences

Deferred income tax liabilities/

(assets)

Allowance for impairment losses (1,286) (539) (1,270) (535)

Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVTPL 3,336 834 2,544 636

Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVOCI 8,921 2,166 5,560 1,357 Others 637 166 1,652 415

11,608 2,627 8,486 1,873

129

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(b) Movements of deferred income tax

Deferred income tax assets:

1 January 2020

Recognised in profit or loss

Recognised in equity

30 June 2020

Allowance for impairment losses 62,888 6,815 – 69,703

Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVTPL (851) (347) – (1,198)

Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVOCI (5,781) – (244) (6,025) Accrued staff costs 6,290 (1,517) – 4,773 Others (10) (2,815) (316) (3,141)

62,536 2,136 (560) 64,112

Deferred income tax liabilities:

1 January 2020

Recognised in profit or loss

Recognised in equity

30 June 2020

Allowance for impairment losses (535) (4) – (539)

Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVTPL 636 198 – 834

Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVOCI 1,357 – 809 2,166 Others 415 (249) – 166

1,873 (55) 809 2,627

Deferred income tax assets:

1 January 2019

Recognised in profit or loss

Recognised in equity

31 December 2019

Allowance for impairment losses 52,438 10,450 – 62,888

Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVTPL 147 (998) – (851)

Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVOCI (3,819) – (1,962) (5,781) Accrued staff costs 6,508 (218) – 6,290 Others 3,101 (3,173) 62 (10)

58,375 6,061 (1,900) 62,536

Deferred income tax liabilities:

1 January 2019

Recognised in profit or loss

Recognised in equity

31 December 2019

Allowance for impairment losses (401) (134) – (535)

Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVTPL 143 493 – 636 Change in fair value of financial instruments measured at FVOCI 900 – 457 1,357 Others 575 (160) – 415

1,217 199 457 1,873

The Group did not have significant unrecognised deferred income tax assets and liabilities at the end of the reporting period.

130

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

22. OTHER ASSETS

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Precious metals 314,802 239,209 Settlement accounts 204,400 136,788 Right-of-use assets (1) 34,292 33,658 Land use rights 16,458 16,842 Repossessed assets 10,678 10,917 Advance payments 10,302 7,715 Goodwill 9,607 9,517 Interest receivable 2,036 2,233 Others 32,289 28,514

634,864 485,393 Less: Allowance for impairment losses (4,902) (4,994)

629,962 480,399

(1) Right-of-use assets

Leased

properties

and buildings

Leased

aircraft

and vessels

Leased office

equipment and

motor vehicles Total

Cost:

At 1 January 2019 16,827 13,986 71 30,884 Additions 6,478 3,289 1,567 11,334 Disposals (842) (741) (10) (1,593)

At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 22,463 16,534 1,628 40,625 Additions 3,953 1,477 88 5,518 Disposals (373) – (727) (1,100)

At 30 June 2020 26,043 18,011 989 45,043

Accumulated depreciation: At 1 January 2019 – 480 – 480 Depreciation charge for the year 5,775 692 104 6,571 Disposals (55) (29) – (84)

At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 5,720 1,143 104 6,967 Depreciation charge for the period 3,404 405 45 3,854 Disposals (11) – (59) (70)

At 30 June 2020 9,113 1,548 90 10,751

Impairment: At 1 January 2019 – 108 – 108 Impairment charge for the year 24 70 – 94 Disposals – (5) – (5)

At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 24 173 – 197

At 30 June 2020 24 173 – 197

Carrying amount: At 31 December 2019 16,719 15,218 1,524 33,461

At 30 June 2020 16,906 16,290 899 34,095

131

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

23. FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Interbank wealth management products (1) 39,450 19,580 Financial liabilities related to precious metals (2) 62,723 60,454 Debt securities (2) 13,112 13,064 Others 10,401 9,144

125,686 102,242

(1) The principal-guaranteed interbank wealth management products issued by the Group and the financial assets in which

the aforesaid products form parts of a group of financial instruments that are managed together on a fair value basis, and

are classified as financial liabilities and financial assets designated as at FVTPL, respectively. As at 30 June 2020, the fair

value of the interbank wealth management products was approximately the same as the amount that the Group would

be contractually required to pay to the holders of the wealth management products upon maturity (31 December 2019:

approximately the same).

(2) Financial liabilities related to precious metals and issued debt securities have been matched with precious metals and

derivative as part of a documented risk management strategy to mitigate market risk, such as interest rate risk. An accounting

mismatch would arise if these financial liabilities were accounted at amortised cost, whereas the related precious metals and

derivative were measured at fair value with movements in the fair value taken through the statement of profit or loss. By

designating these financial liabilities at FVTPL, the movement in their fair values is recorded in the statement of profit or loss.

As at 30 June 2020, the difference between the fair value of the financial liabilities related to precious metals and issued debt

securities and the amount that the Group would be contractually required to pay to the holders of the financial liabilities

related to precious metals and issued debt securities upon maturity was not significant.

There were no significant changes in the credit spread of the Group and therefore the amounts of changes in fair value of the financial liabilities arising from changes in credit risk were not considered significant during the six months ended at 30 June 2020 and the year of 2019. The changes in fair value of the financial liabilities were mainly attributable to changes in other market factors.

24. DUE TO BANKS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Deposits: Banks and other financial institutions operating in Chinese mainland 2,230,491 1,640,846 Banks and other financial institutions operating outside Chinese mainland 149,749 132,600 Accrued interest 1,910 2,874

2,382,150 1,776,320

Money market takings: Banks and other financial institutions operating in Chinese mainland 207,746 153,903 Banks and other financial institutions operating outside Chinese mainland 378,809 329,375 Accrued interest 4,932 6,975

591,487 490,253

2,973,637 2,266,573

132

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

25. REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

Repurchase agreements comprise repurchase of bills, securities and cash received as collateral on securities lending.

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Repurchase agreements-bills 13,371 24,252 Repurchase agreements-securities 230,250 229,857 Cash received as collateral on securities lending 6,991 8,980 Accrued interest 235 184

250,847 263,273

26. CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT

Certificates of deposit issued by Hong Kong Branch, Singapore Branch, Tokyo Branch, Seoul Branch, Luxembourg Branch, Doha Branch, Sydney Branch, New York Branch, Dubai (DIFC) Branch, Riyadh Branch, London Branch, ICBC Asia, ICBC Macau and ICBC New Zealand were recognised at amortised cost.

27. DUE TO CUSTOMERS

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Demand deposits: Corporate customers 7,392,451 6,732,558 Personal customers 4,790,053 4,328,090

12,182,504 11,060,648

Time deposits: Corporate customers 5,677,555 5,295,704 Personal customers 6,739,033 6,149,654

12,416,588 11,445,358

Others 228,159 234,852 Accrued interest 240,619 236,797

25,067,870 22,977,655

133

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

28. DEBT SECURITIES ISSUED

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Subordinated bonds and Tier 2 Capital Notes issued by (1) The Bank 336,294 336,063 Subsidiaries 8,175 8,082 Accrued interest 5,727 6,059

350,196 350,204

Other debt securities issued by (2) The Bank 249,407 251,849 Subsidiaries 125,261 138,876 Accrued interest 1,749 1,946

376,417 392,671

726,613 742,875

As at 30 June 2020, the amount of debt securities issued due within one year was RMB142,160 million (31 December 2019: RMB117,233 million).

(1) Subordinated bonds and Tier 2 Capital Notes

The Bank:

As approved by the PBOC and the CBIRC, the Bank issued callable subordinated bonds and Tier 2 Capital Notes through open market bidding in 2010, 2011, 2012, 2017 and 2019. Approved by the PBOC, these subordinated bonds and Tier 2 Capital Notes were traded in the bond market among banks. The relevant information is set out below:

Name Issue date

Issue price Amount Ending

balance Coupon rate Value date Maturity date Circulation date Notes(In RMB) (In RMB) (In RMB)

(million) (million) 10 ICBC 02 Bond 10/09/2010 100 Yuan 16,200 16,200 4.10% 14/09/2010 14/09/2025 03/11/2010 (i) 11 ICBC 01 Bond 29/06/2011 100 Yuan 38,000 38,000 5.56% 30/06/2011 30/06/2031 30/08/2011 (ii) 11 ICBC 02 Bond 29/12/2011 100 Yuan 50,000 50,000 5.50% 30/12/2011 30/12/2026 17/01/2012 (iii) 12 ICBC 01 Bond 11/06/2012 100 Yuan 20,000 20,000 4.99% 13/06/2012 13/06/2027 13/07/2012 (iv) 17 ICBC 01 Bond 06/11/2017 100 Yuan 44,000 44,000 4.45% 08/11/2017 08/11/2027 10/11/2017 (v) 17 ICBC 02 Bond 20/11/2017 100 Yuan 44,000 44,000 4.45% 22/11/2017 22/11/2027 23/11/2017 (vi) 19 ICBC 01 Bond 21/03/2019 100 Yuan 45,000 45,000 4.26% 25/03/2019 25/03/2029 26/03/2019 (vii) 19 ICBC 02 Bond 21/03/2019 100 Yuan 10,000 10,000 4.51% 25/03/2019 25/03/2034 26/03/2019 (viii) 19 ICBC 03 Bond 24/04/2019 100 Yuan 45,000 45,000 4.40% 26/04/2019 26/04/2029 28/04/2019 (ix) 19 ICBC 04 Bond 24/04/2019 100 Yuan 10,000 10,000 4.69% 26/04/2019 26/04/2034 28/04/2019 (x)

(i) The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds on 14 September 2020 upon the approval of the relevant regulatory

authorities.

(ii) The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds on 30 June 2026 upon the approval of the relevant regulatory authorities.

(iii) The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds on 30 December 2021 upon the approval of the relevant regulatory

authorities.

(iv) The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds on 13 June 2022 upon the approval of the relevant regulatory authorities.

(v) The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds on 8 November 2022 upon the approval of the relevant regulatory

authorities.

(vi) The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds on 22 November 2022 upon the approval of the relevant regulatory

authorities.

134

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

(vii) The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds on 25 March 2024 upon the approval of the relevant regulatory

authorities.

(viii) The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds on 25 March 2029 upon the approval of the relevant regulatory

authorities.

(ix) The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds on 26 April 2024 upon the approval of the relevant regulatory authorities.

(x) The Bank has the option to redeem all of the bonds on 26 April 2029 upon the approval of the relevant regulatory authorities.

In 2015, the Bank issued Tier 2 Capital Notes denominated in USD. Approved by the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited for listing and dealing, the Notes are listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited. The relevant information is set out below:

Name Issue date Currency Issue price

Amount Ending

balance

Coupon rate Value date Maturity date Circulation date Note

(original currency) (In RMB)

(million) (million) 15 USD Tier 2 Capital Notes 15/09/2015 USD 99.189 2,000 14,148 4.875% 21/09/2015 21/09/2025 22/09/2015 (xi)

(xi) On 15 September 2015, the Bank issued Tier 2 Capital Notes with an aggregate nominal amount of USD2,000 million,

bearing a fixed interest rate of 4.875% per annum. The listing and permission to deal in the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong

Limited became effective on 22 September 2015. The Notes were issued at the price fixed at 99.189% of the nominal

amount with maturity due on 21 September 2025 and cannot be redeemed before maturity.

The Bank has not had any defaults of principal or interest or other breaches with respect to the subordinated bonds and Tier 2 Capital Notes during the reporting period (2019: Nil).

Subsidiaries:

On 30 November 2010, ICBC Asia issued a subordinated bond with an aggregate nominal amount of USD500 million, bearing a fixed interest rate of 5.125% per annum. The bond was issued at the price fixed at 99.737% of the nominal amount with maturity due on 30 November 2020.

On 23 March 2018, ICBC Thai issued a Tier 2 Capital Notes with an aggregate nominal amount of THB5,000 million, bearing a fixed interest rate of 3.5%. The bond was issued with maturity due on 23 September 2028.

On 12 September 2019, ICBC Macau issued a Tier 2 Capital Notes with an aggregate nominal amount of USD500 million, bearing a fixed interest rate of 2.875% per annum. The bond was issued at the price fixed at 99.226% of the nominal amount with maturity due on 12 September 2029.

The above subordinated bonds and Tier 2 Capital Notes are separately listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and Thai bond market association. ICBC Asia, ICBC Macau and ICBC Thai have not had any defaults of principal or interest or other breaches with respect to the subordinated bonds and Tier 2 Capital Notes during the period (2019: Nil).

135

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(2) Other debt securities issued

As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s other debt securities issued mainly include:

The Bank:

(i) Sydney Branch issued notes and interbank deposits amounting to RMB27,749 million denominated in AUD, CHF, RMB, HKD,

USD, GBP and EUR with maturities between 2020 and 2025 at fixed or floating interest rates. Of which, in 2020, Sydney

Branch issued notes amounting to RMB3,900 million denominated in AUD and USD with maturities between 2023 and 2025

at fixed or floating interest rates; in 2020 Sydney Branch also issued interbank deposits amounting to RMB12,511 million

denominated in GBP, EUR and USD with maturities between 2020 and 2021.

(ii) Singapore Branch issued notes amounting to RMB42,120 million denominated in RMB, USD and EUR with maturities between

2021 and 2024 at fixed or floating interest rates. Of which, in 2020, Singapore Branch issued notes amounting to RMB1,415

million denominated in USD with maturity in 2023 at floating interest rates.

(iii) In 2020, Tokyo Branch issued notes amounting to RMB1,018 million denominated in JPY with maturities between July 2020

and August 2020 at fixed interest rates.

(iv) New York Branch issued notes amounting to RMB48,985 million denominated in USD with maturities between 2020 and

2027 at fixed or floating interest rates. Of which, in 2020, New York Branch issued notes amounting to RMB22,064 million

denominated in USD with maturities between July 2020 and December 2020 at fixed interest rates.

(v) Luxembourg Branch issued notes amounting to RMB28,734 million denominated in USD and EUR with maturities between

2020 and 2024 at fixed or floating interest rates.

(vi) Dubai (DIFC) Branch issued notes amounting to RMB26,393 million denominated in USD with maturities between 2020 and

2024 at fixed or floating interest rates.

(vii) Hong Kong Branch issued notes amounting to RMB46,066 million denominated in RMB, USD and HKD with maturities

between 2020 and 2024 at fixed or floating interest rates. Of which, in 2020, Hong Kong Branch issued notes amounting to

RMB1,404 million denominated in USD with maturity in 2023 at floating interest rates.

(viii) London Branch issued notes amounting to RMB28,342 million denominated in GBP, USD and EUR with maturities between

2020 and 2023 at floating interest rates.

Subsidiaries:

(i) ICBC Asia issued medium-term debt securities and notes amounting to RMB15,450 million denominated in RMB, USD, EUR

and HKD with maturities between 2020 and 2023 at fixed or floating interest rates.

(ii) ICBC Financial Leasing issued medium-term debt securities and notes amounting to RMB67,022 million denominated in RMB

and USD with maturities between 2020 and 2027 at fixed or floating interest rates.

Of which, Skysea International Capital Management Limited (“Skysea International”), which is controlled by the Group, issued

guaranteed notes of USD750 million with a fixed interest rate of 4.875% in 2011. As at 30 June 2020, Skysea International

has redeemed USD153 million and the carrying amount of the Notes were RMB4,226 million. The Notes were guaranteed by

Hong Kong Branch and were issued at the price fixed at 97.708% of the nominal amount with maturities due on 7 December

2021. By satisfying certain conditions, Skysea International has the option to redeem all of the notes at any time. The Notes

were listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

ICBCIL Finance Co. Ltd., which is controlled by the Group, issued medium-term notes amounting to RMB54,031 million

denominated in USD with maturities between 2020 and 2027 at fixed or floating interest rates. By satisfying certain

conditions, ICBCIL Finance Co. Ltd. has the option to redeem all of the notes at any time. Above notes were guaranteed by

ICBC Financial Leasing and listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited respectively.

Hai Jiao 1400 limited, which is controlled by the Group, issued a private placement bond amounting to RMB782 million

denominated in USD with maturity in 2025 at a fixed interest rate. The bond was guaranteed by The Export-Import Bank of

Korea.

136

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

ICBC Financial Leasing issued medium-term debt securities and notes inside China amounting to RMB7,983 million

denominated in RMB with maturities between 2021 and 2024 at fixed interest rates.

(iii) ICBC Thai issued debt securities amounting to RMB7,354 million denominated in THB with maturities between 2020 and

2026 at fixed interest rates. Of which, in 2020, ICBC Thai issued debt securities amounting to RMB2,449 million denominated

in THB with maturities between 2020 and 2021 at fixed interest rates.

(iv) ICBC International issued medium-term debt securities and notes amounting to RMB9,899 million denominated in USD with

maturities between 2021 and 2022 at a fixed or floating interest rates.

(v) ICBC New Zealand issued medium-term debt securities and notes amounting to RMB2,536 million denominated in AUD and

NZD with maturities between 2020 and 2024 at fixed or floating interest rates.

(vi) ICBC Financial Asset Investment issued medium-term debt securities and notes amounting to RMB23,000 million denominated

in RMB with maturities between 2022 and 2025 at fixed interest rates. Of which, in 2020, ICBC Financial Asset Investment

issued debt securities amounting to RMB5,000 million denominated in RMB with maturity in 2025 at fixed interest rates.

29. OTHER LIABILITIES

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Settlement accounts 351,849 225,055

Allowance for impairment losses on credit commitments 30,353 28,534

Lease liabilities (1) 29,430 29,524

Dividend payables 22,811 –

Salaries, bonuses, allowances and subsidies payables (2) 17,558 24,036

Sundry tax payables 15,941 13,409

Promissory notes 632 1,044

Early retirement benefits 503 530 Others 213,518 202,993

682,595 525,125

(1) Maturity analysis of lease liabilities

30 June

2020

31 December

2019

Less than one year 7,769 7,402

One to two years 6,368 6,005

Two to three years 5,061 4,705

Three to five years 6,253 6,213

More than five years 6,248 8,048

Contractual undiscounted cash flows of lease liabilities 31,699 32,373

Ending balance of lease liabilities 29,430 29,524

(2) There was no overdue payment for staff salaries, bonuses, allowances, subsidies payables as at 30 June 2020 (31 December

2019: Nil).

137

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

30. SHARE CAPITAL

30 June 2020 31 December 2019 Number

of shares (millions)

Nominal value

Number of shares (millions)

Nominal value

Issued and fully paid:

H shares of RMB1 Yuan each 86,795 86,795 86,795 86,795 A shares of RMB1 Yuan each 269,612 269,612 269,612 269,612

356,407 356,407 356,407 356,407

Except for the dividends for H shares which are payable in Hong Kong dollars, all of the ordinary A shares and H shares rank pari passu with each other in respect of dividends on ordinary shares.

31. OTHER EQUITY INSTRUMENTS (1) Preference shares (a) Preference shares outstanding at the end of the period

Financial instrument outstanding Issue date

Accounting classification

Dividend rate Issue price

Amount (million shares)

In original currency (million)

In RMB (million) Maturity

Conversion condition Conversion

Overseas Preference Shares in:

EUR 2014-12-10 Equity 6.00% 15EUR/Share 40 600 4,558 None Mandatory No

Domestic Preference Shares in:

RMB2015 2015-11-18 Equity 4.50% 100RMB/Share 450 45,000 45,000 None Mandatory No RMB2019 2019-09-19 Equity 4.20% 100RMB/Share 700 70,000 70,000 None Mandatory No

Total 1,190 119,558

Less: Issue fees 89

Book value 119,469

(b) Main Clauses

(i) Overseas preference shares

a. Dividend

Fixed rate for 7 years for EUR after issuance.

Dividend reset every 5 years thereafter to the sum of the benchmark rate and the Fixed Spread.

The Fixed Spread will be equal to the spread between the dividend rate at the time of issuance and the benchmark rate. The Fixed Spread will remain unchanged throughout the term of the Preference Shares.

Dividends will be paid annually.

138

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

b. Conditions to distribution of dividends

The Group could pay dividends while the Group still has distributable after-tax profit after making up previous years’ losses, contributing to the statutory reserve and making general provisions, and the Group’s capital adequacy ratio meets regulatory requirements. Preference shareholders of the Group are senior to the ordinary shareholders on the right to dividends. The Group may elect to cancel any dividend, but such cancellation will require a shareholder’s resolution to be passed.

c. Dividend stopper

If the Group cancels all or part of the dividends to the Preference Shareholders, the Group shall not make any dividend distribution to ordinary shareholders before the Group pays the dividends for the current dividend period to the Preference Shareholders in full.

d. Order of distribution and liquidation method

The EUR Preference Shareholders as well as the Domestic Preference Shareholders will rank equally for payment. The Preference Shareholders will be subordinated to the depositors, ordinary creditors and holders of convertible bonds, holders of subordinated debt, holders of Tier 2 capital bonds and holders of other Tier 2 capital instruments of the Group, but will be senior to the ordinary shareholders of the Group.

e. Mandatory conversion trigger events

Upon the occurrence of an Additional Tier 1 Capital Trigger Event (Core Tier 1 Capital Adequacy Ratio of the Group falling to 5.125% or below), the Group shall have the right to convert all or part of the Preference Shares into H shares, in order to restore the Core Tier 1 Capital Adequacy Ratio of the Group to above 5.125%; If Preference Shares were converted to H shares, they may not be converted to Preference Shares again.

Upon the occurrence of a Non-Viability Trigger Event (Earlier of the two situations: (1) the CBIRC has determined that the Group would become non-viable if there is no conversion or write-down of capital; or (2) the relevant authorities have determined that a public sector injection of capital or equivalent support is necessary, without which the Group would become non-viable), the Group shall have the right to convert all Preference Shares into H shares. If Preference Shares were converted to H shares, they may not be converted to Preference Shares again.

The initial mandatory conversion price of EUR Preference Shareholders is 0.4793 Euro. In case of stock dividends distribution of H shares of the Bank or other circumstances, the Bank will make cumulative adjustment to the compulsory conversion price in turn.

f. Redemption

Under the premise of obtaining the approval of the CBIRC and condition of redemption, the Group has right to redeem all or some of EUR Preference Shareholders in first call date (seven years after issuance) and subsequent any dividend payment date. Redemption price is equal to issue price plus accrued dividend in current period.

g. Dividend setting mechanism

Non cumulative dividend is a dividend on preference shares which does not cumulate upon omission of payment so as to require payment of a passed or omitted dividend of one year out of earnings of a following year. After receiving dividend at agreed dividend rate, preference shareholders of the Group will not participate the distribution of residual profits with ordinary shareholders.

The Group could pay dividends while the Group still has distributable after-tax profit after making up previous years’ losses, contributing to the statutory reserve and making general provisions, and the Group’s capital adequacy ratio meets regulatory requirements. Preference shareholders of the Group are senior to the ordinary shareholders on the right to dividends.

The Group shall distribute dividends for the Preference Shares in cash, based on the liquidation preference of the issued and outstanding Preference Shares on the corresponding times (i.e. the product of the issue price of preference shares and the number of the issued and outstanding preference shares). Interest method of the Preference Shares of the Group is once a year.

139

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(ii) Domestic preference shares

a. Dividend

Fixed rate for a certain period (5 years) after issuance.

Dividend reset every 5 years thereafter to the sum of the benchmark rate and the Fixed Spread.

The Fixed Spread will be equal to the spread between the dividend rate at the time of issuance and the benchmark rate. The Fixed Spread will remain unchanged throughout the term of the Preference Shares.

Dividends will be paid annually.

b. Conditions to distribution of dividends

The Group could pay dividends while the Group still has distributable after-tax profit after making up previous years’ losses, contributing to the statutory reserve and making general provisions, and the Group’s capital adequacy ratio meets regulatory requirements. The paying order of domestic preference shares is equal to overseas preference shares. Preference shareholders of the Group are senior to the ordinary shareholders on the right to dividends. The Group may elect to cancel any dividend, but such cancellation will require a shareholder’s resolution to be passed.

c. Dividend stopper

If the Group cancels all or part of the dividends to the Preference Shareholders, the Group shall not make any dividend distribution to ordinary shareholders before the Group pays the dividends for the current dividend period to the Preference Shareholders in full.

d. Order of distribution and liquidation method

The Domestic Preference Shareholders as well as Overseas Preference Shareholders will rank equally for payment. The Preference Shareholders will be subordinated to the depositors, ordinary creditors and holders of convertible bonds, holders of subordinated debt, holders of Tier 2 capital bonds and holders of other Tier 2 capital instruments of the Group, but will be senior to the ordinary shareholders of the Group.

e. Mandatory conversion trigger events

Upon the occurrence of an Additional Tier 1 Capital Trigger Event (Core Tier 1 Capital Adequacy Ratio of the Group falling to 5.125% or below), the Group shall have the right to convert all or part of the Preference Shares into A shares, in order to restore the Core Tier 1 Capital Adequacy Ratio of the Group to above 5.125%; If Preference Shares were converted to A shares, they may not be converted to Preference Shares again.

Upon the occurrence of a Non-Viability Trigger Event (Earlier of the two situations: (1) the CBIRC has determined that the Group would become non-viable if there is no conversion or write-down of capital; or (2) the relevant authorities have determined that a public sector injection of capital or equivalent support is necessary, without which the Group would become non-viable), the Group shall have the right to convert all Preference Shares into A shares. If Preference Shares were converted to A shares, they may not be converted to Preference Shares again.

Among them, the initial mandatory conversion price of domestic preference shares in 2015 was RMB3.44 and the initial mandatory conversion price of domestic preference shares in 2019 was RMB5.43. In case of stock dividends distribution of A Shares of the bank or other circumstances, the bank will make cumulative adjustment to the compulsory conversion price in turn.

140

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

f. Redemption

After five years having elapsed since the date of issuance/the date of issue termination under the premise of obtaining the approval of the CBIRC and compliance with regulatory requirements, the Group has right to redeem all or some of domestic preference shares. The redemption period of preference shares ranges from the start date of redemption to the date of full redemption or conversion. Redemption price is equal to book value plus accrued dividend in current period.

g. Dividend setting mechanism

Non cumulative dividend is a dividend on preference shares which does not cumulate upon omission of payment so as to require payment of a passed or omitted dividend of one year out of earnings of a following year. After receiving dividend at agreed dividend rate, preference shareholders of the Group will not participate the distribution of residual profits with ordinary shareholders.

The Group could pay dividends while the Group still has distributable after-tax profit after making up previous years’ losses, contributing to the statutory reserve and making general provisions, and the Group’s capital adequacy ratio meets regulatory requirements. Preference shareholders of the Group are senior to the ordinary shareholders on the right to dividends.

The Group shall distribute dividends for the Preference Shares in cash, based on the total amount of the issued and outstanding Preference Shares on the corresponding times (i.e. the product of the issue price of preference shares and the number of the issued and outstanding preference shares). Interest method of the Preference Shares of the Group is once a year.

(c) Changes in preference shares outstanding

1 January 2020 Movement during the period 30 June 2020

Financial

instrument

outstanding

Amount In original

currency In RMB Amount In original

currency In RMB Amount In original

currency In RMB

(million shares) (million) (million) (million shares) (million) (million) (million shares) (million) (million)

Overseas

EUR 40 600 4,558 – – – 40 600 4,558 Domestic RMB2015 450 45,000 45,000 – – – 450 45,000 45,000 RMB2019 700 70,000 70,000 – – – 700 70,000 70,000

Total 1,190 N/A 119,558 – – – 1,190 N/A 119,558

Note: The RMB amounts of offshore preference shares in Euro on 30 June 2020 are translated at the spot exchange rate on issuance

date.

(2) Perpetual Bond (a) Perpetual bond outstanding at the end of the period

Financial instrument outstanding Issue date

Accounting classification Interest rate Issue price

Amount (million pieces)

In original currency (million)

In RMB (million) Maturity

Conversion condition Conversion

USD Perpetual bond 2016-07-21 Equity 4.25% 1,000USD/Piece 1 1,000 6,691 None None No RMB Perpetual bond 2019-07-26 Equity 4.45% 100RMB/Piece 800 80,000 80,000 None None No

Total 801 86,691

Less: Issue fees 28

Book value 86,663

Note: USD perpetual bond was issued by ICBC Asia, a subsidiary of the Bank.

141

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(b) Main Clauses

(i) USD Perpetual Bond

On 21 July 2016, ICBC Asia issued Basel III-compliant Non-Cumulative Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Securities (hereinafter referred to as “Perpetual Bond”) in the aggregate amount of US$1 billion (equivalent to approximately RMB6,676 million net of related issuance costs). Fixed rate for the first 5 years after issuance of the bond is 4.25%. If perpetual bonds are not called, distribution will be reset based on the then prevailing 5-year USA national bonds yield plus a fixed initial spread (3.135 per cent. per annum) every 5 years.

The distribution shall be payable semi-annually, with the first distribution payment date being 21 January 2017. ICBC Asia has the right to cancel distribution payment (subject to the requirement as set out in the terms and conditions of the perpetual bond) and the distribution cancelled shall not be cumulative.

The perpetual bond will be written off up to the amount as directed by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (hereinafter referred to as “HKMA”) if the HKMA notifies ICBC Asia that in the opinion of the HKMA or a relevant government body, ICBC Asia would become non-viable if there is no written off of the principal. The perpetual bond also contains Hong Kong Bail-in Power. Each holder of the perpetual bond shall be subject to the exercise by the Hong Kong Resolution Authority to any or a combination of the following:

(1) reduction or cancellation of all or a part of the principal and/or distribution of the perpetual bond;

(2) the conversion of all or a part of the principal and/or distribution of the perpetual bond into shares of ICBC Asia or another person; and/or

(3) the amendment of the maturity, distribution payment date and/or the distribution amount of the perpetual bond.

ICBC Asia has a call option to redeem all the outstanding perpetual bond from 21 July 2021 or any subsequent distribution payment date thereafter.

(ii) RMB Perpetual Bond

With the approvals by relevant regulatory authorities, the Bank issued RMB80.0 billion undated capital bonds (hereinafter referred to as “Perpetual Bond”) in China’s national inter-bank bond market on 26 July 2019. Each Perpetual Bond has a par value of RMB100, and the annual coupon rate of the Bonds for the first five years is 4.45%, resetting every 5 years. The rate is determined by a benchmark rate plus a fixed spread. The fixed spread is the difference between the distribution rate and the benchmark rate as determined at the time of issuance. The fixed spread will not be adjusted once determined during the duration period.

The duration of the Perpetual Bond is the same as the continuing operation of the Bank. 5 years after the issuance date of the Perpetual Bond, the Bank shall have the right to redeem the Perpetual Bond in whole or in part on each distribution payment date (including the fifth distribution payment date since the issuance). Upon the issuance of the Perpetual Bond, in the event that the Perpetual Bond is not classified as other tier-one capital bonds due to unpredictable changes in regulations, the Bank shall have the right to redeem the Perpetual Bond fully instead of partly.

The claims in respect of the Perpetual Bond, in the event of a winding-up of the Bank, will be subordinated to claims of depositors, general creditors, and subordinated indebtedness that rank senior to the Perpetual Bond; will rank in priority to all classes of shares held by the Bank’s shareholders and rank pari passu with the claims in respect of any other Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments of the Bank that rank pari passu with the perpetual bond.

Upon the occurrence of an Additional Tier 1 Capital Trigger Event (Core Tier 1 Capital Adequacy Ratio of the Bank falling to 5.125% or below), with the consent of the CBIRC and without the consent of the bondholders, the Bank has the right to write down all or part of the above Perpetual Bond issued and existing at that time in accordance with the total par value, in order to restore the Core Tier 1 Capital Adequacy Ratio of the Bank to above 5.125%. Upon the occurrence of a Non- Viability Trigger Event, the Bank has the right to write down all the above Perpetual Bond issued and existing at that time in accordance with the total par value without the consent of the bondholders.

142

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

The Perpetual Bond is paid by non-cumulative interest. The Bank shall have the right to cancel, in whole or in part, distributions on the Perpetual Bond and any such cancellation shall not constitute an event of default. The Bank may, at its sole discretion, use the proceeds from the cancelled distributions to meet other obligations as they fall due. However, the Bank shall not distribute profits to ordinary shareholders until resumption of full interest payment.

The funds raised by the Bank from the above-mentioned Perpetual Bond will be approved by applicable laws and regulatory agencies to supplement other Tier 1 capital of the Bank.

(c) Changes in perpetual bond outstanding

1 January 2020 Movement during the period 30 June 2020

Financial

instrument

outstanding

Amount

In original

currency In RMB Amount

In original

currency In RMB Amount

In original

currency In RMB

(million pieces) (million) (million) (million pieces) (million) (million) (million pieces) (million) (million)

USD Perpetual bond 1 1,000 6,691 – – – 1 1,000 6,691

RMB Perpetual bond 800 80,000 80,000 – – – 800 80,000 80,000

Total 801 N/A 86,691 – – – 801 N/A 86,691

Note: The RMB amount of perpetual bond as at 30 June 2020 is translated at the spot exchange rate on issuance date.

(3) Interests attributable to equity instruments’ holders

Items 1 January

2020 30 June

2020

1. Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent company 2,676,186 2,730,866 (1) Equity attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent company 2,470,054 2,524,734 (2) Equity attributable to other equity instruments holders of the parent company 206,132 206,132

2. Total equity attributable to non-controlling interests 15,817 15,890 (1) Equity attributable to non-controlling interests of ordinary shares 15,817 15,890 (2) Equity attributable to non-controlling interests of other equity instruments – –

32. RESERVES (a) Capital reserve

Capital reserve mainly includes share premium arising from the issuance of new shares at prices in excess of par value.

(b) Surplus reserves (i) Statutory surplus reserve

The Bank is required to appropriate 10% of its profit for the year pursuant to the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China and the Articles to the statutory surplus reserve until the reserve balance reaches 50% of its registered capital.

Subject to the approval of the shareholders, the statutory surplus reserve may be used to offset accumulated losses of the Bank, if any, and may also be converted into capital of the Bank, provided that the balance of the statutory surplus reserve after such capitalisation is not less than 25% of the registered capital immediately before capitalisation.

143

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(ii) Discretionary surplus reserve

After making the appropriation to the statutory surplus reserve, the Bank may also appropriate its profit for the year determined under PRC GAAP to the discretionary surplus reserve upon approval by the shareholders in general meetings. Subject to the approval by the shareholders, the discretionary surplus reserve may be used to offset accumulated losses of the Bank, if any, and may be converted into capital.

(iii) Other surplus reserve

The Bank’s overseas entities appropriate their profits to the surplus reserve in accordance with the relevant regulations promulgated by the local regulatory bodies.

(c) General reserve

From 1 July 2012, the Bank is required by the MOF to maintain a general reserve within equity, through the appropriation of profit, which should not be less than 1.5% of the year-end balance of its risk assets.

The Bank’s subsidiaries appropriate their profits to the general reserve according to the applicable local regulations.

(d) Investment revaluation reserve

The investment revaluation reserve records the fair value changes and impairment provision of financial investments measured at FVOCI.

(e) Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of the subsidiaries and branches incorporated outside Chinese mainland.

(f) Cash flow hedge reserve

The cash flow hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument.

(g) Other reserves

Other reserves represent reserves of subsidiaries and share of reserves of associates and joint ventures other than the items listed above.

(h) Distributable profits

The Bank’s distributable profits are based on the retained profits of the Bank as determined under PRC GAAP and IFRSs, whichever is lower. The amount that the Bank’s subsidiaries can legally distribute is determined by reference to their profits as reflected in their financial statements prepared in accordance with the accounting regulations and principles promulgated by the local regulatory bodies of the respective countries/regions. These profits may differ from those dealt with in these financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with IFRSs.

144

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

33. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Changes in fair value of equity instruments designated as at FVOCI (267) 976 Less: Income tax effect 45 (193)

(222) 783

Other comprehensive income recognised under equity method (13) 5 Others 3 0 Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: Changes in fair value of debt instruments measured at FVOCI 3,434 5,476 Less: Amount transferred to profit or loss from other comprehensive income (293) (286) Income tax effect (1,098) (1,196)

2,043 3,994

Credit losses of debt instruments measured at FVOCI 1,039 (41)

Reserve from cash flow hedging instruments

Losses during the period (553) (665) Less: Income tax effect (316) 22

(869) (643)

Other comprehensive income recognised under equity method 1,075 (356) Foreign currency translation differences (2,535) 1,011 Others (428) (9)

93 4,744

34. INVOLVEMENT WITH UNCONSOLIDATED STRUCTURED ENTITIES (a) Structured entities sponsored by third party institutions in which the Group holds an

interest

The Group holds an interest in some structured entities sponsored by third party institutions through investments in the products issued by these structured entities. Such structured entities include investment funds, wealth management products, asset management plans, trust plans and asset-backed securities and the Group does not consolidate these structured entities. The nature and purpose of these structured entities are to generate fees from managing assets on behalf of investors and are financed through the issue of investment products to investors.

The following table sets out an analysis of the carrying amounts and maximum exposure of interests held by the Group in the structured entities sponsored by third party institutions:

30 June 2020 31 December 2019 Carrying amount

Maximum exposure

Carrying amount

Maximum exposure

Investment funds 29,658 29,658 27,225 27,225 Wealth management products 250 250 – – Asset management plans 440,299 440,299 422,712 422,712 Trust plans 43,113 43,113 44,556 44,556 Asset-backed securities 115,778 115,778 117,487 117,487

629,098 629,098 611,980 611,980

145

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

The maximum exposures to loss in the above investment funds, wealth management products, asset management plans, trust plans and asset-backed securities are the amortised cost or fair value of the assets held by the Group at the reporting date.

The following table sets out an analysis of the line items in the consolidated statement of financial position in which assets were recognised relating to the Group’s interests in structured entities sponsored by third party institutions:

30 June 2020

Financial investments measured at

FVTPL

Financial investments measured at

FVOCI

Financial investments measured at

amortised cost

Investment funds 29,658 – – Wealth management products 250 – – Asset management plans 423,548 – 16,751 Trust plans 21,137 – 21,976 Asset-backed securities 66,455 19,547 29,776

541,048 19,547 68,503

31 December 2019

Financial investments measured at

FVTPL

Financial investments measured at

FVOCI

Financial investments measured at

amortised cost

Investment funds 27,225 – – Asset management plans 405,680 – 17,032 Trust plans 26,226 – 18,330 Asset-backed securities 68,233 20,844 28,410

527,364 20,844 63,772

(b) Structured entities sponsored by the Group which the Group does not consolidate but holds an interest

The types of unconsolidated structured entities sponsored by the Group include non-principal-guaranteed wealth management products and investment funds. The nature and purpose of these structured entities are to generate fees from managing assets on behalf of investors. These structured entities are financed through the issue of investment products to investors. Interest held by the Group includes investments in the products issued by these structured entities and fees charged by providing management services. As at 30 June 2020, the carrying amounts of the investments in the products issued by these structured entities and fee receivables being recognised are not material in the statement of financial positions.

As at 30 June 2020, the amount of assets held by the unconsolidated non-principal-guaranteed wealth management products and investment funds, which are sponsored by the Group, were RMB2,494,572 million (31 December 2019: RMB2,642,057 million) and RMB1,370,677 million (31 December 2019: RMB1,332,184 million) respectively.

During the six months ended 30 June 2020, the amount of the average exposure of financing transactions through placements and reverse repurchase agreements from the Group with non-principal guaranteed wealth management products sponsored by the Group was RMB70,863 million (six months ended 30 June 2019: RMB68,919 million). The transactions were conducted in the ordinary course of business under normal terms and conditions.

146

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

(c) Unconsolidated structured entities sponsored by the Group during the period in which the Group does not have an interest as at 30 June 2020

The aggregated amount of the non-principal-guaranteed wealth management products sponsored and issued by the Group after 1 January 2020 but matured before 30 June 2020 was RMB21,272 million (the aggregated amount of the non- principal-guaranteed wealth management products sponsored and issued by the Group after 1 January 2019 but matured before 30 June 2019 was RMB51,003 million).

During the six months ended 30 June 2020, the amount of fee and commission income received from such category of non- principal-guaranteed wealth management products by the Group was RMB305 million (six months ended 30 June 2019: RMB505 million).

There were no investment funds sponsored and issued by the Group after 1 January 2020 but matured before 30 June 2020 (the aggregated amount of the investment funds sponsored and issued by the Group after 1 January 2019 but matured before 30 June 2019 was RMB2,000 million).

During the six months ended 30 June 2020, there were no income received from such category of investment funds (six months ended 30 June 2019: RMB0.36 million).

35. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT Analysis of balances of cash and cash equivalents

Note 30 June 2020 30 June 2019

Cash on hand 13 72,938 61,402 Balances with central banks other than restricted deposits 13 717,683 896,273 Nostro accounts with banks and other financial institutions with original maturity of three months or less 359,200 175,579 Placements with banks and other financial institutions with original maturity of three months or less 323,205 279,712 Reverse repurchase agreements with original maturity of three months or less 1,204,185 829,107

2,677,211 2,242,073

36. TRANSFERRED FINANCIAL ASSETS

The Group enters into transactions in the normal course of business by which it transfers recognised financial assets to third parties or to structured entities. In some cases where these transfers may give rise to full or partial derecognition of the financial assets concerned. In other cases where the transferred assets do not qualify for derecognition as the Group has retained substantially all the risks and rewards of these assets, the Group continued to recognise the transferred assets.

Repurchase transactions and securities lending transactions

Transferred financial assets that do not qualify for derecognition mainly include debt securities held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements and debt securities lent to counterparties under securities lending agreements. The counterparties are allowed to sell or repledge those securities sold under repurchase agreements in the absence of default by the Group, but has an obligation to return the securities at the maturity of the contract. If the securities increase or decrease in value, the Group may in certain circumstances require or be required to pay additional cash collateral in certain circumstances. The Group has determined that it retains substantially all the risks and rewards of these securities and therefore has not derecognised them. In addition, it recognises a financial liability for cash received as collateral.

147

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

The following table analyses the carrying amount of the above mentioned financial assets transferred to third parties that did not qualify for derecognition and their associated financial liabilities:

30 June 2020 31 December 2019 Carrying

amount of transferred

assets

Carrying amount of associated

liabilities

Carrying amount of

transferred assets

Carrying amount of associated

liabilities

Repurchase agreements 49,360 45,641 30,375 29,766 Securities lending agreements 180,323 – 286,527 –

229,683 45,641 316,902 29,766

Securitisation transactions

The Group transfers credit assets to structured entities which issue asset-backed securities to investors. The Group may acquire some asset-backed securities and fund shares at the subordinated tranche level and accordingly, may retain parts of the risks and rewards of the transferred credit assets. The Group would determine whether or not to derecognise the associated credit assets by evaluating the extent to which it retains the risks and rewards of the assets.

For those in which the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the transferred credit assets, and retained control of the credit assets, the Group recognises the assets on the statement of financial position in accordance with the Group’s continuing involvement and the rest is derecognised. The extent of the Group’s continuing involvement is the extent of the risks and rewards undertaken by the Group with value changes of the transferred financial assets. The amount at the time of transfer of the original credit assets, which the Group determined that it has continuing involvement through acquiring some tranches, was RMB399,789 million as at 30 June 2020 (the amount at the time of transfer of the original credit assets was RMB384,156 million as at 31 December 2019) and the carrying amount of assets that the Group continues to recognise on the statement of financial position was RMB53,669 million as at 30 June 2020 (31 December 2019: RMB52,016 million).

With respect to the securitisation of financial assets that do not qualify for derecognition, the relevant financial assets are not derecognised, and the consideration paid are recorded as a financial liability. As at 30 June 2020, the Group does not have carrying amount of transferred assets that did not qualify for derecognition and carrying amount of their associated liabilities (31 December 2019: Nil).

37. SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN

The Bank’s share appreciation rights plan was approved in 2006, which allows share appreciation rights to be granted to eligible participants including directors, supervisors, senior management and other key personnel designated by the board of directors. The share appreciation rights will be granted and exercised based on the price of the Bank’s H shares and will be valid for 10 years. As at the approval date of these financial reports, no share appreciation rights have been granted.

148

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

38. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (a) Capital commitments

At the end of the reporting period, the Group had capital commitments as follows:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Contracted 36,090 31,915

(b) Credit commitments

At any given time, the Group has outstanding commitments to extend credit. These commitments are in the form of approved loans and undrawn credit card limits.

The Group provides letters of credit and financial guarantees to guarantee the performance of customers to third parties.

Bank acceptances comprise undertakings by the Group to pay bills of exchange drawn on customers. The Group expects most acceptances to be settled simultaneously with the reimbursement from the customers.

The contractual amounts of credit commitments by category are set out below. The amounts disclosed in respect of loan commitments and undrawn credit card limit are under the assumption that the amounts will be fully advanced. The amounts for bank acceptances, letters of credit and guarantees represent the maximum potential losses that would be recognised at the end of the reporting period had the counterparties failed to perform as contracted.

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Bank acceptances 366,382 311,300

Guarantees issued

— Financing letters of guarantees 75,871 69,634

— Non-financing letters of guarantees 447,903 414,245

Sight letters of credit 49,384 40,932

Usance letters of credit and other commitments 146,370 156,685

Loan commitments

— With an original maturity of under one year 174,935 187,651

— With an original maturity of one year or over 600,880 625,146 Undrawn credit card limit 1,001,874 1,157,478

2,863,599 2,963,071

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Credit risk-weighted assets of credit commitments (i) 1,222,339 1,306,831

(i) Internal ratings-based approach was adopted to calculate the credit risk-weighted assets according to the scope approved by

the former China Banking Regulatory Commission (the “former CBRC”), and others were calculated by weighted approach.

149

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(c) Legal proceedings

As at 30 June 2020, there were a number of legal proceedings and arbitrations outstanding against the Bank and/or its subsidiaries with a claimed amount of RMB4,140 million (31 December 2019: RMB4,233 million).

In the opinion of management, the Group has made adequate allowance for any probable losses based on the current facts and circumstances, and the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits and arbitrations will not have a material impact on the financial position or operations of the Group.

(d) Redemption commitments of government bonds

As an underwriting agent of the MOF, the Bank underwrites certain PRC government bonds and sells the bonds to the general public. The Bank is obliged to redeem these bonds at the discretion of the holders at any time prior to maturity. The redemption price for the bonds is based on the nominal value of the bonds plus any interest accrued up to the redemption date. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had underwritten and sold bonds with an accumulated amount of RMB79,763 million (31 December 2019: RMB89,644 million) to the general public, and these government bonds have not yet matured nor been redeemed. Management expects that the amount of redemption of these government bonds through the Bank prior to maturity will not be material.

The MOF will not provide funding for the early redemption of these government bonds on a back-to-back basis but is obliged to repay the principal and the respective interest upon maturity.

(e) Underwriting obligations

As at 30 June 2020, the Group had no unexpired security-underwriting obligations (31 December 2019: RMB1,000 million).

39. DESIGNATED FUNDS AND LOANS

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Designated funds 2,099,024 1,916,638

Designated loans 2,098,837 1,916,362

The designated funds represent the funding that the trustors have instructed the Group to use to make loans to third parties as designated by them. The credit risk remains with the trustors.

The designated loans represent the loans granted to specific borrowers designated by the trustors on their behalf according to the entrust agreements signed by the Group and the trustors. The Group does not bear any risk.

40. ASSETS PLEDGED AS SECURITY

Financial assets of the Group including securities and bills have been pledged as collateral for liabilities or contingent liabilities, mainly the repurchase agreements and derivative contracts. As at 30 June 2020, the carrying value of the financial assets of the Group pledged as collateral amounted to approximately RMB202,007 million (31 December 2019: RMB227,938 million).

150

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

41. FIDUCIARY ACTIVITIES

The Group provides custody, trust and asset management services to third parties. Revenue from such activities is included in “net fee and commission income” set out in note 4. Those assets held in a fiduciary capacity are not included in the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position.

42. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

In addition to the transactions detailed elsewhere in this interim financial report, the Group had the following transactions with related parties during the period:

(a) Shareholders with significant influence (i) The MOF

The MOF is a ministry under the State Council of the PRC, primarily responsible for, among others, state fiscal revenues, expenses and taxation policies. As at 30 June 2020, the MOF directly owned approximately 31.14% (31 December 2019: approximately 31.14%) of the issued share capital of the Bank. The Group enters into banking transactions with the MOF in its normal course of business, details of the major transactions are as follows:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Balances at end of the period/year: The PRC government bonds and the special government bond 1,417,371 1,215,664

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Transactions during the period: Interest income on the PRC government bonds 24,177 19,519

Other related party transactions between the Group and enterprises under the control or joint control of the MOF are disclosed in note 42(g) “transactions with state-owned entities in the PRC”.

(ii) Huijin

As at 30 June 2020, Central Huijin Investment Ltd. (“Huijin”) directly owned approximately 34.71% (31 December 2019: approximately 34.71%) of the issued share capital of the Bank. Huijin is a state-owned investment company established on 16 December 2003 under the Company Law of the PRC. Huijin has a total registered and paid-in capital of RMB828,209 million. Huijin is a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation, and in accordance with the authorisation by the State, Huijin makes equity investments in major state-owned financial enterprises, and shall, to the extent of its capital contribution, exercise the rights and perform the obligations as an investor on behalf of the State in accordance with applicable laws, to achieve the goal of preserving and enhancing the value of state-owned financial assets. Huijin does not conduct any other business or commercial activity. It does not intervene in the day-to-day business operations of the firms in which it invests.

As at 30 June 2020, the Huijin Bonds held by the Group are of an aggregate face value of RMB66,958 million (31 December 2019: RMB56,230 million), with terms ranging from 1 to 30 years and coupon rates ranging from 1.64% to 5.50% per annum. The Huijin Bonds are government-backed, short-term financing bills and medium-term notes. The Group’s subscription of the Huijin Bonds was conducted in the ordinary course of business, in compliance with relevant regulatory requirements and the corporate governance of the Group.

151

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

The Group entered into banking transactions with Huijin in the ordinary course of business under normal commercial terms and at the market rates. Details of the major transactions are as follows:

30 June 2020

31 December 2020

Balances at end of the period/year: Debt securities purchased 68,422 57,436 Loans and advances to customers 14,013 22,022 Due to customers 35,132 1,998

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Transactions during the period: Interest income on debt securities purchased 1,237 955 Interest income on loans and advances to customers 381 457 Interest expense on amounts due to customers 31 199

Huijin has equity interests in certain other banks and financial institutions under the direction of the Government. The Group enters into transactions with these banks and financial institutions in the ordinary course of business under normal commercial terms. Management considers that these banks and financial institutions are competitors of the Group. Details of major transactions during the period conducted with these banks and financial institutions are as follows:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Balances at end of the period/year: Debt securities purchased 593,670 530,740 Due from banks and other financial institutions 182,001 101,724 Loans and advances to customers 6,521 3,124 Derivative financial assets 4,093 4,972 Due to banks and other financial institutions 286,671 221,015 Derivative financial liabilities 5,283 5,902 Due to customers 2,770 1,003 Credit commitments 16,712 7,172

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Transactions during the period: Interest income on debt securities purchased 13,925 9,145 Interest income on amounts due from banks and other financial institutions 419 1,108 Interest income on loans and advances to customers 29 32 Interest expense on amounts due to banks and other financial institutions 928 1,262 Interest expense on amounts due to customers 42 7

152

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

(b) Subsidiaries

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Balances at end of the period/year: Financial investments 31,696 31,174 Due from banks and other financial institutions 352,577 402,276 Loans and advances to customers 43,802 30,150 Derivative financial assets 2,453 1,810 Due to banks and other financial institutions 192,946 167,454 Derivative financial liabilities 4,716 3,293 Reverse repurchase agreements 10,769 7,872 Credit commitments 104,775 113,755

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Transactions during the period: Interest income on financial investments 539 37 Interest income on amounts due from banks and other financial institutions 344 568 Interest income on loans and advances to customers 559 291 Interest expense on amounts due to banks and other financial institutions 672 1,183 Fee and commission income 3,093 1,846

The major balances and transactions with subsidiaries have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

(c) Associates and affiliates

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Balances at end of the period/year: Debt securities purchased 11,333 8,548 Due from banks and other financial institutions 7,560 4,995 Loans and advances to customers 3,145 2,680 Derivative financial assets 2,537 1,279 Due to banks and other financial institutions 29,922 12,397 Due to customers 263 0 Derivative financial liabilities 2,161 2,102 Credit commitments 2,736 –

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Transactions during the period: Interest income on debt securities purchased 379 – Interest income on amounts due from banks and other financial institutions 55 38 Interest income on loans and advances to customers 69 56 Interest expense on amounts due to banks and other financial institutions 170 272 Interest expense on amounts due to customers 0 0

153

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

The major transactions between the Group and the associates and their affiliates mainly comprised debt securities purchased, due from banks and other financial institutions, loans and advances to customers and due to banks and other financial institutions and the corresponding interest income and interest expense. In the opinion of management, the transactions between the Group and the associates and their affiliates were conducted under normal commercial terms and conditions.

(d) Joint ventures and affiliates

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Balances at end of the period/year: Due to customers 37 33

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

Transactions during the period: Interest expense on amounts due to customers 2 0

In the opinion of management, the transactions between the Group and the aforementioned parties were conducted in the ordinary course of business under normal terms and conditions and at market rates.

(e) Key management personnel

The key management personnel are those persons who have the authority and responsibility to plan, direct and control the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including members of the board of directors, the supervisory board and executive officers.

The aggregate compensation for the period is as follows:

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019

In RMB’000 In RMB’000

Short-term employment benefits 4,810 4,042 Post-employment benefits 109 182

4,919 4,224

Companies or corporations, in which the key management of the Group or their close relatives are shareholders or key management personnel who are able to exercise control directly or indirectly are also considered as related parties of the Group.

The transactions between the Group and the aforementioned parties are as follows:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

RMB’000 RMB’000

Loans 2,378 2,423

154

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

During the reporting period, there were no other material transactions and balances with key management personnel on an individual basis. The Group enters into banking transactions with key management personnel in the normal course of business.

The aggregated balance of loans and credit card overdrafts to the persons which are considered as related parties according to the relevant rules of Shanghai Stock Exchange was RMB14.41 million as at 30 June 2020 (31 December 2019: RMB3.24 million).

In the opinion of management, the transactions between the Group and the aforementioned parties were conducted in the ordinary course of business under normal terms and conditions and at market rates.

(f) Annuity Fund

Apart from the obligations for defined contributions to the Annuity Fund, Annuity Fund holds the market value of A shares of the Bank of RMB29.10 million (31 December 2019: RMB101.36 million), and does not hold any bonds issued by the Bank (31 December 2019: RMB20.28 million) as at 30 June 2020.

(g) Transactions with state-owned entities in the PRC

The Group operates in an economic environment predominated by enterprises directly or indirectly owned and/or controlled by the Government through its authorities, affiliates or other organisations (collectively the “state-owned entities”). During the reporting period, the Group entered into extensive banking transactions with these state-owned entities including, but not limited to, lending and deposit taking, taking and placing of interbank balances, entrusted lending and the provision of intermediary services, the sale, purchase, underwriting and redemption of bonds issued by other state-owned entities, and the sale, purchase, and leasing of properties and other assets.

Management considers that transactions with state-owned entities are activities conducted in the ordinary course of business, and that the dealings of the Group have not been significantly or unduly affected by the fact that the Group and those state-owned entities are ultimately controlled or owned by the Government. The Group has also established pricing policies for products and services and such pricing policies do not depend on whether or not the customers are state-owned entities.

(h) Proportion of major related party transactions

The major balances and transactions with subsidiaries have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. When calculating the proportion of related party transactions, transactions with the subsidiary are not involved.

30 June 2020 31 December 2019 Balance % Balance %

Financial investments 2,090,796 24.99% 1,803,840 23.59% Due from banks and other financial institutions 189,561 15.25% 106,719 10.24% Loans and advances to customers 23,679 0.14% 27,826 0.17% Derivative financial assets 6,630 8.62% 6,251 9.15% Due to banks and other financial institutions 316,593 10.65% 233,412 10.30% Derivative financial liabilities 7,444 7.15% 8,004 9.40% Due to customers 38,202 0.15% 3,034 0.01% Credit commitments 16,712 0.58% 7,172 0.24%

Six months ended 30 June

2020 2019 Amount % Amount %

Interest income 40,671 7.68% 31,310 6.16% Interest expense 1,173 0.53% 1,740 0.83%

155

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

43. SEGMENT INFORMATION (a) Operating segments

For management purposes, the Group is organised into different operating segments, namely corporate banking, personal banking and treasury operations, based on internal organisational structure, management requirement and internal reporting system.

Corporate banking

The corporate banking segment covers the provision of financial products and services to corporations, government agencies and financial institutions. The products and services include corporate loans, trade financing, deposit-taking activities, corporate wealth management services, custody activities and various types of corporate intermediary services, etc.

Personal banking

The personal banking segment covers the provision of financial products and services to individual customers. The products and services include personal loans, deposit-taking activities, card business, personal wealth management services and various types of personal intermediary services, etc.

Treasury operations

The treasury operations segment covers the Group’s treasury operations which include money market transactions, investment securities, foreign exchange transactions and the holding of derivative positions, for its own accounts or on behalf of customers, etc.

Others

This segment covers the Group’s assets, liabilities, income and expenses that are not directly attributable or cannot be allocated to a segment on a reasonable basis.

Management monitors the operating results of the Group’s business units separately for the purpose of making decisions about resources allocation and performance assessment. Segment information is prepared in conformity with the accounting policies adopted for preparing and presenting this interim financial statements report of the Group.

Transactions between segments mainly represent the provision of funding to and from individual segments. These transactions are conducted on terms determined with reference to the average cost of funding and have been reflected in the performance of each segment. Net interest income and expense arising on internal fund transfer are referred to as “internal net interest income/expense”. Net interest income and expense relating to third parties are referred to as “external net interest income/expense”.

156

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

Segment revenues, expenses, results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. The basis for allocation is mainly based on occupation of or contribution to resources. Income taxes are managed on a group basis and are not allocated to operating segments.

Six months ended 30 June 2020 Corporate

banking Personal banking

Treasury operations Others Total

External net interest income 144,725 46,748 115,076 – 306,549 Internal net interest income/(expense) 316 77,460 (77,776) – – Net fee and commission income 52,823 35,034 1,043 – 88,900 Other income/(expense), net (i) 2,909 (2,354) 4,133 2,209 6,897

Operating income 200,773 156,888 42,476 2,209 402,346 Operating expenses (39,059) (38,453) (7,174) (3,239) (87,925) Impairment losses on assets (84,101) (40,312) (1,001) (42) (125,456)

Operating profit/(loss) 77,613 78,123 34,301 (1,072) 188,965 Share of profits of associates and joint ventures – – – 386 386

Profit before taxation 77,613 78,123 34,301 (686) 189,351 Income tax expense (39,555)

Profit for the period 149,796

Other segment information: Depreciation 4,894 3,889 1,277 114 10,174 Amortisation 625 379 187 7 1,198 Capital expenditure 10,324 7,989 2,728 229 21,270

30 June 2020 Segment assets 11,110,478 6,882,642 14,931,486 187,404 33,112,010

Including: Investments in associates and joint ventures – – – 28,327 28,327 Property and equipment 118,428 92,427 30,938 44,834 286,627 Other non-current assets (ii) 50,208 13,168 5,771 15,305 84,452 Segment liabilities 13,952,282 11,789,088 4,322,931 300,953 30,365,254

Other segment information: Credit commitments 1,888,126 975,473 – – 2,863,599

(i) Includes net trading (expense)/income, net gain/(loss) on financial investments and other operating income (net).

(ii) Includes long-term receivables, intangible assets, goodwill, long-term deferred expenses, right-of-use assets and other non-

current assets.

157

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Six months ended 30 June 2019 Corporate

banking Personal banking

Treasury operations Others Total

External net interest income 143,537 44,885 110,879 – 299,301 Internal net interest income/(expense) 3,501 64,702 (68,203) – – Net fee and commission income 53,408 34,514 579 – 88,501 Other income, net (i) 3,224 127 976 2,074 6,401

Operating income 203,670 144,228 44,231 2,074 394,203 Operating expenses (36,524) (41,277) (6,076) (3,277) (87,154) Impairment losses on assets (79,630) (19,055) (484) (11) (99,180)

Operating profit/(loss) 87,516 83,896 37,671 (1,214) 207,869 Share of profits of associates and joint ventures – – – 1,340 1,340

Profit before taxation 87,516 83,896 37,671 126 209,209 Income tax expense (40,519)

Profit for the period 168,690

Other segment information: Depreciation 4,486 3,540 1,093 101 9,220 Amortisation 589 396 187 16 1,188 Capital expenditure 10,201 7,967 2,530 232 20,930

31 December 2019 Segment assets 10,247,872 6,496,604 13,176,154 188,806 30,109,436

Including: Investments in associates and joint ventures – – – 32,490 32,490 Property and equipment 107,967 93,771 37,943 46,880 286,561 Other non-current assets (ii) 44,350 13,974 7,577 17,329 83,230 Segment liabilities 12,854,095 10,763,847 3,540,594 258,897 27,417,433

Other segment information: Credit commitments 1,832,133 1,130,938 – – 2,963,071

(i) Includes net trading income, net (loss)/gain on financial investments and other operating income/(expense) (net).

(ii) Includes long-term receivables, intangible assets, goodwill, long-term deferred expenses, right-of-use assets and other non-

current assets.

158

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

(b) Geographical information

The Group operates principally in Chinese mainland, and also has branches and subsidiaries operating outside Chinese mainland (including: Hong Kong, Macau, Singapore, Frankfurt, Luxembourg, Seoul, Tokyo, London, Almaty, Jakarta, Moscow, Doha, Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Sydney, Toronto, Kuala Lumpur, Hanoi, Bangkok, New York, Karachi, Mumbai, Phnom Penh, Vientiane, Lima, Buenos Aires, Sao Paulo, Auckland, Kuwait City, Mexico City, Yangon, Riyadh, Istanbul, Prague, Zurich, Manila and Vienna, etc.).

The distribution of the geographical areas is as follows:

Chinese mainland (Head Office and domestic branches):

Head Office (“HO”): the HO business division (including institutions directly managed by the HO and their offices);

Yangtze River Delta: including Shanghai, Jiangsu, Zhejiang and Ningbo;

Pearl River Delta: including Guangdong, Shenzhen, Fujian and Xiamen;

Bohai Rim: including Beijing, Tianjin, Hebei, Shandong and Qingdao;

Central China: including Shanxi, Henan, Hubei, Hunan, Anhui, Jiangxi and Hainan;

Western China: including Chongqing, Sichuan, Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Shaanxi, Gansu, Qinghai, Ningxia, Xinjiang, Inner Mongolia and Tibet; and

Northeastern China: including Liaoning, Heilongjiang, Jilin and Dalian.

Overseas and others: branches located outside Chinese mainland, domestic and overseas subsidiaries, and investments in associates and joint ventures.

Six months ended 30 June 2020

Chinese mainland (HO and domestic branches)

Head Office

Yangtze

River Delta

Pearl

River Delta Bohai Rim

Central

China

Western

China

Northeastern

China

Overseas

and others Eliminations Total

External net interest income 128,281 32,532 34,086 10,015 33,079 44,434 7,133 16,989 – 306,549

Internal net interest (expense)/income (101,540) 18,796 6,367 53,023 9,531 6,762 6,068 993 – –

Net fee and commission income 22,063 17,160 12,269 11,110 8,327 11,102 2,117 5,593 (841) 88,900

Other income/(expense), net (i) 7,025 (2,024) (853) (2,821) (1,094) (1,444) 292 7,024 792 6,897

Operating income 55,829 66,464 51,869 71,327 49,843 60,854 15,610 30,599 (49) 402,346

Operating expenses (10,396) (12,377) (10,082) (14,104) (12,264) (13,897) (4,673) (10,187) 55 (87,925)

Impairment losses on assets (25,936) (21,187) (14,227) (20,973) (16,193) (17,060) (4,787) (5,093) – (125,456)

Operating profit 19,497 32,900 27,560 36,250 21,386 29,897 6,150 15,319 6 188,965

Share of profits of associates and joint

ventures – – – – – – – 386 – 386

Profit before taxation 19,497 32,900 27,560 36,250 21,386 29,897 6,150 15,705 6 189,351

Income tax expense (39,555)

Profit for the period 149,796

Other segment information:

Depreciation 1,030 1,430 1,140 1,711 1,467 1,719 649 1,028 – 10,174

Amortisation 350 125 103 142 161 157 52 108 – 1,198

Capital expenditure 1,063 1,671 1,375 3,408 1,382 1,780 587 10,004 – 21,270

(i) Includes net trading (expense)/income, net gain/(loss) on financial investments and other operating income (net).

159

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

30 June 2020

Chinese mainland (HO and domestic branches)

Head Office

Yangtze

River Delta

Pearl

River Delta Bohai Rim

Central

China

Western

China

Northeastern

China

Overseas

and others Eliminations Total

Assets by geographical areas 11,350,385 6,102,431 3,797,285 4,333,001 3,050,372 3,849,272 1,122,048 4,091,247 (4,648,143) 33,047,898

Including: Investments in associates and

joint ventures – – – – – – – 28,327 – 28,327

Property and equipment 11,231 32,045 12,197 19,583 17,879 22,506 9,041 162,145 – 286,627

Other non-current assets (i) 13,277 8,042 5,911 7,214 8,289 12,262 2,072 27,385 – 84,452

Unallocated assets 64,112

Total assets 33,112,010

Liabilities by geographical areas 8,658,186 6,464,359 3,447,872 7,522,415 3,089,047 3,669,186 1,394,444 709,921 (4,648,149) 30,307,281

Unallocated liabilities 57,973

Total liabilities 30,365,254

Other segment information:

Credit commitments 1,116,786 879,109 549,155 733,748 314,068 504,502 131,583 714,041 (2,079,393) 2,863,599

(i) Includes long-term receivables, intangible assets, goodwill, long-term deferred expenses, right-of-use assets and other non-

current assets.

Six months ended 30 June 2019

Chinese mainland (HO and domestic branches)

Head Office

Yangtze

River Delta

Pearl

River Delta Bohai Rim

Central

China

Western

China

Northeastern

China

Overseas

and others Eliminations Total

External net interest income 121,746 32,147 31,146 14,437 31,135 42,004 8,685 18,001 – 299,301

Internal net interest (expense)/income (84,588) 16,663 5,492 46,868 7,478 5,186 3,710 (809) – –

Net fee and commission income 13,306 19,804 14,408 12,921 9,452 11,644 2,494 5,881 (1,409) 88,501

Other income/(expense), net (i) 5,426 (2,227) (488) (2,511) (1,118) (1,361) (112) 7,427 1,365 6,401

Operating income 55,890 66,387 50,558 71,715 46,947 57,473 14,777 30,500 (44) 394,203

Operating expenses (6,953) (12,885) (10,639) (14,541) (12,609) (14,380) (5,061) (10,139) 53 (87,154)

Impairment losses on assets (15,480) (12,831) (13,368) (24,589) (11,228) (13,410) (6,209) (2,065) – (99,180)

Operating profit 33,457 40,671 26,551 32,585 23,110 29,683 3,507 18,296 9 207,869

Share of profits of associates and joint

ventures – – – – – – – 1,340 – 1,340

Profit before taxation 33,457 40,671 26,551 32,585 23,110 29,683 3,507 19,636 9 209,209

Income tax expense (40,519)

Profit for the period 168,690

Other segment information:

Depreciation 902 1,303 1,019 1,503 1,456 1,650 651 736 – 9,220

Amortisation 400 120 100 110 135 163 37 123 – 1,188

Capital expenditure 1,017 1,669 1,073 2,487 957 1,489 482 11,756 – 20,930

(i) Includes net trading income, net (loss)/gain on financial investments and other operating income/(expense) (net).

160

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

31 December 2019

Chinese mainland (HO and domestic branches)

Head Office

Yangtze

River Delta

Pearl

River Delta Bohai Rim

Central

China

Western

China

Northeastern

China

Overseas

and others Eliminations Total

Assets by geographical areas 10,687,512 6,380,888 4,126,087 4,256,707 2,973,119 3,841,497 1,140,631 3,971,298 (7,330,839) 30,046,900

Including: Investments in associates and

joint ventures – – – – – – – 32,490 – 32,490

Property and equipment 11,964 32,168 12,015 20,252 18,306 23,009 9,413 159,434 – 286,561

Other non-current assets (i) 13,250 8,114 5,975 7,352 8,488 12,370 2,093 25,588 – 83,230

Unallocated assets 62,536

Total assets 30,109,436

Liabilities by geographical areas 8,135,659 6,694,114 4,164,747 7,051,203 2,996,409 3,675,924 1,207,528 724,638 (7,330,853) 27,319,369

Unallocated liabilities 98,064

Total liabilities 27,417,433

Other segment information:

Credit commitments 1,266,960 767,677 464,593 655,424 252,299 464,788 122,273 725,581 (1,756,524) 2,963,071

(i) Includes long-term receivables, intangible assets, goodwill, long-term deferred expenses, right-of-use assets and other non-

current assets.

44. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT RISK MANAGEMENT

A description and an analysis of the major risks faced by the Group are as follows:

The board of directors (the “Board”) has the ultimate responsibility for the risk management and oversees the Group’s risk management functions through the Risk Management Committee and the Audit Committee of the Board.

The President supervises the risk management strategies and reports directly to the Board. He chairs two management committees including the Risk Management Committee and the Asset and Liability Management Committee. These two committees formulate and make recommendations in respect of risk management strategies and policies through the President to the Risk Management Committee of the Board. The Chief Risk Officer assists the President to supervise and manage various risks.

The Group has also assigned departments to monitor financial risks within the Group, including the Credit Management Department to monitor credit risk, the Risk Management Department together with the Asset and Liability Management Department to monitor market and liquidity risks, and the Internal Control and Compliance Department to monitor operational risk. The Risk Management Department is primarily responsible for coordinating and establishing a comprehensive risk management framework, preparing consolidated reports on credit risk, market risk and operational risk and reporting directly to the Chief Risk Officer.

The Bank maintains a dual-reporting line structure at the branch level for risk management purposes. Under this structure, the risk management departments of the branches report to risk management departments of both the Head Office and the management of the relevant branches.

161

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(a) Credit risk Definition and scope

Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty’s failure to perform its obligations. Operational failures which result in unauthorised or inappropriate guarantees, financial commitments or investments by the Group may also give rise to credit risk. The Group’s credit risk is mainly attributable to its loans, due from banks and other financial institutions and financial investments.

The Group is also exposed to credit risk in other areas in addition to the credit risk arising from the Group’s loans, due from banks and other financial institutions and financial investments. The credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments is limited to derivative financial assets recorded in the statement of financial position. In addition, the Group provides guarantees for customers and may therefore be required to make payments on their behalf. These payments will be recovered from customers in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Therefore, the Group assumes a credit risk similar to that arising from loans and applies the same risk control procedures and policies to reduce risks.

Credit risk assessment method

Stage of financial instruments

The Group classifies financial instruments into three stages and makes provisions for expected credit losses accordingly, depending on whether credit risk on that financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition.

The three stages are defined as follows:

Stage 1: A financial instrument of which the credit risk has not significantly increase since initial recognition. The amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses is recognised as loss allowance.

Stage 2: A financial instrument with a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition but is not considered to be credit-impaired. The amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses is recognised as loss allowance.

Stage 3: A financial instrument is considered to be credit-impaired as at the end of the reporting period. The amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses is recognised as loss allowance.

Significant increase in credit risk

The assessment of significant increase since initial recognition in the credit risk is performed at least on a quarterly basis for financial instruments held by the Group. The Group takes into consideration all reasonable and supportable information (including forward-looking information) that reflects significantly change in credit risk for the purposes of classifying financial instruments. The main considerations are regulatory and operating environment, internal and external credit risk gradings, debt-servicing capacity, operating capabilities, contractual terms, and repayment records. The Group compares the risk of default of a single financial instrument or a portfolio of financial instruments with similar credit risk characteristics as at the end of the reporting period and its risk of default at the date of initial application to determine changes in the risk of default during the lifetime of a financial instrument or a portfolio of financial instruments. In determining whether credit risk of a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group considers factors indicating whether the probability of default has risen sharply, whether the financial instrument has been past due for more than 30 days, whether the market price has been falling to assess deterioration.

162

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

Definition of default

The Group defines a corporate borrower as in default when it meets one or more of the following criteria at the timing of recognition:

(i) The principal or interest of loan is past due more than 90 days to the Group.

(ii) The corporate borrower is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group in full, without recourse by the Group to actions such as liquidation against collateral.

(iii) The corporate borrower has the above matters in other financial institutions refers to (i), (ii).

The Group defines a retail business borrower as in default when single credit assets of borrowers meets one or more of the following criteria:

(i) The principal or interest of loan is past due more than 90 days to the Group.

(ii) Write-offs.

(iii) The Group considers the borrower is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group in full.

Impairment assessment

Generally, a financial asset is considered to be credit-impaired if:

• It has been overdue for more than 90 days;

• In light of economic, legal or other factors, the Group has made concessions to a borrower in financial difficulties, which would otherwise have been impossible under normal circumstances;

• The borrower is probable to be insolvent or carry out other financial restructurings;

• Due to serious financial difficulties, the financial asset cannot continue to be traded in an active market;

• There are other objective evidences that the financial asset is impaired.

Description of parameters, assumptions, and estimation techniques

Expected credit losses (“ECL”) for a financial instrument is measured at an amount equal to 12-month ECL or lifetime ECL depending on whether a significant increase in credit risk on that financial instrument has occurred since initial recognition or whether an asset is considered to be credit-impaired. The loss allowance for loans and advances to customers, other than those corporate loans and advance to customers which are credit-impaired, is measured using the risk parameters method. The key parameters include Probability of Default (“PD”), Loss Given Default (“LGD”), and Exposure at Default (“EAD”), considering the time value of money. Related definitions are as follows:

PD is the possibility that a customer will default on its obligation within a certain period of time in light of forward-looking information. The Group’s PD is adjusted based on the results of the Internal Rating-Based Approach under the New Basel Capital Accord, taking the forward-looking information into account and deducting the prudential adjustment to reflect the debtor’s point-in-time (PIT) PD under the current macroeconomic environment;

LGD is the magnitude of the likely loss if there is a default in light of forward-looking information. The LGD is depending on the type of counterparty, the method and priority of the recourse, and the type of collaterals, with taking the forward- looking information into account;

EAD refers to the total amount of on- and off-balance sheet exposures in the event of default and is determined based on the historical repayment records.

The assumptions underlying the ECL calculation, such as how the PDs and LGDs of different maturity profiles change are monitored and reviewed on a quarterly basis by the Group.

163

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

There have been no significant changes in estimation techniques or significant assumptions made during the reporting period.

The impairment loss on credit-impaired corporate loans and advance to customers applied cash flow discount method, if there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on a loan or advance has incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s gross carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. The allowance for impairment loss is deducted in the carrying amount. The impairment loss is recognised in the statement of profit or loss. In determining allowances on an individual basis, the following factors are considered:

• The sustainability of the borrower’s business plan;

• The borrower’s ability to improve performance once a financial difficulty has arisen;

• The estimated recoverable cash flows from projects and liquidation;

• The availability of other financial support and the realisable value of collateral; and

• The timing of the expected cash flows.

It may not be possible to identify a single, or discrete events that result in the impairment, but it may be possible to identify impairment through the combined effect of several events. The impairment losses are evaluated at the end of each reporting period, unless unforeseen circumstances require more careful attention.

Forward-looking information contained in ECL

The calculation of ECL incorporates forward-looking information. The Group has performed historical analysis and identified the key economic variables, including Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”), Consumer Price Index (“CPI”), Purchasing Managers’ Index (“PMI”), M2, Industrial Added Value and Real Estate Climate Index, impacting ECL for each portfolio. The impact of these economic variables on the PD and LGD has been determined by performing statistical regression analysis to understand the correlations among the historical changes of the economic variables, PD and LGD. Forecasts of these economic variables are provided quarterly by the Group at least and provide the best estimate view of the economy over the next year.

When calculating the weighted average ECL, the optimism, neutral and pessimism scenarios and its weightings determined by a combination of macro-statistical analysis and expert judgment are taken into account by the Group.

Write-off policy

The Group writes off financial assets when it has exhausted practical recovery efforts and has concluded there is no reasonable expectation of recovery.

Contractual modification of financial assets

The Group sometimes modifies the terms of loans provided to customers due to commercial renegotiations, or for distressed loans, with a view to maximising recovery.

Such rescheduling activities include extended payment term arrangements, payment holidays and payment forgiveness. Rescheduling policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgment of management, indicate that payment will most likely continue. These policies are kept under continuous review. This is only the case for assets which have performed in accordance with the new terms for six consecutive months or more.

The following table includes carrying amount of rescheduled loans and advance to customers:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Rescheduled loans and advances to customers 9,682 7,319 Impaired loans and advances to customers included in above 5,072 2,983

164

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

Collaterals and other credit enhancements

The amount and type of collateral required depend on the assessment of the credit risk of the counterparty. Guidelines are in place specifying the types of collateral and valuation parameters which can be accepted.

Reverse repurchase business is mainly collateralised by bills and investment securities. As part of the reverse repurchase agreements, the Group has received securities that it is allowed to sell or repledge in the absence of default by their owners.

Corporate loans and discounted bills are mainly collateralised by properties or other assets. As at 30 June 2020, the gross carrying amount of corporate loans and discounted bills amounted to RMB11,205,721 million (31 December 2019: RMB10,377,695 million), of which credit exposure covered by collateral amounted to RMB3,658,410 million (31 December 2019: RMB3,583,296 million).

Retail loans are mainly collateralised by residential properties. As at 30 June 2020, the gross carrying amount of retail loans amounted to RMB6,769,931 million (31 December 2019: RMB6,383,624 million), of which credit exposure covered by collateral amounted to RMB5,967,512 million (31 December 2019: RMB5,565,771 million).

The Group prefers more liquid collateral with relatively stable market value and does not accept collateral that is illiquid, with difficulties in registration or high fluctuations in market value. The value of collateral should be assessed and confirmed by the Group or valuation agents identified by the Group. The value of collateral should adequately cover the outstanding balance of loans. The loan-to-value ratio depends on types of collateral, usage condition, liquidity, price volatility and realisation cost. All collateral has to be registered in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations. The credit officers inspect the collateral and assess the changes in the value of collateral regularly.

Management monitors the market value of collateral periodically and requests additional collateral in accordance with the underlying agreement when it is considered necessary.

It is the Group’s policy to dispose of repossessed assets in an orderly manner. In general, the Group does not occupy repossessed assets for business use.

During the reporting period, the Group took possession of collateral held as security with a carrying amount of RMB333 million (six months ended 30 June 2019: RMB307 million).

(i) Maximum exposure to credit risk without taking account of any collateral and other credit enhancements

As at the end of the reporting period, the maximum credit risk exposure of the Group without taking account of any collateral and other credit enhancements is set out below:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Balances with central banks 3,469,600 3,251,881 Due from banks and other financial institutions 1,243,071 1,042,368 Derivative financial assets 76,931 68,311 Reverse repurchase agreements 1,371,519 845,186 Loans and advances to customers 17,503,330 16,326,552 Financial investments — Financial investments measured at FVTPL 887,652 837,972 — Financial investments measured at FVOCI 1,466,358 1,421,609 — Financial investments measured at amortised cost 5,814,874 5,208,167 Others 255,067 181,028

32,088,402 29,183,074 Credit commitments 2,863,599 2,963,071

Total maximum credit risk exposure 34,952,001 32,146,145

165

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(ii) Risk concentrations

Credit risk is often greater when counterparties are concentrated in one single industry or geographic location or have comparable economic features. In addition, different geographic areas and industrial sectors have their unique characteristics in terms of economic development, and could present a different credit risk.

(1) Loans and advances to customers

By geographical distribution

The composition of the Group’s gross loans and advances to customers (excluding accrued interest) by geographical distribution is analysed as follows:

30 June 2020 31 December 2019 Amount Percentage Amount Percentage

Head Office 756,366 4.21% 774,578 4.62%

Yangtze River Delta 3,415,230 19.00% 3,124,793 18.64%

Pearl River Delta 2,575,490 14.33% 2,341,370 13.97%

Bohai Rim 2,925,074 16.27% 2,739,585 16.34%

Central China 2,666,243 14.83% 2,445,215 14.60%

Western China 3,239,846 18.02% 2,991,010 17.84%

Northeastern China 820,730 4.57% 798,691 4.77% Overseas and others 1,576,673 8.77% 1,546,077 9.22%

Total 17,975,652 100.00% 16,761,319 100.00%

By industry distribution

The composition of the Group’s gross loans and advances to customers (excluding accrued interest) by industry is analysed as follows:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Transportation, storage and postal services 2,456,815 2,304,923 Manufacturing 1,785,578 1,655,775 Leasing and commercial services 1,411,482 1,252,193 Water, environment and public utility management 1,071,080 926,499 Production and supply of electricity, heating, gas and water 1,048,438 1,021,366 Real estate 953,654 908,254 Wholesale and retail 579,859 537,326 Finance 330,322 300,159 Construction 308,633 284,949 Mining 224,667 211,241 Science, education, culture and sanitation 261,981 231,260 Others 342,454 321,876

Subtotal for corporate loans 10,774,963 9,955,821

Personal mortgage and business loans 5,921,715 5,512,175 Others 848,216 871,449

Subtotal for personal loans 6,769,931 6,383,624

Discounted bills 430,758 421,874

Total for loans and advances to customers 17,975,652 16,761,319

166

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

By collaterals

The composition of the Group’s gross loans and advances to customers (excluding accrued interest) by collaterals is analysed as follows:

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Unsecured loans 5,875,642 5,369,713 Guaranteed loans 2,229,901 2,078,921 Loans secured by mortgages 8,378,844 7,884,774 Pledged loans 1,491,265 1,427,911

Total 17,975,652 16,761,319

Overdue loans and advances to customers

The composition of the Group’s gross overdue loans and advances to customers (excluding accrued interest) by collaterals is analysed as follows:

30 June 2020 Overdue for 1 to 90 days

Overdue for 90 days to

1 year

Overdue for 1 to 3 years

Overdue for over 3 years Total

Unsecured loans 31,018 23,292 18,106 3,089 75,505 Guaranteed loans 9,853 19,027 21,049 6,153 56,082 Loans secured by mortgages 36,223 32,018 25,884 9,313 103,438 Pledged loans 1,257 4,995 2,621 1,579 10,452

Total 78,351 79,332 67,660 20,134 245,477

31 December 2019 Overdue for 1 to 90 days

Overdue for 90 days to

1 year

Overdue for 1 to 3 years

Overdue for over 3 years Total

Unsecured loans 27,232 21,684 17,831 5,474 72,221 Guaranteed loans 17,046 25,698 21,799 9,876 74,419 Loans secured by mortgages 35,613 36,689 25,003 11,186 108,491 Pledged loans 3,193 5,554 2,215 2,123 13,085

Total 83,084 89,625 66,848 28,659 268,216

167

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(2) Debt securities investments

By issuers distribution

The following tables present an analysis of debt securities (excluding accrued interest) by types of issuers and investments:

30 June 2020 Financial

investments measured at

FVTPL

Financial investments measured at

FVOCI

Financial investments measured at

amortised cost Total

Governments and central banks 107,851 449,856 4,819,062 5,376,769 Policy banks 38,358 192,387 485,912 716,657 Banks and other financial institutions 183,044 308,080 336,001 827,125 Corporate entities 90,505 497,156 53,028 640,689

419,758 1,447,479 5,694,003 7,561,240

31 December 2019 Financial

investments measured at

FVTPL

Financial investments measured at

FVOCI

Financial investments measured at

amortised cost Total

Governments and central banks 60,509 421,919 4,306,848 4,789,276 Policy banks 41,444 198,839 412,239 652,522 Banks and other financial institutions 179,106 306,242 340,218 825,566 Corporate entities 77,198 474,271 44,017 595,486

358,257 1,401,271 5,103,322 6,862,850

By rating distribution

The Group adopts a credit rating approach to manage the credit risk of the debt securities portfolio held. The ratings are obtained from Bloomberg Composite, or major rating agencies where the issuers of debt securities are located. The carrying amounts of debt securities investments (excluding accrued interest) analysed by rating as at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

30 June 2020 Unrated AAA AA A Below A Total

Debt securities (analysed by type of issuers):

Governments and central banks 1,769,516 3,549,467 13,348 16,520 27,918 5,376,769

Policy banks 701,161 – 1,507 12,793 1,196 716,657

Banks and other financial institutions 300,698 340,820 16,530 91,497 77,580 827,125

Corporate entities 121,921 369,577 5,771 78,140 65,280 640,689 2,893,296 4,259,864 37,156 198,950 171,974 7,561,240

168

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

31 December 2019 Unrated AAA AA A Below A Total

Debt securities (analysed by type of issuers):

Governments and central banks 1,613,759 3,133,011 6,645 13,211 22,650 4,789,276

Policy banks 633,828 213 2,617 15,551 313 652,522

Banks and other financial institutions 281,128 365,377 18,672 84,343 76,046 825,566

Corporate entities 104,386 342,866 25,892 63,480 58,862 595,486 2,633,101 3,841,467 53,826 176,585 157,871 6,862,850

(iii) Analysis on the credit quality of financial instruments

The Group’s credit risk stages of financial instruments are as follows:

30 June 2020

Book value Provision for expected credit losses Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Cash and balances with central banks 3,542,538 – – 3,542,538 – – – –

Due from banks and other financial institutions 1,230,174 14,073 – 1,244,247 (1,151) (25) – (1,176)

Reverse repurchase agreements 1,225,470 – – 1,225,470 (67) – – (67)

Loans and advances to customers 16,936,706 382,643 269,338 17,588,687 (280,965) (67,411) (176,951) (525,327)

Financial investments 5,813,824 4,933 167 5,818,924 (2,593) (1,330) (127) (4,050)

Precious metal leasing and lending 189,008 1,080 687 190,775 (605) (133) (339) (1,077)

Total 28,937,720 402,729 270,192 29,610,641 (285,381) (68,899) (177,417) (531,697)

Note: As simplified approach of impairment allowance is applied to other financial assets measured at amortised cost, three-stage

model is not applicable.

30 June 2020

Carrying amount Provision for expected credit losses Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Financial assets measured at FVOCI

Loans and advances to customers 432,641 – 623 433,264 (261) – (5) (266)

Financial investments 1,464,735 1,570 53 1,466,358 (2,744) (75) (242) (3,061)

Total 1,897,376 1,570 676 1,899,622 (3,005) (75) (247) (3,327)

Credit commitments 2,820,232 42,828 539 2,863,599 (27,628) (2,592) (133) (30,353)

169

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

31 December 2019

Book value Provision for expected credit losses Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Cash and balances with central banks 3,317,916 – – 3,317,916 – – – –

Due from banks and other financial institutions 1,024,865 18,748 – 1,043,613 (1,219) (26) – (1,245)

Reverse repurchase agreements 685,623 – – 685,623 (94) – – (94)

Loans and advances to customers 15,682,629 452,439 239,564 16,374,632 (215,316) (78,494) (184,688) (478,498)

Financial investments 5,206,604 5,118 166 5,211,888 (2,255) (1,339) (127) (3,721)

Precious metal leasing and lending 153,710 1,485 546 155,741 (524) (333) (272) (1,129)

Total 26,071,347 477,790 240,276 26,789,413 (219,408) (80,192) (185,087) (484,687)

Note: As simplified approach of impairment allowance is applied to other financial assets measured at amortised cost, three-stage

model is not applicable.

31 December 2019

Carrying amount Provision for expected credit losses Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Financial assets measured at FVOCI

Loans and advances to customers 423,370 – 623 423,993 (227) – (5) (232)

Financial investments 1,417,535 4,074 – 1,421,609 (1,778) (80) (198) (2,056)

Total 1,840,905 4,074 623 1,845,602 (2,005) (80) (203) (2,288)

Credit commitments 2,913,139 49,051 881 2,963,071 (25,266) (3,072) (196) (28,534)

170

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

(b) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that capital will not be sufficient or funds will not be raised at a reasonable cost in a timely manner to meet the need of asset growth or repayment of debts due, although the Group remains solvent. This may arise from amount or maturity mismatches of assets and liabilities.

The Group manages its liquidity risk through the Asset and Liability Management Department and aims at:

• Optimising the structure of assets and liabilities;

• Maintaining the stability of the deposit base;

• Projecting cash flows and evaluating the level of current assets; and

• In terms of liquidity of the branches, maintaining an efficient internal fund transfer mechanism.

(i) Maturity analysis of the assets and liabilities

The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group’s assets and liabilities. The Group’s expected the remaining maturity of its financial instruments may vary significantly from the following analysis. For example, demand deposits from customers are expected to maintain a stable or increasing balance although they have been classified as repayable on demand in the following tables.

30 June 2020

Overdue/ repayable

on demand Less than

one month

One to three

months

Three months to

one year One to

five years More than five years

Undated (***) Total

Assets: Cash and balances with central banks 1,044,953 2,363 7,275 22,819 – – 2,465,128 3,542,538 Due from banks and other financial institutions (*) 322,579 1,379,920 268,583 573,453 69,704 351 – 2,614,590 Derivative financial assets 513 11,153 12,528 24,851 15,549 12,337 – 76,931 Loans and advances to customers 32,638 932,835 774,369 3,175,286 3,667,744 8,831,988 88,470 17,503,330 Financial investments — Financial investments measured at FVTPL 10,996 46,426 170,500 218,240 232,547 196,462 148,365 1,023,536 — Financial investments measured at FVOCI – 50,234 86,560 309,382 720,497 299,685 60,825 1,527,183 — Financial investments measured at amortised cost – 120,534 195,367 617,738 2,621,183 2,257,843 2,209 5,814,874 Investments in associates and joint ventures – – – – – – 28,327 28,327 Property and equipment – – – – – – 286,627 286,627 Others 343,131 120,512 84,504 22,083 35,114 33,894 54,836 694,074

Total assets 1,754,810 2,663,977 1,599,686 4,963,852 7,362,338 11,632,560 3,134,787 33,112,010

Liabilities: Due to central banks – 1,349 778 28,352 1,964 – – 32,443 Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL 64,247 1,485 39,025 3,117 14,216 3,596 – 125,686 Derivative financial liabilities 370 15,205 14,911 41,915 18,081 13,652 – 104,134 Due to banks and other financial institutions (**) 2,251,247 439,956 197,851 248,839 55,101 31,490 – 3,224,484 Certificates of deposit – 83,103 131,387 121,435 7,531 – – 343,456 Due to customers 13,613,766 1,280,950 1,738,891 4,142,112 4,270,394 21,757 – 25,067,870 Debt securities issued – 26,744 11,639 103,777 235,584 348,869 – 726,613 Others 133,505 85,114 31,264 392,870 69,817 27,998 – 740,568

Total liabilities 16,063,135 1,933,906 2,165,746 5,082,417 4,672,688 447,362 – 30,365,254

Net liquidity gap (14,308,325) 730,071 (566,060) (118,565) 2,689,650 11,185,198 3,134,787 2,746,756

(*) Includes reverse repurchase agreements.

(**) Includes repurchase agreements.

(***) Includes loans and advances to customers and financial investments that are impaired or not impaired but overdue for more

than one month.

171

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

31 December 2019

Overdue/ repayable

on demand Less than

one month

One to three

months

Three months to

one year One to

five years More than five years

Undated (***) Total

Assets: Cash and balances with central banks 615,890 1,018 3,850 20,743 – – 2,676,415 3,317,916 Due from banks and other financial institutions (*) 181,267 846,498 310,639 493,006 55,302 842 – 1,887,554 Derivative financial assets 498 5,045 6,878 28,784 20,962 6,144 – 68,311 Loans and advances to customers 31,249 985,299 712,711 2,791,186 3,559,038 8,190,112 56,957 16,326,552 Financial investments — Financial investments measured at FVTPL 10,661 10,955 43,762 421,926 161,035 180,555 133,184 962,078 — Financial investments measured at FVOCI – 43,068 87,534 242,037 759,038 289,932 55,263 1,476,872 — Financial investments measured at amortised cost – 66,799 139,014 708,768 2,466,714 1,824,696 2,176 5,208,167 Investments in associates and joint ventures – – – – – – 32,490 32,490 Property and equipment – – – – – – 286,561 286,561 Others 268,114 78,408 41,887 21,220 27,945 31,242 74,119 542,935

Total assets 1,107,679 2,037,090 1,346,275 4,727,670 7,050,034 10,523,523 3,317,165 30,109,436

Liabilities: Due to central banks – – 141 – 876 – – 1,017 Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL 60,486 760 2,054 21,629 14,812 2,501 – 102,242 Derivative financial liabilities 769 5,440 6,547 42,466 22,830 7,128 – 85,180 Due to banks and other financial institutions (**) 1,623,797 354,801 215,289 250,474 46,856 38,629 – 2,529,846 Certificates of deposit – 78,222 158,141 110,912 8,153 – – 355,428 Due to customers 12,461,763 1,063,032 1,581,922 4,725,038 3,121,105 24,795 – 22,977,655 Debt securities issued – 14,399 24,999 77,835 276,082 349,560 – 742,875 Others 109,527 148,125 58,588 214,862 60,474 31,614 – 623,190

Total liabilities 14,256,342 1,664,779 2,047,681 5,443,216 3,551,188 454,227 – 27,417,433

Net liquidity gap (13,148,663) 372,311 (701,406) (715,546) 3,498,846 10,069,296 3,317,165 2,692,003

(*) Includes reverse repurchase agreements.

(**) Includes repurchase agreements.

(***) Includes loans and advances to customers and financial investments that are impaired or not impaired but overdue for more

than one month.

172

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

(ii) Maturity analysis of contractual undiscounted cash flows

The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group’s financial instruments based on the contractual undiscounted cash flows. The balances of some items in the tables below are different from the balances on the consolidated statement of financial position as the tables incorporate all cash flows relating to both principal and interest. The Group’s expected cash flows on these instruments may vary significantly from the following analysis. For example, demand deposits from customers are expected to maintain a stable or increasing balance although they have been classified as repayable on demand in the following tables.

30 June 2020

Overdue/

repayable

on demand

Less than

one month

One to

three

months

Three

months to

one year

One to

five years

More than

five years

Undated

(***) Total

Non-derivative cash flows:

Financial assets:

Cash and balances with central banks 1,044,953 2,363 10,603 22,819 – – 2,465,128 3,545,866

Due from banks and other financial institutions (*) 322,760 1,381,871 271,385 581,200 73,997 351 – 2,631,564

Loans and advances to customers (**) 33,167 1,042,465 993,380 3,946,679 6,603,769 14,003,642 272,459 26,895,561

Financial investments

— Financial investments measured at FVTPL 10,939 45,466 154,328 205,363 238,937 208,311 143,825 1,007,169

— Financial investments measured at FVOCI – 50,729 88,355 332,984 798,714 352,473 56,136 1,679,391

— Financial investments measured at amortised cost – 121,680 203,828 721,163 3,151,265 2,686,641 3,157 6,887,734

Others 500,830 38,330 11,681 2,653 11,284 964 470 566,212

1,912,649 2,682,904 1,733,560 5,812,861 10,877,966 17,252,382 2,941,175 43,213,497

(*) Includes reverse repurchase agreements.

(**) The maturity profile of the renegotiated loans’ contractual undiscounted cash flows is determined according to the negotiated terms.

(***) Includes loans and advances to customers and financial investments that are impaired or not impaired but overdue for more than one month.

30 June 2020

Overdue/

repayable

on demand

Less than

one month

One to

three

months

Three

months to

one year

One to

five years

More than

five years Undated Total

Non-derivative cash flows:

Financial liabilities:

Due to central banks – 1,350 780 28,354 1,964 – – 32,448

Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL 64,254 1,504 39,246 3,193 14,751 3,632 – 126,580

Due to banks and other financial institutions (*) 2,290,831 440,760 199,261 252,757 61,655 78,854 – 3,324,118

Certificates of deposit – 83,424 131,867 122,673 7,898 – – 345,862

Due to customers 13,622,814 1,284,097 1,776,081 4,239,036 4,438,837 22,334 – 25,383,199

Debt securities issued – 27,177 15,603 122,696 315,743 415,468 – 896,687

Others 494,535 8,094 2,030 8,804 29,419 15,084 – 557,966

16,472,434 1,846,406 2,164,868 4,777,513 4,870,267 535,372 – 30,666,860

Derivative cash flows:

Derivative financial instruments settled on net basis – (244) (102) 442 1,173 (499) – 770

Derivative financial instruments settled on gross basis

Including: Cash inflow 40,151 1,776,348 1,381,911 2,490,759 256,107 27,586 – 5,972,862

Cash outflow (38,735) (1,768,215) (1,379,577) (2,505,743) (257,636) (26,462) – (5,976,368)

1,416 8,133 2,334 (14,984) (1,529) 1,124 – (3,506)

(*) Includes repurchase agreements.

173

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

31 December 2019

Overdue/

repayable

on demand

Less than

one month

One to

three

months

Three

months to

one year

One to

five years

More than

five years

Undated

(***) Total

Non-derivative cash flows:

Financial assets:

Cash and balances with central banks 615,890 1,018 7,463 20,743 – – 2,676,415 3,321,529

Due from banks and other financial institutions (*) 181,303 849,397 314,046 502,881 59,472 1,691 – 1,908,790

Loans and advances to customers (**) 34,735 1,060,503 911,870 3,516,705 6,309,480 12,914,107 239,473 24,986,873

Financial investments

— Financial investments measured at FVTPL 10,371 10,634 44,638 399,486 181,783 202,154 131,736 980,802

— Financial investments measured at FVOCI – 43,294 89,714 266,634 843,800 349,679 50,326 1,643,447

— Financial investments measured at amortised cost – 67,422 145,481 810,717 2,941,781 2,146,968 3,097 6,115,466

Others 369,736 21,787 12,345 5,769 5,887 60 684 416,268

1,212,035 2,054,055 1,525,557 5,522,935 10,342,203 15,614,659 3,101,731 39,373,175

(*) Includes reverse repurchase agreements.

(**) The maturity profile of the renegotiated loans’ contractual undiscounted cash flows is determined according to the negotiated

terms.

(***) Includes loans and advances to customers and financial investments that are impaired or not impaired but overdue for more

than one month.

31 December 2019

Overdue/

repayable

on demand

Less than

one month

One to

three

months

Three

months to

one year

One to

five years

More than

five years Undated Total

Non-derivative cash flows:

Financial liabilities:

Due to central banks – – 141 – 876 – – 1,017

Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL 60,547 762 2,062 23,413 15,116 2,501 – 104,401

Due to banks and other financial institutions (*) 1,624,350 356,090 217,433 255,480 52,646 52,003 – 2,558,002

Certificates of deposit – 78,593 159,434 111,849 10,886 – – 360,762

Due to customers 12,463,090 1,066,170 1,686,585 5,012,827 3,704,857 25,960 – 23,959,489

Debt securities issued – 15,025 29,741 98,866 362,680 567,317 – 1,073,629

Others 360,741 7,917 3,290 7,539 31,018 18,327 – 428,832

14,508,728 1,524,557 2,098,686 5,509,974 4,178,079 666,108 – 28,486,132

Derivative cash flows:

Derivative financial instruments settled on net basis – 28 (208) 85 (923) 240 – (778)

Derivative financial instruments settled on gross basis

Including: Cash inflow 49,846 619,031 400,059 2,696,186 1,616,510 34,653 – 5,416,285

Cash outflow (52,452) (605,109) (401,263) (2,717,224) (1,612,491) (34,825) – (5,423,364)

(2,606) 13,922 (1,204) (21,038) 4,019 (172) – (7,079)

(*) Includes repurchase agreements.

174

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

(iii) Analysis of credit commitments by contractual expiry date

Management does not expect all of the commitments will be drawn before the expiry of the commitments.

30 June 2020

Repayable

on demand

Less than

one month

One to

three months

Three

months to

one year

One to

five years

More than

five years Total

Credit commitments 1,160,080 120,896 233,793 653,730 495,171 199,929 2,863,599

31 December 2019

Repayable

on demand

Less than

one month

One to

three months

Three

months to

one year

One to

five years

More than

five years Total

Credit commitments 1,309,180 114,410 197,065 469,933 747,810 124,673 2,963,071

(c) Market risk

Market risk is the risk of loss, in respect of the Group’s on and off-balance sheet activities, arising from adverse movements in market rates including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and stock prices. Market risk arises from both the Group’s trading and non-trading businesses.

The Group is primarily exposed to structural interest rate risk arising from commercial banking and position risk arising from treasury transactions. Interest rate risk is inherent in many of its businesses and largely arises from mismatches between the repricing dates of interest-generating assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The analysis of the interest rate risk in the banking book is disclosed in note 44(d).

The Group’s currency risk mainly results from the risk arising from exchange rate fluctuations on its foreign exchange exposures. Foreign exchange exposures include the mismatch of foreign exchange assets and liabilities, and off-balance sheet foreign exchange positions arising from derivative transactions.

The Group considers the market risk arising from stock prices fluctuations in respect of its investment portfolios as immaterial.

Sensitivity analysis, interest rate repricing gap analysis and foreign exchange risk concentration analysis are the major market risk management tools used by the Group. The Bank monitors market risk separately in respect of trading and other non- trading portfolios. The Value-at-risk (“VaR”) analysis is a major tool used by the Bank to measure and monitor the market risk of its trading portfolios. The following sections include a VaR analysis by risk type of the Group’s trading portfolios of the parent company and a sensitivity analysis based on the Group’s currency risk exposure and interest rate risk exposure (both trading and non-trading portfolios).

(i) VaR

VaR analysis is a statistical technique which estimates the potential maximum losses that could occur on risk positions taken due to movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates or prices over a specified time horizon and at a specified level of confidence. The Bank adopts a historical simulation model to calculate and monitor trading portfolio VaR with 250 days’ historical market data (with a 99% confidence level, and one-day holding period) on a daily basis.

175

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

A summary of VaR by risk type of trading portfolios is as follows:

Six months ended 30 June 2020

30 June 2020 Average Highest Lowest

Interest rate risk 60 45 71 29 Currency risk 147 101 152 62 Commodity risk 40 31 87 14 Total portfolio VaR 178 114 210 73

Six months ended 30 June 2019

30 June 2019 Average Highest Lowest

Interest rate risk 52 57 71 30 Currency risk 97 77 111 54 Commodity risk 36 52 77 6 Total portfolio VaR 126 106 140 64

VaR for each risk factor is the derived largest potential loss due to fluctuations solely in that risk factor. As there is a diversification effect due to the correlation amongst the risk factors, the individual VaR does not add up to the total portfolio VaR.

Although VaR is an important tool for measuring market risk under normal market environment, the assumptions on which the model is based do give rise to some limitations, mainly including the following:

(1) VaR does not reflect liquidity risk. In the VaR model, a one-day holding period assumes that it is possible to hedge or dispose of positions within that period without restriction, the price of the financial instruments will fluctuate in the specified range, and the correlation between these market prices will remain unchanged. This may not fully reflect the market risk arising at times of severe illiquidity, when a one-day holding period may be insufficient to liquidate or hedge all positions fully;

(2) Even though positions may change throughout the day, VaR only represents the risk of the portfolios at the close of each business day, and it does not account for any losses that may occur beyond the 99% confidence level; and

(3) VaR relies heavily on historical data to provide information and may not clearly predict the future changes and modifications of the risk factors, especially those of an exceptional nature due to significant market moves.

(ii) Currency risk

The Group conducts its businesses mainly in RMB, with certain transactions denominated in USD, HKD, and other currencies in a lesser extent. Transactions in foreign currencies mainly arise from the Group’s treasury operations, foreign exchange dealings and overseas investments.

The exchange rate of RMB to USD is managed under a floating exchange rate system. The HKD exchange rate has been pegged to the USD and therefore the exchange rate of RMB to HKD has fluctuated in line with the changes in the exchange rate of RMB to USD.

The Group manages its currency risk through various methods, including limitation management and risk hedging to hedge currency risk, and performing currency risk sensitivity analysis and stress testing regularly.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

176

The tables below indicate a sensitivity analysis of exchange rate changes of the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on and off the balance sheet on its monetary assets and liabilities and its forecasted cash flows. The analysis calculates the effect of a reasonably possible movement in the currency rates against RMB, with all other variables held constant, on profit before taxation and equity. A negative amount in the table reflects a potential net reduction in profit before taxation or equity, while a positive amount reflects a potential net increase. This effect, however, is based on the assumption that the Group’s foreign exchange exposures as at the end of the reporting period are kept unchanged and, therefore, have not incorporated actions that would be taken by the Group to mitigate the adverse impact of this currency risk.

Effect on profit before taxation Effect on equity

Currency Change in

currency rate 30 June

2020 31 December

2019 30 June

2020 31 December

2019

USD -1% (184) (146) (383) (379) HKD -1% 136 260 (1,516) (1,492)

While the table above indicates the effect on profit before taxation and equity of 1% depreciation of USD and HKD, there will be an opposite effect with the same amount if the currencies appreciate by the same percentage.

A breakdown of the assets and liabilities analysed by currency is as follows:

30 June 2020

USD HKD Others Total

RMB (equivalent

to RMB) (equivalent

to RMB) (equivalent

to RMB) (equivalent

to RMB)

Assets: Cash and balances with central banks 3,255,830 143,176 16,131 127,401 3,542,538 Due from banks and other financial institutions (*) 1,880,785 568,068 51,863 113,874 2,614,590 Derivative financial assets 24,088 28,493 10,049 14,301 76,931 Loans and advances to customers 15,802,289 991,856 373,908 335,277 17,503,330 Financial investments — Financial investments measured at FVTPL 975,705 31,861 5,302 10,668 1,023,536 — Financial investments measured at FVOCI 1,066,711 324,094 29,125 107,253 1,527,183 — Financial investments measured at amortised cost 5,624,323 110,951 10,621 68,979 5,814,874 Investments in associates and joint ventures 2,818 1,072 219 24,218 28,327 Property and equipment 145,667 138,527 764 1,669 286,627 Others 288,136 142,596 7,758 255,584 694,074

Total assets 29,066,352 2,480,694 505,740 1,059,224 33,112,010

Liabilities: Due to central banks 27,941 2,123 – 2,379 32,443 Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL 43,143 13,486 – 69,057 125,686 Derivative financial liabilities 46,853 34,007 10,675 12,599 104,134 Due to banks and other financial institutions (**) 2,227,340 805,985 21,640 169,519 3,224,484 Certificates of deposit 38,734 206,554 24,285 73,883 343,456 Due to customers 23,450,436 860,787 429,255 327,392 25,067,870 Debt securities issued 374,409 293,948 5,604 52,652 726,613 Others 573,016 155,638 5,614 6,300 740,568

Total liabilities 26,781,872 2,372,528 497,073 713,781 30,365,254

Net position 2,284,480 108,166 8,667 345,443 2,746,756

Credit commitments 2,039,894 547,489 93,475 182,741 2,863,599

(*) Includes reverse repurchase agreements.

(**) Includes repurchase agreements.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

177I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

31 December 2019

USD HKD Others Total

RMB (equivalent

to RMB) (equivalent

to RMB) (equivalent

to RMB) (equivalent

to RMB)

Assets: Cash and balances with central banks 3,035,646 141,588 10,890 129,792 3,317,916 Due from banks and other financial institutions (*) 1,214,612 562,308 37,690 72,944 1,887,554 Derivative financial assets 30,693 19,773 7,341 10,504 68,311 Loans and advances to customers 14,809,532 869,350 351,007 296,663 16,326,552 Financial investments — Financial investments measured at FVTPL 909,353 32,450 6,076 14,199 962,078 — Financial investments measured at FVOCI 1,041,158 320,611 36,698 78,405 1,476,872 — Financial investments measured at amortised cost 5,030,922 102,767 13,345 61,133 5,208,167 Investments in associates and joint ventures 2,981 930 152 28,427 32,490 Property and equipment 186,232 97,883 751 1,695 286,561 Others 235,342 103,146 5,550 198,897 542,935

Total assets 26,496,471 2,250,806 469,500 892,659 30,109,436

Liabilities: Due to central banks – 141 – 876 1,017 Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL 20,845 14,433 22 66,942 102,242 Derivative financial liabilities 45,060 23,546 6,157 10,417 85,180 Due to banks and other financial institutions (**) 1,713,312 658,857 27,766 129,911 2,529,846 Certificates of deposit 28,202 231,440 16,247 79,539 355,428 Due to customers 21,509,155 837,901 369,830 260,769 22,977,655 Debt securities issued 370,064 320,025 11,719 41,067 742,875 Others 490,017 110,278 19,481 3,414 623,190

Total liabilities 24,176,655 2,196,621 451,222 592,935 27,417,433

Net position 2,319,816 54,185 18,278 299,724 2,692,003

Credit commitments 2,249,604 499,355 78,134 135,978 2,963,071

(*) Includes reverse repurchase agreements.

(**) Includes repurchase agreements.

(d) Interest rate risk in the banking book

Interest rate risk in the banking book is defined as the risk of loss in the overall gain and economic value of the banking book arising from adverse movements in interest rate and term structure, etc. This risk may occur in the following situations: when the interest rate fluctuates, because the repricing period of different financial instruments is different, the debt interest rate repricing date is earlier than the asset interest rate when interest rate rising and vice versa. The bank will face to the risk of reduced or even negative spreads over certain period of time; when the pricing benchmark interest rates are different, the changes in the benchmark interest rates are inconsistent; when there are embedded option terms or implied options in the business of holding options derivatives or banking book’s on- and off-balance sheet business; and due to changes in expected default levels or market liquidity, the market’s assessment of the credit quality of financial instruments changes, leading to changes in credit spreads.

The Group manages the interest rate risk of banking book through the Asset and the Liability Management Department, following methods have been adopted:

• Interest rate prediction: analysing the macroeconomic factors that may impact on the PBOC benchmark interest rates and market interest rates;

• Duration management: optimising the differences in timing between contractual repricing (maturities) of interest- generating assets and interest-bearing liabilities;

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

178

• Pricing management: managing the deviation of the pricing of interest-generating assets and the benchmark interest rates or market interest rates;

• Quota management: optimising the positions of interest-generating assets and interest-bearing liabilities and control the impact on profit and loss and equity; and

• Derivative trading: using interest rate derivatives for hedging management in a timely manner.

A principal part of the Group’s management of interest rate risk is to monitor the sensitivity of projected net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios (simulation modeling). The Group aims to mitigate the impact of prospective interest rate movements which could reduce future net interest income, while balancing the cost of such hedging on the current revenue.

The following tables demonstrate the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, of the Group’s net interest income and equity. The following table lists the data including the trading book’s data.

The effect of the net interest income is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates on the net interest income, arising from the financial assets and financial liabilities held at the end of the period that are subject to repricing within the coming year, including the effect of hedging instruments. The effect of equity is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates on other comprehensive income, calculated by revaluing fixed rate financial assets measured at FVOCI held at the end of the period, including the effect of any associated hedges.

30 June 2020

Increased by 100 basis points Decreased by 100 basis points

Currency

Effect on net interest

income Effect on

equity

Effect on net interest

income Effect on

equity

RMB (38,897) (29,444) 38,897 32,121 USD (558) (7,238) 558 7,243 HKD (3,713) (78) 3,713 78 Others 1,388 (1,516) (1,388) 1,517

Total (41,780) (38,276) 41,780 40,959

31 December 2019

Increased by 100 basis points Decreased by 100 basis points

Currency

Effect on net interest

income Effect on

equity

Effect on net interest

income Effect on

equity

RMB (6,951) (29,652) 6,951 32,313 USD (979) (6,416) 979 6,420 HKD (3,630) (43) 3,630 43 Others 1,553 (1,144) (1,553) 1,147

Total (10,007) (37,255) 10,007 39,923

The interest rate sensitivities set out in the tables above are for illustration only and are based on simplified scenarios. The figures represent the effect of the pro forma movements in net interest income and equity based on the projected yield curve scenarios and the Group’s current interest rate risk profile. This effect, however, does not incorporate actions that would be taken by management to mitigate the impact of interest rate risk. The projections above also assume that interest rates of all maturities move by the same amount and, therefore, do not reflect the potential impact on net interest income and equity in the case where some rates change while others remain unchanged.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

179I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

The tables below summarise the contractual repricing or maturity dates, whichever is earlier, of the Group’s assets and liabilities:

30 June 2020

Less than three

months

Three months to

one year One to

five years More than five years

Non- interest bearing Total

Assets: Cash and balances with central banks 3,154,382 – – – 388,156 3,542,538 Due from banks and other financial institutions (*) 1,960,747 572,895 68,247 – 12,701 2,614,590 Derivative financial assets – – – – 76,931 76,931 Loans and advances to customers 5,379,388 11,545,610 342,549 209,751 26,032 17,503,330 Financial investments — Financial investments measured at FVTPL 148,915 111,002 76,333 97,416 589,870 1,023,536 — Financial investments measured at FVOCI 241,570 302,926 634,765 287,097 60,825 1,527,183 — Financial investments measured at amortised cost 392,214 614,316 2,558,401 2,248,535 1,408 5,814,874 Investments in associates and joint ventures – – – – 28,327 28,327 Property and equipment – – – – 286,627 286,627 Others 2,079 47 – – 691,948 694,074

Total assets 11,279,295 13,146,796 3,680,295 2,842,799 2,162,825 33,112,010

Liabilities: Due to central banks 2,127 28,352 1,964 – – 32,443 Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL 39,278 1,579 11,911 21 72,897 125,686 Derivative financial liabilities – – – – 104,134 104,134 Due to banks and other financial institutions (**) 2,891,529 231,604 53,732 31,400 16,219 3,224,484 Certificates of deposit 222,965 118,256 2,235 – – 343,456 Due to customers 16,217,709 4,097,872 4,226,072 21,010 505,207 25,067,870 Debt securities issued 215,613 44,743 117,394 348,863 – 726,613 Others 2,236 5,414 16,612 6,134 710,172 740,568

Total liabilities 19,591,457 4,527,820 4,429,920 407,428 1,408,629 30,365,254

Interest rate mismatch (8,312,162) 8,618,976 (749,625) 2,435,371 N/A N/A

(*) Includes reverse repurchase agreements.

(**) Includes repurchase agreements.

The data set out in the above tables includes trading book’s data.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

180

31 December 2019

Less than three

months

Three months to

one year One to

five years More than five years

Non- interest bearing Total

Assets: Cash and balances with central banks 2,970,858 – – – 347,058 3,317,916 Due from banks and other financial institutions (*) 1,317,721 491,964 52,363 842 24,664 1,887,554 Derivative financial assets – – – – 68,311 68,311 Loans and advances to customers 10,849,253 4,966,835 320,940 135,154 54,370 16,326,552 Financial investments — Financial investments measured at FVTPL 124,802 128,720 45,262 102,776 560,518 962,078 — Financial investments measured at FVOCI 232,121 233,683 677,791 278,014 55,263 1,476,872 — Financial investments measured at amortised cost 289,260 700,577 2,405,542 1,812,788 – 5,208,167 Investments in associates and joint ventures – – – – 32,490 32,490 Property and equipment – – – – 286,561 286,561 Others 3,395 76 – – 539,464 542,935

Total assets 15,787,410 6,521,855 3,501,898 2,329,574 1,968,699 30,109,436

Liabilities: Due to central banks 141 – 876 – – 1,017 Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL 834 19,762 12,068 – 69,578 102,242 Derivative financial liabilities – – – – 85,180 85,180 Due to banks and other financial institutions (**) 2,212,773 236,160 38,775 38,624 3,514 2,529,846 Certificates of deposit 245,817 102,708 6,903 – – 355,428 Due to customers 14,687,406 4,670,307 3,084,830 24,008 511,104 22,977,655 Debt securities issued 231,676 39,201 122,446 349,552 – 742,875 Others 2,549 5,087 15,970 7,211 592,373 623,190

Total liabilities 17,381,196 5,073,225 3,281,868 419,395 1,261,749 27,417,433

Interest rate mismatch (1,593,786) 1,448,630 220,030 1,910,179 N/A N/A

(*) Includes reverse repurchase agreements.

(**) Includes repurchase agreements.

The data set out in the above table includes trading book’s data.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

181I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(e) Capital management

The Group’s objectives on capital management are:

• Maintain reasonable capital adequacy ratio to continuously meet regulatory requirements on capital. Keeping stable capital base to ensure the Group’s business growth and the implementation of business development and strategic plan in order to achieve comprehensive, coordinated and sustainable development;

• Adopt the advanced measurement approaches, improve the internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP), disclose information on capital management, cover all types of risks, and ensure the stable operation of the Group;

• Integrate the quantified results of various risks into daily management, establish a bank value management system with economic capital as the core tool, improve the policy, process and application management system, strengthen the capital constraint and incentive mechanism, enhance the product pricing and decision-making capabilities, and improve the capital allocation efficiency; and

• Make reasonable use of various capital instruments, continuously enhance capital strengths, refine capital structure, improve capital quality, reduce capital cost, and maximize shareholder returns.

The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk profile of its activities. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust its profit distribution policy, issue or repurchase own shares, qualifying additional tier 1 capital instruments, qualifying tier 2 capital instruments and convertible bonds, etc.

The Group’s Management monitors the capital adequacy ratios regularly based on regulations issued by the CBIRC. The required information is respectively filed with the CBIRC by the Group and the Bank semi-annually and quarterly.

From 1 January 2013, the Group commenced to calculate the capital adequacy ratios in accordance with Regulation Governing Capital of Commercial Banks (Provisional) and other relevant regulations. In April 2014, the former CBRC officially approved the Bank to adopt advanced capital management approaches. Within the scope of the approval, the foundation internal ratings-based (IRB) approach is adopted to corporate credit risk, the IRB approach to retail credit risk, the internal model approach (IMA) to market risk, and the standardised approach to operational risk meeting regulatory requirements.

Domestic commercial banks should meet the requirements of capital adequacy ratios by the end of 2018 in accordance with Regulation Governing Capital of Commercial Banks (Provisional). For domestic systemically important banks, minimum core tier 1 capital adequacy ratio, tier 1 capital adequacy ratio and capital adequacy ratio should reach 8.50%, 9.50% and 11.50%, respectively. For non-systemically important banks, corresponding minimum ratios should reach 7.50%, 8.50% and 10.50%, respectively. In addition, overseas entities are directly regulated by local banking regulatory commissions, and the requirements of capital adequacy ratios differ by countries.

The Group calculates the following core tier 1 capital adequacy ratio, tier 1 capital adequacy ratio and capital adequacy ratio in accordance with Regulation Governing Capital of Commercial Banks (Provisional) and relevant requirements. The requirements pursuant to these regulations may have certain differences comparing to those applicable in Hong Kong and other jurisdictions.

The capital adequacy ratios and related components of the Group are calculated in accordance with the statutory financial statements of the Group prepared under PRC GAAP. During the period, the Group has complied in full with all its externally imposed capital requirements.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

182

The capital adequacy ratios calculated after implementation of the advanced capital management approaches are as follows:

30 June 2020 31 December 2019

Core tier 1 capital 2,526,951 2,472,774 Paid-in capital 356,407 356,407 Valid portion of capital reserve 148,563 149,067 Surplus reserve 292,625 292,149 General reserve 305,006 304,876 Retained profits 1,421,369 1,367,180 Valid portion of minority interests 4,079 4,178 Others (1,098) (1,083) Core tier 1 capital deductions 15,725 15,500 Goodwill 9,128 9,038 Other intangible assets other than land use rights 3,604 2,933 Cash flow hedge reserves that relate to the hedging of items that are not fair valued on the balance sheet (4,987) (4,451) Investments in core tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are under control but not subject to consolidation 7,980 7,980

Net core tier 1 capital 2,511,226 2,457,274

Additional tier 1 capital 200,207 200,249 Additional tier 1 capital instruments and related premium 199,456 199,456 Valid portion of minority interests 751 793

Net tier 1 capital 2,711,433 2,657,523

Tier 2 capital 450,708 463,956 Valid portion of tier 2 capital instruments and related premium 252,624 272,680 Surplus provision for loan impairment 196,774 189,569 Valid portion of minority interests 1,310 1,707

Net capital base 3,162,141 3,121,479

Risk-weighted assets (i) 19,769,139 18,616,886

Core tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 12.70% 13.20%

Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 13.72% 14.27%

Capital adequacy ratio 16.00% 16.77%

(i) Refers to risk-weighted assets after capital floor and adjustments.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

183I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

45. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair value estimates are generally subjective in nature, and are made as of a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instruments and relevant market information. The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments:

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2: valuation techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3: valuation techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

The Group has established policies and internal controls with respect to the measurement of fair values, specifically the framework of fair value measurement of financial instrument, fair value measurement methodologies and procedures. Fair value measurement policies specify valuation techniques, parameter selection and relevant concepts, models and parameter solutions. Operating procedures specify measurement operating procedures, valuation date, market parameter selection and corresponding allocation of responsibilities. In the process of fair value measurement, front office is responsible for daily transactions management. Financial Accounting Department plays a lead role of developing accounting policies of fair value measurement, valuation methodologies and system implementation. Risk Management Department is responsible for verifying trade details and valuation models.

The following is a description of the fair value of the financial instruments recorded at fair value which are determined using valuation techniques. These incorporate the Group’s estimate of assumptions that a market participant would make when valuing the instruments.

Financial investments

Financial investments valued using valuation techniques consist of debt securities and asset-backed securities. The Group values such securities in use of a discounted cash flow analysis which incorporates either only observable data or both observable and non-observable data. Observable inputs include assumptions regarding current interest rates; unobservable inputs include assumptions regarding expected future default rates, prepayment rates and market liquidity discounts.

A majority of the debt securities classified as level 2 are RMB bonds. The fair value of these bonds are determined based on the valuation results provided by China Central Depository & Clearing Co., Ltd., which are determined based on a valuation technique for which all significant inputs are observable market data.

Derivatives

Derivatives valued using a valuation technique with market observable inputs are mainly interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forwards, swaps and options, etc. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include discounted cash flow model and Black-Scholes model. The models incorporate various inputs including foreign exchange spot and forward rates, foreign exchange rate volatility, interest rate yield curves, etc.

Structured products are mainly valued using dealer’s quotations.

Loans and advances to customers

The loans and advances to customers valued by the valuation technology are mainly the bill business and the discounted cash flow model is used. For the bank acceptance bill, based on the different credit risk of the acceptor, the interest rate curve is set up with the actual transaction data in the market as the sample; for the commercial bill, based on the interbank offered rate, the interest rate curve is constructed according to the credit risk and liquidity point difference adjustment.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

184

Other liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss

For unquoted other liabilities designated as at FVTPL, the discounted cash flow model is used based on current yield curve appropriate for the remaining term to maturity adjusted for market liquidity and credit spreads; and Heston model is applied based on yield curves, foreign exchange forward rates, foreign exchange rate volatilities, etc., which is calibrated by active market quotes of standard European options with the same underlying.

(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value

The following tables show an analysis of financial instruments measured at fair value by level of the fair value hierarchy:

30 June 2020

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial assets which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis: Derivative financial assets 5,581 69,390 1,960 76,931

Reverse repurchase agreements measured at FVTPL – 146,116 – 146,116

Loans and advances to customers measured at FVTPL – 5,643 1,063 6,706

Loans and advances to customers measured at FVOCI 5,622 427,642 – 433,264

Financial investments measured at FVTPL Debt securities 6,580 358,857 54,321 419,758 Equity investments 16,939 3,923 66,366 87,228 Funds and other investments 28,321 338,671 149,558 516,550

51,840 701,451 270,245 1,023,536

Financial investments measured at FVOCI Debt securities 353,584 1,112,774 – 1,466,358 Equity investments 2,450 9,108 49,267 60,825

356,034 1,121,882 49,267 1,527,183

419,077 2,472,124 322,535 3,213,736

Financial liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis: Due to customers – 930,230 – 930,230 Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL 314 124,813 559 125,686 Derivative financial liabilities 5,559 96,678 1,897 104,134

5,873 1,151,721 2,456 1,160,050

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

185I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

31 December 2019

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial assets which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis: Derivative financial assets 4,650 62,651 1,010 68,311

Reverse repurchase agreements measured at FVTPL – 159,657 – 159,657

Loans and advances to customers measured at FVTPL – 5,276 1,149 6,425

Loans and advances to customers measured at FVOCI 7,637 416,356 – 423,993

Financial investments measured at FVTPL Debt securities 6,002 299,342 52,913 358,257 Equity investments 14,410 2,037 64,172 80,619 Funds and other investments 26,224 441,534 55,444 523,202

46,636 742,913 172,529 962,078

Financial investments measured at FVOCI Debt securities 341,281 1,080,281 47 1,421,609 Equity investments 1,017 9,351 44,895 55,263

342,298 1,089,632 44,942 1,476,872

401,221 2,476,485 219,630 3,097,336

Financial liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis: Due to customers – 896,318 – 896,318 Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL 48 101,602 592 102,242 Derivative financial liabilities 3,990 80,138 1,052 85,180

4,038 1,078,058 1,644 1,083,740

(b) Movement in level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value

The following table shows a reconciliation of the opening and closing balance of level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities which are measured at fair value and the movement during the reporting period:

1 January 2020

Total gains/(losses)

recorded in profit or loss

Total gains

recorded in other

comprehensive income Additions

Disposals and Settlements

Transfer in/(out) of

level 3 30 June

2020

Financial assets: Derivative financial assets 1,010 487 – 404 (239) 298 1,960 Loans and advances to customers measured at FVTPL 1,149 (86) – – – – 1,063 Financial investments measured at FVTPL Debt securities 52,913 477 – 2,320 (1,638) 249 54,321 Equity investments 64,172 421 – 3,986 (102) (2,111) 66,366 Funds and other investments 55,444 3,729 – 98,479 (6,847) (1,247) 149,558 Financial investments measured at FVOCI Debt securities 47 – – – (47) – – Equity investments 44,895 – 483 3,914 (25) – 49,267

219,630 5,028 483 109,103 (8,898) (2,811) 322,535

Financial liabilities: Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL (592) 33 – – – – (559) Derivative financial liabilities (1,052) 241 – (217) 231 (1,100) (1,897)

(1,644) 274 – (217) 231 (1,100) (2,456)

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

186

1 January 2019

Total gains/(losses)

recorded in profit or loss

Total gains/(losses)

recorded in other

comprehensive income Additions

Disposals and Settlements

Transfer out of level 3

31 December 2019

Financial assets: Derivative financial assets 960 944 – 17 (519) (392) 1,010 Loans and advances to customers measured at FVTPL 444 19 – 686 – – 1,149 Financial investments measured at FVTPL Debt securities 34,727 3,255 – 16,803 (1,235) (637) 52,913 Equity investments 20,107 20 – 44,899 (172) (682) 64,172 Funds and other investments 151,513 488 – 31,097 (127,580) (74) 55,444 Financial investments measured at FVOCI Debt securities 143 – (1) 47 (142) – 47 Equity investments 19,489 – (1,714) 27,121 (1) – 44,895 Other investments 307 – 33 – (340) – –

227,690 4,726 (1,682) 120,670 (129,989) (1,785) 219,630

Financial liabilities: Financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL (1,372) (160) – – 107 833 (592) Derivative financial liabilities (2,174) (203) – (89) 244 1,170 (1,052)

(3,546) (363) – (89) 351 2,003 (1,644)

Gains or losses on level 3 financial instruments included in the statement of net profit or loss for the period comprise:

Six months ended 30 June 2020 Realised Unrealised Total

Net gains 1,718 3,584 5,302

Six months ended 30 June 2019 Realised Unrealised Total

Net gains 1,482 5,710 7,192

(c) Transfers between levels (i) Transfers between level 1 and level 2

Due to changes in market conditions for certain securities, quoted prices in active markets were available for these securities. Therefore, these securities were transferred from level 2 to level 1 of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period.

Due to changes in market conditions for certain securities, quoted prices in active markets were no longer available for these securities. However, there was sufficient information available to measure the fair values of these securities based on observable market inputs. Therefore, these securities were transferred from level 1 to level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period.

During the reporting period, the transfers between level 1 and level 2 of the fair value hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities of the Group were immaterial.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

187I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(ii) Transfers between level 2 and level 3

As at the end of the reporting period, certain financial instruments were transferred out from level 3 to level 2 of the fair value hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities when significant inputs used in their fair value measurements, which was previously unobservable became observable.

During the reporting period, certain derivatives financial instruments were transferred out from level 3 to level 2 of the fair value hierarchy when significant inputs used in their fair value measurements such as market price volatility, which was previously unobservable became observable.

(d) Valuation of financial instruments with significant unobservable inputs

Financial instruments valued with significant unobservable inputs are primarily certain structured derivatives, certain debt securities and asset-backed securities. These financial instruments are valued using cash flow discount model. The models incorporate various non-observable assumptions such as discount rate and market rate volatilities.

As at 30 June 2020, the effects of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternative assumptions were immaterial.

(e) Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities not carried at fair value

No significant difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value, except for the following items:

30 June 2020 Carrying amount Fair value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

Financial assets Financial investments measured at amortised cost 5,814,874 5,927,385 95,022 5,607,895 224,468

5,814,874 5,927,385 95,022 5,607,895 224,468

Financial liabilities Subordinated bonds and Tier 2 Capital Notes 350,196 360,536 – 360,536 –

350,196 360,536 – 360,536 –

31 December 2019 Carrying amount Fair value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

Financial assets Financial investments measured at amortised cost 5,208,167 5,293,114 92,991 4,979,955 220,168

5,208,167 5,293,114 92,991 4,979,955 220,168

Financial liabilities Subordinated bonds and Tier 2 Capital Notes 350,204 355,307 – 355,307 –

350,204 355,307 – 355,307 –

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

188

Subject to the existence of an active market, such as an authorised securities exchange, the market value is the best reflection of the fair value of financial instruments. As there is no available market value for certain of the financial assets and financial liabilities held and issued by the Group, the discounted cash flow method or other valuation methods described below are adopted to determine the fair values of these financial assets and financial liabilities:

(i) The fair values of financial investments measured at amortised cost relating to the restructuring of the Bank are estimated on the basis of the stated interest rates and the consideration of the relevant special clauses of the instruments evaluated in the absence of any other relevant observable market data, and the fair values approximate to their carrying amounts. The fair values of financial investments measured at amortised cost irrelevant to the restructuring of the Bank are determined based on the available market values. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated on the basis of pricing models or discounted cash flows.

(ii) The fair values of subordinated bonds and tier 2 capital notes are determined with reference to the available market values. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated on the basis of pricing models or discounted cash flows.

All of the above-mentioned assumptions and methods provide a consistent basis for the calculation of the fair values of the Group’s assets and liabilities. However, other institutions may use different assumptions and methods. Therefore, the fair values disclosed by different financial institutions may not be entirely comparable.

46. AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD EVENT Participation in Investment in the National Green Development Fund Co., Ltd.

The Bank has signed the Promoter’s Agreement of the National Green Development Fund Co., Ltd. in July 2020 to invest RMB8.0 billion in the National Green Development Fund Co., Ltd. (the “NGDF”). The capital injection shall be paid by instalments in five years commencing from 2020, with the subscription amounting to about 9.04% of the NGDF’s capital. The investment is still subject to relevant procedures of the regulatory authorities.

Issuance Progress of Offshore Preference Shares

The First Extraordinary General Meeting of 2018 of the Bank reviewed and approved proposals on issuance of domestic and offshore preference shares. The Bank has received reply from the CBIRC in March 2020 and received reply from China Securities Regulatory Commission in July 2020, approving the issuance of no more than 300 million offshore preference shares with the proceeds not exceeding RMB30.0 billion equivalent of USD, which will be counted as the additional tier 1 capital of the Bank in accordance with relevant regulatory requirements.

Issuance of Undated Additional Tier 1 Capital Bonds

The Board of Directors of the Bank reviewed and approved the Proposal on the Issuance of Undated Additional Tier 1 Capital Bonds on 28 August 2020. The Bank planned to issue undated additional tier 1 capital bonds of no more than RMB100.0 billion in domestic market, which will be used to replenish additional tier 1 capital of the Bank. The issuance plan for the undated additional tier 1 capital bonds is still subject to the approval of the Shareholders’ General Meeting of the Bank, after which, it is still subject to the approval of the relevant regulatory authorities.

47. COMPARATIVE AMOUNTS

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s presentation.

48. APPROVAL OF THE UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL REPORT

The interim financial report was approved by the board of directors on 28 August 2020.

For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information

189I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(a) Illustration of differences between the financial statements prepared under IFRSs and those prepared in accordance with PRC GAAP

There are no differences between the profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company under PRC GAAP and IFRSs for the six months ended 30 June 2020 (for the six months ended 30 June 2019: no differences). There are no differences between the equity attributable to equity holders of the parent company under PRC GAAP and IFRSs as at 30 June 2020 (31 December 2019: no differences).

(b) Foreign currency concentrations

30 June 2020 USD HKD Others Total

Spot assets 2,341,095 504,757 1,033,337 3,879,189

Spot liabilities (2,351,436) (497,073) (712,638) (3,561,147)

Forward purchases 3,354,229 266,318 989,317 4,609,864

Forward sales (3,402,402) (156,967) (1,294,294) (4,853,663)

Net option position (60,288) 1,973 (29) (58,344)

Net (short)/long position (118,802) 119,008 15,693 15,899

Net structural position 118,507 983 24,744 144,234

31 December 2019 USD HKD Others Total

Spot assets 2,151,993 468,597 862,537 3,483,127

Spot liabilities (2,175,878) (451,222) (591,767) (3,218,867)

Forward purchases 2,492,467 223,694 500,414 3,216,575

Forward sales (2,479,103) (122,258) (726,443) (3,327,804)

Net option position (63,983) (118) (1,593) (65,694)

Net (short)/long position (74,504) 118,693 43,148 87,337

Net structural position 78,070 903 28,954 107,927

The net option position is calculated using the delta equivalent approach required by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority. The net structural position of the Group includes the structural positions of the Bank’s overseas branches, banking subsidiaries and other subsidiaries substantially involved in foreign exchange. Structural assets and liabilities include:

• property and equipment, net of depreciation charges;

• capital and statutory reserves of overseas branches; and

• investments in overseas subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures.

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

190

(c) International claims

International claims refers to the sum of cross-border claims in all currencies and local claims in foreign currencies, including loans and advances to customers, balances with central banks, amounts due from banks and other financial institutions and debt investments.

A country or geographical area is reported where it constitutes 10% or more of the aggregate amount of international claims, after taking into account any risk transfers. Risk transfers are only made if the claims are guaranteed by a party in a country which is different from that of the counterparty or if the claims are on an overseas branch of a bank whose Head Office is located in another country.

30 June 2020

Banks and other

financial institutions

Official sector

Non-bank private sector Others Total

Asia Pacific 701,405 299,405 1,048,778 139,549 2,189,137 — of which attributed to Hong Kong 60,901 32,450 278,154 72,246 443,751 North and South America 80,920 110,401 143,403 6,180 340,904

782,325 409,806 1,192,181 145,729 2,530,041

31 December 2019

Banks and other

financial institutions

Official sector

Non-bank private sector Others Total

Asia Pacific 653,898 282,678 961,955 130,308 2,028,839 — of which attributed to Hong Kong 72,345 62,704 234,694 65,293 435,036 North and South America 77,725 126,753 113,197 6,579 324,254

731,623 409,431 1,075,152 136,887 2,353,093

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

191I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(d) Loans and advances to customers (excludes accrued interest) (i) Overdue loans and advances to customers

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Gross loans and advances to customers of the Group which have been overdue with respect to either principal or interest for periods of:

Between 3 and 6 months 29,966 36,916

Between 6 and 12 months 49,366 52,709

Over 12 months 87,794 95,507

167,126 185,132

As a percentage of the total gross loans and advances to customers:

Between 3 and 6 months 0.18% 0.23%

Between 6 and 12 months 0.27% 0.31%

Over 12 months 0.48% 0.56%

0.93% 1.10%

The definition of overdue loans and advances to customers is set out as follows:

Loans and advances with a specific repayment date are classified as overdue when the principal or interest is overdue.

For loans and advances repayable by regular instalments, if part of the instalments is overdue, the whole amounts of these loans and advances would be classified as overdue.

(ii) Overdue loans and advances to customers by geographical distribution

30 June 2020

31 December 2019

Head Office 43,209 37,579

Bohai Rim 39,257 51,665

Western China 35,788 40,266

Central China 32,210 41,351

Pearl River Delta 19,888 21,804

Yangtze River Delta 35,453 26,608

Northeastern China 24,850 37,190

Overseas and others 14,822 11,753

245,477 268,216

(iii) Rescheduled loans and advances to customers

30 June 2020 31 December 2019 % of total loans and advances

% of total loans and advances

Rescheduled loans and advances 9,682 0.05% 7,319 0.04% Less: Rescheduled loans and advances overdue for more than three months (2,324) (0.01%) (1,335) (0.01%)

Rescheduled loans and advances overdue for less than three months 7,358 0.04% 5,984 0.03%

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

192

(e) Exposures to Chinese mainland non-bank entities

The Bank is a commercial bank incorporated in Chinese mainland with its banking business primarily conducted in Chinese mainland. As at 30 June 2020, substantial amounts of the Bank’s exposures arose from businesses with Chinese mainland entities or individuals. Analyses of various types of exposures by counterparty have been disclosed in the respective notes to the financial statements.

(f) Correspondence between balance sheet in published financial statements and capital composition

The disclosure of correspondence between balance sheet in published financial statements and capital composition is based on the Notice on Issuing Regulatory Documents on Capital Regulation for Commercial Banks (Yin Jian Fa, No. 33, 2013) Appendix 2 Notice on Enhancing Disclosure Requirements for Composition of Capital.

(i) Capital composition

Item 30 June

2020 31 December

2019 Reference

Core tier 1 capital: 1 Paid-in capital 356,407 356,407 X18 2 Retained earnings 2,019,000 1,964,205 2a Surplus reserve 292,625 292,149 X21 2b General reserve 305,006 304,876 X22 2c Retained profits 1,421,369 1,367,180 X23 3 Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other

public reserves) 147,465 147,984

3a Capital reserve 148,563 149,067 X19 3b Others (1,098) (1,083) X24 4 Valid portion to core tier 1 capital during the transition

period (only applicable to non-joint stock companies. Fill in 0 for joint stock banks)

– –

5 Valid portion of minority interests 4,079 4,178 X25 6 Core tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments 2,526,951 2,472,774

Core tier 1 capital: Regulatory adjustments 7 Prudential valuation adjustments – – 8 Goodwill (net of deferred tax liabilities) 9,128 9,038 X16 9 Other intangible assets other than land use rights (net of

deferred tax liabilities) 3,604 2,933 X14–X15

10 Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of deferred tax liabilities)

– –

11 Cash flow hedge reserves that relate to the hedging of items that are not fair valued on the balance sheet

(4,987) (4,451) X20

12 Shortfall of provision for loan impairment – – 13 Gain on sale related to asset securitisation – – 14 Unrealised gains and losses due to changes in own credit

risk on fair valued liabilities – –

15 Defined-benefit pension fund net assets (net of deferred tax liabilities)

– –

16 Direct or indirect investments in own ordinary shares – – 17 Reciprocal cross-holdings in core tier 1 capital between

banks or between banks and other financial institutions – –

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

193I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Item 30 June

2020 31 December

2019 Reference

18 Deductible amount of non-significant minority investment in core tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

– –

19 Deductible amount of significant minority investment in core tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

– –

20 Mortgage servicing rights N/A N/A 21 Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences

(amount above 10% threshold, net of deferred tax liabilities)

– –

22 Deductible amount exceeding the 15% threshold for significant minority capital investments in core tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation and undeducted portion of deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (net of deferred tax liabilities)

– –

23 Including: Deductible amount of significant minority investments in core tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions

– –

24 Including: Deductible amount of mortgage servicing rights

N/A N/A

25 Including: Deductible amount in deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences

– –

26a Investment in core tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are under control but not subject to consolidation

7,980 7,980 X11

26b Shortfall in core tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are under control but not subject to consolidation

– –

26c Others that should be deducted from core tier 1 capital – – 27 Undeducted shortfall that should be deducted from

additional tier 1 capital and tier 2 capital – –

28 Total regulatory adjustments to core tier 1 capital 15,725 15,500

29 Core tier 1 capital 2,511,226 2,457,274

Additional tier 1 capital: 30 Additional tier 1 capital instruments and related premium 199,456 199,456 31 Including: Portion classified as equity 199,456 199,456 X28+X32 32 Including: Portion classified as liabilities – – 33 Invalid instruments to additional tier 1 capital after the

transition period – –

34 Valid portion of minority interests 751 793 X26 35 Including: Invalid portion to additional tier 1 capital

after the transition period – –

36 Additional tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments

200,207 200,249

Additional tier 1 capital: Regulatory adjustments 37 Direct or indirect investments in own additional tier 1

instruments – –

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

194

Item 30 June

2020 31 December

2019 Reference

38 Reciprocal cross-holdings in additional tier 1 capital between banks or between banks and other financial institutions

– –

39 Deductible amount of non-significant minority investment in additional tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

– –

40 Significant minority investments in additional tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

– –

41a Investments in additional tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are under control but not subject to consolidation

– –

41b Shortfall in additional tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are under control but not subject to consolidation

– –

41c Others that should be deducted from additional tier 1 capital – – 42 Undeducted shortfall that should be deducted from tier 2

capital – –

43 Total regulatory adjustments to additional tier 1 capital

– –

44 Additional tier 1 capital 200,207 200,249

45 Tier 1 capital (core tier 1 capital + additional tier 1 capital)

2,711,433 2,657,523

Tier 2 capital: 46 Tier 2 capital instruments and related premium 252,624 272,680 X17 47 Invalid instruments to tier 2 capital after the transition

period 40,570 60,855

48 Valid portion of minority interests 1,310 1,707 X27 49 Including: Invalid portion to tier 2 capital after the

transition period 65 439

50 Valid portion of surplus provision for loan impairment 196,774 189,569 X02+X04 51 Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustments 450,708 463,956 Tier 2 capital: Regulatory adjustments 52 Direct or indirect investments in own tier 2 instruments – – 53 Reciprocal cross-holdings in tier 2 capital between banks

or between banks and other financial institutions – –

54 Deductible portion of non-significant minority investment in tier 2 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

– –

55 Significant minority investments in tier 2 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

– – X31

56a Investments in tier 2 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are under control but not subject to consolidation

– –

56b Shortfall in tier 2 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are under control but not subject to consolidation

– –

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

195I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Item 30 June

2020 31 December

2019 Reference

56c Others that should be deducted from tier 2 capital – – 57 Total regulatory adjustments to tier 2 capital – –

58 Tier 2 capital 450,708 463,956

59 Total capital (tier 1 capital+ tier 2 capital) 3,162,141 3,121,479

60 Total risk-weighted assets 19,769,139 18,616,886

Requirements for capital adequacy ratio and reserve capital 61 Core tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 12.70% 13.20% 62 Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 13.72% 14.27% 63 Capital adequacy ratio 16.00% 16.77%

64 Institution specific buffer requirement 4.0% 4.0% 65 Including: Capital conservation buffer requirement 2.5% 2.5% 66 Including: Countercyclical buffer requirement – – 67 Including: G-SIB buffer requirement 1.5% 1.5% 68 Percentage of core tier 1 capital meeting buffers to

risk-weighted assets 7.70% 8.20%

Domestic minima for regulatory capital 69 Core tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 5.0% 5.0% 70 Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 6.0% 6.0% 71 Capital adequacy ratio 8.0% 8.0%

Amounts below the thresholds for deduction 72 Undeducted portion of non-significant minority

investments in capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

99,602 84,515 X05+X07+X08+ X09+X12+X29+X30

73 Undeducted portion of significant minority investments in capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

35,320 37,654 X06+X10+X13

74 Mortgage servicing rights (net of deferred tax liabilities) N/A N/A 75 Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences

(net of deferred tax liabilities) 61,975 60,846

Valid caps of surplus provision for loan impairment in tier 2 capital

76 Provision for loan impairment under the weighted approach 19,733 17,647 X01 77 Valid cap of surplus provision for loan impairment in

tier 2 capital under the weighted approach 9,389 7,923 X02

78 Surplus provision for loan impairment under the internal ratings-based approach

505,594 460,851 X03

79 Valid cap of surplus provision for loan impairment in tier 2 capital under the internal ratings-based approach

187,385 181,646 X04

Capital instruments subject to phase-out arrangements 80 Valid cap to core tier 1 capital instruments for

the current period due to phase-out arrangements – –

81 Excluded from core tier 1 capital due to cap – – 82 Valid cap to additional tier 1 capital instruments for the

current period due to phase-out arrangements – –

83 Excluded from additional tier 1 capital due to cap – – 84 Valid cap to tier 2 capital instruments for the current

period due to phase-out arrangements 40,570 60,855

85 Excluded from tier 2 capital for the current period due to cap

83,671 63,383

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

196

(ii) Consolidated financial statements

30 June 2020 Consolidated

balance sheet as in published

financial statements*

30 June 2020 Balance sheet

under regulatory

scope of consolidation*

31 December 2019 Consolidated

balance sheet as in published

financial statements*

31 December 2019 Balance sheet

under regulatory

scope of consolidation*

Assets Cash and balances with central banks 3,542,538 3,542,538 3,317,916 3,317,916 Due from banks and other financial institutions 622,255 584,993 475,325 450,976 Precious metals 313,702 313,702 238,061 238,061 Placements with banks and other financial institutions 620,816 620,816 567,043 567,043 Derivative financial assets 76,931 76,931 68,311 68,311 Reverse repurchase agreements 1,371,519 1,370,659 845,186 841,954 Loans and advances to customers 17,503,330 17,502,039 16,326,552 16,325,339 Financial investments 8,365,593 8,234,804 7,647,117 7,528,268 — Financial investments measured at FVTPL 1,023,536 979,682 962,078 921,042 — Financial investments measured at FVOCI 1,527,183 1,498,520 1,476,872 1,451,357 — Financial investments measured at amortised cost 5,814,874 5,756,602 5,208,167 5,155,869 Long-term equity investments 28,327 36,307 32,490 40,470 Fixed assets 242,700 242,646 244,902 244,846 Construction in progress 42,055 42,054 39,714 39,712 Deferred income tax assets 64,112 64,112 62,536 62,536 Other assets 318,132 304,225 244,283 230,111

Total assets 33,112,010 32,935,826 30,109,436 29,955,543

Liabilities

Due to central banks 32,443 32,443 1,017 1,017

Due to banks and other financial institutions 2,382,150 2,382,150 1,776,320 1,776,320

Placements from banks and other financial institutions 591,487 591,487 490,253 490,253

Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL 125,686 125,686 102,242 102,242

Derivative financial liabilities 104,134 104,134 85,180 85,180

Repurchase agreements 250,847 247,498 263,273 254,926

Certificates of deposit 343,456 343,456 355,428 355,428

Due to customers 25,067,870 25,067,870 22,977,655 22,977,655

Employee benefits payable 29,833 29,601 35,301 34,960

Taxes payable 71,287 71,233 109,601 109,545

Debt securities issued 726,613 726,613 742,875 742,875

Deferred income tax liabilities 2,627 2,137 1,873 1,690

Other liabilities 636,821 473,235 476,415 339,246

Total liabilities 30,365,254 30,197,543 27,417,433 27,271,337

(*) Prepared in accordance with PRC GAAP.

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

197I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

30 June 2020 Consolidated

balance sheet as in published

financial statements*

30 June 2020 Balance sheet

under regulatory

scope of consolidation*

31 December 2019 Consolidated

balance sheet as in published

financial statements*

31 December 2019 Balance sheet

under regulatory

scope of consolidation*

Equity

Share capital 356,407 356,407 356,407 356,407

Other equity instruments 206,132 206,132 206,132 206,132

Capital reserve 148,563 148,563 149,067 149,067

Other comprehensive income (1,212) (1,098) (1,266) (1,083)

Surplus reserve 292,768 292,625 292,291 292,149

General reserve 305,148 305,006 305,019 304,876

Retained profits 1,423,060 1,421,369 1,368,536 1,367,180

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent company 2,730,866 2,729,004 2,676,186 2,674,728

Minority interests 15,890 9,279 15,817 9,478

Total equity 2,746,756 2,738,283 2,692,003 2,684,206

(*) Prepared in accordance with PRC GAAP.

(iii) Description of related items

Item

30 June 2020 Balance sheet

under regulatory scope of

consolidation Reference

Loans and advances to customers 17,502,039 Total loans and advances to customers 18,027,366 Less: Provision for loan impairment under the weighted approach 19,733 X01 Including: Valid cap of surplus provision for loan impairment in tier 2

capital under the weighted approach 9,389 X02

Less: Provision for loan impairment under the internal ratings-based approach 505,594 X03 Including: Valid cap of surplus provision for loan impairment in tier 2

capital under the internal ratings-based approach 187,385 X04

Financial investments Financial investments measured at FVTPL 979,682 Including: Non-significant minority investments in core tier 1

capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

85 X05

Including: Significant minority investments in core tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

4,158 X06

Including: Non-significant minority investments in additional tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

5,465 X07

Including: Non-significant minority investments in tier 2 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

85,119 X08

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

198

Item

30 June 2020 Balance sheet

under regulatory scope of

consolidation Reference

Financial investments measured at FVOCI 1,498,520 Including: Non-significant minority investments in core tier 1

capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

7,422 X09

Including: Significant minority investments in core tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

3,520 X10

Including: Non-significant minority investments in tier 2 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

– X29

Financial investments measured at amortised cost 5,756,602 Including: Non-significant minority investments in tier 2

capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

1,489 X30

Including: Significant minority investments in tier 2 capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

– X31

Long-term equity investments 36,307 Including: Investment in core tier 1 capital instruments issued by financial

institutions that are under control but not subject to consolidation 7,980 X11

Including: Undeducted portion of non-significant minority investments in capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

22 X12

Including: Undeducted portion of significant minority investments in capital instruments issued by financial institutions that are not subject to consolidation

27,642 X13

Other assets 304,225 Interest receivable 2,037 Intangible assets 19,971 X14 Including: Land use rights 16,367 X15 Other receivables 237,271 Goodwill 9,128 X16 Long-term deferred expenses 3,877 Repossessed assets 8,956 Others 22,985 Debt securities issued 726,613 Including: Valid portion of tier 2 capital instruments and their premium 252,624 X17 Share capital 356,407 X18 Other equity instruments 206,132 Including: Preference shares 119,469 X28 Including: Perpetual bonds 79,987 X32 Capital reserve 148,563 X19 Other comprehensive income (1,098) X24 Reserve for changes in fair value of financial assets 26,297 Reserve for cash flow hedging (5,305) Including: Cash flow hedge reserves that relate to the hedging of

items that are not fair valued on the balance sheet (4,987) X20

Changes in share of other owners’ equity of associates and joint ventures (374) Foreign currency translation reserve (20,697) Others (1,019)

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

199I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Item

30 June 2020 Balance sheet

under regulatory scope of

consolidation Reference

Surplus reserve 292,625 X21 General reserve 305,006 X22 Retained profits 1,421,369 X23 Minority interests 9,279 Including: Valid portion to core tier 1 capital 4,079 X25 Including: Valid portion to additional tier 1 capital 751 X26 Including: Valid portion to tier 2 capital 1,310 X27

(iv) Main features of eligible capital instruments

As at 30 June 2020, the main features of the Bank’s eligible capital instruments are set out as follows:

Main features of regulatory capital instrument

Ordinary shares (A share)

Ordinary shares (H share)

Preference shares (Offshore)

Preference shares (Domestic)

Undated additional tier 1 capital bonds

(Domestic) Preference shares

(Domestic)

Issuer Unique identifier

The Bank 601398

The Bank 1398

The Bank 4604

The Bank 360011

The Bank 1928018

The Bank 360036

Governing law(s) of the instrument Securities Law of the People’s Republic of

China/China

Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong/Hong Kong,

China

The creation and issue of the Offshore

Preference Shares and the rights

and obligations (including non-

contractual rights and obligations)

attached to them are governed by, and

shall be construed in accordance with,

PRC law

Company Law of the People’s Republic

of China, Securities Law of the People’s Republic of China,

Guidance of the State Council on

Launch of Preference Shares Pilot, Trial

Administrative Measures on

Preference Shares, Guidance on

the Issuance of Preference Shares of

Commercial Banks to Replenish Tier 1

Capital/China

Governed by the Commercial Banking Law of the People’s Republic of China,

the Regulation Governing Capital

of Commercial Banks (Provisional) and the Measures for Administration of Financial Bond

Issuance in China’s Inter-bank Bond

Market, as well as other applicable

laws, regulations and normative documents

/China

Company Law of the People’s Republic

of China, Securities Law of the People’s Republic of China,

Guidance of the State Council on

Launch of Preference Shares Pilot, Trial

Administrative Measures on

Preference Shares, Guidance on

the Issuance of Preference Shares of

Commercial Banks to Replenish Tier 1

Capital/China

Regulatory treatment

Including: Transition arrangement of Regulation Governing Capital of Commercial Banks (Provisional)

Core tier 1 capital Core tier 1 capital Additional tier 1 capital

Additional tier 1 capital

Additional tier 1 capital

Additional tier 1 capital

Including: Post-transition arrangement of Regulation Governing Capital of Commercial Banks (Provisional)

Core tier 1 capital Core tier 1 capital Additional tier 1 capital

Additional tier 1 capital

Additional tier 1 capital

Additional tier 1 capital

Including: Eligible to the parent company/group level

Parent company/ Group

Parent company/ Group

Parent company/ Group

Parent company/ Group

Parent company/ Group

Parent company/ Group

Instrument type Core tier 1 capital instrument

Core tier 1 capital instrument

Additional tier 1 capital instrument

Additional tier 1 capital instrument

Additional tier 1 capital instrument

Additional tier 1 capital instrument

Amount recognised in regulatory capital (in millions, as at the latest reporting date)

RMB 336,553 RMB 168,374 RMB equivalent 4,542

RMB 44,947 RMB 79,987 RMB 69,981

Par value of instrument (in millions) Accounting treatment

RMB 269,612 Share capital,

Capital reserve

RMB 86,795 Share capital,

Capital reserve

EUR 600 Other equity

RMB 45,000 Other equity

RMB 80,000 Other equity

RMB 70,000 Other equity

Original date of issuance 19 October 2006 19 October 2006 10 December 2014 18 November 2015 26 July 2019 19 September 2019 Perpetual or dated Including: Original maturity date

Perpetual No maturity date

Perpetual No maturity date

Perpetual No maturity date

Perpetual No maturity date

Perpetual No maturity date

Perpetual No maturity date

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

200

Main features of regulatory capital instrument

Ordinary shares (A share)

Ordinary shares (H share)

Preference shares (Offshore)

Preference shares (Domestic)

Undated additional tier 1 capital bonds

(Domestic) Preference shares

(Domestic)

Issuer call (subject to prior supervisory approval)

No No Yes Yes Yes Yes

Including: Optional call date, contingent call dates and redemption amount

N/A N/A The First Redemption Date

is 10 December 2021, in full or partial amount

The First Redemption Date

is 18 November 2020, in full or partial amount

The First Redemption Date

is 30 July 2024, in full or partial amount

The First Redemption Date is 24 September 2024, in full or partial amount

Including: Subsequent call dates, if applicable

N/A N/A 10 December in each year after the First Redemption Date

Commences on the First Redemption

Date (18 November 2020) and ends

on the completion date of redemption

or conversion of all the Domestic

Preference Shares

Redemption of present bonds in full or in part on each Distribution

Payment Date since the First Redemption Date (30 July 2024).

The Issuer has the right to redeem the

present bonds in full rather than in part if the present

bonds are no longer qualified as additional

tier 1 capital after they are issued due

to unpredictable changes in regulatory

rules

Commences on the First Redemption

Date (24 September 2024) and ends

on the completion date of redemption

or conversion of all the Domestic

Preference Shares

Coupons/dividends

Including: Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

Floating Floating Fixed to floating Fixed to floating Fixed to floating Fixed to floating

Including: Coupon rate and any related index

N/A N/A 6% (dividend rate) before

10 December 2021

4.5% (dividend rate) before

18 November 2020

4.45% (interest rate) before 30 July

2024

4.2% (dividend rate) before

24 September 2024 Including: Existence of a dividend stopper

N/A N/A Yes Yes Yes Yes

Including: Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory cancellation of coupons/dividends

Fully discretionary Fully discretionary Partially discretionary Partially discretionary Partially discretionary Partially discretionary

Including: Redemption incentive mechanism

No No No No No No

Including: Non-cumulative or cumulative

Non-cumulative Non-cumulative Non-cumulative Non-cumulative Non-cumulative Non-cumulative

Convertible or non-convertible No No Yes Yes No Yes Including: If convertible, conversion trigger(s)

N/A N/A Additional Tier 1 Capital Trigger Event or Tier 2 Capital Trigger

Event

Additional Tier 1 Capital Trigger Event or Tier 2 Capital Trigger

Event

N/A Additional Tier 1 Capital Trigger Event or Tier 2 Capital Trigger

Event

Including: If convertible, fully or partially

N/A N/A Fully or partially convertible when

an Additional Tier 1 Capital Trigger

Event occurs; fully convertible when

a Tier 2 Capital Trigger Event

occurs

Fully or partially convertible when

an Additional Tier 1 Capital Trigger

Event occurs; fully convertible when

a Tier 2 Capital Trigger Event

occurs

N/A Fully or partially convertible when

an Additional Tier 1 Capital Trigger

Event occurs; fully convertible when

a Tier 2 Capital Trigger Event

occurs

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

201I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Main features of regulatory capital instrument

Ordinary shares (A share)

Ordinary shares (H share)

Preference shares (Offshore)

Preference shares (Domestic)

Undated additional tier 1 capital bonds

(Domestic) Preference shares

(Domestic)

Including: If convertible, conversion rate

N/A N/A The initial conversion price

is equal to the average trading

price of the H shares of the Bank for the

20 trading days preceding 25 July 2014, the date of publication of the

Board resolution in respect of the

issuance plan

The initial conversion price

is equal to the average trading

price of the A shares of the Bank for the

20 trading days preceding 25 July 2014, the date of publication of the

Board resolution in respect of the

issuance plan

N/A The initial conversion price

is equal to the average trading

price of the A shares of the Bank for the

20 trading days preceding 30 August

2018, the date of publication of the

Board resolution in respect of the

issuance plan Including: If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

N/A N/A Mandatory Mandatory N/A Mandatory

Including: If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into

N/A N/A Core tier 1 capital Core tier 1 capital N/A Core tier 1 capital

Including: If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into

N/A N/A The Bank The Bank N/A The Bank

Write-down feature No No No No Yes No Including: If write-down, write-down trigger(s)

N/A N/A N/A N/A Additional Tier 1 Capital Trigger Event or Tier 2 Capital Trigger

Event

N/A

Including: If write-down, full or partial

N/A N/A N/A N/A Full or partial write-down when

an Additional Tier 1 Capital Trigger

Event occurs; full write-down

when a Tier 2 Capital Trigger

Event occurs

N/A

Including: If write-down, permanent or temporary

N/A N/A N/A N/A Permanent write-down

N/A

Including: If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

Subordinated to depositor, general

creditor, creditor of the subordinated

debts, and preference shareholders

Subordinated to depositor, general

creditor, creditor of the subordinated

debts, and preference shareholders

Subordinated to deposits, general

debts, subordinated debts, tier 2 capital bonds and undated

additional tier 1 capital bonds

Subordinated to deposits, general

debts, subordinated debts, tier 2 capital bonds and undated

additional tier 1 capital bonds

Subordinated to deposits, general

debts, subordinated debts and tier 2

capital bonds

Subordinated to deposits, general

debts, subordinated debts, tier 2 capital bonds and undated

additional tier 1 capital bonds

Non-compliant transitioned features No No No No No No Including: If yes, specify non-compliant features

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

202

Main features of regulatory capital instrument Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds

Issuer The Bank The Bank The Bank Unique identifier Rule 144A

ISIN: US455881AD47 Regulation S ISIN:

USY39656AC06

1728021 1728022

Governing law(s) of the instrument

The Notes and the Fiscal Agency Agreement shall

be governed by, and shall be construed in

accordance with, New York law, except that the

provisions of the Notes relating to subordination

shall be governed by, and construed in accordance

with, PRC law

Governed by the Commercial Banking Law of the People’s Republic of China,

the Regulation Governing Capital

of Commercial Banks (Provisional) and

the Measures for Administration of Financial Bond

Issuance in China’s Inter-bank Bond

Market, as well as other applicable

laws, regulations and normative documents

Governed by the Commercial Banking Law of the People’s Republic of China,

the Regulation Governing Capital

of Commercial Banks (Provisional) and

the Measures for Administration of Financial Bond

Issuance in China’s Inter-bank Bond

Market, as well as other applicable

laws, regulations and normative documents

Regulatory treatment

Including: Transition arrangement of Regulation Governing Capital of Commercial Banks (Provisional)

Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital

Including: Post-transition arrangement of Regulation Governing Capital of Commercial Banks (Provisional)

Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital

Including: Eligible to the parent company/group level

Parent company/ Group

Parent company/ Group

Parent company/ Group

Instrument type Tier 2 capital instrument Tier 2 capital instrument Tier 2 capital instrument Amount recognised in regulatory capital (in millions, as at the latest reporting date)

RMB equivalent 14,053

RMB 44,000 RMB 44,000

Par value of instrument (in millions)

USD 2,000 RMB 44,000 RMB 44,000

Accounting treatment Debt securities issued Debt securities issued Debt securities issued Original date of issuance 21 September 2015 06 November 2017 20 November 2017 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated Including: Original maturity date

21 September 2025 08 November 2027 22 November 2027

Issuer call (subject to prior supervisory approval)

No Yes Yes

Including: Optional call date, contingent call dates and redemption amount

N/A 08 November 2022, in full amount

22 November 2022, in full amount

Including: Subsequent call dates, if applicable

N/A N/A N/A

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

203I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Main features of regulatory capital instrument Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds

Coupons/dividends

Including: Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

Fixed Fixed Fixed

Including: Coupon rate and any related index

4.875% 4.45% 4.45%

Including: Existence of a dividend stopper

No No No

Including: Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory cancellation of coupons/dividends

Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory

Including: Redemption incentive mechanism

No No No

Including: Non-cumulative or cumulative

Non-cumulative Non-cumulative Non-cumulative

Convertible or non-convertible No No No Including: If convertible, conversion trigger(s)

N/A N/A N/A

Including: If convertible, fully or partially

N/A N/A N/A

Including: If convertible, conversion rate

N/A N/A N/A

Including: If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

N/A N/A N/A

Including: If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into

N/A N/A N/A

Including: If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into

N/A N/A N/A

Write-down feature Yes Yes Yes Including: If write-down, write-down trigger(s)

Whichever occurs earlier: (i) CBIRC having decided

that a write-down is necessary, without which the Issuer would become

non-viable; or (ii) any relevant authority having

decided that a public sector injection of capital

or equivalent support is necessary, without which the Issuer would become

non-viable

Whichever occurs earlier: (i) CBIRC having decided

that a write-down is necessary, without which the Issuer would become

non-viable; or (ii) any relevant authority having

decided that a public sector injection of capital

or equivalent support is necessary, without which the Issuer would become

non-viable

Whichever occurs earlier: (i) CBIRC having decided

that a write-down is necessary, without which the Issuer would become

non-viable; or (ii) any relevant authority having

decided that a public sector injection of capital

or equivalent support is necessary, without which the Issuer would become

non-viable Including: If write-down, full or partial

Partial or full write-down Partial or full write-down Partial or full write-down

Including: If write-down, permanent or temporary

Permanent write-down Permanent write-down Permanent write-down

Including: If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

N/A N/A N/A

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

204

Main features of regulatory capital instrument Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds

Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

Subordinated to depositor and general creditor, pari passu with other

subordinated debts

Subordinated to depositor and general creditor; but

senior to equity capital, other tier 1 capital

instruments and hybrid capital bonds; pari passu with other subordinated

debts that have been issued by the Issuer and are pari passu with the

present bonds; and pari passu with other tier 2

capital instruments that will possibly be issued in the

future and are pari passu with the present bonds

Subordinated to depositor and general creditor; but

senior to equity capital, other tier 1 capital

instruments and hybrid capital bonds; pari passu with other subordinated

debts that have been issued by the Issuer and are pari passu with the

present bonds; and pari passu with other tier 2

capital instruments that will possibly be issued in the

future and are pari passu with the present bonds

Non-compliant transitioned features

No No No

Including: If yes, specify non-compliant features

N/A N/A N/A

Main features of regulatory capital instrument Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds

Issuer The Bank The Bank The Bank The Bank Unique identifier 1928006 1928007 1928011 1928012 Governing law(s) of the instrument

Governed by the Commercial Banking Law of the People’s Republic of China,

the Regulation Governing Capital

of Commercial Banks (Provisional) and the Measures for Administration of Financial Bond

Issuance in China’s Inter-bank Bond

Market, as well as other applicable

laws, regulations and normative documents

Governed by the Commercial Banking Law of the People’s Republic of China,

the Regulation Governing Capital

of Commercial Banks (Provisional) and the Measures for Administration of Financial Bond

Issuance in China’s Inter-bank Bond

Market, as well as other applicable

laws, regulations and normative documents

Governed by the Commercial Banking Law of the People’s Republic of China,

the Regulation Governing Capital

of Commercial Banks (Provisional) and the Measures for Administration of Financial Bond

Issuance in China’s Inter-bank Bond

Market, as well as other applicable

laws, regulations and normative documents

Governed by the Commercial Banking Law of the People’s Republic of China,

the Regulation Governing Capital

of Commercial Banks (Provisional) and the Measures for Administration of Financial Bond

Issuance in China’s Inter-bank Bond

Market, as well as other applicable

laws, regulations and normative documents

Regulatory treatment

Including: Transition arrangement of Regulation Governing Capital of Commercial Banks (Provisional)

Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

205I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Main features of regulatory capital instrument Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds Including: Post-transition arrangement of Regulation Governing Capital of Commercial Banks (Provisional)

Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital

Including: Eligible to the parent company/group level

Parent company/ Group

Parent company/ Group

Parent company/ Group

Parent company/ Group

Instrument type Tier 2 capital instrument

Tier 2 capital instrument

Tier 2 capital instrument

Tier 2 capital instrument

Amount recognised in regulatory capital (in millions, as at the latest reporting date)

RMB45,000 RMB10,000 RMB45,000 RMB10,000

Par value of instrument (in millions)

RMB45,000 RMB10,000 RMB45,000 RMB10,000

Accounting treatment Debt securities issued Debt securities issued Debt securities issued Debt securities issued Original date of issuance 21 March 2019 21 March 2019 24 April 2019 24 April 2019 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated Dated Including: Original maturity date

25 March 2029 25 March 2034 26 April 2029 26 April 2034

Issuer call (subject to prior supervisory approval)

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Including: Optional call date, contingent call dates and redemption amount

25 March 2024, in full amount

25 March 2029, in full amount

26 April 2024, in full amount

26 April 2029, in full amount

Including: Subsequent call dates, if applicable

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Coupons/dividends

Including: Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed

Including: Coupon rate and any related index

4.26% 4.51% 4.40% 4.69%

Including: Existence of a dividend stopper

No No No No

Including: Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory cancellation of coupons/dividends

Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory

Including: Redemption incentive mechanism

No No No No

Including: Non-cumulative or cumulative

Non-cumulative Non-cumulative Non-cumulative Non-cumulative

Convertible or non-convertible No No No No Including: If convertible, conversion trigger(s)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Including: If convertible, fully or partially

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Including: If convertible, conversion rate

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Including: If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

206

Main features of regulatory capital instrument Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds Tier 2 capital bonds Including: If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Including: If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Write-down feature Yes Yes Yes Yes Including: If write-down, write-down trigger(s)

Whichever occurs earlier: (i) CBIRC

having decided that a write-down is

necessary, without which the Issuer

would become non-viable; or (ii) any

relevant authority having decided

that a public sector injection of capital or

equivalent support is necessary, without

which the Issuer would become

non-viable

Whichever occurs earlier: (i) CBIRC

having decided that a write-down is

necessary, without which the Issuer

would become non-viable; or (ii) any

relevant authority having decided

that a public sector injection of capital or

equivalent support is necessary, without

which the Issuer would become

non-viable

Whichever occurs earlier: (i) CBIRC

having decided that a write-down is

necessary, without which the Issuer

would become non-viable; or (ii) any

relevant authority having decided

that a public sector injection of capital or

equivalent support is necessary, without

which the Issuer would become

non-viable

Whichever occurs earlier: (i) CBIRC

having decided that a write-down is

necessary, without which the Issuer

would become non-viable; or (ii) any

relevant authority having decided

that a public sector injection of capital or

equivalent support is necessary, without

which the Issuer would become

non-viable

Including: If write-down, full or partial

Partial or full write-down

Partial or full write-down

Partial or full write-down

Partial or full write-down

Including: If write-down, permanent or temporary

Permanent write-down

Permanent write-down

Permanent write-down

Permanent write-down

Including: If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

Subordinated to depositor and

general creditor, but senior to equity capital, other tier 1 capital instruments and hybrid capital

bonds; pari passu with other

subordinated debts that have been issued

by the Issuer and are pari passu with the present bonds;

and pari passu with other tier 2 capital

instruments that will possibly be issued in

the future and are pari passu with the

present bonds

Subordinated to depositor and

general creditor, but senior to equity capital, other tier 1 capital instruments and hybrid capital

bonds; pari passu with other

subordinated debts that have been issued

by the Issuer and are pari passu with the present bonds;

and pari passu with other tier 2 capital

instruments that will possibly be issued in

the future and are pari passu with the

present bonds

Subordinated to depositor and

general creditor, but senior to equity capital, other tier 1 capital instruments and hybrid capital

bonds; pari passu with other

subordinated debts that have been issued

by the Issuer and are pari passu with the present bonds;

and pari passu with other tier 2 capital

instruments that will possibly be issued in

the future and are pari passu with the

present bonds

Subordinated to depositor and

general creditor, but senior to equity capital, other tier 1 capital instruments and hybrid capital

bonds; pari passu with other

subordinated debts that have been issued

by the Issuer and are pari passu with the present bonds;

and pari passu with other tier 2 capital

instruments that will possibly be issued in

the future and are pari passu with the

present bonds Non-compliant transitioned features

No No No No

Including: If yes, specify non-compliant features

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

207I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(g) Disclosure of Leverage Ratio

The following information is disclosed in accordance with the Administrative Measures for Leverage Ratio of Commercial Banks (Revised) (CBRC No.1, 2015) Appendix 3 Disclosure Templates of Leverage Ratio.

Comparison of Regulatory Leverage Ratio Items and Accounting Items

S/N Item 30 June

2020 31 December

2019

1 Total consolidated assets as per published financial statements 33,112,010 30,109,436 2 Consolidated adjustments for accounting purposes but outside

the scope of regulatory consolidation (176,184) (153,893)

3 Adjustments for fiduciary assets – – 4 Adjustments for derivative financial instruments 104,141 12,352 5 Adjustment for securities financing transactions 28,832 18,975 6 Adjustment for off-balance sheet items 2,186,540 2,010,844 7 Other adjustments (15,725) (15,500) 8 Balance of adjusted on- and off-balance sheet assets 35,239,614 31,982,214

Leverage Ratio, Net Tier 1 Capital, Balance of Adjusted On- and Off-balance Sheet Assets and Related Information

S/N Item 30 June

2020 31 December

2019

1 On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives and SFTs, but including collateral)

31,888,096 29,507,681

2 Less: Asset amounts deducted in determining Basel III Tier 1 capital (15,725) (15,500) 3 Balance of adjusted on-balance sheet assets (excluding derivatives and SFTs) 31,872,371 29,492,181 4 Replacement cost associated with all derivatives transactions (i.e. net of

eligible cash variation margin) 86,637 74,843

5 Add-on amounts for PFE associated with all derivatives transactions 70,931 70,072 6 Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided where deducted from the

balance sheet assets pursuant to the operative accounting framework – –

7 Less: Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions

– –

8 Less: Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures (11,136) (18,334) 9 Effective notional amount of written credit derivatives 64,740 32,286 10 Less: Adjusted effective notional deductions for written credit derivatives (20,394) (71,672) 11 Total derivative exposures 190,778 87,195 12 Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjusting for sale

accounting transactions 961,093 373,019

13 Less: Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets

– –

14 CCR exposure for SFT assets 28,832 18,975 15 Agent transaction exposures – – 16 Total securities financing transaction exposures 989,925 391,994 17 Off-balance sheet exposure at gross notional amount 5,437,627 5,025,875 18 Less: Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts (3,251,087) (3,015,031) 19 Balance of adjusted off-balance sheet assets 2,186,540 2,010,844 20 Net tier 1 capital 2,711,433 2,657,523 21 Balance of adjusted on- and off-balance sheet assets 35,239,614 31,982,214 22 Leverage ratio 7.69% 8.31%

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

208

(h) Quantitative Information Disclosure of Liquidity Coverage Ratio Using Advanced Approaches

Second-quarter 2020

S/N Item

Total un-weighted

value

Total weighted

value

High-quality liquid assets 1 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 5,505,166 Cash outflows 2 Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers, of which: 12,003,272 1,195,027 3 Stable deposits 80,989 2,799 4 Less stable deposits 11,922,283 1,192,228 5 Unsecured wholesale funding, of which: 13,931,031 4,633,916 6 Operational deposits (excluding those generated from correspondent

banking activities) 8,356,302 2,036,466

7 Non-operational deposits (all counterparties) 5,486,812 2,509,533 8 Unsecured debt 87,917 87,917 9 Secured funding 12,014 10 Additional requirements, of which: 3,104,901 1,210,246 11 Outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements 1,048,765 1,048,765 12 Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products – – 13 Credit and liquidity facilities 2,056,136 161,481 14 Other contractual funding obligations 65,748 65,223 15 Other contingent funding obligations 4,356,394 124,401 16 Total cash outflows 7,240,827 Cash inflows 17 Secured lending (including reverse repos and securities borrowing) 1,498,354 1,040,663 18 Inflows from fully performing exposures 1,578,025 1,141,104 19 Other cash inflows 1,020,559 1,015,693 20 Total cash inflows 4,096,938 3,197,460

Total adjusted value

21 Total HQLA 5,505,166 22 Total net cash outflows 4,043,367 23 Liquidity coverage ratio (%) 136.32%

Data of the above table are all the simple arithmetic means of the 91 natural days’ figures of the recent quarter.

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020

(In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

209I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

(i) Quantitative Information Disclosure of Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) Using Advanced Approaches

30 June 2020

Unweighted value by residual maturity

No. Item No maturity < 6 months 6 months to

< 1 year ≥ 1 year Weighted

value

Available stable funding (ASF) item 1 Capital: 2,928,483 – – 253,328 3,181,811 2 Regulatory capital 2,928,483 – – 252,624 3,181,107 3 Other capital instruments – – – 704 704 4 Retail deposits and deposits from

small business customers: 6,460,795 6,003,765 33,587 9,445 11,263,064

5 Stable deposits 30,038 58,748 16,973 6,836 107,306 6 Less stable deposits 6,430,757 5,945,017 16,614 2,609 11,155,758 7 Wholesale funding: 8,847,924 6,091,162 371,885 288,180 7,465,560 8 Operational deposits 8,519,454 276,325 67,200 3,258 4,434,747 9 Other wholesale funding 328,470 5,814,837 304,685 284,922 3,030,813 10 Liabilities with

matching interdependent assets – – – – –

11 Other liabilities: 9,258 1,066,356 40,993 524,749 471,974 12 NSFR derivative liabilities 82,529 13 All other liabilities and

equities not included in the above categories

9,258 1,066,356 40,993 442,220 471,974

14 Total ASF 22,382,409 Required stable funding (RSF) item 15 Total NSFR high-quality

liquid assets (HQLA) 795,765

16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes

164,009 20,049 12,098 1,924 100,364

17 Loans and securities: 4,892 4,214,846 2,922,789 14,475,393 15,135,479 18 Loans to financial institutions

secured by Level 1 HQLA – 885,518 1,738 9,725 142,705

19 Loans to financial institutions secured by non-Level 1 HQLA and unsecured loans to financial institutions

– 1,158,065 415,271 250,759 633,900

20 Loans to retail and small business customers, non-financial institutions, sovereigns, central banks and PSEs, of which:

– 1,879,124 2,310,747 8,119,410 8,931,727

21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II standardised approach for credit risk

– 373,094 465,052 245,109 569,271

22 Residential mortgages, of which: – 1,231 2,053 5,442,035 4,624,219 23 With a risk weight of

less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II standardised approach for credit risk

– 600 607 17,393 12,233

24 Securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities

4,892 290,908 192,980 653,464 802,928

25 Assets with matching interdependent liabilities

– – – – –

26 Other assets: 389,264 399,796 24,925 543,579 1,222,376 27 Physical traded commodities,

including gold 41,590 35,352

28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs

53,996 45,897

29 NSFR derivative assets 68,329 – 30 NSFR derivative liabilities with

additional variation margin posted

93,275* 18,655

31 All other assets not included in the above categories

347,674 399,796 24,925 421,254 1,122,472

32 Off-balance sheet items 7,008,275 247,123 33 Total RSF 17,501,107 34 Net Stable Funding Ratio (%) 127.89%

(*) The amount of derivative liabilities shall be recorded for this item, which is the amount of NSFR derivative liabilities without regard to maturity before deducting variation margin. It is excluded from the item 26 “Other assets”.

Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information For the six months ended 30 June 2020 (In RMB millions, unless otherwise stated)

210

31 March 2020

Unweighted value by residual maturity

No. Item No maturity < 6 months 6 months to

< 1 year ≥ 1 year Weighted

value

Available stable funding (ASF) item 1 Capital: 2,959,556 – – 253,371 3,212,927 2 Regulatory capital 2,959,556 – – 252,662 3,212,218 3 Other capital instruments – – – 709 709 4 Retail deposits and deposits from

small business customers: 6,474,423 5,809,405 27,728 9,123 11,094,075

5 Stable deposits 35,746 41,551 13,756 6,984 93,484 6 Less stable deposits 6,438,677 5,767,854 13,972 2,139 11,000,591 7 Wholesale funding: 8,365,580 5,935,486 295,345 327,487 7,159,312 8 Operational deposits 8,072,525 271,734 52,675 2,745 4,201,212 9 Other wholesale funding 293,055 5,663,752 242,670 324,742 2,958,100 10 Liabilities with

matching interdependent assets – – – – –

11 Other liabilities: 10,522 892,839 56,548 553,738 503,895 12 NSFR derivative liabilities 88,639 13 All other liabilities and

equities not included in the above categories

10,522 892,839 56,548 465,099 503,895

14 Total ASF 21,970,209 Required stable funding (RSF) item 15 Total NSFR high-quality

liquid assets (HQLA) 758,470

16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes

155,146 19,994 15,043 1,705 97,059

17 Loans and securities: 4,829 3,744,078 2,544,530 14,162,131 14,619,155 18 Loans to financial institutions

secured by Level 1 HQLA – 573,995 2,455 8,517 95,167

19 Loans to financial institutions secured by non-Level 1 HQLA and unsecured loans to financial institutions

– 975,681 185,078 237,584 477,300

20 Loans to retail and small business customers, non-financial institutions, sovereigns, central banks and PSEs, of which:

– 1,899,263 2,135,678 8,016,031 8,770,968

21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II standardised approach for credit risk

– 311,447 450,710 247,217 531,482

22 Residential mortgages, of which: – 1,261 2,060 5,287,683 4,493,161 23 With a risk weight of

less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II standardised approach for credit risk

– 614 631 17,764 12,690

24 Securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities

4,829 293,878 219,259 612,316 782,559

25 Assets with matching interdependent liabilities

– – – – –

26 Other assets: 383,961 443,537 20,321 545,714 1,270,786 27 Physical traded commodities,

including gold 37,267 31,677

28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs

52,755 44,842

29 NSFR derivative assets 82,176 – 30 NSFR derivative liabilities with

additional variation margin posted

101,071* 20,214

31 All other assets not included in the above categories

346,694 443,537 20,321 410,783 1,174,053

32 Off-balance sheet items 6,570,936 240,960 33 Total RSF 16,986,430 34 Net Stable Funding Ratio (%) 129.34%

(*) The amount of derivative liabilities shall be recorded for this item, which is the amount of NSFR derivative liabilities without regard to maturity before deducting variation margin. It is excluded from the item 26 “Other assets”.

List of Domestic and Overseas Branches and Offices

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0 211

Domestic Institutions

ANHUI PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 189 Wuhu Road,

Hefei City, Anhui Province, China

Postcode: 230001 Tel: 0551-62869178/62868101 Fax: 0551-62868077

BEIJING MUNICIPAL BRANCH Address: Tower B, Tianyin Mansion,

No. 2 Fuxingmen South Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, China

Postcode: 100031 Tel: 010-66410579 Fax: 010-66410579

CHONGQING MUNICIPAL BRANCH Address: No. 9 Jiangnan Road,

Nan’an District, Chongqing, China

Postcode: 400060 Tel: 023-62918002 Fax: 023-62918059

DALIAN BRANCH Address: No. 5 Zhongshan Square,

Dalian City, Liaoning Province, China

Postcode: 116001 Tel: 0411-82378888 Fax: 0411-82808377

FUJIAN PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 108 Gutian Road,

Fuzhou City, Fujian Province, China

Postcode: 350005 Tel: 0591-88087819/88087000 Fax: 0591-83353905/83347074

GANSU PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 408 Qingyang Road,

Chengguan District, Lanzhou City, Gansu Province, China

Postcode: 730030 Tel: 0931-8434172 Fax: 0931-8435166

GUANGDONG PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 123 Yanjiangxi

Road, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province, China

Postcode: 510120 Tel: 020-81308130 Fax: 020-81308789

GUANGXI AUTONOMOUS REGION BRANCH Address: No. 15-1 Jiaoyu Road,

Nanning City, Guangxi Autonomous Region, China

Postcode: 530022 Tel: 0771-5316617 Fax: 0771-5316617/2806043

GUIZHOU PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 200 Zhonghua North

Road, Yunyan District, Guiyang City, Guizhou Province, China

Postcode: 550001 Tel: 0851-88620004/88620018 Fax: 0851-85963911

HAINAN PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 54 Heping South

Road, Haikou City, Hainan Province, China

Postcode: 570203 Tel: 0898-65303138/65342829 Fax: 0898-65342986

HEBEI PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: Tower B, Zhonghua

Shangwu Tower, No. 188 Zhongshan West Road, Shijiazhuang City, Hebei Province, China

Postcode: 050051 Tel: 0311-66001999/66000001 Fax: 0311-66001889/66000002

HENAN PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 99 Jingsan Road,

Zhengzhou City, Henan Province, China

Postcode: 450011 Tel: 0371-65776888/65776808 Fax: 0371-65776889/65776988

HEILONGJIANG PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 218 Zhongyang

Street, Daoli District, Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, China

Postcode: 150010 Tel: 0451-84668023/84668577 Fax: 0451-84698115

HUBEI PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 31 Zhongbei Road,

Wuchang District, Wuhan City, Hubei Province, China

Postcode: 430071 Tel: 027-69908676/69908658 Fax: 027-69908040

HUNAN PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 619 Furong Middle

Road Yi Duan, Changsha City, Hunan Province, China

Postcode: 410011 Tel: 0731-84428833/84420000 Fax: 0731-84430039

JILIN PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 9559 Renmin Avenue,

Changchun City, Jilin Province, China

Postcode: 130022 Tel: 0431-89569718/89569007 Fax: 0431-88923808

JIANGSU PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 408 Zhongshan

South Road, Nanjing City, Jiangsu Province, China

Postcode: 210006 Tel: 025-52858000 Fax: 025-52858111

JIANGXI PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 233, Fuhe North Road,

Nanchang City, Jiangxi Province, China

Postcode: 330008 Tel: 0791-86695682/86695018 Fax: 0791-86695230

LIAONING PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 88 Nanjing North

Road, Heping District, Shenyang City, Liaoning Province, China

Postcode: 110001 Tel: 024-23491600 Fax: 024-23491609

INNER MONGOLIA AUTONOMOUS REGION BRANCH Address: No. 10 East 2nd Ring Road,

Xincheng District, Hohhot City, Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, China

Postcode: 010060 Tel: 0471-6940307/6940297 Fax: 0471-6940048

NINGBO BRANCH Address: No. 218 Zhongshan

West Road, Ningbo City, Zhejiang Province, China

Postcode: 315010 Tel: 0574-87361162 Fax: 0574-87361190

List of Domestic and Overseas Branches and Offices

212

NINGXIA AUTONOMOUS REGION BRANCH Address: No. 901 Huanghe East

Road, Jinfeng District, Yinchuan City, Ningxia Autonomous Region, China

Postcode: 750002 Tel: 0951-5029200 Fax: 0951-5042348

QINGDAO BRANCH Address: No. 25 Shandong Road,

Shinan District, Qingdao City, Shandong Province, China

Postcode: 266071 Tel: 0532-85809988-621031 Fax: 0532-85814711

QINGHAI PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 2 Shengli Road, Xining

City, Qinghai Province, China

Postcode: 810001 Tel: 0971-6169722/6152326 Fax: 0971-6152326

SHANDONG PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 310 Jingsi Road, Jinan

City, Shandong Province, China

Postcode: 250001 Tel: 0531-66681622 Fax: 0531-87941749

SHANXI PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 145 Yingze Street,

Taiyuan City, Shanxi Province, China

Postcode: 030001 Tel: 0351-6248888/6248011 Fax: 0351-6248004

SHAANXI PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 395 Dongxin Street,

Xi’an City, Shaanxi Province, China

Postcode: 710004 Tel: 029-87602608/87602630 Fax: 029-87602999

SHANGHAI MUNICIPAL BRANCH Address: No. 9 Pudong Avenue,

Pudong New District, Shanghai, China

Postcode: 200120 Tel: 021-58885888 Fax: 021-58882888

SHENZHEN BRANCH Address: North Block Financial

Center, No. 5055 Shennan East Road, Luohu District, Shenzhen City, Guangdong Province, China

Postcode: 518015 Tel: 0755-82246400 Fax: 0755-82246247

SICHUAN PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 45 Zongfu Road,

Jinjiang District, Chengdu City, Sichuan Province, China

Postcode: 610020 Tel: 028-82866000 Fax: 028-82866025

TIANJIN MUNICIPAL BRANCH Address: No. 123 Weidi Road, Hexi

District, Tianjin, China Postcode: 300074 Tel: 022-28400648 Fax: 022-28400123/28400647

XIAMEN BRANCH Address: No. 17 Hubin North

Road, Xiamen City, Fujian Province, China

Postcode: 361012 Tel: 0592-5292000 Fax: 0592-5054663

XINJIANG AUTONOMOUS REGION BRANCH Address: No. 231 Renmin Road,

Tianshan District, Urumqi, Xinjiang Autonomous Region, China

Postcode: 830002 Tel: 0991-5981888 Fax: 0991-2828608

TIBET AUTONOMOUS REGION BRANCH Address: No. 31 Jinzhu Mid-Rd.,

Lhasa, Tibet Autonomous Region

Postcode: 850000 Tel: 0891-6898019/6898002 Fax: 0891-6898001

YUNNAN PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: Bank Mansion, No. 395

Qingnian Road, Kunming City, Yunnan Province, China

Postcode: 650021 Tel: 0871-65536313 Fax: 0871-63134637

ZHEJIANG PROVINCIAL BRANCH Address: No. 66 Juyuan Road,

Jianggan District, Hangzhou City, Zhejiang Province, China

Postcode: 310016 Tel: 0571-87803888 Fax: 0571-87808207

ICBC Credit Suisse Asset Management Co., Ltd. Address: Tower A, Xinsheng Plaza,

No. 5 Financial Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, China

Postcode: 100033 Tel: 010-66583333 Fax: 010-66583158

ICBC Financial Leasing Co., Ltd. Address: No. 20 Plaza East Road,

Economic Development Zone, Tianjin, China

Postcode: 300457 Tel: 022-66283766/010-66105888 Fax: 022-66224510/010-66105999

ICBC-AXA Assurance Co., Ltd. Address: 19/F Mirae Asset Tower,

No. 166 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China

Postcode: 200120 Tel: 021-58792288 Fax: 021-58792299

ICBC Financial Asset Investment Co., Ltd. Address: 19–20/F, Tower B, Yang

Zi S&T Innovation Center Phase I, Jiangbei New Area, No. 211 Pubin Road, Nanjing City, Jiangsu Province, China

Postcode: 211800 Tel: 025-58172219

ICBC Wealth Management Co., Ltd. Address: COCP Fortune Center,

No. 96 Taipingqiao Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing, China

Postcode: 100032 Tel: 010-66076588 Fax: 010-81011513

ICBC Information and Technology Co., Ltd. Address: 1/F, Building C,

Enterprise Office Area, Xiongan Citizens Service Center, Rongcheng County, Xiongan District, China (Hebei) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Postcode: 071700 Tel: 010-58270028

Chongqing Bishan ICBC Rural Bank Co., Ltd. Address: No. 1 Aokang Avenue,

Bishan District, Chongqing, China

Postcode: 402760 Tel: 023-85297704 Fax: 023-85297709

Zhejiang Pinghu ICBC Rural Bank Co., Ltd. Address: No. 258 Chengnan

West Road, Pinghu City, Zhejiang Province, China

Postcode: 314200 Tel: 0573-85139616 Fax: 0573-85139626

213

List of Domestic and Overseas Branches and Offices

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Overseas Institutions

Hong Kong and Macau

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Hong Kong Branch Address: 33/F, ICBC Tower,

3 Garden Road, Central, Hong Kong, China

Email: [email protected] Tel: +852-25881188 Fax: +852-25881160 SWIFT: ICBKHKHH

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited Address: 33/F, ICBC Tower,

3 Garden Road, Central, Hong Kong, China

Email: [email protected] Tel: +852-35108888 Fax: +852-28051166 SWIFT: UBHKHKHH

ICBC International Holdings Limited Address: 37/F, ICBC Tower,

3 Garden Road, Central, Hong Kong, China

Email: [email protected] Tel: +852-26833888 Fax: +852-26833900 SWIFT: ICILHKH1

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Macau) Limited Address: 18th Floor, ICBC Tower,

Macau Landmark, 555 Avenida da Amizade, Macau, China

Email: [email protected] Tel: +853-28555222 Fax: +853-28338064 SWIFT: ICBKMOMX

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Macau Branch Address: Alm. Dr. Carlos

d’Assumpcao, No.393–437, 9 Andar, Edf. Dynasty Plaza, Macau, China

Email: [email protected] Tel: +853-28555222 Fax: +853-28338064 SWIFT: ICBKMOMM

Asia-Pacific

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Tokyo Branch Address: 5-1 Marunouchi 1-Chome,

Chiyoda-Ku Tokyo, 100-6512, Japan

Email: [email protected] Tel: +813-52232088 Fax: +813-52198525 SWIFT: ICBKJPJT

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Seoul Branch Address: 16th Floor, Taepyeongno

Bldg., #73 Sejong-daero, Jung-gu, Seoul 100-767, Korea

Email: [email protected] Tel: +82-237886670 Fax: +82-27553748 SWIFT: ICBKKRSE

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Busan Branch Address: 1st Floor, ABL Life Bldg.,

# 640 Jungang-daero, Busanjin-gu, Busan 47353, Korea

Email: [email protected] Tel: +82-514639058 Fax: +82-514636880 SWIFT: ICBKKRSE

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Mongolia Representative Office Address: Suite 1108, 11th floor,

Shangri-la Office, Shangri-la Centre, 19A Olympic Street, Sukhbaatar District-1, Ulaanbaatar, Mongolia

Email: [email protected] Tel: +976-77108822/77106677 Fax: +976-77108866

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Singapore Branch Address: 6 Raffles Quay #12-01,

Singapore 048580 Email: [email protected] Tel: +65-65381066 Fax: +65-65381370 SWIFT: ICBKSGSG

PT. Bank ICBC Indonesia Address: The City Tower

32nd Floor, Jl. M.H. Thamrin No. 81, Jakarta Pusat 10310, Indonesia

Email: [email protected] Tel: +62-2123556000 Fax: +62-2131996016 SWIFT: ICBKIDJA

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Malaysia) Berhad Address: Level 10, Menara Maxis,

Kuala Lumpur City Centre, 50088 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

Email: [email protected] Tel: +603-23013399 Fax: +603-23013388 SWIFT: ICBKMYKL

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Manila Branch Address: 24F, The Curve,

32nd Street Corner, 3rd Ave, BGC, Taguig City, Manila 1634, Philippines

Email: [email protected] Tel: +63-282803300 Fax: +63-284032023 SWIFT: ICBKPHMM

List of Domestic and Overseas Branches and Offices

214

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Thai) Public Company Limited Address: 622 Emporium Tower

11th–13th Fl., Sukhumvit Road, Khlong Ton, Khlong Toei, Bangkok, Thailand

Tel: +66-26295588 Fax: +66-26639888 SWIFT: ICBKTHBK

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Hanoi City Branch Address: 3rd Floor Daeha Business

Center, No. 360, Kim Ma Str., Ba Dinh Dist., Hanoi, Vietnam

Email: [email protected] Tel: +84-2462698888 Fax: +84-2462699800 SWIFT: ICBKVNVN

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Ho Chi Minh City Representative Office Address: 12th floor Deutsches Haus

building, 33 Le Duan Street, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

Email: [email protected] Tel: +84-28-35208991

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Vientiane Branch Address: Asean Road, Home

No. 358, Unit 12, Sibounheuang Village, Chanthabouly District, Vientiane Capital, Lao PDR

Email: [email protected] Tel: +856-21258888 Fax: +856-21258897 SWIFT: ICBKLALA

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Phnom Penh Branch Address: 17th Floor, Exchange

Square, No. 19–20, Street 106, Phnom Penh, Cambodia

Email: [email protected] Tel: +855-23955880 Fax: +855-23965268 SWIFT: ICBKKHPP

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Yangon Branch Address: ICBC Center, Crystal

Tower, Kyun Taw Road, Kamayut Township, Yangon, Myanmar

Tel: +95-019339258 Fax: +95-019339278 SWIFT: ICBKMMMY

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Almaty) Joint Stock Company Address: 150/230, Abai/Turgut

Ozal Street, Almaty, Kazakhstan. 050046

Email: [email protected] Tel: +7-7272377085 Fax: +7-7272377070 SWIFT: ICBKKZKX

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited Karachi Branch Address: 15th & 16th Floor,

Ocean Tower, G-3, Block-9, Scheme # 5, Main Clifton Road, Karachi, Pakistan.P.C:75600

Email: [email protected] Tel: +92-2135208988 Fax: +92-2135208930 SWIFT: ICBKPKKA

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Mumbai Branch Address: 801, 8th Floor, A Wing,

One BKC, C-66, G Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai-400051, India

Email: [email protected] Tel: +91-2271110300 Fax: +91-2271110353 SWIFT: ICBKINBB

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Dubai (DIFC) Branch Address: Floor 5&6, Gate Village

Building 1, Dubai International Financial Center, Dubai, United Arab Emirates P.O. Box: 506856

Email: [email protected] Tel: +971-47031111 Fax: +971-47031199 SWIFT: ICBKAEAD

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Abu Dhabi Branch Address: Addax Tower Offices

5207, 5208 and 5209, Al Reem Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates P.O. Box 62108

Email: [email protected] Tel: +971-24998600 Fax: +971-24998622 SWIFT: ICBKAEAA

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Doha (QFC) Branch Address: Level 20, Burj Doha, Al

Corniche Street, West Bay, Doha, Qatar P.O. BOX: 11217

Email: [email protected] Tel: +974-44072758 Fax: +974-44072751 SWIFT: ICBKQAQA

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Riyadh Branch Address: Level 4&8, A1 Faisaliah

Tower Building No: 7277-King Fahad Road Al Olaya, Zip Code: 12212, Additional No.: 3333, Unit No.:95, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

Email: [email protected] Tel: +966-112899800 Fax: +966-112899879 SWIFT: ICBKSARI

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Kuwait Branch Address: Building 2A(Al-Tijaria

Tower), Floor 7&8, Al-Soor Street, Al-Morqab, Block3, Kuwait City, Kuwait

Email: [email protected] Tel: +965-22281777 Fax: +965-22281799 SWIFT: ICBKKWKW

215

List of Domestic and Overseas Branches and Offices

I n t e r i m R e p o r t 2 0 2 0

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Sydney Branch Address: Level 42, Tower 1,

International Towers, 100 Barangaroo Avenue, Sydney NSW 2000 Australia

Email: [email protected] Tel: +612-94755588 Fax: +612-82885878 SWIFT: ICBKAU2S

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (New Zealand) Limited Address: Level 11, 188 Quay Street,

Auckland 1010, New Zealand

Email: [email protected] Tel: +64-93747288 Fax: +64-93747287 SWIFT: ICBKNZ2A

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Auckland Branch Address: Level 11, 188 Quay Street,

Auckland 1010, New Zealand

Email: [email protected] Tel: +64-93747288 Fax: +64-93747287 SWIFT: ICBKNZ22

Europe

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Frankfurt Branch Address: Bockenheimer Anlage 15,

60322 Frankfurt am Main, Germany

Email: [email protected] Tel: +49-6950604700 Fax: +49-6950604708 SWIFT: ICBKDEFF

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Luxembourg Branch Address: 32, Boulevard Royal,

L-2449 Luxembourg, B.P.278 L-2012 Luxembourg

Email: [email protected] Tel: +352-2686661 Fax: +352-26866666 SWIFT: ICBKLULL

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Europe) S.A. Address: 32, Boulevard Royal,

L-2449 Luxembourg, B.P.278 L-2012 Luxembourg

Email: [email protected] Tel: +352-2686661 Fax: +352-26866666 SWIFT: ICBKLULU

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Europe) S.A. Paris Branch Address: 73 Boulevard Haussmann,

75008, Paris, France Email: [email protected] Tel: +33-140065858 Fax: +33-140065899 SWIFT: ICBKFRPP

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Europe) S.A. Amsterdam Branch Address: Johannes Vermeerstraat

7-9, 1071 DK, Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Email: [email protected] Tel: +31-205706666 Fax: +31-206702774 SWIFT: ICBKNL2A

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Europe) S.A. Brussels Branch Address: 81, Avenue Louise,

1050 Brussels, Belgium Email: [email protected] Tel: +32-2-5398888 Fax: +32-2-5398870 SWIFT: ICBKBEBB

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Europe) S.A. Milan Branch Address: Via Tommaso Grossi 2,

20121, Milano, Italy Email: [email protected] Tel: +39-0200668899 Fax: +39-0200668888 SWIFT: ICBKITMM

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Europe) S.A. Sucursal en España Address: Paseo de Recoletos, 12,

28001, Madrid, España Email: [email protected] Tel: +34-902195588 Fax: +34-912168866 SWIFT: ICBKESMM

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Europe) S.A. Poland Branch Address: Plac Trzech Krzyży 18,

00-499, Warszawa, Poland Email: [email protected] Tel: +48-222788066 Fax: +48-222788090 SWIFT: ICBKPLPW

ICBC (London) PLC Address: 81 King William Street,

London EC4N 7BG, UK Email: [email protected] Tel: +44-2073978888 Fax: +44-2073978899 SWIFT: ICBKGB2L

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, London Branch Address: 81 King William Street,

London EC4N 7BG, UK Email: [email protected] Tel: +44-2073978888 Fax: +44-2073978890 SWIFT: ICBKGB3L

ICBC Standard Bank PLC Address: 20 Gresham Street,

London, United Kingdom, EC2V 7JE

Email: [email protected] Tel: +44-2031455000 Fax: +44-2031895000 SWIFT: SBLLGB2L

List of Domestic and Overseas Branches and Offices

216

Bank ICBC (joint stock company) Address: Building 29,

Serebryanicheskaya embankment, Moscow, Russia Federation 109028

Email: [email protected] Tel: +7-4952873099 Fax: +7-4952873098 SWIFT: ICBKRUMM

ICBC Turkey Bank Anonim Şirketi Address: Maslak Mah. Dereboyu,

2 Caddesi No: 13 34398 Sariyer, İSTANBUL

Email: [email protected] Tel: +90-2123355011 SWIFT: ICBKTRIS

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Prague Branch, odštěpný závod Address: 12F City Empiria,

Na Strži 1702/65, 14000 Prague 4 - Nusle, Czech Republic

Email: [email protected] Tel: +420-237762888 Fax: +420-237762899 SWIFT: ICBKCZPP

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Beijing, Zurich Branch Address: Nüschelerstrasse 1,

CH-8001, Zurich, Switzerland

Email: [email protected] Tel: +41-58-9095588 Fax: +41-58-9095577 SWIFT: ICBKCHZZ

ICBC Austria Bank GmbH Address: Kolingasse 4,

1090 Vienna, Austria Email: [email protected] Tel: +43-1-9395588 Fax: +43-1-9395588-6800 SWIFT: ICBKATWW

Americas

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, New York Branch Address: 725 Fifth Avenue,

20th Floor, New York, NY 10022, USA

Email: [email protected] Tel: +1-2128387799 Fax: +1-2128386688 SWIFT: ICBKUS33

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (USA) NA Address: 1633 Broadway,

28th Floor, New York, NY 10019

Email: [email protected] Tel: +1-2122388208 Fax: +1-2122193211 SWIFT: ICBKUS3N

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Financial Services LLC Address: 1633 Broadway,

28th Floor, New York, NY, 10019, USA

Email: [email protected] Tel: +1-2129937300 Fax: +1-2129937349 SWIFT: ICBKUS3F

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Canada) Address: Unit 3710, Bay Adelaide

Centre, 333 Bay Street, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 2R2, Canada

Email: [email protected] Tel: +1-4163665588 Fax: +1-4166072000 SWIFT: ICBKCAT2

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Mexico S.A. Address: Paseo de la Reforma 250,

Piso 18, Col. Juarez, C.P.06600, Del. Cuauhtemoc, Ciudad de Mexico

Email: [email protected] Tel: +52-5541253388 SWIFT: ICBKMXMM

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Brasil) S.A. Address: Av. Brigadeiro Faria Lima,

3477-Block B-6 andar-SAO PAULO/SP-Brasil

Email: [email protected] Tel: +55-1123956600 SWIFT: ICBKBRSP

ICBC PERU BANK Address: Calle Las Orquideas 585,

Oficina 501, San Isidro, Lima, Peru

Email: [email protected] Tel: +51-16316801 Fax: +51-16316803 SWIFT: ICBKPEPL

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Argentina) S.A. Address: Blvd. Cecilia Grierson 355,

(C1107 CPG) Buenos Aires, Argentina

Email: [email protected] Tel: +54-1148203784 Fax: +54-1148201901 SWIFT: ICBKARBA

ICBC Investments Argentina S.A. Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión Address: Blvd.Cecilia Grierson 355,

Piso 14, (C1107CPG) CABA, Argentina

Email: [email protected] Tel: +54-1143949432

Inversora Diagonal S.A. Address: Florida 99, (C1105CPG)

CABA, Argentina Tel: +54-1148202200

Africa

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, African Representative Office Address 1: 47 Price Drive,

Constantia, Cape Town, South Africa, 7806

Address 2: T11, 2nd Floor East, 30 Baker Street, Rosebank, Johannesburg, Gauteng, South Africa, 2196

Email: [email protected] Tel: +27-713301141

Interim Report

Stock Code: 1398 EUR Preference Shares Stock Code: 4604

2020

2020 Interim

R epo

rt

中國北京市西城區復興門內大街55號 郵編:100140

www.icbc.com.cn, www.icbc-ltd.com 55 Fuxingmennei Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing, China Post Code: 100140

  • Cover
  • Company Profile
  • Contents
  • Definitions
  • Important Notice
  • Corporate Information
  • Financial Highlights
  • Overview of Business Operation
  • Discussion and Analysis
  • — Economic, Financial and Regulatory Environments
  • — Financial Statements Analysis
  • — Business Overview
  • — Risk Management
  • — Capital Management
  • — Outlook
  • — Other Information Disclosed Pursuant to Regulatory Requirements
  • — Hot Topics in the Capital Market
  • Information Disclosed Pursuant to the Capital Regulation
  • Details of Changes in Share Capital and Shareholding of Substantial Shareholders
  • Directors, Supervisors, Senior Management, Employees and Institutions
  • Significant Events
  • Review Report and Interim Financial Report
  • Contents
  • Review Report
  • Unaudited Interim Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss
  • Unaudited Interim Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
  • Unaudited Interim Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
  • Unaudited Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
  • Unaudited Interim Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
  • Notes to the Unaudited Interim Financial Report
  • Unaudited Supplementary Financial Information
  • List of Domestic and Overseas Branches and Offices
  • Back Cover

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q2/._IIBCB Interim report Aug 2020.pdf

AS1 support/Q2/Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic _ Financial Times.pdf

01/11/2020 Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic | Financial Times

https://www.ft.com/content/4d9ee2a0-8e44-4091-b6b7-ca9302f0f314?shareType=nongift 1/11

There is now tension among banking executives, with some openly lobbying for shareholder payouts to restart while others warn the true pain is yet to come

Stephen Morris, Laura Noonan and Nicholas Megaw OCTOBER 30 2020

As the second wave of the coronavirus pandemic gathers pace and governments unveil new lockdowns, Europe faces a bleak winter. Yet one group this week struck a jarringly sanguine note: the region’s banks.

Even with swaths of the global economy on state life support, top executives at lenders including HSBC, Santander and Lloyds were almost universally upbeat about their own prospects as they announced quarterly earnings. 

Certainly, they appear to have a fair wind behind them. Mirroring the same trends on Wall Street, charges for bad loans slumped in the third quarter and trading revenues boomed, prompting many European lenders to upgrade their earnings forecasts.

This has set up a tension between executives openly lobbying for shareholder payouts to restart, with those who warn the true pain is yet to come. Meanwhile, as bankers look ahead to year-end bonuses, they are facing a need to reconcile blowout performance in some areas with a political imperative to show restraint at a time when the pandemic continues to ravage global economies.

Banks

Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic

Third-quarter earnings results have left many executives lobbying for dividends to restart

01/11/2020 Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic | Financial Times

https://www.ft.com/content/4d9ee2a0-8e44-4091-b6b7-ca9302f0f314?shareType=nongift 2/11

Bullish managers point to improving economic forecasts, better than expected consumer recoveries and robust capital buffers, which leave banks in a much stronger position than they were during the financial crisis a decade ago.

01/11/2020 Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic | Financial Times

https://www.ft.com/content/4d9ee2a0-8e44-4091-b6b7-ca9302f0f314?shareType=nongift 3/11

01/11/2020 Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic | Financial Times

https://www.ft.com/content/4d9ee2a0-8e44-4091-b6b7-ca9302f0f314?shareType=nongift 4/11

01/11/2020 Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic | Financial Times

https://www.ft.com/content/4d9ee2a0-8e44-4091-b6b7-ca9302f0f314?shareType=nongift 5/11

“Obviously there is a high degree of uncertainty — we’ve seen a second wave taking place in Europe — but as time goes by we feel more comfortable,” Santander’s chief financial officer, Jose Garcia Cantera, told the Financial Times. “We’ve given some encouraging guidance for profitability,” adding that he is “confident” that regulators will allow dividends to restart later this year.

The chief financial officer of a large US bank said he was growing more comfortable with the lender’s loan-loss provisions by the day, as more people than the bank’s models predicted continued to make payments on credit cards and other debts.

Critics, however, warn the true fallout of Covid-19 is unknowable. They argue that executives should temper their optimism until the full repercussions of the pandemic are clearer. Instead of returning cash to investors, banks should conserve capital so they can absorb unforeseen loan losses and continue lending through the coming recession.

Further cuts to ultra-low or negative interest rates, a potential no-deal Brexit and a fractious US election only add to the uncertainty.

“We don’t know what the future of Covid is . . . and neither do they [banks] so I think it would be difficult to say whether the worst is over or not,” said Nancy Foster, president of America’s Risk Management Association, a trade body.

“We just don’t know how long it will go on, and there’s not great visibility yet around how businesses will survive because of the level of deferrals that have occurred.”

Switzerland’s banks have been among the most optimistic so far.

Just days after the Alpine country recorded its highest-ever daily tally of Covid-19 cases, UBS and Credit Suisse proposed restarting dividends and stock buybacks, after charges for future loan losses fell by two-thirds between the third quarter and the second.

“I don’t think it is reckless at all,” Credit Suisse chief executive Thomas Gottstein said in an interview, pointing out that the proposed payouts are only a third of the bank’s net profit so far this year and can be cancelled if trends deteriorate.

“I am cautiously optimistic that yes, we are well provisioned, but it is very difficult to prove that to the outside world with all that is going on,” he said. 

01/11/2020 Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic | Financial Times

https://www.ft.com/content/4d9ee2a0-8e44-4091-b6b7-ca9302f0f314?shareType=nongift 6/11

Economies in Europe are forecast to “snap back” between 4 and 6 per cent next year, banks have strong equity bases and clients are increasingly active. “That compensates for credit provisions and ultra-low interest rates,” said Mr Gottstein. “It is not all doom and gloom.”

Just days after Switzerland recorded its highest-ever daily tally of Covid-19 cases, UBS and Credit Suisse proposed restarting dividends © Alessandro Crinari/EPA-EFE/Shutterstock

Restarting dividends He is far from a lone voice. Buoyed by a sharp quarter-on-quarter slump in charges for expected credit losses, HSBC has begun lobbying to restart payouts.

Chief executive Noel Quinn told the FT that the bank’s core capital ratio was now at 15.6 per cent, more than 1.5 percentage points above the regulatory target for the loss- absorbing buffer. He is also encouraged by a “V-shaped” recovery in Asia, its largest market, and less dire forecasts for UK consumers.

“Knowing how important dividends are to investors and our equities story, we believe it would be right to consider paying,” he said.

Mr Quinn echoed Morgan Stanley boss James Gorman, who has been the most vocal on the case for restarting dividends and told investors there were no financial arguments against payouts.

01/11/2020 Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic | Financial Times

https://www.ft.com/content/4d9ee2a0-8e44-4091-b6b7-ca9302f0f314?shareType=nongift 7/11

Alison Rose © Bloomberg

At Spain’s Santander, new charges for potential bad loans also slowed. CFO Mr Cantera said the lender is basing its models and estimates on those of the IMF, which revised upwards its gross domestic product forecast for several countries this year, including its home market and Brazil.

Executive chairman Ana Botín said of restarting dividends: “we are naturally cautious, but we also need to look forward and create the right environment to support the economic recovery. Ensuring the efficient flow of capital is critically important to that.”

Other European bank CEOs, such as António Horta-Osório at Lloyds in the UK, cited lower unemployment rates, resilient house prices and more customers than expected coming off mortgage or credit card repayment holidays as reasons for their tentative optimism.

However Alison Rose, chief executive of NatWest, struck a more cautious tone on Friday, just as the UK government’s national furlough scheme came to an end. “The outlook does remain very uncertain as we continue to deal with the impact of the pandemic on the economy, and it is a very stressful time for businesses and consumers,” she said.

Accounting for losses

01/11/2020 Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic | Financial Times

https://www.ft.com/content/4d9ee2a0-8e44-4091-b6b7-ca9302f0f314?shareType=nongift 8/11

Jamie Dimon © Reuters

There is one particular area of circumspection: accounting for future bad loans. Banks are basing their provisions on new accounting standards in the US and Europe that force lenders to accrue steep reserves for potential bad loans sooner, largely based on economic forecasts and statistical models.

For some analysts, this means that today’s loan loss charges are at best a guess at tomorrow’s actual defaults, which is compounded by the unprecedented nature of the health crisis.

The boss of America’s biggest bank, JPMorgan’s Jamie Dimon, admits loan losses could be $20bn worse — or $10bn better — than the bank’s most recent estimate, depending on how the pandemic plays out.

One US bank CFO said that the improvement in the economic outlook from June, when second quarter provisions were set, to September, was strong enough to have allowed his bank to reduce its total loan loss reserves, which could have led to a profits boost from the release of prior provisions. 

“We thought, hmmm, that feels a little too early, let’s use some overlays which we’re allowed to do and keep the reserves at a certain level until we see more data,” he said. The extra headroom gives the bank more confidence it won’t have to book another big whack of provisions charges if Covid-19’s second wave hits the economy hard.

01/11/2020 Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic | Financial Times

https://www.ft.com/content/4d9ee2a0-8e44-4091-b6b7-ca9302f0f314?shareType=nongift 9/11

In ‘limbo land’ The debate over dividends has split the sector’s beleaguered investor base.

Benchmark European and UK bank indices have plunged more than 45 per cent this year — hitting record lows last month — leaving some shareholders desperate for a fillip from restarting payouts.

“The current situation is nuts when you look at business conditions versus valuation and share prices,” said David Herro, vice-chairman of Harris Associates, a $90bn asset manager that owns top-five stakes in Lloyds, Credit Suisse and BNP Paribas.

“They have plenty of capital, the virus will fade, new lockdowns aren’t as severe and the paying of dividends is a form of stimulus,” Mr Herro added. “Capital hoarding means less money is multiplied through the economy and is destructive to growth and recovery.”

01/11/2020 Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic | Financial Times

https://www.ft.com/content/4d9ee2a0-8e44-4091-b6b7-ca9302f0f314?shareType=nongift 10/11

Latest coronavirus news

Follow FT's live coverage and analysis of the global pandemic and the rapidly evolving economic crisis here.

While top bank executives acknowledge the path of Covid is impossible to predict, what has rankled with them most is the indiscriminate nature of regulatory restrictions, according to Citigroup analyst Ronit Ghose. 

“I wouldn’t read the third-quarter numbers as bankers saying: ‘we beat Covid, everything is fine’,” Mr Ghose said. “It’s not about letting all bank managements go crazy — allowing a bad bank to pay a dividend would be like putting lipstick on a proverbial pig — but those with higher profitability and stable capital should not be subjected to a blanket ban.”

Others investors urge caution. A financials portfolio manager at one of Europe’s largest asset managers said that “sensible shareholders should not be demanding dividends” while the sector remains in “limbo land” with regards to the true level and timing of credit losses, which remain masked by state support schemes.

“I told a UK bank chairman only pay a dividend if you are 100 per cent sure you can pay with prudent buffers in place . . . the yield on the stock will be more attractive, but compare that to phenomenal downside if you

01/11/2020 Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic | Financial Times

https://www.ft.com/content/4d9ee2a0-8e44-4091-b6b7-ca9302f0f314?shareType=nongift 11/11

Copyright The Financial Times Limited 2020. All rights reserved.

get this wrong,” he added. 

“Do not over-distribute into a second leg of downturn as government support ends and loans start to go bad. No one will thank you for paying dividends then.”

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q2/._Banks stay bullish despite worsening pandemic _ Financial Times.pdf

AS1 support/Q2/Bank of China - Interim Results Aug 2029.pdf

41581 (BOC)_00. Report Cover 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 1

The print version of the Bank’s 2020 Interim Report, to be published in September 2020, will supersede this version.

2020 Interim Report

Stock Code: 3988 (Ordinary H-Share) 4619 (Offshore Preference Share)

Bank of China Limited

Contents

1

Definitions 2

Important Notice 5

Corporate Information 6

Financial Highlights 8

Overview of Operating Performance 10

Management Discussion and Analysis 12

Financial Review 12

Business Review 24

Risk Management 47

Social Responsibilities 56

Outlook 58

Changes in Share Capital and Shareholdings of Shareholders 59

Directors, Supervisors, Senior Management Members and Staff 64

Corporate Governance 68

Significant Events 74

Report on Review of Interim Financial Information 81

Interim Financial Information 82

41581 (BOC)_01. Contents 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 1

Definitions

2

In this report, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the meanings set out below:

The Bank/the Group Bank of China Limited or its predecessors and, except where the context otherwise requires, all of the subsidiaries of Bank of China Limited

Articles of Association The performing Articles of Association of the Bank

A Share Domestic investment share(s) in the ordinary share capital of the Bank, with a nominal value of RMB1.00 each, which are listed on SSE (Stock Code: 601988)

Basis Point (Bp, Bps) Measurement unit of changes in interest rate or exchange rate. 1 basis point is equivalent to 0.01 percentage point

BOC Asset Investment BOC Financial Asset Investment Co., Ltd.

BOC Aviation BOC Aviation Limited, a public company limited by shares incorporated in Singapore under the Singapore Companies Act, the shares of which are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange

BOC Insurance Bank of China Insurance Company Limited

BOCL BOC Financial Leasing Co., Ltd.

BOC Life BOC Group Life Assurance Co., Ltd.

BOCG Insurance Bank of China Group Insurance Company Limited

BOCG Investment Bank of China Group Investment Limited

BOCHK Bank of China (Hong Kong) Limited, an authorised financial institution incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong and a wholly-owned subsidiary of BOCHK (Holdings)

BOCHK (Holdings) BOC Hong Kong (Holdings) Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong, the ordinary shares of which are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange

BOCI BOC International Holdings Limited

41581 (BOC)_02. Definitions 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 2

3

BOCI China BOC International (China) Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in the Chinese mainland, the ordinary shares of which are listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange

BOCIM Bank of China Investment Management Co., Ltd.

BOC-Samsung Life BOC-Samsung Life Ins. Co., Ltd.

BOC Wealth Management BOC Wealth Management Co., Ltd.

CAS Chinese Accounting Standards

CBIRC China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission

Central and Southern China The area including, for the purpose of this report, the branches of Henan, Hubei, Hunan, Guangdong, Shenzhen, Guangxi and Hainan

Company Law The Company Law of PRC

CSRC China Securities Regulatory Commission

Eastern China The area including, for the purpose of this report, the branches of Shanghai, Jiangsu, Suzhou, Zhejiang, Ningbo, Anhui, Fujian, Jiangxi, Shandong and Qingdao

HKEX Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited

Hong Kong Listing Rules The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

Hong Kong Stock Exchange The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

H Share Overseas-listed foreign investment share(s) in the ordinary share capital of the Bank, with a nominal value of RMB1.00 each, which are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and traded in Hong Kong dollars (Stock Code: 3988)

IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards

Independent Director Independent director under the listing rules of SSE and the Articles of Association, and independent non-executive director under the Hong Kong Listing Rules

MOF Ministry of Finance, PRC

Northeastern China The area including, for the purpose of this report, the branches of Heilongjiang, Jilin, Liaoning and Dalian

41581 (BOC)_02. Definitions 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 3

4

Northern China The area including, for the purpose of this report, the branches of Beijing, Tianjin, Hebei, Shanxi, Inner Mongolia and the Head Office

PBOC The People’s Bank of China, PRC

PRC The People’s Republic of China

RMB Renminbi, the lawful currency of PRC

SFO Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

SSE The Shanghai Stock Exchange

Western China The area including, for the purpose of this report, the branches of Chongqing, Sichuan, Guizhou, Yunnan, Shaanxi, Gansu, Ningxia, Qinghai, Tibet and Xinjiang

41581 (BOC)_02. Definitions 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 4

Important Notice

5

The Board of Directors, the Board of Supervisors, directors, supervisors and senior management members of the Bank warrant that the information in this report is authentic, accurate and complete, contains no false record, misleading statement or material omission, and jointly and severally accept full responsibility for the information in this report.

The 2020 Interim Report and Interim Results Announcement of the Bank have been approved on 30 August 2020 by the Board of Directors of the Bank. The number of directors who should attend the meeting is 14, with 11 directors attending the meeting in person. Executive Director Mr. LIN Jingzhen appointed Executive Director Mr. WANG Wei as his authorised proxy to attend and vote on his behalf. Independent Directors Ms. Angela CHAO and Mr. JIANG Guohua both appointed Independent Director Mr. WANG Changyun as their authorised proxy to attend and vote on their behalf. 14 directors of the Bank exercised their voting rights at the meeting. The supervisors and senior management members of the Bank attended the meeting as non-voting attendees.

The 2020 interim financial statements prepared by the Bank in accordance with CAS and IFRS have been reviewed by Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP and Ernst & Young in accordance with the Chinese and international standards on review engagements, respectively.

Legal Representative and Chairman of the Board of Directors LIU Liange, Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and President WANG Jiang, who is also responsible for the Bank’s finance and accounting, and General Manager of the Financial Management Department WU Jianguang warrant the authenticity, accuracy and completeness of the financial statements in this report.

As considered and approved by the 2019 Annual General Meeting, the Bank distributed the 2019 cash dividend of RMB1.91 per ten shares (before tax) to ordinary shareholders whose names appeared on the register of members of the Bank as at market close on 14 July 2020, amounting to approximately RMB56.228 billion (before tax) in total. The Bank did not distribute an interim dividend on ordinary shares for 2020, nor did it propose any capitalisation of capital reserve into share capital.

During the reporting period, there was no misappropriation of the Bank’s funds by its controlling shareholder or other related parties for non-operating purposes and no material guarantee business that violated the applicable regulations and procedures.

This report may contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and future plans. These forward-looking statements are based on the Bank’s own information and information from other sources that the Bank believes to be reliable. They relate to future events or the Bank’s future financial, business or other performance and are subject to a number of factors and uncertainties that may cause the actual results to differ materially. Any future plans mentioned do not constitute a substantive commitment by the Bank to its investors. Investors and people concerned should be fully aware of the risks and understand the differences between plans, forecast and commitment.

The Bank is faced with risks arising from changes in the macroeconomic environment and from political and economic conditions in different countries and regions as well as risks arising from its day-to-day operations, including the risk arising from changes in the credit status of borrowers, adverse changes in market prices and operational risk. It shall at the same time meet regulatory and compliance requirements. The Bank actively adopts adequate measures to effectively manage all types of risks. Please refer to the section “Management Discussion and Analysis — Risk Management” for details.

41581 (BOC)_03. Important Notice 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 5

Corporate Information

6

41581 (BOC)_04. Corporate Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 6

Registered Name in Chinese 中國銀行股份有限公司 (“中國銀行”)

Registered Name in English BANK OF CHINA LIMITED (“Bank of China”)

Legal Representative and Chairman LIU Liange

Vice Chairman and President WANG Jiang

Secretary to the Board of Directors and Company Secretary MEI Feiqi Office Address: No. 1 Fuxingmen Nei Dajie, Xicheng District, Beijing, China Telephone: (86) 10-6659 2638 Facsimile: (86) 10-6659 4568 E-mail: [email protected]

Listing Affairs Representative YU Ke Office Address: No. 1 Fuxingmen Nei Dajie, Xicheng District, Beijing, China Telephone: (86) 10-6659 2638 Facsimile: (86) 10-6659 4568 E-mail: [email protected]

Registered Address No. 1 Fuxingmen Nei Dajie, Xicheng District, Beijing, China

Office Address No. 1 Fuxingmen Nei Dajie, Xicheng District, Beijing, China, 100818 Telephone: (86) 10-6659 6688 Facsimile: (86) 10-6601 6871 Website: www.boc.cn Customer Service and Complaint Hotline: (86) Area Code-95566

Place of Business in Hong Kong Bank of China Tower, 1 Garden Road, Central, Hong Kong, China

Selected Newspapers for Information Disclosure (A Share) China Securities Journal, Shanghai Securities News, Securities Times, Securities Daily

Website Designated by CSRC for Publication of the Interim Report www.sse.com.cn

Website of HKEX for Publication of the Interim Report www.hkexnews.hk

Place where Interim Report can be Obtained Head Office of Bank of China Limited Shanghai Stock Exchange

Registered Capital RMB294,387,791,241

Securities Information

A Share Shanghai Stock Exchange Stock Name: 中國銀行 Stock Code: 601988

H Share The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited Stock Name: Bank of China Stock Code: 3988

Domestic Preference Share Shanghai Stock Exchange First Tranche Stock Name: 中行優1 Stock Code: 360002

Second Tranche Stock Name: 中行優2 Stock Code: 360010

Third Tranche Stock Name: 中行優3 Stock Code: 360033

Fourth Tranche Stock Name: 中行優4 Stock Code: 360035

7

41581 (BOC)_04. Corporate Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 7

Offshore Preference Share (Second Tranche) The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited Stock Name: BOC 20USDPREF Stock Code: 4619

A-Share Registrar Shanghai Branch of China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited Office Address: 3/F, China Insurance Building, 166 East Lujiazui Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China Telephone: (86) 21-3887 4800

H-Share Registrar Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited Office Address: 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong, China Telephone: (852) 2862 8555 Facsimile: (852) 2865 0990

Domestic Preference Share Registrar Shanghai Branch of China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited Office Address: 3/F, China Insurance Building, 166 East Lujiazui Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China Telephone: (86) 21-3887 4800

Joint Sponsors for Domestic Preference Share (Third Tranche, Fourth Tranche) CITIC Securities Company Limited Office Address: North Tower, Excellence Times Plaza II, No. 8 Zhongxinsan Road, Futian District, Shenzhen, Guangdong Prov., China Sponsor Representatives: MA Xiaolong, WANG Chen

BOC International (China) Co., Ltd. Office Address: 39/F, BOC Building, 200 Mid. Yincheng Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China Sponsor Representatives: DONG Wendan, LIU Guoqiang

Continuous Supervision Period From 17 July 2019 to 31 December 2020 (Third Tranche) From 26 August 2019 to 31 December 2020 (Fourth Tranche)

Financial Highlights

8

Note: The financial information in this report has been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The data are presented in RMB and reflect amounts related to the Group, unless otherwise noted.

Unit: RMB million

Note

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2020

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2019

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2018

Results of operations Net interest income 196,895 181,684 172,451 Non-interest income 1 90,088 95,004 79,031 Operating income 286,983 276,688 251,482 Operating expenses (90,946) (91,130) (82,132) Impairment losses on assets (66,484) (33,670) (28,270) Operating profit 129,553 151,888 141,080 Profit before income tax 129,616 152,558 141,961 Profit for the period 107,812 121,442 115,575 Profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank 100,917 114,048 109,088 Basic earnings per share (RMB) 0.32 0.38 0.37

Key financial ratios Return on average total assets (%) 2 0.92 1.12 1.16 Return on average equity (%) 3 11.10 14.56 15.29 Net interest margin (%) 4 1.82 1.83 1.88 Non-interest income to operating income (%) 5 31.39 34.34 31.43 Cost to income ratio (calculated under regulations in the Chinese mainland, %) 6 23.41 24.63 25.78 Credit cost (%) 7 0.90 0.59 0.57

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

As at 31 December 2018

Statement of financial position Total assets 24,152,855 22,769,744 21,267,275 Loans, gross 14,040,165 13,068,785 11,819,272 Allowance for loan impairment losses 8 (369,912) (325,923) (303,781) Investments 9 5,374,301 5,514,062 5,054,551 Total liabilities 22,064,242 20,793,048 19,541,878 Due to customers 17,090,217 15,817,548 14,883,596 Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Bank 1,958,442 1,851,701 1,612,980 Share capital 294,388 294,388 294,388 Net assets per share (RMB) 10 5.77 5.61 5.14

Capital ratios 11 Common equity tier 1 capital 1,664,681 1,620,563 1,488,010 Additional tier 1 capital 270,095 210,057 109,524 Tier 2 capital 388,182 394,843 347,473 Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio (%) 11.01 11.30 11.41 Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio (%) 12.82 12.79 12.27 Capital adequacy ratio (%) 15.42 15.59 14.97

Asset quality Credit-impaired loans to total loans (%) 12 1.42 1.37 1.42 Non-performing loans to total loans (%) 13 1.42 1.37 1.42 Allowance for loan impairment losses to non-performing loans (%) 14 186.46 182.86 181.97 Allowance for loan impairment losses to total loans (%) 15 3.13 2.97 3.07

41581 (BOC)_05. Financial Highlights 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 8

9

Notes:

1 Non-interest income = net fee and commission income + net trading gains/(losses) + net gains/(losses) on transfers of financial asset + other operating income.

2 Return on average total assets = profit for the period ÷ average total assets × 100%, annualised. Average total assets = (total assets at the beginning of reporting period + total assets at the end of reporting period) ÷ 2.

3 Return on average equity = profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Bank ÷ weighted average capital and reserves attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Bank × 100%, annualised. Calculation is based on No. 9 Preparation and Reporting Rules of Information Disclosure of Public Offering Companies — Calculation and Disclosure of Return on Average Equity and Earnings per Share (Revised in 2010) (CSRC Announcement [2010] No. 2) issued by the CSRC.

4 Net interest margin = net interest income ÷ average balance of interest-earning assets × 100%, annualised. Average balance is average daily balance derived from the Bank’s management accounts (unreviewed).

5 Non-interest income to operating income = non-interest income ÷ operating income × 100%.

6 Cost to income ratio is calculated in accordance with the Measures of the Performance Evaluation of Financial Enterprises (Cai Jin [2016] No. 35) formulated by the MOF.

7 Credit cost = impairment losses on loans ÷ average balance of loans × 100%, annualised. Average balance of loans = (balance of loans at the beginning of reporting period + balance of loans at the end of reporting period) ÷ 2. Total loans are exclusive of accrued interest when being used to calculate credit cost.

8 Allowance for loan impairment losses = allowance for loans at amortised cost + allowance for loans at fair value through other comprehensive income.

9 The data on investments include financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and financial assets at amortised cost.

10 Net assets per share = (capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Bank at the end of reporting period – other equity instruments) ÷ number of ordinary shares in issue at the end of reporting period.

11 The capital ratios are calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) (Y.J.H.L. [2012] No. 1) and related regulations, under the advanced approaches.

12 Credit-impaired loans to total loans = credit-impaired loans at the end of reporting period ÷ total loans at the end of reporting period × 100%. Total loans are exclusive of accrued interest when being used to calculate credit-impaired loans to total loans.

13 Non-performing loans to total loans = non-performing loans at the end of reporting period ÷ total loans at the end of reporting period × 100%. Total loans are exclusive of accrued interest when being used to calculate non-performing loans to total loans.

14 Allowance for loan impairment losses to non-performing loans = allowance for loan impairment losses at the end of reporting period ÷ non-performing loans at the end of reporting period × 100%. Total loans are exclusive of accrued interest when being used to calculate allowance for loan impairment losses to non-performing loans.

15 Allowance for loan impairment losses to total loans = allowance for loan impairment losses at the end of reporting period ÷ total loans at the end of reporting period × 100%. Calculation is based on the data of the Bank’s institutions in the Chinese mainland. Total loans are exclusive of accrued interest when being used to calculate allowance for loan impairment losses to total loans.

41581 (BOC)_05. Financial Highlights 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 9

Overview of Operating Performance

10

41581 (BOC)_06. Overview of Operating Performance 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 10

In face of the unexpected worldwide COVID-19 pandemic outbreak and complicated business conditions since the beginning of 2020, the Bank applied the new development philosophy. With 2020 designated as the “Year of Enhanced Implementation”, it coordinated the fight against COVID-19 and each work in pursuit of reform and development, stimulated vitality, made agile response, and achieved breakthroughs in key areas, maintaining the sound momentum of making progress while ensuring stability.

Steadily increasing assets and liabilities and realising generally stable financial performance

The Bank took the initiative to address changes in the domestic and global situation by strengthening business expansion and further reinforcing internal management. Its business performance remained stable. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s assets totalled RMB24,152.855 billion and its liabilities stood at RMB22,064.242 billion, representing an increase of 6.07% and 6.11% respectively compared with the prior year-end. In the first half of 2020, the Group realised steady growth in operating income and pre-provision operating profit, achieving a profit for the period of RMB107.812 billion and a profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank of RMB100.917 billion. Its return on average total assets (ROA) stood at 0.92% and return on average equity (ROE) was 11.10%. The cost to income ratio continued to fall, and operational efficiency increased.

Mounting a robust and well-organised fight against COVID-19 and enabling targeted financial services

Earnestly performing its responsibilities as a large bank, the Bank implemented state requirements to ensure stability on six fronts and security in six areas, and took a multi-pronged approach to support the resumption of work and production and the development of real economy. It took the initiative to launch 30 measures for supporting Hubei Province in beating COVID-19 and reopening its economy. By issuing a series of innovative products such as anti-pandemic bonds and special interbank certificates of deposit, it financed the fight against COVID-19 through a suite of channels. The Bank created customised “Anti-virus Loan” and “Work Resumption Loan” products for micro and small-sized enterprises and self-employed individuals, helping them to pull through a difficult period. It continuously increased credit resources for such key fields as inclusive finance, private enterprises and manufacturing, achieving a 39% increase in the balance of its outstanding inclusive finance loans granted to micro and small-sized enterprises1 over the same period of the previous year. The Bank introduced 13 measures to “stabilise foreign trade” and the amount of its ECA-backed financing grew at a relatively rapid pace. It adopted active measures to prevent and control the virus, and was effective in ensuring employee safety and the continuity of its business operations.

1 Inclusive finance loans granted to micro and small-sized enterprises are measured in accordance with the Circular of the General Office of China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission on Promoting the Work of “Volume Increase, Coverage Expansion, Quality Improvement and Cost Reduction” Concerning Financial Services for Micro and Small-sized Enterprises in 2020 (Yin Bao Jian Ban Fa [2020] No. 29).

11

41581 (BOC)_06. Overview of Operating Performance 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 11

Advancing strategy implementation and properly addressing the challenges of in-depth reform

The Bank continued to deepen reform and innovation, in line with its strategic development goals. It achieved progress in strategy implementation and successfully carried out all tasks related to its high-quality development. The Bank made new breakthroughs in the development of its core businesses. It continuously cemented the foundations of its corporate banking business, effectively improved its personal banking customer base, realised stable growth in financial markets business, took crucial steps forward in the regional integration of its overseas institutions, further improved the layout of its diversified operations and boosted its service capabilities. The Bank recorded fresh results in the reform of key fields, sped up its digital transformation, and made orderly progress in key projects including enterprise-level architecture development, the building of strategic scenarios and ecosystems, data governance, smart operations and outlet transformation.

Maintaining stable asset quality and enhancing risk resilience

The Bank continued to improve its comprehensive risk management system, strengthened investigations of potential risks in key fields, actively promoted the collection and mitigation of non-performing assets (NPAs) and managed to maintain the Group’s asset quality at a stable level. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s outstanding non-performing loans (NPLs) stood at RMB198.382 billion, with an NPL ratio of 1.42%, the allowance for loan impairment losses to NPLs was up to 186.46%. The Bank took effective measures to control liquidity and market risk in response to market fluctuations, maintaining key risk indicators at a stable level. It bolstered its capital replenishment efforts by successfully completing the issuance of RMB40.0 billion of undated capital bonds and USD2.82 billion of offshore preference shares, thus maintaining its capital adequacy ratios at high levels.

Management Discussion and Analysis

12

Financial Review

Economic and Financial Environment

In the first half of 2020, the shock of the COVID-19 pandemic sent the world economy into recession, disrupted global industrial and supply chains, caused a sharp contraction in international trade and investment, and resulted in rising geopolitical risks. The growth rate of the US economy dropped significantly, the Eurozone economy sank into a continued recession, and Japan’s economy recorded negative growth for three consecutive quarters. Many emerging market economies stood on the verge of a debt crisis.

Global financial markets were highly volatile, witnessing a notable increase in various uncertainties and destabilising factors including rising debt default risk. Major economies vigorously promoted ultra-accommodative monetary policies, with low or even negative interest rates becoming normalised around the world. The USD Index fell after an initial increase, while the currencies of some emerging market economies depreciated substantially. The stock markets of major economies rallied moderately after a sharp decline, while the prices of commodities, including crude oil, picked up following an initial plunge. The gold price rose significantly.

Facing the shock of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Chinese economy showed great resilience. As policies for controlling COVID-19 and promoting economic and social development were introduced and implemented, daily life and work began to recover at a faster pace, major economic indicators gradually rebounded and market expectations improved on the whole, indicating China’s overall economic fundamentals of stable growth and solid long-term momentum remaining intact. In the first half of 2020, China’s gross domestic product (GDP) fell by 1.6% compared with the same period of last year, of which grew by 3.2% year-on-year in the second quarter. The consumer price index (CPI) rose by 3.8% year-on-year. Meanwhile, the employment situation was generally stable and the imports and exports were better than expected.

China’s sound monetary policy was more flexible and appropriate. The PBOC used a variety of tools such as required reserve ratio cuts, interest rate cuts and central bank lending, developed new monetary policy instruments that directly stimulated the real economy, provided stronger targeted support to inclusive micro and small-sized enterprises, and guided broad money supply and aggregate financing to reasonable growth, so as to lower the financing costs of enterprises in a stable manner. As at 30 June 2020, the outstanding broad money supply (M2) was RMB213.5 trillion, an increase of 11.1% year-on-year. Outstanding all-system financing aggregates stood at RMB271.8 trillion, an increase of 12.8% year-on-year. The balance of RMB loans reached RMB165.2 trillion, an increase of 13.2% year-on-year. The RMB exchange rate was kept generally stable at an adaptive and equilibrium level. At 30 June 2020, the central parity rate of the RMB against the USD was 7.0795, a depreciation of 1.46% compared with the prior year- end. China’s financial markets were stable overall and opened further wider. The SSE Composite Index fell by 65.45 points compared with the prior year-end. The combined market capitalisation of the Shanghai and Shenzhen Stock Exchanges stood at RMB52.06 trillion, an increase of 17.49% year-on-year.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 12

13

Income Statement Analysis

In the first half of 2020, the Group achieved a profit for the period of RMB107.812 billion, a decrease of 11.22% compared with the same period of the prior year. It realised a profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank of RMB100.917 billion, a decrease of 11.51% compared with the same period of the prior year. Return on average total assets (ROA) was 0.92%, and return on average equity (ROE) was 11.10%.

The principal components and changes of the Group’s consolidated income statement are set forth below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

Items

For the six-month

period ended 30 June 2020

For the six-month

period ended 30 June 2019 Change

Change (%)

Net interest income 196,895 181,684 15,211 8.37% Non-interest income 90,088 95,004 (4,916) (5.17%) Including: net fee and commission income 50,342 50,564 (222) (0.44%) Operating income 286,983 276,688 10,295 3.72% Operating expenses (90,946) (91,130) 184 (0.20%) Impairment losses on assets (66,484) (33,670) (32,814) 97.46% Operating profit 129,553 151,888 (22,335) (14.70%) Profit before income tax 129,616 152,558 (22,942) (15.04%) Income tax expense (21,804) (31,116) 9,312 (29.93%) Profit for the period 107,812 121,442 (13,630) (11.22%) Profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank 100,917 114,048 (13,131) (11.51%)

A detailed review of the Group’s principal items in each quarter is summarised in the following table:

Unit: RMB million For the three-month period ended

Items

30 June 2020

31 March

2020

31 December

2019

30 September

2019

30 June 2019

31 March

2019 Operating income 138,440 148,543 133,153 140,169 135,682 141,006 Profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank 48,334 52,583 27,826 45,531 63,083 50,965 Net cash flow from operating activities (296,989) 434,346 76,461 (469,833) 144,262 (235,156)

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 13

14

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

In the first half of 2020, the Group achieved a net interest income of RMB196.895 billion, an increase of RMB15.211 billion or 8.37% compared with the same period of the prior year. The average balances2 and average interest rates of the major interest-earning assets and interest- bearing liabilities of the Group, as well as the impact on interest income/expense of variances in the volume factor and the interest rate factor3, are summarised in the following table:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages For the six-month period ended

30 June 2020 For the six-month period ended

30 June 2019 Analysis of changes in interest

income/expense

Items Average balance

Interest income/ expense

Average interest

rate Average balance

Interest income/ expense

Average interest

rate Volume

factor Interest

rate factor Total

Interest-earning assets Loans 13,300,149 268,880 4.07% 11,834,692 253,135 4.31% 31,408 (15,663) 15,745 Investments 4,839,648 76,475 3.18% 4,789,954 76,251 3.21% 793 (569) 224 Balances with central banks and due from and placements with banks and other financial institutions 3,617,373 30,575 1.70% 3,362,876 35,978 2.16% 2,734 (8,137) (5,403) Total 21,757,170 375,930 3.47% 19,987,522 365,364 3.69% 34,935 (24,369) 10,566 Interest-bearing liabilities Due to customers 16,050,374 132,966 1.67% 15,012,842 134,919 1.81% 9,338 (11,291) (1,953) Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions 3,286,675 28,950 1.77% 2,968,579 34,365 2.33% 3,686 (9,101) (5,415) Bonds issued 1,046,030 17,119 3.29% 757,581 14,396 3.83% 5,494 (2,771) 2,723 Total 20,383,079 179,035 1.77% 18,739,002 183,680 1.98% 18,518 (23,163) (4,645) Net interest income 196,895 181,684 16,417 (1,206) 15,211 Net interest margin 1.82% 1.83% (1) Bp

Notes: 1 Investments include debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income, debt securities at amortised

cost, investment trusts and asset management plans, etc. 2 Balances with central banks and due from and placements with banks and other financial institutions include

mandatory reserves, surplus reserves, other placements with central banks and due from and placements with banks and other financial institutions.

3 Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions include due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions, due to central banks and other funds.

2 Average balances are average daily balances derived from the Group’s management accounts (unreviewed). 3 The impact on interest income/expense of variances in the volume factor is calculated based on the changes in

average balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during the reporting period. The impact on interest income/expense of variances in the interest rate factor is calculated based on the changes in the average interest rates of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during the reporting period. The impact relating to the combined changes in both the volume factor and the interest rate factor has been classified as changes in interest rate factor.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 14

15

The average balances and average interest rates of loans and due to customers in the Chinese mainland, classified by business type, are summarised in the following table:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages For the

six-month period ended 30 June 2020

For the six-month period

ended 30 June 2019 Change

Items Average balance

Average interest rate

Average balance

Average interest rate

Average balance

Average interest rate

RMB businesses in the Chinese mainland Loans Corporate loans 5,522,044 4.36% 5,041,073 4.50% 480,971 (14) Bps Personal loans 4,246,013 4.89% 3,785,264 4.80% 460,749 9 Bps Trade bills 341,490 2.67% 245,828 3.52% 95,662 (85) Bps Total 10,109,547 4.52% 9,072,165 4.60% 1,037,382 (8) Bps Including: Medium and long-term loans 7,401,153 4.85% 6,521,215 4.78% 879,938 7 Bps Short-term loans within 1 year and others 2,708,394 3.63% 2,550,950 4.12% 157,444 (49) Bps Due to customers Corporate demand deposits 3,353,501 0.72% 3,138,872 0.68% 214,629 4 Bps Corporate time deposits 2,395,923 2.82% 2,402,044 2.83% (6,121) (1) Bp Personal demand deposits 2,248,516 0.42% 2,354,160 1.14% (105,644) (72) Bps Personal time deposits 2,966,302 3.01% 2,656,736 2.84% 309,566 17 Bps Other 913,483 3.49% 655,167 3.95% 258,316 (46) Bps Total 11,877,725 1.87% 11,206,979 1.94% 670,746 (7) Bps Foreign currency businesses in the Chinese mainland

Unit: USD million, except percentages

Loans 40,545 2.09% 38,469 3.41% 2,076 (132) Bps Due to customers Corporate demand deposits 42,265 0.51% 45,442 0.77% (3,177) (26) Bps Corporate time deposits 35,964 2.09% 28,856 2.72% 7,108 (63) Bps Personal demand deposits 25,068 0.03% 25,418 0.05% (350) (2) Bps Personal time deposits 17,518 0.78% 18,004 0.69% (486) 9 Bps Other 1,699 2.25% 1,678 2.16% 21 9 Bps Total 122,514 0.94% 119,398 1.09% 3,116 (15) Bps

Note: “Due to customers — Other” includes structured deposits.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 15

16

In the first half of 2020, the Group’s net interest margin was 1.82%, a decrease of 1 basis point compared with the same period of the prior year. This was mainly due to a decrease in asset yields caused by a lowering in the loan prime rate (LPR) and US dollar interest rate cuts. To mitigate the downward pressure on net interest margin, the Bank maintained the balance between the quantity and the price, strengthened the control over debt cost, actively reduced high cost deposits, and promoted the steady decline of interest payment rate.

Non-interest Income

In the first half of 2020, the Group reported a non-interest income of RMB90.088 billion, a decrease of RMB4.916 billion or 5.17% compared with the same period of the prior year. Non-interest income represented 31.39% of operating income.

Net Fee and Commission Income

The Group earned a net fee and commission income of RMB50.342 billion, a decrease of RMB0.222 billion or 0.44% compared with the same period of the prior year. Net fee and commission income represented 17.54% of operating income. Focusing on customers’ demands, the Bank seized market opportunities and increased marketing and business development. As a result, it realised robust growth in income from its fund distribution and custody businesses. In contrast, the Bank saw a decrease in income from its foreign exchange and settlement businesses. Please refer to Note III.2 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 16

17

Other Non-interest Income

The Group realised other non-interest income of RMB39.746 billion, a decrease of RMB4.694 billion or 10.56% compared with the same period of the prior year. This was primarily attributable to a year-on-year decrease in net trading gains. Please refer to Notes III.3, 4, 5 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

Operating Expenses

In the first half of 2020, the Group recorded operating expenses of RMB90.946 billion, a decrease of RMB0.184 billion or 0.20% compared with the same period of the prior year. The Group’s cost to income ratio (calculated under regulations in the Chinese mainland) was 23.41%, down by 1.22 percentage points compared with the same period of the prior year. The Bank continued to operate its business in a prudent manner. It proactively optimised its cost structure, increased investment in technological innovation, allocated greater resources to key products, areas and regions, made greater efforts to support scenario construction, mobile finance, etc., and continuously improved input and output efficiency. Please refer to Notes III.6, 7 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

Impairment Losses on Assets

In the first half of 2020, the Group’s impairment losses on assets amounted to RMB66.484 billion, an increase of RMB32.814 billion or 97.46% compared with the same period of the prior year. Specifically, the Group’s impairment losses on loans and advances amounted to RMB60.728 billion, an increase of RMB25.007 billion or 70.01% compared with the same period of the prior year. The Bank continued to improve its enterprise risk management (ERM) system and adopted a proactive and forward-looking approach to risk management, ensuring relatively stable credit asset quality. It stringently implemented a prudent and solid risk provisioning policies, truly reflected the asset quality, made full and timely allowances, and laid a solid foundation for development. Please refer to the section “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management” and Notes III.8, 16 and Note IV.1 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for more information on loan quality and allowance for loan impairment losses.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 17

18

Financial Position Analysis

As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s total assets amounted to RMB24,152.855 billion, an increase of RMB1,383.111 billion or 6.07% compared with the prior year-end. The Group’s total liabilities amounted to RMB22,064.242 billion, an increase of RMB1,271.194 billion or 6.11% compared with the prior year-end.

The principal components of the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position are set out below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Items Amount % of total Amount % of total

Assets Loans and advances to customers, net 13,670,820 56.60% 12,743,425 55.97% Investments 5,374,301 22.25% 5,514,062 24.22% Balances with central banks 2,109,854 8.74% 2,078,809 9.13% Due from and placements with banks and other financial institutions 1,895,462 7.85% 1,399,519 6.15% Other assets 1,102,418 4.56% 1,033,929 4.53% Total assets 24,152,855 100.00% 22,769,744 100.00%

Liabilities Due to customers 17,090,217 77.46% 15,817,548 76.07% Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions and due to central banks 3,037,976 13.77% 3,153,998 15.17% Other borrowed funds 1,118,228 5.07% 1,124,098 5.41% Other liabilities 817,821 3.70% 697,404 3.35% Total liabilities 22,064,242 100.00% 20,793,048 100.00%

Note: “Other borrowed funds” includes bonds issued and other borrowings.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 18

19

Loans and Advances to Customers

The Bank decisively implemented national macroeconomic policies, increased support for the real economy and expanded its lending scale at a stable and moderate pace. It continuously improved its credit structure and proactively supported the credit needs of key areas and weak links in the domestic economy. It also further increased credit support for inclusive finance, private enterprises and manufacturing. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s loans and advances to customers amounted to RMB14,040.165 billion, an increase of RMB971.380 billion or 7.43% compared with the prior year-end. Specifically, the Group’s RMB loans and advances to customers totalled RMB10,782.953 billion, an increase of RMB633.608 billion or 6.24% compared with the prior year-end, while its foreign currency loans amounted to USD460.091 billion, an increase of USD41.605 billion or 9.94% compared with the prior year-end.

The Bank continuously enhanced its risk management, paid close attention to changes in the macroeconomic situation, strengthened risk management in key areas and made greater efforts in the disposal of non-performing loans, thus maintaining relatively stable asset quality. As at 30 June 2020, the balance of the Group’s allowance for loan impairment losses amounted to RMB369.912 billion, an increase of RMB43.989 billion compared with the prior year-end. The balance of the Group’s restructured loans amounted to RMB15.251 billion, an increase of RMB2.873 billion compared with the prior year-end.

Unit: RMB million, except percentages As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Items Amount % of total Amount % of total

Corporate Loans 8,656,247 61.65% 7,986,380 61.11% Personal Loans 5,344,510 38.07% 5,047,809 38.62% Accrued Interest 39,408 0.28% 34,596 0.27% Total Loans 14,040,165 100.00% 13,068,785 100.00%

Investments

The Bank closely tracked financial market dynamics, maintained bond investment activity at a reasonable pace and continually improved its investment structure. As at 30 June 2020, the Group held investments of RMB5,374.301 billion, a decrease of RMB139.761 billion or 2.53% compared with the prior year-end. Specifically, the Group’s RMB investments totalled RMB4,072.001 billion, a decrease of RMB154.383 billion or 3.65% compared with the prior year-end, while its foreign currency investments totalled USD183.954 billion, a decrease of USD0.628 billion or 0.34% compared with the prior year-end.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 19

20

The classification of the Group’s investment portfolio is shown below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Items Amount % of total Amount % of total

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 450,655 8.39% 518,250 9.40% Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 2,054,786 38.23% 2,218,129 40.23% Financial assets at amortised cost 2,868,860 53.38% 2,777,683 50.37% Total 5,374,301 100.00% 5,514,062 100.00%

Investments by Currency

Unit: RMB million, except percentages As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Items Amount % of total Amount % of total

RMB 4,072,001 75.77% 4,226,384 76.65% USD 794,632 14.79% 787,775 14.29% HKD 254,614 4.74% 237,004 4.30% Other 253,054 4.70% 262,899 4.76% Total 5,374,301 100.00% 5,514,062 100.00%

Top Ten Financial Bonds by Value Held by the Group

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

Bond Name Par Value Annual Rate Maturity Date Impairment Allowance

Bond issued by policy banks in 2018 12,980 4.98% 2025-01-12 – Bond issued by policy banks in 2017 11,150 4.39% 2027-09-08 – Bond issued by policy banks in 2018 9,770 4.73% 2025-04-02 – Bond issued by financial institutions in 2019 7,400 4.28% 2029-03-19 – Bond issued by policy banks in 2017 7,200 4.30% 2024-08-21 – Bond issued by policy banks in 2017 6,940 4.11% 2022-07-10 – Bond issued by financial institutions in 2018 6,450 4.86% 2028-09-25 – Bond issued by policy banks in 2018 6,450 4.99% 2023-01-24 – Bond issued by policy banks in 2017 6,152 4.24% 2027-08-24 – Bond issued by policy banks in 2018 6,049 4.88% 2028-02-09 –

Note: Financial bonds refer to debt securities issued by financial institutions in the bond market, including bonds issued by policy banks, other banks and non-bank financial institutions, but excluding restructured bonds and PBOC bills.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 20

21

Due to Customers

Seizing the opportunity presented by ample market liquidity, the Bank focused on AUM to increase the effort in developing the deposit business and accelerate product and service innovation. As a result, its deposit business grew steadily. It further improved salary payment agency business, payment collection and other basic services, actively expanded its basic settlement and cash management customer base, undertook vigorous marketing efforts to attract administrative institution customers, and increased deposits from the source, leading to continuous improvement in the development quality of its deposit business. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s due to customers amounted to RMB17,090.217 billion, an increase of RMB1,272.669 billion or 8.05% compared with the prior year-end. Specifically, the Group’s RMB due to customers totalled RMB12,922.471 billion, an increase of RMB996.548 billion or 8.36% compared with the prior year-end, while its foreign currency due to customers stood at USD588.706 billion, an increase of USD30.863 billion or 5.53% compared with the prior year- end.

Equity

As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s total equity was RMB2,088.613 billion, an increase of RMB111.917 billion or 5.66% compared with the prior year-end. This was primarily attributable to the following reasons: (1) In the first half of 2020, the Group realised a profit for the period of RMB107.812 billion, of which profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank amounted to RMB100.917 billion. (2) The Bank pushed forward its external capital replenishment project in a proactive and prudent manner by successfully issuing RMB40.0 billion of undated capital bonds and USD2.82 billion of offshore preference shares. (3) As per the 2019 profit distribution plan approved at the Annual General Meeting, a cash dividend of RMB56.228 billion was paid out on ordinary shares. (4) The Bank paid a cash dividend on its preference shares of RMB5.9995 billion. Please refer to the “Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity” in the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

Cash Flow Analysis

As at 30 June 2020, the balance of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents was RMB1,719.769 billion, an increase of RMB373.877 billion compared with the prior year-end.

In the first half of 2020, net cash flow from operating activities was an inflow of RMB137.357 billion, whereas it was an outflow of RMB90.894 billion in the same period of the prior year. This was mainly attributable to the increase of net increase in due to customers compared with the same period of the prior year.

Net cash flow from investing activities was an inflow of RMB208.188 billion, whereas it was an outflow of RMB156.224 billion in the same period of the prior year. This was mainly attributable to the increase in proceeds from financial investments compared with the same period of the prior year.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 21

22

Net cash flow from financing activities was an inflow of RMB19.099 billion, a decrease of RMB55.959 billion compared with the same period of the prior year. This was primarily attributable to the increase in repayments of debts issued compared with the same period of the prior year.

Fair Value Measurement

Movement of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

Unit: RMB million

Items

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Change

Impact on profit

for the period

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss Debt securities 298,325 371,232 (72,907)

2,906 Equity instruments 89,659 79,456 10,203 Fund investments and other 62,671 67,562 (4,891)

Loans and advances to customers at fair value 389,055 339,687 49,368 172

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income Debt securities 2,031,876 2,196,352 (164,476)

(4,255) Equity instruments and other 22,910 21,777 1,133

Derivative financial assets 114,856 93,335 21,521 (888)

Derivative financial liabilities (123,271) (90,060) (33,211)

Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions at fair value (7,859) (14,767) 6,908 (20)

Due to customers at fair value (31,341) (17,969) (13,372) –

Bonds issued at fair value (10,271) (26,113) 15,842 (76)

Short position in debt securities (12,510) (19,475) 6,965 (159)

The Bank has put in place a sound internal control mechanism for fair value measurement. In accordance with the Guidelines on Market Risk Management in Commercial Banks, the Regulatory Guidelines on Valuation of Financial Instruments in Commercial Banks, CAS and IFRS, with reference to the New Basel Capital Accord, and drawing on the best practices of international banks regarding valuations, the Bank formulated the Valuation Policy of Financial Instrument Fair Values of Bank of China Limited to standardise the fair value measurement of financial instruments and enable timely and accurate financial information disclosure. Please refer to Note IV.4 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for more detailed information related to the fair value measurement.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 22

23

Other Financial Information

There are no differences between shareholders’ equity and profit for the period prepared by the Group in accordance with IFRS and those prepared in accordance with CAS. Please refer to Supplementary Information I to the Interim Financial Information for detailed information.

The operating performance and financial position of the Group’s geographical and business segments are set forth in Note III.31 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 23

24

Business Review

Operating income for each line of business of the Group is set forth in the following table:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2020

For the six-month period

ended 30 June 2019

Items Amount % of total Amount % of total Commercial banking business 259,236 90.33% 249,000 89.99% Including: Corporate banking business 113,530 39.56% 112,719 40.74% Personal banking business 111,467 38.84% 92,092 33.28%

Treasury operations 34,239 11.93% 44,189 15.97% Investment banking and insurance 17,649 6.15% 17,856 6.46% Others and elimination 10,098 3.52% 9,832 3.55% Total 286,983 100.00% 276,688 100.00%

A detailed review of the Group’s principal deposits and loans is summarised in the following table:

Unit: RMB million

Items As at

30 June 2020 As at

31 December 2019 As at

31 December 2018

Corporate deposits Chinese mainland: RMB 6,464,898 6,027,076 5,884,433

Foreign currency 521,849 544,829 453,815 Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions 1,955,044 1,729,564 1,594,165 Subtotal 8,941,791 8,301,469 7,932,413

Personal deposits Chinese mainland: RMB 6,086,978 5,544,204 5,026,322

Foreign currency 306,762 288,793 302,256 Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions 1,215,084 1,156,651 1,093,892 Subtotal 7,608,824 6,989,648 6,422,470

Corporate loans Chinese mainland: RMB 5,945,203 5,591,228 5,057,654

Foreign currency 321,823 259,463 280,878 Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions 2,389,221 2,135,689 2,009,066 Subtotal 8,656,247 7,986,380 7,347,598

Personal loans Chinese mainland: RMB 4,715,805 4,450,464 3,933,840

Foreign currency 674 1,253 1,177 Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions 628,031 596,092 505,068 Subtotal 5,344,510 5,047,809 4,440,085

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 24

25

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking in the Chinese Mainland

In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s commercial banking business in the Chinese mainland recorded an operating income of RMB216.973 billion, an increase of RMB6.683 billion or 3.18% compared with the same period of the prior year. Details are set forth below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages For the six-month period

ended 30 June 2020 For the six-month period

ended 30 June 2019 Items Amount % of total Amount % of total

Corporate banking business 97,724 45.04% 98,115 46.66% Personal banking business 100,202 46.18% 80,669 38.36% Treasury operations 19,423 8.95% 30,563 14.53% Others (376) (0.17%) 943 0.45% Total 216,973 100.00% 210,290 100.00%

Corporate Banking

The Bank accelerated the transformation of its corporate banking business. It further consolidated its corporate customer base, continuously optimised its customer and business structure and endeavoured to improve its global comprehensive service capabilities for corporate banking customers, thus achieving high-quality development in its corporate banking business. In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s corporate banking business in the Chinese mainland realised an operating income of RMB97.724 billion, a decrease of RMB0.391 billion or 0.40% year-on-year.

Corporate Deposits

The Bank achieved stable growth in corporate deposits by seizing business opportunities arising from key industries and regions and improving its service capabilities for key projects. It accelerated the upgrading of product functions, enhanced the role of settlement, cash management and other products in driving deposit-taking, and improved its liability structure. It upgraded service coordinately of both large customers and long-tail customers by improving multi-layered management. The Bank also managed to attract more administrative institution customers by closely cooperating with local governments at various levels as well as institutions engaged in education and public health, thus building a more solid foundation of deposits from such customers. In addition, the Bank enhanced the service functions of its outlets so as to improve their customer service capabilities. As at 30 June 2020, RMB corporate deposits of the Bank in the Chinese mainland totalled RMB6,464.898 billion, an increase of RMB437.822 billion or 7.26% compared with the prior year-end. Foreign currency corporate deposits amounted to USD73.713 billion, a decrease of USD4.385 billion or 5.61% compared with the prior year-end.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 25

26

Corporate Loans

The Bank continued to step up efforts in serving the real economy, and actively supported key areas such as new infrastructure, new urbanization initiatives and major projects, thereby assisting in the transformation and upgrading of the domestic economy. It provided stronger support for the improvement of weaknesses in infrastructures, the high-quality development of the manufacturing industry, modern service industry and technologically innovative enterprises, as well as improving services for private enterprises, foreign investors and foreign trade. The Bank focused on supporting strategic regions such as the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei region, the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, the Yangtze River Delta and the Hainan, and proactively pushed forward work in key sectors such as serving social welfare and people’s livelihood, poverty alleviation, green finance, pensions, the Olympic Winter Games and winter sports. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s RMB corporate loans in the Chinese mainland totalled RMB5,945.203 billion, an increase of RMB353.975 billion or 6.33% compared with the prior year-end. Foreign currency corporate loans totalled USD45.459 billion, an increase of USD8.266 billion or 22.22% compared with the prior year-end.

Financial Institutions Business

The Bank continued its wide-ranging cooperation with various global financial institutions including domestic banks, overseas correspondent banks, non-bank financial institutions and multilateral financial institutions. It built its integrated financial service platform and maintained its market leadership in terms of customer coverage. The Bank has established correspondent relationships with around 1,400 institutions and opened 1,419 cross-border RMB clearing accounts for correspondent banks from 115 countries and regions, thus carving out a leading position among domestic banks. It also promoted the Cross-border Inter-bank Payment System (CIPS) and signed cooperation agreements for CIPS indirect participants from 325 domestic and overseas financial institutions, seizing the largest market share among its peers. The Bank was among the top players in custodian services for Qualified Foreign Institutional Investors (QFII) and RMB Qualified Foreign Institutional Investors (RQFII), as well as in agency services for overseas central banks and other sovereign institutions, both in terms of customer base and business size. It actively participated in the comprehensive promotion of the “full circulation” of H Shares, and jointly launched the “Shanghai-Macao Gold Road” Project with the Shanghai Gold Exchange, thus enhancing the co-brand image of financial factors market. It strengthened cooperation with the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB), New Development Bank and Silk Road Fund. It successfully issued AIIB’s first Panda Bond as the lead underwriter, as well as the New Development Bank’s Coronavirus Combating Panda Bond and first overseas USD- denominated bond as a joint lead underwriter. By the end of June 2020, the Bank had the largest market share in foreign currency deposits from financial institutions, and had further increased its market share in terms of the number of existing third-party custody customers.

Transaction Banking

Positively adapting to the trends of FinTech innovation and integrated customer financial needs, the Bank vigorously developed its transaction banking business and delivered more financial support to COVID-19 pandemic control and the resumption of work and production. It fully implemented the requirements of stabilising foreign trade, releasing several measures

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 26

27

for supporting stabilisation of foreign trade during the COVID-19 pandemic control, providing more financing support and lowering fees for foreign trade. The Bank also serviced the 127th Canton Fair, and continued to lead peers in market share of cross-border settlement. It actively participated in the Belt and Road Initiative, RMB internationalisation and the building of pilot free trade zones and free trade ports. Following the Bank’s Shanghai and Hainan Branches, BOC Tianjin Branch successfully launched financial services under Free Trade Unit (FTU). The Bank continued to roll out products and services innovation and strengthened the development of application scenarios for transaction banking. It further improved service level of account, payment and settlement, and promoted innovation in supply chain financial solutions and expansion of key projects. The Bank stepped up the application of cash management products in strategic scenarios and expanded its cash management customer groups, with the aim of enhancing its global cash management service capabilities.

Inclusive Finance

Implementing national policies and measures conscientiously to support the development of micro and small-sized enterprises and following relevant regulatory requirements, the Bank promoted the development of inclusive financial services as well as COVID-19 pandemic prevention and containment as a whole. It further deepened its “five specialised operating” mechanisms, developed more key outlets for inclusive finance credit launch, and successfully issued RMB10.0 billion of special senior bonds for micro and small business loans. The Bank also launched online “non-contact financing services” for “BOC Corporate E Loan • Unsecured Loan”, allowed enterprises affected by the pandemic to postpone the repayment of principal and interest on loans, and helped micro and small-sized enterprises resume work and production. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s outstanding inclusive finance loans granted to micro and small-sized enterprises reached RMB525.4 billion, up by 39% year-on-year, and up by 27% compared with the prior year-end, outpacing the growth of any other loan type of the Bank. The number of micro and small-sized customers stood at over 440,000, higher than that of the beginning of the year. The annualised interest rate of the Bank’s cumulative inclusive finance loans granted to micro and small-sized enterprises in the first half of 2020 was 4.04%. The quality of loans granted to micro and small-sized enterprises remained at a stable and controllable level.

Pension Business

Focusing on the construction of China’s social security system, the Bank continuously extended its pension business coverage, promoted product innovation and improved system functions. It provided a range of products including enterprise annuities, occupational annuities, employee benefit plans and pension security management products. It accelerated the strategic layout of its pension business, and actively promoted scenario building for the silver economy, thereby vigorously supporting its development. As at 30 June 2020, pension funds under custody reached RMB65.722 billion, and the total number of enterprise annuity individual accounts held by the Bank reached 3.2218 million, an increase of 0.1855 million or 6.12% compared with the prior year-end. Assets under custody amounted to RMB475.129 billion, an increase of RMB87.984 billion or 22.73% compared with the prior year-end, with more than 17,000 clients served by the Bank.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 27

28

Personal Banking

Taking a customer-centric approach, the Bank pushed forward innovation and transformation in its personal banking business, making every effort to build an online, digital, scenario-based and smart personal banking product and service system. It continuously enhanced the market competitiveness of its personal banking business by focusing on featured brands such as cross-border business, private banking, consumer finance and credit cards. In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s personal banking business in the Chinese mainland realised an operating income of RMB100.202 billion, an increase of RMB19.533 billion or 24.21% compared with the same period of the prior year.

Personal Deposits

In response to the trend of interest rate liberalisation, the Bank leveraged its advantages in comprehensive personal financial services, made progress in deposit products innovation and smart accounts construction, and rolled out the “Cai Shen” (“God of Wealth”) version of annual bank statements for personal customers. It further expanded its payment agency business by constructing its customer groups and improving the synergy between its corporate and personal businesses, and provided customers with a package of integrated service solutions, including account opening, payroll service, consumption and investment. It further developed its foreign exchange services by increasing the number of currencies available in its personal deposit and cash withdrawal business to 25 and the number of convertible foreign currencies available to customers to 39, thus maintaining a leading position among peers. The Bank improved customer experience by launching a foreign exchange cash reservation service for 23 currencies via e-channels such as mobile banking, online banking and WeChat banking in major cities in the Chinese mainland. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s RMB personal deposits in the Chinese mainland totalled RMB6,086.978 billion, an increase of RMB542.774 billion or 9.79% compared with the prior year-end. Personal foreign currency deposits amounted to USD43.331 billion, maintaining a leading market share.

Personal Loans

The Bank stepped up efforts to serve the real economy and steadily expanded its personal loan business. It put into practice the national regulatory policies on real estate and continued to implement a differentiated residential mortgage loan policy, with a particular focus on serving the needs of households seeking to buy owner-occupied homes for the first time. The Bank earnestly implemented reform requirements regarding interest rate liberalisation, and actively promoted LPR conversion for existing personal loans. It actively expanded its consumer finance business, continued to promote the transformation and upgrading of “BOC E-Credit”, an online consumer loan service, and refined the online application function for government-sponsored student loans. The Bank ensured uninterrupted financial services for COVID-19 pandemic control, provided special preferential policies for medical workers, and took the lead in extending Work Resumption Loans. As at 30 June 2020, the total amount of RMB personal loans of the Bank in the Chinese mainland stood at RMB4,715.805 billion, an increase of RMB265.341 billion or 5.96% compared with the prior year-end.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 28

29

Wealth Management and Private Banking

The Bank accelerated the development of its wealth management and private banking services by focusing on customers’ needs, and established a market-wide product selection platform to enhance its asset allocation capacity continuously. The Bank intensified efforts in product and service innovation and continued to upgrade its personal customer marketing modes and service systems, which resulted in rapid growth in the number of customers and the scale of customer financial assets. As at 30 June 2020, the “BOC Robot Advisor”, an intelligent investment advisory service, generated sales of RMB15.7 billion and attracted more than 130,000 customers, winning the “Gold Award for Technological Innovation and Application” in the “2020 China FinTech Innovation Contest”. The Bank intensified efforts in constructing its professional private banking system, built up its private banking service brand, and accelerated the development of family trust services. It regularly published the BOC White Paper on Personal Banking Global Asset Allocation, the BOC Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area Wealth Index Report and the BOC Private Banking Selected Private Placement Product Series Index. The Bank continuously improved the professional capability of its private banking team, strengthened asset allocation services for private banking customers, and invested more than one third of customer assets in net-worth products. Leveraging the Group’s advantages in internationalisation, the Bank also promoted the development of its Asia-Pacific private banking platform. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had set up 8,159 wealth management centres, 1,091 prestigious wealth management centres and 49 private banking centres in the Chinese mainland. It once again won the “Best National Private Banking in China” award from Asian Private Banker.

Bank Card

Closely following changes in market trends and customer demand, and aiming to support COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control with financial services, the Bank launched a QR code for charitable donations to more than 170 charitable medical institutions throughout the country, and took the lead in launching an exclusive instalment service, “BOC Youke- Yihuzhuanshu” for medical staff. It actively assisted in the resumption of work, production and market activity, participated in the allocation and distribution of consumer coupons issued jointly by the Ministry of Commerce and local governments, introduced special offers for online payments via “Head Office to Headquarters” e-commerce platforms, and promoted the “Thousand Stores in a Hundred Cities” campaign and other themed marketing activities, so as to facilitate the recovery of the consumer market. The Bank continuously improved its products and rights service system with a specific focus on the needs of key customers such as young customers, car owners and business card holders, launching distinctive credit card products such as Traditional Chinese Style Credit Card series, Platinum Car Credit Card and Platinum Business Card. The Bank devoted great efforts to boosting the digital transformation of its bank card business. It enriched application scenarios of digital credit card products. Through light-touch and convenient customer acquisition tools, it optimised customer handling and user experience. It decided on a big push into the electronic channels of credit card instalment payment, and expanded living consumption scenarios layout for merchant POS instalment. It also continuously upgraded digital acquiring products and released a new version of the “BOC Smart Merchant” app, which offered a new mode of online application service for merchants and improved the overall merchant experience. The Bank pursued the effective control of credit card risk, and implemented evaluation based on activation ratio, active customer ratio, credit line use ratio, risk-adjusted

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 29

30

return on capital (RAROC) and NPL ratio. As at 30 June 2020, the cumulative number of credit cards issued by the Bank reached 129.5823 million. The credit card transaction amount stood at RMB802.080 billion for the first half of 2020, while the credit card instalment volume amounted to RMB178.273 billion.

The Bank accelerated the innovative development of its debit card business and expanded scenario-based applications for mobile payment, thus continuing to improve customer experience. It accelerated the promotion of its fast payment business through online and offline channels. Leveraging its advantages in higher education institution services, the Bank made efforts to expand its service scope to primary and high schools, kindergartens, training institutions and other markets. It enriched its integrated “online + offline” and “financial + non-financial” services, issued social security cards equipped with financial functions in cooperation with local Human Resources and Social Security Bureaux, and launched an e-voucher service for medical insurance in addition to electronic social security cards and electronic health cards. It developed railway travel scenarios and completed the application of its “Railway e-Card” on 13 railway lines.

Financial Markets Business

The Bank actively aligned itself with trends towards interest rate and exchange rate liberalisation and RMB internationalisation. By closely tracking financial market trends and fully leveraging its professional advantages, the Bank continuously adjusted its business structure, and strengthened efforts to participate in financial market innovation and achieve compliance with international regulatory requirements, thus increasing its business influence in financial markets.

Securities Investment

By strengthening its analysis and judgment regarding the macroeconomic situation and the trend of market interest rates, the Bank proactively seized market opportunities, rationally adjusted the duration of its investment portfolio and further optimised its investment structure. It actively supported the development of the real economy, and steadily participated in local government bond investment. Following trends in global bond markets, the Bank optimised its foreign currency investment portfolio and managed to prevent interest rate risk and credit risk.

Trading

The Bank ramped up efforts to improve its integrated global financial market business systems, underpinned by the three core product lines of interest rates, exchange rates and commodities, in order to continuously enhance its comprehensive customer service capabilities. It endeavoured to improve its quantitative trading capabilities by promoting the construction of its quantitative trading platform and optimising its quantitative strategies. It strengthened infrastructure construction, thus building a more solid foundation for business development. The Bank continued to outperform peers in terms of market share of foreign currency exchange against RMB business, and brought the number of currency pairs available for exchange up to 39. The total number of tradable foreign currencies reached 110, among which 99 were currencies of emerging economies and 46 were currencies of countries along the Belt and Road. Seizing opportunities arising from the two-way opening-up of financial markets, the Bank took steps to

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 30

31

expand its overseas institutional investor customer base, relying on a multi-tier service system integrating “research, trading and sales”. It also leveraged big data schemes to facilitate targeted marketing among corporate customers. It also increased support for private enterprises and small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) by offering expedient and effective hedging services under the precondition of compliance. Owing to its advantage of integrated global structure, the Bank was able to ensure stable global operations. It continued to improve its online service capabilities and realised rapid growth in its corporate banking electronic channels in terms of transaction volume and customer scale.

Investment Bank and Asset Management

The Bank leveraged the competitive advantages of its international and diversified operations, focused on serving the real economy, vigorously expanded its investment banking and asset management business and strived to deliver an integrated “commercial banking + investment banking” service system. Following national strategies, the Bank intensified efforts in coordinated operations, made greater efforts to develop direct financing and investment advisory business including domestic and overseas bond underwriting and distribution as well as asset securitisation, and managed to meet customers’ all-round needs for comprehensive financial services based on the concepts of “domestic + overseas” and “financing + intelligent”. To facilitate the construction of China’s capital market system, the Bank underwrote bonds in the domestic interbank market with a total amount of RMB833.362 billion. It actively supported COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control work by underwriting a total amount of RMB33.85 billion of pandemic prevention and control bonds for non-financial enterprises and international development institutions. The Bank’s underwriting business for financial institutions was greatly boosted, and its financial bond underwriting volume and market share continued to improve steadily. Thanks to increased efforts to promote its asset-backed securitisation (ABS) underwriting business, the Bank’s market share of asset securitisation underwriting maintained the leading position in the domestic interbank bond market. The Bank enhanced the cross-border competitiveness of its underwriting business, maintained the largest market share in China offshore bond underwriting, and consecutively led the market share in Panda Bond underwriting. As a result, the brand influence of “BOC Debt Capital Markets” was continuously enhanced. The Bank continued to implement regulatory requirements, strengthened the transformation and development of its wealth management business and promoted the net value transformation of its wealth management products (WMPs) in an orderly manner. It effectively supported the real economy by launching various themed WMPs based on guidance of national strategy, such as pensions and health care, technological innovation, and key regions, etc. As at 30 June 2020, the total balance of wealth management products issued by the Bank and BOC Wealth Management amounted to RMB1,484.6 billion, with RMB1,060.7 billion attributable to the Bank and RMB423.9 billion to BOC Wealth Management.

Custody Business

Taking support for economic and social development as its main task, the Bank continued to provide high-quality custody services. It provided custody service for the “China Merchants Hubei Theme Bond Fund”, the first mutual fund in the market for COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control and economic development. The Bank increased the custody volume of

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 31

32

its credit asset securitisation business by RMB50.0 billion, ranking first in the market. It also advanced its technology and intelligent operations construction, launching a multi-tier custody service mode in the interbank market. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s assets under custody stood at RMB11.78 trillion, of which cross-border custody business accounted for RMB455.6 billion, maintaining a leading position among Chinese peers. Mutual funds under its custody reached RMB1.4 trillion, an increase of 25.58% year-on-year, outperforming major peers in terms of growth rate.

Village Bank

BOC Fullerton Community Bank actively implemented the national strategy of rural revitalisation with the development concept of “focusing on county area development, supporting farmers and small-sized enterprises, and growing together with communities”. It was committed to providing modern financial services for rural customers, micro and small-sized enterprises, individual merchants, and wage earners, and developed inclusive finance services to support poverty alleviation.

BOC Fullerton Community Bank expedited the institution layout to support economic development in county areas. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Fullerton Community Bank controlled 126 village banks with 173 sub-branches in 22 provinces (including municipalities directly under the Central Government) through establishment and acquisition, of which 65% were located in China’s central and western regions, becoming the domestic village bank with the largest number of institutions. It continuously improved its product and service system, and its customer base was further expanded. As at 30 June 2020, the registered capital of BOC Fullerton Community Bank amounted to RMB8.524 billion. The balances of total deposits and loans were RMB46.963 billion and RMB49.749 billion respectively. The NPL ratio was 1.80% and the coverage ratio of allowance for loan impairment losses to NPLs stood at 221.18%. BOC Fullerton Community Bank achieved a profit for the period of RMB392 million in the first half of 2020.

BOC Fullerton Community Bank established an investment management village bank to support the construction of the Xiongan New Area and to further improve its intensive management and professional services. On 24 June, CBIRC Hebei Office approved the opening of BOC Fullerton Community Bank Co., Ltd., with a registered capital of RMB1.0 billion and the registered place of Xiongan New Area, Hebei.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 32

33

Overseas Commercial Banking

In the first half of 2020, the Bank adhered to its globalisation strategy, continuously improved its global integrated customer service system, and pushed forward the integrated development of its domestic and overseas operations. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s overseas commercial banking customer deposits and loans totalled USD485.137 billion and USD424.467 billion respectively, an increase of 6.80% and 8.85% compared with the prior year-end. In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s overseas commercial banking operations achieved a profit before income tax of USD3.712 billion, accounting for 20.17% of the Group’s total profit before income tax.

Regarding the distribution of overseas institutions, the Bank closely tracked the needs of financial services of its global customers and continuously pushed forward the development and distribution of its institutions in countries along the Belt and Road, so as to improve its global service network. As at 30 June 2020, the overseas institutions of the Bank totalled 558, covering 61 countries and regions across the world, of which 25 countries were along the Belt and Road.

For corporate banking business, by further improving its globalised customer service system and product system, and expanding its overseas market and customer base in a targeted manner, the Bank provided a full spectrum of premium, efficient, tailor-made and comprehensive financial services for “Going Global” and “Bringing In” customers, “Fortune Global 500” enterprises and local corporate customers. The Bank fully integrated its domestic and overseas premium resources in the service of national strategies, made concrete efforts to provide the Belt and Road financial services, promoted international production capacity cooperation and pushed forward the sound and sustainable investment and operation of relevant enterprises. The Bank closely monitored changes in the market situation, earnestly enhanced risk management and took efficient measures in line with local conditions to ensure the sound development of its overseas corporate banking business.

For personal banking business, the Bank continued to improve its overseas customer service network, extending its business coverage to more than 30 countries and regions. It vigorously promoted business innovation, actively served customers’ needs, and provided account, settlement, debit card, mobile banking and other services for offshore business travellers, international students, expatriates and local customers. For overseas resident customers and customer groups stranded overseas due to the pandemic, the Bank offered e-coupons for overseas online platforms and special coupons for customers on its whitelist, assisted overseas customers in purchasing pandemic prevention necessities and provided preferential and convenient overseas card use services. It also expanded overseas card issuance and acquiring services. The Bank released an overseas version of “BOC Smart Payment”. It optimised the service coverage of its overseas debit cards by issuing debit cards in 19 countries and regions. In addition to withdrawal, consumption and other basic functions, it introduced new features including contactless payment, non-card payment and 3D secure payment, which can be used via multiple channels including domestic and overseas counters, online banking and mobile banking, thereby better satisfying the worldwide card using demands of overseas customers. The Bank pushed forward cross-border scenario construction, diversified its cross-border scenario product and service system, and

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 33

34

achieved productive results in delivering integrated services to personal customers in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area by opening 100,000 accounts via the “Account Opening Witness” service in the region.

For financial markets business, the Bank harnessed its advantages in integrated global operations and drove forward RMB internationalisation. Leveraging its strengths in RMB clearing, the Bank expanded its cross-border RMB trading business and pushed forward the development of its RMB quotation service. Drawing on information technology, the Bank promoted an electronic trading platform that improved customer experience of quotation service. The Bank sped up efforts to develop its global custody service network and strived to deliver cross border custody services to “Going Global” and “Bringing In” customers. It rolled out a global depositary receipts (GDR) programme under the Shanghai-London Stock Connect mechanism, a significant project for supporting the “Going Global” efforts of Chinese enterprises. The Bank successfully issued MOP5.0 billion of dual-currency COVID-19 alleviation themed senior social bonds to fund loans to SMEs, thus pioneering the first COVID-19 response social bond issued in the international market.

For clearing business, the Bank continuously improved its cross-border RMB clearing capabilities and further consolidated its position at the leading edge of international payments. In the first half of 2020, the Group’s cross-border RMB clearing transactions totalled RMB229.40 trillion, up by 7.86% compared with the same period of the prior year, maintaining first place in global markets. The Bank accounted for 13 of the world’s 27 authorised RMB clearing banks and continued to lead its peers. The Bank also expanded its CIPS indirect participants’ business, and maintained first place in terms of market share.

For e-banking, the Bank further expanded the coverage of its overseas corporate online banking business and continued to enhance its online financial service capacities for global enterprises. Leveraging its online financial service platform’s integration of overseas and domestic operations, the Bank further diversified its service functions, including its overseas corporate online banking and overseas bank-enterprise connection channels, expanded its clearing channels and enhanced the online service capabilities of its overseas institutions, thereby continuing to lead its peers in global capital management services. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank offered overseas corporate online banking services in 50 countries and regions, with 14 service languages available to customers. The Bank also continued to improve its overseas personal e-banking services. Taking into account the regulatory requirements and characteristics of key regions overseas, the Bank made use of FinTech to simplify customer operation procedures and improve customer experience, with a focus on the optimisation and promotion of essential service functions such as account management, transfer and remittance, time deposit, bill payment and credit card. Based on new technologies, such as image recognition and biometric identification, the Bank enriched its online service modes, developed and launched new services, such as mobile payment, online business application, online purchase of WMPs and cheque scanning- based deposit, and further expanded its business coverage. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank offered overseas mobile banking services in 27 countries and regions, supporting 10 languages and offering over 60 services within 13 categories.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 34

35

BOCHK

Against the backdrop of a complex and challenging environment in the first half of 2020, BOCHK remained committed to implementing its strategy of building a top-class, full-service and internationalised regional bank. It actively responded to changes in the market environment and steadily pushed forward its business priorities, with major financial indicators remaining at solid levels. Striving to be customer-centric, it continued to develop the local market in Hong Kong, providing full support to the development of the real economy. It proactively engaged in the construction of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area and promoted cross- border synergistic collaboration so as to establish integrated competitive strengths. It also improved its business network layout in Southeast Asia and enhanced its regional synergies and service capabilities. It expedited its transformation into a digital bank, enhancing technological innovation, infrastructure and application ability. BOCHK took the lead in introducing a number of financial support mechanisms for the pandemic control as well as measures to overcome pandemic-related difficulties, and maintained stringent measures to prevent all risks. It cultivated its bank culture and actively expanded green finance in order to promote its sustainable development. As at 30 June 2020, BOCHK’s issued share capital was HKD52.864 billion. Its total assets amounted to HKD3,226.726 billion and net assets reached HKD313.004 billion. In the first half of 2020, its profit for the period was HKD16.161 billion.

BOCHK continued to develop the local market to support the development of the real economy. BOCHK actively expanded its business in major financing projects and arranged a number of syndicated loans and project finance with significant market influence. It remained the top mandated arranger in the Hong Kong-Macao syndicated loan market and maintained its leading market position as an IPO main receiving bank in Hong Kong. BOCHK continued to uplift its service levels for commercial customers in Hong Kong and supported the development of SMEs. It launched a special loan scheme for fighting against COVID-19 for SMEs, featuring a rapid approval process. It was among the first cohort of banks to participate in the Special 100% Loan Guarantee Scheme introduced by the HKSAR Government, and also worked alongside the Hong Kong Monetary Authority to introduce the Pre-approved Principal Payment Holiday Scheme in order to support SMEs in need. In addition, it accelerated the development of key businesses in cash pooling and cash management, maintaining a leading market position in cash pooling business through continuous expansion in business scale. BOCHK continued to refine its customer segment management, achieving constant improvements in the structure and size of its customer base through the provision of professional and comprehensive services to mid- to high-end customers. It also actively promoted key initiatives, such as digitalisation, scenario- based applications and customer migration to online transactions, and continued to enhance its mobile banking functions in order to enhance its product functionalities and sharpen its competitive edge. By accelerating the development of digital processes in its mortgage business, BOCHK captured the top market position in terms of the total number of new mortgage loans in Hong Kong. It introduced a number of people’s livelihood programmes, including deferred principal repayment of mortgage loans, grace periods for insurance premium payment, and additional protection, to allow more financial flexibility for personal customers. Owing to satisfactory business development, the growth of BOCHK’s total customer deposits and loans exceeded the market average, with a continually optimised deposit structure and the asset quality of its loan portfolio outperformed local market.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 35

36

BOCHK proactively participated in the construction of the Greater Bay Area and promoted cross- border synergistic collaboration. Actively responding to state financial policies for the Greater Bay Area, BOCHK continuously strengthened cross-border business collaboration, tapping into the financial services demands of major industries and clients by striving to promote cross-border financial innovation, market connectivity and resource flow within the area. Continuing to focus on people’s livelihood, BOCHK met the needs of Greater Bay Area residents for financial services, for example through convenient account opening and travel support. It also took steps to improve the Greater Bay Area service by enhancing its Chinese mainland personal account opening attestation services. BOCHK diversified the application scenarios of BoC Pay with the launch of a cross-border remittance service for Chinese mainland clients living in Hong Kong. BOCHK leveraged its service capabilities in corporate finance to support the construction of the Greater Bay Area and the development of corporations in the technological innovation sector. Moreover, it enriched its range of fund products related to the Greater Bay Area, reinforcing its competitiveness in cross-border investment services.

BOCHK improved its operational presence in Southeast Asia and enhanced its regional service capabilities. In the first half of 2020, BOCHK received approval from the Central Bank of Myanmar to set up its Yangon Branch in Myanmar. This means that its Southeast Asia business will cover nine Southeast Asian countries, forming a more comprehensive regional presence. It further reinforced its management model and continuously optimised its institutional management in the region so as to improve the service capabilities of its Southeast Asian entities in terms of marketing, business promotion, product innovation, technology-driven operation and internal management. Bank of China (Malaysia) Berhad was successfully reappointed as the Clearing Bank for RMB business in Malaysia, and launched an attestation service with BOCHK for Malaysian account opening in Hong Kong. BOCHK Jakarta Branch received approval from the Indonesian regulatory authority to upgrade its status to “Commercial Bank Based on Business Activities 3”, notably uplifting its market position and brand influence. BOCHK Phnom Penh Branch became the first overseas bank to be appointed as a quoting bank for RMB to Cambodian Riel (KHR) in the regional market, and successfully processed the first RMB to KHR cross- border trade in Cambodia.

BOCHK remained committed to strengthening its core capabilities in digitalisation in order to push forward business transformation. BOCHK deepened the application of innovative FinTech to drive digital transformation. By focusing on the five core digital capabilities of innovation, agility, digitisation, mobility and regionalisation, it aimed to establish three catalysing platforms, namely an intelligent platform, a data platform and an open platform, that will provide a foundation for stable, reliable and centralised cloud technology and safe governance. Through technology-driven business reform, BOCHK introduced brand-new digital solutions in customer service, financial products, service processes, operational management and risk control, with the aim of gradually becoming a digital bank with ecosystem-based operations, digital processes, intelligent operations, agile project management and cloud computing.

(Please refer to the results report of BOCHK for a full review of BOCHK’s business performance and related information.)

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 36

37

Comprehensive Operation Platforms

The Bank is committed to meeting customers’ comprehensive service needs. It actively seized opportunities arising from the development of multi-tiered capital markets, in an effort to continuously improve its comprehensive operations and build a business coordination system. It continued to optimise the Group’s management and control structure, focused on enhancing its risk management capabilities. In addition, the Bank sharpened the Group’s differentiated advantages and core competitiveness based on its comprehensive operations.

Investment Banking Business

BOCI

The Bank is engaged in investment banking business through BOCI. As at 30 June 2020, BOCI had an issued share capital of HKD3.539 billion, total assets of HKD88.512 billion, and net assets of HKD20.150 billion. In the first half of 2020, BOCI realised a profit for the period of HKD738 million.

BOCI actively seized strategic opportunities such as the development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, made greater efforts in strengthening internal control, served the real economy, enhanced and strengthened its two main businesses of investment banking and wealth and asset management, and thus increased its global and comprehensive service capabilities.

Against a backdrop of continuous global improvement to its customer service capabilities, BOCI enhanced its service capabilities in Singapore’s primary market and gave more effective support to the development of the Southeast Asian market. Its equity underwriting and financial advisory businesses recorded steady growth, with BOCI successfully assisting with the secondary listing of high-quality Chinese stocks including NetEase and JD.com on the Hong Kong capital markets. Its bond issuance and underwriting businesses continued to maintain market-leading positions. It also provided timely professional research reports for investors based on observations of changes in the international market. By proactively employing big data and artificial intelligence technologies, BOCI strongly expanded the application scenarios of traditional investment banking services, securities sales and wealth management. It also enriched the processing functions of its online platforms such as its mobile app and drove forward FinTech applications such as robotic process automation, in order to enhance user experience and boost steady growth in its brokerage business. Meanwhile, BOCI ranked among the top in Hong Kong’s stock and warrant markets in terms of equity sales and derivatives business. BOCI also played an active role in the Mainland- Hong Kong Mutual Recognition of Funds (MRF) scheme, promoted the construction of Asia Pacific Private Banking Centre. As at 30 June 2020, BOCI’s three equity indices, as well as the BOCI Greater Bay Area Leaders Index, the world’s first Chinese investment banking index, outperformed the Hang Seng Index and Hang Seng China Enterprise Index. BOCI-Prudential Asset Management Limited, a subsidiary of BOCI, maintained its position as a top-ranked service provider in the Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund (MPF) and Macao Pension Fund businesses.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 37

38

BOCI China

The Bank is engaged in securities-related business in the Chinese mainland through BOCI China. As at 30 June 2020, the registered capital, total assets and net assets of BOCI China were RMB2.778 billion, RMB56.788 billion and RMB14.708 billion, respectively. It realised a profit for the period of RMB571 million for the first half of 2020.

Adhering to the development principles of technology-empowered transformation and synergy, BOCI China made further progress in its business transformation and development while holding fast to the risk compliance bottom line. Taking a customer-centric approach, it endeavoured to push forward wealth management transformation. Leveraging contributions from science and technology, BOCI China enhanced the service capabilities of investment advisory and improved the comprehensive service chain of personal business. Deepening the synergistic advantages of “investment banking + commercial banking”, “investment banking + investment” and “domestic + overseas” in its investment banking business, BOCI China shifted its investment banking focus towards transaction-driven comprehensive financial services, and its asset management business focus towards active management. Through these efforts, its customer service capabilities and market influence steadily strengthened.

On 26 February 2020, BOCI China was successfully listed on the main board of Shanghai Stock Exchange, receiving wide recognition from investors. The Bank indirectly holds shares of BOCI China through its wholly-owned subsidiary BOCI, and will give full play to its brand value and synergy to support BOCI China in becoming a first-class investment bank.

(Please refer to the BOCI China interim report for a full review of its business performance.)

Asset Management Business

BOCIM

The Bank is engaged in fund management business in the Chinese mainland through BOCIM. As at 30 June 2020, BOCIM’s registered capital amounted to RMB100 million, its total assets stood at RMB5.469 billion and its net assets totalled RMB4.149 billion. In the first half of 2020, BOCIM realised a profit for the period of RMB451 million.

BOCIM steadily expanded its asset management business, continuously improved its profitability, maintained sound internal control and risk management, constantly improved its brand and market reputation, and further enhanced its comprehensive strengths. As at 30 June 2020, BOCIM’s AUM stood at RMB606.1 billion. In particular, its public-offered funds reached RMB390.5 billion and its non-monetary public-offered funds at RMB279.7 billion.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 38

39

BOC Wealth Management

The Bank is engaged in asset management business in the Chinese mainland through BOC Wealth Management. BOC Wealth Management’s business includes wealth management products for the general public, wealth management products for qualified investors, consulting, and other asset management related products and services. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Wealth Management’s registered capital was RMB10.000 billion, its total assets amounted to RMB10.843 billion, its net assets totalled RMB10.450 billion and it realised a profit for the period of RMB279 million for the first half of 2020.

BOC Wealth Management steadfastly followed the requirements of the new asset management regulations. It increased the issuance of net-worth products, continually enriched its product system and rapidly increased the product scale. In line with the national strategic orientation and taking into account market hotspots, BOC Wealth Management launched products themed on pension and health care, technological innovation and key regions, thereby effectively supporting the real economy. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Wealth Management’s total product balance reached RMB423.889 billion.

Insurance

BOCG Insurance

The Bank is engaged in general insurance business in Hong Kong through BOCG Insurance. As at 30 June 2020, BOCG Insurance reported issued share capital of HKD3.749 billion, total assets of HKD9.852 billion and net assets of HKD4.225 billion. In the first half of 2020, BOCG Insurance recorded gross written premiums of HKD1.548 billion and realised a profit for the period of HKD43 million.

Steadfastly implementing its market development strategy of “deepening services in Hong Kong, refining business approach in the Chinese mainland, reaching out to overseas markets and widening brand awareness”, BOCG Insurance made solid progress in expanding its business, actively responded to market competition and coordinated with COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control. It deepened bank-insurance cooperation by jointly launching a “Remote Insurance Application” service with BOCHK and BOC Life, thereby further improving insurance application efficiency. It also advanced digital transformation by rolling out a new version of its mobile app. Following market demand, BOCG Insurance introduced new products and launched two “COVID-19 Insurance” schemes, thus honouring its corporate social responsibilities and promoting positivity. In line with the implementation of China’s major national initiatives, it strengthened business expansion in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area and Southeast Asia. BOCG Insurance’s Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Bridge vehicle insurance, Greater Bay Area personal accident insurance and Greater Bay Area travel insurance have all been widely recognised in the market.

BOCG Insurance pushed forward the development of its comprehensive risk management system, further improved its relevant risk control management system and mechanism, optimised its risk appetite setting and transmission mechanism, and properly managed various risks in a coordinated manner, thereby continually enhancing its risk management capabilities.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 39

40

BOC Life

The Bank is engaged in life insurance business in Hong Kong through BOC Life. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Life’s issued share capital was HKD3.538 billion, total assets amounted to HKD164.982 billion and net assets amounted to HKD10.536 billion. In the first half of 2020, its profit for the period was HKD337 million. BOC Life maintained its leading position in the life insurance sector and remained the market leader in RMB insurance business in Hong Kong.

BOC Life continued to implement its strategy of diversifying distribution channels, expanded its market coverage and strengthened its position as an expert in the area of retirement wealth management by providing a high-end Voluntary Health Insurance Scheme plan. In response to the pandemic, BOC Life actively introduced a number of relief measures to increase flexibility for customers, including remote application for Qualifying Deferred Annuity Policy products via telephone at home, an extension of the grace period for premium payment and the offer of additional COVID-19 coverage for designated customers. At the same time, BOC Life stepped up its efforts to develop its online insurance service by launching a number of products on its mobile banking platform, including short-term savings, whole life protection, critical illness, deferred annuity and hospital cash plans. These, together with increased online marketing and promotions, enabled BOC Life to provide customers with a more convenient experience in terms of digital insurance applications.

BOC Insurance

The Bank is engaged in property insurance business in the Chinese mainland through BOC Insurance. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Insurance reported registered capital of RMB4.535 billion, total assets of RMB13.725 billion and net assets of RMB4.351 billion. In the first half of 2020, it realised gross written premiums of RMB3.007 billion, and a profit for the period of RMB124 million.

BOC Insurance followed the national strategies, closely tracked market trends and customer needs, remained committed to serving the real economy, and continued to improve its comprehensive financial service capabilities. It actively responded to the Belt and Road Initiative. It maintained a leading position in the overseas insurance business, covering nearly 30 industries in 70 countries and regions in Asia, Africa and South America. Supporting regional development strategies, BOC Insurance developed integrated insurance action plans for the Yangtze River Delta and the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, and supported the infrastructure of key regions such as the Yangtze River Delta, the Greater Bay Area and the Beijing-Tianjin- Hebei Region, thereby boosting integrated and coordinated development in these regions. It supported China’s industrial upgrading by offering an insurance compensation mechanism for the first (set of) major technical equipment, so as to bolster enterprises’ technological innovation and facilitate the upgrading of major technical equipment. It supported customs clearance facilitation reform by providing services for the “International Trade Single Window” and moving online the full process of tariff guarantee insurance and cargo transportation insurance. To support the reform and development of private enterprises, BOC Insurance formulated and implemented 19 measures for serving private enterprises. It also played an active role in COVID-19 prevention and control, and pushed forward work and production resumption. It cooperated in carrying out the “BOC Protection Scheme for Doctors and Nurses” campaign, and

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 40

41

provided exclusive insurance services for over 140,000 medical workers with a total insured amount of RMB6.3 billion. Besides, it assumed its share of social responsibility by joining the China Nuclear Insurance Pool, the China Urban and Rural Residential Building Earthquakes Catastrophe Insurance Pool, the single-purpose pre-paid card performance bond insurance pool and the Residential Project Inherent Defect Insurance (IDI) supplier list, and by obtaining the qualifications to provide serious illness insurance for urban and rural residents. In addition, BOC Insurance introduced new forms of claim settlement services, and increasingly applied technology to claim settlement. To achieve agile response to COVID-19, it simplified claim settlement formalities and offered green channels, thus delivering convenient and high-quality services to customers.

BOC-Samsung Life

The Bank is engaged in life insurance business in the Chinese mainland through BOC-Samsung Life. As at 30 June 2020, BOC-Samsung Life’s registered capital stood at RMB1.667 billion, total assets amounted to RMB26.613 billion and net assets amounted to RMB1.687 billion. In the first half of 2020, BOC-Samsung Life recorded written premiums and premium deposits of RMB6.745 billion and a profit for the period of RMB69 million.

BOC-Samsung Life made every effort to respond to COVID-19 by jointly launching the “BOC Protection Scheme for Doctors and Nurses” campaign. It offered a special insurance programme for nearly 60,000 medical personnel working in key areas of pandemic prevention and control, provided adequate financial services and insurance assistance for the pandemic response effort, and added COVID-19 liability to the coverage of 11 critical illness insurance and accident insurance products, thus fully performing its social responsibility as an insurance company.

BOC-Samsung Life maintained rapid business growth. It realised a year-on-year increase of 41% in premiums, highlighting the continuous enhancement of its market competitiveness. Focusing on fundamentals of the insurance business, it improved its business structure and achieved a year-on-year increase of 47% in the new written premiums from its risk protection and long- term savings businesses. It continued to strengthen product development and highlighted the protection function of insurance, launching products such as “BOC AiJiaBao (Version 2020) Illness-Specific Insurance”. To further enable advancement through technology, it put in place a comprehensive online system featuring convenient, fast, professional and quality services, introduced nine initiatives to facilitate claim settlement, including green channels for claim settlement, streamlined claim procedures, claim prepayment and cancellation of deductibles, and offered “free medicine consulting on the phone” services around the clock and free online clinical diagnosing, thus gaining wide recognition from customers. BOC-Samsung Life was awarded “Insurer of the Year in Customer Service” in the fifth China’s Insurance Industry Ranking 2020.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 41

42

Investment Business

BOCG Investment

The Bank is engaged in direct investment and investment management business through BOCG Investment. BOCG Investment’s business activities include private equity investment, fund investment and management, real estate investment and management and special situation investment. As at 30 June 2020, BOCG Investment had recorded issued share capital of HKD34.052 billion, total assets of HKD127.566 billion and net assets of HKD66.375 billion. In the first half of 2020, it recorded a profit for the period of HKD2.583 billion.

BOCG Investment strived to foster sustainable and stable operations by firmly adhering to the strategies of integration, fund-based development and digitalisation. It actively implemented the Group’s comprehensive competition through cooperation by broadening investment and loan linkage channels and developing its business in the Yangtze River Delta and Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. Focusing on emerging industries, such as medical treatment, consumption, logistics, and high-end manufacturing, BOCG Investment helped enterprises recover from the impact of COVID-19 and supported the development of the real economy. BOCG Investment continued to strengthen its market-oriented financing capabilities and successfully issued a RMB1.5 billion Panda Bond.

BOC Asset Investment

The Bank is engaged in debt-for-equity swap and related business in the Chinese mainland through BOC Asset Investment. As at 30 June 2020, the registered capital of BOC Asset Investment was RMB10.000 billion, with its total assets and net assets standing at RMB73.909 billion and RMB11.105 billion respectively. In the first half of 2020, it realised a profit for the period of RMB815 million.

BOC Asset Investment conducted debt-for-equity swap business based on market-oriented and rule-of-law principles, with the aim of improving enterprises’ business operations and helping them to reduce leverage ratios and improve market value, thus effectively serving the real economy and preventing and mitigating financial risks. A special fund for debt-to-equity swaps was established by BOC Asset Investment in order to mobilise capital to support private enterprises in the Yangtze River Delta region. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank cumulative market- oriented debt-for-equity swap business reached RMB154.397 billion, with an increase of RMB6.051 billion compared with the prior year-end.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 42

43

Leasing Business

BOC Aviation

The Bank is engaged in the aircraft leasing business through BOC Aviation. BOC Aviation is one of the world’s leading aircraft operating leasing companies and is the largest aircraft operating leasing company headquartered in Asia, as measured by value of owned aircraft. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Aviation recorded issued share capital of USD1.158 billion, total assets of USD22.619 billion and net assets of USD4.642 billion. It recorded a profit for the period of USD323 million for the first half of 2020.

Committed to pursuing sustainable growth, BOC Aviation continued to implement its proactive business strategy and steadily promoted its standing in the aircraft leasing industry. Actively supporting the Belt and Road Initiative, it had leased more than 67% of its aircraft to airlines of Belt and Road countries and regions, as well as airlines based in the Chinese mainland, Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan, as at 30 June 2020. Continually cultivating customer demand, the company took delivery of 23 aircraft, including one aircraft that an airline customer purchased at delivery, as it expanded its owned fleet. All of these aircraft have been placed on long-term leases. BOC Aviation signed 76 leases for future deliveries and added two new customers, bringing its total up to 91 customers in 40 countries and regions. The company consistently sought to optimise its asset structure and to improve its sustainable development. It sold five owned aircraft in the first half of the year, leaving it with an average owned fleet age of 3.5 years (weighted by net book value) as at 30 June 2020, one of the youngest aircraft portfolios in the aircraft leasing industry.

(Please refer to the BOC Aviation interim report for a full review of its business performance.)

BOCL

The Bank operates financial leasing, transfer and receiving of financial leasing assets and other related businesses through BOCL. BOCL was established in June 2020 and registered in Chongqing. As at 30 June 2020, BOCL recorded registered capital of RMB10.800 billion, total assets of RMB10.808 billion and net assets of RMB10.806 billion.

Following the strategic objectives of the Group, BOCL accelerated the establishment and improvement of its governance system, strengthened its risk management mechanism and promoted the construction of a team of market-oriented talents. Focusing on national strategies and key regions, it leveraged its advantages of specialisation, differentiation and characteristics, refined and strengthened its leasing brand, promoted high-quality development, and continuously enhanced the capability of serving the real economy.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 43

44

Service Channels

With a core focus on improving customer experience, the Bank pushed forward its service channel integration and outlet transformation so as to attract more active customers and cultivate an ecosystem featuring the integration of online and offline channels and the seamless connection of financial and non-financial scenarios.

Online Channels

Embracing the trend of digital transformation and following a “Mobile First” strategy, the Bank continued to increase its efforts to expand online channels and upgrade its mobile banking service, thus realising a rapid growth in online businesses. In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s substitution ratio of e-banking channels for outlet-based business transactions reached 94.95%. Its e-channel transaction amount reached RMB133.95 trillion, an increase of 15.99% compared with the same period of the prior year. Among this, mobile banking transaction volumes reached RMB15.54 trillion, an increase of 13.85% compared with the same period of the prior year, making mobile banking the online trading channel with the most active customers.

Unit: million customers, except percentages

Items

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Change

(%)

Number of corporate online banking customers 5.0199 4.6163 8.74% Number of personal online banking customers 187.4830 182.3062 2.84% Number of mobile banking customers 193.7826 180.8226 7.17% Number of telephone banking customers 112.2357 112.7403 (0.45%)

The Bank picked up the pace of building a mobile portal to deliver integrated corporate banking financial services for corporate banking customers. Taking into account the needs of SMEs for convenient mobile finance, the Bank started by improving primary services, diversifying featured services and expanding new scenarios to drive the development of an enterprise-level mobile integrated financial service platform in a tiered and step-by-step manner. It continued to improve primary services such as account management, bank-enterprise reconciliation, transfer and remittance, deposit and online reservation of account opening as well as featured services including self-service foreign exchange settlement, international settlement and online L/G. The Bank’s mobile services now cover almost all high-frequency corporate customer transactions.

The Bank adapted to changes in FinTech development and customer habits, expanded mobile banking services and introduced such features as annual electronic statement, LPR conversion, credit reference inquiry, E-mortgage and Silver Economy Service for its personal banking customers. It improved key functionalities such as cross-border remittance, investment and wealth management, credit card and self-service registration, covering more than 200 digital financial services. It continuously enriched mobile banking’s non-financial services, focused on high-frequency transactions and consumption scenarios to create the best user experience, and provided customers with more convenient personal financial services with a focus on e-commerce shopping, food delivery and online video, etc. The Bank continued to enhance its digital risk control capability and provided customers with access to smart and efficient online anti-fraud services, so as to effectively protect and secure their funds. During the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank upgraded its mobile banking services and introduced an anti-pandemic zone to provide domestic and overseas customers with the latest news regarding the pandemic situation.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 44

45

Offline Channels

The Bank pushed forward outlet transformation, centring on its bank-wide smart counters, to enhance outlets’ value-creating capacity. In the first half of 2020, the Bank completed seven upgrades of its smart counters so as to further improve its service system. It offered multiple channels for account opening reservation, “one-stop” account opening and product contracting by relying on channel innovation and process improvement, and dedicated itself to delivering more efficient and accessible products and services to customers. Corporate receipt management was launched at smart counters, allowing for self-service inquiry and account information printout by corporate customers, thus supporting work and production resumption through efficient and expedited services. An instant card printing service was also launched in a pilot basis, satisfying customers’ real-time card usage demands by printing and issuing cards with designated numbers on site. The Bank launched a tablet version of its smart counters, supporting outlets to “go out” and actively expand the customer base by providing a one-to-one premium service. A cash version of smart counters was also launched across the Bank, providing smart cash services including large amounts and multiple denominations and mediums. The Bank also promoted a new O2O physical delivery model by focusing on foreign currency exchange as a business enabler. Specifically, it enabled customers to make online reservations and collect foreign currency packages through smart counters, thus ensuring convenient cross-border services for customers. Moreover, by empowering outlets through technological means, the Bank continuously improved its customer service channels and enhanced digital marketing and management capabilities at the outlet level.

The Bank optimised its outlet performance assessment system and continued to work on the differentiated development of its outlets, in a bid to promote outlet efficiency and effectiveness. Focusing on core business areas and scenario-building strategies, the Bank accelerated the building of featured outlets to offer differentiated, enhanced quality services, and expanded service channels so as to upgrade financial service capabilities in county areas. In addition, the Bank refined the operational management of its outlets and adjusted the authorities and responsibilities of primary-level employee positions. It improved outlets’ marketing and service approaches and strengthened the risk management of its outlet business, thus enhancing comprehensive operational efficiency.

As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s commercial banking network in the Chinese mainland (including Head Office, tier-1 branches, tier-2 branches and outlets) comprised 10,581 branches and outlets. Its non-commercial banking institutions in the Chinese mainland totalled 495, and the number of its institutions in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions totalled 558.

Unit: single item, except percentages

Items

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Change (%)

ATM 35,240 37,331 (5.60%) Smart counter 31,568 30,425 3.76% Self-service terminal 1,163 1,875 (37.97%)

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 45

46

Information Technology Development

The Bank continued to deeply pursue FinTech innovation so as to boost the role of technology as an enabler, bolstering its ongoing efforts to build a digitalised bank that is oriented to user experience, data-based and technology-driven.

The Bank leveraged technology in order to provide strong support for financial services during the COVID-19 pandemic. It rapidly launched various financial services in response to the COVID-19 outbreak, including the granting of anti-pandemic loans, a free donation channel for corporate customers, and deferral and interest exemption on credit card statements. It introduced a COVID-19 control section to its mobile banking and WeChat banking channels in order to provide a number of convenient services for stay-at-home customers, including pandemic update and online health consultations, thus using FinTech to support COVID-19 control. It also launched smart home service representatives to safeguard the continuity of its financial services. Capitalising its advantages in online services, the Bank provided technological support for the 127th Canton Fair, the 2020 World Artificial Intelligence Conference and the 4th World Intelligence Congress.

The Bank advanced enterprise-level architecture development and sped up technological reform. From a corporate perspective, it pressed ahead with the top-level design, modelling and auxiliary projects for enterprise-level business architecture and enterprise-level IT architecture. The Bank accelerated the implementation of its foundational strategic projects and prepared solid ground for digital development. The three cloud computing bases in Hefei, Inner Mongolia and Xi’an have all been put into operation. In addition, the Bank continuously developed the layout of its next-generation multi-centre infrastructure in multiple locations, built a platform for cloud centre operations and established an agile and efficient cloud service model, thereby enhancing the Group’s infrastructure support capacity.

The Bank gave full play to the driving role of technology in speeding up digital transformation in key business fields. It rapidly built up its scenario ecosystem, comprising cross-border, education, sports and the silver economy, with new technologies applied to financial scenarios on a pilot basis. It upgraded its mobile banking from a trading platform to an integrated service platform, and launched a number of new features such as payment by facial recognition and a wealth management micro-store. The Bank also embedded a corporate services ecosystem in its transaction banking to enhance its customer service capacity. It made its smart counter channel available via portable devices, and rolled out new scenarios such as LPR conversion and real- time card printing, thereby improving its offline service system. In addition, the Bank launched BOC Corporate E Loan and hence improved loan processing efficiency. It also continuously upgraded its smart customer service system, and launched online customer service across all online channels. Meanwhile, the Bank established a smart asset management system to provide customers with more intelligent services for asset allocation. It also built the “Cyber Defence” smart risk control and prevention system as well as a digital lifecycle risk control system, which provide strong backing for the Group’s enterprise risk management.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 46

47

The Bank delivered more technological support to its globalised and comprehensive operations, and advanced the coordinated development of the Group. It promoted the IT standardisation of its comprehensive operation companies, improved the information system building process for newly established overseas institutions, and supported the IT development of overseas institutions. At the same time, the Bank extended the overseas reach of mature products and services such as mobile banking, smart counters and smart customer services, thus significantly enhancing its global service capabilities.

The Bank continually improved its IT systems and processes as well as the layout of its technological innovation mechanisms. It strengthened collaboration and shared application between the Head Office and branches, improved the characterised application management system for domestic branches, and made coordinated efforts regarding the implementation of overseas institutions’ special requirements. The Suzhou subsidiary of BOC Financial Technology was established. Explorations were made regarding a new mechanism for cooperation with government, with a view to jointly implementing the Group’s technological strategy. In order to promote the construction of regional innovation and R&D centres, the Bank inaugurated its Xiongan base, which was the earliest one among its peers and made the layout of its FinTech innovation further optimised. As part of its constant research into new technologies, the Bank advanced the application of such new technologies as 5G, Internet of Things, blockchain and virtual reality in real-world scenarios.

Risk Management

The Bank endeavoured to comply with regulatory requirements for preventing and mitigating material risks, continued to improve its risk management system in line with the Group’s strategies, and further enhanced its comprehensive risk management. It improved its contingency plan and re-examined and updated the Group’s risk appetite, thereby constantly making its risk management reporting more forward-looking. It kept improving the effectiveness of the Group’s consolidated risk management and control so as to support its comprehensive development. Meanwhile, the Bank continued to refine its risk measurement model and pushed forward the development and maintenance of online models for inclusive finance. It promoted the development of advanced capital management approaches, and deepened the application of advanced approaches. In addition, the Bank intensified efforts in intelligent scenario development and the application of risk data, and strengthened its risk data governance. It also strictly followed regulatory requirements in order to enhance accountability for remediation and hold fast to the bottom line for risk compliance.

Credit Risk Management

Closely monitoring changes in macroeconomic and financial conditions, the Bank pushed forward the optimisation of its credit structure, further improved its credit risk management policies, strengthened credit asset quality management and took a proactive and forward-looking stance on risk management.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 47

48

The Bank continuously adjusted and optimised its credit structure. With the aim of advancing strategic implementation and balancing risk, capital and return, it improved the management plans for its credit portfolios. In line with national industrial policy orientation, the Bank intensified its support to the real economy, bolstered the improvement of weak links in infrastructure, and supported new infrastructure and new urbanisation initiatives and major projects such as transportation and water conservation projects, boosting the high-quality development of the manufacturing industry. It also enacted guidelines for industry-focused lending and continued to push forward the building of an industrial policy system so as to optimise its credit structure.

Taking a customer-centric approach, the Bank further strengthened its unified credit granting management and enhanced full-scope centralised credit risk management. It continuously improved its long-acting credit management mechanism and asset quality monitoring system, strengthened the control of customer concentration, and further raised the effectiveness of potential risk identification, control and mitigation. The Bank enhanced the supervision of risk analysis and asset quality control in key regions, and strengthened window guidance on all business lines. In addition, it constantly identified, measured and monitored large exposures in line with management requirements.

In terms of corporate banking, the Bank further strengthened risk identification and control in key fields, and proactively reduced and exited credit relationships in such fields. It strictly controlled the outstanding amount and use of loans through limit management, and prevented and mitigated risk from overcapacity industries. In addition, it implemented the government’s macro-control policies and regulatory measures in the real estate sector so as to strengthen the risk management of real estate loans. In terms of personal banking, the Bank reinforced the management of credit granting approval, imposed stricter access standards, strengthened monitoring throughout the whole process, and prevented the risk of excessive credit and cross-infection while supporting the development of its personal credit business. It also strengthened risk control over key products and regions.

The Bank strengthened country risk management. It performed an annual review of country risk ratings and implemented limit management and control of country risk exposures. It collected statistics, monitored, analysed and reported its exposures on a regular basis, and made timely assessments of the impact of material country risk events. In addition, it re-examined country risk by considering the impact of COVID-19 and other factors, issued risk prompts in a timely manner and adopted differentiated management of potentially high-risk and sensitive countries and regions. The Bank’s net exposure to country risk mainly concentrated on countries and regions that have relatively low ratings, and its overall country risk remained at a reasonable level.

The Bank further stepped up the collection of NPAs. It continued to adopt centralised and tiered management of NPA projects. It reinforced the supervision and management of key regions and key projects, in order to continuously improve the quality and efficiency of disposals. The Bank proactively explored the application of “Internet Plus” in NPA collection, and diversified its disposal channels. In addition, it enhanced the application of write-off and debt-for-equity swaps to consolidate asset quality and prevent and defuse financial risks.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 48

49

The Bank reasonably measured and managed the quality of its credit assets based on the Guidelines for Loan Credit Risk Classification. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s NPLs4 totalled RMB198.382 billion, an increase of RMB20.147 billion compared with the prior year-end. The NPL ratio was 1.42%, up by 0.05 percentage point compared with the prior year-end. The Group’s allowance for loan impairment losses amounted to RMB369.912 billion, an increase of RMB43.989 billion compared with the prior year-end. The coverage ratio of allowance for loan impairment losses to NPLs was 186.46%.

Five-category Loan Classification

Unit: RMB million, except percentages As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Items Amount % of total Amount % of total

Group Pass 13,530,868 96.64% 12,566,640 96.41% Special-mention 271,507 1.94% 289,314 2.22% Substandard 108,492 0.78% 77,459 0.59% Doubtful 37,014 0.26% 51,804 0.40% Loss 52,876 0.38% 48,972 0.38% Total 14,000,757 100.00% 13,034,189 100.00% NPLs 198,382 1.42% 178,235 1.37%

Chinese mainland Pass 10,563,554 96.18% 9,885,045 95.95% Special-mention 238,568 2.17% 247,412 2.40% Substandard 96,410 0.88% 72,611 0.70% Doubtful 35,339 0.32% 50,334 0.49% Loss 49,634 0.45% 47,006 0.46% Total 10,983,505 100.00% 10,302,408 100.00% NPLs 181,383 1.65% 169,951 1.65%

Migration Ratio

Unit: %

Items For the six-month period

ended 30 June 2020 2019 2018

Pass 0.53 1.40 2.20 Special-mention 16.51 21.45 23.70 Substandard 15.52 40.86 51.89 Doubtful 24.46 18.76 33.57

In accordance with IFRS 9, the Bank assesses expected credit losses (ECL) with forward- looking information and makes relevant allowances. In particular, it makes allowances for assets classified as stage 1 and assets classified as stage 2 and stage 3 according to the ECL over 12 months and the ECL over the entire lifetime of the asset, respectively. As at 30 June 2020, the

4 Total loans and advances to customers in “Risk Management — Credit risk management” section are exclusive of accrued interest.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 49

50

Group’s stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 loans totalled RMB13,484.743 billion, RMB313.568 billion and RMB198.382 billion respectively, accounting for 96.34%, 2.24% and 1.42% of total loans. In the first half of 2020, the Group’s impairment losses on loans amounted to RMB60.728 billion, an increase of RMB25.007 billion compared with the same period of the prior year. Credit cost accounted for 0.90%, an increase of 0.31 percentage point compared with the same period of the prior year. Please refer to Notes III.16 and IV.1 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for detailed information regarding loan classification, the classification of ECL stages and allowance for loan impairment losses.

The Bank continued to focus on controlling borrower concentration risk and was in compliance with regulatory requirements on borrower concentration.

Unit: %

Indicators Regulatory

Standard

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

As at 31 December

2018

Loan concentration ratio of the largest single borrower ≤10 3.1 3.2 3.6 Loan concentration ratio of the ten largest borrowers ≤50 14.7 14.5 15.3

Notes: 1 Loan concentration ratio of the largest single borrower = total outstanding loans to the largest single borrower ÷

net regulatory capital. 2 Loan concentration ratio of the ten largest borrowers = total outstanding loans to the top ten borrowers ÷ net

regulatory capital.

The following table shows the top ten individual borrowers as at 30 June 2020.

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

Industry Related Parties

or not Outstanding

loans % of

total loans

Customer A Manufacturing No 70,873 0.51% Customer B Transportation, storage and

postal services No 59,341 0.42% Customer C Commerce and services No 37,020 0.26% Customer D Transportation, storage and

postal services No 36,607 0.26% Customer E Transportation, storage and

postal services No 32,284 0.23% Customer F Real estate No 22,000 0.16% Customer G Transportation, storage and

postal services No 21,351 0.15% Customer H Commerce and services No 20,185 0.14% Customer I Commerce and services No 19,193 0.14% Customer J Production and supply of

electricity, heating, gas and water No 19,036 0.14%

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 50

51

Market Risk Management

In response to changes in the market environment, the Bank continued to enhance its market risk management.

The Bank improved the Group’s market risk management system, and refined the Group’s risk limit system by re-examining and adjusting the Group’s market risk limit in response to changes in operations and the market. Paying close attention to regulatory dynamics and development trends in financial markets, the Bank strengthened its forward-looking research, judgment and monitoring regarding market risks, thus bolstering its risk warning and mitigation capabilities. It continuously advanced the improvement of its market risk data mart system and upgraded system operation efficiency, so as to enhance the accuracy of risk measurement and improve its ability to quantify risk. Please refer to Note IV.2 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for detailed information regarding market risk.

The Bank tracked fluctuations in domestic and overseas financial markets, strengthened risk management of the Group’s bond investments, paid constant attention to changes in the risks of key fields and adjusted its control strategies accordingly. Actively coping with changes in domestic and overseas markets, the Bank strengthened control of bond asset quality during the COVID-19 pandemic and continued to bolster its efforts in the routine monitoring and screening of risky bonds, thus ensuring stable bond investment.

In terms of exchange rate risk management, the Bank sought to achieve currency matching between fund source and application, and managed exchange rate risk through timely currency exchange and hedging, thus effectively controlling its foreign exchange exposure.

Management of Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

Based on the principles of matching, comprehensiveness and prudence, the Bank strengthened the management of interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB). The Bank’s IRRBB management strategy is to control risks within an acceptable level by considering factors such as the Bank’s risk appetite and risk profile, as well as macroeconomic and market conditions, so as to achieve a reasonable balance between risk and return, and thus maximise shareholder value.

The Bank assessed the interest rate risk in the banking book mainly through analysis of interest rate repricing gaps, and made timely adjustments to the structure of its assets and liabilities or implemented risk hedging based on changes in the market situation.

Liquidity Risk Management

The Bank endeavoured to develop a sound liquidity risk management system with the aim of effectively identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling liquidity risk at the institution and Group level, including that of branches, subsidiaries and business lines, thus ensuring that liquidity demand is met in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 51

52

Adhering to an appropriate balance of safety, liquidity and profitability, and following regulatory requirements, the Bank improved its liquidity risk management in a forward-looking and effective manner. The Bank enhanced liquidity risk management at the institution and Group level, including that of branches, subsidiaries and business lines. It formulated sound liquidity risk management policies and contingency plans, periodically re-examined liquidity risk limits and upgraded the early warning system for liquidity risk in a timely manner, in order to strike an appropriate balance between risk and return. In addition, the Bank regularly improved its liquidity stress-testing scheme and performed stress tests on a quarterly basis. The test results indicated that the Bank had adequate payment ability to cope with distressed scenarios.

As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s liquidity risk indicator met regulatory requirements. The Group’s liquidity ratio is shown in the table below (in accordance with the relevant provisions of regulatory authorities in the Chinese mainland):

Unit: %

Indicator Regulatory

standard

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

As at 31 December

2018

Liquidity ratio RMB ≥25 53.9 54.6 58.7 Foreign currency ≥25 58.2 60.4 54.8

Reputational Risk Management

The Bank earnestly implemented regulatory requirements on reputational risk management, continued to enhance its reputational risk management system and mechanism and strengthened the consolidated management of reputational risk, so as to enhance its overall reputational risk management capabilities. It attached great importance to the investigation and pre-warning of potential reputational risk factors, strengthened public opinion monitoring, continued to conduct reputational risk identification, assessment and reporting, established a coordination mechanism between reputational risk management departments and liable departments, and dealt appropriately with reputational risk events, thus effectively protecting its brand reputation. In addition, the Bank continued to roll out reputational risk training so as to enhance employees’ awareness and foster a culture of reputational risk management.

Internal Control and Operational Risk Management

Internal Control

The Board of Directors, senior management and their special committees earnestly performed their duties regarding internal control and supervision, emphasised early risk warning and prevention, and thus improved the Group’s level of compliance operation.

The Bank continued to adopt the “Three Lines of Defence” mechanism for internal control. The first line of defence consists of business departments and all banking outlets. They are the owners of, and are accountable for, local risks and controls. They undertake self-directed risk control and management functions in the course of their business operations, including formulating and implementing policies, conducting business examination, reporting control deficiencies and organising rectifications.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 52

53

The internal control and risk management departments of the Bank’s institutions at all levels form the second line of defence. They are responsible for the overall planning, implementing, examining and assessing of risk management and internal control, as well as for identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling risks. They led the first line of defence to enhance its use of the Group’s operational risk monitoring and analysis platform, and are responsible for handling employee violations and management accountability. Through regular monitoring of material risks, the Bank identified and mitigated risks in a timely manner and promoted the optimisation of business processes and systems.

The third line of defence rests in the audit department of the Bank. The audit department is responsible for performing internal audits of the Bank’s internal control and risk management in respect of its adequacy and effectiveness. The Bank continued to push forward the reform of its human resource management system for the audit line, and further intensified the vertical management of its audit function. It enhanced audit team building, pushed forward the construction of IT applications in audit, reinforced the use of IT-based audit approaches, continuously conducted audit circulatory monitoring, and pushed forward the implementation of the audit working mechanism for identifying and revealing material risks. Taking an issue- oriented approach, the Bank focused on comprehensive audits of its institutions and special audits of its businesses. It strengthened audits and inspections of high-risk institutions and businesses, as well as those fields prioritised by the Group and of special concern to regulators. The audit department concentrated its attention on systemic, trending, emerging and important issues, so as to practically perform its internal audit function. It promoted the rectification of audit findings, and clarified the primary responsible parties for the rectification. Meanwhile, it deepened the application of audit results, and urged timely and effective rectification of issues, so as to continually improve the Bank’s internal governance and control mechanism.

The Bank devoted great efforts to internal control and case prevention management, consolidated the liabilities of primary responsible parties and took multiple control measures. It consistently improved internal control rules, process and system, stepped up efforts in the building of its internal control inspection team and organised bank-wide risk screening, thereby improving the quality and efficiency of internal control and case prevention. The Bank also focused on the remediation of issues or findings, raised employees’ compliance awareness and fostered an internal control compliance culture.

The Bank continued to implement the Basic Standard for Enterprise Internal Control and its supporting guidelines, adhering to the primary goal of ensuring the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting and the accuracy of financial information. It also constantly improved non-financial internal control. The Bank earnestly implemented the Guidelines for Internal Control of Commercial Banks by following the basic principles of “complete coverage, checks and balances, prudence and correspondence”, so as to promote internal control governance and an organisational structure characterised by a reasonable delegation of work, well-defined responsibilities and clear reporting lines.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 53

54

The Bank established and implemented a systematic financial accounting policy framework in accordance with applicable accounting standards and rules. As a result, its accounting basis was solidified and the level of standardisation and refinement of its financial accounting management was further improved. It endeavoured to establish a long-term mechanism of accounting fundamentals, and pushed forward the implementation and assessment of robust accounting standards. It continuously strengthened the quality management of its accounting information, so as to ensure the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The financial statements of the Bank were prepared in accordance with the applicable accounting standards and related accounting regulations, and the financial position, operational performance and cash flows of the Bank were fairly presented in all material respects.

Focusing on fraud risk prevention and control, the Bank proactively identified, assessed, controlled and mitigated risks. In the first half of 2020, the Bank successfully prevented 110 external cases involving RMB8.896 million.

Operational Risk Management

The Bank continuously improved its operational risk management system. It promoted the application of operational risk management tools, including Risk and Control Assessment (RACA), Key Risk Indicators (KRI) and Loss Data Collection (LDC), etc., to identify, assess and monitor operational risk, thus continuously improving its risk management measures. The Bank enhanced its IT-system support capability by optimising its operational risk management information system. It strengthened its business continuity management system, optimised its operating mechanism to enhance operational sustainability, carried out disaster recovery drills, proactively addressed the COVID-19 pandemic and improved the Group’s business continuity capacity.

Compliance Management

The Bank continuously improved its compliance risk governance mechanism and management process to ensure the stable development and sustainable operation of the Group. It strengthened its anti-money-laundering (AML) and sanction compliance policies and procedures, optimised AML resource allocation, deepened AML efforts and strengthened sanction compliance monitoring and management. It intensified system and model building and improved system functionality. It endeavoured to build a proactive, forward-looking and robust management framework for overseas compliance through a compliance risk assessment programme. It improved the AML and sanction compliance training management mechanism and conducted various forms of compliance training, so as to enhance all employees’ compliance awareness and abilities.

The Bank enhanced the management of its connected transactions and internal transactions. It improved the management of connected parties and consolidated the foundation of its connected transaction management. It strengthened the routine monitoring and examination of connected transactions and strictly controlled their risks. In addition, it continuously implemented internal transaction monitoring and reporting, thereby improving the quality and efficiency of its internal transaction management.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 54

55

Capital Management

The Bank thoroughly applied the concepts of capital constraint and value creation, continually optimised its assessment on capital budget implementation, and actively reinforced the construction of its capital management system, so as to continuously refine its overall capital management, lead the optimisation of its business structure, and improve its value creation capabilities. It also seized the market opportunity to accelerate its external capital replenishment. In the first half of 2020, it successfully issued USD2.82 billion of offshore preference shares and RMB40.0 billion of undated capital bonds. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s capital adequacy ratio was 15.42%, reaching a relatively high level.

Capital Adequacy Ratios

As at 30 June 2020, the capital adequacy ratios separately calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) are listed below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages Group Bank

Items

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Net common equity tier 1 capital 1,640,569 1,596,378 1,361,016 1,346,623 Net tier 1 capital 1,910,664 1,806,435 1,620,480 1,546,517 Net capital 2,298,846 2,201,278 1,994,511 1,927,188 Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 11.01% 11.30% 10.55% 10.99% Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 12.82% 12.79% 12.56% 12.62% Capital adequacy ratio 15.42% 15.59% 15.46% 15.72%

Please refer to Note IV.5 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information and Supplementary Information II.5 to the Interim Financial Information for detailed information.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 55

56

Leverage Ratio

As at 30 June 2020, the leverage ratio calculated in accordance with the Administrative Measures for the Leverage Ratio of Commercial Banks (Revised) and the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) is listed below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

Items As at

30 June 2020 As at

31 December 2019

Net tier 1 capital 1,910,664 1,806,435 Adjusted on- and off-balance sheet assets 25,687,399 24,303,201 Leverage ratio 7.44% 7.43%

Please refer to Supplementary Information II.6 to the Interim Financial Information for detailed information.

Social Responsibilities

The Bank actively assumed its responsibilities as a state-owned commercial bank. Leveraging the competitive advantages arising from its global and integrated operations, it continually expanded and deepened the practices through in fulfilling its social responsibilities, devoted itself to win-win cooperation with stakeholders and created lasting value for the economy, society and environment.

In pursuit of the nation’s major strategic objectives, including building a moderately prosperous society in all respects and achieving poverty alleviation, and by following related requirements regarding reducing poverty through financial measures, the Bank refined its financial resource allocation and increased resource input in certain areas, with a focus on the basic needs of food and clothing as well as proper access to compulsory education, medical care and safe housing for those living in poverty, concentrating on severely impoverished areas and those industries that benefit the impoverished. It created innovative financial products and services, introduced high- quality industrial poverty alleviation entities for poverty-stricken areas and stimulated internal growth drivers in those areas. In addition, the Bank granted small-amount loans for poverty alleviation and government-sponsored student loans to satisfy the funding needs of the registered poverty-stricken population.

The Bank has supported poverty alleviation in the four poverty-stricken counties of Yongshou, Changwu, Xunyi and Chunhua in Xianyang, Shaanxi Province for 18 consecutive years. Since the beginning of 2020, amid efforts to bolster the four counties in fighting against COVID-19, the Bank drove forward its poverty alleviation programme as scheduled. Consolidating its existing poverty alleviation achievements, it continuously allocated more funds and accelerated the implementation of poverty alleviation schemes. It also carried out poverty alleviation campaigns by stimulating consumption, assisted with local work and production resumption and promoted the connection of poverty alleviation to rural revitalisation, thus making an active contribution to advancing economic and social development and the improvement of living standards in local areas. In the first half of 2020, the Bank provided more than RMB75 million of cost-free capital

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 56

57

to the four targeted counties, gave training to more than 10,000 officials and technicians at the primary level, and purchased and helped to sell over RMB0.14 billion worth of agricultural products from poverty-stricken areas.

The Bank continued to provide government-sponsored student loans to support education. As at 30 June 2020, it had cumulatively granted student loans of RMB24.240 billion to sponsor over 1.80 million financially underprivileged students to complete their studies. It has sponsored the Tan Kah Kee Science Award for 17 consecutive years, in order to honour scientists who have made original scientific and technological achievements. The Bank has also carried out strategic cooperation with the National Centre for the Performing Arts for 12 consecutive years, with the aim of popularising the arts through financial channels.

Since the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank has focused on pandemic prevention and control as well as fighting the virus through financial channels. It has coordinated efforts across its domestic and overseas institutions, and proactively conveyed a vision of building a global community based on a shared future for mankind. The Bank not only cooperated with the domestic pandemic response, but also took the lead in racing against the clock to assist other areas of the world. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had delivered medical supplies to a total of 57 countries and regions.

The Bank made continuous progress in implementing its green finance strategy. It steadily increased the proportion of green credit, accelerated the launch of new green finance products, advocated low-carbon and environmentally-friendly lifestyles, and vigorously supported public welfare environmental protection campaigns, thus taking concrete action to implement the development concept of “clear waters and green mountains are invaluable assets”.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 57

58

Outlook

In the second half of 2020, the banking sector will continue to face a tough and complicated operating environment and unprecedented external risks and challenges. From an international perspective, the spread of COVID-19 pandemic will drag the global economy into serious recession and accelerate change in global landscape. From a domestic perspective, China’s economy will continue to improve, but will nevertheless face a number of uncertain and destabilising factors.

The Bank adhered to the general principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability, and applied the new development philosophy. With 2020 designated as the “Year of Enhanced Implementation”, the Bank will stimulate vitality, respond with agility and achieve breakthroughs in key areas. It will endeavour to combine performing its responsibilities and planning for its own development, solving present difficulties and resolving long-term problems, and tackling external challenges and defending the risk bottom line, in order to seek out new opportunities from crisis conditions, break new ground in the midst of changes, and realise high-quality development amid difficulties and challenges.

First, the Bank will realise more sustainable development by solidly serving the real economy. It will earnestly implement the requirements of ensuring stability on six fronts and maintaining security in six areas, and vigorously support key fields and weak areas including inclusive finance, private enterprises, advanced manufacturing, new infrastructure and new urbanisation initiatives and major projects. It will make greater efforts to develop green finance, accelerate the development of consumer finance, and enhance its capacities for providing effective finance and serving the real economy. Second, the Bank will actively devote itself to a new development pattern in order to achieve more coordinated improvements. It will continue to follow the path of globalisation, bring the fundamental role of its Chinese mainland business into full play, firmly uplift the globalised and diversified aspects of its development, spare no effort to boost the establishment of the domestic economic cycle, and promote the development of dual circulation between Chinese market and international markets. Third, the Bank will realise more agile and efficient development by deepening system and mechanism reforms. It will further refine its organisational structure and system, make progress towards becoming a more flexible organisation, optimise business management mechanisms and improve resource allocation efficiency and agile responsiveness. Fourth, the Bank will realise more stable development by making every effort to improve comprehensive risk management and control. It will raise awareness of risk compliance, defend the bottom line, reinforce credit risk management and control, strengthen internal control case prevention and operational risk management, refine the regular risk investigation and issue rectification mechanism, in order to uplift its risk management to a more specialised and professional level. Fifth, by strengthening team building and establishing a strong culture, the Bank will realise a development path that is more vibrant and full of positive energy. It will improve human resource management mechanisms, optimise team composition and enhance the professionalism of its employees. It will make balanced use of domestic and overseas training resources to effectively improve the capability and quality of officials and employees.

41581 (BOC)_07. Management Discussion and Analysis 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 58

Changes in Share Capital and Shareholdings of Shareholders

59

41581 (BOC)_08. Changes in Share Capital and Shareholdings 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 59

Ordinary Shares

Changes in Ordinary Share Capital

Unit: Share

As at 1 January 2020 Increase/decrease during the reporting period As at 30 June 2020

Number of shares Percentage

Issuance of new shares

Bonus shares

Shares transferred

from surplus reserve Others Subtotal

Number of shares Percentage

I. Shares subject to selling restrictions

– – – – – – – – –

II. Shares not subject to selling restrictions

294,387,791,241 100.00% – – – – – 294,387,791,241 100.00%

1. RMB-denominated ordinary shares 210,765,514,846 71.59% – – – – – 210,765,514,846 71.59%

2. Overseas listed foreign shares 83,622,276,395 28.41% – – – – – 83,622,276,395 28.41%

III. Total Ordinary Shares 294,387,791,241 100.00% – – – – – 294,387,791,241 100.00%

Notes:

1 As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had issued a total of 294,387,791,241 ordinary shares, including 210,765,514,846 A Shares and 83,622,276,395 H Shares.

2 As at 30 June 2020, none of the Bank’s A Shares and H Shares were subject to selling restrictions.

60

41581 (BOC)_08. Changes in Share Capital and Shareholdings 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 60

Number of Ordinary Shareholders and Shareholdings

Number of ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2020: 681,633 (including 497,840 A-Share Holders and 183,793 H-Share Holders)

The top ten ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2020 are set forth below:

Unit: Share

No. Name of ordinary shareholder

Changes during the reporting

period

Number of shares held as

at the end of the reporting

period

Percentage of total ordinary

shares

Number of shares subject

to selling restrictions

Number of shares

pledged or frozen Type of shareholder

Type of ordinary

shares 1 Central Huijin Investment Ltd. – 188,461,533,607 64.02% – None State A

2 HKSCC Nominees Limited (13,731,661) 81,903,080,526 27.82% – Unknown Foreign legal person H

3 China Securities Finance Co., Ltd. – 8,596,044,925 2.92% – None State-owned legal person A

4 Central Huijin Asset Management Ltd. – 1,810,024,500 0.61% – None State-owned legal person A

5 Buttonwood Investment Platform Ltd. – 1,060,059,360 0.36% – None State-owned legal person A

6 China Life Insurance Company Limited — dividend — personal dividend — 005L — FH002SH

155,117,055 994,704,929 0.34% – None Other A

7 HKSCC Limited (123,056,169) 789,379,800 0.27% – None Foreign legal person A

8 China Life Insurance Company Limited — traditional — general insurance product — 005L — CT001SH

261,599,524 751,107,970 0.26% – None Other A

9 MUFG Bank, Ltd. – 520,357,200 0.18% – Unknown Foreign legal person H

10 China Pacific Life Insurance Co., Ltd. — China Pacific Life Insurance Dividend Equity Portfolio (Traditional) with management of Changjiang Pension Insurance Co., Ltd.

– 382,238,605 0.13% – None Other A

The number of shares held by H-Share Holders was recorded in the register of members kept at the H-Share Registrar of the Bank.

HKSCC Nominees Limited acted as the nominee for all the institutional and individual investors that maintain an account with it as at 30 June 2020. The aggregate number of the Bank’s H Shares held by HKSCC Nominees Limited included the number of shares held by the National Council for Social Security Fund.

Central Huijin Asset Management Ltd. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Central Huijin Investment Ltd.

HKSCC Limited is the nominee holder who holds securities on behalf of others. The securities included the SSE securities acquired by Hong Kong and overseas investors through Shanghai- Hong Kong Stock Connect.

“China Life Insurance Company Limited — dividend — personal dividend — 005L — FH002SH” and “China Life Insurance Company Limited — traditional — general insurance product — 005L — CT001SH” are both under management of China Life Insurance Company Limited.

Save as disclosed above, the Bank is not aware of any connected relation or concerted action among the aforementioned ordinary shareholders.

61

41581 (BOC)_08. Changes in Share Capital and Shareholdings 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 61

Substantial Shareholder Interests

The register maintained by the Bank under section 336 of the SFO recorded that, as at 30 June 2020, the shareholders indicated in the following table were substantial shareholders (as defined in the SFO) having interests in shares of the Bank:

Name of shareholder Capacity (types of interest)

Number of shares held/ Number of underlying

shares (unit: share)

Type of shares

Percentage of total issued

A-Share capital

Percentage of total issued

H-Share capital

Percentage of total issued

ordinary share capital

Central Huijin Investment Ltd. Beneficial owner 188,461,533,607 A 89.42% – 64.02%

Interest of controlled corporations

1,810,024,500 A 0.86% – 0.61%

Total 190,271,558,107 A 90.28% – 64.63%

National Council for Social Security Fund

Beneficial owner 6,684,735,907 H – 7.99% 2.27%

Citigroup Inc. Person having a security interest in shares

497,000 H – 0.0006% 0.0002%

Interest of controlled corporations

535,617,373 H – 0.64% 0.18%

187,321,515(S) H – 0.22% 0.06%

Approved lending agent 4,469,332,847(P) H – 5.34% 1.52%

Total 5,005,447,220 H – 5.99% 1.70%

187,321,515(S) H – 0.22% 0.06%

4,469,332,847(P) H – 5.34% 1.52%

BlackRock, Inc. Interest of controlled corporations

5,003,261,157 H – 5.98% 1.70%

21,975,000(S) H – 0.03% 0.01%

Notes:

1 Citigroup Inc. holds the entire issued share capital of Citicorp LLC, while Citicorp LLC holds the entire issued share capital of Citibank, N.A. Thus Citigroup Inc. and Citicorp LLC are deemed to have equal interests in shares of the Bank as Citibank, N.A. under the SFO. Citigroup Inc. holds a long position of 5,005,447,220 H Shares and a short position of 187,321,515 H Shares of the Bank through Citibank, N.A. and other corporations controlled by it. In the long position of 5,005,447,220 H Shares, 4,469,332,847 H Shares are held in the lending pool and 238,489,967 H Shares are held through derivatives. In the short position of 187,321,515 H Shares, 146,016,715 H Shares are held through derivatives.

2 BlackRock, Inc. holds the entire issued share capital of BlackRock Holdco 2 Inc., while BlackRock Holdco 2 Inc. holds the entire issued share capital of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. Thus BlackRock, Inc. and BlackRock Holdco 2 Inc. are deemed to have equal interests in shares of the Bank as BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. under the SFO. BlackRock, Inc. holds a long position of 5,003,261,157 H Shares and a short position of 21,975,000 H Shares of the Bank through BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and other corporations controlled by it. In the long position of 5,003,261,157 H Shares, 108,245,000 H Shares are held through derivatives. In the short position of 21,975,000 H Shares, 13,906,000 H Shares are held through derivatives.

3 “S” denotes short position, “P” denotes lending pool.

Unless stated otherwise, all interests stated above represented long positions. Save as disclosed above, as at 30 June 2020, no other interests (including derivative interests) or short positions were recorded in the register maintained by the Bank under section 336 of the SFO.

62

41581 (BOC)_08. Changes in Share Capital and Shareholdings 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 62

Preference Shares

Issuance and Listing of Preference Shares

With the approvals of CBIRC (Yinbaojianfu [2019] No. 630) and CSRC (Zhengjianxuke [2020] No. 254), the Bank made a non-public issuance of USD2.820 billion Offshore Preference Shares (Second Tranche) on 4 March 2020 in the offshore market. Such Offshore Preference Shares have been listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange since 5 March 2020.

Please refer to the Bank’s announcements published on the websites of SSE, HKEX and the Bank.

Number of Preference Shareholders and Shareholdings

Number of preference shareholders as at 30 June 2020: 87 (including 86 domestic preference shareholders and 1 offshore preference shareholder)

The top ten preference shareholders as at 30 June 2020 are set forth below:

Unit: Share

No. Name of preference shareholder

Changes

during the

reporting

period

Number of

shares held as

at the end of

the reporting

period

Percentage

of total

preference

shares

Number

of shares

pledged or

frozen Type of shareholder

Type of

preference shares

1 Bosera Fund — ICBC — Bosera — ICBC —

Flexible Allocation No. 5 Specific

Multi-customer Assets Management Plan

– 220,000,000 12.24% None Other Domestic Preference

Shares

2 Bank of New York Mellon Corporation 197,865,300 197,865,300 11.01% Unknown Foreign legal person Offshore Preference

Shares

3 China Mobile Communications Group Co., Ltd. – 180,000,000 10.01% None State-owned legal

person

Domestic Preference

Shares

4 CCB Trust Co., Ltd. — “Qian Yuan —

Ri Xin Yue Yi” Open-ended Wealth

Management Single Fund Trust

– 133,000,000 7.40% None Other Domestic Preference

Shares

5 China Life Insurance Company Limited —

traditional — general insurance product —

005L — CT001SH

– 86,000,000 4.78% None Other Domestic Preference

Shares

6 Bosera Fund — ABC —

Agricultural Bank of China Limited

– 69,000,000 3.84% None Other Domestic Preference

Shares

7 China Resources SZITIC Trust Co., Ltd. —

Investment No. 1 Single Fund Trust

– 66,500,000 3.70% None Other Domestic Preference

Shares

8 BOCOM Schroder Asset Management —

BOCOM — Bank of Communications Co., Ltd.

(15,000,000) 50,000,000 2.78% None Other Domestic Preference

Shares

8 China National Tobacco Corporation – 50,000,000 2.78% None State-owned legal

person

Domestic Preference

Shares

10 Ping An Life Insurance Company of China —

universal — individual universal insurance

3,000,000 40,600,000 2.26% None Other Domestic Preference

Shares

63

41581 (BOC)_08. Changes in Share Capital and Shareholdings 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 63

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, acting as the custodian for all the offshore preference shareholders that maintain an account with Euroclear and Clearstream as at 30 June 2020, held 197,865,300 Offshore Preference Shares, representing 100% of the Offshore Preference Shares.

As at 30 June 2020, “China Life Insurance Company Limited — traditional — general insurance product — 005L — CT001SH” is one of both the Bank’s top ten ordinary shareholders and top ten preference shareholders.

“Bosera Fund — ICBC — Bosera — ICBC — Flexible Allocation No. 5 Specific Multi-customer Assets Management Plan” and “Bosera Fund — ABC — Agricultural Bank of China Limited” are both under management of Bosera Asset Management Co., Limited.

Save as disclosed above, the Bank is not aware of any connected relation or concerted action among the aforementioned preference shareholders, or among the aforementioned preference shareholders and the Bank’s top ten ordinary shareholders.

Profit Distribution of Preference Shares

For the profit distribution policy of the preference shares and the profit distribution arrangements during the reporting period, please refer to the section “Significant Events”.

Other Information regarding Preference Shares

During the reporting period, there was no redemption, conversion into ordinary shares or voting rights recovery in respect of the preference shares of the Bank.

Preference shares issued by the Bank contain no contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset, or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another entity under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the entity. Preference shares issued are non- derivative instruments that will be settled in the entity’s own equity instruments, but include no contractual obligation for the entity to deliver a variable number of its own equity instruments. The Bank classifies preference shares issued as an equity instrument. Fees, commissions and other transaction costs arising from preference shares issuance are deducted from equity. The dividends on preference shares are recognised as profit distribution at the time of declaration.

The funds raised from the issuance of preference shares have been fully used to replenish the Bank’s additional tier 1 capital and increase its capital adequacy ratio.

Directors, Supervisors, Senior Management Members and Staff

64

Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management Members

Board of Directors

Name Position Name Position

LIU Liange Chairman ZHANG Jiangang Non-executive Director

WANG Jiang Vice Chairman and President CHEN Jianbo Non-executive Director

WANG Wei Executive Director and Executive Vice President

WANG Changyun Independent Director

LIN Jingzhen Executive Director and Executive Vice President

Angela CHAO Independent Director

ZHAO Jie Non-executive Director JIANG Guohua Independent Director

XIAO Lihong Non-executive Director Martin Cheung Kong LIAO Independent Director

WANG Xiaoya Non-executive Director CHEN Chunhua Independent Director

Notes:

1 The information listed in the above table pertains to the incumbent directors.

2 Mr. WANG Jiang began to serve as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, Executive Director, and member of the Strategic Development Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 14 January 2020.

3 Mr. WU Fulin ceased to serve as Executive Director and member of the Connected Transactions Control Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 27 January 2020 due to a change of job.

4 Mr. LIAO Qiang ceased to serve as Non-executive Director, member of the Strategic Development Committee, member of the Corporate Culture and Consumer Protection Committee, and member of the Risk Policy Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 5 March 2020 due to a change of job.

5 Mr. WANG Wei began to serve as Executive Director and member of the Connected Transactions Control Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 30 June 2020.

6 Mr. CHEN Jianbo began to serve as Non-executive Director, member of the Strategic Development Committee, member of the Corporate Culture and Consumer Protection Committee, and member of the Risk Policy Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 30 June 2020.

7 Ms. CHEN Chunhua began to serve as Independent Director, member of the Strategic Development Committee, Chairwoman and member of the Corporate Culture and Consumer Protection Committee, and member of the Personnel and Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 20 July 2020.

8 The 2019 Second Extraordinary General Meeting of the Bank held on 31 December 2019 considered and approved the proposal on the election of Mr. CHUI Sai Peng Jose as Independent Director of the Bank. The qualification of Mr. CHUI Sai Peng Jose to serve as Independent Director of the Bank is subject to the approval of CBIRC.

9 Non-executive Directors Mr. ZHAO Jie, Ms. XIAO Lihong, Ms. WANG Xiaoya, Mr. ZHANG Jiangang and Mr. CHEN Jianbo were recommended by Central Huijin Investment Ltd., shareholder of the Bank.

10 During the reporting period, none of the directors held any share of the Bank.

41581 (BOC)_09. Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 64

65

Board of Supervisors

Name Position Name Position

WANG Xiquan Chairman of the Board of Supervisors

LENG Jie Employee Supervisor

WANG Zhiheng Employee Supervisor JIA Xiangsen External Supervisor

LI Changlin Employee Supervisor ZHENG Zhiguang External Supervisor

Notes:

1 The information listed in the above table pertains to the incumbent supervisors.

2 During the reporting period, none of the supervisors held any share of the Bank.

Senior Management Members

Name Position Name Position

WANG Jiang Vice Chairman and President

XIAO Wei Chief Audit Officer

WANG Wei Executive Director and Executive Vice President

LIU Qiuwan Chief Information Officer

LIN Jingzhen Executive Director and Executive Vice President

LIU Jiandong Chief Risk Officer

SUN Yu Executive Vice President MEI Feiqi Secretary to the Board of Directors and Company Secretary

ZHENG Guoyu Executive Vice President

Notes:

1 The information listed in the above table pertains to the incumbent senior management members.

2 Mr. WU Fulin ceased to serve as Executive Vice President of the Bank as of 27 January 2020 due to a change of job.

3 During the reporting period, no senior management member, except Mr. SUN Yu who held 10,000 H shares of the Bank, held any share of the Bank.

41581 (BOC)_09. Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 65

66

Organisational Management, Human Resources Development and Management

Organisational Management

As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had a total of 11,634 institutions worldwide, including 11,076 institutions in the Chinese mainland and 558 institutions in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions. Its domestic commercial banking business comprised 10,581 institutions, including 38 tier-1 and direct branches, 365 tier-2 branches and 10,177 outlets.

Geographic distribution of institutions and employees:

Unit: RMB million/unit/person, except percentages

Items

Assets Institutions Employees

Total assets % of total Number of institutions % of total

Number of employees % of total

Northern China 7,703,319 29.85% 2,075 17.84% 60,812 19.85%

Northeastern China 792,668 3.07% 923 7.93% 24,281 7.93%

Eastern China 4,941,077 19.15% 3,564 30.63% 91,186 29.78%

Central and Southern China 3,644,900 14.12% 2,797 24.04% 66,984 21.87%

Western China 1,804,766 6.99% 1,717 14.76% 37,323 12.19%

Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan 4,589,959 17.78% 428 3.68% 19,468 6.36%

Other countries and regions 2,332,628 9.04% 130 1.12% 6,178 2.02%

Elimination (1,656,462) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Total 24,152,855 100.00% 11,634 100.00% 306,232 100.00%

Note: The proportion of geographic assets was based on data before elimination.

41581 (BOC)_09. Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 66

67

Human Resources Development and Management

As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had a total of 306,232 employees. There were 280,586 employees in the Bank’s operations of the Chinese mainland, of which 267,784 worked in the Bank’s domestic commercial banking operations. There were 25,646 employees in the Bank’s operations in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank bore costs for a total of 5,228 retirees.

In the first half of 2020, the Bank continued to improve its functional structure in line with the Group’s strategies and annual priorities. To Support the development of its inclusive finance business, the Bank improved its organisational system for inclusive finance through the “dedicated department + specialised sub-branches” model, and enhanced its capabilities for organising and advancing inclusive finance business. It continually improved the management model for institutions in provincial capitals and further sharpened their competitive edge. In addition, the Bank reshaped its education and training model by establishing BOC University, a first-class enterprise university nurturing first-class talents, thus serving China’s industry- education integration initiative as well as its own development strategy.

The establishment of BOC University represents an important measure taken by the Bank in order to implement national strategy, adapt to industry trends and boost financial innovation and reform in the new era. BOC University aims to empower BOC Group, its staff, its customers and the society, and is committed to growing into a world-class financial enterprise university characterised by the pursuit of noble values, an advanced schooling model, distinctive features and advantages, and excellent brand influence. Since its establishment, BOC University has responded actively to the COVID-19 pandemic and accelerated digitalised transformation. In the first half of 2020, a total of 8,152,530 people participated in online training, with a total learning time of 5,614,284 hours.

The Bank vigorously strengthened its human resources, stimulated the enthusiasm of its employees, intensified the cultivation of young professionals, and continuously trained internationalised and all-round talented personnel. It continuously pushed forward the building of professional development pathways by optimising pathway sequencing, improving professional qualification management and further opening up the development channel for professionals. Following national targeted poverty alleviation strategies, the Bank selected and dispatched outstanding personnel to frontline outlets and to areas facing challenging conditions, so as to support local economic development. Actively responding to the country’s call to stabilise employment, the Bank took the initiative to offer more new jobs, improved its recruitment policies and measures, and delivered more support to inclusive finance, thus providing job opportunities for various personnel.

41581 (BOC)_09. Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 67

Corporate Governance

68

41581 (BOC)_10. Corporate Governance 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 68

The Bank strictly follows the regulatory rules governing capital markets and industries, closely tracks changes and trends in overseas and domestic regulations and proactively explores innovative models and methods of corporate governance, so as to continuously enhance its corporate governance capabilities.

During the reporting period, the Bank further improved its corporate governance mechanisms. It conducted self-inspection on the implementation of the Scheme on the Authorisation to the Board of Directors Granted by the Shareholders’ Meeting of Bank of China Limited and the Measures of Authorisation to the President by the Board of Directors of Bank of China Limited. The implementation was satisfactory with no approval in excess of authority identified.

The Board of Directors paid close attention to enhancing directors’ continuing professional development, organised research activities and training for the directors and improved the communication mechanisms, thus continuously enhancing its decision-making efficiency and capability.

During the reporting period, the Bank continued to strengthen the protection of shareholders’ rights, ensuring that shareholders are properly informed and entitled to participate and make decisions.

Corporate Governance Compliance

During the reporting period, the Bank’s corporate governance was consistent with the Company Law and the relevant provisions of CSRC.

During the reporting period, the Bank strictly observed the Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) as set out in Appendix 14 to the Hong Kong Listing Rules. The Bank has complied with all provisions of the Code and most of the recommended best practices set out in the Code.

Shareholders’ Meeting

On 30 June 2020, the Bank held its 2019 Annual General Meeting on-site in Beijing. A-Share Holders could also cast votes online. This meeting considered and approved the proposals including the 2019 work report of the Board of Directors, the 2019 work report of the Board of Supervisors, the 2019 annual financial report, the 2019 profit distribution plan, the 2020 annual budget for fixed assets investment, the appointment of the Bank’s external auditor for 2020, the election of Mr. ZHAO Jie, Ms. XIAO Lihong and Ms. WANG Xiaoya to be re-appointed as Non-executive Directors of the Bank, the election of Mr. CHEN Jianbo to be appointed as Non- executive Director of the Bank, the 2019 annual remuneration distribution plan for External Supervisors, the application for provisional authorisation of outbound donations, the bond issuance plan, the issuance of write-down undated capital bonds, the issuance of qualified write- down tier 2 capital instruments, and the election of Mr. WANG Wei as Executive Director of Bank of China Limited. The meeting also heard the report on the connected transactions for 2019, the duty report of Independent Directors for 2019, and the report on the implementation of the Scheme on the Authorisation to the Board of Directors Granted by the Shareholders’ Meeting of Bank of China Limited for 2019. The proposals regarding the bond issuance plan, the issuance of write-down undated capital bonds, and the issuance of qualified write-down tier 2 capital instruments were special resolutions, while the rest of the proposals were ordinary resolutions.

69

41581 (BOC)_10. Corporate Governance 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 69

The above shareholders’ meeting was convened and held in strict compliance with relevant laws and regulations as well as the listing rules of the Bank’s listing exchanges. The Bank’s directors, supervisors and senior management members attended the meeting and communicated with shareholders on issues of concern. The Bank published announcements on the resolutions and legal opinions of the aforementioned shareholders’ meeting pursuant to the regulatory requirements in a timely manner. For details, please refer to the Bank’s announcements published on the websites of SSE, HKEX and the Bank on 30 June 2020.

Directors and the Board of Directors

Currently, the Board of Directors comprises fourteen members. Besides the Chairman, there are three executive directors, five non-executive directors and five independent directors. The proportion of independent directors reaches one-third of the total number of directors, which is in compliance with the Articles of Association of the Bank and the relevant regulatory provisions. The positions of Chairman of the Board of Directors and President of the Bank are assumed by two persons.

Save as disclosed in this report, to the best knowledge of the Bank, information regarding the Bank’s directors including their appointments during the reporting period is the same as that disclosed in the 2019 Annual Report of the Bank.

During the reporting period, the Bank convened four on-site meetings of the Board of Directors respectively on 13 January, 27 March, 29 April and 30 June, and six meetings of the Board of Directors via written resolution on 6 January, 26 January, 9 April, 25 May, and 22 June (two on 22 June). At these meetings, the Board of Directors mainly considered and approved proposals regarding the 2019 work report of the Board of Directors, the 2019 profit distribution plan, the 2019 internal control self-assessment report, the 2019 corporate social responsibility report, the 2019 annual report, the 2019 capital adequacy ratio report, the 2020 first quarter report, the nomination of candidates for directorships, the bond issuance plan, and the establishment of a subsidiary, among others.

70

41581 (BOC)_10. Corporate Governance 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 70

The Board of Directors has set up the Strategic Development Committee, the Corporate Culture and Consumer Protection Committee, the Audit Committee, the Risk Policy Committee, the Personnel and Remuneration Committee, and the Connected Transactions Control Committee as well as the US Risk and Management Committee established under the Risk Policy Committee, to assist it in performing its functions under the authorisation of the Board of Directors. Independent directors individually serve as the chairman of the Corporate Culture and Consumer Protection Committee, the Audit Committee, the Risk Policy Committee, the Personnel and Remuneration Committee and the Connected Transactions Control Committee. The work performance of each special committee during the reporting period was as follows:

Special Committees Work Performance

Strategic Development Committee

The committee held three on-site meetings and two meetings via written resolutions, at which it mainly reviewed the profit distribution plan for 2019, the business plan and financial budget for 2020, the inclusive finance business plan for 2020, the development plan for enhancing service to private enterprises (2020–2022), the application for provisional authorisation of outbound donations, the proposal on issuance of write-down undated capital bonds, the proposal on issuance of qualified write-down tier 2 capital instruments, among others.

Corporate Culture and Consumer Protection Committee

The committee held one on-site meeting, at which it reviewed the report on corporate social responsibility for 2019.

Audit Committee The committee held four on-site meetings, at which it mainly reviewed and approved the 2020 work plan and financial budget for internal audit. It reviewed the 2019 financial report, the 2020 first quarter financial report, the 2019 internal control work report, the 2019 internal control assessment report, the audit results on internal control and management proposal, the overall work plan for the selection and engagement of accountant for 2021 and the engagement & fees of accountant for 2021. In addition, it heard the work report on internal audit in 2019, the progress report on IT application in audit and subsequent plan, the 2019 report on the overseas supervision information, the progress report on internal control audit of Ernst & Young in 2019, updates on compliance with the principle of independence, the 2020 audit plan, and the report on asset quality in the first quarter of 2020, among others.

71

41581 (BOC)_10. Corporate Governance 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 71

Special Committees Work Performance

Risk Policy Committee The committee held two on-site meetings and one meeting via written resolutions, at which it mainly reviewed proposals including the Risk Appetites Statement of the Group (2020 Edition), the AML, CFT and Sanction Compliance Policy (2020 Edition), the Securities Investment Policy (2020 Edition), the Trading Book Market Risk Limits (Level A) in 2020, the Capital Adequacy Ratio Report of 2019, the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Report for 2020, the Liquidity Risk Management Policies (2020 Edition) and the Policy for Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book Management (2020 Edition). The committee also regularly reviewed the Risk Reports of the Group.

Personnel and Remuneration Committee

The committee held one on-site meeting and three meetings via written resolutions, at which it mainly reviewed proposals on the nomination of Mr. ZHAO Jie, Ms. XIAO Lihong and Ms. WANG Xiaoya to be re-appointed as Non-executive Directors of the Bank, the performance evaluation results for the Chairman, Executive Directors and senior management members for 2019, the nomination of Mr. CHEN Jianbo as candidate for Non-executive Director of the Bank, the nomination of Mr. WANG Wei as candidate for Executive Director of the Bank, the appointment of Mr. WANG Wei as member of special committees of the Board of Directors, and the appointment of Mr. CHEN Jianbo as member of special committees of the Board of Directors, among others.

Connected Transactions Control Committee

The committee held one on-site meeting, at which it mainly reviewed and approved the report on the connected party list and other proposals. It also reviewed the report on connected transactions in 2019 and the statement on connected transactions of the Bank in 2019, among others.

72

41581 (BOC)_10. Corporate Governance 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 72

Supervisors and the Board of Supervisors

The Board of Supervisors currently comprises six members, with one shareholder supervisor (Chairman of the Board of Supervisors), three employee supervisors and two external supervisors.

During the reporting period, with the target of building a world-class bank in the new era, the Board of Supervisors of the Bank performed its supervisory duties in accordance with the law, overcame the negative impact caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, took solid supervisory actions regarding the Bank’s strategies, duty performance, finance, internal control and risk management, and actively played its supervisory and advisory role. It performed its role in duty performance supervision by conducting the 2019 duty performance assessment of the Board of Directors, the Senior Management and its members, carrying out its annual assessment of the duty performance of supervisors, and performing effective day-to-day supervision over duty performance. In order to enhance strategic and financial supervision, the Board of Supervisors focused on the progress in the new development strategies, carefully reviewed regular reports, and raised recommendations on matters of concern. At the same time, it intensified efforts in the analysis of risks in key areas, and issued prompt reminders to the Board of Directors, Senior Management and relevant departments, in order to enhance its supervision over risk management and internal control. In addition, the Board of Supervisors continuously tracked the progress of the Senior Management and relevant departments in implementing matters of concern proposed at meetings of the Board of Supervisors and during inspections, thus strengthening the implementation of its regulatory opinions. Adhering to the goal of building a world-class bank in the new era, it performed its supervisory and advisory function by launching special surveys regarding various topics, including the development of the Bank’s overseas institutions and transaction banking.

During the reporting period, the Board of Supervisors held two on-site meetings on 27 March and 29 April and one meeting via written resolutions on 21 January, at which it mainly reviewed and approved the proposals regarding the Bank’s 2019 annual report, 2019 profit distribution plan, 2019 internal control assessment report, 2019 corporate social responsibility report, special report on the deposit and usage of proceeds raised from the issuance of Domestic Preference Shares of 2019, evaluation opinions of the Board of Supervisors on the duty performance and due diligence of the Board of Directors, the Senior Management and its members for 2019, assessment opinions of the Board of Supervisors on strategic implementation of the Bank in 2019, supervisory opinions of the Board of Supervisors on consolidated management, internal audit, anti-money laundering, internal control, fraud prevention and compensation management performance of the Bank, the 2019 work report of the Board of Supervisors, the performance evaluation results of the Chairman of the Board of Supervisors in 2019, the performance evaluation results and remuneration distribution plan for external supervisors, and the 2020 first quarter report, among others. The Duty Performance and Due Diligence Supervision Committee held two on-site meetings and one meeting via written resolutions, and the Finance and Internal Control Supervision Committee held two on-site meetings, at which the two committees carried out preliminary review of their respective issues of relevance and submitted them to the Board of Supervisors for review and approval.

73

41581 (BOC)_10. Corporate Governance 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 73

During the reporting period, External Supervisors Mr. JIA Xiangsen and Mr. ZHENG Zhiguang performed their supervisory duties in strict accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Bank. Mr. JIA Xiangsen attended the 2019 Annual General Meeting, and was present at meetings of the Board of Directors as a non-voting attendee. He also attended two on- site meetings of the Board of Supervisors, presided over two meetings of the Finance and Internal Control Supervision Committee of the Board of Supervisors, and participated in special surveys regarding the development of the Bank’s overseas institutions. Mr. ZHENG Zhiguang attended the 2019 Annual General Meeting and two on-site meetings of the Board of Supervisors, and participated in special surveys regarding the development of the Bank’s overseas institutions. The two external supervisors expressed opinions independently and objectively during their terms of office, and put forward suggestions on strategy implementation, business development and risk management, thus playing an active role in promoting the improvement of the Bank’s corporate governance and management.

Senior Management

During the reporting period, the Senior Management of the Bank managed the Bank’s operations in accordance with the powers bestowed upon them by the Articles of Association and the authorisations of the Board of Directors. Closely adhering to the strategic goal of building a world-class bank in the new era and to the annual performance objectives approved by the Board of Directors, it emphasised on stimulating vitality, making agile reaction and achieving breakthroughs in key areas, and accelerated the implementation of various tasks in the development strategy, thus realising continuous and stable improvement in the business performance of the Group.

During the reporting period, the Senior Management of the Bank held 22 regular meetings, at which it focused on major aspects of the Bank’s operations and management, and decided upon a series of significant matters, including the Group’s COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control, business development, performance management, risk management, audit supervision, IT system development, product and service innovation, integrated operation, globalised development, inclusive finance and scenario building. It also convened special meetings to study and make arrangements for matters relating to corporate banking, personal banking, financial markets, channel building, smart operation, compliance management and data governance.

The Senior Management (Executive Committee) of the Bank presides over the Asset and Liability Management Committee, the Risk Management and Internal Control Committee (which governs the Anti-Money Laundering Committee, the Asset Disposal Committee and the Credit Risk Management and Decision-making Committee), the Procurement Review Committee, the IT Management Committee, the Securities Investment and Management Committee, the Internet Finance Committee, the Innovation and Product Management Committee, the Integrated Operation Coordination Committee, the Asset Management Business Committee, the Consumer Protection Committee, the Domestic Branch Development and Coordination Committee, and the Green Finance Management Committee. During the reporting period, all of the committees diligently fulfilled their duties and responsibilities as per the powers specified in their committee charters and the rights delegated by the Executive Committee, and pushed forward the sound development of the Bank’s various operations.

Significant Events

74

41581 (BOC)_11. Significant Events 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 74

Formulation and Implementation of Profit Distribution Policy

Ordinary Shares

In 2009, the Bank amended the Articles of Association to state that the Bank should maintain the continuity and stability of its profit distribution policy.

In 2013, the Bank amended the Articles of Association related to the cash dividend. This amendment further clarified the Bank’s profit distribution principles, policy and adjustment procedures, the consideration process of the profit distribution plan and other matters. The amendment stated that the Bank shall adopt cash dividend as the priority form of profit distribution. Except under special circumstances, the Bank shall adopt cash as the form of dividend distribution where there is profit in that year and the accumulated undistributed profit is positive, and that the cash distribution of the dividend shall not be less than 10% of the profit after tax attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the Bank. The amendment also stated that the Bank shall offer online voting to shareholders when considering amendments to the profit distribution policy and profit distribution plan.

The Bank considered and approved the Shareholder Return Plan for 2018 to 2020 at the 2019 First Extraordinary General Meeting on 4 January 2019, specifying the basic principles, shareholder return plan and decision-making and supervisory mechanisms regarding the formulation, implementation and amendment of the shareholder return of the Bank.

The procedure to formulate the aforementioned profit distribution policy was compliant and transparent, and the decision procedure was complete. The criterion and ratio of the dividend were explicit and clear. The independent directors fully expressed their opinions and the legitimate rights and interests of minority shareholders were fully respected and protected. In these regards, the formulation of the policy was in line with the provisions of the Articles of Association and other rules and regulations.

The profit distribution plan for ordinary shares of the Bank shall be approved by the shareholders’ meeting. In 2020, the Bank distributed dividends on ordinary shares for 2019 in strict compliance with the Articles of Association, its dividend distribution policy and the shareholders’ meeting resolution on profit distribution.

Preference Shares

The preference shareholders of the Bank receive dividend at the specified dividend rate prior to the ordinary shareholders. The Bank shall pay the dividend to the preference shareholders in cash. The Bank shall not distribute the dividends on ordinary shares before all the dividends of preference shares have been paid.

Dividend on the Bank’s preference shares will be distributed on an annual basis. Once the preference shareholders have received dividends at the specified dividend rate, they shall not be entitled to participate in the distribution of the remaining profits of the Bank together with the ordinary shareholders.

75

41581 (BOC)_11. Significant Events 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 75

The preference share dividend is non-cumulative. If any preference share dividend for any dividend period is not paid in full, such remaining amount of dividend shall not be carried forward to the following dividend year. The Bank shall be entitled to cancel the payment of any dividend on the preference shares, and such cancellation shall not constitute a default. The Bank may at its discretion use the funds arising from the cancellation of such dividend payment to repay other indebtedness due and payable.

Dividend payments are independent of the Bank’s credit rating, nor do they vary with the credit rating.

In the first half of 2020, the Bank distributed dividends on domestic preference shares in strict compliance with the Articles of Association, the terms of issuance of preference shares and the Board of Directors’ resolutions on dividend distribution.

Profit Distribution during the Reporting Period

The 2019 Annual General Meeting held on 30 June 2020 considered and approved the Bank’s profit distribution plan as follows: appropriation to statutory surplus reserve of RMB17.298 billion; appropriation to general and regulatory reserves of RMB18.575 billion; no appropriation to the discretionary reserve; considering the Bank’s business performance, financial position, and the capital requirements for the future development of the Bank, RMB1.91 per ten shares (before tax) was proposed to be distributed as cash dividends on ordinary shares to A-Share Holders and H-Share Holders whose names appeared on the register of members of the Bank as at market close on 14 July 2020, amounting to approximately RMB56.228 billion (before tax) in total. The dividend distribution plan has been accomplished. The Bank did not distribute an interim dividend on ordinary shares for 2020, nor did it propose any capitalisation of capital reserve into share capital.

At the Board meeting held on 13 January 2020, the dividend distribution plan for the Bank’s Domestic Preference Shares (Second Tranche) was approved. The Bank distributed a total of RMB1.540 billion (before tax) of dividends on the Domestic Preference Shares (Second Tranche) on 13 March 2020, with an annual dividend rate of 5.50% (before tax). The dividend distribution plan has been accomplished.

At the Board meeting held on 29 April 2020, the dividend distribution plans for the Bank’s Domestic Preference Shares (Third Tranche and Fourth Tranche) were approved. The Bank distributed a total of RMB3.285 billion (before tax) of dividends on the Domestic Preference Shares (Third Tranche) on 29 June 2020, with an annual dividend rate of 4.50% (before tax) and the dividend distribution plan has been accomplished. The Bank will distribute a total of RMB1.1745 billion (before tax) of dividends on the Domestic Preference Shares (Fourth Tranche) on 31 August 2020, with an annual dividend rate of 4.35% (before tax).

76

41581 (BOC)_11. Significant Events 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 76

The dividend distribution plans for the Bank’s Domestic Preference Shares (First Tranche and Second Tranche) were approved on 30 August 2020 by the Board of Directors of the Bank. The Bank will distribute a total of RMB1.920 billion (before tax) of dividends on Domestic Preference Shares (First Tranche) on 23 November 2020, with an annual dividend rate of 6.00% (before tax). The Bank will distribute a total of RMB1.540 billion (before tax) of dividends on Domestic Preference Shares (Second Tranche) on 15 March 2021, with an annual dividend rate of 5.50% (before tax).

Please refer to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for other profit distribution during the reporting period.

Corporate Governance

For details of the corporate governance of the Bank, please refer to the section “Corporate Governance”.

Purchase and Sale of Material Assets

During the reporting period, the Bank did not undertake any purchase and sale of material assets that is required to be disclosed.

Material Litigation and Arbitration

The Bank was involved in certain litigation and arbitration cases in its regular course of business. In addition, because of the scope and scale of the Bank’s international operations, the Bank is from time to time subject to a variety of claims under the laws of various jurisdictions in which the Bank operates. After consulting legal professionals, the Senior Management of the Bank holds the view that none of the litigation and arbitration cases will have significant impact on the financial position or operating results of the Bank at the current stage.

Significant Connected Transactions

The Bank had no significant connected transactions during the reporting period. For details of the related party transactions as defined by the relevant accounting standards by the end of the reporting period, please refer to Note III.30 of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

Major Contracts and Enforcement thereof

Material Custody, Sub-contracts and Leases

During the reporting period, the Bank did not take, or allow to subsist any significant custody of, sub-contract or lease assets from other companies, or allow its material business assets to be subject to such arrangements, in each case that is required to be disclosed.

77

41581 (BOC)_11. Significant Events 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 77

Material Guarantee Business

As approved by PBOC and CBIRC, the Bank’s guarantee business is an off-balance sheet item in the ordinary course of its business. The Bank operates the guarantee business in a prudent manner and has formulated specific management measures, operational processes and approval procedures in respect of the risks of guarantee business and carries out this business accordingly. During the reporting period, save as disclosed above, the Bank did not enter into or allow to subsist any material guarantee business that is required to be disclosed.

Other Major Contracts

During the reporting period, the Bank did not enter into or allow to subsist any other major contract that is required to be disclosed.

Undertakings

There was no undertaking that has been fulfilled by the Bank during the reporting period. As at the end of the reporting period, there was no undertaking failed to be fulfilled by the Bank.

Disciplinary Actions Imposed on the Bank, its Directors, Supervisors, Senior Management Members and Controlling Shareholder

During the reporting period, neither the Bank nor any of its directors, supervisors, senior management members or controlling shareholder was subject to any investigation, compulsory measures or accusation of criminal responsibilities by relevant authorities or any investigation, administrative punishment or regulatory measures by CSRC, or had material administrative punishment imposed on them by other administrative authorities, or were publicly reprimanded by any stock exchange.

Alert of and Explanations for Predicted Loss in Net Profit for the Period from the Beginning of the Year to the End of the Next Reporting Period or Substantial Change Compared with the Same Period of the Prior Year

Not applicable.

Misappropriation of Funds for Non-operating Purposes by Controlling Shareholder and Other Related Parties

During the reporting period, there was no misappropriation of the Bank’s funds by its controlling shareholder or other related parties for non-operating purposes.

Use of Raised Funds

All proceeds raised from initial public offerings, issuance of subordinated bonds, the rights issue, issuances of tier 2 capital bonds, preference shares and undated capital bonds have been fully used to replenish the Bank’s capital and increase the level of its capital adequacy.

For details, please refer to the related announcements published on the websites of SSE, HKEX and the Bank and the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

78

41581 (BOC)_11. Significant Events 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 78

Purchase, Sale or Redemption of the Bank’s Listed Securities

Please refer to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for details regarding the purchase, sale or redemption of the Bank’s listed securities.

Implementation of Stock Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Ownership Plan

The Bank approved a long-term incentive policy, including the Management Stock Appreciation Rights Plan and the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, at the Board meeting and the extraordinary shareholders’ meeting held in November 2005. To date, the Management Stock Appreciation Rights Plan and the Employee Stock Ownership Plan have not been implemented.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of the Bank comprises six members, including Non-executive Directors Mr. ZHAO Jie and Mr. ZHANG Jiangang, Independent Directors Mr. WANG Changyun, Ms. Angela CHAO, Mr. JIANG Guohua and Mr. Martin Cheung Kong LIAO. Independent Director Mr. JIANG Guohua serves as the Chairman of the committee. Following the principle of independence, the committee assists the Board of Directors in supervising the financial reports, internal control, internal audit and external audit of the Group.

The Audit Committee has reviewed the interim results of the Bank. The external auditor of the Bank has reviewed the interim report in accordance with International Standards on Review Engagements No. 2410. The committee has considered the financial statements in light of accounting standards, accounting policies and practices, internal control and financial reporting.

Appointment of External Auditors

The Bank engaged Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP as the Bank’s domestic auditor and internal control external auditor for 2020 to provide audit services on its financial statements and internal control pursuant to CAS and engaged Ernst & Young as its international auditor for 2020 to provide audit services on financial statements pursuant to IFRS.

Directors’ and Supervisors’ Rights to Acquire Shares

During the reporting period, none of the Bank, its holding companies, or any of its subsidiaries or fellow subsidiaries was party to any arrangements that would enable the Bank’s directors and supervisors or their respective spouses or children below the age of 18, to benefit by acquiring shares in, or debentures of, the Bank or any other legal entity.

Directors’ and Supervisors’ Interests in Shares, Underlying Shares and Debentures

To the best knowledge of the Bank, as at 30 June 2020, none of the directors or supervisors of the Bank or their respective associates had any interests or short positions in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Bank or any of its associated corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO) as recorded in the register required to be kept by the Bank pursuant to Section 352 of the SFO or as otherwise notified to the Bank and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (the “Model Code”) as set out in Appendix 10 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

79

41581 (BOC)_11. Significant Events 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 79

Securities Transactions by Directors and Supervisors

Pursuant to domestic and overseas securities regulatory requirements, the Bank formulated and implemented the Management Measures on Securities Transactions by Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management Personnel of Bank of China Limited (the “Management Rules”) to govern securities transactions by the directors, supervisors and senior management members of the Bank. The terms of the Management Rules are more stringent than the mandatory standards set out in the Model Code. All the directors and supervisors of the Bank have confirmed that they have complied with the standards set out in both the Management Rules and the Model Code throughout the reporting period.

Consumer Rights Protection

The Bank attaches great importance to and makes active efforts in the protection of consumer rights and interests, strictly implements national laws and regulations on consumer protection, and protects the legitimate rights and interests of financial consumers according to relevant laws and rules, thus continuously improving its consumer protection management system. In the first half of 2020, in accordance with regulatory requirements and market changes, the Bank continuously enhanced the building of its consumer protection systems and mechanisms, refined consumer protection rules, heightened its sense of responsibility and mission with regard to consumer protection, and incorporated consumer protection efforts into its corporate governance, corporate culture and development strategy. In response to regulatory requirements, the Bank properly conducted consumer protection during the COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control, addressed consumer consultations in a timely manner, and ensured smooth financial services for consumers. It further stepped up efforts to standardise the handling of consumer complaints, and gave full play to the role of consumer complaints in helping to supervise and improve the quality of the Bank’s products and services. In addition, the Bank launched a series of financial knowledge promotional and educational activities. It won the honorary title of “Excellent Organiser” in the “3.15 Consumer Protection Education and Publicity Week”. It also carried out the “3.15 Rights • Responsibilities • Risks, Financial Consumer Rights Day”, “Financial Knowledge Popularisation” and other thematic campaigns.

Integrity of the Bank and its Controlling Shareholder

During the reporting period, neither the Bank nor its controlling shareholder failed to perform any effective judgment of the court or pay off any due debt in large amount.

Other Significant Events

For announcements regarding other significant events made in accordance with the regulatory requirements during the reporting period, please refer to the websites of SSE, HKEX and the Bank.

80

41581 (BOC)_11. Significant Events 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 80

Compliance with International Accounting Standard No. 34

The 2020 interim report of the Bank is in compliance with International Accounting Standard No. 34 — Interim Financial Reporting.

Interim Report

You may write to the Bank’s H-Share Registrar, Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited (Address: 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong, China) to request the interim report prepared under IFRS or visit the Bank’s office address for copies prepared under CAS. The Chinese and/or English versions of this interim report are also available on the following websites: www.boc.cn, www.sse.com.cn and www.hkexnews.hk.

Should you have any queries about how to obtain copies of this interim report or access the document on the Bank’s website, please contact the Bank’s H-Share Registrar at (852) 2862 8688 or the Bank’s hotline at (86)10-6659 2638.

81

41581 (BOC)_12. Auditor's Report 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 81

Report on Review of Interim Financial Information

To the Board of Directors of Bank of China Limited (Established in the People’s Republic of China with limited liability)

Introduction

We have reviewed the accompanying interim financial information set out on pages 84 to 194, which comprises the condensed consolidated statement of financial position of Bank of China Limited (the “Bank”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as at 30 June 2020 and the related condensed consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the six-month period then ended, and explanatory notes. The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited require the preparation of a report on interim financial information to be in compliance with the relevant provisions thereof and International Accounting Standard 34 Interim Financial Reporting (“IAS 34”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The directors are responsible for the preparation and presentation of interim financial information in accordance with IAS 34. Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on this interim financial information based on our review. Our report is made solely to you, as a body, in accordance with our agreed terms of engagement, and for no other purpose. We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the contents of this report.

Scope of review

We conducted our review in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements 2410 Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity. A review of interim financial information consists of making inquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

Conclusion

Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the accompanying interim financial information is not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with IAS 34.

Ernst & Young Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong 30 August 2020

82

41581 (BOC)_13. Acc Contents 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 82

CONTENTS

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME . . . . . 85 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION . . . . . . . . . . 86 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY. . . . . . . . . . . 88 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION I. BASIS OF PREPARATION AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES . . . . . 92 II. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS IN APPLYING ACCOUNTING POLICIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 III. NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1 Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 2 Net fee and commission income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 3 Net trading gains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 4 Net gains on transfers of financial asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 5 Other operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 6 Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 7 Staff costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 8 Impairment losses on assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 9 Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 10 Earnings per share (basic and diluted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 11 Other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 12 Cash and due from banks and other financial institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 13 Balances with central banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 14 Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions . . . . . . . . . . . 108 15 Derivative financial instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 16 Loans and advances to customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 17 Financial investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 18 Property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 19 Investment properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 20 Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 21 Financial liabilities held for trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 22 Due to customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 23 Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 24 Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 25 Other equity instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 26 Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 27 Contingent liabilities and commitments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 28 Changes in consolidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 29 Note to the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 30 Related party transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 31 Segment reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

83

41581 (BOC)_13. Acc Contents 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 83

CONTENTS (Continued)

32 Transfers of financial assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 33 Interests in the structured entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 34 Events after the financial reporting date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 IV. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 1 Credit risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 2 Market risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 3 Liquidity risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 4 Fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 5 Capital management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION I. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS AND CAS CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 II. UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION 1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio . . . . . . . . . . . 194 2 Currency concentrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 3 International claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 4 Overdue assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 6 Leverage ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

84

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT For the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019 Note Unaudited Unaudited

Interest income III.1 375,930 365,364 Interest expense III.1 (179,035) (183,680)

Net interest income 196,895 181,684

Fee and commission income III.2 57,021 57,465 Fee and commission expense III.2 (6,679) (6,901)

Net fee and commission income 50,342 50,564

Net trading gains III.3 2,173 14,584 Net gains on transfers of financial asset III.4 7,623 3,244 Other operating income III.5 29,950 26,612

Operating income 286,983 276,688

Operating expenses III.6 (90,946) (91,130) Impairment losses on assets III.8 (66,484) (33,670)

Operating profit 129,553 151,888 Share of results of associates and joint ventures 63 670

Profit before income tax 129,616 152,558 Income tax expense III.9 (21,804) (31,116)

Profit for the period 107,812 121,442

Attributable to: Equity holders of the Bank 100,917 114,048 Non-controlling interests 6,895 7,394

107,812 121,442

Earnings per share (in RMB) III.10 — Basic 0.32 0.38 — Diluted 0.32 0.38

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

41581 (BOC)_14. Consolidated Income Statement 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 84

85

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME For the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019 Note Unaudited Unaudited

Profit for the period 107,812 121,442

Other comprehensive income: III.11

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss — Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit plans (79) 14 — Changes in fair value on investments in equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (633) 1,398 — Other 39 (41)

Subtotal (673) 1,371

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss — Changes in fair value on investments in debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 5,589 4,660 — Allowance for credit losses on investments in debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 3,208 217 — Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method (47) (313) — Exchange differences from the translation of foreign operations 4,350 1,170 — Other (350) 191

Subtotal 12,750 5,925

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax 12,077 7,296

Total comprehensive income for the period 119,889 128,738

Total comprehensive income attributable to: Equity holders of the Bank 111,185 120,079 Non-controlling interests 8,704 8,659

119,889 128,738

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

41581 (BOC)_15. Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 85

86

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION As at 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

41581 (BOC)_16. Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 86

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019 Note Unaudited Audited

ASSETS Cash and due from banks and other financial institutions III.12 739,970 565,467 Balances with central banks III.13 2,109,854 2,078,809 Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions III.14 1,225,173 898,959 Government certificates of indebtedness for bank notes issued 169,681 155,466 Precious metals 171,501 206,210 Derivative financial assets III.15 114,856 93,335 Loans and advances to customers, net III.16 13,670,820 12,743,425 Financial investments III.17 5,374,301 5,514,062 — financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 450,655 518,250 — financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 2,054,786 2,218,129 — financial assets at amortised cost 2,868,860 2,777,683 Investments in associates and joint ventures 23,012 23,210 Property and equipment III.18 252,557 244,540 Investment properties III.19 23,116 23,108 Deferred income tax assets III.23 50,295 44,029 Other assets III.20 227,719 179,124

Total assets 24,152,855 22,769,744

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

87

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION (Continued) As at 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019 Note Unaudited Audited

LIABILITIES Due to banks and other financial institutions 1,611,983 1,668,046 Due to central banks 888,627 846,277 Bank notes in circulation 169,760 155,609 Placements from banks and other financial institutions 537,366 639,675 Financial liabilities held for trading III.21 12,510 19,475 Derivative financial liabilities III.15 123,271 90,060 Due to customers III.22 17,090,217 15,817,548 Bonds issued 1,087,906 1,096,087 Other borrowings 30,322 28,011 Current tax liabilities 37,981 59,102 Retirement benefit obligations 2,487 2,533 Deferred income tax liabilities III.23 6,240 5,452 Other liabilities III.24 465,572 365,173

Total liabilities 22,064,242 20,793,048

EQUITY Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Bank Share capital 294,388 294,388 Other equity instruments III.25 259,464 199,893 Capital reserve 136,037 136,012 Treasury shares (20) (7) Other comprehensive income III.11 29,997 19,613 Statutory reserves 175,152 174,762 General and regulatory reserves 247,114 250,100 Undistributed profits 816,310 776,940

1,958,442 1,851,701

Non-controlling interests 130,171 124,995

Total equity 2,088,613 1,976,696

Total equity and liabilities 24,152,855 22,769,744

Approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 30 August 2020.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

LIU Liange WANG Jiang Director Director

41581 (BOC)_16. Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 87

88

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

C O

N D

E N

S E

D C

O N

S O

L ID

A T

E D

S T

A T

E M

E N

T O

F C

H A

N G

E S

I N

E Q

U IT

Y F

o r

th e

si x

m o

n th

p er

io d

e n

d ed

3 0

J u

n e

2 0

2 0

( A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

U na

ud ite

d

A ttr

ib ut

ab le

to e

qu ity

h ol

de rs

o f t

he B

an k

N ot

e

Sh ar

e

ca pi

ta l

O th

er

eq ui

ty

in st

ru m

en ts

C ap

ita l

re se

rv e

O th

er

co m

pr eh

en si

ve

in co

m e

St at

ut or

y

re se

rv es

G en

er al

a nd

re gu

la to

ry

re se

rv es

U nd

is tr

ib ut

ed

pr of

its

Tr ea

su ry

sh ar

es

N on

-

co nt

ro lli

ng

in te

re st

s To

ta l

A s

at 1

J an

ua ry

2 02

0 29

4, 38

8 19

9, 89

3 13

6, 01

2 19

,6 13

17 4,

76 2

25 0,

10 0

77 6,

94 0

(7 )

12 4,

99 5

1, 97

6, 69

6

To ta

l c om

pr eh

en si

ve in

co m

e fo

r t he

p er

io d

– –

– 10

,2 68

– –

10 0,

91 7

– 8,

70 4

11 9,

88 9

A pp

ro pr

ia tio

n to

s ta

tu to

ry re

se rv

es –

– –

– 39

0 –

(3 90

) –

– –

A pp

ro pr

ia tio

n to

g en

er al

a nd

re gu

la to

ry re

se rv

es –

– –

– –

(2 ,9

86 )

2, 98

6 –

– –

D iv

id en

ds II

I.2 6

– –

– –

– –

(6 4,

02 7)

– (4

,4 30

) (6

8, 45

7)

N et

c ha

ng e

in tr

ea su

ry s

ha re

s –

– –

– –

– –

(1 3)

– (1

3)

C ap

ita l c

on tri

bu tio

n by

n on

-c on

tro lli

ng s

ha re

ho ld

er s

– –

– –

– –

– –

93 0

93 0

C ap

ita l c

on tri

bu tio

n by

ot

he r e

qu ity

in st

ru m

en ts

h ol

de rs

II I.2

5 –

59 ,5

71 –

– –

– –

– –

59 ,5

71

O th

er c

om pr

eh en

si ve

in co

m e

tra ns

fe rr

ed to

re

ta in

ed e

ar ni

ng s

– –

– 11

6 –

– (1

16 )

– –

O th

er –

– 25

– –

– –

– (2

8) (3

)

A s

at 3

0 Ju

ne 2

02 0

29 4,

38 8

25 9,

46 4

13 6,

03 7

29 ,9

97 17

5, 15

2 24

7, 11

4 81

6, 31

0 (2

0) 13

0, 17

1 2,

08 8,

61 3

T h

e ac

co m

p an

y in

g n

o te

s fo

rm a

n i

n te

g ra

l p

ar t

o f

th is

i n

te ri

m f

in an

ci al

i n

fo rm

at io

n .

41581 (BOC)_17. Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 88

89

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

C O

N D

E N

S E

D C

O N

S O

L ID

A T

E D

S T

A T

E M

E N

T O

F C

H A

N G

E S

I N

E Q

U IT

Y (

C on

ti n

u ed

) F

o r

th e

si x

m o

n th

p er

io d

e n

d ed

3 0

J u

n e

2 0

2 0

( A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

U na

ud ite

d

A ttr

ib ut

ab le

to e

qu ity

h ol

de rs

o f t

he B

an k

N ot

e Sh

ar e

ca pi

ta l

O th

er

eq ui

ty

in st

ru m

en ts

C ap

ita l

re se

rv e

O th

er

co m

pr eh

en si

ve

in co

m e

St at

ut or

y re

se rv

es

G en

er al

a nd

re

gu la

to ry

re

se rv

es U

nd is

tr ib

ut ed

pr

of its

Tr ea

su ry

sh

ar es

N on

- co

nt ro

lli ng

in

te re

st s

To ta

l

A s

at 1

J an

ua ry

2 01

9 29

4, 38

8 99

,7 14

14 2,

13 5

1, 41

7 15

7, 46

4 23

1, 52

5 68

6, 40

5 (6

8) 11

2, 41

7 1,

72 5,

39 7

To ta

l c om

pr eh

en si

ve in

co m

e fo

r t he

p er

io d

– –

– 6,

03 1

– –

11 4,

04 8

– 8,

65 9

12 8,

73 8

A pp

ro pr

ia tio

n to

s ta

tu to

ry re

se rv

es –

– –

– 42

3 –

(4 23

) –

– –

A pp

ro pr

ia tio

n to

g en

er al

a nd

re gu

la to

ry re

se rv

es –

– –

– –

14 9

(1 49

) –

– –

D iv

id en

ds –

– –

– –

– (5

5, 70

7) –

(3 ,9

68 )

(5 9,

67 5)

N et

c ha

ng e

in tr

ea su

ry s

ha re

s –

– –

– –

– –

11 –

11 C

ap ita

l c on

tri bu

tio n

by

ot

he r e

qu ity

in st

ru m

en ts

h ol

de rs

– 11

2, 97

1 –

– –

– –

– –

11 2,

97 1

O th

er c

om pr

eh en

si ve

in co

m e

tra ns

fe rr

ed to

re ta

in ed

e ar

ni ng

s –

– –

(2 5)

– –

25 –

– –

O th

er –

– 84

– –

– –

– (7

4) 10

A s

at 3

0 Ju

ne 2

01 9

29 4,

38 8

21 2,

68 5

14 2,

21 9

7, 42

3 15

7, 88

7 23

1, 67

4 74

4, 19

9 (5

7) 11

7, 03

4 1,

90 7,

45 2

To ta

l c om

pr eh

en si

ve in

co m

e fo

r t he

p er

io d

– –

– 12

,1 65

– –

73 ,3

57 –

9, 40

6 94

,9 28

A pp

ro pr

ia tio

n to

s ta

tu to

ry re

se rv

es –

– –

– 16

,8 75

– (1

6, 87

5) –

– –

A pp

ro pr

ia tio

n to

g en

er al

a nd

re gu

la to

ry re

se rv

es –

– –

– –

18 ,4

26 (1

8, 42

6) –

– –

D iv

id en

ds –

– –

– –

– (5

,2 86

) –

(2 ,8

26 )

(8 ,1

12 )

N et

c ha

ng e

in tr

ea su

ry s

ha re

s –

– –

– –

– –

50 –

50 C

ap ita

l c on

tri bu

tio n

by n

on -c

on tro

lli ng

s ha

re ho

ld er

s –

– (2

2) –

– –

– –

1, 38

0 1,

35 8

C ap

ita l c

on tri

bu tio

n an

d re

du ct

io n

by

ot

he r e

qu ity

in st

ru m

en ts

h ol

de rs

– (1

2, 79

2) (6

,2 05

) –

– –

– –

– (1

8, 99

7) O

th er

c om

pr eh

en si

ve in

co m

e tra

ns fe

rr ed

to

re

ta in

ed e

ar ni

ng s

– –

– 25

– –

(2 5)

– –

– O

th er

– –

20 –

– –

(4 )

– 1

17

A s

at 3

1 D

ec em

be r 2

01 9

29 4,

38 8

19 9,

89 3

13 6,

01 2

19 ,6

13 17

4, 76

2 25

0, 10

0 77

6, 94

0 (7

) 12

4, 99

5 1,

97 6,

69 6

T h

e ac

co m

p an

y in

g n

o te

s fo

rm a

n i

n te

g ra

l p

ar t

o f

th is

i n

te ri

m f

in an

ci al

i n

fo rm

at io

n .

41581 (BOC)_17. Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 89

90

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS For the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019 Note Unaudited Unaudited

Cash flows from operating activities Profit before income tax 129,616 152,558 Adjustments: Impairment losses on assets 66,484 33,670 Depreciation of property and equipment and right-of-use assets 11,158 9,900 Amortisation of intangible assets and other assets 2,440 1,943 Net gains on disposal of property and equipment, intangible assets and other long-term assets (957) (246) Net gains on disposal of investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures (114) – Share of results of associates and joint ventures (63) (670) Interest income arising from financial investments (76,475) (76,251) Dividends arising from investment securities (126) (120) Net gains on financial investments (6,767) (2,422) Interest expense arising from bonds issued 17,119 14,396 Accreted interest on impaired loans (642) (790) Interest expense arising from lease liabilities 395 408 Net changes in operating assets and liabilities: Net decrease in balances with central banks 18,444 22,243 Net increase in due from and placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions (186,545) (77,963) Net decrease/(increase) in precious metals 34,717 (21,182) Net increase in loans and advances to customers (983,153) (774,079) Net increase in other assets (64,450) (101,113) Net (decrease)/increase in due to banks and other financial institutions (53,899) 56,441 Net increase in due to central banks 42,047 5,471 Net decrease in placements from banks and other financial institutions (102,083) (82,672) Net increase in due to customers 1,270,004 762,854 Net increase/(decrease) in other borrowings 2,311 (3,057) Net increase in other liabilities 70,022 13,101

Cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities 189,483 (67,580) Income tax paid (52,126) (23,314)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities 137,357 (90,894)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

41581 (BOC)_18. Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 90

91

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Continued) For the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019 Note Unaudited Unaudited

Cash flows from investing activities Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment, intangible assets and other long-term assets 2,224 3,108 Proceeds from disposal of investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures 544 823 Dividends received 429 166 Interest income received from financial investments 77,643 76,908 Proceeds from disposal/maturity of financial investments 1,775,154 1,328,628 Increase in investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures (479) (1,145) Purchase of property and equipment, intangible assets and other long-term assets (18,378) (10,812) Purchase of financial investments (1,628,949) (1,553,900)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities 208,188 (156,224)

Cash flows from financing activities Proceeds from issuance of bonds 345,628 320,351 Proceeds from issuance of other equity instruments 59,571 112,971 Proceeds from capital contribution by non-controlling shareholders 930 – Repayments of debts issued (368,592) (290,135) Cash payments for interest on bonds issued (7,259) (5,213) Dividend and interest payments to equity and other equity instrument holders of the Bank (6,625) (55,707) Dividend and coupon payments to non-controlling shareholders (1,192) (3,968) Other net cash flows from financing activities (3,362) (3,241)

Net cash inflow from financing activities 19,099 75,058

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 9,233 3,326

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 373,877 (168,734)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period 1,345,892 1,688,600

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period III.29 1,719,769 1,519,866

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

41581 (BOC)_18. Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 91

92

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

I BASIS OF PREPARATION AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial information for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 has been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34 Interim Financial Reporting (“IAS 34”) and should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Except as described below, the principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial information are consistent with those used in the Group’s annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

1 Standards, amendments and interpretations effective in 2020

On 1 January 2020, the Group adopted the following new standards, amendments and interpretations.

IFRS 3 Amendments Definition of a Business IAS 1 and IAS 8 Amendments Definition of Material IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 Amendments

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

IFRS 16 Amendment COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions

IFRS 3 Amendments clarify and provide additional guidance on the definition of a business. The amendments clarify that for an integrated set of activities and assets to be considered a business, it must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output. A business can exist without including all the inputs and processes needed to create outputs. The amendments remove the assessment of whether market participants are capable of acquiring the business and continue to produce outputs. Instead, the focus is on whether acquired inputs and substantive processes together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The amendments have also narrowed the definition of outputs to focus on goods or services provided to customers, investment income or other income from ordinary activities. Furthermore, the amendments provide guidance to assess whether an acquired process is substantive and introduce an optional fair value concentration test to permit a simplified assessment of whether an acquired set of activities and assets is not a business.

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 92

93

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 provide a new definition of materiality. The new definition states that information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions made by the primary users of general purpose financial statements based on those financial statements. The amendments clarify that materiality depends on the nature or magnitude of information. A misstatement of information is material if it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions made by the primary users.

The amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 modify some specific hedge accounting requirements. During the period of uncertainty arising from phasing-out of interest-rate benchmarks with an alternative nearly risk-free interest rate (“RFR”), the entities that apply these hedge accounting requirements can assume that the interest rate benchmarks on which the hedged cash flows and cash flows of the hedging instrument are based are not altered as a result of interest rate benchmark reform. The amendments must be applied retrospectively.

IFRS 16 Amendment provides for rent relief during COVID-19, which provides an exemption for lessees. For lease payments due before June 2021, lessees are not required to apply the guidance on accounting treatment of lease changes in IFRS 16 for rent relief granted due to the impact of COVID-19. The amendment is applicable for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 June 2020, and earlier adoption is permitted. The Group has adopted the amendments from 1 January 2020.

The adoption of the above standards, amendments and interpretations does not have any significant impact on the operating results, financial position and comprehensive income of the Group.

I BASIS OF PREPARATION AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

1 Standards, amendments and interpretations effective in 2020 (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 93

94

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

2 Standards, amendments and interpretations that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group in 2020

Effective for annual periods

beginning on or after

IFRS 3 Amendments Reference to the Conceptual Framework 1 January 2022 IAS 16 Amendments Property, Plant and Equipment:

Proceeds before Intended Use 1 January 2022

IAS 37 Amendments Onerous Contracts — Cost of Fulfilling a Contract

1 January 2022

IAS 1 Amendments Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

1 January 2023

IFRS 17 and Amendments Insurance Contracts 1 January 2023 IFRS 10 and IAS 28 Amendments

Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture

Effective date has been

deferred indefinitely

Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2018–2020 Cycle (issued in May 2020)

1 January 2022

The Group is considering the impact of IFRS 17 on the consolidated financial statements. Except for IFRS 17, the adoption of the above standards and amendments will have no material impact on the financial statements.

II CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS IN APPLYING ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The nature and assumptions related to the Group’s accounting estimates are consistent with those adopted in the Group’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

I BASIS OF PREPARATION AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 94

95

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1 Net interest income

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Interest income Loans and advances to customers 268,880 253,135 Financial investments (1) 76,475 76,251 Due from and placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions and central banks 30,575 35,978

Subtotal 375,930 365,364

Interest expense Due to customers (132,966) (134,919) Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions (28,621) (33,442) Bonds issued and other (17,448) (15,319)

Subtotal (179,035) (183,680)

Net interest income 196,895 181,684

Interest income accrued on impaired financial assets (included within interest income) 642 790

(1) Interest income on “Financial investments” is principally derived from debt securities listed in the domestic interbank bond market and unlisted debt securities in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions.

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 95

96

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

2 Net fee and commission income

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Bank card fees 16,020 16,805 Agency commissions 13,440 12,066 Settlement and clearing fees 7,925 8,337 Credit commitment fees 6,617 6,967 Consultancy and advisory fees 3,269 3,295 Spread income from foreign exchange business 3,134 3,549 Custodian and other fiduciary service fees 2,254 2,299 Other 4,362 4,147

Fee and commission income 57,021 57,465

Fee and commission expense (6,679) (6,901)

Net fee and commission income 50,342 50,564

3 Net trading gains

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Net gains from foreign exchange and foreign exchange products 4,630 3,875 Net gains from interest rate products 3,376 7,041 Net gains from fund investments and equity products 1,218 2,670 Net (losses)/gains from commodity products (7,051) 998

Total (1) 2,173 14,584

(1) Included in “Net trading gains” above for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 were gains of RMB1,171 million in relation to financial assets and financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: gains of RMB2,666 million).

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 96

97

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

4 Net gains on transfers of financial asset

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Net gains on derecognition of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 6,095 2,741 Net gains on derecognition of financial assets at amortised cost (1) 1,528 503

Total 7,623 3,244

(1) All the net gains on the derecognition of financial assets at amortised cost resulted from disposals during the six month period ended 30 June 2020.

5 Other operating income

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Insurance premiums — Life insurance contracts 10,839 10,234 — Non-life insurance contracts 3,000 3,143 Aircraft leasing income 6,251 5,640 Revenue from sale of precious metal products 4,457 4,057 Dividend income (1) 2,792 938 Changes in fair value of investment properties (Note III.19) (470) 529 Gains on disposal of property and equipment, intangible assets and other assets 988 295 Gains on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures 114 – Other (2) 1,979 1,776

Total 29,950 26,612

(1) For equity instruments classified as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, RMB126 million of dividend income was recognised for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB120 million).

(2) For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, the government subsidy income from operating activities, as part of other operating income, was RMB141 million (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB143 million).

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 97

98

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

6 Operating expenses

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Staff costs (Note III.7) 40,959 42,829 General operating and administrative expenses (1) 14,620 15,506 Insurance benefits and claims — Life insurance contracts 10,959 11,405 — Non-life insurance contracts 1,956 1,971 Depreciation and amortisation 11,297 9,837 Cost of sales of precious metal products 4,195 3,537 Taxes and surcharges 2,880 2,638 Other 4,080 3,407

Total (2) 90,946 91,130

(1) For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, included in the “General operating and administrative expenses” were lease expenses related to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets of RMB560 million (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB885 million).

(2) For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, included in the “Operating expenses” were premises and equipment-related expenses (mainly comprised of property management and building maintenance expenses and taxes) of RMB5,038 million (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB5,090 million).

7 Staff costs

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Salary, bonus and subsidy 30,552 30,576 Staff welfare 1,094 1,042 Retirement benefits 27 27 Social insurance — Medical 1,202 1,596 — Pension 1,855 3,306 — Annuity 1,069 1,039 — Unemployment 60 102 — Injury at work 24 39 — Maternity insurance 65 128 Housing funds 2,310 2,221 Labour union fee and staff education fee 999 1,054 Reimbursement for cancellation of labour contract 15 8 Other 1,687 1,691

Total 40,959 42,829

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 98

99

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

8 Impairment losses on assets

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Loans and advances — Loans and advances at amortised cost 60,726 35,691 — Loans and advances at fair value through other comprehensive income 2 30

Subtotal 60,728 35,721

Financial investments — Financial assets at amortised cost 1,685 (10) — Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 4,255 251

Subtotal 5,940 241

Credit commitments (1,700) (2,728) Other 1,438 409

Subtotal of impairment losses on credit 66,406 33,643

Other impairment losses on assets 78 27

Total 66,484 33,670

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 99

100

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

9 Income tax expense

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Current income tax — Chinese mainland income tax 23,138 21,803 — Hong Kong profits tax 2,889 2,718 — Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions taxation 2,362 2,648

Adjustments in respect of current income tax of prior years 1,696 4,201

Subtotal 30,085 31,370

Deferred income tax (Note III.23.3) (8,281) (254)

Total 21,804 31,116

The provision for Chinese mainland income tax includes income tax based on the statutory tax rate of 25% of the taxable income of the Bank and each of its subsidiaries established in the Chinese mainland, and supplementary PRC tax on overseas operations as determined in accordance with the relevant PRC income tax rules and regulations.

Taxation on profits of Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions has been calculated on the estimated assessable profits in accordance with local tax regulations at the rates of taxation prevailing in the countries or regions in which the Group operates.

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 100

101

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

9 Income tax expense (Continued)

The tax rate on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the basic Chinese mainland tax rate of the Bank as follows:

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Profit before income tax 129,616 152,558

Tax calculated at the applicable statutory tax rate 32,404 38,140 Effect of different tax rates for Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions (2,294) (2,519) Supplementary PRC tax on overseas income 1,253 1,542 Income not subject to tax (1) (14,296) (14,287) Items not deductible for tax purposes (2) 6,262 3,912 Other (1,525) 4,328

Income tax expense 21,804 31,116

(1) Income not subject to tax is mainly comprised of interest income from PRC Treasury bonds and local government bonds, and the tax-free income recognised by the overseas entities in accordance with the local tax law.

(2) Non-deductible items primarily include non-deductible losses resulting from write-off of certain non- performing loans, and marketing and entertainment expenses in excess of the relevant deductible threshold under the relevant PRC tax regulations.

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 101

102

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

10 Earnings per share (basic and diluted)

Basic earnings per share was computed by dividing the profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the Bank by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period.

Diluted earnings per share was computed by dividing the adjusted profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the Bank based on assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive shares for the six month period by the adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue. There was no difference between basic and diluted earnings per share as there were no potentially dilutive shares outstanding for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019.

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank 100,917 114,048 Less: dividends/interest on preference shares/ perpetual bonds declared (7,800) (1,540)

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Bank 93,117 112,508 Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in million shares) 294,381 294,375

Basic and diluted earnings per share (in RMB) 0.32 0.38

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in million shares)

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Issued ordinary shares as at 1 January 294,388 294,388 Less: weighted average number of treasury shares (7) (13)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 294,381 294,375

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 102

103

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

11 Other comprehensive income

Accrual amount of other comprehensive income:

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit plans (79) 14 Changes in fair value on investments in equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (571) 1,840 Less: related income tax impact (62) (442) Other 39 (41)

Subtotal (673) 1,371

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss Changes in fair value on investments in debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 13,109 8,884 Less: related income tax impact (2,899) (2,044)

Amount transferred to the income statement (5,855) (2,794) Less: related income tax impact 1,234 614

5,589 4,660

Allowance for credit losses on investments in debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 4,261 285 Less: related income tax impact (1,053) (68)

3,208 217

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 103

104

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method (63) (409) Less: related income tax impact 16 96

(47) (313)

Exchange differences from the translation of foreign operations 4,722 1,544 Less: net amount transferred to the income statement from other comprehensive income (372) (374)

4,350 1,170

Other (350) 191

Subtotal 12,750 5,925

Total 12,077 7,296

11 Other comprehensive income (Continued)

Accrual amount of other comprehensive income (Continued):

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 104

105

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Other comprehensive income attributable to equity holders of the Bank in the consolidated statement of financial position:

Gains on financial

assets at fair value

through other comprehensive

income

Exchange differences

from the translation of

foreign operations Other Total

As at 1 January 2019 9,395 (10,959) 2,981 1,417

Changes in amount for the previous year 13,139 4,787 270 18,196

As at 1 January 2020 22,534 (6,172) 3,251 19,613

Changes in amount for the period 8,341 2,271 (228) 10,384

As at 30 June 2020 30,875 (3,901) 3,023 29,997

11 Other comprehensive income (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 105

106

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

12 Cash and due from banks and other financial institutions

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Cash 69,681 64,907

Due from banks in Chinese mainland 491,044 361,232 Due from other financial institutions in Chinese mainland 7,775 8,043 Due from banks in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions 168,498 128,312 Due from other financial institutions in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions 546 461

Subtotal (1) 667,863 498,048

Accrued interest 3,653 3,060

Less: allowance for impairment losses (1) (1,227) (548)

Subtotal 670,289 500,560

Total 739,970 565,467

(1) As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, the Group included all due from banks and other financial institutions in Stage 1, and measured the impairment losses based on expected credit losses in the next 12 months.

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 106

107

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

13 Balances with central banks

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Mandatory reserves (1) 1,408,500 1,498,666 Surplus reserves (2) 112,198 132,247 Other (3) 588,510 447,048

Subtotal 2,109,208 2,077,961

Accrued interest 646 848

Total 2,109,854 2,078,809

(1) The Group places mandatory reserve funds with the People’s Bank of China (the “PBOC”) and the central banks of Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions where it has operations. As at 30 June 2020, mandatory reserve funds placed with the PBOC were calculated at 11.0% (31 December 2019: 12.5%) and 5.0% (31 December 2019: 5.0%) of qualified RMB deposits and foreign currency deposits from customers of branches in Chinese mainland of the Bank respectively. The mandatory reserve funds placed with the central bank of domestic subsidiaries of the Group are determined by the PBOC. The amounts of mandatory reserve funds placed with the central banks of other jurisdictions are determined by local regulations.

(2) This primarily represented the surplus reserve funds placed with the PBOC by branches in Chinese mainland and other funds.

(3) This mainly represented balances other than mandatory reserves and surplus reserves placed with the PBOC and the central banks in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions.

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 107

108

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

14 Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Placements with and loans to: Banks in Chinese mainland 288,212 134,671 Other financial institutions in Chinese mainland 712,437 601,525 Banks in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions 197,105 139,744 Other financial institutions in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions 25,261 19,667

Subtotal (1) (2) 1,223,015 895,607

Accrued interest 2,650 4,090

Less: allowance for impairment losses (2) (492) (738)

Total 1,225,173 898,959

(1) “Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions” include balances arising from reverse repo agreements and collateralised financing agreements. They are presented by collateral type as follows:

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Debt securities — Governments 148,859 37,435 — Policy banks 220,171 93,364 — Financial institutions 18,245 23,588 — Corporates 7,617 –

Subtotal 394,892 154,387

Bills 5,076 –

Subtotal 399,968 154,387

Less: allowance for impairment losses (1) –

Total 399,967 154,387

(2) As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, the Group included the predominant majority of its placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions in Stage 1, and measured the impairment losses based on expected credit losses in the next 12 months.

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 108

109

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

15 Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into foreign currency exchange rate, interest rate, equity, credit or precious metals and other commodity-related derivative financial instruments for trading, hedging, asset and liability management and on behalf of customers.

The contractual/notional amounts and fair values of derivative instruments held by the Group are set out in the following tables. The contractual/notional amounts of derivative financial instruments provide a basis for comparison with the fair values of instruments recognised in the statement of financial position but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved or the current fair value of the instruments and, therefore, do not indicate the Group’s exposure to credit or market risks. The derivative instruments become favourable (assets) or unfavourable (liabilities) as a result of fluctuations in market interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, credit spreads, or equity/commodity prices relative to their terms. The aggregate fair values of derivative financial assets and liabilities can fluctuate significantly from time to time.

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Contractual/ notional amount

Fair value Contractual/

notional amount

Fair value Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities

Exchange rate derivatives Currency forwards and swaps, and cross-currency interest rate swaps (1) 6,448,948 50,129 (41,441) 6,469,750 65,477 (52,598) Currency options 389,362 2,401 (2,727) 333,559 1,835 (2,019) Currency futures 2,067 5 (7) 1,894 10 (6)

Subtotal 6,840,377 52,535 (44,175) 6,805,203 67,322 (54,623)

Interest rate derivatives Interest rate swaps 4,045,772 44,741 (59,655) 3,454,898 18,252 (23,188) Interest rate options 56,926 19 (23) 17,729 31 (29) Interest rate futures 1,530 1 (3) 2,400 3 (27)

Subtotal 4,104,228 44,761 (59,681) 3,475,027 18,286 (23,244)

Equity derivatives 12,837 337 (340) 9,219 137 (184)

Commodity derivatives and other 452,392 17,223 (19,075) 347,655 7,590 (12,009)

Total (2) 11,409,834 114,856 (123,271) 10,637,104 93,335 (90,060)

(1) These exchange rate derivatives primarily include foreign exchange transactions with customers, foreign exchange transactions to manage foreign currency exchange risks arising from customers, and foreign currency exchange transactions entered into as part of the asset and liability management and funding requirements.

(2) The derivative financial instruments above include those designated as hedging instruments by the Group.

41581 (BOC)_19a. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 109

110

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

16 Loans and advances to customers

16.1 Analysis of loans and advances to customers by measurement category

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Measured at amortised cost — Corporate loans and advances 8,265,439 7,644,359 — Personal loans 5,344,510 5,047,809 — Discounted bills 1,753 2,334

Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (1)

— Discounted bills 384,991 335,583

Subtotal 13,996,693 13,030,085

Measured at fair value through profit or loss (2)

— Corporate loans and advances 4,064 4,104

Total 14,000,757 13,034,189

Accrued interest 39,408 34,596

Total loans and advances 14,040,165 13,068,785

Less: allowance for loans at amortised cost (369,345) (325,360)

Loans and advances to customers, net 13,670,820 12,743,425

(1) As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, loans at fair value through other comprehensive income of the Group were discounted bills. The allowance for impairment losses amounted to RMB567 million and RMB563 million respectively and was credited to other comprehensive income.

(2) There was no significant change for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and the year ended 31 December 2019, or cumulatively, in the fair value of the loans that was attributable to changes in the credit risk of the loans.

16.2 Analysis of loans and advances to customers (accrued interest excluded) by geographical area, industry, collateral type and analysis of overdue loans and advances to customers are presented in Note IV.1.1.

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 110

111

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

16.3 Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers

(1) Allowance for loans at amortised cost:

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January 109,765 79,051 136,544 325,360 Transfers to Stage 1 2,719 (2,326) (393) – Transfers to Stage 2 (524) 10,997 (10,473) – Transfers to Stage 3 (136) (16,540) 16,676 – Charge for the period (i) 55,583 18,518 23,761 97,862 Reversal (30,109) (15,318) (8,512) (53,939) Impairment (reversal)/losses due to stage transformation (2,498) 3,664 15,637 16,803 Write-off and transfer out – – (20,903) (20,903) Recovery of loans and advances written off – – 4,071 4,071 Unwinding of discount on allowance – – (642) (642) Exchange differences and other 268 167 298 733

As at 30 June 135,068 78,213 156,064 369,345

16 Loans and advances to customers (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 111

112

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2019

12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January 95,789 76,603 131,116 303,508 Transfers to Stage 1 5,590 (5,037) (553) – Transfers to Stage 2 (717) 4,411 (3,694) – Transfers to Stage 3 (989) (21,029) 22,018 – Charge for the year (i) 52,623 40,603 38,420 131,646 Reversal (37,580) (25,687) (14,631) (77,898) Impairment (reversal)/losses due to stage transformation (4,917) 8,664 40,988 44,735 Write-off and transfer out (269) – (84,735) (85,004) Recovery of loans and advances written off – – 8,407 8,407 Unwinding of discount on allowance – – (1,497) (1,497) Exchange differences and other 235 523 705 1,463

As at 31 December 109,765 79,051 136,544 325,360

(i) Charge for the period/year comprises the impairment losses from new loans, remaining loans without stage transformation, model/risk parameters adjustment, etc.

16 Loans and advances to customers (Continued)

16.3 Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(1) Allowance for loans at amortised cost (Continued):

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 112

113

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

(2) Allowance for loans at fair value through other comprehensive income:

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January 547 16 – 563 Impairment losses for the period 428 35 – 463 Reversal (446) (15) – (461) Exchange differences and other 2 – – 2

As at 30 June 531 36 – 567

Year ended 31 December 2019

12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January 234 39 – 273 Impairment losses for the year 503 16 – 519 Reversal (192) (39) – (231) Exchange differences and other 2 – – 2

As at 31 December 547 16 – 563

16 Loans and advances to customers (Continued)

16.3 Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 113

114

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

The Group performed the assessment of expected credit losses with the reference to forward-looking information and used a number of models and assumptions in the measurement of expected credit losses. These models and assumptions related to the future macroeconomic situation and the credit status of the borrowers (for example, the possibility of default by the customers and the corresponding loss). The Group assessed the expected credit losses as at 30 June 2020 and comprehensively considered the impacts of changes in current economic condition to expected credit losses, including: the operation and financial condition of the borrowers and the extent of impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the Group has made deferred repayment arrangement for the borrowers affected by COVID-19 pandemic but the deferred repayment arrangement will not be used as a judgment basis for automatically triggering a significant increase in the borrowers’ credit risk; risks in specific industries affected by COVID-19 pandemic; performing forward-looking forecasts to key macroeconomic indicators with the combination of the impact of factors such as the COVID-19 pandemic on economic development trends.

As at 30 June 2020, the expected credit losses comprehensively reflected the Group’s credit risk and the expectations for macroeconomic development of the management.

16 Loans and advances to customers (Continued)

16.3 Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(2) Allowance for loans at fair value through other comprehensive income (Continued):

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 114

115

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

17 Financial investments

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss Financial assets held for trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss Debt securities Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government 8,110 16,807 — Public sectors and quasi-governments 311 595 — Policy banks 25,986 40,005 — Financial institutions 134,345 169,477 — Corporate 41,711 44,629 Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments 16,831 23,416 — Public sectors and quasi-governments 11 177 — Financial institutions 9,585 16,617 — Corporate 9,339 10,721

246,229 322,444

Equity instruments 89,659 79,456 Fund investments and other 62,671 67,562

Total financial assets held for trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 398,559 469,462

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 115

116

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (Continued) Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss Debt securities (1)

Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government 7,025 8,797 — Policy banks 4,648 2,418 — Financial institutions 6,563 9,592 — Corporate 1,751 1,329 Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments 5,969 9,712 — Public sectors and quasi-governments 1,668 1,603 — Financial institutions 11,978 7,159 — Corporate 12,494 8,178

Total financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss 52,096 48,788

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 450,655 518,250

17 Financial investments (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 116

117

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income Debt securities Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government 684,304 676,685 — Public sectors and quasi-governments 65,747 71,172 — Policy banks 259,514 299,599 — Financial institutions 198,506 315,779 — Corporate 131,351 153,617 Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments 404,485 412,194 — Public sectors and quasi-governments 50,605 51,252 — Financial institutions 113,495 106,951 — Corporate 123,869 109,103

2,031,876 2,196,352

Equity instruments and other 22,910 21,777

Total financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (2) 2,054,786 2,218,129

17 Financial investments (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 117

118

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Financial assets at amortised cost Debt securities Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government 2,284,056 2,168,725 — Public sectors and quasi-governments 34,422 39,425 — Policy banks 57,916 100,638 — Financial institutions 20,986 30,637 — Corporate 19,088 15,677 — China Orient Asset Management Corporation (3) 152,433 152,433 Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments 112,372 80,472 — Public sectors and quasi-governments 53,959 66,356 — Financial institutions 43,104 31,937 — Corporate 46,561 47,588

2,824,897 2,733,888

Investment trusts, asset management plans and other 14,482 13,544

Accrued interest 37,969 37,037

Less: allowance for impairment losses (8,488) (6,786)

Total financial assets at amortised cost 2,868,860 2,777,683

Total financial investments (4)(6) 5,374,301 5,514,062

17 Financial investments (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 118

119

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Analysed as follows:

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss — Listed in Hong Kong 52,609 46,731 — Listed outside Hong Kong (7) 225,404 255,171 — Unlisted 172,642 216,348

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income Debt securities — Listed in Hong Kong 152,616 130,743 — Listed outside Hong Kong (7) 1,203,244 1,365,202 — Unlisted 676,016 700,407

Equity instruments and other — Listed in Hong Kong 7,007 7,083 — Listed outside Hong Kong (7) 3,692 3,215 — Unlisted 12,211 11,479

Financial assets at amortised cost (5)

— Listed in Hong Kong 52,129 31,896 — Listed outside Hong Kong (7) 2,374,579 2,308,222 — Unlisted 442,152 437,565

Total 5,374,301 5,514,062

Listed in Hong Kong 264,361 216,453 Listed outside Hong Kong (7) 3,806,047 3,931,810 Unlisted 1,303,893 1,365,799

Total 5,374,301 5,514,062

17 Financial investments (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 119

120

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

(1) In order to eliminate or significantly reduce accounting mismatches, certain debt securities are designated as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

(2) The Group exercises its option irrevocably on certain unlisted equity investments, which are classified as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.

The Group’s accumulated impairment allowance for the debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income as at 30 June 2020 amounted to RMB5,511 million (31 December 2019: RMB1,254 million).

(3) The Bank transferred certain non-performing assets to China Orient Asset Management Corporation (“China Orient”) in 1999 and 2000. On 1 July 2000, China Orient issued a ten-year bond (“Orient Bond”) with a par value of RMB160,000 million and interest rate of 2.25% to the Bank as consideration. During the year ended 31 December 2010, the maturity of this bond was extended to 30 June 2020. In 2020, the Bank signed an extension agreement with China Orient Asset Management Co., Ltd., stipulating that the Orient Bond would be extended for five years beyond its maturity date on 30 June 2020 to 30 June 2025. Pursuant to the requirements of the MOF, as of 1 January 2020, the annual yield of this bond will be determined based on the average yield of the five-year Government Bond calculated for the previous year and the MOF shall continue to provide funding support for the principal and interest of the Orient Bond held by the Bank after the extension of the maturity date. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had received early repayments amounting to RMB7,567 million cumulatively.

(4) During the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group did not reclassify any of its debt securities subsequent to their initial recognition.

(5) The market values of the above listed debt securities at amortised cost are set out below:

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019 Carrying value Market value Carrying value Market value

Debt securities at amortised cost — Listed in Hong Kong 52,129 55,718 31,896 32,847 — Listed outside Hong Kong (7) 2,374,579 2,426,281 2,308,222 2,670,795

(6) As at 30 June 2020, RMB1,562 million of debt securities of the Group was determined to be impaired and was included in Stage 3 (31 December 2019: RMB1,140 million), with the impairment allowance fully accrued (31 December 2019: RMB1,140 million); RMB228 million of debt securities was included in Stage 2 (31 December 2019: RMB479 million), with an impairment allowance of RMB1 million (31 December 2019: RMB5 million); and the remaining debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income and debt securities at amortised cost were included in Stage 1, with impairment allowance measured based on 12-month expected credit losses.

(7) Debt securities traded in the domestic interbank bond market are included in “Listed outside Hong Kong”.

17 Financial investments (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 120

121

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on financial investments at amortised cost:

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January 383 1 6,402 6,786 Impairment losses for the period 1,045 – 640 1,685 Exchange differences and other 1 – 16 17

As at 30 June 1,429 1 7,058 8,488

Year ended 31 December 2019

12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January 328 3 7,423 7,754 Impairment losses/(reversal) for the year 53 (2) (238) (187) Write-off and transfer out – – (800) (800) Exchange differences and other 2 – 17 19

As at 31 December 383 1 6,402 6,786

17 Financial investments (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 121

122

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income:

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January 1,250 4 – 1,254 Transfers to Stage 3 (2) (4) 6 – Impairment losses for the period 3,761 – – 3,761 Impairment losses due to stage transformation – – 494 494 Exchange differences and other 2 – – 2

As at 30 June 5,011 – 500 5,511

Year ended 31 December 2019

12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January 861 1 – 862 Impairment losses during the year 384 3 – 387 Exchange differences and other 5 – – 5

As at 31 December 1,250 4 – 1,254

17 Financial investments (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 122

123

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

18 Property and equipment

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

Buildings

Equipment and motor

vehicles Construction

in progress Aircraft Total

Cost As at 1 January 119,077 77,656 32,905 131,821 361,459 Additions 48 972 9,854 6,946 17,820 Transfer from/(to) investment properties (Note III.19) 688 – (700) – (12) Construction in progress transfer in/(out) 1,419 348 (1,967) 200 – Deductions (449) (1,850) (3,126) (1,359) (6,784) Exchange differences 317 183 335 1,840 2,675

As at 30 June 121,100 77,309 37,301 139,448 375,158

Accumulated depreciation As at 1 January (40,401) (60,758) – (14,762) (115,921) Additions (1,942) (3,320) – (2,301) (7,563) Deductions 273 1,793 – 294 2,360 Transfer to investment properties (Note III.19) 15 – – – 15 Exchange differences (71) (131) – (219) (421)

As at 30 June (42,126) (62,416) – (16,988) (121,530)

Allowance for impairment losses As at 1 January (767) – (227) (4) (998) Additions – – – (82) (82) Deductions 6 – – – 6 Exchange differences 3 – – – 3

As at 30 June (758) – (227) (86) (1,071)

Net book value As at 1 January 77,909 16,898 32,678 117,055 244,540

As at 30 June 78,216 14,893 37,074 122,374 252,557

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 123

124

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2019

Buildings

Equipment and motor

vehicles Construction

in progress Aircraft Total

Cost As at 31 December of prior year 117,948 74,319 30,233 115,153 337,653 Additions 340 6,921 15,977 15,177 38,415 Transfer from/(to) investment properties (Note III.19) 356 – (11) – 345 Construction in progress transfer in/(out) 2,238 816 (11,208) 8,154 – Deductions (2,388) (4,639) (2,467) (8,746) (18,240) Exchange differences 583 239 381 2,083 3,286

As at 31 December 119,077 77,656 32,905 131,821 361,459

Accumulated depreciation As at 31 December of prior year (38,041) (58,752) – (12,437) (109,230) Additions (3,999) (6,272) – (4,180) (14,451) Deductions 1,755 4,443 – 2,131 8,329 Transfer to investment properties (Note III.19) 9 – – – 9 Exchange differences (125) (177) – (276) (578)

As at 31 December (40,401) (60,758) – (14,762) (115,921)

Allowance for impairment losses As at 31 December of prior year (770) – (217) (42) (1,029) Additions (7) – (10) – (17) Deductions 14 – – 39 53 Exchange differences (4) – – (1) (5)

As at 31 December (767) – (227) (4) (998)

Net book value As at 31 December of prior year 79,137 15,567 30,016 102,674 227,394

As at 31 December 77,909 16,898 32,678 117,055 244,540

18 Property and equipment (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 124

125

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

19 Investment properties

Six month period ended

30 June 2020

Year ended 31 December

2019

As at 1 January 23,108 22,086 Additions 181 468 Transfer to property and equipment, net (Note III.18) (3) (354) Deductions (5) (11) Fair value changes (Note III.5) (470) 496 Exchange differences 305 423

As at 30 June/31 December 23,116 23,108

20 Other assets

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Accounts receivable and prepayments 138,392 107,124 Right-of-use assets (1) 22,489 22,822 Intangible assets 12,810 13,352 Land use rights 6,732 6,903 Long-term deferred expense 3,080 3,222 Goodwill (2) 2,719 2,686 Repossessed assets (3) 2,341 2,400 Interest receivable 1,070 1,878 Other 38,086 18,737

Total 227,719 179,124

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 125

126

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

(1) Right-of-use assets

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

Buildings Motor vehicles

and other Total

Cost As at 1 January 29,500 156 29,656 Additions 2,976 22 2,998 Deductions (531) (7) (538) Exchange differences 104 – 104

As at 30 June 32,049 171 32,220

Accumulated depreciation As at 1 January (6,781) (53) (6,834) Additions (3,253) (31) (3,284) Deductions 398 5 403 Exchange differences (16) – (16)

As at 30 June (9,652) (79) (9,731)

Net book value As at 1 January 22,719 103 22,822

As at 30 June 22,397 92 22,489

Year ended 31 December 2019

Buildings Motor vehicles

and other Total

Cost As at 1 January 22,652 120 22,772 Additions 7,341 38 7,379 Deductions (624) (3) (627) Exchange differences 131 1 132

As at 31 December 29,500 156 29,656

Accumulated depreciation As at 1 January (209) – (209) Additions (6,632) (53) (6,685) Deductions 81 – 81 Exchange differences (21) – (21)

As at 31 December (6,781) (53) (6,834)

Net book value As at 1 January 22,443 120 22,563

As at 31 December 22,719 103 22,822

20 Other assets (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 126

127

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

(2) Goodwill

Six month period ended

30 June 2020

Year ended 31 December

2019

As at 1 January 2,686 2,620 Addition through acquisition of subsidiaries – 27 Exchange differences 33 39

As at 30 June/31 December 2,719 2,686

The goodwill mainly arose from the acquisition of BOC Aviation Limited in 2006 amounting to USD241 million (equivalent to RMB1,704 million).

(3) Repossessed assets

The Group obtained repossessed assets by taking possession of collateral held as security due to default. Such repossessed assets are as follows:

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Commercial properties 2,508 2,596 Residential properties 618 615 Other 159 159

Subtotal 3,285 3,370

Less: allowance for impairment (944) (970)

Repossessed assets, net 2,341 2,400

The total book value of the repossessed assets disposed of for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 amounted to RMB206 million (for the year ended 31 December 2019: RMB276 million). The Group plans to dispose of the repossessed assets held at 30 June 2020 by auction, bidding or transfer.

21 Financial liabilities held for trading

As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, financial liabilities held for trading mainly included short position in debt securities.

20 Other assets (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 127

128

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

22 Due to customers

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Demand deposits — Corporate deposits 4,776,263 4,434,051 — Personal deposits 3,285,035 3,147,889

Subtotal 8,061,298 7,581,940

Time deposits — Corporate deposits 3,818,669 3,619,512 — Personal deposits 3,738,340 3,416,862

Subtotal 7,557,009 7,036,374

Structured deposits (1)

— Corporate deposits 346,859 247,906 — Personal deposits 585,449 424,897

Subtotal 932,308 672,803

Certificates of deposit 272,681 283,193 Other deposits 96,081 75,063

Subtotal due to customers 16,919,377 15,649,373

Accrued interest 170,840 168,175

Total due to customers (2) 17,090,217 15,817,548

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 128

129

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

(1) According to the risk management policy, in order to match derivatives and reduce market risk, the Group designates some structured deposits as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. As at 30 June 2020, the carrying amount of the above-mentioned financial liabilities was RMB31,341 million (31 December 2019: RMB17,969 million). At the financial reporting date, the fair value of the above-mentioned financial liabilities was approximately the same as the amount that the Group would be contractually required to pay to the holders. During the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and the year ended 31 December 2019, there was no significant change in the Group’s own credit risk for the above structured deposits, so the amount of change in fair value due to the change in the Group’s own credit risk is not significant.

(2) Due to customers included margin deposits for security received by the Group as at 30 June 2020 of RMB341,103 million (31 December 2019: RMB290,076 million).

23 Deferred income taxes

23.1 Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes are related to the same fiscal authority. The table below includes the deferred income tax assets and liabilities of the Group after offsetting qualifying amounts and the related temporary differences.

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Temporary differences

Deferred tax assets/

(liabilities) Temporary differences

Deferred tax assets/

(liabilities)

Deferred income tax assets 188,380 50,295 166,707 44,029 Deferred income tax liabilities (36,549) (6,240) (30,773) (5,452)

Net 151,831 44,055 135,934 38,577

22 Due to customers (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 129

130

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

23.2 Deferred income tax assets/liabilities and related temporary differences, before offsetting qualifying amounts, are attributable to the following items:

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Temporary differences

Deferred tax assets/

(liabilities) Temporary differences

Deferred tax assets/

(liabilities)

Deferred income tax assets Asset impairment allowances 253,463 62,967 205,264 51,052 Pension, retirement benefits and salary payables 12,926 3,209 18,137 4,510 Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss and derivative financial instruments 110,596 27,543 90,507 22,511 Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 1,304 318 835 209 Other temporary differences 35,024 8,024 34,320 7,931

Subtotal 413,313 102,061 349,063 86,213

Deferred income tax liabilities Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss and derivative financial instruments (114,588) (27,935) (93,862) (23,336) Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (41,401) (10,101) (29,403) (7,228) Depreciation of property and equipment (20,352) (3,469) (20,629) (3,521) Revaluation of property and investment properties (9,129) (1,742) (8,986) (1,712) Other temporary differences (76,012) (14,759) (60,249) (11,839)

Subtotal (261,482) (58,006) (213,129) (47,636)

Net 151,831 44,055 135,934 38,577

As at 30 June 2020, deferred tax liabilities relating to temporary differences of RMB176,121 million associated with the Group’s investments in subsidiaries have not been recognised (31 December 2019: RMB156,105 million).

23 Deferred income taxes (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 130

131

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

23.3 The movements of the deferred income tax are as follows:

Six month period ended

30 June 2020

Year ended 31 December

2019

As at 1 January 38,577 33,656 Credited to the income statement (Note III.9) 8,281 8,824 Charged to other comprehensive income (2,866) (4,180) Other 63 277

As at 30 June/31 December 44,055 38,577

23.4 The deferred income tax credit in the condensed consolidated income statement comprises the following temporary differences:

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Asset impairment allowances 11,915 332 Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss and derivative financial instruments 433 3,073 Pension, retirement benefits and salary payables (1,301) (1,176) Other temporary differences (2,766) (1,975)

Total 8,281 254

23 Deferred income taxes (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 131

132

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

24 Other liabilities

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Insurance liabilities — Life insurance contracts 126,623 113,742 — Non-life insurance contracts 10,758 10,169 Items in the process of clearance and settlement 95,699 66,628 Dividends payable 60,642 2 Salary and welfare payables 26,944 33,373 Provision — Allowance for credit commitments 21,961 23,597 — Allowance for litigation losses (Note III. 27.1) 860 872 Lease liabilities 21,513 21,590 Deferred income 11,586 10,476 Other 88,986 84,724

Total 465,572 365,173

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 132

133

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

25 Other equity instruments

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, the movements of the Bank’s other equity instruments were as follows:

As at 1 January 2020 Increase/(Decrease)

As at 30 June 2020

Quantity (million shares)

Carrying amount

Quantity (million shares)

Carrying amount

Quantity (million shares)

Carrying amount

Preference Shares Domestic Preference Shares (First Tranche) 320.0 31,963 – – 320.0 31,963 Domestic Preference Shares (Second Tranche) 280.0 27,969 – – 280.0 27,969 Domestic Preference Shares (Third Tranche) 730.0 72,979 – – 730.0 72,979 Domestic Preference Shares (Fourth Tranche) 270.0 26,990 – – 270.0 26,990 Offshore Preference Shares (Second Tranche) (1) – – 197.9 19,581 197.9 19,581

Subtotal 1,600.0 159,901 197.9 19,581 1,797.9 179,482

Perpetual Bonds 2019 Undated Capital Bonds (Series 1) – 39,992 – – – 39,992 2020 Undated Capital Bonds (Series 1) (2) – – – 39,990 – 39,990

Subtotal – 39,992 – 39,990 – 79,982

Total 199,893 59,571 259,464

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 133

134

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

(1) With the approvals by the relevant regulatory authorities in China, the Bank issued the US Dollar settled non-cumulative Offshore Preference Shares on 4 March 2020. Each Offshore Preference Share has a par value of RMB100 and 197,865,300 Offshore Preference Shares were issued in total. The aggregate par value of the Offshore Preference Shares is USD2.820 billion as converted into USD using the fixed exchange rate (USD1.00 to RMB7.0168). The initial annual dividend rate is 3.60% and is subsequently subject to reset per agreement, but in no case shall exceed 12.15%. Dividends are calculated and paid out in US Dollars.

The Offshore Preference Shares have no maturity date. However, subject to the satisfaction of the redemption conditions and having obtained the prior approval of the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (“CBIRC”), the Bank may at its discretion redeem all or part of the Offshore Preference Shares on 4 March 2025 or any dividend payment date thereafter at the redemption price which is the sum of the par value of the Offshore Preference Shares and the dividends declared but not yet distributed, as calculated and paid out in US Dollars.

Save for such dividend at the agreed dividend payout ratio, the holders of the above preference shares shall not be entitled to share in the distribution of the remaining profits of the Bank together with the holders of the ordinary shares. The above preference shares are paid by non-cumulative dividend. The Bank shall be entitled to cancel any dividend on the preference shares, and such cancellation shall not constitute a default. However, the Bank shall not distribute profits to ordinary shareholders until resumption of full payment of dividends on the preference shares. Upon the occurrence of a trigger event for the compulsory conversion of preference shares into ordinary shares per agreement, the Bank shall convert the preference shares into ordinary shares in whole or in part after reporting to CBIRC for its examination and approval decision.

Capital raised from the issuance of the above preference shares, after deduction of transaction costs, was wholly used to replenish the Bank’s additional tier 1 capital and to increase its capital adequacy ratio.

(2) With the approvals by the relevant regulatory authorities in China, the Bank issued RMB40 billion write- down undated capital bonds (the “Bonds”) in the domestic interbank bond market on 28 April 2020 and completed the issuance on 30 April 2020. The denomination of the Bonds is RMB100 each, and the annual coupon rate of the Bonds for the first five years is 3.40%, which is reset every 5 years.

The duration of the Bonds is the same as the continuing operation of the Bank. Subject to the satisfaction of the redemption conditions and having obtained the prior approval of the CBIRC, the Bank may redeem the Bonds in whole or in part on each distribution payment date 5 years after the issuance date of the Bonds. Upon the occurrence of a trigger event for write-downs, with the consent of the CBIRC and without the consent of the bondholders, the Bank has the right to write down all or part of the above Bonds issued and existing at that time in accordance with the total par value. The claims of the holders of the Bonds will be subordinated to the claims of depositors, general creditors and subordinated creditors; and shall rank in priority to the claims of shareholders and will rank pari passu with the claims under any other additional tier 1 capital instruments of the Bank that rank pari passu with the Bonds.

The Bonds are paid by non-cumulative interest. The Bank shall have the right to cancel distributions on the Bonds in whole or in part and such cancellation shall not constitute a default. The Bank may at its discretion utilise the proceeds from the cancelled distributions to meet other obligations of maturing debts. But the Bank shall not distribute profits to ordinary shareholders until the resumption of full interest payment.

Capital raised from the issuance of the Bonds, after deduction of transaction costs, was wholly used to replenish the Bank’s additional tier 1 capital and to increase its capital adequacy ratio.

25 Other equity instruments (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 134

135

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

26 Dividends

Dividends for Ordinary Shares

A dividend of RMB1.91 per ten ordinary shares (before tax) in respect of the profit for the year ended 31 December 2019 amounting to RMB56,228 million (before tax) was approved at the Annual General Meeting held on 30 June 2020. The undistributed portion of RMB56,228 million was recorded in other liabilities as at 30 June 2020. Such dividend was distributed on 15 July 2020 and 7 August 2020 after the appropriate withholding of individual and enterprise income taxes.

Dividends for Preference Shares

The dividend distribution of Domestic Preference Shares (Second Tranche) amounting to RMB1,540 million (before tax) was approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank at the Board Meeting held on 13 January 2020 and the dividend was distributed on 13 March 2020.

The dividend distribution of Domestic Preference Shares (Third Tranche and Fourth Tranche) was approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank at the Board Meeting held on 29 April 2020. The dividend of Domestic Preference Shares (Third Tranche) amounting to RMB3,285 million (before tax) was distributed on 29 June 2020. And the dividend of Domestic Preference Shares (Fourth Tranche) amounting to RMB1,174.5 million (before tax) will be distributed on 31 August 2020.

Others

The Bank distributed the interest on the 2019 Undated Capital Bonds (Series 1) amounting to RMB1,800 million on 3 February 2020.

27 Contingent liabilities and commitments

27.1 Legal proceedings and arbitrations

As at 30 June 2020, the Group was involved in certain litigation and arbitration cases in the regular course of its business. In addition, in terms of the range and scale of its international operations, the Group may face a variety of legal proceedings within different jurisdictions. As at 30 June 2020, provisions of RMB860 million (31 December 2019: RMB872 million) were made based on court judgements or the advice of counsel (Note III.24). After consulting legal professionals, the senior management of the Group believes that at the current stage these legal proceedings and arbitrations will not have a material impact on the financial position or operations of the Group.

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 135

136

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

27.2 Assets pledged

Assets pledged by the Group as collateral mainly for placement, repurchase, short positions, derivative transactions with other banks and financial institutions and for local statutory requirements are set forth in the table below. These transactions are conducted under standard and normal business terms.

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Debt securities 684,877 787,929 Bills 119 387

Total 684,996 788,316

27.3 Collateral accepted

The Group accepts securities as collateral that are permitted to be sold or re-pledged in connection with reverse repurchase and derivative agreements with banks and other financial institutions. As at 30 June 2020, the fair value of collateral received from banks and other financial institutions accepted by the Group amounted to RMB32,716 million (31 December 2019: RMB22,067 million). As at 30 June 2020, the fair value of the collateral that the Group had sold or re-pledged, but was obligated to return, was RMB2,775 million (31 December 2019: RMB2,271 million). These transactions are conducted under standard terms in the normal course of business.

27 Contingent liabilities and commitments (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 136

137

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

27.4 Capital commitments

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Property and equipment — Contracted but not provided for 68,065 53,752 — Authorised but not contracted for 1,433 1,215 Intangible assets — Contracted but not provided for 1,201 1,048 — Authorised but not contracted for 261 66 Investment properties — Contracted but not provided for 1,730 1,231

Total 72,690 57,312

27.5 Treasury bonds redemption commitments

The Bank is entrusted by the Ministry of Finance of the People’s Republic of China (the “MOF”) to underwrite certain Treasury bonds. The investors of these Treasury bonds have a right to redeem the bonds at any time prior to maturity and the Bank is committed to redeem these Treasury bonds. The MOF will not provide funding for the early redemption of these Treasury bonds on a back-to-back basis but will pay interest and repay the principal at maturity. The redemption price is the principal value of the bonds plus unpaid interest in accordance with the early redemption arrangement.

As at 30 June 2020, the outstanding principal value of the Treasury bonds sold by the Bank under obligation to redeem prior to maturity amounted to RMB53,611 million (31 December 2019: RMB59,746 million). The original maturities of these Treasury bonds vary from 3 to 5 years and management expects the amount of redemption through the Bank prior to the maturity dates of these bonds will not be material.

27 Contingent liabilities and commitments (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 137

138

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

27.6 Credit commitments

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Loan commitments (1)

— with an original maturity of less than 1 year 253,962 244,733 — with an original maturity of 1 year or above 1,330,002 1,360,065 Undrawn credit card limits 1,064,777 1,010,283 Letters of guarantee issued (2) 1,024,375 1,049,629 Bank bill acceptance 287,269 259,373 Letters of credit issued 142,815 133,571 Accepted bills of exchange under letters of credit 87,435 92,440 Other 183,390 192,476

Total (3) 4,374,025 4,342,570

(1) Loan commitments mainly represent undrawn loan facilities agreed and granted to customers. Unconditionally revocable loan commitments are not included in loan commitments. As at 30 June 2020, the unconditionally revocable loan commitments of the Group amounted to RMB341,099 million (31 December 2019: RMB299,556 million).

(2) Letters of guarantee issued mainly include financial guarantees and performance guarantees. These obligations on the Group to make payments are dependent on the outcome of a future event.

(3) Risk-weighted assets for credit risk of credit commitments

The risk-weighted assets for credit risk of the Group are calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) and other relevant regulations under the advanced capital measurement approaches. The amounts are determined based on the creditworthiness of the counterparties, the maturity characteristics of each type of contracts and other factors.

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Credit commitments 1,187,793 1,206,469

27.7 Underwriting obligations

As at 30 June 2020, the firm commitment in underwriting securities of the Group amounted to RMB1,000 million (31 December 2019: Nil).

27 Contingent liabilities and commitments (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 138

139

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

28 Changes in consolidation

On 18 June 2020, the Bank set up a majority-owned subsidiary, BOC Financial Leasing Co., Ltd. (“BOCL”), which mainly engages in the financial leasing business. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank held 92.59% of the total capital of BOCL.

29 Note to the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows

For the purpose of the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following balances with an original maturity of less than three months:

As at 30 June

As at 30 June

2020 2019

Cash and due from banks and other financial institutions 375,854 316,066 Balances with central banks 591,528 490,207 Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions 680,996 670,102 Financial investments 71,391 43,491

Total 1,719,769 1,519,866

30 Related party transactions

30.1 China Investment Corporation (“CIC”) was established on 29 September 2007 with registered capital of RMB1,550 billion. CIC is a wholly State-owned company engaging in foreign currency investment management. The Group is subject to the control of the State Council of the PRC Government through CIC and its wholly owned subsidiary, Central Huijin Investment Ltd. (“Huijin”).

The Group entered into banking transactions with CIC in the normal course of its business on commercial terms.

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 139

140

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

30.2 Transactions with Huijin and companies under Huijin

(1) General information of Huijin

Central Huijin Investment Ltd.

Legal representative PENG Chun Registered capital RMB828,209 million Location of registration Beijing Capital shares in the Bank 64.02% Voting rights in the Bank 64.02% Nature Wholly State-owned company Principal activities Investment in major State-owned financial institutions

on behalf of the State Council; other related businesses approved by the State Council.

Unified social credit code 911000007109329615

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 140

141

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

(2) Transactions with Huijin

The Group enters into banking transactions with Huijin in the normal course of its business on commercial terms. Purchase of the bonds issued by Huijin was in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with the requirements of the related regulations and corporate governance.

Transaction balances

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Debt securities 27,422 24,963 Due to Huijin (60) (2,913)

Transaction amounts

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Interest income 389 453 Interest expense (35) (169)

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

30.2 Transactions with Huijin and companies under Huijin (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 141

142

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

(3) Transactions with companies under Huijin

Companies under Huijin include its equity interests in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures in certain other bank and non-bank entities in the PRC. The Group enters into banking transactions with these companies in the normal course of business on commercial terms which include mainly purchase and sale of debt securities, money market transactions and derivative transactions.

In the ordinary course of the business, main transactions that the Group entered into with the affiliates of parent company are as follows:

Transaction balances

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Due from banks and other financial institutions 67,768 59,332 Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions 199,898 115,781 Financial investments 293,028 395,205 Derivative financial assets 8,197 7,655 Loans and advances to customers 76,477 45,646 Due to customers, banks and other financial institutions (238,912) (185,610) Placements from banks and other financial institutions (157,992) (244,059) Derivative financial liabilities (3,455) (5,459) Credit commitments 29,600 14,502

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

30.2 Transactions with Huijin and companies under Huijin (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 142

143

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Transaction amounts

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Interest income 6,487 8,129 Interest expense (2,414) (3,655)

30.3 Transactions with government authorities, agencies, affiliates and other State-controlled entities

The State Council of the PRC government directly and indirectly controls a significant number of entities through its government authorities, agencies, affiliates and other State- controlled entities. The Group enters into extensive banking transactions with these entities in the normal course of business on commercial terms.

Transactions conducted with government authorities, agencies, affiliates and other State- controlled entities include purchase and redemption of investment securities issued by government agencies, underwriting and distribution of Treasury bonds issued by government agencies, foreign exchange transactions and derivative transactions, lending, provision of credit and guarantees and deposit taking.

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

30.2 Transactions with Huijin and companies under Huijin (Continued)

(3) Transactions with companies under Huijin (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 143

144

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

30.4 Transactions with associates and joint ventures

The Group enters into banking transactions with associates and joint ventures in the normal course of business on commercial terms. These include loans and advances, deposit taking and other normal banking businesses. In the ordinary course of the business, the main transactions that the Group entered into with associates and joint ventures are as follows:

Transaction balances

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Loans and advances to customers 1,210 1,373 Due to customers, banks and other financial institutions (15,096) (6,046) Credit commitments 584 76

Transaction amounts

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Interest income 35 25 Interest expense (141) (99)

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 144

145

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

30.5 Transactions with the Annuity Plan

Apart from the obligations for defined contributions to the Annuity Fund and normal banking transactions, no other transactions were conducted between the Group and the Annuity Fund for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and the year ended 31 December 2019.

30.6 Transactions with key management personnel

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including Directors and Executive Officers.

The Group enters into banking transactions with key management personnel in the normal course of business. During the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and the year ended 31 December 2019, there were no material transactions and balances with key management personnel on an individual basis.

30.7 Transactions with Connected Natural Persons

As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s balance of loans to the connected natural persons as defined in the Administration of Connected Transactions between Commercial Banks and Their Insiders and Shareholders and the Administrative Measures for the Disclosure of Information of Listed Companies totalled RMB379 million (31 December 2019: RMB410 million) and RMB19 million (31 December 2019: RMB23 million) respectively.

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 145

146

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

30.8 Transactions with subsidiaries

The main transactions with subsidiaries are as follows:

Transaction balances

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Due from banks and other financial institutions 44,621 21,908 Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions 136,453 152,839 Due to banks and other financial institutions (110,746) (88,195) Placements from banks and other financial institutions (59,522) (52,285)

Transaction amounts

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Interest income 1,305 812 Interest expense (639) (1,251)

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19b. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 146

147

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 147

31 Segment reporting

The Group manages the business from both geographic and business perspectives. From the geographic perspective, the Group operates in three principal regions: Chinese mainland; Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan; and other countries and regions. From the business perspective, the Group provides services through six main business segments: corporate banking, personal banking, treasury operations, investment banking, insurance and other operations.

Measurement of segment assets, liabilities, income, expenses, results and capital expenditure is based on the Group’s accounting policies. The segment information presented includes items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Funding is provided to and from individual business segments through treasury operations as part of the asset and liability management process. The pricing of these transactions is based on market rates. The transfer price takes into account the specific features and maturities of the product. Internal transactions are eliminated on consolidation. The Group regularly examines the transfer price and adjusts the price to reflect current situation.

Geographical segments

Chinese mainland — Corporate banking, personal banking, treasury operations and insurance services, etc. are performed in Chinese mainland.

Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan — Corporate banking, personal banking, treasury operations, investment banking and insurance services are performed in Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan. The business of this segment is centralised in BOC Hong Kong (Group) Limited (“BOCHK Group”).

Other countries and regions — Corporate and personal banking services are provided in other countries and regions. Significant locations include New York, London, Singapore and Tokyo.

148

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 148

Business segments

Corporate banking — Services to corporate customers, government authorities and financial institutions including current accounts, deposits, overdrafts, loans, trade-related products and other credit facilities, foreign currency, derivative products and wealth management products.

Personal banking — Services to retail customers including saving deposits, personal loans, credit cards and debit cards, payments and settlements, wealth management products and funds and insurance agency services.

Treasury operations — Consisting of foreign exchange transactions, customer-based interest rate and foreign exchange derivative transactions, money market transactions, proprietary trading and asset and liability management. The results of this segment include the inter- segment funding income and expenses, results from interest-bearing assets and liabilities; and foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Investment banking — Consisting of debt and equity underwriting and financial advisory, sales and trading of securities, stock brokerage, investment research and asset management services, and private equity investment services.

Insurance — Underwriting of general and life insurance business and insurance agency services.

Other — Other operations of the Group comprise investment holding and other miscellaneous activities, none of which constitutes a separately reportable segment.

31 Segment reporting (Continued)

149

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

SE D

C O

N SO

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N

F O

R T

H E

S IX

M O

N T

H P

E R

IO D

E N

D E

D 3

0 JU

N E

2 02

0 (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 149

II I

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

S E

D C

O N

S O

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

31

S eg

m en

t re

p or

ti n

g (C

on ti

n u

ed )

A s

at a

n d

f or

t h

e si

x m

on th

p er

io d

e n

d ed

3 0

Ju n

e 20

20

H on

g K

on g,

M ac

ao a

nd T

ai w

an

C hi

ne se

m

ai nl

an d

B O

C H

K

G ro

up

O th

er Su

bt ot

al O

th er

c ou

nt ri

es

an d

re gi

on s

E lim

in at

io ns

T ot

al In

te re

st in

co m

e 32

5, 16

1 25

,9 74

16

,9 03

42

,8 77

19

,2 46

(1

1, 35

4) 37

5, 93

0 In

te re

st e

xp en

se (1

56 ,0

42 )

(9 ,1

87 )

(1 3,

67 1)

(2 2,

85 8)

(1 1,

48 9)

11 ,3

54

(1 79

,0 35

)

N et

in te

re st

in co

m e

16 9,

11 9

16 ,7

87

3, 23

2 20

,0 19

7,

75 7

– 19

6, 89

5

Fe e

an d

co m

m is

si on

in co

m e

46 ,3

20

5, 74

7 3,

81 9

9, 56

6 2,

94 4

(1 ,8

09 )

57 ,0

21 Fe

e an

d co

m m

is si

on e

xp en

se (4

,5 57

) (1

,2 37

) (1

,0 86

) (2

,3 23

) (9

58 )

1, 15

9 (6

,6 79

)

N et

fe e

an d

co m

m is

si on

in co

m e

41 ,7

63

4, 51

0 2,

73 3

7, 24

3 1,

98 6

(6 50

) 50

,3 42

N et

tr ad

in g

ga in

s (3

,4 29

) 2,

25 9

2, 59

9 4,

85 8

74 4

– 2,

17 3

N et

g ai

ns o

n tr

an sf

er s

of f

in an

ci al

a ss

et

4, 81

9 2,

33 1

11 4

2, 44

5 35

9 –

7, 62

3 O

th er

o pe

ra tin

g in

co m

e (1

) 8,

46 1

7, 79

7 13

,1 76

20

,9 73

79

5 (2

79 )

29 ,9

50

O pe

ra tin

g in

co m

e 22

0, 73

3 33

,6 84

21

,8 54

55

,5 38

11

,6 41

(9

29 )

28 6,

98 3

O pe

ra tin

g ex

pe ns

es (1

) (6

3, 03

9) (1

4, 50

4) (1

0, 63

9) (2

5, 14

3) (3

,7 12

) 94

8 (9

0, 94

6) Im

pa ir

m en

t l os

se s

on a

ss et

s (6

0, 39

5) (1

,2 39

) (1

,3 64

) (2

,6 03

) (3

,4 86

) –

(6 6,

48 4)

O pe

ra tin

g pr

of it

97 ,2

99

17 ,9

41

9, 85

1 27

,7 92

4,

44 3

19

12 9,

55 3

Sh ar

e of

r es

ul ts

o f

as so

ci at

es a

nd jo

in t v

en tu

re s

(1 05

) (7

6) 24

4 16

8 –

– 63

Pr of

it be

fo re

in co

m e

ta x

97 ,1

94

17 ,8

65

10 ,0

95

27 ,9

60

4, 44

3 19

12

9, 61

6

In co

m e

ta x

ex pe

ns e

(2 1,

80 4)

Pr of

it fo

r th

e pe

ri od

10 7,

81 2

Se gm

en t a

ss et

s 18

,8 16

,7 95

2,

90 2,

54 5

1, 67

2, 28

8 4,

57 4,

83 3

2, 33

2, 62

9 (1

,5 94

,4 14

) 24

,1 29

,8 43

In ve

st m

en ts

in a

ss oc

ia te

s an

d jo

in t v

en tu

re s

7, 88

6 1,

02 1

14 ,1

05

15 ,1

26

– –

23 ,0

12

To ta

l a ss

et s

18 ,8

24 ,6

81

2, 90

3, 56

6 1,

68 6,

39 3

4, 58

9, 95

9 2,

33 2,

62 9

(1 ,5

94 ,4

14 )

24 ,1

52 ,8

55

In cl

ud e:

n on

-c ur

re nt

a ss

et s

(2 )

11 5,

84 1

30 ,9

45

17 3,

88 8

20 4,

83 3

9, 35

1 (3

,1 15

) 32

6, 91

0 Se

gm en

t l ia

bi lit

ie s

17 ,2

22 ,2

53

2, 64

0, 37

8 1,

53 7,

86 9

4, 17

8, 24

7 2,

25 8,

03 4

(1 ,5

94 ,2

92 )

22 ,0

64 ,2

42

O th

er s

eg m

en t i

te m

s:

In te

rs eg

m en

t n et

in te

re st

( ex

pe ns

e) /in

co m

e (2

,4 45

) 34

5 4,

11 2

4, 45

7 (2

,0 12

) –

In te

rs eg

m en

t n et

f ee

a nd

c om

m is

si on

in co

m e/

(e xp

en se

) 36

8 17

6 25

7 43

3 (1

51 )

(6 50

) –

C

ap ita

l e xp

en di

tu re

2, 23

8 62

5 16

,2 69

16 ,8

94 80

– 19

,2 12

D

ep re

ci at

io n

an d

am or

tis at

io n

9, 43

8 98

8 3,

00 1

3, 98

9 39

1 (2

20 )

13 ,5

98

C re

di t c

om m

itm en

ts 3,

68 7,

61 5

31 2,

94 3

13 0,

68 0

44 3,

62 3

53 9,

01 6

(2 96

,2 29

) 4,

37 4,

02 5

150

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

SE D

C O

N SO

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N

F O

R T

H E

S IX

M O

N T

H P

E R

IO D

E N

D E

D 3

0 JU

N E

2 02

0 (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 150

II I

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

S E

D C

O N

S O

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

31

S eg

m en

t re

p or

ti n

g (C

on ti

n u

ed )

A s

at 3

1 D

ec em

b er

2 01

9 an

d f

or t

h e

si x

m on

th p

er io

d e

n d

ed 3

0 Ju

n e

20 19

H on

g K

on g,

M ac

ao a

nd T

ai w

an

C hi

ne se

m

ai nl

an d

B O

C H

K

G ro

up

O th

er Su

bt ot

al O

th er

c ou

nt ri

es

an d

re gi

on s

E lim

in at

io ns

T ot

al In

te re

st in

co m

e 31

0, 96

8 28

,0 46

19 ,9

32 47

,9 78

25 ,9

31 (1

9, 51

3) 36

5, 36

4 In

te re

st e

xp en

se (1

55 ,9

45 )

(1 1,

69 9)

(1 7,

34 0)

(2 9,

03 9)

(1 8,

25 3)

19 ,5

57 (1

83 ,6

80 )

N et

in te

re st

in co

m e

15 5,

02 3

16 ,3

47 2,

59 2

18 ,9

39 7,

67 8

44 18

1, 68

4

Fe e

an d

co m

m is

si on

in co

m e

45 ,8

62 6,

73 6

3, 62

4 10

,3 60

3, 12

9 (1

,8 86

) 57

,4 65

Fe e

an d

co m

m is

si on

e xp

en se

(4 ,2

21 )

(1 ,7

90 )

(1 ,0

00 )

(2 ,7

90 )

(1 ,0

28 )

1, 13

8 (6

,9 01

)

N et

fe e

an d

co m

m is

si on

in co

m e

41 ,6

41 4,

94 6

2, 62

4 7,

57 0

2, 10

1 (7

48 )

50 ,5

64

N et

tr ad

in g

ga in

s 6,

17 3

4, 02

7 2,

86 7

6, 89

4 1,

51 7

– 14

,5 84

N et

g ai

ns o

n tr

an sf

er s

of f

in an

ci al

a ss

et 2,

49 6

61 9

61 68

0 68

3, 24

4 O

th er

o pe

ra tin

g in

co m

e (1

) 7,

69 0

9, 65

4 9,

79 3

19 ,4

47 47

(5 72

) 26

,6 12

O pe

ra tin

g in

co m

e 21

3, 02

3 35

,5 93

17 ,9

37 53

,5 30

11 ,4

11 (1

,2 76

) 27

6, 68

8 O

pe ra

tin g

ex pe

ns es

(1 )

(6 4,

07 8)

(1 6,

06 2)

(8 ,6

66 )

(2 4,

72 8)

(3 ,2

82 )

95 8

(9 1,

13 0)

Im pa

ir m

en t l

os se

s on

a ss

et s

(3 4,

27 0)

(6 18

) 12

2 (4

96 )

1, 09

6 –

(3 3,

67 0)

O pe

ra tin

g pr

of it

11 4,

67 5

18 ,9

13 9,

39 3

28 ,3

06 9,

22 5

(3 18

) 15

1, 88

8 Sh

ar e

of r

es ul

ts o

f as

so ci

at es

a nd

jo in

t v en

tu re

s 12

(5 )

66 3

65 8

– –

67 0

Pr of

it be

fo re

in co

m e

ta x

11 4,

68 7

18 ,9

08 10

,0 56

28 ,9

64 9,

22 5

(3 18

) 15

2, 55

8

In co

m e

ta x

ex pe

ns e

(3 1,

11 6)

Pr of

it fo

r th

e pe

ri od

12 1,

44 2

Se gm

en t a

ss et

s 17

,9 15

,5 44

2, 67

3, 07

1 1,

52 8,

72 4

4, 20

1, 79

5 2,

06 2,

65 9

(1 ,4

33 ,4

64 )

22 ,7

46 ,5

34 In

ve st

m en

ts in

a ss

oc ia

te s

an d

jo in

t v en

tu re

s 7,

99 2

1, 07

6 14

,1 42

15 ,2

18

– –

23 ,2

10

To ta

l a ss

et s

17 ,9

23 ,5

36 2,

67 4,

14 7

1, 54

2, 86

6 4,

21 7,

01 3

2, 06

2, 65

9 (1

,4 33

,4 64

) 22

,7 69

,7 44

In cl

ud e:

n on

-c ur

re nt

a ss

et s

(2 )

11 9,

68 4

30 ,6

70

16 2,

25 5

19 2,

92 5

9, 78

8 (2

,8 51

) 31

9, 54

6 Se

gm en

t l ia

bi lit

ie s

16 ,4

13 ,1

15 2,

42 8,

15 7

1, 39

7, 45

6 3,

82 5,

61 3

1, 98

7, 64

3 (1

,4 33

,3 23

) 20

,7 93

,0 48

O th

er s

eg m

en t i

te m

s:

In te

rs eg

m en

t n et

in te

re st

( ex

pe ns

e) /in

co m

e (3

,5 63

) 82

4 5,

87 8

6, 70

2 (3

,1 83

) 44

In te

rs eg

m en

t n et

f ee

a nd

c om

m is

si on

in co

m e/

(e xp

en se

) 86

46 80

3 84

9 (1

87 )

(7 48

) –

C

ap ita

l e xp

en di

tu re

2, 49

9 1,

05 3

12 ,8

15 13

,8 68

22 0

– 16

,5 87

D

ep re

ci at

io n

an d

am or

tis at

io n

8, 17

4 84

0 2,

59 7

3, 43

7 35

3 (1

21 )

11 ,8

43

C re

di t c

om m

itm en

ts 3,

67 5,

63 5

31 3,

08 4

13 1,

77 2

44 4,

85 6

52 8,

00 4

(3 05

,9 25

) 4,

34 2,

57 0

(1 )

O th

er o

p er

at in

g i

n co

m e

in cl

u d

es i

n su

ra n

ce p

re m

iu m

i n

co m

e ea

rn ed

, an

d o

p er

at in

g e

x p

en se

s in

cl u

d e

in su

ra n

ce b

en ef

it s

an d

c la

im s.

(2 )

N o

n -c

u rr

en t

as se

ts i

n cl

u d

e p

ro p

er ty

a n

d e

q u

ip m

en t,

i n

v es

tm en

t p

ro p

er ti

es ,

ri g

h t-

o f-

u se

a ss

et s

an d

o th

er l

o n

g -t

er m

a ss

et s.

151

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

SE D

C O

N SO

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N

F O

R T

H E

S IX

M O

N T

H P

E R

IO D

E N

D E

D 3

0 JU

N E

2 02

0 (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 151

II I

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

S E

D C

O N

S O

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

31

S eg

m en

t re

p or

ti n

g (C

on ti

n u

ed )

A s

at a

n d

f or

t h

e si

x m

on th

p er

io d

e n

d ed

3 0

Ju n

e 20

20 C

or po

ra te

ba

nk in

g Pe

rs on

al

ba nk

in g

T re

as ur

y op

er at

io ns

In ve

st m

en t

ba nk

in g

In su

ra nc

e O

th er

E lim

in at

io ns

T ot

al In

te re

st in

co m

e 17

3, 87

2 13

6, 83

5 98

,4 07

1, 07

8 1,

67 1

1, 97

4 (3

7, 90

7) 37

5, 93

0 In

te re

st e

xp en

se (8

1, 64

7) (5

5, 43

4) (7

5, 92

6) (2

66 )

(4 2)

(3 ,7

96 )

38 ,0

76 (1

79 ,0

35 )

N et

in te

re st

in co

m e/

(e xp

en se

) 92

,2 25

81 ,4

01 22

,4 81

81 2

1, 62

9 (1

,8 22

) 16

9 19

6, 89

5

Fe e

an d

co m

m is

si on

in co

m e

19 ,2

69 28

,1 56

7, 77

3 2,

42 8

1 1,

04 0

(1 ,6

46 )

57 ,0

21 Fe

e an

d co

m m

is si

on e

xp en

se (6

37 )

(3 ,3

36 )

(1 ,3

12 )

(6 66

) (2

,1 10

) (8

3) 1,

46 5

(6 ,6

79 )

N et

fe e

an d

co m

m is

si on

in co

m e/

(e xp

en se

) 18

,6 32

24 ,8

20 6,

46 1

1, 76

2 (2

,1 09

) 95

7 (1

81 )

50 ,3

42

N et

tr ad

in g

ga in

s 1,

20 5

52 6

(1 ,7

56 )

(8 3)

41 4

1, 99

5 (1

28 )

2, 17

3 N

et g

ai ns

o n

tr an

sf er

s of

f in

an ci

al a

ss et

1, 05

1 41

6, 40

7 1

12 0

3 –

7, 62

3 O

th er

o pe

ra tin

g in

co m

e 41

7 4,

67 9

64 6

18 6

14 ,9

17 10

,0 45

(9 40

) 29

,9 50

O pe

ra tin

g in

co m

e 11

3, 53

0 11

1, 46

7 34

,2 39

2, 67

8 14

,9 71

11 ,1

78 (1

,0 80

) 28

6, 98

3 O

pe ra

tin g

ex pe

ns es

(2 7,

93 4)

(3 5,

63 1)

(8 ,3

27 )

(1 ,1

98 )

(1 4,

13 0)

(4 ,8

16 )

1, 09

0 (9

0, 94

6) Im

pa ir

m en

t l os

se s

on a

ss et

s (4

3, 59

1) (1

5, 68

3) (6

,2 10

) (1

5) (1

34 )

(8 96

) 45

(6 6,

48 4)

O pe

ra tin

g pr

of it

42 ,0

05 60

,1 53

19 ,7

02 1,

46 5

70 7

5, 46

6 55

12 9,

55 3

Sh ar

e of

r es

ul ts

o f

as so

ci at

es a

nd jo

in t v

en tu

re s

– –

– 21

0 (1

6) (1

01 )

(3 0)

63

Pr of

it be

fo re

in co

m e

ta x

42 ,0

05 60

,1 53

19 ,7

02 1,

67 5

69 1

5, 36

5 25

12 9,

61 6

In co

m e

ta x

ex pe

ns e

(2 1,

80 4)

Pr of

it fo

r th

e pe

ri od

10 7,

81 2

Se gm

en t a

ss et

s 9,

16 3,

73 6

5, 39

0, 65

2 8,

80 1,

84 0

10 0,

19 9

19 8,

70 5

59 9,

27 0

(1 24

,5 59

) 24

,1 29

,8 43

In ve

st m

en ts

in a

ss oc

ia te

s an

d jo

in t v

en tu

re s

– –

– 5,

07 0

– 18

,0 10

(6 8)

23 ,0

12

To ta

l a ss

et s

9, 16

3, 73

6 5,

39 0,

65 2

8, 80

1, 84

0 10

5, 26

9 19

8, 70

5 61

7, 28

0 (1

24 ,6

27 )

24 ,1

52 ,8

55

Se gm

en t l

ia bi

lit ie

s 10

,2 31

,8 84

7, 21

7, 64

8 4,

10 1,

84 0

72 ,4

17 18

0, 66

7 38

4, 16

7 (1

24 ,3

81 )

22 ,0

64 ,2

42

O th

er s

eg m

en t i

te m

s:

In te

rs eg

m en

t n et

in te

re st

in co

m e/

(e xp

en se

) 10

,1 00

26 ,7

19 (3

6, 50

1) 14

8 8

(6 43

) 16

9 –

In

te rs

eg m

en t n

et f

ee a

nd c

om m

is si

on in

co m

e/ (e

xp en

se )

43 6

1, 02

9 24

(2 53

) (1

,1 97

) 14

2 (1

81 )

C ap

ita l e

xp en

di tu

re 66

8 80

8 36

57 49

17 ,5

94 –

19 ,2

12

D ep

re ci

at io

n an

d am

or tis

at io

n 4,

03 0

4, 96

0 1,

23 7

19 2

14 1

2, 80

7 23

1 13

,5 98

C

re di

t c om

m itm

en ts

3, 11

4, 60

0 1,

25 9,

42 5

– –

– –

– 4,

37 4,

02 5

152

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

SE D

C O

N SO

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N

F O

R T

H E

S IX

M O

N T

H P

E R

IO D

E N

D E

D 3

0 JU

N E

2 02

0 (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 152

II I

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

S E

D C

O N

S O

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

31

S eg

m en

t re

p or

ti n

g (C

on ti

n u

ed )

A s

at 3

1 D

ec em

b er

2 01

9 an

d f

or t

h e

si x

m on

th p

er io

d e

n d

ed 3

0 Ju

n e

20 19

C or

po ra

te

ba nk

in g

Pe rs

on al

ba

nk in

g T

re as

ur y

op er

at io

ns In

ve st

m en

t ba

nk in

g In

su ra

nc e

O th

er E

lim in

at io

ns T

ot al

In te

re st

in co

m e

17 7,

10 5

12 0,

77 7

10 4,

36 9

93 8

1, 45

9 1,

92 0

(4 1,

20 4)

36 5,

36 4

In te

re st

e xp

en se

(8 4,

91 3)

(5 7,

58 4)

(7 8,

70 7)

(2 95

) (3

3) (3

,4 02

) 41

,2 54

(1 83

,6 80

)

N et

in te

re st

in co

m e/

(e xp

en se

) 92

,1 92

63 ,1

93 25

,6 62

64 3

1, 42

6 (1

,4 82

) 50

18 1,

68 4

Fe e

an d

co m

m is

si on

in co

m e

18 ,6

93 28

,0 57

9, 20

5 1,

84 5

1 1,

05 7

(1 ,3

93 )

57 ,4

65 Fe

e an

d co

m m

is si

on e

xp en

se (5

77 )

(3 ,8

20 )

(1 ,1

27 )

(4 90

) (2

,0 39

) (7

2) 1,

22 4

(6 ,9

01 )

N et

fe e

an d

co m

m is

si on

in co

m e/

(e xp

en se

) 18

,1 16

24 ,2

37 8,

07 8

1, 35

5 (2

,0 38

) 98

5 (1

69 )

50 ,5

64

N et

tr ad

in g

ga in

s 1,

48 4

49 1

7, 75

7 12

4 1,

74 5

2, 95

6 27

14 ,5

84 N

et g

ai ns

o n

tr an

sf er

s of

f in

an ci

al a

ss et

78 4

81 2,

36 5

– 14

– –

3, 24

4 O

th er

o pe

ra tin

g in

co m

e 14

3 4,

09 0

32 7

12 8

14 ,4

59 8,

98 4

(1 ,5

19 )

26 ,6

12

O pe

ra tin

g in

co m

e 11

2, 71

9 92

,0 92

44 ,1

89 2,

25 0

15 ,6

06 11

,4 43

(1 ,6

11 )

27 6,

68 8

O pe

ra tin

g ex

pe ns

es (2

8, 74

8) (3

4, 78

3) (9

,1 06

) (1

,0 85

) (1

4, 73

1) (4

,2 87

) 1,

61 0

(9 1,

13 0)

Im pa

ir m

en t l

os se

s on

a ss

et s

(2 6,

43 5)

(6 ,6

96 )

(4 27

) 1

(7 2)

(4 1)

– (3

3, 67

0)

O pe

ra tin

g pr

of it

57 ,5

36 50

,6 13

34 ,6

56 1,

16 6

80 3

7, 11

5 (1

) 15

1, 88

8 Sh

ar e

of r

es ul

ts o

f as

so ci

at es

a nd

jo in

t v en

tu re

s –

48 1

22 5

(1 2)

42 4

(1 6)

67 0

Pr of

it be

fo re

in co

m e

ta x

57 ,5

36 50

,6 61

34 ,6

57 1,

39 1

79 1

7, 53

9 (1

7) 15

2, 55

8

In co

m e

ta x

ex pe

ns e

(3 1,

11 6)

Pr of

it fo

r th

e pe

ri od

12 1,

44 2

Se gm

en t a

ss et

s 8,

41 5,

72 4

5, 06

4, 42

9 8,

58 7,

35 6

83 ,9

87 18

0, 05

4 52

7, 39

6 (1

12 ,4

12 )

22 ,7

46 ,5

34 In

ve st

m en

ts in

a ss

oc ia

te s

an d

jo in

t v en

tu re

s –

– –

4, 87

0 –

18 ,4

06 (6

6) 23

,2 10

To ta

l a ss

et s

8, 41

5, 72

4 5,

06 4,

42 9

8, 58

7, 35

6 88

,8 57

18 0,

05 4

54 5,

80 2

(1 12

,4 78

) 22

,7 69

,7 44

Se gm

en t l

ia bi

lit ie

s 9,

92 2,

84 5

6, 72

6, 76

6 3,

70 5,

81 8

57 ,5

82 16

2, 95

8 32

9, 34

1 (1

12 ,2

62 )

20 ,7

93 ,0

48

O th

er s

eg m

en t i

te m

s:

In te

rs eg

m en

t n et

in te

re st

in co

m e/

(e xp

en se

) 15

,4 50

24 ,5

04 (3

9, 42

4) 17

4 21

(7 75

) 50

In te

rs eg

m en

t n et

f ee

a nd

c om

m is

si on

in co

m e/

(e xp

en se

) 44

3 77

4 14

(1 52

) (1

,0 53

) 14

3 (1

69 )

C ap

ita l e

xp en

di tu

re 81

2 94

4 43

40 32

14 ,7

16 –

16 ,5

87

D ep

re ci

at io

n an

d am

or tis

at io

n 3,

65 6

4, 53

5 1,

12 1

12 4

12 3

2, 47

6 (1

92 )

11 ,8

43

C re

di t c

om m

itm en

ts 3,

15 7,

69 4

1, 18

4, 87

6 –

– –

– –

4, 34

2, 57

0

153

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 153

32 Transfers of financial assets

The Group enters into transactions in the normal course of business by which it transfers recognised financial assets to third parties or to special purpose entities. In some cases where these transferred financial assets qualify for derecognition, the transfers may give rise to full or partial derecognition of the financial assets concerned. In other cases where the transferred assets do not qualify for derecognition as the Group has retained substantially all the risks and rewards of these assets, the Group continued to recognise the transferred assets.

Repurchase agreements

Transferred financial assets that do not qualify for derecognition mainly include debt securities held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements and securities lent to counterparties under securities lending agreements. The counterparties are allowed to sell or re-pledge those securities in the absence of default by the Group, but have an obligation to return the securities upon maturity of the contract. If the value of securities increases or decreases, the Group may in certain circumstances require or be required to pay additional cash collateral. The Group has determined that the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of these securities and therefore has not derecognised them. In addition, the Group recognises a financial liability for cash received as collateral.

The following table analyses the carrying amount of the above-mentioned financial assets transferred to third parties that did not qualify for derecognition and their associated financial liabilities:

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Carrying amount of

transferred assets

Carrying amount of associated liabilities

Carrying amount of

transferred assets

Carrying amount of associated liabilities

Repurchase agreements 47,443 47,497 528 503

154

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 154

Credit asset transfers

The Group enters into credit asset transfers in the normal course of business during which it transfers credit assets to special purpose entities which in turn issue asset-backed securities or fund shares to investors. The Group may acquire some asset-backed securities and fund shares at the subordinated tranche level, and accordingly, may retain parts of the risks and rewards of the transferred credit assets. The Group would determine whether or not to derecognise the associated credit assets by evaluating the extent to which it retains the risks and rewards of the assets.

With respect to the credit assets that were securitised and qualified for derecognition, the Group derecognised the transferred credit assets in their entirety. The corresponding total carrying amount of asset-backed securities held by the Group in the securitisation transactions was RMB815 million as at 30 June 2020 (31 December 2019: RMB956 million), which also approximates the Group’s maximum exposure to loss.

For those in which the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the transferred credit assets, and retained control of the credit assets, the transferred credit assets are recognised in the statement of financial position to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement. For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, there was no new continuing involvement through acquiring tranches by the Group (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019, the carrying amount at the time of transfer of the original credit assets, which the Group determined that it has continuing involvement through acquiring some tranches, was RMB17,991 million) and the carrying amount of assets that the Group continues to recognise in the statement of financial position was RMB15,075 million as at 30 June 2020 (31 December 2019: RMB15,250 million).

33 Interests in the structured entities

The Group is principally involved with structured entities through financial investments, asset management and credit asset transfers. These structured entities generally finance the purchase of assets by issuing securities or by other means. The Group determines whether or not to consolidate these structured entities depending on whether the Group has control over them.

32 Transfers of financial assets (Continued)

155

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 155

33.1 Interests in the unconsolidated structured entities

The interests held by the Group in the unconsolidated structured entities are mainly set out below:

Structured entities sponsored by the Group

In conducting the asset management business in Chinese mainland, the Group established various structured entities to provide customers with specialised investment opportunities within narrow and well-defined objectives, including non-principal guaranteed wealth management products, publicly offered funds and asset management plans, and earned management fee, commission and custodian fee in return.

As at 30 June 2020, the balance of the above unconsolidated bank wealth management products sponsored by the Group amounted to RMB1,320,923 million (31 December 2019: RMB1,231,861 million). The balance of unconsolidated publicly offered funds and asset management plans sponsored by the Group amounted to RMB593,870 million (31 December 2019: RMB638,865 million).

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, the above-mentioned commission, custodian fee and management fee amounted to RMB3,778 million (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB3,799 million).

As at 30 June 2020, the balance of interest and commission receivable held by the Group in the above-mentioned structured entities was not material. For the purpose of asset-liability management, wealth management products may require short-term financing from the Group and other banks. The Group is not contractually obliged to provide financing. After internal risk assessment, the Group may enter into repurchase and placement transactions with these wealth management products in accordance with market principles. For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, the maximum balance of such financing provided by the Group to the unconsolidated wealth management products was RMB132,205 million (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB180,050 million). Such financing provided by the Group was included in “Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions”. As at 30 June 2020, the balance of the above transactions was RMB122,797 million (31 December 2019: RMB170,797 million). The maximum exposure to loss of those placements approximated to their carrying amount.

33 Interests in the structured entities (Continued)

156

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 156

In addition, there were no credit assets transferred by the Group into the unconsolidated structured entities during the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: Nil). For the description of the portion of asset-backed securities issued by the above structured entities and held by the Group, refer to Note III.32.

Structured entities sponsored by other financial institutions

The interests held by the Group in the structured entities sponsored by other financial institutions through direct investments are set out below:

Structured entity type

Financial assets at

fair value through

profit or loss

Financial assets at

fair value through

other comprehensive

income

Financial assets at

amortised cost Total

Maximum exposure

to loss

As at 30 June 2020 Fund investments 51,537 – – 51,537 51,537 Investment trusts and asset management plans 2,380 – 8,460 10,840 10,840 Asset-backed securitisations 128 63,282 41,921 105,331 105,331

Structured entity type

Financial assets at

fair value through

profit or loss

Financial assets at

fair value through

other comprehensive

income

Financial assets at

amortised cost Total

Maximum exposure

to loss

As at 31 December 2019 Fund investments 53,349 – – 53,349 53,349 Investment trusts and asset management plans 2,396 – 8,163 10,559 10,559 Asset-backed securitisations 905 68,192 44,008 113,105 113,105

33 Interests in the structured entities (Continued)

33.1 Interests in the unconsolidated structured entities (Continued)

Structured entities sponsored by the Group (Continued)

157

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 157

33.2 Consolidated structured entities

The Group’s consolidated structured entities mainly consist of open-end funds, private equity funds, trusts for asset-backed securities, and special-purpose companies. The Group controls these entities because the Group has power over, is exposed to, or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with these entities and has the ability to use its power over these entities to affect the amount of the Group’s returns. Except for providing financial guarantees for the companies established solely for financing purposes, the Group does not provide financial or other support to the other consolidated structured entities.

34 Events after the financial reporting date

Dividend distribution plan of Domestic Preference Shares (First Tranche and Second Tranche)

The dividend distribution of Domestic Preference Shares (First Tranche and Second Tranche) was approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank on 30 August 2020. The annual dividend for the Domestic Preference Shares (First Tranche) amounting to RMB1,920 million (before tax) is scheduled to be paid on 23 November 2020 at a dividend rate of 6.00% (before tax). The annual dividend for the Domestic Preference Shares (Second Tranche) amounting to RMB1,540 million (before tax) is scheduled to be paid on 15 March 2021 at a dividend rate of 5.50% (before tax). The dividend payable was not reflected in liabilities of the financial statements.

33 Interests in the structured entities (Continued)

158

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 158

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

1 Credit risk

1.1 Loans and advances

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers

(i) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by geographical area

Group

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total Amount % of total

Chinese mainland 10,983,505 78.45% 10,302,408 79.04% Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan 1,862,638 13.30% 1,697,434 13.02% Other countries and regions 1,154,614 8.25% 1,034,347 7.94%

Total 14,000,757 100.00% 13,034,189 100.00%

Chinese mainland

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total Amount % of total

Northern China 1,607,658 14.64% 1,573,127 15.27% Northeastern China 504,062 4.59% 494,186 4.80% Eastern China 4,344,199 39.55% 4,016,742 38.99% Central and Southern China 3,084,120 28.08% 2,875,436 27.91% Western China 1,443,466 13.14% 1,342,917 13.03%

Total 10,983,505 100.00% 10,302,408 100.00%

159

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 159

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(ii) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by customer type

Chinese mainland

Hong Kong, Macao and

Taiwan

Other countries

and regions Total

As at 30 June 2020 Corporate loans and advances — Trade bills 1,054,674 112,398 133,811 1,300,883 — Other 5,212,352 1,181,032 961,980 7,355,364 Personal loans 4,716,479 569,208 58,823 5,344,510

Total 10,983,505 1,862,638 1,154,614 14,000,757

As at 31 December 2019 Corporate loans and advances — Trade bills 996,845 108,177 127,170 1,232,192 — Other 4,853,846 1,051,188 849,154 6,754,188 Personal loans 4,451,717 538,069 58,023 5,047,809

Total 10,302,408 1,697,434 1,034,347 13,034,189

160

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 160

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iii) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by industry

Group

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total Amount % of total

Corporate loans and advances Commerce and services 1,852,515 13.23% 1,706,650 13.09% Manufacturing 1,814,064 12.96% 1,679,202 12.88% Transportation, storage and postal services 1,368,992 9.78% 1,294,922 9.93% Real estate 1,166,328 8.33% 1,042,664 8.00% Production and supply of electricity, heating, gas and water 669,862 4.78% 649,289 4.98% Financial services 633,808 4.53% 565,333 4.34% Mining 295,132 2.11% 293,375 2.25% Construction 288,731 2.06% 255,160 1.96% Water, environment and public utility management 233,679 1.67% 199,376 1.53% Public utilities 159,844 1.14% 149,855 1.15% Other 173,292 1.24% 150,554 1.16%

Subtotal 8,656,247 61.83% 7,986,380 61.27%

Personal loans Mortgages 4,225,922 30.18% 3,993,271 30.64% Credit cards 481,916 3.44% 476,743 3.66% Other 636,672 4.55% 577,795 4.43%

Subtotal 5,344,510 38.17% 5,047,809 38.73%

Total 14,000,757 100.00% 13,034,189 100.00%

161

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 161

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iii) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by industry (Continued)

Chinese mainland

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total Amount % of total

Corporate loans and advances Commerce and services 1,400,959 12.75% 1,269,121 12.32% Manufacturing 1,340,742 12.21% 1,285,438 12.48% Transportation, storage and postal services 1,188,165 10.82% 1,129,091 10.96% Real estate 621,989 5.66% 553,951 5.38% Production and supply of electricity, heating, gas and water 482,426 4.39% 489,086 4.75% Financial services 435,005 3.96% 398,095 3.86% Mining 170,387 1.55% 165,218 1.60% Construction 233,756 2.13% 214,351 2.08% Water, environment and public utility management 224,042 2.04% 188,387 1.83% Public utilities 129,172 1.18% 120,595 1.17% Other 40,383 0.37% 37,358 0.36%

Subtotal 6,267,026 57.06% 5,850,691 56.79%

Personal loans Mortgages 3,794,760 34.55% 3,582,138 34.77% Credit cards 469,520 4.27% 462,150 4.49% Other 452,199 4.12% 407,429 3.95%

Subtotal 4,716,479 42.94% 4,451,717 43.21%

Total 10,983,505 100.00% 10,302,408 100.00%

162

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 162

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iv) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by collateral type

Group

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total Amount % of total

Unsecured loans 4,468,057 31.91% 4,151,941 31.86% Guaranteed loans 1,737,072 12.41% 1,572,146 12.06% Collateralised and other secured loans 7,795,628 55.68% 7,310,102 56.08%

Total 14,000,757 100.00% 13,034,189 100.00%

Chinese mainland

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total Amount % of total

Unsecured loans 3,050,041 27.77% 2,923,150 28.37% Guaranteed loans 1,347,913 12.27% 1,211,994 11.77% Collateralised and other secured loans 6,585,551 59.96% 6,167,264 59.86%

Total 10,983,505 100.00% 10,302,408 100.00%

163

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 163

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of impaired loans and advances to customers

(i) Impaired loans and advances by geographical area

Group

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total Impaired loan ratio Amount % of total

Impaired loan ratio

Chinese mainland 181,383 91.43% 1.65% 169,951 95.35% 1.65% Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan 4,458 2.25% 0.24% 3,842 2.16% 0.23% Other countries and regions 12,541 6.32% 1.09% 4,442 2.49% 0.43%

Total 198,382 100.00% 1.42% 178,235 100.00% 1.37%

Chinese mainland

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total Impaired loan ratio Amount % of total

Impaired loan ratio

Northern China 22,787 12.56% 1.42% 31,762 18.69% 2.02% Northeastern China 21,020 11.59% 4.17% 22,123 13.02% 4.48% Eastern China 60,006 33.08% 1.38% 59,764 35.17% 1.49% Central and Southern China 62,816 34.63% 2.04% 39,060 22.98% 1.36% Western China 14,754 8.14% 1.02% 17,242 10.14% 1.28%

Total 181,383 100.00% 1.65% 169,951 100.00% 1.65%

164

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 164

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of impaired loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(ii) Impaired loans and advances by customer type

Group

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total Impaired loan ratio Amount % of total

Impaired loan ratio

Corporate loans and advances 164,954 83.15% 1.91% 149,427 83.84% 1.87% Personal loans 33,428 16.85% 0.63% 28,808 16.16% 0.57%

Total 198,382 100.00% 1.42% 178,235 100.00% 1.37%

Chinese mainland

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total Impaired loan ratio Amount % of total

Impaired loan ratio

Corporate loans and advances 148,925 82.11% 2.38% 141,978 83.54% 2.43% Personal loans 32,458 17.89% 0.69% 27,973 16.46% 0.63%

Total 181,383 100.00% 1.65% 169,951 100.00% 1.65%

165

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 165

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of impaired loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iii) Impaired loans and advances by geographical area and industry

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total Impaired loan ratio Amount % of total

Impaired loan ratio

Chinese mainland Corporate loans and advances Commerce and services 45,939 23.16% 3.28% 45,104 25.31% 3.55% Manufacturing 69,574 35.07% 5.19% 59,646 33.46% 4.64% Transportation, storage and postal services 12,822 6.46% 1.08% 8,276 4.64% 0.73% Real estate 2,578 1.30% 0.41% 2,936 1.65% 0.53% Production and supply of electricity, heating, gas and water 1,902 0.96% 0.39% 10,954 6.15% 2.24% Financial services 1,068 0.54% 0.25% 225 0.13% 0.06% Mining 4,865 2.45% 2.86% 4,946 2.77% 2.99% Construction 4,141 2.09% 1.77% 3,561 2.00% 1.66% Water, environment and public utility management 1,418 0.71% 0.63% 1,594 0.89% 0.85% Public utilities 794 0.40% 0.61% 877 0.49% 0.73% Other 3,824 1.93% 9.47% 3,859 2.17% 10.33%

Subtotal 148,925 75.07% 2.38% 141,978 79.66% 2.43%

Personal loans Mortgages 12,719 6.41% 0.34% 10,463 5.87% 0.29% Credit cards 12,051 6.07% 2.57% 10,269 5.76% 2.22% Other 7,688 3.88% 1.70% 7,241 4.06% 1.78%

Subtotal 32,458 16.36% 0.69% 27,973 15.69% 0.63%

Total for Chinese mainland 181,383 91.43% 1.65% 169,951 95.35% 1.65%

Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions 16,999 8.57% 0.56% 8,284 4.65% 0.30%

Total 198,382 100.00% 1.42% 178,235 100.00% 1.37%

166

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 166

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of impaired loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iv) Impaired loans and advances and related allowance by geographical area

Impaired loans

Allowance for impairment

losses Net

As at 30 June 2020 Chinese mainland 181,383 (146,153) 35,230 Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan 4,458 (2,853) 1,605 Other countries and regions 12,541 (7,058) 5,483

Total 198,382 (156,064) 42,318

As at 31 December 2019 Chinese mainland 169,951 (131,307) 38,644 Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan 3,842 (2,462) 1,380 Other countries and regions 4,442 (2,775) 1,667

Total 178,235 (136,544) 41,691

167

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 167

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(3) Loans and advances rescheduled

Rescheduling is a voluntary or, to a limited extent, court-supervised procedure, through which the Group and a borrower and/or its guarantor, if any, rescheduled credit terms as a result of deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition or of the borrower’s inability to make payments when due. The Group reschedules a non-performing loan only if the borrower has good prospects. In addition, prior to approving the rescheduling of loans, the Group typically requires additional guarantees, pledges and/or collateral, or the assumption of the loan by a borrower with better repayment ability.

Rescheduled loans are subject to a surveillance period of six months. During the surveillance period, rescheduled loans remain as non-performing loans and the Group monitors the borrower’s business operations and loan repayment patterns. After the surveillance period, rescheduled loans may be upgraded to “Special-mention” upon review if certain criteria are met. If the rescheduled loans fall overdue or if the borrower is unable to demonstrate its repayment ability, these loans will be reclassified to “Doubtful” or below. All rescheduled loans within the surveillance period were determined to be impaired as at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019.

As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, within impaired loans and advances, rescheduled loans and advances that were overdue for 90 days or less were insignificant.

168

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 168

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(4) Overdue loans and advances to customers

Analysis of overdue loans and advances by geographical area:

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Chinese mainland 168,492 149,978 Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan 9,834 7,171 Other countries and regions 11,419 5,480

Subtotal 189,745 162,629 Percentage 1.36% 1.25%

Less: total loans and advances to customers which have been overdue for less than 3 months (59,306) (62,838)

Total loans and advances to customers which have been overdue for more than 3 months 130,439 99,791

(5) Loans and advances three-staging exposure

Loans and advances to customers by five-tier loan classification and three-staging are analysed as follows:

As at 30 June 2020

12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

Pass 13,484,743 42,770 – 13,527,513 Special-mention – 270,798 – 270,798 Substandard – – 108,492 108,492 Doubtful – – 37,014 37,014 Loss – – 52,876 52,876

Total 13,484,743 313,568 198,382 13,996,693

169

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 169

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(5) Loans and advances three-staging exposure (Continued)

As at 31 December 2019 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

Pass 12,514,948 47,588 – 12,562,536 Special-mention – 289,314 – 289,314 Substandard – – 77,459 77,459 Doubtful – – 51,804 51,804 Loss – – 48,972 48,972

Total 12,514,948 336,902 178,235 13,030,085

As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, loans and advances by five-tier loan classification and three-staging did not include loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through profit or loss.

170

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 170

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.2 Debt securities

The Group adopted a credit rating approach to manage the credit risk of the debt securities by referring to both internal and external credit rating. The carrying amounts (accrued interest excluded) of the debt investments analysed by external credit ratings at the financial reporting date are as follows:

Unrated A to AAA Lower than A Total

As at 30 June 2020 Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government 11,055 2,961,623 – 2,972,678 — Public sectors and quasi-governments 99,070 – – 99,070 — Policy banks – 343,321 – 343,321 — Financial institutions 68,777 172,002 116,121 356,900 — Corporate 57,176 108,031 26,486 191,693 — China Orient Asset Management Corporation 152,433 – – 152,433

Subtotal 388,511 3,584,977 142,607 4,116,095

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments 6,250 514,725 17,811 538,786 — Public sectors and quasi-governments 57,326 48,256 – 105,582 — Financial institutions 17,733 124,718 33,697 176,148 — Corporate 15,794 132,833 41,913 190,540

Subtotal 97,103 820,532 93,421 1,011,056

Total 485,614 4,405,509 236,028 5,127,151

171

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 171

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.2 Debt securities (Continued)

Unrated A to AAA Lower than A Total

As at 31 December 2019 Issuers in Chinese mainland — Government 12,997 2,848,409 350 2,861,756 — Public sectors and quasi-governments 109,923 – – 109,923 — Policy banks – 435,212 – 435,212 — Financial institutions 86,765 219,640 214,672 521,077 — Corporate 64,457 121,200 26,852 212,509 — China Orient Asset Management Corporation 152,433 – – 152,433

Subtotal 426,575 3,624,461 241,874 4,292,910

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions — Governments 2,364 506,421 16,089 524,874 — Public sectors and quasi-governments 60,332 58,889 – 119,221 — Financial institutions 5,675 123,249 31,916 160,840 — Corporate 11,957 127,515 34,663 174,135

Subtotal 80,328 816,074 82,668 979,070

Total 506,903 4,440,535 324,542 5,271,980

172

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19c. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 172

1 Credit risk (Continued)

1.3 Derivatives

The risk-weighted assets for counterparty credit risk (“CCR”) of derivatives of the Group are calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) and other relevant regulations under the advanced capital measurement approaches. For derivative transactions, risk-weighted assets for CCR include the risk-weighted assets for default risk, the risk-weighted assets for credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) and the risk- weighted assets for central counterparties (“CCPs”).

The risk-weighted assets for CCR of derivatives of the Group are calculated in accordance with the Assets Measurement Rules for Counterparty Default Risks of Derivatives since 1 January 2019.

The risk-weighted assets for CCR of derivatives are as follows:

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

Risk-weighted assets for default risk Currency derivatives 64,809 62,076 Interest rate derivatives 18,805 10,442 Equity derivatives 745 338 Commodity derivatives and other 23,451 12,135

107,810 84,991

Risk-weighted assets for CVA 110,541 79,954 Risk-weighted assets for CCPs 10,946 6,095

Total 229,297 171,040

1.4 Repossessed assets

The Group obtains assets by taking possession of collateral held as security. Detailed information of such repossessed assets of the Group is disclosed in Note III.20.

173

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

2 Market risk

2.1 Market risk measurement techniques and limits

(1) Trading book

For the purpose of market risk management in the trading book, the Group monitors trading book Value at Risk (VaR) limits, stress testing results and exposure limits and tracks each trading desk and dealer’s observance of each limit on a daily basis.

VaR is used to estimate the largest potential loss arising from adverse market movements in a specific holding period and within a certain confidence level.

VaR is performed separately by the Bank and its major subsidiaries that are exposed to market risk, Bank of China Hong Kong (Holdings) Limited (“BOCHK (Holdings)”) and BOC International Holdings Limited (“BOCI”). The Bank, BOCHK (Holdings) and BOCI used a 99% level of confidence (therefore, statistical probability of 1% that actual losses could be greater than the VaR estimate) and a historical simulation model to calculate the VaR estimate. The holding period of the VaR calculations is one day. To enhance the Group’s market risk management, the Group has established the market risk data mart, which enabled a group level trading book VaR calculation on a daily basis.

The accuracy and reliability of the VaR model is verified by daily back-testing of the VaR results in the trading book. The back-testing results are regularly reported to senior management.

The Group utilises stress testing as an effective supplement to the trading book VaR analysis. Stress testing scenarios are performed based on the characteristics of trading transactions to simulate and estimate losses in adverse and exceptional market conditions. To address changes in the financial markets, the Group enhances its market risk identification capabilities by continuously modifying and improving the trading book stress testing scenarios and measurement methodologies in order to capture the potential impact to transaction market prices stemming from changes in market prices and volatility.

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 173

174

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

2 Market risk (Continued)

2.1 Market risk measurement techniques and limits (Continued)

(1) Trading book (Continued)

The table below shows the VaR of the trading book by type of risk for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and 2019:

Unit: USD million

Six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Average High Low Average High Low

The Bank’s trading VaR Interest rate risk 14.05 17.87 9.40 17.68 21.46 13.24 Foreign exchange risk 24.01 35.33 11.83 14.77 20.84 9.80 Volatility risk 0.75 1.95 0.18 0.43 0.78 0.17 Commodity risk 6.63 13.76 3.04 1.12 1.54 0.75 Total of the Bank’s trading VaR 27.74 38.68 16.18 20.76 26.64 17.11

The reporting of risk in relation to bullion is included in foreign exchange risk above.

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 174

175

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

2 Market risk (Continued)

2.1 Market risk measurement techniques and limits (Continued)

(1) Trading book (Continued)

Unit: USD million Six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019 Average High Low Average High Low

BOCHK (Holdings)’s trading VaR Interest rate risk 3.19 4.58 1.71 2.24 3.12 1.26 Foreign exchange risk 1.91 3.78 0.84 1.86 2.69 0.98 Equity risk 0.10 0.38 0.03 0.07 0.32 0.03 Commodity risk 0.08 0.32 0.00 2.83 5.39 1.32 Total BOCHK (Holdings)’s trading VaR 3.95 5.69 2.25 3.89 6.16 2.96

BOCI’s trading VaR (i)

Equity derivatives unit 0.87 1.81 0.34 0.60 1.13 0.38 Fixed income unit 1.08 1.67 0.41 0.66 0.97 0.50 Global commodity unit 0.19 0.29 0.15 0.18 0.27 0.10 Total BOCI’s trading VaR 2.15 3.04 1.57 1.43 2.21 1.17

(i) BOCI monitors its trading VaR for equity derivatives unit, fixed income unit and global commodity unit separately, which include equity risk, interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk and commodity risk.

VaR for each risk factor is the independently derived largest potential loss in a specific holding period and within a certain confidence level due to fluctuations solely in that risk factor. The individual VaRs were not added up to the total VaR as there was a diversification effect due to correlation amongst the risk factors.

(2) Banking book

The banking book is exposed to interest rate risk arising from mismatches in repricing periods and inconsistent adjustments between the benchmark interest rates of assets and liabilities. The Group assesses interest rate risk in the banking book primarily through an interest rate repricing gap analysis. The interest rate gap analysis is set out in Note IV.2.2 and also covers the trading book.

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 175

176

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

SE D

C O

N SO

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N

F O

R T

H E

S IX

M O

N T

H P

E R

IO D

E N

D E

D 3

0 JU

N E

2 02

0 (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

IV

F IN

A N

C IA

L R

IS K

M A

N A

G E

M E

N T

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

2 M

ar k

et r

is k

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

2. 2

G

A P

a n

al ys

is T

h e

ta b

le s

b el

o w

s u

m m

ar is

e th

e G

ro u

p ’s

e x

p o

su re

t o

i n

te re

st r

at e

ri sk

s. I

t in

cl u

d es

t h

e G

ro u

p ’s

a ss

et s

an d

l ia

b il

it ie

s at

c ar

ry in

g a

m o

u n

ts ,

ca te

g o

ri se

d

b y

t h

e ea

rl ie

r o

f co

n tr

ac tu

al r

ep ri

ci n

g o

r m

at u

ri ty

d at

es .

A s

at 3

0 Ju

ne 2

02 0

L es

s th

an

1 m

on th

B et

w ee

n 1

an d

3 m

on th

s

B et

w ee

n 3

an d

12

m on

th s

B et

w ee

n 1

an d

5 ye

ar s

O ve

r 5

ye ar

s N

on -i

nt er

es t

be ar

in g

T ot

al A

ss et

s C

as h

an d

du e

fr om

b an

ks a

nd

ot

he r

fi na

nc ia

l in

st it

ut io

ns 32

7, 61

9 10

7, 87

5 22

7, 51

3 3,

87 6

– 73

,0 87

73 9,

97 0

B al

an ce

s w

it h

ce nt

ra l

ba nk

s 1,

90 4,

99 9

3, 91

2 46

0 35

3 –

20 0,

13 0

2, 10

9, 85

4 P

la ce

m en

ts w

it h

an d

lo an

s to

b an

ks a

nd

ot

he r

fi na

nc ia

l in

st it

ut io

ns 70

6, 89

7 21

3, 30

3 25

3, 73

2 44

,1 94

– 7,

04 7

1, 22

5, 17

3 D

er iv

at iv

e fi

na nc

ia l

as se

ts –

– –

– –

11 4,

85 6

11 4,

85 6

L oa

ns a

nd a

dv an

ce s

to c

us to

m er

s, n

et 2,

90 0,

03 8

2, 49

1, 96

9 7,

42 5,

47 4

21 4,

21 5

82 ,4

73 55

6, 65

1 13

,6 70

,8 20

F in

an ci

al i

nv es

tm en

ts

— f

in an

ci al

a ss

et s

at f

ai r

va lu

e

th

ro ug

h pr

of it

o r

lo ss

11 ,2

63 34

,7 05

49 ,0

58 51

,3 29

15 1,

87 5

15 2,

42 5

45 0,

65 5

f in

an ci

al a

ss et

s at

f ai

r va

lu e

th ro

ug h

ot he

r co

m pr

eh en

si ve

in co

m e

13 7,

77 5

25 7,

39 8

28 9,

65 3

84 4,

03 9

48 0,

63 6

45 ,2

85 2,

05 4,

78 6

f in

an ci

al a

ss et

s at

a m

or ti

se d

co st

50 ,7

95 79

,7 20

47 3,

93 1

1, 23

4, 31

4 99

1, 19

8 38

,9 02

2, 86

8, 86

0 O

th er

23 ,0

74 –

– –

12 ,7

37 88

2, 07

0 91

7, 88

1

T ot

al a

ss et

s 6,

06 2,

46 0

3, 18

8, 88

2 8,

71 9,

82 1

2, 39

2, 32

0 1,

71 8,

91 9

2, 07

0, 45

3 24

,1 52

,8 55

L ia

bi li

ti es

D ue

t o

ba nk

s an

d

ot

he r

fi na

nc ia

l in

st it

ut io

ns 1,

02 0,

62 2

22 6,

97 0

16 4,

14 7

5, 78

1 –

19 4,

46 3

1, 61

1, 98

3 D

ue t

o ce

nt ra

l ba

nk s

38 1,

08 7

96 ,4

06 38

1, 43

7 20

,7 75

– 8,

92 2

88 8,

62 7

P la

ce m

en ts

f ro

m b

an ks

a nd

ot he

r fi

na nc

ia l

in st

it ut

io ns

33 5,

48 0

91 ,1

33 10

9, 03

1 12

3 –

1, 59

9 53

7, 36

6 D

er iv

at iv

e fi

na nc

ia l

li ab

il it

ie s

– –

– –

– 12

3, 27

1 12

3, 27

1 D

ue t

o cu

st om

er s

9, 74

9, 98

3 1,

49 3,

49 2

2, 68

5, 85

2 2,

68 6,

21 4

1, 20

3 47

3, 47

3 17

,0 90

,2 17

B on

ds i

ss ue

d 12

1, 91

6 24

9, 04

4 27

9, 10

8 40

0, 56

1 27

,6 01

9, 67

6 1,

08 7,

90 6

O th

er 21

,3 27

21 ,8

62 4,

53 9

10 ,6

24 24

,9 27

64 1,

59 3

72 4,

87 2

T ot

al l

ia bi

li ti

es 11

,6 30

,4 15

2, 17

8, 90

7 3,

62 4,

11 4

3, 12

4, 07

8 53

,7 31

1, 45

2, 99

7 22

,0 64

,2 42

T ot

al i

nt er

es t

re pr

ic in

g ga

p (5

,5 67

,9 55

) 1,

00 9,

97 5

5, 09

5, 70

7 (7

31 ,7

58 )

1, 66

5, 18

8 61

7, 45

6 2,

08 8,

61 3

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 176

177

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

SE D

C O

N SO

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N

F O

R T

H E

S IX

M O

N T

H P

E R

IO D

E N

D E

D 3

0 JU

N E

2 02

0 (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

IV

F IN

A N

C IA

L R

IS K

M A

N A

G E

M E

N T

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

2 M

ar k

et r

is k

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

2. 2

G

A P

a n

al ys

is (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A s

at 3

1 D

ec em

be r

20 19

L es

s th

an

1 m

on th

B et

w ee

n 1

an d

3 m

on th

s

B et

w ee

n 3

an d

12

m on

th s

B et

w ee

n 1

an d

5 ye

ar s

O ve

r 5

ye ar

s N

on -i

nt er

es t

be ar

in g

T ot

al A

ss et

s C

as h

an d

du e

fr om

b an

ks a

nd

ot

he r

fi na

nc ia

l in

st it

ut io

ns 32

6, 31

2 52

,6 03

11 6,

32 1

2, 84

5 12

9 67

,2 57

56 5,

46 7

B al

an ce

s w

it h

ce nt

ra l

ba nk

s 1,

84 8,

82 5

2, 28

9 59

4 –

– 22

7, 10

1 2,

07 8,

80 9

P la

ce m

en ts

w it

h an

d lo

an s

to b

an ks

a nd

ot he

r fi

na nc

ia l

in st

it ut

io ns

42 7,

78 6

19 5,

62 8

23 0,

92 2

40 ,4

89 –

4, 13

4 89

8, 95

9 D

er iv

at iv

e fi

na nc

ia l

as se

ts –

– –

– –

93 ,3

35 93

,3 35

L oa

ns a

nd a

dv an

ce s

to c

us to

m er

s, n

et 3,

31 7,

02 6

2, 36

9, 40

1 6,

29 1,

47 7

20 7,

51 1

82 ,2

21 47

5, 78

9 12

,7 43

,4 25

F in

an ci

al i

nv es

tm en

ts

— f

in an

ci al

a ss

et s

at f

ai r

va lu

e

th

ro ug

h pr

of it

o r

lo ss

17 ,5

16 53

,9 82

97 ,3

06 54

,2 69

14 8,

85 5

14 6,

32 2

51 8,

25 0

f in

an ci

al a

ss et

s at

f ai

r va

lu e

th ro

ug h

ot he

r co

m pr

eh en

si ve

in co

m e

18 8,

30 2

28 7,

41 2

36 6,

59 5

83 7,

42 9

49 2,

12 0

46 ,2

71 2,

21 8,

12 9

f in

an ci

al a

ss et

s at

a m

or ti

se d

co st

33 ,3

68 45

,5 78

48 7,

74 4

1, 33

1, 54

1 84

1, 10

1 38

,3 51

2, 77

7, 68

3 O

th er

4,

89 7

– –

– 12

,7 37

85 8,

05 3

87 5,

68 7

T ot

al a

ss et

s 6,

16 4,

03 2

3, 00

6, 89

3 7,

59 0,

95 9

2, 47

4, 08

4 1,

57 7,

16 3

1, 95

6, 61

3 22

,7 69

,7 44

L ia

bi li

ti es

D ue

t o

ba nk

s an

d

ot

he r

fi na

nc ia

l in

st it

ut io

ns 98

8, 43

3 37

1, 24

1 13

0, 00

6 3,

61 7

– 17

4, 74

9 1,

66 8,

04 6

D ue

t o

ce nt

ra l

ba nk

s 25

1, 44

6 72

,0 48

51 0,

59 4

3, 57

0 –

8, 61

9 84

6, 27

7 P

la ce

m en

ts f

ro m

b an

ks a

nd

ot

he r

fi na

nc ia

l in

st it

ut io

ns 49

5, 92

7 71

,4 68

69 ,0

79 1,

36 3

14 1,

82 4

63 9,

67 5

D er

iv at

iv e

fi na

nc ia

l li

ab il

it ie

s –

– –

– –

90 ,0

60 90

,0 60

D ue

t o

cu st

om er

s 9,

11 7,

29 4

1, 54

0, 25

1 2,

48 8,

15 5

2, 29

6, 95

5 33

9 37

4, 55

4 15

,8 17

,5 48

B on

ds i

ss ue

d 57

,4 41

19 2,

46 2

40 4,

78 0

40 2,

77 2

32 ,4

51 6,

18 1

1, 09

6, 08

7 O

th er

23 ,6

93 19

,2 55

10 ,0

06 10

,8 47

20 ,8

32 55

0, 72

2 63

5, 35

5

T ot

al l

ia bi

li ti

es 10

,9 34

,2 34

2, 26

6, 72

5 3,

61 2,

62 0

2, 71

9, 12

4 53

,6 36

1, 20

6, 70

9 20

,7 93

,0 48

T ot

al i

nt er

es t

re pr

ic in

g ga

p (4

,7 70

,2 02

) 74

0, 16

8 3,

97 8,

33 9

(2 45

,0 40

) 1,

52 3,

52 7

74 9,

90 4

1, 97

6, 69

6

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 177

178

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

SE D

C O

N SO

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N

F O

R T

H E

S IX

M O

N T

H P

E R

IO D

E N

D E

D 3

0 JU

N E

2 02

0 (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

IV

F IN

A N

C IA

L R

IS K

M A

N A

G E

M E

N T

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

2 M

ar k

et r

is k

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

2. 3

F

or ei

gn c

u rr

en cy

r is

k

T h

e ta

b le

s b

el o

w s

u m

m ar

is e

th e

G ro

u p

’s e

x p

o su

re t

o f

o re

ig n

c u

rr en

cy e

x ch

an g

e ra

te r

is k

a s

at 3

0 J

u n

e 2

0 2

0 a

n d

3 1

D ec

em b

er 2

0 1

9 .

T h

e G

ro u

p ’s

ex

p o

su re

t o

R M

B i

s p

ro v

id ed

i n

t h

e ta

b le

s b

el o

w f

o r

co m

p ar

is o

n p

u rp

o se

s. I

n cl

u d

ed i

n t

h e

ta b

le s

ar e

th e

ca rr

y in

g a

m o

u n

ts o

f th

e as

se ts

a n

d l

ia b

il it

ie s

o f

th e

G ro

u p

a lo

n g

w it

h o

ff -b

al an

ce s

h ee

t p

o si

ti o

n s

an d

c re

d it

c o

m m

it m

en ts

i n

R M

B e

q u

iv al

en t,

c at

eg o

ri se

d b

y t

h e

o ri

g in

al c

u rr

en ci

es .

D er

iv at

iv e

fi n

an ci

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

a re

i n

cl u

d ed

i n

n et

o ff

-b al

an ce

s h

ee t

p o

si ti

o n

u si

n g

n o

ti o

n al

a m

o u

n ts

. A s

at 3

0 Ju

ne 2

02 0

R M

B U

SD H

K D

E U

R O

JP Y

G B

P O

th er

T ot

al

A ss

et s

C as

h an

d du

e fr

om b

an ks

a nd

o th

er f

in an

ci al

in st

itu tio

ns 45

6, 46

8 19

7, 89

5 24

,3 60

35 ,2

64 5,

27 9

1, 91

8 18

,7 86

73 9,

97 0

B al

an ce

s w

ith c

en tr

al b

an ks

1, 47

1, 03

5 29

5, 41

8 11

9, 62

6 75

,3 41

49 ,6

27 69

,0 76

29 ,7

31 2,

10 9,

85 4

Pl ac

em en

ts w

ith a

nd lo

an s

to b

an ks

a nd

ot he

r fi

na nc

ia l i

ns tit

ut io

ns 92

3, 80

2 21

0, 72

6 26

,9 36

14 ,5

00 –

1, 27

3 47

,9 36

1, 22

5, 17

3 D

er iv

at iv

e fi

na nc

ia l a

ss et

s 31

,7 69

46 ,0

11 24

,0 83

61 5

10 7,

57 8

4, 79

0 11

4, 85

6 L

oa ns

a nd

a dv

an ce

s to

c us

to m

er s,

n et

10 ,4

70 ,5

68 1,

31 9,

12 9

1, 11

9, 30

2 28

9, 36

8 11

,8 57

66 ,6

72 39

3, 92

4 13

,6 70

,8 20

Fi na

nc ia

l i nv

es tm

en ts

f in

an ci

al a

ss et

s at

f ai

r va

lu e

th ro

ug h

pr of

it or

lo ss

27 9,

73 2

78 ,8

20 82

,4 34

9, 29

3 32

9 16

31 45

0, 65

5

— f

in an

ci al

a ss

et s

at f

ai r

va lu

e th

ro ug

h ot

he r

co m

pr eh

en si

ve in

co m

e 1,

21 1,

62 4

47 8,

64 4

16 9,

94 2

26 ,6

39 81

,3 90

3, 19

7 83

,3 50

2, 05

4, 78

6

— f

in an

ci al

a ss

et s

at a

m or

tis ed

c os

t 2,

58 0,

64 5

23 7,

16 8

2, 23

8 6,

90 4

4, 42

7 3,

18 2

34 ,2

96 2,

86 8,

86 0

O th

er 29

6, 12

7 19

1, 75

5 21

6, 35

2 1,

08 0

1, 66

7 2,

55 8

20 8,

34 2

91 7,

88 1

T ot

al a

ss et

s 17

,7 21

,7 70

3, 05

5, 56

6 1,

78 5,

27 3

45 9,

00 4

15 4,

58 6

15 5,

47 0

82 1,

18 6

24 ,1

52 ,8

55

L ia

bi lit

ie s

D ue

to b

an ks

a nd

o th

er f

in an

ci al

in st

itu tio

ns 87

9, 99

0 42

9, 74

0 27

,7 20

47 ,4

60 16

,7 93

7, 71

1 20

2, 56

9 1,

61 1,

98 3

D ue

to c

en tr

al b

an ks

59 5,

42 5

26 1,

31 1

14 ,0

43 11

,4 71

– 21

1 6,

16 6

88 8,

62 7

Pl ac

em en

ts f

ro m

b an

ks a

nd o

th er

f in

an ci

al in

st itu

tio ns

73 ,9

99 34

9, 69

4 78

,7 72

14 ,0

84 11

,9 13

4, 48

6 4,

41 8

53 7,

36 6

D er

iv at

iv e

fi na

nc ia

l l ia

bi lit

ie s

28 ,3

06 61

,7 39

19 ,6

19 78

4 96

7, 32

8 5,

39 9

12 3,

27 1

D ue

to c

us to

m er

s 12

,9 22

,4 71

1, 92

5, 93

7 1,

39 1,

59 4

25 0,

36 3

40 ,8

65 72

,3 30

48 6,

65 7

17 ,0

90 ,2

17 B

on ds

is su

ed 75

6, 19

5 24

6, 35

9 13

,1 14

48 ,9

63 1,

97 2

5, 74

8 15

,5 55

1, 08

7, 90

6 O

th er

29 9,

03 7

10 4,

13 3

30 4,

84 8

2, 22

6 36

4 1,

08 7

13 ,1

77 72

4, 87

2

T ot

al li

ab ili

tie s

15 ,5

55 ,4

23 3,

37 8,

91 3

1, 84

9, 71

0 37

5, 35

1 72

,0 03

98 ,9

01 73

3, 94

1 22

,0 64

,2 42

N et

o n-

ba la

nc e

sh ee

t p os

iti on

2, 16

6, 34

7 (3

23 ,3

47 )

(6 4,

43 7)

83 ,6

53 82

,5 83

56 ,5

69 87

,2 45

2, 08

8, 61

3 N

et o

ff -b

al an

ce s

he et

p os

iti on

(3 78

,5 00

) 33

5, 99

6 27

6, 36

0 (7

2, 98

4) (8

1, 98

8) (5

4, 36

5) (1

0, 47

0) 14

,0 49

C re

di t c

om m

itm en

ts 3,

00 6,

64 7

81 0,

99 7

26 1,

32 8

12 5,

86 7

10 ,3

69 46

,2 30

11 2,

58 7

4, 37

4, 02

5

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 178

179

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

SE D

C O

N SO

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N

F O

R T

H E

S IX

M O

N T

H P

E R

IO D

E N

D E

D 3

0 JU

N E

2 02

0 (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

IV

F IN

A N

C IA

L R

IS K

M A

N A

G E

M E

N T

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

2 M

ar k

et r

is k

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

2. 3

F

or ei

gn c

u rr

en cy

r is

k (C

on ti

n u

ed )

A s

at 3

1 D

ec em

be r

20 19

R M

B U

SD H

K D

E U

R O

JP Y

G B

P O

th er

T ot

al

A ss

et s

C as

h an

d du

e fr

om b

an ks

a nd

o th

er f

in an

ci al

in st

itu tio

ns 37

0, 56

9 14

0, 51

3 18

,3 68

10 ,9

77 7,

83 3

1, 69

1 15

,5 16

56 5,

46 7

B al

an ce

s w

it h

ce nt

ra l

ba nk

s 1,

58 3,

46 9

26 5,

68 2

57 ,5

99 59

,4 56

49 ,4

22 34

,1 33

29 ,0

48 2,

07 8,

80 9

P la

ce m

en ts

w it

h an

d lo

an s

to b

an ks

a nd

ot he

r fi

na nc

ia l

in st

it ut

io ns

65 2,

81 7

14 9,

46 3

33 ,4

41 6,

05 0

14 1

2, 43

5 54

,6 12

89 8,

95 9

D er

iv at

iv e

fi na

nc ia

l as

se ts

42 ,5

58 13

,6 94

26 ,5

86 44

6 20

6, 34

8 3,

68 3

93 ,3

35 L

oa ns

a nd

a dv

an ce

s to

c us

to m

er s,

n et

9, 87

0, 24

4 1,

17 0,

63 0

1, 02

7, 10

4 25

0, 73

0 11

,1 94

69 ,4

23 34

4, 10

0 12

,7 43

,4 25

F in

an ci

al i

nv es

tm en

ts

— f

in an

ci al

a ss

et s

at f

ai r

va lu

e th

ro ug

h pr

of it

or lo

ss 34

6, 64

4 78

,8 48

83 ,1

99 2,

54 0

6, 92

5 16

78 51

8, 25

0

— f

in an

ci al

a ss

et s

at f

ai r

va lu

e th

ro ug

h ot

he r

co m

pr eh

en si

ve i

nc om

e 1,

35 4,

39 1

48 9,

43 2

15 0,

48 6

32 ,2

92 10

3, 79

7 2,

61 0

85 ,1

21 2,

21 8,

12 9

f in

an ci

al a

ss et

s at

a m

or ti

se d

co st

2, 52

5, 34

9 21

9, 49

5 3,

31 9

4, 80

2 77

0 95

4 22

,9 94

2, 77

7, 68

3 O

th er

26 8,

43 6

16 2,

20 3

19 8,

39 8

1, 35

7 1,

46 5

2, 69

1 24

1, 13

7 87

5, 68

7

T ot

al a

ss et

s 17

,0 14

,4 77

2, 68

9, 96

0 1,

59 8,

50 0

36 8,

65 0

18 1,

56 7

12 0,

30 1

79 6,

28 9

22 ,7

69 ,7

44

L ia

bi li

ti es

D ue

t o

ba nk

s an

d ot

he r

fi na

nc ia

l in

st it

ut io

ns 1,

00 9,

08 6

39 1,

86 9

27 ,1

67 43

,8 26

21 ,1

93 7,

37 4

16 7,

53 1

1, 66

8, 04

6 D

ue t

o ce

nt ra

l ba

nk s

57 0,

67 5

24 7,

09 6

19 ,9

79 5,

92 0

– 25

8 2,

34 9

84 6,

27 7

Pl ac

em en

ts f

ro m

b an

ks a

nd o

th er

f in

an ci

al in

st itu

tio ns

29 8,

49 7

21 3,

66 2

76 ,2

94 17

,1 61

25 ,3

30 3,

74 5

4, 98

6 63

9, 67

5 D

er iv

at iv

e fi

na nc

ia l

li ab

il it

ie s

36 ,1

35 19

,8 11

22 ,8

13 70

7 52

6, 11

2 4,

43 0

90 ,0

60 D

ue t

o cu

st om

er s

11 ,9

25 ,9

23 1,

83 6,

99 7

1, 25

5, 66

3 25

4, 48

5 56

,6 83

55 ,6

72 43

2, 12

5 15

,8 17

,5 48

B on

ds i

ss ue

d 76

6, 81

6 25

8, 89

3 11

,8 68

38 ,7

94 1,

92 0

2, 74

4 15

,0 52

1, 09

6, 08

7 O

th er

25 4,

94 9

91 ,8

25 26

7, 60

7 3,

13 1

35 1

1, 86

3 15

,6 29

63 5,

35 5

T ot

al l

ia bi

li ti

es 14

,8 62

,0 81

3, 06

0, 15

3 1,

68 1,

39 1

36 4,

02 4

10 5,

52 9

77 ,7

68 64

2, 10

2 20

,7 93

,0 48

N et

o n-

ba la

nc e

sh ee

t po

si ti

on 2,

15 2,

39 6

(3 70

,1 93

) (8

2, 89

1) 4,

62 6

76 ,0

38 42

,5 33

15 4,

18 7

1, 97

6, 69

6 N

et o

ff -b

al an

ce s

he et

p os

it io

n (4

63 ,2

97 )

37 8,

51 5

28 3,

48 3

5, 82

8 (7

5, 75

4) (4

0, 62

0) (7

4, 64

3) 13

,5 12

C re

di t

co m

m it

m en

ts 2,

95 9,

32 3

83 6,

83 5

25 7,

22 9

12 4,

69 6

9, 84

1 49

,4 01

10 5,

24 5

4, 34

2, 57

0

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 179

180

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

SE D

C O

N SO

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N

F O

R T

H E

S IX

M O

N T

H P

E R

IO D

E N

D E

D 3

0 JU

N E

2 02

0 (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

IV

F IN

A N

C IA

L R

IS K

M A

N A

G E

M E

N T

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

3 L

iq u

id it

y ri

sk

T h

e ta

b le

s b

el o

w a

n al

y se

t h

e G

ro u

p ’s

a ss

et s

an d

l ia

b il

it ie

s in

to r

el ev

an t

m at

u ri

ty g

ro u

p in

g s

b as

ed o

n t

h e

re m

ai n

in g

p er

io d

f ro

m t

h e

fi n

an ci

al r

ep o

rt in

g

d at

e to

t h

e co

n tr

ac tu

al m

at u

ri ty

d at

e.

A s

at 3

0 Ju

ne 2

02 0

O ve

rd ue

/ U

nd at

ed O

n

de m

an d

L es

s th

an

1 m

on th

B et

w ee

n 1

an d

3 m

on th

s

B et

w ee

n 3

an d

12

m on

th s

B et

w ee

n

1 an

d 5

ye ar

s O

ve r

5

ye ar

s T

ot al

A ss

et s

C as

h an

d du

e fr

om b

an ks

a nd

ot he

r fi

na nc

ia l

in st

it ut

io ns

21 29

0, 75

4 10

7, 22

5 10

9, 03

3 22

9, 06

1 3,

87 6

– 73

9, 97

0 B

al an

ce s

w it

h ce

nt ra

l ba

nk s

1, 48

6, 49

3 54

1, 73

2 52

,1 99

7, 10

6 21

,2 51

1, 07

3 –

2, 10

9, 85

4 P

la ce

m en

ts w

it h

an d

lo an

s to

b an

ks a

nd

ot

he r

fi na

nc ia

l in

st it

ut io

ns 36

– 69

3, 92

1 20

4, 37

4 26

0, 89

0 65

,9 52

– 1,

22 5,

17 3

D er

iv at

iv e

fi na

nc ia

l as

se ts

– 13

,6 23

13 ,2

41 10

,9 93

28 ,7

14 35

,8 22

12 ,4

63 11

4, 85

6 L

oa ns

a nd

a dv

an ce

s to

c us

to m

er s,

n et

47 ,8

41 21

9, 85

1 50

8, 61

2 1,

26 8,

48 7

3, 03

6, 98

0 3,

55 9,

38 1

5, 02

9, 66

8 13

,6 70

,8 20

F in

an ci

al i

nv es

tm en

ts

— f

in an

ci al

a ss

et s

at f

ai r

va lu

e th

ro ug

h pr

of it

or lo

ss 14

8, 52

0 –

11 ,2

19 32

,3 76

48 ,9

71 55

,9 22

15 3,

64 7

45 0,

65 5

f in

an ci

al a

ss et

s at

f ai

r va

lu e

th ro

ug h

ot he

r

co

m pr

eh en

si ve

i nc

om e

23 ,2

03 –

91 ,6

65 20

7, 91

1 31

5, 99

1 90

7, 27

1 50

8, 74

5 2,

05 4,

78 6

f in

an ci

al a

ss et

s at

a m

or ti

se d

co st

2, 99

3 –

56 ,7

39 93

,7 20

32 6,

69 1

1, 39

4, 30

3 99

4, 41

4 2,

86 8,

86 0

O th

er 34

8, 65

4 38

4, 78

1 37

,6 65

17 ,2

41 26

,6 25

74 ,0

21 28

,8 94

91 7,

88 1

T ot

al a

ss et

s 2,

05 7,

76 1

1, 45

0, 74

1 1,

57 2,

48 6

1, 95

1, 24

1 4,

29 5,

17 4

6, 09

7, 62

1 6,

72 7,

83 1

24 ,1

52 ,8

55

L ia

bi li

ti es

D ue

t o

ba nk

s an

d ot

he r

fi na

nc ia

l in

st it

ut io

ns –

1, 10

1, 78

5 10

6, 01

3 22

4, 84

7 17

2, 47

2 6,

29 0

57 6

1, 61

1, 98

3 D

ue t

o ce

nt ra

l ba

nk s

– 24

1, 99

2 13

9, 31

6 96

,9 41

38 9,

44 0

20 ,9

38 –

88 8,

62 7

P la

ce m

en ts

f ro

m b

an ks

a nd

ot he

r fi

na nc

ia l

in st

it ut

io ns

– –

33 2,

60 7

87 ,5

77 11

1, 28

6 5,

89 6

– 53

7, 36

6 D

er iv

at iv

e fi

na nc

ia l

li ab

il it

ie s

– 9,

84 0

11 ,4

75 11

,7 84

26 ,3

23 44

,8 95

18 ,9

54 12

3, 27

1 D

ue t

o cu

st om

er s

– 8,

37 0,

17 3

1, 71

3, 15

0 1,

50 4,

22 4

2, 74

7, 12

7 2,

74 9,

33 3

6, 21

0 17

,0 90

,2 17

B on

ds i

ss ue

d –

– 89

,7 45

20 3,

02 8

31 1,

41 8

45 6,

11 4

27 ,6

01 1,

08 7,

90 6

O th

er –

29 2,

73 7

13 3,

01 1

30 ,3

20 93

,5 29

98 ,9

77 76

,2 98

72 4,

87 2

T ot

al l

ia bi

li ti

es –

10 ,0

16 ,5

27 2,

52 5,

31 7

2, 15

8, 72

1 3,

85 1,

59 5

3, 38

2, 44

3 12

9, 63

9 22

,0 64

,2 42

N et

l iq

ui di

ty g

ap 2,

05 7,

76 1

(8 ,5

65 ,7

86 )

(9 52

,8 31

) (2

07 ,4

80 )

44 3,

57 9

2, 71

5, 17

8 6,

59 8,

19 2

2, 08

8, 61

3

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 180

181

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

N O

T E

S T

O T

H E

C O

N D

E N

SE D

C O

N SO

L ID

A T

E D

I N

T E

R IM

F IN

A N

C IA

L I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N

F O

R T

H E

S IX

M O

N T

H P

E R

IO D

E N

D E

D 3

0 JU

N E

2 02

0 (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

IV

F IN

A N

C IA

L R

IS K

M A

N A

G E

M E

N T

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

3 L

iq u

id it

y ri

sk (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A s

at 3

1 D

ec em

be r

20 19

O ve

rd ue

/ U

nd at

ed O

n de

m an

d L

es s

th an

1

m on

th

B et

w ee

n 1

an d

3 m

on th

s

B et

w ee

n 3

an d

12

m on

th s

B et

w ee

n 1

an d

5 ye

ar s

O ve

r 5

ye ar

s T

ot al

A ss

et s

C as

h an

d du

e fr

om b

an ks

a nd

ot he

r fi

na nc

ia l

in st

it ut

io ns

21 20

4, 12

1 18

3, 17

0 55

,8 05

11 9,

37 6

2, 84

5 12

9 56

5, 46

7 B

al an

ce s

w it

h ce

nt ra

l ba

nk s

1, 51

3, 47

3 52

7, 65

7 16

,2 42

8, 29

3 12

,4 41

70 3

– 2,

07 8,

80 9

P la

ce m

en ts

w it

h an

d lo

an s

to b

an ks

a nd

ot he

r fi

na nc

ia l

in st

it ut

io ns

44 –

41 7,

35 2

18 5,

84 3

24 1,

02 4

54 ,6

96 –

89 8,

95 9

D er

iv at

iv e

fi na

nc ia

l as

se ts

– 10

,6 97

14 ,9

83 20

,8 55

24 ,8

69 16

,6 10

5, 32

1 93

,3 35

L oa

ns a

nd a

dv an

ce s

to c

us to

m er

s, n

et 51

,0 73

18 8,

91 6

45 8,

23 3

1, 21

6, 88

2 2,

71 6,

77 7

3, 22

1, 65

0 4,

88 9,

89 4

12 ,7

43 ,4

25 F

in an

ci al

i nv

es tm

en ts

— f

in an

ci al

a ss

et s

at f

ai r

va lu

e th

ro ug

h pr

of it

or lo

ss 14

3, 25

5 –

16 ,3

94 49

,9 49

98 ,2

45 58

,5 37

15 1,

87 0

51 8,

25 0

— f

in an

ci al

a ss

et s

at f

ai r

va lu

e th

ro ug

h ot

he r

co m

pr eh

en si

ve i

nc om

e 22

,0 67

– 14

2, 12

2 23

4, 29

7 39

6, 99

8 91

2, 93

2 50

9, 71

3 2,

21 8,

12 9

— f

in an

ci al

a ss

et s

at a

m or

ti se

d co

st 1,

76 7

– 35

,1 41

53 ,3

75 50

6, 34

6 1,

33 7,

45 6

84 3,

59 8

2, 77

7, 68

3 O

th er

34 5,

30 9

38 1,

97 8

24 ,3

01 12

,8 27

23 ,3

08 60

,4 36

27 ,5

28 87

5, 68

7

T ot

al a

ss et

s 2,

07 7,

00 9

1, 31

3, 36

9 1,

30 7,

93 8

1, 83

8, 12

6 4,

13 9,

38 4

5, 66

5, 86

5 6,

42 8,

05 3

22 ,7

69 ,7

44

L ia

bi li

ti es

D ue

t o

ba nk

s an

d ot

he r

fi na

nc ia

l in

st it

ut io

ns –

1, 03

6, 81

0 12

5, 01

1 32

4, 06

2 17

5, 30

1 6,

77 9

83 1,

66 8,

04 6

D ue

t o

ce nt

ra l

ba nk

s –

18 0,

11 3

70 ,8

32 72

,8 98

51 8,

86 4

3, 57

0 –

84 6,

27 7

P la

ce m

en ts

f ro

m b

an ks

a nd

ot he

r fi

na nc

ia l

in st

it ut

io ns

– –

49 2,

65 7

70 ,9

24 69

,6 94

6, 38

6 14

63 9,

67 5

D er

iv at

iv e

fi na

nc ia

l li

ab il

it ie

s –

8, 78

0 11

,1 65

15 ,9

36 26

,6 52

20 ,4

82 7,

04 5

90 ,0

60 D

ue t

o cu

st om

er s

– 7,

84 3,

08 4

1, 54

1, 34

2 1,

54 0,

15 9

2, 54

1, 52

8 2,

34 3,

52 7

7, 90

8 15

,8 17

,5 48

B on

ds i

ss ue

d –

– 23

,9 85

15 0,

07 3

41 6,

19 2

47 0,

94 2

34 ,8

95 1,

09 6,

08 7

O th

er –

28 0,

52 6

53 ,6

62 12

,8 95

12 1,

69 3

92 ,9

07 73

,6 72

63 5,

35 5

T ot

al l

ia bi

li ti

es –

9, 34

9, 31

3 2,

31 8,

65 4

2, 18

6, 94

7 3,

86 9,

92 4

2, 94

4, 59

3 12

3, 61

7 20

,7 93

,0 48

N et

l iq

ui di

ty g

ap 2,

07 7,

00 9

(8 ,0

35 ,9

44 )

(1 ,0

10 ,7

16 )

(3 48

,8 21

) 26

9, 46

0 2,

72 1,

27 2

6, 30

4, 43

6 1,

97 6,

69 6

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 181

182

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

4 Fair value

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value

Financial instruments measured at fair value are classified into the following three levels:

• Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, including equity securities listed on exchanges or debt instruments issued by certain governments and certain exchange-traded derivative contracts.

• Level 2: Valuation technique for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value other than quoted prices included within Level 1 are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. This level includes the majority of the over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative contracts, debt securities for which quotations are available from pricing service providers, discounted bills, etc.

• Level 3: Valuation technique using inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value for the asset or liability are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). This level includes equity investments and debt instruments with significant unobservable components.

The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period in which they occur.

The Group uses valuation techniques or counterparty quotations to determine the fair value when it is unable to obtain open market quotation in active markets.

The main parameters used in valuation techniques include bond prices, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity and stock prices, volatilities, correlations, early repayment rates, counterparty credit spreads and others, which are all observable and obtainable from the open market.

For certain illiquid debt securities (mainly asset-backed securities), unlisted equity (private equity), OTC structured derivative transactions and unlisted funds held by the Group, management obtains valuation quotations from counterparties or uses valuation techniques to determine the fair value, including the discounted cash flow analysis, net asset value and market comparison approach, etc. The fair value of these financial instruments may be based on unobservable inputs which may have a significant impact on the valuation of these financial instruments, and therefore, these assets and liabilities have been classified by the Group as Level 3. Management determines whether to make necessary adjustments to the fair value for the Group’s Level 3 financial instruments by assessing the impact of changes in macro-economic factors, valuations by external valuation agencies and other inputs, including loss coverage ratios. The Group has established internal control procedures to control the Group’s exposure to such financial instruments.

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 182

183

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

4 Fair value (Continued)

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

As at 30 June 2020

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial assets measured at fair value Derivative financial assets 16,379 98,477 – 114,856 Loans and advances to customers at fair value – 389,055 – 389,055 Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss — Debt securities 4,181 279,111 15,033 298,325 — Equity instruments 9,455 12,657 67,547 89,659 — Fund investments and other 17,664 4,338 40,669 62,671 Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income — Debt securities 194,225 1,835,817 1,834 2,031,876 — Equity instruments and other 6,801 11,341 4,768 22,910

Financial liabilities measured at fair value Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions at fair value – (7,859) – (7,859) Due to customers at fair value – (31,341) – (31,341) Bonds issued at fair value – (10,271) – (10,271) Short position in debt securities (2,191) (10,319) – (12,510) Derivative financial liabilities (14,093) (109,178) – (123,271)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 183

184

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

4 Fair value (Continued)

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

As at 31 December 2019

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial assets measured at fair value Derivative financial assets 11,635 81,690 10 93,335 Loans and advances to customers at fair value – 339,687 – 339,687 Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss — Debt securities 9,988 345,296 15,948 371,232 — Equity instruments 6,586 1,154 71,716 79,456 — Fund investments and other 21,747 6,879 38,936 67,562 Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income — Debt securities 230,606 1,964,070 1,676 2,196,352 — Equity instruments and other 7,425 9,077 5,275 21,777

Financial liabilities measured at fair value Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions at fair value – (14,767) – (14,767) Due to customers at fair value – (17,969) – (17,969) Bonds issued at fair value – (26,113) – (26,113) Short position in debt securities (2,158) (17,317) – (19,475) Derivative financial liabilities (9,762) (80,298) – (90,060)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 184

185

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

4 Fair value (Continued)

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

Reconciliation of Level 3 items

Derivative financial

assets Financial assets at fair value

through profit or loss

Financial assets at fair value through other

comprehensive income

Debt Securities

Equity instruments

Fund investments

and other Debt

securities

Equity instruments

and other

As at 1 January 2020 10 15,948 71,716 38,936 1,676 5,275 Total gains and losses — profit 18 534 4,192 412 – – — other comprehensive income – – – – 126 371 Sales – (1,665) (4,355) (1,678) (1) – Purchases – 177 7,480 2,966 – 739 Settlements – (1) – – – – Transfers out of Level 3, net (28) – (11,486) – – (1,617) Other changes – 40 – 33 33 –

As at 30 June 2020 – 15,033 67,547 40,669 1,834 4,768

Total gains for the period included in the income statement for assets/liabilities held as at 30 June 2020 – 534 2,594 372 – –

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 185

186

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

4 Fair value (Continued)

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

Reconciliation of Level 3 items (Continued)

Derivative financial

assets Financial assets at fair value

through profit or loss

Financial assets at fair value through other

comprehensive income

Debt securities

Equity instruments

Fund investments

and other Debt

securities

Equity instruments

and other

As at 1 January 2019 6 8,417 43,089 34,512 1,422 5,364 Total gains and losses — profit/(loss) 10 1,510 (689) 3,245 – – — other comprehensive income – – – – 223 (849) Sales – (175) (1,002) (3,649) (2) (2) Purchases – 6,159 30,318 4,708 – 762 Settlements – – – – – – Transfers (out)/in of Level 3, net (6) – – 60 – – Other changes – 37 – 60 33 –

As at 31 December 2019 10 15,948 71,716 38,936 1,676 5,275

Total gains/(losses) for the period included in the income statement for assets/liabilities held as at 31 December 2019 10 1,510 (630) 3,235 – –

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 186

187

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

4 Fair value (Continued)

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

Total gains or losses for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and for the year ended 31 December 2019 included in the income statement as well as total gains or losses included in the income statement relating to financial instruments held as at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019 are presented in “Net trading gains”, “Net gains on transfers of financial asset” or “Impairment losses on assets” depending on the nature or category of the related financial instruments.

Gains or losses on Level 3 financial assets and liabilities included in the income statement comprise:

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Realised Unrealised Total Realised Unrealised Total

Total gains/(losses) for the period 1,638 3,518 5,156 (48) 2,740 2,692

There were no significant transfers of the financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value between Level 1 and Level 2 during the six month period ended 30 June 2020.

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 187

188

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

4 Fair value (Continued)

4.2 Financial instruments not measured at fair value

Financial assets and liabilities not presented at fair value in the statement of financial position mainly represent “Balances with central banks”, “Due from banks and other financial institutions”, “Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions”, “Due to central banks”, “Due to banks and other financial institutions”, “Loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost”, “Financial investments measured at amortised cost”, “Placements from banks and other financial institutions at amortised cost”, “Due to customers at amortised cost”, “Bonds issued at amortised cost” and “lease liabilities”.

The tables below summarise the carrying amounts and fair values of “Debt securities at amortised cost” and “Bonds issued” not presented at fair value at the financial reporting date.

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Carrying value Fair value

Carrying value Fair value

Financial assets Debt securities at amortised cost (1) 2,860,280 2,919,084 2,769,400 2,774,641

Financial liabilities Bonds issued (2) 1,077,635 1,082,180 1,069,974 1,069,309

(1) Debt securities at amortised cost

The China Orient Asset Management Corporation Bond and Special Purpose Treasury Bond held by the Bank are non-negotiable. As there are no observable market prices or yields reflecting arm’s length transactions of a comparable size and tenor, the fair value is determined based on the stated interest rate of the instruments.

Fair values of other debt securities are based on market prices or broker/dealer price quotations. Where this information is not available, the Bank will perform valuation by referring to prices from valuation service providers or on the basis of discounted cash flow models. Valuation parameters include market interest rates, expected future default rates, prepayment rates and market liquidity. The fair values of RMB bonds are mainly determined based on the valuation results provided by China Central Depository & Clearing Co., Ltd..

(2) Bonds issued

The aggregate fair values are calculated based on quoted market prices. For those bonds where quoted market prices are not available, a discounted cash flow model is used based on a current yield curve appropriate for the remaining term to maturity.

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 188

189

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

4 Fair value (Continued)

4.2 Financial instruments not measured at fair value (Continued)

The tables below summarise the fair values of three levels of “Debt securities at amortised cost” (excluding the China Orient Asset Management Corporation Bond and Special Purpose Treasury Bond), and “Bonds issued” not presented at fair value at the financial reporting date.

As at 30 June 2020 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial assets Debt securities at amortised cost 89,394 2,627,837 3,703 2,720,934

Financial liabilities Bonds issued – 1,082,180 – 1,082,180

As at 31 December 2019 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial assets Debt securities at amortised cost 71,966 2,505,680 2,062 2,579,708

Financial liabilities Bonds issued – 1,069,309 – 1,069,309

Other than the above, the difference between the carrying amounts and fair values of those financial assets and liabilities not presented at their fair value in the statement of financial position is insignificant. Fair value is measured using a discounted cash flow model.

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 189

190

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

5 Capital management

The Group follows the principles below with regard to capital management:

• Adequate capital and sustainable development. Follow the lead of the strategic planning of the Group development; and maintain the high quality and adequacy of capital as to meet regulation requirements, support business growth, and advance the sustainable development of the scale, quality and performance of the business in the Group.

• Allocation optimisation and benefit augmentation. Allocate capital properly by prioritising the asset businesses with low capital occupancy and high comprehensive income, and steadily improve the efficiency and return of capital, to achieve the reciprocal matchup and dynamic equilibrium among risks, assets and returns.

• Refined management and capital level improvement. Optimise the capital management system by sufficiently identifying, calculating, monitoring, mitigating, and controlling various types of risks; incorporate capital restraints into the whole process of product pricing, resource allocation, structural adjustments, performance evaluation, etc., ensuring that the capital employed is commensurate with the related risks and the level of risk management.

Capital adequacy and regulatory capital are monitored by the Group’s management, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee, as implemented by the CBIRC, for supervisory purposes. The required information is filed with the CBIRC on a quarterly basis.

The Group’s capital adequacy ratios are calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) and other relevant regulations. With the approval of the CBIRC, the Group adopts the advanced capital measurement approaches, which include Foundation Internal Ratings-based Approach for corporate exposures, Internal Ratings-based Approach for retail exposures, Internal Models Approach for market risk and Standardised Approach for operational risk. For risk exposures not covered by the advanced approaches, the corresponding portion shall be calculated adopting non-advanced approaches.

As a Systemically Important Bank, the Group’s capital adequacy ratios are required to meet the lowest requirements of the CBIRC, that is, the common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio, tier 1 capital adequacy ratio and capital adequacy ratio should be no less than 8.50%, 9.50% and 11.50%, respectively.

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 190

191

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

5 Capital management (Continued)

The Group’s regulatory capital is managed by its capital management related departments and consists of the following:

• Common equity tier 1 capital, including common shares, capital reserve, surplus reserve, general reserve, undistributed profits, eligible portion of minority interests and others;

• Additional tier 1 capital, including additional tier 1 capital instruments issued and related premium and eligible portion of minority interests;

• Tier 2 capital, including tier 2 capital instruments issued and related premium, excess loan loss provisions and eligible portion of minority interests.

Goodwill, other intangible assets (except land use rights), investments in common equity tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests but outside of the scope of regulatory consolidation, significant minority capital investment in tier 2 capital of financial institutions that are outside of the scope of regulatory consolidation and other deductible items are deducted from common equity tier 1 and tier 2 capital to derive at the regulatory capital.

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 191

192

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

5 Capital management (Continued)

The table below summarises the Group’s common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio, tier 1 capital adequacy ratio and capital adequacy ratio(1) calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) and other relevant regulations.

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 11.01% 11.30% Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 12.82% 12.79% Capital adequacy ratio 15.42% 15.59%

Composition of the Group’s capital base

Common equity tier 1 capital 1,664,681 1,620,563 Common shares 294,388 294,388 Capital reserve 134,269 134,269 Surplus reserve 174,128 173,832 General reserve 246,998 249,983 Undistributed profits 756,905 721,731 Eligible portion of minority interests 32,725 30,528 Other (2) 25,268 15,832

Regulatory deductions (24,112) (24,185) Of which: Goodwill (182) (182) Other intangible assets (except land use rights) (12,404) (12,936) Direct or indirect investments in own shares (20) (7) Investments in common equity tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (9,994) (9,955)

Net common equity tier 1 capital 1,640,569 1,596,378

Additional tier 1 capital 270,095 210,057 Preference shares and related premium 179,482 159,901 Additional capital instruments and related premium 79,982 39,992 Eligible portion of minority interests 10,631 10,164

Net tier 1 capital 1,910,664 1,806,435

Tier 2 capital 388,182 394,843 Tier 2 capital instruments issued and related premium 263,954 280,092 Excess loan loss provisions 114,741 105,127 Eligible portion of minority interests 9,487 9,624

Net capital 2,298,846 2,201,278

Risk-weighted assets 14,904,162 14,123,915

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 192

193

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

5 Capital management (Continued)

(1) When calculating the capital adequacy ratios, Bank of China Group Investment Limited (“BOCG Investment”), Bank of China Insurance Company Limited (“BOC Insurance”), Bank of China Group Insurance Company Limited (“BOCG Insurance”) and Bank of China Group Life Assurance Company Limited (“BOCG Life”) were excluded from the scope of consolidation in accordance with requirements of the CBIRC.

(2) This mainly represented exchange differences from the translation of foreign operations and gains/(losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_19d. Notes 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 193

194

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

I DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS AND CAS CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

There were no differences in the Group’s operating results for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and 2019 or total equity as at 30 June 2020 and as at 31 December 2019 presented in the Group’s condensed consolidated financial statements prepared under IFRS and those prepared under CAS.

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020 2019

RMB current assets to RMB current liabilities 53.89% 54.56%

Foreign currency current assets to foreign currency current liabilities 58.16% 60.38%

The liquidity ratios are calculated in accordance with the relevant provisions of the CBIRC.

Liquidity coverage ratio

According to the Disclosure Rules on Liquidity Coverage Ratio of Commercial Banks, the Group disclosed the information of liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”)(1) as follows.

Regulatory requirements of liquidity coverage ratio

As stipulated by the Rules on Liquidity Risk Management of Commercial Banks issued by CBIRC, the minimum regulatory requirement of LCR is 100%.

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 194

195

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s liquidity coverage ratio

Since 2017, the Group measured the LCR on a day-to-day consolidated basis(2). In the second quarter of 2020, the Group measured 91-day LCR on this basis, with average ratio(3) standing at 140.71%, representing a decrease of 0.61 percentage points over the previous quarter, which was primarily due to the decrease in the high-quality liquid assets (“HQLA”).

2020 2019 Quarter

ended 30 June

Quarter ended

31 March

Quarter ended

31 December

Quarter ended

30 September

Average value of LCR 140.71% 141.32% 136.36% 134.76%

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

196

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s liquidity coverage ratio (Continued)

The Group’s average values(3) of consolidated LCR individual line items in the second quarter of 2020 are as follows:

No.

Total unweighted

value

Total weighted

value

High-quality liquid assets 1 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 4,016,443

Cash outflows 2 Retail deposits and deposits from

small business customers, of which: 7,519,451 550,173 3 Stable deposits 3,897,515 187,979 4 Less stable deposits 3,621,936 362,194 5 Unsecured wholesale funding, of which: 9,218,999 3,428,163 6 Operational deposits (excluding those generated

from correspondent banking activities) 5,060,314 1,246,790 7 Non-operational deposits (all counterparties) 4,114,099 2,136,787 8 Unsecured debts 44,586 44,586 9 Secured funding 701 10 Additional requirements, of which: 3,072,447 1,848,384 11 Outflows related to derivative exposures and

other collateral requirements 1,746,030 1,746,030 12 Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products – – 13 Credit and liquidity facilities 1,326,417 102,354 14 Other contractual funding obligations 68,481 68,481 15 Other contingent funding obligations 3,020,941 87,074

16 Total cash outflows 5,982,976 Cash inflows 17 Secured lending (including reverse repos and

securities borrowing) 264,203 252,438 18 Inflows from fully performing exposures 1,542,401 962,477 19 Other cash inflows 2,014,037 1,911,356

20 Total cash inflows 3,820,641 3,126,271 Total

adjusted value

21 Total HQLA 4,016,443 22 Total net cash outflows 2,856,705

23 Liquidity coverage ratio 140.71%

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

197

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s liquidity coverage ratio (Continued)

(1) The LCR aims to ensure that commercial banks have sufficient HQLA that can be converted into cash to meet the liquidity requirements for at least thirty days under stress scenarios determined by the CBIRC.

(2) When calculating the consolidated LCR, BOCG Investment, BOC Insurance, BOCG Insurance and BOCG Life were excluded from the scope of consolidation in accordance with the requirements of the CBIRC.

(3) The average of LCR and the averages of all related individual items are the day-end simple arithmetic averages of figures over each quarter.

Net stable funding ratio

In accordance with the Disclosure Rules on Net Stable Funding Ratio of Commercial Banks, the Group disclosed the information of net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”)(1) as follows.

Regulatory requirements of net stable funding ratio

As stipulated by the Rules on Liquidity Risk Management of Commercial Banks issued by CBIRC, the minimum regulatory requirement of NSFR is 100%.

The Group’s net stable funding ratio

As stipulated by the Disclosure Rules on Net Stable Funding Ratio of Commercial Banks issued by CBIRC, banks approved to implement the advanced approaches of capital measurement by CBIRC in accordance with Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) shall disclose the information of net stable funding ratio for the preceding two consecutive quarters at least semi-annually.

As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s NSFR was 124.58% on a consolidated basis(2), representing a decrease of 0.14 percentage points over the previous quarter. As at 31 March 2020, the Group’s NSFR was 124.72%, representing an increase of 0.26 percentage points over the previous quarter. The Group’s NSFR remained stable, and met the regulatory requirement.

2020 2019 Quarter

ended 30 June

Quarter ended

31 March

Quarter ended

31 December

Quarter ended

30 September

Ending value of NSFR(3) 124.58% 124.72% 124.46% 125.28%

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

198

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

(1) NSFR is introduced to ensure commercial banks have sufficient stable funding to meet the requirements of assets and off-balance sheet exposures.

(2) When calculating the consolidated NSFR, BOCG Investment, BOC Insurance, BOCG Insurance and BOCG Life were excluded from the scope of consolidation in accordance with the requirements of the CBIRC.

(3) NSFR are the ending values of each quarter.

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the second quarter of 2020 are as follows:

Unweighted value Weighted

value

No. Items No maturity <6 months 6–12 months ≥1 year

Available Stable Funding (ASF) Item

1 Capital – – – 2,225,306 2,225,306

2 Regulatory capital – – – 2,175,306 2,175,306

3 Other capital instruments – – – 50,000 50,000

4 Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers 4,008,150 4,457,645 117,854 22,619 7,959,561

5 Stable deposits 1,752,479 2,431,466 49,209 9,178 4,030,674

6 Less stable deposits 2,255,671 2,026,179 68,645 13,441 3,928,887

7 Wholesale funding 5,209,984 5,821,752 694,603 526,994 5,239,595

8 Operational deposits 4,834,238 225,935 – – 2,530,086

9 Other wholesale funding 375,746 5,595,817 694,603 526,994 2,709,509

10 Liabilities with matching interdependent assets – – – – –

11 Other liabilities 107,417 239,228 4,423 437,062 302,300

12 NSFR derivative liabilities 136,973

13 All other liabilities and equity not included in the above categories 107,417 239,228 4,423 300,089 302,300

14 Total ASF 15,726,762

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

199

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Unweighted value Weighted

value

No. Items No maturity <6 months 6–12 months ≥1 year

Required Stable Funding (RSF) Item

15 Total NSFR high-quality liquid assets 537,201

16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes 152,884 3,489 – – 78,186

17 Loans and securities 71,136 4,647,079 2,319,078 9,080,205 10,490,187

18 Loans to financial institutions secured by Level 1 assets – 22,017 – – 2,202

19 Loans to financial institutions secured by non-Level 1 assets and unsecured loans to financial institutions 71,136 1,596,269 399,786 68,570 518,573

20 Loans to retail and small business customers, non-financial institutions, sovereigns, central banks and public sector entities (PSEs) of which: – 2,644,097 1,656,662 4,642,037 5,983,624

21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% – 281,455 21,453 1,703 42,025

22 Residential mortgages of which: – 111,402 94,925 4,053,211 3,495,870

23 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% – 6,237 6,360 262,612 176,996

24 Securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange- traded equities – 273,294 167,705 316,387 489,918

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the second quarter of 2020 are as follows (Continued):

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

200

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Unweighted value Weighted

value

No. Items No maturity <6 months 6–12 months ≥1 year

Required Stable Funding (RSF) Item (Continued)

25 Assets with matching interdependent liabilities – – – – –

26 Other assets 667,984 78,851 592 691,730 1,273,694

27 Physical traded commodities, including gold 175,811 149,440

28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs 538 457

29 NSFR derivative assets 132,915 –

30 NSFR derivative liabilities with additional requirements 27,395* 27,395

31 All other assets not included in the above categories 492,173 78,851 592 558,277 1,096,402

32 Off-balance sheet items 6,092,635 244,464

33 Total RSF 12,623,732

34 NSFR 124.58%

* Report derivative liabilities before deducting variation margin posted. There is no need to differentiate by maturities. The unweighted value should be excluded from the total value of item No.26 “Other assets”.

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the second quarter of 2020 are as follows (Continued):

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

201

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the first quarter of 2020 are as follows:

Unweighted value Weighted

value

No. Items No maturity <6 months 6–12 months ≥1 year

Available Stable Funding (ASF) Item

1 Capital – – – 2,199,975 2,199,975

2 Regulatory capital – – – 2,149,975 2,149,975

3 Other capital instruments – – – 50,000 50,000

4 Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers 3,922,841 4,451,296 115,136 22,752 7,869,958

5 Stable deposits 1,684,496 2,402,365 50,326 9,306 3,939,635

6 Less stable deposits 2,238,345 2,048,931 64,810 13,446 3,930,323

7 Wholesale funding 5,282,755 5,743,240 751,410 529,042 5,298,362

8 Operational deposits 4,898,285 342,125 – – 2,620,205

9 Other wholesale funding 384,470 5,401,115 751,410 529,042 2,678,157

10 Liabilities with matching interdependent assets – – – – –

11 Other liabilities 83,455 209,468 5,273 493,982 327,192

12 NSFR derivative liabilities 169,427

13 All other liabilities and equity not included in the above categories 83,455 209,468 5,273 324,555 327,192

14 Total ASF 15,695,487

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

202

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Unweighted value Weighted

value

No. Items No maturity <6 months 6–12 months ≥1 year

Required Stable Funding (RSF) Item

15 Total NSFR high-quality liquid assets 629,215

16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes 158,353 790 – – 79,572

17 Loans and securities 88,669 5,023,828 2,209,344 8,975,476 10,498,087

18 Loans to financial institutions secured by Level 1 assets – 8,711 – – 871

19 Loans to financial institutions secured by non-Level 1 assets and unsecured loans to financial institutions 88,669 1,874,994 347,465 110,474 578,756

20 Loans to retail and small business customers, non-financial institutions, sovereigns, central banks and public sector entities (PSEs) of which: – 2,523,764 1,611,466 4,573,170 5,888,953

21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% – 181,543 19,196 3,379 38,545

22 Residential mortgages of which: – 105,821 92,191 3,947,090 3,402,096

23 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% – 6,021 6,215 259,680 174,910

24 Securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities – 510,538 158,222 344,742 627,411

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the first quarter of 2020 are as follows (Continued):

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

203

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Unweighted value Weighted

value

No. Items No maturity <6 months 6–12 months ≥1 year

Required Stable Funding (RSF) Item (Continued)

25 Assets with matching interdependent liabilities – – – – –

26 Other assets 665,901 105,420 2,401 553,797 1,142,881

27 Physical traded commodities, including gold 189,040 160,684

28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs 216 183

29 NSFR derivative assets 163,487 –

30 NSFR derivative liabilities with additional requirements 33,885* 33,885

31 All other assets not included in the above categories 476,861 105,420 2,401 390,094 948,129

32 Off-balance sheet items 5,993,203 235,281

33 Total RSF 12,585,036

34 NSFR 124.72%

* Report derivative liabilities before deducting variation margin posted. There is no need to differentiate by maturities. The unweighted value should be excluded from the total value of item No.26 “Other assets”.

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the first quarter of 2020 are as follows (Continued):

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

204

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

2 Currency concentrations

The following information is computed in accordance with the provisions of the CBIRC.

Equivalent in millions of RMB

USD HKD Other Total

As at 30 June 2020 Spot assets 4,184,055 1,852,719 1,933,199 7,969,973 Spot liabilities (4,544,403) (2,161,426) (1,714,534) (8,420,363) Forward purchases 5,823,493 781,586 1,427,593 8,032,672 Forward sales (5,350,483) (518,687) (1,649,584) (7,518,754) Net option position* (55,618) 60 (448) (56,006)

Net long/(short) position 57,044 (45,748) (3,774) 7,522

Structural position 29,421 251,743 69,306 350,470

As at 31 December 2019 Spot assets 3,784,665 1,633,488 1,693,247 7,111,400 Spot liabilities (4,215,368) (1,916,106) (1,510,286) (7,641,760) Forward purchases 5,535,200 764,557 1,300,956 7,600,713 Forward sales (5,025,682) (508,295) (1,486,820) (7,020,797) Net option position* (43,404) 193 (1,455) (44,666)

Net long/(short) position 35,411 (26,163) (4,358) 4,890

Structural position 52,219 207,904 72,658 332,781

* The net option position is calculated in accordance with the relevant provisions of the CBIRC.

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

205

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

3 International claims

The Group discloses international claims according to Banking (Disclosure) Rules (L.N. 160 of 2014). International claims are risk exposures generated from the countries or geographical areas where the counterparties take the ultimate risk while considering the transfer of the risk, exclude local claims on local residents in local currency. Risk transfer is only made if the claims are guaranteed by a party in a country which is different from that of the counterparty or if the claims are on an overseas branch of a counterparty whose head office is located in another country.

International claims include “Balances with central banks”, “Due from and placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions”, “Government certificates of indebtedness for bank notes issued”, “Loans and advances to customers” and “Financial investments”.

International claims have been disclosed by major countries or geographical areas. A country or geographical area is reported where it constitutes 10% or more of the aggregate amount of international claims, after taking into account any risk transfers.

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

206

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

3 International claims (Continued)

Banks Official

sector

Non-bank private

sector Total

As at 30 June 2020 Asia Pacific Chinese mainland 639,706 237,316 809,702 1,686,724 Hong Kong 49,882 89 562,662 612,633 Other Asia Pacific locations 116,666 118,165 468,465 703,296

Subtotal 806,254 355,570 1,840,829 3,002,653

North and South America 115,589 247,138 184,503 547,230 Other 107,766 79,784 310,734 498,284

Total 1,029,609 682,492 2,336,066 4,048,167

As at 31 December 2019 Asia Pacific Chinese mainland 609,837 224,384 695,975 1,530,196 Hong Kong 21,328 116 511,403 532,847 Other Asia Pacific locations 91,641 144,997 419,521 656,159

Subtotal 722,806 369,497 1,626,899 2,719,202

North and South America 99,213 255,953 152,444 507,610 Other 72,504 72,533 252,889 397,926

Total 894,523 697,983 2,032,232 3,624,738

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

207

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

4 Overdue assets

For the purpose of the table below, the entire outstanding balance of “Loans and advances to customers” and “Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions” are considered overdue if either principal or interest payment is overdue.

4.1 Total amount of overdue loans and advances to customers

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Total loans and advances to customers which have been overdue within 3 months 59,306 62,838 between 3 and 6 months 32,550 22,789 between 6 and 12 months 39,609 22,653 over 12 months 58,280 54,349

Total 189,745 162,629

Percentage within 3 months 0.43% 0.48% between 3 and 6 months 0.23% 0.17% between 6 and 12 months 0.28% 0.18% over 12 months 0.42% 0.42%

Total 1.36% 1.25%

4.2 Total amount of overdue placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions

The total amount of overdue “Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions” as at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019 was not considered material.

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

208

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information

5.1 Scope of consolidation

When calculating the Group’s consolidated (the “Group”) capital adequacy ratios, BOCG Investment, BOC Insurance, BOCG Insurance and BOCG Life were excluded from the scope of consolidation in accordance with requirements of the CBIRC. For the Bank’s unconsolidated (the “Bank”) capital adequacy ratio calculations, only the branches were included, while the subsidiaries and other affiliates were excluded.

5.2 Capital adequacy ratio

The Group and the Bank calculate the capital adequacy ratios in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) as follows:

Group Bank As at

30 June 2020

As at 31 December

2019

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Net common equity tier 1 capital 1,640,569 1,596,378 1,361,016 1,346,623 Net tier 1 capital 1,910,664 1,806,435 1,620,480 1,546,517 Net capital 2,298,846 2,201,278 1,994,511 1,927,188 Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 11.01% 11.30% 10.55% 10.99% Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 12.82% 12.79% 12.56% 12.62% Capital adequacy ratio 15.42% 15.59% 15.46% 15.72%

5.3 Risk-weighted assets

The Group’s risk-weighted assets are as follows:

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Credit risk-weighted assets 13,893,194 13,126,382 Market risk-weighted assets 143,608 130,173 Operational risk-weighted assets 867,360 867,360 Risk-weighted assets increment required to reach capital floor – –

Total risk-weighted assets 14,904,162 14,123,915

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

209

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

5.4 Credit risk exposures

The Group’s credit risk exposures analyzed by the calculation methods are as follows:

As at 30 June 2020 On-balance

sheet credit risk

Off-balance sheet

credit risk Counterparty

credit risk Total

Exposures covered by Internal Ratings-based Approach 11,091,948 1,182,400 30,925 12,305,273 Of which: Corporate exposures 6,559,666 973,426 30,925 7,564,017

Retail exposures 4,532,282 208,974 – 4,741,256 Exposures not covered by Internal Ratings-based Approach 12,696,552 551,911 339,386 13,587,849 Of which: Asset securitization 44,070 2,159 – 46,229

Total 23,788,500 1,734,311 370,311 25,893,122

As at 31 December 2019 On-balance

sheet credit risk

Off-balance sheet

credit risk Counterparty

credit risk Total

Exposures covered by Internal Ratings-based Approach 10,381,661 1,162,380 26,962 11,571,003 Of which: Corporate exposures 6,113,281 952,775 26,962 7,093,018

Retail exposures 4,268,380 209,605 – 4,477,985 Exposures not covered by Internal Ratings-based Approach 11,958,037 561,220 274,582 12,793,839 Of which: Asset securitization 47,200 3,807 – 51,007

Total 22,339,698 1,723,600 301,544 24,364,842

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

210

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

5.5 Capital requirements on market risk

The Group’s capital requirements on market risk are as follows:

Capital requirements

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Covered by Internal Model Approach 7,757 7,031 Not covered by Internal Model Approach 3,732 3,383 Interest rate risk 2,886 2,727 Equity risk 345 180 Foreign exchange risk – – Commodity risk 501 476

Total 11,489 10,414

5.6 VaR

The VaR and stressed VaR of the Group covered by the Internal Model Approach are as follows:

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020

Average Maximum Minimum End

VaR 974 2,211 471 1,209 Stressed VaR 1,182 2,211 793 1,210

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Average Maximum Minimum End

VaR 646 1,537 452 681 Stressed VaR 1,462 1,847 1,066 1,274

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

211

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

5.7 Operational risk management

During the reporting period, the Group used the Standardised Approach to measure the consolidated operational risk capital requirement, which amounted to RMB69,389 million. Please refer to the section “Management Discussion and Analysis–Risk Management”.

5.8 Interest rate risk in the banking book

The Group measures interest rate risk in the banking book mainly through the analysis of interest rate repricing gaps, on which the sensitivity analysis is based. The results are as follows.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

Effect on Net Interest Income

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

Items +25 basis points (5,781) (4,534) - 25 basis points 5,781 4,534

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

212

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 1: Composition of capital

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Code

Common equity tier 1 capital 1 Paid-in capital 294,388 294,388 j 2 Retained earnings 1,178,031 1,145,546 2a Surplus reserve 174,128 173,832 r 2b General reserve 246,998 249,983 s 2c Undistributed profits 756,905 721,731 t 3 Accumulated other comprehensive income

(and other reserves) 159,537 150,101 3a Capital reserve 134,269 134,269 m 3b Currency translation differences (9,137) (10,111) q 3c Others 34,405 25,943 o-q 4 Amount attributable to common equity tier 1

capital in the transitional period – – 5 Eligible portion of minority interests 32,725 30,528 u

6 Common equity tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustment 1,664,681 1,620,563

Common equity tier 1 capital: regulatory adjustment 7 Prudential valuation adjustment – – 8 Goodwill (net of deferred tax liabilities

deduction) (182) (182) -h 9 Other intangible assets (excluding land

use rights) (net of deferred tax liabilities deduction) (12,404) (12,936) g-f

10 Net deferred tax assets incurred due to operating losses, relying on the bank’s future profitability to be realized – –

11 Reserve relating to cash-flow hedge items not measured at fair value – – -p

12 Shortfall of loan loss provisions – – 13 Gains on sale of securitization – –

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

213

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Code

14 Unrealized gains and losses that have been resulted from changes in the fair value of liabilities due to changes in own credit risk – –

15 Net pension assets with fixed yield (net of deferred tax liabilities deduction) – –

16 Direct or indirect investments in own shares (20) (7) n 17 Reciprocal cross holdings in common equity

of banks or other financial institutions based on agreement – –

18 Non-significant minority investments in common equity tier 1 capital of financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (deductible part) – –

19 Significant minority investments in common equity tier 1 capital of financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (deductible part) – –

20 Collateralized loan service rights Not applicable Not applicable 21 Deductible amount of other net deferred

tax assets relying on the bank’s future profitability – –

22 Deductible amount of the non-deducted part of common equity tier 1 capital of significant minority investments in financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation and other net deferred tax assets relying on the bank’s future profitability in excess of 15% of common equity tier 1 capital – –

23 Of which: Amount deductible out of significant minority investments in financial institutions – –

24 Of which: Amount deductible out of collateralized loan service rights Not applicable Not applicable

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

214

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Code

25 Of which: Amount deductible out of other net deferred tax assets relying on the bank’s future profitability – –

26a Investment in common equity tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (9,994) (9,955) -e

26b Gap of common equity tier 1 capital of controlled but unconsolidated financial institutions – –

26c Total of other items deductible out of common equity tier 1 capital (1,512) (1,105)

27 Non-deducted gap deductible out of additional tier 1 capital and tier 2 capital – –

28 Total regulatory adjustment of common equity tier 1 capital (24,112) (24,185)

29 Net common equity tier 1 capital 1,640,569 1,596,378

Additional tier 1 capital 30 Additional tier 1 capital instruments and related

premiums 259,464 199,893 31 Of which: Equity part 259,464 199,893 k+l 32 Of which: Liability part – – 33 Instruments non-attributable to additional tier 1

capital after the transitional period – – 34 Eligible portion of minority interests 10,631 10,164 v 35 Of which: Part of instruments

non-attributable to additional tier 1 capital after the transitional period – –

36 Additional tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustment 270,095 210,057

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

215

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Code

Additional tier 1 capital: Regulatory adjustment 37 Direct or indirect investments in additional

tier 1 capital of own banks – – 38 Additional tier 1 capital cross-held between

banks or between the bank and other financial institutions based on agreement – –

39 Non-significant minority investments in additional tier 1 capital of unconsolidated financial institutions (deductible part) – –

40 Significant minority investments in additional tier 1 capital of financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation – –

41a Investment in additional tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation – –

41b Gap of additional tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation – –

41c Other deductions from additional tier 1 capital – – 42 Non-deducted gaps deductible from

tier 2 capital – –

43 Total regulatory adjustment of additional tier 1 capital – –

44 Net additional tier 1 capital 270,095 210,057

45 Net tier 1 capital (net common equity tier 1 capital + net additional tier 1 capital) 1,910,664 1,806,435

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

216

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Code

Tier 2 capital 46 Tier 2 capital instruments issued and

related premium 263,954 280,092 47 Of which: Part of instruments

non-attributable to tier 2 capital after the transitional period 32,911 49,367 i

48 Eligible portion of minority interests 9,487 9,624 49 Of which: Part of minority interests

non-attributable to tier 2 capital after the transitional period – –

50 Excess loan loss provisions included in tier 2 capital 114,741 105,127 -b-d

51 Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustment 388,182 394,843

Tier 2 capital: Regulatory adjustment 52 Tier 2 capital of the bank held directly

or indirectly – – 53 Tier 2 capital cross-held between banks

or between the bank and other financial institutions based on agreement – –

54 Non-significant minority investments in tier 2 capital of financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (deductible part) – –

55 Significant minority investments in tier 2 capital of financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation – –

56a Investment in tier 2 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation – –

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

217

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Code

56b Gap of tier 2 capital of controlled but unconsolidated financial institutions – –

56c Other deductions from tier 2 capital – –

57 Total regulatory adjustment of tier 2 capital – –

58 Net tier 2 capital 388,182 394,843

59 Total net capital (net tier 1 capital + net tier 2 capital) 2,298,846 2,201,278

60 Total risk-weighted assets 14,904,162 14,123,915

Capital adequacy ratio and reserve capital requirement 61 Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 11.01% 11.30% 62 Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 12.82% 12.79% 63 Capital adequacy ratio 15.42% 15.59% 64 Institution-specific capital requirement 4.00% 4.00% 65 Of which: Capital reserve requirement 2.50% 2.50% 66 Of which: Countercyclical reserve

requirement – – 67 Of which: Additional capital requirement of

G-SIBs 1.50% 1.50% 68 Ratio of common equity tier 1 capital meeting

buffer area to risk-weighted assets 6.01% 6.30%

Domestic minimum regulatory capital requirement 69 Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 5.00% 5.00% 70 Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 6.00% 6.00% 71 Capital adequacy ratio 8.00% 8.00%

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

218

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Code

Non-deducted part of threshold deductibles 72 Non-significant minority investments

of financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (non-deductible part) 122,807 115,095

73 Significant minority investments of financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (non-deductible part) 6,814 6,699

74 Collateralized loan service rights (net of deferred tax liabilities deduction) Not applicable Not applicable

75 Other net deferred tax assets relying on the bank’s future profitability (net of deferred tax liabilities deduction) 48,931 42,863

Limit of excess loan loss provisions attributable to tier 2 capital 76 Actual accrued loan loss provisions amount

under the Regulatory Weighting Approach 61,164 34,578 -a 77 Amount of excess loan loss provisions

attributable to tier 2 capital under the Regulatory Weighting Approach 32,243 17,242 -b

78 Actual accrued excess loan loss provisions amount under the Internal Ratings-based Approach 82,498 87,885 -c

79 Amount of excess loan loss provisions attributable to tier 2 capital under the Internal Ratings-based Approach 82,498 87,885 -d

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

219

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Code

Capital instruments meeting exit arrangement 80 Amount attributable to common equity

tier 1 capital of the current period derived from the transitional period arrangement – –

81 Amount non-attributable to common equity tier 1 capital derived from the transitional period arrangement – –

82 Amount attributable to additional tier 1 capital of the current period derived from the transitional period arrangement – –

83 Amount non-attributable to additional tier 1 capital derived from the transitional period arrangement – –

84 Amount attributable to tier 2 capital of the current period derived from the transitional period arrangement 32,911 49,367 i

85 Amount non-attributable to tier 2 capital of the current period derived from the transitional period arrangement 17,089 25,563

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

220

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Annex 2: Financial and regulatory consolidated balance sheet

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019 Financial

consolidated Regulatory

consolidated Financial

consolidated Regulatory

consolidated

ASSETS Cash and balances with central banks 2,179,535 2,179,535 2,143,716 2,143,715 Due from banks and other financial institutions 670,289 663,376 500,560 494,853 Precious metals 171,501 171,501 206,210 206,210 Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions 825,206 822,876 744,572 743,209 Derivative financial assets 114,856 114,737 93,335 93,226 Reverse repurchase transactions 399,967 399,630 154,387 154,049 Loans and advances to customers 13,670,820 13,669,999 12,743,425 12,741,776 Financial investments 5,374,301 5,176,053 5,514,062 5,330,311 — financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 450,655 340,481 518,250 405,233 — financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 2,054,786 2,027,895 2,218,129 2,192,578 — financial assets at amortised cost 2,868,860 2,807,677 2,777,683 2,732,500 Long term equity investment 23,012 54,102 23,210 54,052 Investment properties 23,116 16,242 23,108 16,397 Property and equipment 252,557 96,109 244,540 99,298 Right-of-use assets 22,489 22,101 22,822 24,002 Intangible assets 19,542 18,155 20,255 18,839 Goodwill 2,719 182 2,686 182 Deferred income tax assets 50,295 48,931 44,029 42,863 Other assets 352,650 280,819 288,827 230,814

Total assets 24,152,855 23,734,348 22,769,744 22,393,796

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

221

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019 Financial

consolidated Regulatory

consolidated Financial

consolidated Regulatory

consolidated

LIABILITIES Due to central banks 888,627 888,627 846,277 846,277 Due to banks and other financial institutions 1,611,983 1,611,983 1,668,046 1,668,046 Placements from banks and other financial institutions 394,443 380,622 462,265 449,705 Financial liabilities held for trading 12,510 12,510 19,475 19,475 Derivative financial liabilities 123,271 120,813 90,060 88,210 Repurchase transactions 142,923 142,908 177,410 177,245 Due to customers 17,090,217 17,095,209 15,817,548 15,819,400 Employee benefits payable 29,431 28,055 35,906 34,417 Current tax liabilities 37,981 37,647 59,102 58,795 Contingent liabilities 22,821 22,722 24,469 24,370 Lease liabilities 21,513 21,308 21,590 23,157 Bonds issued 1,087,906 1,009,111 1,096,087 1,025,807 Deferred income tax liabilities 6,240 1,265 5,452 976 Other liabilities 594,376 350,664 469,361 253,352

Total liabilities 22,064,242 21,723,444 20,793,048 20,489,232

EQUITY Share capital 294,388 294,388 294,388 294,388 Other equity instruments 259,464 259,464 199,893 199,893 Of which: Preference shares 179,482 179,482 159,901 159,901 Undated capital bonds 79,982 79,982 39,992 39,992 Capital reserve 136,037 134,269 136,012 134,269 Less: Treasury shares (20) (20) (7) (7) Other comprehensive income 29,997 25,268 19,613 15,832 Surplus reserve 175,152 174,128 174,762 173,832 General reserve 247,114 246,998 250,100 249,983 Undistributed profits 816,310 756,905 776,940 721,731

Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Bank 1,958,442 1,891,400 1,851,701 1,789,921

Non-controlling interests 130,171 119,504 124,995 114,643

Total equity 2,088,613 2,010,904 1,976,696 1,904,564

Total equity and liabilities 24,152,855 23,734,348 22,769,744 22,393,796

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 2: Financial and regulatory consolidated balance sheet (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

222

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Annex 3: Reconciliation and illustration of balance sheet items

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Code

ASSETS Cash and balances with central banks 2,179,535 2,143,715 Due from banks and other financial institutions 663,376 494,853 Precious metals 171,501 206,210 Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions 822,876 743,209 Derivative financial assets 114,737 93,226 Reverse repurchase transactions 399,630 154,049 Loans and advances to customers 13,669,999 12,741,776 Of which: Actual accrued loan loss provisions

amount under the Regulatory Weighting Approach (61,164) (34,578) a

Of which: Amount of excess loan loss provisions attributable to tier 2 capital under the Regulatory Weighting Approach (32,243) (17,242) b

Of which: Actual accrued excess loan loss provisions amount under the Internal Ratings-based Approach (82,498) (87,885) c

Of which: Amount of excess loan loss provisions attributable to tier 2 capital under the Internal Ratings-based Approach (82,498) (87,885) d

Financial investments 5,176,053 5,330,311 — financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 340,481 405,233 — financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 2,027,895 2,192,578 — financial assets at amortised cost 2,807,677 2,732,500 Long term equity investment 54,102 54,052 Of which: Investment in common equity

tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation 9,994 9,955 e

Investment properties 16,242 16,397 Property and equipment 96,109 99,298 Right-of-use assets 22,101 24,002 Intangible assets 18,155 18,839 f Of which: Land use rights 5,751 5,903 g Goodwill 182 182 h Deferred income tax assets 48,931 42,863 Other assets 280,819 230,814

Total assets 23,734,348 22,393,796

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

223

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Code

LIABILITIES Due to central banks 888,627 846,277 Due to banks and other financial institutions 1,611,983 1,668,046 Placements from banks and other financial institutions 380,622 449,705 Financial liabilities held for trading 12,510 19,475 Derivative financial liabilities 120,813 88,210 Repurchase transactions 142,908 177,245 Due to customers 17,095,209 15,819,400 Employee benefits payable 28,055 34,417 Current tax liabilities 37,647 58,795 Contingent liabilities 22,722 24,370 Lease liabilities 21,308 23,157 Bonds issued 1,009,111 1,025,807 Of which: Amount attributable to tier 2 capital

of the current period derived from the transitional period arrangement 32,911 49,367 i

Deferred income tax liabilities 1,265 976 Other liabilities 350,664 253,352

Total liabilities 21,723,444 20,489,232

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 3: Reconciliation and illustration of balance sheet items (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

224

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019 Code

EQUITY Share capital 294,388 294,388 j Other equity instruments 259,464 199,893 Of which: Preference shares 179,482 159,901 k Undated capital bonds 79,982 39,992 l Capital reserve 134,269 134,269 m Less: Treasury shares (20) (7) n Other comprehensive income 25,268 15,832 o Of which: Reserve relating to cash-flow hedge

items not measured at fair value – – p Of which: Currency translation differences (9,137) (10,111) q Surplus reserve 174,128 173,832 r General reserve 246,998 249,983 s Undistributed profits 756,905 721,731 t

Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Bank 1,891,400 1,789,921

Non-controlling interests 119,504 114,643 Of which: Amount attributable to common

equity tier 1 capital 32,725 30,528 u Of which: Amount attributable to additional

tier 1 capital 10,631 10,164 v

Total equity 2,010,904 1,904,564

Total equity and liabilities 23,734,348 22,393,796

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 3: Reconciliation and illustration of balance sheet items (Continued)

41581 (BOC)_20a. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

225

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 225

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

1 Is

su er

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d Ba

nk o

f C hi

na

Li m

ite d

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d Ba

nk o

f C hi

na

Li m

ite d

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d Ba

nk o

f C hi

na

Li m

ite d

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d Ba

nk o

f C hi

na

Li m

ite d

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d

2 Id

en tif

ic at

io n

co de

60 19

88 .S

H 39

88 .H

K 36

00 02

.S H

36 00

10 .S

H 36

00 33

.S H

36 00

35 .S

H 46

19 .H

K 19

28 00

1. IB

20 28

01 4.

IB

3 A

pp lic

ab le

la w

PR C

la w

H on

g K

on g

SA

R la

w PR

C la

w PR

C la

w PR

C la

w PR

C la

w H

on g

K on

g

SA R

la w

PR C

la w

PR C

la w

Re gu

la to

ry p

ro ce

ss in

g

4

O f w

hi ch

: A

pp lic

ab le

to

tra ns

iti on

al p

er io

d ru

le s s

pe ci

fie d

by

Ca pi

ta l R

ul es

fo r

Co m

m er

ci al

B an

ks

(P ro

vi sio

na l)

Co m

m on

e qu

ity

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

Co m

m on

e qu

ity

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

5

O f w

hi ch

: A

pp lic

ab le

to th

e ru

le s a

fte r e

xp ira

tio n

of th

e tra

ns iti

on al

pe

rio d

sp ec

ifi ed

b y

Ca pi

ta l R

ul es

fo r

Co m

m er

ci al

B an

ks

(P ro

vi sio

na l)

Co m

m on

e qu

ity

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

Co m

m on

e qu

ity

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

A dd

iti on

al

tie r 1

c ap

ita l

6 O

f w hi

ch :

A pp

lic ab

le to

b an

k/ gr

ou p

le ve

l

Ba nk

a nd

g ro

up

le ve

l Ba

nk a

nd g

ro up

le

ve l

Ba nk

a nd

g ro

up

le ve

l Ba

nk a

nd g

ro up

le

ve l

Ba nk

a nd

g ro

up

le ve

l Ba

nk a

nd g

ro up

le

ve l

Ba nk

a nd

g ro

up

le ve

l Ba

nk a

nd g

ro up

le

ve l

Ba nk

a nd

g ro

up

le ve

l

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

226

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 226

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Re gu

la to

ry p

ro ce

ss in

g (C

on tin

ue d)

7 In

str um

en t t

yp e

Co m

m on

sh ar

es Co

m m

on sh

ar es

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

U nd

at ed

c ap

ita l

bo nd

s U

nd at

ed c

ap ita

l bo

nd s

8

A m

ou nt

a ttr

ib ut

ab le

to

re gu

la to

ry c

ap ita

l (th

e la

st re

po rti

ng

da y)

28 2,

50 1

14 5,

60 3

31 ,9

63 27

,9 69

72 ,9

79 26

,9 90

19 ,5

81 39

,9 92

39 ,9

90

9 Pa

r v al

ue o

f in

str um

en t

21 0,

76 6

83 ,6

22 32

,0 00

28 ,0

00 73

,0 00

27 ,0

00 19

,7 87

40 ,0

00 40

,0 00

10 A

cc ou

nt in

g tre

at m

en t

Sh ar

e ca

pi ta

l a nd

ca

pi ta

l r es

er ve

Sh ar

e ca

pi ta

l a nd

ca

pi ta

l r es

er ve

O th

er e

qu ity

in

str um

en t

O th

er e

qu ity

in

str um

en t

O th

er e

qu ity

in

str um

en t

O th

er e

qu ity

in

str um

en t

O th

er e

qu ity

in

str um

en t

O th

er e

qu ity

in

str um

en t

O th

er e

qu ity

in

str um

en t

11 In

iti al

is su

in g

da te

20 06

/6 /2

9 20

06 /6

/1 20

06 /6

/9 20

14 /1

1/ 21

20 15

/3 /1

3 20

19 /6

/2 4

20 19

/8 /2

6 20

20 /3

/4 20

19 /1

/2 5

20 20

/4 /2

8

12 Te

rm

(te rm

o r p

er pe

tu al

) Pe

rp et

ua l

Pe rp

et ua

l Pe

rp et

ua l

Pe rp

et ua

l Pe

rp et

ua l

Pe rp

et ua

l Pe

rp et

ua l

Pe rp

et ua

l Pe

rp et

ua l

13 O

f w hi

ch :

O rig

in al

m at

ur ity

da

te N

o m

at ur

ity d

at e

N o

m at

ur ity

d at

e N

o m

at ur

ity d

at e

N o

m at

ur ity

d at

e N

o m

at ur

ity d

at e

N o

m at

ur ity

d at

e N

o m

at ur

ity d

at e

N o

m at

ur ity

d at

e N

o m

at ur

ity d

at e

14 Is

su er

’s re

de m

pt io

n (s

ub je

ct to

re gu

la to

ry

ap pr

ov al

) N

o N

o Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

227

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 227

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Re gu

la to

ry p

ro ce

ss in

g (C

on tin

ue d)

15

O f w

hi ch

: Re

de m

pt io

n da

te

(o r h

av e

re de

m pt

io n

da te

) a nd

a m

ou nt

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f t

he

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s af

te r 5

y ea

rs fr

om

th e

da te

o f i

ss ua

nc e

an d

at e

ve ry

D

iv id

en d

Pa ym

en t

D at

e th

er ea

fte r

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f t

he

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s af

te r 5

y ea

rs fr

om

th e

da te

o f i

ss ua

nc e

an d

at e

ve ry

D

iv id

en d

Pa ym

en t

D at

e th

er ea

fte r

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f

th e

D om

es tic

Pr

ef er

en ce

S ha

re s

af te

r 5 y

ea rs

fr om

th

e da

te o

f i ss

ua nc

e th

er ea

fte r

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f

th e

D om

es tic

Pr

ef er

en ce

S ha

re s

af te

r 5 y

ea rs

fr om

th

e da

te o

f i ss

ua nc

e th

er ea

fte r

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f

th e

O ffs

ho re

Pr

ef er

en ce

S ha

re s

af te

r 5 y

ea rs

fr om

th

e da

te o

f i ss

ua nc

e an

d at

e ve

ry

D iv

id en

d Pa

ym en

t D

at e

th er

ea fte

r

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f t

he

Bo nd

s a fte

r 5 y

ea rs

fro

m th

e da

te o

f iss

ua nc

e an

d at

ev

er y

D ist

rib ut

io n

Pa ym

en t D

at e

th er

ea fte

r

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f t

he

Bo nd

s a fte

r 5 y

ea rs

fro

m th

e da

te o

f iss

ua nc

e an

d at

ev

er y

D ist

rib ut

io n

Pa ym

en t D

at e

th er

ea fte

r

16

O f w

hi ch

: Su

bs eq

ue nt

re

de m

pt io

n da

te

(if a

ny )

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f t

he

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s af

te r 5

y ea

rs fr

om

th e

da te

o f i

ss ua

nc e

an d

at e

ve ry

D

iv id

en d

Pa ym

en t

D at

e th

er ea

fte r

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f t

he

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s af

te r 5

y ea

rs fr

om

th e

da te

o f i

ss ua

nc e

an d

at e

ve ry

D

iv id

en d

Pa ym

en t

D at

e th

er ea

fte r

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f

th e

D om

es tic

Pr

ef er

en ce

S ha

re s

af te

r 5 y

ea rs

fr om

th

e da

te o

f i ss

ua nc

e th

er ea

fte r

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f

th e

D om

es tic

Pr

ef er

en ce

S ha

re s

af te

r 5 y

ea rs

fr om

th

e da

te o

f i ss

ua nc

e th

er ea

fte r

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk h

as th

e rig

ht to

re de

em

al l o

r p ar

t o f

th e

O ffs

ho re

Pr

ef er

en ce

S ha

re s

af te

r 5 y

ea rs

fr om

th

e da

te o

f i ss

ua nc

e an

d at

e ve

ry

D iv

id en

d Pa

ym en

t D

at e

th er

ea fte

r

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk m

ay

re de

em th

e Bo

nd s

in w

ho le

o r i

n pa

rt on

e ac

h D

ist rib

ut io

n Pa

ym en

t D at

e fro

m a

nd in

cl ud

in g

5 ye

ar s a

fte r t

he

iss ua

nc e

of th

e Bo

nd s.

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th

e Ba

nk m

ay

re de

em th

e Bo

nd s

in w

ho le

o r i

n pa

rt on

e ac

h D

ist rib

ut io

n Pa

ym en

t D at

e fro

m a

nd in

cl ud

in g

5 ye

ar s a

fte r t

he

iss ua

nc e

of th

e Bo

nd s.

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

228

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 228

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Re gu

la to

ry p

ro ce

ss in

g (C

on tin

ue d)

Th e

Ba nk

h as

th e

rig ht

to re

de em

al

l, bu

t n ot

so m

e,

of th

e Bo

nd s i

n th

e fo

llo w

in g

ci rc

um sta

nc es

: A

fte r t

he is

su an

ce ,

th e

Bo nd

s w ill

n o

lo ng

er q

ua lif

y as

A

dd iti

on al

T ie

r 1

Ca pi

ta l o

f t he

iss

ue r a

s a re

su lt

of

an u

nf or

es ee

ab le

ch

an ge

o r

am en

dm en

t i n

th e

re le

va nt

p ro

vi sio

ns

of su

pe rv

iso ry

re

gu la

tio ns

Th e

Ba nk

h as

th e

rig ht

to re

de em

al

l, bu

t n ot

so m

e,

of th

e Bo

nd s i

n th

e fo

llo w

in g

ci rc

um sta

nc es

: A

fte r t

he is

su an

ce ,

th e

Bo nd

s w ill

n o

lo ng

er q

ua lif

y as

A

dd iti

on al

T ie

r 1

Ca pi

ta l o

f t he

iss

ue r a

s a re

su lt

of

an u

nf or

es ee

ab le

ch

an ge

o r

am en

dm en

t i n

th e

re le

va nt

p ro

vi sio

ns

of su

pe rv

iso ry

re

gu la

tio ns

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

229

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 229

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t

17

O f w

hi ch

: Fi

xe d

or fl

oa tin

g di

vi de

nd o

r i nt

er es

t pa

ym en

t

Fl oa

tin g

Fl oa

tin g

Fi xe

d Fi

xe d

A dj

us ta

bl e

di vi

de nd

ra te

A dj

us ta

bl e

di vi

de nd

ra te

A dj

us ta

bl e

di vi

de nd

ra te

A dj

us ta

bl e

di str

ib ut

io n

ra te

A dj

us ta

bl e

di str

ib ut

io n

ra te

18 O

f w hi

ch :

Co up

on ra

te a

nd

re le

va nt

in di

ca to

rs N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le 6.

00 %

(d

iv id

en d

yi el

d,

be fo

re ta

x)

5. 50

%

(d iv

id en

d yi

el d,

be

fo re

ta x)

4. 50

% (d

iv id

en d

yi el

d, b

ef or

e ta

x)

fo r t

he fi

rs t f

iv e

ye ar

s, is

re se

t ba

se d

on th

e be

nc hm

ar k

ra te

pl

us a

fi xe

d sp

re ad

at

th e

di vi

de nd

re

se t d

at e

ev er

y fiv

e ye

ar s,

an d

th e

di vi

de nd

y ie

ld

du rin

g ea

ch re

se t

pe rio

d re

m ai

ns

un ch

an ge

d

4. 35

% (d

iv id

en d

yi el

d, b

ef or

e ta

x)

fo r t

he fi

rs t f

iv e

ye ar

s, is

re se

t ba

se d

on th

e be

nc hm

ar k

ra te

pl

us a

fi xe

d sp

re ad

at

th e

di vi

de nd

re

se t d

at e

ev er

y fiv

e ye

ar s,

an d

th e

di vi

de nd

y ie

ld

du rin

g ea

ch re

se t

pe rio

d re

m ai

ns

un ch

an ge

d

3. 60

% (d

iv id

en d

yi el

d, a

fte r t

ax ) f

or

th e

fir st

fiv e

ye ar

s, is

re se

t b as

ed o

n th

e be

nc hm

ar k

ra te

pl

us a

fi xe

d sp

re ad

at

th e

di vi

de nd

re

se t d

at e

ev er

y fiv

e ye

ar s,

an d

th e

di vi

de nd

y ie

ld

du rin

g ea

ch re

se t

pe rio

d re

m ai

ns

un ch

an ge

d

4. 50

% in

th e

fir st

5 ye

ar s.

Th e

di str

ib ut

io n

ra te

w

ill b

e ad

ju ste

d by

th e

yi el

d to

m

at ur

ity o

f t he

ap

pl ic

ab le

5

ye ar

s C hi

ne se

go

ve rn

m en

t b on

ds

pl us

a fi

xe d

sp re

ad ,

w ith

a d

ist rib

ut io

n ra

te a

dj us

tm en

t pe

rio d

ev er

y 5

ye ar

s a fte

r t he

pa

ym en

t d at

e. T

he

di str

ib ut

io n

ra te

is

fix ed

d ur

in g

ea ch

ad

ju stm

en t p

er io

d

3. 40

% in

th e

fir st

5 ye

ar s.

Th e

di str

ib ut

io n

ra te

w

ill b

e ad

ju ste

d by

th e

yi el

d to

m

at ur

ity o

f t he

ap

pl ic

ab le

5

ye ar

s C hi

ne se

go

ve rn

m en

t b on

ds

pl us

a fi

xe d

sp re

ad ,

w ith

a d

ist rib

ut io

n ra

te a

dj us

tm en

t pe

rio d

ev er

y 5

ye ar

s a fte

r t he

pa

ym en

t d at

e. T

he

di str

ib ut

io n

ra te

is

fix ed

d ur

in g

ea ch

ad

ju stm

en t p

er io

d

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

230

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 230

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

19

O f w

hi ch

: Ex

ist en

ce o

f di

vi de

nd b

ra ke

m

ec ha

ni sm

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

Y es

Y es

Y es

Y es

Y es

Y es

Y es

20

O f w

hi ch

: D

isc re

tio n

to c

an ce

l di

vi de

nd o

r i nt

er es

t pa

ym en

t

Fu ll

di sc

re tio

n Fu

ll di

sc re

tio n

Fu ll

di sc

re tio

n Fu

ll di

sc re

tio n

Fu ll

di sc

re tio

n Fu

ll di

sc re

tio n

Fu ll

di sc

re tio

n Fu

ll di

sc re

tio n

Fu ll

di sc

re tio

n

21

O f w

hi ch

: Ex

ist en

ce o

f re

de m

pt io

n in

ce nt

iv e

m ec

ha ni

sm

N o

N o

N o

N o

N o

N o

N o

N o

N o

22 O

f w hi

ch :

Cu m

ul at

iv e

or

no nc

um ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e

23 Co

nv er

sio n

in to

sh

ar es

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

Y es

Y es

Y es

Y es

Y es

N o

N o

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

231

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 231

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

24

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify th

e tri

gg er

c on

di tio

n fo

r sh

ar e

co nv

er sio

n, if

al

lo w

ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

(1 ) U

po n

th e

oc cu

rre nc

e of

a ny

A

dd iti

on al

T ie

r 1

Ca pi

ta l I

ns tru

m en

t Tr

ig ge

r E ve

nt , t

ha t

is, th

e CE

T1 C

A R

dr

op s t

o 5.

12 5%

or

b el

ow , t

he

D om

es tic

Pr

ef er

en ce

S ha

re s

sh al

l b e

w ho

lly o

r pa

rtl y

co nv

er te

d in

to A

S ha

re s

so a

s t o

re sto

re

th e

CE T1

C A

R ab

ov e

th e

tri gg

er

po in

t; (2

) u po

n th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of

an y

Ti er

2 C

ap ita

l In

str um

en t

(1 ) U

po n

th e

oc cu

rre nc

e of

a ny

A

dd iti

on al

T ie

r 1

Ca pi

ta l I

ns tru

m en

t Tr

ig ge

r E ve

nt , t

ha t

is, th

e CE

T1 C

A R

dr

op s t

o 5.

12 5%

or

b el

ow , t

he

D om

es tic

Pr

ef er

en ce

S ha

re s

sh al

l b e

w ho

lly o

r pa

rtl y

co nv

er te

d in

to A

S ha

re s

so a

s t o

re sto

re

th e

CE T1

C A

R ab

ov e

th e

tri gg

er

po in

t; (2

) u po

n th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of

an y

Ti er

2 C

ap ita

l In

str um

en t

(1 ) U

po n

th e

oc cu

rre nc

e of

a ny

A

dd iti

on al

T ie

r 1

Ca pi

ta l I

ns tru

m en

t Tr

ig ge

r E ve

nt , t

ha t

is, th

e CE

T1 C

A R

dr

op s t

o 5.

12 5%

or

b el

ow , t

he

D om

es tic

Pr

ef er

en ce

S ha

re s

sh al

l b e

w ho

lly o

r pa

rtl y

co nv

er te

d in

to A

S ha

re s

so a

s t o

re sto

re

th e

CE T1

C A

R ab

ov e

th e

tri gg

er

po in

t; (2

) u po

n th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of

an y

Ti er

2 C

ap ita

l In

str um

en t

(1 ) U

po n

th e

oc cu

rre nc

e of

a ny

A

dd iti

on al

T ie

r 1

Ca pi

ta l I

ns tru

m en

t Tr

ig ge

r E ve

nt , t

ha t

is, th

e CE

T1 C

A R

dr

op s t

o 5.

12 5%

or

b el

ow , t

he

D om

es tic

Pr

ef er

en ce

S ha

re s

sh al

l b e

w ho

lly o

r pa

rtl y

co nv

er te

d in

to A

S ha

re s

so a

s t o

re sto

re

th e

CE T1

C A

R ab

ov e

th e

tri gg

er

po in

t; (2

) u po

n th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of

an y

Ti er

2 C

ap ita

l In

str um

en t

(1 ) U

po n

th e

oc cu

rre nc

e of

a ny

A

dd iti

on al

T ie

r 1

Ca pi

ta l I

ns tru

m en

t Tr

ig ge

r E ve

nt , t

ha t

is, th

e CE

T1 C

A R

dr

op s t

o 5.

12 5%

or

b el

ow , t

he

O ffs

ho re

Pr

ef er

en ce

S ha

re s

sh al

l b e

w ho

lly o

r pa

rtl y

co nv

er te

d in

to H

S ha

re s

so a

s t o

re sto

re

th e

CE T1

C A

R ab

ov e

th e

tri gg

er

po in

t; (2

) u po

n th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of

an y

Ti er

2 C

ap ita

l In

str um

en t

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

232

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 232

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

Tr ig

ge r E

ve nt

, a ll

of th

e D

om es

tic

Pr ef

er en

ce

Sh ar

es sh

al l b

e co

nv er

te d

in to

A

Sh ar

es . “

Ti er

2

Ca pi

ta l I

ns tru

m en

t Tr

ig ge

r E ve

nt ”

m ea

ns e

ith er

o f

th e

fo llo

w in

g ci

rc um

sta nc

es

(w hi

ch ev

er is

ea

rli er

): (i)

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

c on

cl ud

ed

th at

a c

on ve

rs io

n or

w rit

e- of

f i s

ne ce

ss ar

y w

ith ou

t w

hi ch

th e

Ba nk

w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le ; o

r

Tr ig

ge r E

ve nt

, a ll

of th

e D

om es

tic

Pr ef

er en

ce

Sh ar

es sh

al l b

e co

nv er

te d

in to

A

Sh ar

es . “

Ti er

2

Ca pi

ta l I

ns tru

m en

t Tr

ig ge

r E ve

nt ”

m ea

ns e

ith er

o f

th e

fo llo

w in

g ci

rc um

sta nc

es

(w hi

ch ev

er is

ea

rli er

): (i)

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

c on

cl ud

ed

th at

a c

on ve

rs io

n or

w rit

e- of

f i s

ne ce

ss ar

y w

ith ou

t w

hi ch

th e

Ba nk

w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le ; o

r

Tr ig

ge r E

ve nt

, a ll

of th

e D

om es

tic

Pr ef

er en

ce

Sh ar

es sh

al l b

e co

nv er

te d

in to

A

Sh ar

es . “

Ti er

2

Ca pi

ta l I

ns tru

m en

t Tr

ig ge

r E ve

nt ”

m ea

ns e

ith er

o f

th e

fo llo

w in

g ci

rc um

sta nc

es

(w hi

ch ev

er is

ea

rli er

): (i)

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

c on

cl ud

ed

th at

a c

on ve

rs io

n or

w rit

e- of

f i s

ne ce

ss ar

y w

ith ou

t w

hi ch

th e

Ba nk

w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le ; o

r

Tr ig

ge r E

ve nt

, a ll

of th

e D

om es

tic

Pr ef

er en

ce

Sh ar

es sh

al l b

e co

nv er

te d

in to

A

Sh ar

es . “

Ti er

2

Ca pi

ta l I

ns tru

m en

t Tr

ig ge

r E ve

nt ”

m ea

ns e

ith er

o f

th e

fo llo

w in

g ci

rc um

sta nc

es

(w hi

ch ev

er is

ea

rli er

): (i)

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

c on

cl ud

ed

th at

a c

on ve

rs io

n or

w rit

e- of

f i s

ne ce

ss ar

y w

ith ou

t w

hi ch

th e

Ba nk

w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le ; o

r

Tr ig

ge r E

ve nt

, a ll

of th

e O

ffs ho

re

Pr ef

er en

ce

Sh ar

es sh

al l b

e co

nv er

te d

in to

H

Sh ar

es . “

Ti er

2

Ca pi

ta l I

ns tru

m en

t Tr

ig ge

r E ve

nt ”

m ea

ns e

ith er

o f

th e

fo llo

w in

g ci

rc um

sta nc

es

(w hi

ch ev

er is

ea

rli er

): (i)

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

c on

cl ud

ed

th at

a c

on ve

rs io

n or

w rit

e- of

f i s

ne ce

ss ar

y w

ith ou

t w

hi ch

th e

Ba nk

w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le ; o

r

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

233

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 233

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

(ii ) t

he re

le va

nt

au th

or iti

es h

av in

g co

nc lu

de d

th at

a

pu bl

ic se

ct or

in

je ct

io n

of c

ap ita

l or

e qu

iv al

en t

su pp

or t i

s ne

ce ss

ar y

w ith

ou t

w hi

ch th

e Ba

nk

w ou

ld b

ec om

e no

n- vi

ab le

(ii ) t

he re

le va

nt

au th

or iti

es h

av in

g co

nc lu

de d

th at

a

pu bl

ic se

ct or

in

je ct

io n

of c

ap ita

l or

e qu

iv al

en t

su pp

or t i

s ne

ce ss

ar y

w ith

ou t

w hi

ch th

e Ba

nk

w ou

ld b

ec om

e no

n- vi

ab le

(ii ) t

he re

le va

nt

au th

or iti

es h

av in

g co

nc lu

de d

th at

a

pu bl

ic se

ct or

in

je ct

io n

of c

ap ita

l or

e qu

iv al

en t

su pp

or t i

s ne

ce ss

ar y

w ith

ou t

w hi

ch th

e Ba

nk

w ou

ld b

ec om

e no

n- vi

ab le

(ii ) t

he re

le va

nt

au th

or iti

es h

av in

g co

nc lu

de d

th at

a

pu bl

ic se

ct or

in

je ct

io n

of c

ap ita

l or

e qu

iv al

en t

su pp

or t i

s ne

ce ss

ar y

w ith

ou t

w hi

ch th

e Ba

nk

w ou

ld b

ec om

e no

n- vi

ab le

(ii ) t

he re

le va

nt

au th

or iti

es h

av in

g co

nc lu

de d

th at

a

pu bl

ic se

ct or

in

je ct

io n

of c

ap ita

l or

e qu

iv al

en t

su pp

or t i

s ne

ce ss

ar y

w ith

ou t

w hi

ch th

e Ba

nk

w ou

ld b

ec om

e no

n- vi

ab le

25

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify sh

ar e

co nv

er sio

n in

w ho

le

or in

p ar

t, if

al lo

w ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

W ho

le /p

ar t

W ho

le /p

ar t

W ho

le /p

ar t

W ho

le /p

ar t

W ho

le /p

ar t

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

234

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 234

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

26

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify th

e m

et ho

d to

d et

er m

in e

th e

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e,

if

sh ar

e co

nv er

sio n

is al

lo w

ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

Th e

in iti

al

co m

pu lso

ry

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

of th

e D

om es

tic

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s is

th e

av er

ag e

tra di

ng p

ric e

of A

Sh

ar es

o f t

he B

an k

in th

e 20

tr ad

in g

da ys

p rio

r t o

th e

an no

un ce

m en

t da

te o

f t he

B oa

rd

re so

lu tio

n on

th

e Pr

ef er

en ce

Sh

ar es

is su

an ce

, eq

ui va

le nt

to

RM B2

.6 2

pe r A

Sh

ar e.

A fte

r t he

iss

ua nc

e of

th e

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s, in

th e

ev en

t o f a

ny

di str

ib ut

io n

Th e

in iti

al

co m

pu lso

ry

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

of th

e D

om es

tic

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s is

th e

av er

ag e

tra di

ng p

ric e

of A

Sh

ar es

o f t

he B

an k

in th

e 20

tr ad

in g

da ys

p rio

r t o

th e

an no

un ce

m en

t da

te o

f t he

B oa

rd

re so

lu tio

n on

th

e Pr

ef er

en ce

Sh

ar es

is su

an ce

, eq

ui va

le nt

to

RM B2

.6 2

pe r A

Sh

ar e.

A fte

r t he

iss

ua nc

e of

th e

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s, in

th e

ev en

t o f a

ny

di str

ib ut

io n

Th e

in iti

al

co m

pu lso

ry

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

of th

e D

om es

tic

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s is

th e

av er

ag e

tra di

ng p

ric e

of A

Sh

ar es

o f t

he B

an k

in th

e 20

tr ad

in g

da ys

p rio

r t o

th e

an no

un ce

m en

t da

te o

f t he

B oa

rd

re so

lu tio

n on

th

e Pr

ef er

en ce

Sh

ar es

is su

an ce

, eq

ui va

le nt

to

RM B3

.6 2

pe r A

Sh

ar e.

A fte

r t he

iss

ua nc

e of

th e

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s, in

th e

ev en

t o f a

ny

di str

ib ut

io n

Th e

in iti

al

co m

pu lso

ry

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

of th

e D

om es

tic

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s is

th e

av er

ag e

tra di

ng p

ric e

of A

Sh

ar es

o f t

he B

an k

in th

e 20

tr ad

in g

da ys

p rio

r t o

th e

an no

un ce

m en

t da

te o

f t he

B oa

rd

re so

lu tio

n on

th

e Pr

ef er

en ce

Sh

ar es

is su

an ce

, eq

ui va

le nt

to

RM B3

.6 2

pe r A

Sh

ar e.

A fte

r t he

iss

ua nc

e of

th e

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s, in

th e

ev en

t o f a

ny

di str

ib ut

io n

Th e

in iti

al

co m

pu lso

ry

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

of th

e O

ffs ho

re

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s is

th e

av er

ag e

tra di

ng p

ric e

of H

Sh

ar es

o f t

he B

an k

in th

e 20

tr ad

in g

da ys

p rio

r t o

th e

an no

un ce

m en

t da

te o

f t he

B oa

rd

re so

lu tio

n on

th

e Pr

ef er

en ce

Sh

ar es

is su

an ce

, eq

ui va

le nt

to

H K

D 3.

31 p

er H

Sh

ar e.

A fte

r t he

iss

ua nc

e of

th e

Pr ef

er en

ce S

ha re

s, in

th e

ev en

t o f a

ny

di str

ib ut

io n

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

235

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 235

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

of b

on us

sh ar

es ,

re ca

pi ta

liz at

io n,

iss

ua nc

e of

ne

w sh

ar es

a t

a pr

ic e

lo w

er

th an

th e

m ar

ke t

pr ic

e (e

xc lu

di ng

an

y in

cr ea

se o

f sh

ar e

ca pi

ta l d

ue

to c

on ve

rs io

n of

fi na

nc in

g in

str um

en ts

co nv

er tib

le to

or

di na

ry sh

ar es

iss

ue d

by th

e Ba

nk

(e .g

., pr

ef er

en ce

sh

ar es

, c on

ve rti

bl e

bo nd

s, et

c. )),

o r

rig ht

s i ss

ue fo

r A

Sh ar

es , t

he B

an k

w ill

m ak

e an

ad

ju stm

en t t

o th

e co

m pu

lso ry

of b

on us

sh ar

es ,

re ca

pi ta

liz at

io n,

iss

ua nc

e of

ne

w sh

ar es

a t

a pr

ic e

lo w

er

th an

th e

m ar

ke t

pr ic

e (e

xc lu

di ng

an

y in

cr ea

se o

f sh

ar e

ca pi

ta l d

ue

to c

on ve

rs io

n of

fi na

nc in

g in

str um

en ts

co nv

er tib

le to

or

di na

ry sh

ar es

iss

ue d

by th

e Ba

nk

(e .g

., pr

ef er

en ce

sh

ar es

, c on

ve rti

bl e

bo nd

s, et

c. )),

o r

rig ht

s i ss

ue fo

r A

Sh ar

es , t

he B

an k

w ill

m ak

e an

ad

ju stm

en t t

o th

e co

m pu

lso ry

of b

on us

sh ar

es ,

re ca

pi ta

liz at

io n,

iss

ua nc

e of

ne

w sh

ar es

a t

a pr

ic e

lo w

er

th an

th e

m ar

ke t

pr ic

e (e

xc lu

di ng

an

y in

cr ea

se o

f sh

ar e

ca pi

ta l d

ue

to c

on ve

rs io

n of

fi na

nc in

g in

str um

en ts

co nv

er tib

le to

or

di na

ry sh

ar es

iss

ue d

by th

e Ba

nk

(e .g

., pr

ef er

en ce

sh

ar es

, c on

ve rti

bl e

bo nd

s, et

c. )),

o r

rig ht

s i ss

ue fo

r A

Sh ar

es , t

he B

an k

w ill

m ak

e an

ad

ju stm

en t t

o th

e co

m pu

lso ry

of b

on us

sh ar

es ,

re ca

pi ta

liz at

io n,

iss

ua nc

e of

ne

w sh

ar es

a t

a pr

ic e

lo w

er

th an

th e

m ar

ke t

pr ic

e (e

xc lu

di ng

an

y in

cr ea

se o

f sh

ar e

ca pi

ta l d

ue

to c

on ve

rs io

n of

fi na

nc in

g in

str um

en ts

co nv

er tib

le to

or

di na

ry sh

ar es

iss

ue d

by th

e Ba

nk

(e .g

., pr

ef er

en ce

sh

ar es

, c on

ve rti

bl e

bo nd

s, et

c. )),

o r

rig ht

s i ss

ue fo

r A

Sh ar

es , t

he B

an k

w ill

m ak

e an

ad

ju stm

en t t

o th

e co

m pu

lso ry

of b

on us

sh ar

es ,

re ca

pi ta

liz at

io n,

iss

ua nc

e of

ne

w sh

ar es

a t

a pr

ic e

lo w

er

th an

th e

m ar

ke t

pr ic

e (e

xc lu

di ng

an

y in

cr ea

se o

f sh

ar e

ca pi

ta l d

ue

to c

on ve

rs io

n of

fi na

nc in

g in

str um

en ts

co nv

er tib

le to

or

di na

ry sh

ar es

iss

ue d

by th

e Ba

nk

(e .g

., pr

ef er

en ce

sh

ar es

, c on

ve rti

bl e

bo nd

s, et

c. )),

o r

rig ht

s i ss

ue fo

r H

Sh ar

es , t

he B

an k

w ill

m ak

e an

ad

ju stm

en t t

o th

e co

m pu

lso ry

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

236

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 236

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

to re

fle ct

e ac

h of

su

ch e

ve nt

s o n

a cu

m ul

at iv

e ba

sis

in th

e or

de r o

f th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of

th e

ev en

ts ab

ov e,

bu

t t he

B an

k w

ill n

ot m

ak e

an a

dj us

tm en

t t o

th e

co m

pu lso

ry

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

to

re fle

ct d

ist rib

ut io

n of

c as

h di

vi de

nd s

fo r o

rd in

ar y

sh ar

es

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

to re

fle ct

e ac

h of

su

ch e

ve nt

s o n

a cu

m ul

at iv

e ba

sis

in th

e or

de r o

f th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of

th e

ev en

ts ab

ov e,

bu

t t he

B an

k w

ill n

ot m

ak e

an a

dj us

tm en

t t o

th e

co m

pu lso

ry

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

to

re fle

ct d

ist rib

ut io

n of

c as

h di

vi de

nd s

fo r o

rd in

ar y

sh ar

es

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

to re

fle ct

e ac

h of

su

ch e

ve nt

s o n

a cu

m ul

at iv

e ba

sis

in th

e or

de r o

f th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of

th e

ev en

ts ab

ov e,

bu

t t he

B an

k w

ill n

ot m

ak e

an a

dj us

tm en

t t o

th e

co m

pu lso

ry

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

to

re fle

ct d

ist rib

ut io

n of

c as

h di

vi de

nd s

fo r o

rd in

ar y

sh ar

es

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

to re

fle ct

e ac

h of

su

ch e

ve nt

s o n

a cu

m ul

at iv

e ba

sis

in th

e or

de r o

f th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of

th e

ev en

ts ab

ov e,

bu

t t he

B an

k w

ill n

ot m

ak e

an a

dj us

tm en

t t o

th e

co m

pu lso

ry

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

to

re fle

ct d

ist rib

ut io

n of

c as

h di

vi de

nd s

fo r o

rd in

ar y

sh ar

es

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

to re

fle ct

e ac

h of

su

ch e

ve nt

s o n

a cu

m ul

at iv

e ba

sis

in th

e or

de r o

f th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of

th e

ev en

ts ab

ov e,

bu

t t he

B an

k w

ill n

ot m

ak e

an a

dj us

tm en

t t o

th e

co m

pu lso

ry

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e

to

re fle

ct d

ist rib

ut io

n of

c as

h di

vi de

nd s

fo r o

rd in

ar y

sh ar

es

27

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify

sh ar

e co

nv er

sio n

is m

an da

to ry

o r n

ot ,

if it

is al

lo w

ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

Y es

Y es

Y es

Y es

Y es

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

237

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 237

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

28

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify th

e in

str um

en t t

yp e

af te

r c on

ve rs

io n,

if

al lo

w ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

A c

om m

on sh

ar e

A c

om m

on sh

ar e

A c

om m

on sh

ar e

A c

om m

on sh

ar e

H c

om m

on sh

ar e

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

29

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify

th e

iss ue

r o f t

he

in str

um en

t t yp

e af

te r c

on ve

rs io

n,

if al

lo w

ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d Ba

nk o

f C hi

na

Li m

ite d

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d Ba

nk o

f C hi

na

Li m

ite d

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le

30 W

rit e-

do w

n fe

at ur

e N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o Y

es Y

es

31

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify

th e

tri gg

er p

oi nt

of

w rit

e- do

w n,

if

al lo

w ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le

1. A

n Ad

di tio

na l

Ti er

1 ca

pi tal

tr ig

ge r

ev en

t r ef

er s t

o th

e iss

ue r’s

C om

m on

Eq

ui ty

T ier

1 ca

pi tal

ad

eq ua

cy ra

tio

fa lls

to 5

.1 25

% (o

r be

lo w)

2 . A

T ier

2

ca pi

tal tr

ig ge

r e ve

nt

re fe

rs to

th e e

ar lie

r of

th e f

ol lo

wi ng

ev

en ts:

A N

on -V

ia bi

lit y

Tr ig

ge r E

ve nt

re

fe rs

to th

e ea

rli er

of

th e

fo llo

w in

g ev

en ts:

(a ) t

he

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

de

ci de

d th

at th

e iss

ue r w

ou ld

be

co m

e no

n- vi

ab le

w

ith ou

t a w

rit e-

do w

n;

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

238

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 238

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

(a ) t

he C

BI RC

ha

vi ng

d ec

id ed

th

at th

e iss

ue r

w ou

ld b

ec om

e no

n- vi

ab le

w ith

ou t

a w

rit e-

do w

n;

(b ) a

ny re

le va

nt

au th

or iti

es h

av in

g de

ci de

d th

at a

pu

bl ic

se ct

or

in je

ct io

n of

c ap

ita l

or e

qu iv

al en

t su

pp or

t i s

ne ce

ss ar

y, w

ith ou

t w

hi ch

th e

iss ue

r w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le

(b ) a

ny re

le va

nt

au th

or ity

h av

in g

de ci

de d

th at

a

pu bl

ic se

ct or

in

je ct

io n

of c

ap ita

l or

e qu

iv al

en t

su pp

or t i

s ne

ce ss

ar y,

w ith

ou t

w hi

ch th

e iss

ue r

w ou

ld b

ec om

e no

n- vi

ab le

32

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify w

rit e-

do w

n in

w ho

le o

r i n

pa rt,

if w

rit e-

do w

n is

al lo

w ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le W

rit e-

do w

n in

p ar

t or

in w

ho le

W rit

e- do

w n

in p

ar t

or in

w ho

le

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

239

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 239

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

33

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify

th e

w rit

e- do

w n

is pe

rp et

ua l o

r te

m po

ra ry

, i f w

rit e-

do w

n is

al lo

w ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le Pe

rp et

ua l

w rit

e- do

w n

Pe rp

et ua

l w

rit e-

do w

n

34

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify th

e bo

ok -e

nt ry

v al

ue

re co

ve ry

m ec

ha ni

sm ,

if te

m po

ra ry

w rit

e- do

w n

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le

35

H ie

ra rc

hy o

f c la

im s

(p le

as e

sp ec

ify

in str

um en

t t yp

es

en jo

yi ng

h ig

he r

pr io

rit ie

s)

Th e

lo w

es t p

rio rit

y of

a ll

cl ai

m s

Th e

lo w

es t p

rio rit

y of

a ll

cl ai

m s

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit ,

ge ne

ra l d

eb t,

an d

su bo

rd in

at ed

d eb

t (in

cl ud

in g

tie r 2

ca

pi ta

l b on

d)

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit ,

ge ne

ra l d

eb t,

an d

su bo

rd in

at ed

d eb

t (in

cl ud

in g

tie r 2

ca

pi ta

l b on

d)

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit ,

ge ne

ra l d

eb t,

an d

su bo

rd in

at ed

d eb

t (in

cl ud

in g

tie r 2

ca

pi ta

l b on

d)

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit ,

ge ne

ra l d

eb t,

an d

su bo

rd in

at ed

d eb

t (in

cl ud

in g

tie r 2

ca

pi ta

l b on

d)

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit ,

ge ne

ra l d

eb t,

an d

su bo

rd in

at ed

d eb

t (in

cl ud

in g

tie r 2

ca

pi ta

l b on

d)

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit ,

ge ne

ra l d

eb t,

su bo

rd in

at ed

b on

d an

d tie

r 2 c

ap ita

l bo

nd

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit ,

ge ne

ra l d

eb t,

su bo

rd in

at ed

b on

d an

d tie

r 2 c

ap ita

l bo

nd

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

240

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 240

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(A sh

ar e)

Co m

m on

sh ar

es

(H sh

ar e)

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(D

om es

tic )

Pr ef

er en

ce sh

ar es

(O

ffs ho

re )

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Un da

te d

ca pi

ta l b

on ds

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

36 D

oe s t

he in

str um

en t

co nt

ai n

te m

po ra

ry

ill eg

ib le

a ttr

ib ut

e? N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o

37 O

f w hi

ch :

If ye

s, pl

ea se

sp ec

ify

su ch

a ttr

ib ut

e N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

241

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 241

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

1 Is

su er

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d Ba

nk o

f C hi

na

Li m

ite d

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d Ba

nk o

f C hi

na

Li m

ite d

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d Ba

nk o

f C hi

na

Li m

ite d

Ba nk

o f C

hi na

Li

m ite

d Ba

nk o

f C hi

na

Li m

ite d

2 Id

en tif

ic at

io n

co de

58 28

.H K

17 28

01 7.

IB 17

28 02

0. IB

18 28

00 6.

IB 18

28 01

1. IB

19 28

02 8.

IB 19

28 02

9. IB

19 28

03 3.

IB

3 A

pp lic

ab le

la w

En gl

ish la

w

(P ro

vi sio

ns re

la tin

g to

su bo

rd in

at io

n sh

al l b

e go

ve rn

ed b

y PR

C la

w )

PR C

la w

PR C

la w

PR C

la w

PR C

la w

PR C

la w

PR C

la w

PR C

la w

Re gu

la to

ry p

ro ce

ss in

g

4

O f w

hi ch

: A

pp lic

ab le

to tr

an sit

io na

l pe

rio d

ru le

s s pe

ci fie

d by

C ap

ita l R

ul es

fo r

Co m

m er

ci al

B an

ks

(P ro

vi sio

na l)

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

5

O f w

hi ch

: A

pp lic

ab le

to th

e ru

le s

af te

r e xp

ira tio

n of

th e

tra ns

iti on

al p

er io

d sp

ec ifi

ed b

y Ca

pi ta

l R ul

es

fo r C

om m

er ci

al B

an ks

(P

ro vi

sio na

l)

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

242

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 242

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Re gu

la to

ry p

ro ce

ss in

g (C

on tin

ue d)

6 O

f w hi

ch :

A pp

lic ab

le to

b an

k/ gr

ou p

le ve

l

Ba nk

a nd

g ro

up

le ve

l Ba

nk a

nd g

ro up

le

ve l

Ba nk

a nd

g ro

up

le ve

l Ba

nk a

nd g

ro up

le

ve l

Ba nk

a nd

g ro

up

le ve

l Ba

nk a

nd g

ro up

le

ve l

Ba nk

a nd

g ro

up

le ve

l Ba

nk a

nd g

ro up

le

ve l

7 In

str um

en t t

yp e

El ig

ib le

ti er

2

ca pi

ta l b

on d

El ig

ib le

ti er

2

ca pi

ta l b

on d

El ig

ib le

ti er

2

ca pi

ta l b

on d

El ig

ib le

ti er

2

ca pi

ta l b

on d

El ig

ib le

ti er

2

ca pi

ta l b

on d

El ig

ib le

ti er

2

ca pi

ta l b

on d

El ig

ib le

ti er

2

ca pi

ta l b

on d

El ig

ib le

ti er

2

ca pi

ta l b

on d

8 A

m ou

nt a

ttr ib

ut ab

le to

re

gu la

to ry

c ap

ita l (

th e

la st

re po

rti ng

d ay

) 21

,1 66

29 ,9

68 29

,9 67

39 ,9

86 39

,9 84

29 ,9

89 9,

99 6

29 ,9

87

9 Pa

r v al

ue o

f i ns

tru m

en t

U SD

3. 0

bi lli

on 30

,0 00

30 ,0

00 40

,0 00

40 ,0

00 30

,0 00

10 ,0

00 30

,0 00

10 A

cc ou

nt in

g tre

at m

en t

Bo nd

s i ss

ue d

Bo nd

s i ss

ue d

Bo nd

s i ss

ue d

Bo nd

s i ss

ue d

Bo nd

s i ss

ue d

Bo nd

s i ss

ue d

Bo nd

s i ss

ue d

Bo nd

s i ss

ue d

11 In

iti al

is su

in g

da te

20 14

/1 1/

13 20

17 /9

/2 6

20 17

/1 0/

31 20

18 /9

/3 20

18 /1

0/ 9

20 19

/9 /2

0 20

19 /9

/2 0

20 19

/1 1/

20

12 Te

rm (t

er m

o r p

er pe

tu al

) Te

rm Te

rm Te

rm Te

rm Te

rm Te

rm Te

rm Te

rm

13 O

f w hi

ch :

O rig

in al

m at

ur ity

d at

e 20

24 /1

1/ 13

20 27

/9 /2

8 20

27 /1

1/ 2

20 28

/9 /5

20 28

/1 0/

11 20

29 /9

/2 4

20 34

/9 /2

4 20

29 /1

1/ 22

14 Is

su er

’s re

de m

pt io

n (s

ub je

ct to

re gu

la to

ry

ap pr

ov al

) Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

243

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 243

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Re gu

la to

ry p

ro ce

ss in

g (C

on tin

ue d)

15 O

f w hi

ch : R

ed em

pt io

n da

te

(o r h

av e

re de

m pt

io n

da te

) an

d am

ou nt

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th e

Ba nk

h as

th e

rig ht

to

re de

em a

ll or

p ar

t of

th e

bo nd

a fte

r 5

ye ar

s f ro

m th

e da

te

of is

su an

ce (i

.e .

20 22

/9 /2

8)

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th e

Ba nk

h as

th e

rig ht

to

re de

em a

ll or

p ar

t of

th e

bo nd

a fte

r 5

ye ar

s f ro

m th

e da

te

of is

su an

ce (i

.e .

20 22

/1 1/

2)

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th e

Ba nk

h as

th e

rig ht

to

re de

em a

ll or

p ar

t of

th e

bo nd

a fte

r 5

ye ar

s f ro

m th

e da

te

of is

su an

ce (i

.e .

20 23

/9 /5

)

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th e

Ba nk

h as

th e

rig ht

to

re de

em a

ll or

p ar

t of

th e

bo nd

a fte

r 5

ye ar

s f ro

m th

e da

te

of is

su an

ce (i

.e .

20 23

/1 0/

11 )

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th e

Ba nk

h as

th e

rig ht

to

re de

em a

ll or

p ar

t of

th e

bo nd

a fte

r 5

ye ar

s f ro

m th

e da

te

of is

su an

ce (i

.e .

20 24

/9 /2

4)

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th e

Ba nk

h as

th e

rig ht

to

re de

em a

ll or

p ar

t of

th e

bo nd

a fte

r 10

y ea

rs fr

om th

e da

te o

f i ss

ua nc

e (i.

e.

20 29

/9 /2

4)

Su bj

ec t t

o ap

pr ov

al

by th

e CB

IR C,

th e

Ba nk

h as

th e

rig ht

to

re de

em a

ll or

p ar

t of

th e

bo nd

a fte

r 5

ye ar

s f ro

m th

e da

te

of is

su an

ce (i

.e .

20 24

/1 1/

22 )

16 O

f w hi

ch :

Su bs

eq ue

nt re

de m

pt io

n da

te (i

f a ny

)

Su bj

ec t t

o th

e Re

de m

pt io

n Co

nd iti

on s,

th e

bo nd

s a re

re

de em

ab le

a t t

he

op tio

n of

th e

iss ue

r at

th ei

r o ut

sta nd

in g

pr in

ci pa

l a m

ou nt

, to

ge th

er w

ith

ac cr

ue d

bu t u

np ai

d in

te re

st, if

a c

ha ng

e in

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns o

cc ur

s a t

an y

tim e

so lo

ng

Su bj

ec t t

o th

e Re

de m

pt io

n Co

nd iti

on s,

th e

bo nd

s a re

re

de em

ab le

a t t

he

op tio

n of

th e

iss ue

r at

th ei

r o ut

sta nd

in g

pr in

ci pa

l a m

ou nt

, to

ge th

er w

ith

ac cr

ue d

bu t u

np ai

d in

te re

st, if

a c

ha ng

e in

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns o

cc ur

s a t

an y

tim e

so lo

ng

Su bj

ec t t

o th

e Re

de m

pt io

n Co

nd iti

on s,

th e

bo nd

s a re

re

de em

ab le

a t t

he

op tio

n of

th e

iss ue

r at

th ei

r o ut

sta nd

in g

pr in

ci pa

l a m

ou nt

, to

ge th

er w

ith

ac cr

ue d

bu t u

np ai

d in

te re

st, if

a c

ha ng

e in

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns o

cc ur

s a t

an y

tim e

so lo

ng

Su bj

ec t t

o th

e Re

de m

pt io

n Co

nd iti

on s,

th e

bo nd

s a re

re

de em

ab le

a t t

he

op tio

n of

th e

iss ue

r at

th ei

r o ut

sta nd

in g

pr in

ci pa

l a m

ou nt

, to

ge th

er w

ith

ac cr

ue d

bu t u

np ai

d in

te re

st, if

a c

ha ng

e in

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns o

cc ur

s a t

an y

tim e

so lo

ng

Su bj

ec t t

o th

e Re

de m

pt io

n Co

nd iti

on s,

th e

bo nd

s a re

re

de em

ab le

a t t

he

op tio

n of

th e

iss ue

r at

th ei

r o ut

sta nd

in g

pr in

ci pa

l a m

ou nt

, to

ge th

er w

ith

ac cr

ue d

bu t u

np ai

d in

te re

st, if

a c

ha ng

e in

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns o

cc ur

s a t

an y

tim e

so lo

ng

Su bj

ec t t

o th

e Re

de m

pt io

n Co

nd iti

on s,

th e

bo nd

s a re

re

de em

ab le

a t t

he

op tio

n of

th e

iss ue

r at

th ei

r o ut

sta nd

in g

pr in

ci pa

l a m

ou nt

, to

ge th

er w

ith

ac cr

ue d

bu t u

np ai

d in

te re

st, if

a c

ha ng

e in

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns o

cc ur

s a t

an y

tim e

so lo

ng

Su bj

ec t t

o th

e Re

de m

pt io

n Co

nd iti

on s,

th e

bo nd

s a re

re

de em

ab le

a t t

he

op tio

n of

th e

iss ue

r at

th ei

r o ut

sta nd

in g

pr in

ci pa

l a m

ou nt

, to

ge th

er w

ith

ac cr

ue d

bu t u

np ai

d in

te re

st, if

a c

ha ng

e in

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns o

cc ur

s a t

an y

tim e

so lo

ng

Su bj

ec t t

o th

e Re

de m

pt io

n Co

nd iti

on s,

th e

bo nd

s a re

re

de em

ab le

a t t

he

op tio

n of

th e

iss ue

r at

th ei

r o ut

sta nd

in g

pr in

ci pa

l a m

ou nt

, to

ge th

er w

ith

ac cr

ue d

bu t u

np ai

d in

te re

st, if

a c

ha ng

e in

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns o

cc ur

s a t

an y

tim e

so lo

ng

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

244

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 244

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Re gu

la to

ry p

ro ce

ss in

g (C

on tin

ue d)

as th

e bo

nd s a

re

ou tst

an di

ng w

hi ch

ha

s t he

e ffe

ct th

at

th e

bo nd

s, af

te r

ha vi

ng q

ua lif

ie d

as

su ch

, w ill

fu lly

b e

di sq

ua lif

ie d

fro m

th

e Ti

er 2

C ap

ita l o

f th

e iss

ue r u

nd er

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns

pr ov

id ed

th at

th e

iss ue

r s ha

ll ob

ta in

th

e pr

io r w

rit te

n co

ns en

t a nd

sa tis

fy

ce rta

in o

th er

co

nd iti

on s

as th

e bo

nd s a

re

ou tst

an di

ng w

hi ch

ha

s t he

e ffe

ct th

at

th e

bo nd

s, af

te r

ha vi

ng q

ua lif

ie d

as

su ch

, w ill

fu lly

b e

di sq

ua lif

ie d

fro m

th

e Ti

er 2

C ap

ita l o

f th

e iss

ue r u

nd er

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns

pr ov

id ed

th at

th e

iss ue

r s ha

ll ob

ta in

th

e pr

io r w

rit te

n co

ns en

t a nd

sa tis

fy

ce rta

in o

th er

co

nd iti

on s

as th

e bo

nd s a

re

ou tst

an di

ng w

hi ch

ha

s t he

e ffe

ct th

at

th e

bo nd

s, af

te r

ha vi

ng q

ua lif

ie d

as

su ch

, w ill

fu lly

b e

di sq

ua lif

ie d

fro m

th

e Ti

er 2

C ap

ita l o

f th

e iss

ue r u

nd er

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns

pr ov

id ed

th at

th e

iss ue

r s ha

ll ob

ta in

th

e pr

io r w

rit te

n co

ns en

t a nd

sa tis

fy

ce rta

in o

th er

co

nd iti

on s

as th

e bo

nd s a

re

ou tst

an di

ng w

hi ch

ha

s t he

e ffe

ct th

at

th e

bo nd

s, af

te r

ha vi

ng q

ua lif

ie d

as

su ch

, w ill

fu lly

b e

di sq

ua lif

ie d

fro m

th

e Ti

er 2

C ap

ita l o

f th

e iss

ue r u

nd er

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns

pr ov

id ed

th at

th e

iss ue

r s ha

ll ob

ta in

th

e pr

io r w

rit te

n co

ns en

t a nd

sa tis

fy

ce rta

in o

th er

co

nd iti

on s

as th

e bo

nd s a

re

ou tst

an di

ng w

hi ch

ha

s t he

e ffe

ct th

at

th e

bo nd

s, af

te r

ha vi

ng q

ua lif

ie d

as

su ch

, w ill

fu lly

b e

di sq

ua lif

ie d

fro m

th

e Ti

er 2

C ap

ita l o

f th

e iss

ue r u

nd er

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns

pr ov

id ed

th at

th e

iss ue

r s ha

ll ob

ta in

th

e pr

io r w

rit te

n co

ns en

t a nd

sa tis

fy

ce rta

in o

th er

co

nd iti

on s

as th

e bo

nd s a

re

ou tst

an di

ng w

hi ch

ha

s t he

e ffe

ct th

at

th e

bo nd

s, af

te r

ha vi

ng q

ua lif

ie d

as

su ch

, w ill

fu lly

b e

di sq

ua lif

ie d

fro m

th

e Ti

er 2

C ap

ita l o

f th

e iss

ue r u

nd er

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns

pr ov

id ed

th at

th e

iss ue

r s ha

ll ob

ta in

th

e pr

io r w

rit te

n co

ns en

t a nd

sa tis

fy

ce rta

in o

th er

co

nd iti

on s

as th

e bo

nd s a

re

ou tst

an di

ng w

hi ch

ha

s t he

e ffe

ct th

at

th e

bo nd

s, af

te r

ha vi

ng q

ua lif

ie d

as

su ch

, w ill

fu lly

b e

di sq

ua lif

ie d

fro m

th

e Ti

er 2

C ap

ita l o

f th

e iss

ue r u

nd er

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns

pr ov

id ed

th at

th e

iss ue

r s ha

ll ob

ta in

th

e pr

io r w

rit te

n co

ns en

t a nd

sa tis

fy

ce rta

in o

th er

co

nd iti

on s

as th

e bo

nd s a

re

ou tst

an di

ng w

hi ch

ha

s t he

e ffe

ct th

at

th e

bo nd

s, af

te r

ha vi

ng q

ua lif

ie d

as

su ch

, w ill

fu lly

b e

di sq

ua lif

ie d

fro m

th

e Ti

er 2

C ap

ita l o

f th

e iss

ue r u

nd er

th e

re la

te d

re gu

la tio

ns

pr ov

id ed

th at

th e

iss ue

r s ha

ll ob

ta in

th

e pr

io r w

rit te

n co

ns en

t a nd

sa tis

fy

ce rta

in o

th er

co

nd iti

on s

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

245

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 245

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t

17 O

f w hi

ch :

Fi xe

d or

fl oa

tin g

di vi

de nd

or

in te

re st

pa ym

en t

Fi xe

d Fi

xe d

Fi xe

d Fi

xe d

Fi xe

d Fi

xe d

Fi xe

d Fi

xe d

18 O

f w hi

ch :

Co up

on ra

te a

nd re

le va

nt

in di

ca to

rs 5.

00 %

4. 45

% 4.

45 %

4. 86

% 4.

84 %

3. 98

% 4.

34 %

4. 01

%

19 O

f w hi

ch :

Ex ist

en ce

o f d

iv id

en d

br ak

e m

ec ha

ni sm

N o

N o

N o

N o

N o

N o

N o

N o

20

O f w

hi ch

: D

isc re

tio n

to c

an ce

l di

vi de

nd o

r i nt

er es

t pa

ym en

t

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

21 O

f w hi

ch :

Ex ist

en ce

o f r

ed em

pt io

n in

ce nt

iv e

m ec

ha ni

sm N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o

22 O

f w hi

ch :

Cu m

ul at

iv e

or

no nc

um ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e N

on cu

m ul

at iv

e

23 Co

nv er

sio n

in to

sh ar

es N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

246

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 246

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

24

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify th

e tri

gg er

co

nd iti

on fo

r s ha

re

co nv

er sio

n, if

a llo

w ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

25

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify sh

ar e

co nv

er sio

n in

w ho

le o

r i n

pa rt,

if a

llo w

ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

26

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify th

e m

et ho

d to

d et

er m

in e

th e

co nv

er sio

n pr

ic e,

if sh

ar e

co nv

er sio

n is

al lo

w ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

27

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify sh

ar e

co nv

er sio

n is

m an

da to

ry o

r no

t, if

it is

al lo

w ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

28

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify th

e in

str um

en t t

yp e

af te

r co

nv er

sio n,

if a

llo w

ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

247

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 247

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

29

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify th

e iss

ue r o

f th

e in

str um

en t t

yp e

af te

r co

nv er

sio n,

if a

llo w

ed

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

30 W

rit e-

do w

n fe

at ur

e Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es Y

es

31

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify th

e tri

gg er

po

in t o

f w rit

e- do

w n,

if

al lo

w ed

“N on

-V ia

bi lit

y Ev

en t”

m ea

ns th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of th

e ea

rli er

o f e

ith er

:(i )

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

de

ci de

d th

at a

w rit

e- of

f i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch

th e

iss ue

r w ou

ld

be co

m e

no n-

vi ab

le ;

or (i

i) an

y re

le va

nt

au th

or ity

h av

in g

de ci

de d

th at

a p

ub lic

se

ct or

in je

ct io

n of

ca

pi ta

l o r e

qu iv

al en

t su

pp or

t i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch th

e iss

ue r w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le

“N on

-V ia

bi lit

y Ev

en t”

m ea

ns th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of th

e ea

rli er

o f e

ith er

:(i )

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

de

ci de

d th

at a

w rit

e- of

f i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch

th e

iss ue

r w ou

ld

be co

m e

no n-

vi ab

le ;

or (i

i) an

y re

le va

nt

au th

or ity

h av

in g

de ci

de d

th at

a p

ub lic

se

ct or

in je

ct io

n of

ca

pi ta

l o r e

qu iv

al en

t su

pp or

t i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch th

e iss

ue r w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le

“N on

-V ia

bi lit

y Ev

en t”

m ea

ns th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of th

e ea

rli er

o f e

ith er

:(i )

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

de

ci de

d th

at a

w rit

e- of

f i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch

th e

iss ue

r w ou

ld

be co

m e

no n-

vi ab

le ;

or (i

i) an

y re

le va

nt

au th

or ity

h av

in g

de ci

de d

th at

a p

ub lic

se

ct or

in je

ct io

n of

ca

pi ta

l o r e

qu iv

al en

t su

pp or

t i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch th

e iss

ue r w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le

“N on

-V ia

bi lit

y Ev

en t”

m ea

ns th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of th

e ea

rli er

o f e

ith er

:(i )

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

de

ci de

d th

at a

w rit

e- of

f i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch

th e

iss ue

r w ou

ld

be co

m e

no n-

vi ab

le ;

or (i

i) an

y re

le va

nt

au th

or ity

h av

in g

de ci

de d

th at

a p

ub lic

se

ct or

in je

ct io

n of

ca

pi ta

l o r e

qu iv

al en

t su

pp or

t i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch th

e iss

ue r w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le

“N on

-V ia

bi lit

y Ev

en t”

m ea

ns th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of th

e ea

rli er

o f e

ith er

:(i )

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

de

ci de

d th

at a

w rit

e- of

f i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch

th e

iss ue

r w ou

ld

be co

m e

no n-

vi ab

le ;

or (i

i) an

y re

le va

nt

au th

or ity

h av

in g

de ci

de d

th at

a p

ub lic

se

ct or

in je

ct io

n of

ca

pi ta

l o r e

qu iv

al en

t su

pp or

t i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch th

e iss

ue r w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le

“N on

-V ia

bi lit

y Ev

en t”

m ea

ns th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of th

e ea

rli er

o f e

ith er

:(i )

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

de

ci de

d th

at a

w rit

e- of

f i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch

th e

iss ue

r w ou

ld

be co

m e

no n-

vi ab

le ;

or (i

i) an

y re

le va

nt

au th

or ity

h av

in g

de ci

de d

th at

a p

ub lic

se

ct or

in je

ct io

n of

ca

pi ta

l o r e

qu iv

al en

t su

pp or

t i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch th

e iss

ue r w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le

“N on

-V ia

bi lit

y Ev

en t”

m ea

ns th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of th

e ea

rli er

o f e

ith er

:(i )

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

de

ci de

d th

at a

w rit

e- of

f i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch

th e

iss ue

r w ou

ld

be co

m e

no n-

vi ab

le ;

or (i

i) an

y re

le va

nt

au th

or ity

h av

in g

de ci

de d

th at

a p

ub lic

se

ct or

in je

ct io

n of

ca

pi ta

l o r e

qu iv

al en

t su

pp or

t i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch th

e iss

ue r w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le

“N on

-V ia

bi lit

y Ev

en t”

m ea

ns th

e oc

cu rre

nc e

of th

e ea

rli er

o f e

ith er

:(i )

th e

CB IR

C ha

vi ng

de

ci de

d th

at a

w rit

e- of

f i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch

th e

iss ue

r w ou

ld

be co

m e

no n-

vi ab

le ;

or (i

i) an

y re

le va

nt

au th

or ity

h av

in g

de ci

de d

th at

a p

ub lic

se

ct or

in je

ct io

n of

ca

pi ta

l o r e

qu iv

al en

t su

pp or

t i s n

ec es

sa ry

, w

ith ou

t w hi

ch th

e iss

ue r w

ou ld

b ec

om e

no n-

vi ab

le

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

248

B A

N K

O F

C H

IN A

L IM

IT E

D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (A

m o

u n

ts i

n m

il li

o n

s o

f R

en m

in b

i, u

n le

ss o

th er

w is

e st

at ed

)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C P. 248

II

U N

A U

D IT

E D

S U

P P

L E

M E

N T

A R

Y I

N F

O R

M A

T IO

N (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

No .

It em

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Ti er

2 c

ap ita

l in

st ru

m en

t Ti

er 2

c ap

ita l

in st

ru m

en t

Di vi

de nd

o r

in te

re st

p ay

m en

t ( Co

nt in

ue d)

32

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify w

rit e-

do w

n in

w ho

le o

r i n

pa rt,

if w

rit e-

do w

n is

al lo

w ed

W rit

e- do

w n

in p

ar t

or in

w ho

le W

rit e-

do w

n in

p ar

t or

in w

ho le

W rit

e- do

w n

in p

ar t

or in

w ho

le W

rit e-

do w

n in

p ar

t or

in w

ho le

W rit

e- do

w n

in p

ar t

or in

w ho

le W

rit e-

do w

n in

p ar

t or

in w

ho le

W rit

e- do

w n

in p

ar t

or in

w ho

le W

rit e-

do w

n in

p ar

t or

in w

ho le

33

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify th

e w

rit e-

do w

n is

pe rp

et ua

l o r

te m

po ra

ry , i

f w rit

e- do

w n

is al

lo w

ed

Pe rp

et ua

l w

rit e-

do w

n Pe

rp et

ua l

w rit

e- do

w n

Pe rp

et ua

l w

rit e-

do w

n Pe

rp et

ua l

w rit

e- do

w n

Pe rp

et ua

l w

rit e-

do w

n Pe

rp et

ua l

w rit

e- do

w n

Pe rp

et ua

l w

rit e-

do w

n Pe

rp et

ua l

w rit

e- do

w n

34

O f w

hi ch

: Pl

ea se

sp ec

ify th

e bo

ok -e

nt ry

v al

ue re

co ve

ry

m ec

ha ni

sm , i

f t em

po ra

ry

w rit

e- do

w n

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

35 H

ie ra

rc hy

o f c

la im

s ( pl

ea se

sp

ec ify

in str

um en

t t yp

es

en jo

yi ng

h ig

he r p

rio rit

ie s)

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit or

an

d ge

ne ra

l c re

di to

r

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit or

an

d ge

ne ra

l c re

di to

r

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit or

an

d ge

ne ra

l c re

di to

r

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit or

an

d ge

ne ra

l c re

di to

r

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit or

an

d ge

ne ra

l c re

di to

r

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit or

an

d ge

ne ra

l c re

di to

r

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit or

an

d ge

ne ra

l c re

di to

r

Th e

lo w

er p

rio rit

y be

hi nd

th e

de po

sit or

an

d ge

ne ra

l c re

di to

r

36 D

oe s t

he in

str um

en t

co nt

ai n

te m

po ra

ry il

le gi

bl e

at tri

bu te

? N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o N

o

37 O

f w hi

ch : I

f y es

, p le

as e

sp ec

ify su

ch a

ttr ib

ut e

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

N ot

a pp

lic ab

le N

ot a

pp lic

ab le

5 C

ap it

al a

d eq

u ac

y ra

ti o

su p

p le

m en

ta ry

i n

fo rm

at io

n (

C on

ti n

u ed

)

A n

n ex

4 :

M ai

n a

tt ri

b u

te s

of c

ap it

al i

n st

ru m

en ts

( C

on ti

n u

ed )

249

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

6 Leverage ratio

The leverage ratios of the Group calculated in accordance with the Administrative Measures for the Leverage Ratio of Commercial Banks (Revised) and the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) are as follows(1):

2020 2019

As at 30 June

As at 31 March

As at 31 December

As at 30 September

Net tier 1 capital 1,910,664 1,886,811 1,806,435 1,823,977 Adjusted on- and off-balance sheet assets 25,687,399 25,579,088 24,303,201 24,085,613

Leverage ratio 7.44% 7.38% 7.43% 7.57%

No. Items As at 30 June 2020

1 Total consolidated assets 24,152,855 2 Adjustments that are consolidated for accounting purposes

but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (9,994) 3 Adjustments for fiduciary assets – 4 Adjustments for derivative financial instruments 183,016 5 Adjustments for securities financing transactions 93,268 6 Adjustments for off-balance sheet exposures 1,700,424 7 Other adjustments (432,170)

8 Adjusted on- and off-balance sheet assets 25,687,399

250

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

41581 (BOC)_20b. Supplementary Information 25/08/2020 22:17 M28 HKEX E>C

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

No. Items As at 30 June 2020

1 On-balance sheet assets (excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions) 23,219,980

2 Less: Tier 1 capital deductions (24,112)

3 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) 23,195,868

4 Replacement cost associated with all derivative transactions (i.e. net of eligible cash variation margin) 114,737

5 Add-on amounts for potential future exposure associated with all derivative transactions 183,135

6 Gross-up for derivative collateral provided where deducted from the balance sheet assets –

7 Less: Deductions of receivable assets for cash variation margin provided in derivative transactions –

8 Less: Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures – 9 Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives – 10 Less: Deductible amounts for written credit derivatives –

11 Total derivative exposures 297,872 12 Accounting balance for securities financing transaction assets 399,630 13 Less: Deducted amounts for securities financing transaction

assets – 14 Counterparty credit risk exposure for securities financing

transaction assets 93,605 15 Agent transaction exposures –

16 Balance of assets in securities financing transactions 493,235 17 Off-balance sheet items 4,866,497 18 Less: Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts (3,166,073)

19 Adjusted off-balance sheet exposures 1,700,424 20 Net tier 1 capital 1,910,664 21 Adjusted on- and off-balance sheet exposures 25,687,399

22 Leverage ratio 7.44%

(1) When calculating the consolidated leverage ratio, BOCG Investment, BOC Insurance, BOCG Insurance and BOCG Life were excluded from the scope of consolidation in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional).

6 Leverage ratio (Continued)

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q2/._Bank of China - Interim Results Aug 2029.pdf

AS1 support/Q3/.DS_Store

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q3/._.DS_Store

AS1 support/Q3/BoE's response to coronavirus.docx

· BoE's response to coronavirus

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q3/._BoE's response to coronavirus.docx

AS1 support/Q3/Doc-Bank of China - Interim Results Aug 2029.docx

Bank of China Limited

Stock Code: 3988 (Ordinary H-Share)

4619 (Offshore Preference Share)

2020 Interim Report

The print version of the Bank’s 2020 Interim Report, to be published in September 2020, will supersede this version.

Contents Definitions 2 Important Notice 5 Corporate Information 6 Financial Highlights 8 Overview of Operating Performance 10 Management Discussion and Analysis 12 Financial Review 12 Business Review 24 Risk Management 47 Social Responsibilities 56 Outlook 58 Changes in Share Capital and Shareholdings of Shareholders 59 Directors, Supervisors, Senior Management Members and Staff 64 Corporate Governance 68 Significant Events 74 Report on Review of Interim Financial Information 81 Interim Financial Information 82

Definitions

In this report, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the meanings set out below:

The Bank/the Group Bank of China Limited or its predecessors and,

except where the context otherwise requires, all of the

subsidiaries of Bank of China Limited

Articles of Association The performing Articles of Association of the Bank

A Share Domestic investment share(s) in the ordinary share capital

of the Bank, with a nominal value of RMB1.00 each,

which are listed on SSE (Stock Code: 601988)

Basis Point (Bp, Bps) Measurement unit of changes in interest rate or exchange

rate. 1 basis point is equivalent to 0.01 percentage point

BOC Asset Investment BOC Financial Asset Investment Co., Ltd.

BOC Aviation BOC Aviation Limited, a public company limited by

shares incorporated in Singapore under the Singapore

Companies Act, the shares of which are listed on the Hong

Kong Stock Exchange

BOC Insurance Bank of China Insurance Company Limited

BOCL BOC Financial Leasing Co., Ltd.

BOC Life BOC Group Life Assurance Co., Ltd.

BOCG Insurance Bank of China Group Insurance Company Limited

BOCG Investment Bank of China Group Investment Limited

BOCHK Bank of China (Hong Kong) Limited, an authorised

financial institution incorporated under the laws of

Hong Kong and a wholly-owned subsidiary of BOCHK

(Holdings)

BOCHK (Holdings) BOC Hong Kong (Holdings) Limited, a company

incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong, the ordinary

shares of which are listed on the Hong Kong Stock

Exchange

BOCI BOC International Holdings Limited

BOCI China

BOC International (China) Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in the Chinese mainland, the ordinary shares of which are listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange

BOCIM

Bank of China Investment Management Co., Ltd.

BOC-Samsung Life

BOC-Samsung Life Ins. Co., Ltd.

BOC Wealth Management

BOC Wealth Management Co., Ltd.

CAS

Chinese Accounting Standards

CBIRC

China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission

Central and Southern China

The area including, for the purpose of this report, the branches of Henan, Hubei, Hunan, Guangdong, Shenzhen, Guangxi and Hainan

Company Law

The Company Law of PRC

CSRC

China Securities Regulatory Commission

Eastern China

The area including, for the purpose of this report, the branches of Shanghai, Jiangsu, Suzhou, Zhejiang, Ningbo, Anhui, Fujian, Jiangxi, Shandong and Qingdao

HKEX

Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited

Hong Kong Listing Rules

The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

Hong Kong Stock Exchange

The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

H Share

Overseas-listed foreign investment share(s) in the ordinary share capital of the Bank, with a nominal value of RMB1.00 each, which are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and traded in Hong Kong dollars (Stock Code:

3988)

IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards

Independent Director

Independent director under the listing rules of SSE and the Articles of Association, and independent non-executive director under the Hong Kong Listing Rules

MOF

Ministry of Finance, PRC

Northeastern China

The area including, for the purpose of this report, the branches of Heilongjiang, Jilin, Liaoning and Dalian

Northern China

The area including, for the purpose of this report, the branches of Beijing, Tianjin, Hebei, Shanxi, Inner Mongolia and the Head Office

PBOC

The People’s Bank of China, PRC

PRC

The People’s Republic of China

RMB

Renminbi, the lawful currency of PRC

SFO

Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

SSE

The Shanghai Stock Exchange

Western China

The area including, for the purpose of this report, the branches of Chongqing, Sichuan, Guizhou, Yunnan, Shaanxi, Gansu, Ningxia, Qinghai, Tibet and Xinjiang

Important Notice

The Board of Directors, the Board of Supervisors, directors, supervisors and senior management members of the Bank warrant that the information in this report is authentic, accurate and complete, contains no false record, misleading statement or material omission, and jointly and severally accept full responsibility for the information in this report.

The 2020 Interim Report and Interim Results Announcement of the Bank have been approved on 30 August 2020 by the Board of Directors of the Bank. The number of directors who should attend the meeting is 14, with 11 directors attending the meeting in person. Executive Director Mr. LIN Jingzhen appointed Executive Director Mr. WANG Wei as his authorised proxy to attend and vote on his behalf. Independent Directors Ms. Angela CHAO and Mr. JIANG Guohua both appointed Independent Director Mr. WANG Changyun as their authorised proxy to attend and vote on their behalf. 14 directors of the Bank exercised their voting rights at the meeting. The supervisors and senior management members of the Bank attended the meeting as non-voting attendees.

The 2020 interim financial statements prepared by the Bank in accordance with CAS and IFRS have been reviewed by Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP and Ernst & Young in accordance with the Chinese and international standards on review engagements, respectively.

Legal Representative and Chairman of the Board of Directors LIU Liange, Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and President WANG Jiang, who is also responsible for the Bank’s finance and accounting, and General Manager of the Financial Management Department WU Jianguang warrant the authenticity, accuracy and completeness of the financial statements in this report.

As considered and approved by the 2019 Annual General Meeting, the Bank distributed the 2019 cash dividend of RMB1.91 per ten shares (before tax) to ordinary shareholders whose names appeared on the register of members of the Bank as at market close on 14 July 2020, amounting to approximately RMB56.228 billion (before tax) in total. The Bank did not distribute an interim dividend on ordinary shares for 2020, nor did it propose any capitalisation of capital reserve into share capital.

During the reporting period, there was no misappropriation of the Bank’s funds by its controlling shareholder or other related parties for non-operating purposes and no material guarantee business that violated the applicable regulations and procedures.

This report may contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and future plans. These forward-looking statements are based on the Bank’s own information and information from other sources that the Bank believes to be reliable. They relate to future events or the Bank’s future financial, business or other performance and are subject to a number of factors and uncertainties that may cause the actual results to differ materially. Any future plans mentioned do not constitute a substantive commitment by the Bank to its investors. Investors and people concerned should be fully aware of the risks and understand the differences between plans, forecast and commitment.

The Bank is faced with risks arising from changes in the macroeconomic environment and from political and economic conditions in different countries and regions as well as risks arising from its day-to-day operations, including the risk arising from changes in the credit status of borrowers, adverse changes in market prices and operational risk. It shall at the same time meet regulatory and compliance requirements. The Bank actively adopts adequate measures to effectively manage all types of risks. Please refer to the section “Management Discussion and Analysis — Risk Management” for details.

2

2

Corporate Information

Registered Name in Chinese

中國銀行股份有限公司 (“中國銀行”)

Registered Name in English

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

(“Bank of China”)

Legal Representative and Chairman LIU Liange

Vice Chairman and President WANG Jiang

Secretary to the Board of Directors and

Company Secretary MEI Feiqi Office Address:

No. 1 Fuxingmen Nei Dajie, Xicheng District,

Beijing, China

Telephone: (86) 10-6659 2638

Facsimile: (86) 10-6659 4568 E-mail: [email protected]

Listing Affairs Representative

YU Ke

Office Address:

No. 1 Fuxingmen Nei Dajie, Xicheng District,

Beijing, China

Telephone: (86) 10-6659 2638

Facsimile: (86) 10-6659 4568 E-mail: [email protected]

Registered Address

No. 1 Fuxingmen Nei Dajie, Xicheng District,

Beijing, China

Office Address

No. 1 Fuxingmen Nei Dajie, Xicheng District,

Beijing, China, 100818

Telephone: (86) 10-6659 6688

Facsimile: (86) 10-6601 6871

Website: www.boc.cn

Customer Service and Complaint Hotline:

(86) Area Code-95566

Place of Business in Hong Kong

Bank of China Tower, 1 Garden Road, Central,

Hong Kong, China

Selected Newspapers for Information

Disclosure (A Share)

China Securities Journal, Shanghai Securities News, Securities Times, Securities Daily

Website Designated by CSRC for Publication of the Interim Report www.sse.com.cn

Website of HKEX for Publication of the Interim Report www.hkexnews.hk

Place where Interim Report can be

Obtained

Head Office of Bank of China Limited

Shanghai Stock Exchange

Registered Capital

RMB294,387,791,241

Securities Information

A Share Shanghai Stock Exchange

Stock Name: 中國銀行

Stock Code: 601988

H Share

The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

Stock Name: Bank of China Stock Code: 3988

Domestic Preference Share

Shanghai Stock Exchange

First Tranche

Stock Name: 中行優1 Stock Code: 360002

Second Tranche

Stock Name: 中行優2 Stock Code: 360010

Third Tranche

Stock Name: 中行優3 Stock Code: 360033

Fourth Tranche

Stock Name: 中行優4

Stock Code: 360035

Offshore Preference Share (Second Tranche)

The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

Stock Name: BOC 20USDPREF Stock Code: 4619

A-Share Registrar

Shanghai Branch of China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited Office Address:

3/F, China Insurance Building,

166 East Lujiazui Road,

Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China

Telephone: (86) 21-3887 4800

H-Share Registrar

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited Office Address:

17M Floor, Hopewell Centre,

183 Queen’s Road East, Wan Chai,

Hong Kong, China

Telephone: (852) 2862 8555 Facsimile: (852) 2865 0990

Domestic Preference Share Registrar

Shanghai Branch of China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited Office Address:

3/F, China Insurance Building,

166 East Lujiazui Road,

Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China

Telephone: (86) 21-3887 4800

Joint Sponsors for Domestic Preference Share

(Third Tranche, Fourth Tranche) CITIC Securities Company Limited Office Address:

North Tower, Excellence Times Plaza II,

No. 8 Zhongxinsan Road, Futian District,

Shenzhen,

Guangdong Prov., China Sponsor Representatives:

MA Xiaolong, WANG Chen

BOC International (China) Co., Ltd. Office Address:

39/F, BOC Building,

200 Mid. Yincheng Road,

Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China Sponsor Representatives:

DONG Wendan, LIU Guoqiang

Continuous Supervision Period

From 17 July 2019 to 31 December 2020

(Third Tranche)

From 26 August 2019 to 31 December 2020

(Fourth Tranche)

Financial Highlights

Note: The financial information in this report has been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The data are presented in RMB and reflect amounts related to the Group, unless otherwise noted.

Unit: RMB million

For the six-month For the six-month For the six-month period ended period ended period ended

Note 30 June 2020 30 June 2019 30 June 2018

Results of operations Net interest income

196,895

181,684

172,451

Non-interest income

1

90,088

95,004

79,031

Operating income

286,983

276,688

251,482

Operating expenses

(90,946)

(91,130)

(82,132)

Impairment losses on assets

(66,484)

(33,670)

(28,270)

Operating profit

129,553

151,888

141,080

Profit before income tax

129,616

152,558

141,961

Profit for the period

107,812

121,442

115,575

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank

100,917

114,048

109,088

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

0.32

0.38

0.37

Key financial ratios

Return on average total assets (%)

2

0.92

1.12

1.16

Return on average equity (%)

3

11.10

14.56

15.29

Net interest margin (%)

4

1.82

1.83

1.88

Non-interest income to operating income (%)

5

31.39

34.34

31.43

Cost to income ratio (calculated under regulations in the Chinese mainland, %)

6

23.41

24.63

25.78

Credit cost (%)

7

0.90

0.59

0.57

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

As at 31 December 2018

Statement of financial position Total assets

24,152,855

22,769,744

21,267,275

Loans, gross

14,040,165

13,068,785

11,819,272

Allowance for loan impairment losses

8

(369,912)

(325,923)

(303,781)

Investments

9

5,374,301

5,514,062

5,054,551

Total liabilities

22,064,242

20,793,048

19,541,878

Due to customers

17,090,217

15,817,548

14,883,596

Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Bank

1,958,442

1,851,701

1,612,980

Share capital

294,388

294,388

294,388

Net assets per share (RMB)

10

5.77

5.61

5.14

Capital ratios

11

Common equity tier 1 capital

1,664,681

1,620,563

1,488,010

Additional tier 1 capital

270,095

210,057

109,524

Tier 2 capital

388,182

394,843

347,473

Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio (%)

11.01

11.30

11.41

Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio (%)

12.82

12.79

12.27

Capital adequacy ratio (%)

15.42

15.59

14.97

Asset quality

Credit-impaired loans to total loans (%)

12

1.42

1.37

1.42

Non-performing loans to total loans (%)

13

1.42

1.37

1.42

Allowance for loan impairment losses to non-performing loans (%)

14

186.46

182.86

181.97

Allowance for loan impairment losses to total loans (%)

15

3.13

2.97

3.07

Notes:

1 Non-interest income = net fee and commission income + net trading gains/(losses) + net gains/(losses) on transfers of financial asset + other operating income.

2 Return on average total assets = profit for the period ÷ average total assets × 100%, annualised. Average total assets = (total assets at the beginning of reporting period + total assets at the end of reporting period) ÷ 2.

3 Return on average equity = profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Bank ÷ weighted average capital and reserves attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Bank × 100%, annualised. Calculation is based on No. 9 Preparation and Reporting Rules of Information Disclosure of Public Offering Companies — Calculation and Disclosure of Return on Average Equity and Earnings per Share (Revised in 2010) (CSRC Announcement [2010] No. 2) issued by the CSRC.

4 Net interest margin = net interest income ÷ average balance of interest-earning assets × 100%, annualised. Average balance is average daily balance derived from the Bank’s management accounts (unreviewed).

5 Non-interest income to operating income = non-interest income ÷ operating income × 100%.

6 Cost to income ratio is calculated in accordance with the Measures of the Performance Evaluation of Financial Enterprises (Cai Jin [2016] No. 35) formulated by the MOF.

7 Credit cost = impairment losses on loans ÷ average balance of loans × 100%, annualised. Average balance of loans = (balance of loans at the beginning of reporting period + balance of loans at the end of reporting period) ÷ 2. Total loans are exclusive of accrued interest when being used to calculate credit cost.

8 Allowance for loan impairment losses = allowance for loans at amortised cost + allowance for loans at fair value through other comprehensive income.

9 The data on investments include financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and financial assets at amortised cost.

10 Net assets per share = (capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Bank at the end of reporting period – other equity instruments) ÷ number of ordinary shares in issue at the end of reporting period.

11 The capital ratios are calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) (Y.J.H.L. [2012] No. 1) and related regulations, under the advanced approaches.

12 Credit-impaired loans to total loans = credit-impaired loans at the end of reporting period ÷ total loans at the end of reporting period × 100%. Total loans are exclusive of accrued interest when being used to calculate credit-impaired loans to total loans.

13 Non-performing loans to total loans = non-performing loans at the end of reporting period ÷ total loans at the end of reporting period × 100%. Total loans are exclusive of accrued interest when being used to calculate non-performing loans to total loans.

14 Allowance for loan impairment losses to non-performing loans = allowance for loan impairment losses at the end of reporting period ÷ non-performing loans at the end of reporting period × 100%. Total loans are exclusive of accrued interest when being used to calculate allowance for loan impairment losses to non-performing loans.

15 Allowance for loan impairment losses to total loans = allowance for loan impairment losses at the end of reporting period ÷ total loans at the end of reporting period × 100%. Calculation is based on the data of the Bank’s institutions in the Chinese mainland. Total loans are exclusive of accrued interest when being used to calculate allowance for loan impairment losses to total loans.

Overview of Operating Performance

In face of the unexpected worldwide COVID-19 pandemic outbreak and complicated business conditions since the beginning of 2020, the Bank applied the new development philosophy. With 2020 designated as the “Year of Enhanced Implementation”, it coordinated the fight against COVID-19 and each work in pursuit of reform and development, stimulated vitality, made agile response, and achieved breakthroughs in key areas, maintaining the sound momentum of making progress while ensuring stability.

Steadily increasing assets and liabilities and realising generally stable financial performance

The Bank took the initiative to address changes in the domestic and global situation by strengthening business expansion and further reinforcing internal management. Its business performance remained stable. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s assets totalled RMB24,152.855 billion and its liabilities stood at RMB22,064.242 billion, representing an increase of 6.07% and 6.11% respectively compared with the prior year-end. In the first half of 2020, the Group realised steady growth in operating income and pre-provision operating profit, achieving a profit for the period of RMB107.812 billion and a profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank of RMB100.917 billion. Its return on average total assets (ROA) stood at 0.92% and return on average equity (ROE) was 11.10%. The cost to income ratio continued to fall, and operational efficiency increased.

Mounting a robust and well-organised fight against COVID-19 and enabling targeted financial services

Earnestly performing its responsibilities as a large bank, the Bank implemented state requirements to ensure stability on six fronts and security in six areas, and took a multi-pronged approach to support the resumption of work and production and the development of real economy. It took the initiative to launch 30 measures for supporting Hubei Province in beating COVID-19 and reopening its economy. By issuing a series of innovative products such as anti-pandemic bonds and special interbank certificates of deposit, it financed the fight against COVID-19 through a suite of channels. The Bank created customised “Anti-virus Loan” and “Work Resumption Loan” products for micro and small-sized enterprises and self-employed individuals, helping them to pull through a difficult period. It continuously increased credit resources for such key fields as inclusive finance, private enterprises and manufacturing, achieving a 39% increase in the balance of its outstanding inclusive finance loans granted to micro and small-sized enterprises[footnoteRef:1] over the same period of the previous year. The Bank introduced 13 measures to “stabilise foreign trade” and the amount of its ECA-backed financing grew at a relatively rapid pace. It adopted active measures to prevent and control the virus, and was effective in ensuring employee safety and the continuity of its business operations. [1: Inclusive finance loans granted to micro and small-sized enterprises are measured in accordance with the Circular of the General Office of China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission on Promoting the Work of “Volume Increase, Coverage Expansion, Quality Improvement and Cost Reduction” Concerning Financial Services for Micro and Small-sized Enterprises in 2020 (Yin Bao Jian Ban Fa [2020] No. 29).]

Advancing strategy implementation and properly addressing the challenges of in-depth reform

The Bank continued to deepen reform and innovation, in line with its strategic development goals. It achieved progress in strategy implementation and successfully carried out all tasks related to its high-quality development. The Bank made new breakthroughs in the development of its core businesses. It continuously cemented the foundations of its corporate banking business, effectively improved its personal banking customer base, realised stable growth in financial markets business, took crucial steps forward in the regional integration of its overseas institutions, further improved the layout of its diversified operations and boosted its service capabilities. The Bank recorded fresh results in the reform of key fields, sped up its digital transformation, and made orderly progress in key projects including enterprise-level architecture development, the building of strategic scenarios and ecosystems, data governance, smart operations and outlet transformation.

Maintaining stable asset quality and enhancing risk resilience

The Bank continued to improve its comprehensive risk management system, strengthened investigations of potential risks in key fields, actively promoted the collection and mitigation of non-performing assets (NPAs) and managed to maintain the Group’s asset quality at a stable level. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s outstanding non-performing loans (NPLs) stood at RMB198.382 billion, with an NPL ratio of 1.42%, the allowance for loan impairment losses to NPLs was up to 186.46%. The Bank took effective measures to control liquidity and market risk in response to market fluctuations, maintaining key risk indicators at a stable level. It bolstered its capital replenishment efforts by successfully completing the issuance of RMB40.0 billion of undated capital bonds and USD2.82 billion of offshore preference shares, thus maintaining its capital adequacy ratios at high levels.

Management Discussion and Analysis

Financial Review

Economic and Financial Environment

In the first half of 2020, the shock of the COVID-19 pandemic sent the world economy into recession, disrupted global industrial and supply chains, caused a sharp contraction in international trade and investment, and resulted in rising geopolitical risks. The growth rate of the US economy dropped significantly, the Eurozone economy sank into a continued recession, and Japan’s economy recorded negative growth for three consecutive quarters. Many emerging market economies stood on the verge of a debt crisis.

Global financial markets were highly volatile, witnessing a notable increase in various uncertainties and destabilising factors including rising debt default risk. Major economies vigorously promoted ultra-accommodative monetary policies, with low or even negative interest rates becoming normalised around the world. The USD Index fell after an initial increase, while the currencies of some emerging market economies depreciated substantially. The stock markets of major economies rallied moderately after a sharp decline, while the prices of commodities, including crude oil, picked up following an initial plunge. The gold price rose significantly.

Facing the shock of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Chinese economy showed great resilience. As policies for controlling COVID-19 and promoting economic and social development were introduced and implemented, daily life and work began to recover at a faster pace, major economic indicators gradually rebounded and market expectations improved on the whole, indicating China’s overall economic fundamentals of stable growth and solid long-term momentum remaining intact. In the first half of 2020, China’s gross domestic product (GDP) fell by 1.6% compared with the same period of last year, of which grew by 3.2% year-on-year in the second quarter. The consumer price index (CPI) rose by 3.8% year-on-year. Meanwhile, the employment situation was generally stable and the imports and exports were better than expected.

China’s sound monetary policy was more flexible and appropriate. The PBOC used a variety of tools such as required reserve ratio cuts, interest rate cuts and central bank lending, developed new monetary policy instruments that directly stimulated the real economy, provided stronger targeted support to inclusive micro and small-sized enterprises, and guided broad money supply and aggregate financing to reasonable growth, so as to lower the financing costs of enterprises in a stable manner. As at 30 June 2020, the outstanding broad money supply (M2) was RMB213.5 trillion, an increase of 11.1% year-on-year. Outstanding all-system financing aggregates stood at RMB271.8 trillion, an increase of 12.8% year-on-year. The balance of RMB loans reached RMB165.2 trillion, an increase of 13.2% year-on-year. The RMB exchange rate was kept generally stable at an adaptive and equilibrium level. At 30 June 2020, the central parity rate of the RMB against the USD was 7.0795, a depreciation of 1.46% compared with the prior yearend. China’s financial markets were stable overall and opened further wider. The SSE Composite Index fell by 65.45 points compared with the prior year-end. The combined market capitalisation of the Shanghai and Shenzhen Stock Exchanges stood at RMB52.06 trillion, an increase of 17.49% year-on-year.

Income Statement Analysis

In the first half of 2020, the Group achieved a profit for the period of RMB107.812 billion, a decrease of 11.22% compared with the same period of the prior year. It realised a profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank of RMB100.917 billion, a decrease of 11.51% compared with the same period of the prior year. Return on average total assets (ROA) was 0.92%, and return on average equity (ROE) was 11.10%.

The principal components and changes of the Group’s consolidated income statement are set forth below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

Items

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2020

For the six-month period ended

30 June 2019

Change

Change (%)

Net interest income

196,895

181,684

15,211

8.37%

Non-interest income

90,088

95,004

(4,916)

(5.17%)

Including: net fee and commission income

50,342

50,564

(222)

(0.44%)

Operating income

286,983

276,688

10,295

3.72%

Operating expenses

(90,946)

(91,130)

184

(0.20%)

Impairment losses on assets

(66,484)

(33,670)

(32,814)

97.46%

Operating profit

129,553

151,888

(22,335)

(14.70%)

Profit before income tax

129,616

152,558

(22,942)

(15.04%)

Income tax expense

(21,804)

(31,116)

9,312

(29.93%)

Profit for the period

107,812

121,442

(13,630)

(11.22%)

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank

100,917

114,048

(13,131)

(11.51%)

A detailed review of the Group’s principal items in each quarter is summarised in the following table:

Unit: RMB million

For the three-month period ended

Items

30

June

2020

31

March 2020

31

December 2019

30

September

2019

30

June

2019

31

March 2019

Operating income

138,440

148,543

133,153

140,169

135,682

141,006

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank

48,334

52,583

27,826

45,531

63,083

50,965

Net cash flow from operating activities

(296,989)

434,346

76,461

(469,833)

144,262

(235,156)

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

In the first half of 2020, the Group achieved a net interest income of RMB196.895 billion, an increase of RMB15.211 billion or 8.37% compared with the same period of the prior year. The average balances[footnoteRef:2] and average interest rates of the major interest-earning assets and interestbearing liabilities of the Group, as well as the impact on interest income/expense of variances in the volume factor and the interest rate factor[footnoteRef:3], are summarised in the following table: [2: Average balances are average daily balances derived from the Group’s management accounts (unreviewed).] [3: The impact on interest income/expense of variances in the volume factor is calculated based on the changes in average balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during the reporting period. The impact on interest income/expense of variances in the interest rate factor is calculated based on the changes in the average interest rates of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during the reporting period. The impact relating to the combined changes in both the volume factor and the interest rate factor has been classified as changes in interest rate factor.]

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2020

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2019

Analysis of changes in interest income/expense

Items

Average

balance

Interest income/ expense

Average interest rate

Average

balance

Interest income/ expense

Average interest

rate

Volume factor

Interest rate factor

Total

Interest-earning assets

Loans

13,300,149

268,880

4.07%

11,834,692

253,135

4.31%

31,408

(15,663)

15,745

Investments

4,839,648

76,475

3.18%

4,789,954

76,251

3.21%

793

(569)

224

Balances with central banks and due from and placements with banks and other financial institutions

3,617,373

30,575

1.70%

3,362,876

35,978

2.16%

2,734

(8,137)

(5,403)

Total

21,757,170

375,930

3.47%

19,987,522

365,364

3.69%

34,935

(24,369)

10,566

Interest-bearing liabilities

Due to customers

16,050,374

132,966

1.67%

15,012,842

134,919

1.81%

9,338

(11,291)

(1,953)

Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions

3,286,675

28,950

1.77%

2,968,579

34,365

2.33%

3,686

(9,101)

(5,415)

Bonds issued

1,046,030

17,119

3.29%

757,581

14,396

3.83%

5,494

(2,771)

2,723

Total

20,383,079

179,035

1.77%

18,739,002

183,680

1.98%

18,518

(23,163)

(4,645)

Net interest income

196,895

181,684

16,417

(1,206)

15,211

Net interest margin

1.82%

1.83%

(1) Bp

Notes:

1 Investments include debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income, debt securities at amortised cost, investment trusts and asset management plans, etc.

2 Balances with central banks and due from and placements with banks and other financial institutions include mandatory reserves, surplus reserves, other placements with central banks and due from and placements with banks and other financial institutions.

3 Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions include due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions, due to central banks and other funds.

The average balances and average interest rates of loans and due to customers in the Chinese mainland, classified by business type, are summarised in the following table:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2020

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2019

Change

Items

Average Average balance interest rate

Average Average

balance interest rate

Average Average balance interest rate

RMB businesses

in the Chinese mainland

Loans

Corporate loans

5,522,044 4.36%

5,041,073

4.50%

480,971

(14) Bps

Personal loans

4,246,013

4.89%

3,785,264

4.80%

460,749

9 Bps

Trade bills

341,490

2.67%

245,828

3.52%

95,662

(85) Bps

Total

10,109,547

4.52%

9,072,165

4.60%

1,037,382

(8) Bps

Including:

Medium and long-term loans

7,401,153

4.85%

6,521,215

4.78%

879,938

7 Bps

Short-term loans within 1 year and others

2,708,394

3.63%

2,550,950

4.12%

157,444

(49) Bps

Due to customers

Corporate demand deposits

3,353,501

0.72%

3,138,872

0.68%

214,629

4 Bps

Corporate time deposits

2,395,923

2.82%

2,402,044

2.83%

(6,121)

(1) Bp

Personal demand deposits

2,248,516

0.42%

2,354,160

1.14%

(105,644)

(72) Bps

Personal time deposits

2,966,302

3.01%

2,656,736

2.84%

309,566

17 Bps

Other

913,483

3.49%

655,167

3.95%

258,316

(46) Bps

Total

11,877,725

1.87%

11,206,979

1.94%

670,746 (7) Bps

Foreign currency businesses in the Chinese mainland

Unit: USD million,

except percentages

Loans

40,545

2.09%

38,469 3.41%

2,076 (132) Bps

Due to customers

Corporate demand deposits

42,265

0.51%

45,442 0.77%

(3,177)

(26) Bps

Corporate time deposits

35,964

2.09%

28,856 2.72%

7,108

(63) Bps

Personal demand deposits

25,068

0.03%

25,418 0.05%

(350)

(2) Bps

Personal time deposits

17,518

0.78%

18,004 0.69%

(486)

9 Bps

Other

1,699

2.25%

1,678 2.16%

21

9 Bps

Total

122,514

0.94%

119,398 1.09%

3,116

(15) Bps

Note: “Due to customers — Other” includes structured deposits.

In the first half of 2020, the Group’s net interest margin was 1.82%, a decrease of 1 basis point compared with the same period of the prior year. This was mainly due to a decrease in asset yields caused by a lowering in the loan prime rate (LPR) and US dollar interest rate cuts. To mitigate the downward pressure on net interest margin, the Bank maintained the balance between the quantity and the price, strengthened the control over debt cost, actively reduced high cost deposits, and promoted the steady decline of interest payment rate.

Non-interest Income

In the first half of 2020, the Group reported a non-interest income of RMB90.088 billion, a decrease of RMB4.916 billion or 5.17% compared with the same period of the prior year. Non-interest income represented 31.39% of operating income.

Net Fee and Commission Income

The Group earned a net fee and commission income of RMB50.342 billion, a decrease of RMB0.222 billion or 0.44% compared with the same period of the prior year. Net fee and commission income represented 17.54% of operating income. Focusing on customers’ demands, the Bank seized market opportunities and increased marketing and business development. As a result, it realised robust growth in income from its fund distribution and custody businesses. In contrast, the Bank saw a decrease in income from its foreign exchange and settlement businesses.

Please refer to Note III.2 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

Other Non-interest Income

The Group realised other non-interest income of RMB39.746 billion, a decrease of RMB4.694 billion or 10.56% compared with the same period of the prior year. This was primarily attributable to a year-on-year decrease in net trading gains. Please refer to Notes III.3, 4, 5 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

Operating Expenses

In the first half of 2020, the Group recorded operating expenses of RMB90.946 billion, a decrease of RMB0.184 billion or 0.20% compared with the same period of the prior year. The Group’s cost to income ratio (calculated under regulations in the Chinese mainland) was 23.41%, down by 1.22 percentage points compared with the same period of the prior year. The Bank continued to operate its business in a prudent manner. It proactively optimised its cost structure, increased investment in technological innovation, allocated greater resources to key products, areas and regions, made greater efforts to support scenario construction, mobile finance, etc., and continuously improved input and output efficiency. Please refer to Notes III.6, 7 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

Impairment Losses on Assets

In the first half of 2020, the Group’s impairment losses on assets amounted to RMB66.484 billion, an increase of RMB32.814 billion or 97.46% compared with the same period of the prior year. Specifically, the Group’s impairment losses on loans and advances amounted to RMB60.728 billion, an increase of RMB25.007 billion or 70.01% compared with the same period of the prior year. The Bank continued to improve its enterprise risk management (ERM) system and adopted a proactive and forward-looking approach to risk management, ensuring relatively stable credit asset quality. It stringently implemented a prudent and solid risk provisioning policies, truly reflected the asset quality, made full and timely allowances, and laid a solid foundation for development. Please refer to the section “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management” and Notes III.8, 16 and Note IV.1 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for more information on loan quality and allowance for loan impairment losses.

Financial Position Analysis

As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s total assets amounted to RMB24,152.855 billion, an increase of RMB1,383.111 billion or 6.07% compared with the prior year-end. The Group’s total liabilities amounted to RMB22,064.242 billion, an increase of RMB1,271.194 billion or 6.11% compared with the prior year-end.

The principal components of the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position are set out below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Items

Amount

% of total

Amount

% of total

Assets

Loans and advances to customers, net

13,670,820

56.60%

12,743,425

55.97%

Investments

5,374,301

22.25%

5,514,062

24.22%

Balances with central banks

2,109,854

8.74%

2,078,809

9.13%

Due from and placements with banks and other financial institutions

1,895,462

7.85%

1,399,519

6.15%

Other assets

1,102,418

4.56%

1,033,929

4.53%

Total assets

24,152,855

100.00%

22,769,744

100.00%

Liabilities

Due to customers

17,090,217

77.46%

15,817,548

76.07%

Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions and due to central banks

3,037,976

13.77%

3,153,998

15.17%

Other borrowed funds

1,118,228

5.07%

1,124,098

5.41%

Other liabilities

817,821

3.70%

697,404

3.35%

Total liabilities

22,064,242

100.00%

20,793,048

100.00%

Note: “Other borrowed funds” includes bonds issued and other borrowings.

Loans and Advances to Customers

The Bank decisively implemented national macroeconomic policies, increased support for the real economy and expanded its lending scale at a stable and moderate pace. It continuously improved its credit structure and proactively supported the credit needs of key areas and weak links in the domestic economy. It also further increased credit support for inclusive finance, private enterprises and manufacturing. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s loans and advances to customers amounted to RMB14,040.165 billion, an increase of RMB971.380 billion or 7.43% compared with the prior year-end. Specifically, the Group’s RMB loans and advances to customers totalled RMB10,782.953 billion, an increase of RMB633.608 billion or 6.24% compared with the prior year-end, while its foreign currency loans amounted to USD460.091 billion, an increase of USD41.605 billion or 9.94% compared with the prior year-end.

The Bank continuously enhanced its risk management, paid close attention to changes in the macroeconomic situation, strengthened risk management in key areas and made greater efforts in the disposal of non-performing loans, thus maintaining relatively stable asset quality. As at 30 June 2020, the balance of the Group’s allowance for loan impairment losses amounted to RMB369.912 billion, an increase of RMB43.989 billion compared with the prior year-end. The balance of the Group’s restructured loans amounted to RMB15.251 billion, an increase of RMB2.873 billion compared with the prior year-end.

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Items

Amount % of total

Amount % of total

Corporate Loans

8,656,247

61.65%

7,986,380

61.11%

Personal Loans

5,344,510

38.07%

5,047,809

38.62%

Accrued Interest

39,408

0.28%

34,596

0.27%

Total Loans

14,040,165

100.00%

13,068,785

100.00%

Investments

The Bank closely tracked financial market dynamics, maintained bond investment activity at a reasonable pace and continually improved its investment structure. As at 30 June 2020, the Group held investments of RMB5,374.301 billion, a decrease of RMB139.761 billion or 2.53% compared with the prior year-end. Specifically, the Group’s RMB investments totalled RMB4,072.001 billion, a decrease of RMB154.383 billion or 3.65% compared with the prior year-end, while its foreign currency investments totalled USD183.954 billion, a decrease of USD0.628 billion or 0.34% compared with the prior year-end.

The classification of the Group’s investment portfolio is shown below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Items

Amount % of total

Amount

% of total

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

450,655

8.39%

518,250

9.40%

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

2,054,786

38.23%

2,218,129

40.23%

Financial assets at amortised cost

2,868,860

53.38%

2,777,683

50.37%

Total

5,374,301

100.00%

5,514,062

100.00%

Investments by Currency

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Items

Amount % of total

Amount % of total

RMB

4,072,001

75.77%

4,226,384

76.65%

USD

794,632

14.79%

787,775

14.29%

HKD

254,614

4.74%

237,004

4.30%

Other

253,054

4.70%

262,899

4.76%

Total

5,374,301

100.00%

5,514,062

100.00%

Top Ten Financial Bonds by Value Held by the Group

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

Bond Name

Par Value Annual Rate

Maturity Date

Impairment Allowance

Bond issued by policy banks in 2018

12,980

4.98%

2025-01-12

Bond issued by policy banks in 2017

11,150

4.39%

2027-09-08

Bond issued by policy banks in 2018

9,770

4.73%

2025-04-02

Bond issued by financial institutions in 2019

7,400

4.28%

2029-03-19

Bond issued by policy banks in 2017

7,200

4.30%

2024-08-21

Bond issued by policy banks in 2017

6,940

4.11%

2022-07-10

Bond issued by financial institutions in 2018

6,450

4.86%

2028-09-25

Bond issued by policy banks in 2018

6,450

4.99%

2023-01-24

Bond issued by policy banks in 2017

6,152

4.24%

2027-08-24

Bond issued by policy banks in 2018

6,049

4.88%

2028-02-09

Note: Financial bonds refer to debt securities issued by financial institutions in the bond market, including bonds issued by policy banks, other banks and non-bank financial institutions, but excluding restructured bonds and PBOC bills.

Due to Customers

Seizing the opportunity presented by ample market liquidity, the Bank focused on AUM to increase the effort in developing the deposit business and accelerate product and service innovation. As a result, its deposit business grew steadily. It further improved salary payment agency business, payment collection and other basic services, actively expanded its basic settlement and cash management customer base, undertook vigorous marketing efforts to attract administrative institution customers, and increased deposits from the source, leading to continuous improvement in the development quality of its deposit business. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s due to customers amounted to RMB17,090.217 billion, an increase of RMB1,272.669 billion or 8.05% compared with the prior year-end. Specifically, the Group’s RMB due to customers totalled RMB12,922.471 billion, an increase of RMB996.548 billion or 8.36% compared with the prior year-end, while its foreign currency due to customers stood at USD588.706 billion, an increase of USD30.863 billion or 5.53% compared with the prior yearend.

Equity

As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s total equity was RMB2,088.613 billion, an increase of RMB111.917 billion or 5.66% compared with the prior year-end. This was primarily attributable to the following reasons: (1) In the first half of 2020, the Group realised a profit for the period of RMB107.812 billion, of which profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank amounted to RMB100.917 billion. (2) The Bank pushed forward its external capital replenishment project in a proactive and prudent manner by successfully issuing RMB40.0 billion of undated capital bonds and USD2.82 billion of offshore preference shares. (3) As per the 2019 profit distribution plan approved at the Annual General Meeting, a cash dividend of RMB56.228 billion was paid out on ordinary shares. (4) The Bank paid a cash dividend on its preference shares of RMB5.9995 billion. Please refer to the “Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity” in the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

Cash Flow Analysis

As at 30 June 2020, the balance of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents was RMB1,719.769 billion, an increase of RMB373.877 billion compared with the prior year-end.

In the first half of 2020, net cash flow from operating activities was an inflow of RMB137.357 billion, whereas it was an outflow of RMB90.894 billion in the same period of the prior year. This was mainly attributable to the increase of net increase in due to customers compared with the same period of the prior year.

Net cash flow from investing activities was an inflow of RMB208.188 billion, whereas it was an outflow of RMB156.224 billion in the same period of the prior year. This was mainly attributable to the increase in proceeds from financial investments compared with the same period of the prior year.

Net cash flow from financing activities was an inflow of RMB19.099 billion, a decrease of RMB55.959 billion compared with the same period of the prior year. This was primarily attributable to the increase in repayments of debts issued compared with the same period of the prior year.

Fair Value Measurement

Movement of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

Unit: RMB million

Items

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

Impact on profit

Change for the period

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Debt securities

Equity instruments

Fund investments and other

298,325

371,232

(72,907)

2,906

89,659

79,456

10,203

62,671

67,562

(4,891)

Loans and advances to customers at fair value

389,055

339,687

49,368

172

Financial assets at fair value through other

comprehensive income Debt securities

Equity instruments and other

2,031,876

2,196,352

(164,476)

(4,255)

22,910

21,777

1,133

Derivative financial assets

Derivative financial liabilities

114,856

93,335

21,521

(888)

(123,271)

(90,060)

(33,211)

Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutions at fair value

(7,859)

(14,767)

6,908

(20)

Due to customers at fair value

(31,341)

(17,969)

(13,372)

Bonds issued at fair value

(10,271)

(26,113)

15,842

(76)

Short position in debt securities

(12,510)

(19,475)

6,965

(159)

The Bank has put in place a sound internal control mechanism for fair value measurement. In accordance with the Guidelines on Market Risk Management in Commercial Banks, the Regulatory Guidelines on Valuation of Financial Instruments in Commercial Banks, CAS and IFRS, with reference to the New Basel Capital Accord, and drawing on the best practices of international banks regarding valuations, the Bank formulated the Valuation Policy of Financial Instrument Fair Values of Bank of China Limited to standardise the fair value measurement of financial instruments and enable timely and accurate financial information disclosure. Please refer to Note IV.4 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for more detailed information related to the fair value measurement.

Other Financial Information

There are no differences between shareholders’ equity and profit for the period prepared by the Group in accordance with IFRS and those prepared in accordance with CAS. Please refer to Supplementary Information I to the Interim Financial Information for detailed information.

The operating performance and financial position of the Group’s geographical and business segments are set forth in Note III.31 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

Business Review

Operating income for each line of business of the Group is set forth in the following table:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2020

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2019

Items

Amount % of total

Amount % of total

Commercial banking business

259,236 90.33%

249,000 89.99%

Including: Corporate banking business

113,530 39.56%

112,719 40.74%

Personal banking business

111,467 38.84%

92,092 33.28%

Treasury operations

34,239 11.93%

44,189 15.97%

Investment banking and insurance

17,649 6.15%

17,856 6.46%

Others and elimination

10,098 3.52%

9,832 3.55%

Total

286,983 100.00%

276,688 100.00%

A detailed review of the Group’s principal deposits and loans is summarised in the following table:

Unit: RMB million

Items

As at

30 June 2020

As at

31 December 2019

As at

31 December 2018

Corporate deposits

Chinese mainland: RMB

6,464,898

6,027,076

5,884,433

Foreign currency

521,849

544,829

453,815

Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions

1,955,044

1,729,564

1,594,165

Subtotal

8,941,791

8,301,469

7,932,413

Personal deposits

Chinese mainland: RMB

6,086,978

5,544,204

5,026,322

Foreign currency

306,762

288,793

302,256

Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions

1,215,084

1,156,651

1,093,892

Subtotal

7,608,824

6,989,648

6,422,470

Corporate loans

Chinese mainland: RMB

5,945,203

5,591,228

5,057,654

Foreign currency

321,823

259,463

280,878

Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions

2,389,221

2,135,689

2,009,066

Subtotal

8,656,247

7,986,380

7,347,598

Personal loans

Chinese mainland: RMB

4,715,805

4,450,464

3,933,840

Foreign currency

674

1,253

1,177

Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions

628,031

596,092

505,068

Subtotal

5,344,510

5,047,809

4,440,085

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking in the Chinese Mainland

In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s commercial banking business in the Chinese mainland recorded an operating income of RMB216.973 billion, an increase of RMB6.683 billion or 3.18% compared with the same period of the prior year. Details are set forth below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2020

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2019

Items

Amount % of total

Amount % of total

Corporate banking business

97,724 45.04%

98,115 46.66%

Personal banking business

100,202 46.18%

80,669 38.36%

Treasury operations

19,423 8.95%

30,563 14.53%

Others

(376) (0.17%)

943 0.45%

Total

216,973 100.00%

210,290 100.00%

Corporate Banking

The Bank accelerated the transformation of its corporate banking business. It further consolidated its corporate customer base, continuously optimised its customer and business structure and endeavoured to improve its global comprehensive service capabilities for corporate banking customers, thus achieving high-quality development in its corporate banking business. In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s corporate banking business in the Chinese mainland realised an operating income of RMB97.724 billion, a decrease of RMB0.391 billion or 0.40% year-on-year.

Corporate Deposits

The Bank achieved stable growth in corporate deposits by seizing business opportunities arising from key industries and regions and improving its service capabilities for key projects. It accelerated the upgrading of product functions, enhanced the role of settlement, cash management and other products in driving deposit-taking, and improved its liability structure. It upgraded service coordinately of both large customers and long-tail customers by improving multi-layered management. The Bank also managed to attract more administrative institution customers by closely cooperating with local governments at various levels as well as institutions engaged in education and public health, thus building a more solid foundation of deposits from such customers. In addition, the Bank enhanced the service functions of its outlets so as to improve their customer service capabilities. As at 30 June 2020, RMB corporate deposits of the Bank in the Chinese mainland totalled RMB6,464.898 billion, an increase of RMB437.822 billion or 7.26% compared with the prior year-end. Foreign currency corporate deposits amounted to USD73.713 billion, a decrease of USD4.385 billion or 5.61% compared with the prior year-end.

Corporate Loans

The Bank continued to step up efforts in serving the real economy, and actively supported key areas such as new infrastructure, new urbanization initiatives and major projects, thereby assisting in the transformation and upgrading of the domestic economy. It provided stronger support for the improvement of weaknesses in infrastructures, the high-quality development of the manufacturing industry, modern service industry and technologically innovative enterprises, as well as improving services for private enterprises, foreign investors and foreign trade. The Bank focused on supporting strategic regions such as the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei region, the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, the Yangtze River Delta and the Hainan, and proactively pushed forward work in key sectors such as serving social welfare and people’s livelihood, poverty alleviation, green finance, pensions, the Olympic Winter Games and winter sports. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s RMB corporate loans in the Chinese mainland totalled RMB5,945.203 billion, an increase of RMB353.975 billion or 6.33% compared with the prior year-end. Foreign currency corporate loans totalled USD45.459 billion, an increase of USD8.266 billion or 22.22% compared with the prior year-end.

Financial Institutions Business

The Bank continued its wide-ranging cooperation with various global financial institutions including domestic banks, overseas correspondent banks, non-bank financial institutions and multilateral financial institutions. It built its integrated financial service platform and maintained its market leadership in terms of customer coverage. The Bank has established correspondent relationships with around 1,400 institutions and opened 1,419 cross-border RMB clearing accounts for correspondent banks from 115 countries and regions, thus carving out a leading position among domestic banks. It also promoted the Cross-border Inter-bank Payment System (CIPS) and signed cooperation agreements for CIPS indirect participants from 325 domestic and overseas financial institutions, seizing the largest market share among its peers. The Bank was among the top players in custodian services for Qualified Foreign Institutional Investors (QFII) and RMB Qualified Foreign Institutional Investors (RQFII), as well as in agency services for overseas central banks and other sovereign institutions, both in terms of customer base and business size. It actively participated in the comprehensive promotion of the “full circulation” of H Shares, and jointly launched the “Shanghai-Macao Gold Road” Project with the Shanghai Gold Exchange, thus enhancing the co-brand image of financial factors market. It strengthened cooperation with the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB), New Development Bank and Silk Road Fund. It successfully issued AIIB’s first Panda Bond as the lead underwriter, as well as the New Development Bank’s Coronavirus Combating Panda Bond and first overseas USDdenominated bond as a joint lead underwriter. By the end of June 2020, the Bank had the largest market share in foreign currency deposits from financial institutions, and had further increased its market share in terms of the number of existing third-party custody customers.

Transaction Banking

Positively adapting to the trends of FinTech innovation and integrated customer financial needs, the Bank vigorously developed its transaction banking business and delivered more financial support to COVID-19 pandemic control and the resumption of work and production. It fully implemented the requirements of stabilising foreign trade, releasing several measures for supporting stabilisation of foreign trade during the COVID-19 pandemic control, providing more financing support and lowering fees for foreign trade. The Bank also serviced the 127th Canton Fair, and continued to lead peers in market share of cross-border settlement. It actively participated in the Belt and Road Initiative, RMB internationalisation and the building of pilot free trade zones and free trade ports. Following the Bank’s Shanghai and Hainan Branches, BOC Tianjin Branch successfully launched financial services under Free Trade Unit (FTU). The Bank continued to roll out products and services innovation and strengthened the development of application scenarios for transaction banking. It further improved service level of account, payment and settlement, and promoted innovation in supply chain financial solutions and expansion of key projects. The Bank stepped up the application of cash management products in strategic scenarios and expanded its cash management customer groups, with the aim of enhancing its global cash management service capabilities.

Inclusive Finance

Implementing national policies and measures conscientiously to support the development of micro and small-sized enterprises and following relevant regulatory requirements, the Bank promoted the development of inclusive financial services as well as COVID-19 pandemic prevention and containment as a whole. It further deepened its “five specialised operating” mechanisms, developed more key outlets for inclusive finance credit launch, and successfully issued RMB10.0 billion of special senior bonds for micro and small business loans. The Bank also launched online “non-contact financing services” for “BOC Corporate E Loan • Unsecured Loan”, allowed enterprises affected by the pandemic to postpone the repayment of principal and interest on loans, and helped micro and small-sized enterprises resume work and production. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s outstanding inclusive finance loans granted to micro and small-sized enterprises reached RMB525.4 billion, up by 39% year-on-year, and up by 27% compared with the prior year-end, outpacing the growth of any other loan type of the Bank. The number of micro and small-sized customers stood at over 440,000, higher than that of the beginning of the year. The annualised interest rate of the Bank’s cumulative inclusive finance loans granted to micro and small-sized enterprises in the first half of 2020 was 4.04%. The quality of loans granted to micro and small-sized enterprises remained at a stable and controllable level.

Pension Business

Focusing on the construction of China’s social security system, the Bank continuously extended its pension business coverage, promoted product innovation and improved system functions. It provided a range of products including enterprise annuities, occupational annuities, employee benefit plans and pension security management products. It accelerated the strategic layout of its pension business, and actively promoted scenario building for the silver economy, thereby vigorously supporting its development. As at 30 June 2020, pension funds under custody reached RMB65.722 billion, and the total number of enterprise annuity individual accounts held by the Bank reached 3.2218 million, an increase of 0.1855 million or 6.12% compared with the prior year-end. Assets under custody amounted to RMB475.129 billion, an increase of RMB87.984 billion or 22.73% compared with the prior year-end, with more than 17,000 clients served by the Bank.

Personal Banking

Taking a customer-centric approach, the Bank pushed forward innovation and transformation in its personal banking business, making every effort to build an online, digital, scenario-based and smart personal banking product and service system. It continuously enhanced the market competitiveness of its personal banking business by focusing on featured brands such as cross-border business, private banking, consumer finance and credit cards. In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s personal banking business in the Chinese mainland realised an operating income of RMB100.202 billion, an increase of RMB19.533 billion or 24.21% compared with the same period of the prior year.

Personal Deposits

In response to the trend of interest rate liberalisation, the Bank leveraged its advantages in comprehensive personal financial services, made progress in deposit products innovation and smart accounts construction, and rolled out the “Cai Shen” (“God of Wealth”) version of annual bank statements for personal customers. It further expanded its payment agency business by constructing its customer groups and improving the synergy between its corporate and personal businesses, and provided customers with a package of integrated service solutions, including account opening, payroll service, consumption and investment. It further developed its foreign exchange services by increasing the number of currencies available in its personal deposit and cash withdrawal business to 25 and the number of convertible foreign currencies available to customers to 39, thus maintaining a leading position among peers. The Bank improved customer experience by launching a foreign exchange cash reservation service for 23 currencies via e-channels such as mobile banking, online banking and WeChat banking in major cities in the Chinese mainland. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s RMB personal deposits in the Chinese mainland totalled RMB6,086.978 billion, an increase of RMB542.774 billion or 9.79% compared with the prior year-end. Personal foreign currency deposits amounted to USD43.331 billion, maintaining a leading market share.

Personal Loans

The Bank stepped up efforts to serve the real economy and steadily expanded its personal loan business. It put into practice the national regulatory policies on real estate and continued to implement a differentiated residential mortgage loan policy, with a particular focus on serving the needs of households seeking to buy owner-occupied homes for the first time. The Bank earnestly implemented reform requirements regarding interest rate liberalisation, and actively promoted LPR conversion for existing personal loans. It actively expanded its consumer finance business, continued to promote the transformation and upgrading of “BOC E-Credit”, an online consumer loan service, and refined the online application function for government-sponsored student loans. The Bank ensured uninterrupted financial services for COVID-19 pandemic control, provided special preferential policies for medical workers, and took the lead in extending Work Resumption Loans. As at 30 June 2020, the total amount of RMB personal loans of the Bank in the Chinese mainland stood at RMB4,715.805 billion, an increase of RMB265.341 billion or 5.96% compared with the prior year-end.

Wealth Management and Private Banking

The Bank accelerated the development of its wealth management and private banking services by focusing on customers’ needs, and established a market-wide product selection platform to enhance its asset allocation capacity continuously. The Bank intensified efforts in product and service innovation and continued to upgrade its personal customer marketing modes and service systems, which resulted in rapid growth in the number of customers and the scale of customer financial assets. As at 30 June 2020, the “BOC Robot Advisor”, an intelligent investment advisory service, generated sales of RMB15.7 billion and attracted more than 130,000 customers, winning the “Gold Award for Technological Innovation and Application” in the “2020 China FinTech Innovation Contest”. The Bank intensified efforts in constructing its professional private banking system, built up its private banking service brand, and accelerated the development of family trust services. It regularly published the BOC White Paper on Personal Banking Global Asset Allocation, the BOC Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area Wealth Index Report and the BOC Private Banking Selected Private Placement Product Series Index. The Bank continuously improved the professional capability of its private banking team, strengthened asset allocation services for private banking customers, and invested more than one third of customer assets in net-worth products. Leveraging the Group’s advantages in internationalisation, the Bank also promoted the development of its Asia-Pacific private banking platform. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had set up 8,159 wealth management centres, 1,091 prestigious wealth management centres and 49 private banking centres in the Chinese mainland. It once again won the “Best National Private Banking in China” award from Asian Private Banker.

Bank Card

Closely following changes in market trends and customer demand, and aiming to support COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control with financial services, the Bank launched a QR code for charitable donations to more than 170 charitable medical institutions throughout the country, and took the lead in launching an exclusive instalment service, “BOC YoukeYihuzhuanshu” for medical staff. It actively assisted in the resumption of work, production and market activity, participated in the allocation and distribution of consumer coupons issued jointly by the Ministry of Commerce and local governments, introduced special offers for online payments via “Head Office to Headquarters” e-commerce platforms, and promoted the “Thousand Stores in a Hundred Cities” campaign and other themed marketing activities, so as to facilitate the recovery of the consumer market. The Bank continuously improved its products and rights service system with a specific focus on the needs of key customers such as young customers, car owners and business card holders, launching distinctive credit card products such as Traditional Chinese Style Credit Card series, Platinum Car Credit Card and Platinum Business Card. The Bank devoted great efforts to boosting the digital transformation of its bank card business. It enriched application scenarios of digital credit card products. Through light-touch and convenient customer acquisition tools, it optimised customer handling and user experience. It decided on a big push into the electronic channels of credit card instalment payment, and expanded living consumption scenarios layout for merchant POS instalment. It also continuously upgraded digital acquiring products and released a new version of the “BOC Smart Merchant” app, which offered a new mode of online application service for merchants and improved the overall merchant experience. The Bank pursued the effective control of credit card risk, and implemented evaluation based on activation ratio, active customer ratio, credit line use ratio, risk-adjusted return on capital (RAROC) and NPL ratio. As at 30 June 2020, the cumulative number of credit cards issued by the Bank reached 129.5823 million. The credit card transaction amount stood at RMB802.080 billion for the first half of 2020, while the credit card instalment volume amounted to RMB178.273 billion.

The Bank accelerated the innovative development of its debit card business and expanded scenario-based applications for mobile payment, thus continuing to improve customer experience. It accelerated the promotion of its fast payment business through online and offline channels. Leveraging its advantages in higher education institution services, the Bank made efforts to expand its service scope to primary and high schools, kindergartens, training institutions and other markets. It enriched its integrated “online + offline” and “financial + non-financial” services, issued social security cards equipped with financial functions in cooperation with local Human Resources and Social Security Bureaux, and launched an e-voucher service for medical insurance in addition to electronic social security cards and electronic health cards. It developed railway travel scenarios and completed the application of its “Railway e-Card” on 13 railway lines.

Financial Markets Business

The Bank actively aligned itself with trends towards interest rate and exchange rate liberalisation and RMB internationalisation. By closely tracking financial market trends and fully leveraging its professional advantages, the Bank continuously adjusted its business structure, and strengthened efforts to participate in financial market innovation and achieve compliance with international regulatory requirements, thus increasing its business influence in financial markets.

Securities Investment

By strengthening its analysis and judgment regarding the macroeconomic situation and the trend of market interest rates, the Bank proactively seized market opportunities, rationally adjusted the duration of its investment portfolio and further optimised its investment structure. It actively supported the development of the real economy, and steadily participated in local government bond investment. Following trends in global bond markets, the Bank optimised its foreign currency investment portfolio and managed to prevent interest rate risk and credit risk.

Trading

The Bank ramped up efforts to improve its integrated global financial market business systems, underpinned by the three core product lines of interest rates, exchange rates and commodities, in order to continuously enhance its comprehensive customer service capabilities. It endeavoured to improve its quantitative trading capabilities by promoting the construction of its quantitative trading platform and optimising its quantitative strategies. It strengthened infrastructure construction, thus building a more solid foundation for business development. The Bank continued to outperform peers in terms of market share of foreign currency exchange against RMB business, and brought the number of currency pairs available for exchange up to 39. The total number of tradable foreign currencies reached 110, among which 99 were currencies of emerging economies and 46 were currencies of countries along the Belt and Road. Seizing opportunities arising from the two-way opening-up of financial markets, the Bank took steps to expand its overseas institutional investor customer base, relying on a multi-tier service system integrating “research, trading and sales”. It also leveraged big data schemes to facilitate targeted marketing among corporate customers. It also increased support for private enterprises and small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) by offering expedient and effective hedging services under the precondition of compliance. Owing to its advantage of integrated global structure, the Bank was able to ensure stable global operations. It continued to improve its online service capabilities and realised rapid growth in its corporate banking electronic channels in terms of transaction volume and customer scale.

Investment Bank and Asset Management

The Bank leveraged the competitive advantages of its international and diversified operations, focused on serving the real economy, vigorously expanded its investment banking and asset management business and strived to deliver an integrated “commercial banking + investment banking” service system. Following national strategies, the Bank intensified efforts in coordinated operations, made greater efforts to develop direct financing and investment advisory business including domestic and overseas bond underwriting and distribution as well as asset securitisation, and managed to meet customers’ all-round needs for comprehensive financial services based on the concepts of “domestic + overseas” and “financing + intelligent”. To facilitate the construction of China’s capital market system, the Bank underwrote bonds in the domestic interbank market with a total amount of RMB833.362 billion. It actively supported COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control work by underwriting a total amount of RMB33.85 billion of pandemic prevention and control bonds for non-financial enterprises and international development institutions. The Bank’s underwriting business for financial institutions was greatly boosted, and its financial bond underwriting volume and market share continued to improve steadily. Thanks to increased efforts to promote its asset-backed securitisation (ABS) underwriting business, the Bank’s market share of asset securitisation underwriting maintained the leading position in the domestic interbank bond market. The Bank enhanced the cross-border competitiveness of its underwriting business, maintained the largest market share in China offshore bond underwriting, and consecutively led the market share in Panda Bond underwriting. As a result, the brand influence of “BOC Debt Capital Markets” was continuously enhanced. The Bank continued to implement regulatory requirements, strengthened the transformation and development of its wealth management business and promoted the net value transformation of its wealth management products (WMPs) in an orderly manner. It effectively supported the real economy by launching various themed WMPs based on guidance of national strategy, such as pensions and health care, technological innovation, and key regions, etc. As at 30 June 2020, the total balance of wealth management products issued by the Bank and BOC Wealth Management amounted to RMB1,484.6 billion, with RMB1,060.7 billion attributable to the Bank and RMB423.9 billion to BOC Wealth Management.

Custody Business

Taking support for economic and social development as its main task, the Bank continued to provide high-quality custody services. It provided custody service for the “China Merchants Hubei Theme Bond Fund”, the first mutual fund in the market for COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control and economic development. The Bank increased the custody volume of its credit asset securitisation business by RMB50.0 billion, ranking first in the market. It also advanced its technology and intelligent operations construction, launching a multi-tier custody service mode in the interbank market. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s assets under custody stood at RMB11.78 trillion, of which cross-border custody business accounted for RMB455.6 billion, maintaining a leading position among Chinese peers. Mutual funds under its custody reached RMB1.4 trillion, an increase of 25.58% year-on-year, outperforming major peers in terms of growth rate.

Village Bank

BOC Fullerton Community Bank actively implemented the national strategy of rural revitalisation with the development concept of “focusing on county area development, supporting farmers and small-sized enterprises, and growing together with communities”. It was committed to providing modern financial services for rural customers, micro and small-sized enterprises, individual merchants, and wage earners, and developed inclusive finance services to support poverty alleviation.

BOC Fullerton Community Bank expedited the institution layout to support economic development in county areas. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Fullerton Community Bank controlled 126 village banks with 173 sub-branches in 22 provinces (including municipalities directly under the Central Government) through establishment and acquisition, of which 65% were located in China’s central and western regions, becoming the domestic village bank with the largest number of institutions. It continuously improved its product and service system, and its customer base was further expanded. As at 30 June 2020, the registered capital of BOC Fullerton Community Bank amounted to RMB8.524 billion. The balances of total deposits and loans were RMB46.963 billion and RMB49.749 billion respectively. The NPL ratio was 1.80% and the coverage ratio of allowance for loan impairment losses to NPLs stood at 221.18%. BOC Fullerton Community Bank achieved a profit for the period of RMB392 million in the first half of 2020.

BOC Fullerton Community Bank established an investment management village bank to support the construction of the Xiongan New Area and to further improve its intensive management and professional services. On 24 June, CBIRC Hebei Office approved the opening of BOC Fullerton Community Bank Co., Ltd., with a registered capital of RMB1.0 billion and the registered place of Xiongan New Area, Hebei.

Overseas Commercial Banking

In the first half of 2020, the Bank adhered to its globalisation strategy, continuously improved its global integrated customer service system, and pushed forward the integrated development of its domestic and overseas operations. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s overseas commercial banking customer deposits and loans totalled USD485.137 billion and USD424.467 billion respectively, an increase of 6.80% and 8.85% compared with the prior year-end. In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s overseas commercial banking operations achieved a profit before income tax of USD3.712 billion, accounting for 20.17% of the Group’s total profit before income tax.

Regarding the distribution of overseas institutions, the Bank closely tracked the needs of financial services of its global customers and continuously pushed forward the development and distribution of its institutions in countries along the Belt and Road, so as to improve its global service network. As at 30 June 2020, the overseas institutions of the Bank totalled 558, covering 61 countries and regions across the world, of which 25 countries were along the Belt and Road.

For corporate banking business, by further improving its globalised customer service system and product system, and expanding its overseas market and customer base in a targeted manner, the Bank provided a full spectrum of premium, efficient, tailor-made and comprehensive financial services for “Going Global” and “Bringing In” customers, “Fortune Global 500” enterprises and local corporate customers. The Bank fully integrated its domestic and overseas premium resources in the service of national strategies, made concrete efforts to provide the Belt and Road financial services, promoted international production capacity cooperation and pushed forward the sound and sustainable investment and operation of relevant enterprises. The Bank closely monitored changes in the market situation, earnestly enhanced risk management and took efficient measures in line with local conditions to ensure the sound development of its overseas corporate banking business.

For personal banking business, the Bank continued to improve its overseas customer service network, extending its business coverage to more than 30 countries and regions. It vigorously promoted business innovation, actively served customers’ needs, and provided account, settlement, debit card, mobile banking and other services for offshore business travellers, international students, expatriates and local customers. For overseas resident customers and customer groups stranded overseas due to the pandemic, the Bank offered e-coupons for overseas online platforms and special coupons for customers on its whitelist, assisted overseas customers in purchasing pandemic prevention necessities and provided preferential and convenient overseas card use services. It also expanded overseas card issuance and acquiring services. The Bank released an overseas version of “BOC Smart Payment”. It optimised the service coverage of its overseas debit cards by issuing debit cards in 19 countries and regions. In addition to withdrawal, consumption and other basic functions, it introduced new features including contactless payment, non-card payment and 3D secure payment, which can be used via multiple channels including domestic and overseas counters, online banking and mobile banking, thereby better satisfying the worldwide card using demands of overseas customers. The Bank pushed forward cross-border scenario construction, diversified its cross-border scenario product and service system, and achieved productive results in delivering integrated services to personal customers in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area by opening 100,000 accounts via the “Account Opening Witness” service in the region.

For financial markets business, the Bank harnessed its advantages in integrated global operations and drove forward RMB internationalisation. Leveraging its strengths in RMB clearing, the Bank expanded its cross-border RMB trading business and pushed forward the development of its RMB quotation service. Drawing on information technology, the Bank promoted an electronic trading platform that improved customer experience of quotation service. The Bank sped up efforts to develop its global custody service network and strived to deliver cross border custody services to “Going Global” and “Bringing In” customers. It rolled out a global depositary receipts (GDR) programme under the Shanghai-London Stock Connect mechanism, a significant project for supporting the “Going Global” efforts of Chinese enterprises. The Bank successfully issued MOP5.0 billion of dual-currency COVID-19 alleviation themed senior social bonds to fund loans to SMEs, thus pioneering the first COVID-19 response social bond issued in the international market.

For clearing business, the Bank continuously improved its cross-border RMB clearing capabilities and further consolidated its position at the leading edge of international payments. In the first half of 2020, the Group’s cross-border RMB clearing transactions totalled RMB229.40 trillion, up by 7.86% compared with the same period of the prior year, maintaining first place in global markets. The Bank accounted for 13 of the world’s 27 authorised RMB clearing banks and continued to lead its peers. The Bank also expanded its CIPS indirect participants’ business, and maintained first place in terms of market share.

For e-banking, the Bank further expanded the coverage of its overseas corporate online banking business and continued to enhance its online financial service capacities for global enterprises. Leveraging its online financial service platform’s integration of overseas and domestic operations, the Bank further diversified its service functions, including its overseas corporate online banking and overseas bank-enterprise connection channels, expanded its clearing channels and enhanced the online service capabilities of its overseas institutions, thereby continuing to lead its peers in global capital management services. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank offered overseas corporate online banking services in 50 countries and regions, with 14 service languages available to customers. The Bank also continued to improve its overseas personal e-banking services. Taking into account the regulatory requirements and characteristics of key regions overseas, the Bank made use of FinTech to simplify customer operation procedures and improve customer experience, with a focus on the optimisation and promotion of essential service functions such as account management, transfer and remittance, time deposit, bill payment and credit card. Based on new technologies, such as image recognition and biometric identification, the Bank enriched its online service modes, developed and launched new services, such as mobile payment, online business application, online purchase of WMPs and cheque scanningbased deposit, and further expanded its business coverage. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank offered overseas mobile banking services in 27 countries and regions, supporting 10 languages and offering over 60 services within 13 categories.

BOCHK

Against the backdrop of a complex and challenging environment in the first half of 2020, BOCHK remained committed to implementing its strategy of building a top-class, full-service and internationalised regional bank. It actively responded to changes in the market environment and steadily pushed forward its business priorities, with major financial indicators remaining at solid levels. Striving to be customer-centric, it continued to develop the local market in Hong Kong, providing full support to the development of the real economy. It proactively engaged in the construction of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area and promoted crossborder synergistic collaboration so as to establish integrated competitive strengths. It also improved its business network layout in Southeast Asia and enhanced its regional synergies and service capabilities. It expedited its transformation into a digital bank, enhancing technological innovation, infrastructure and application ability. BOCHK took the lead in introducing a number of financial support mechanisms for the pandemic control as well as measures to overcome pandemic-related difficulties, and maintained stringent measures to prevent all risks. It cultivated its bank culture and actively expanded green finance in order to promote its sustainable development. As at 30 June 2020, BOCHK’s issued share capital was HKD52.864 billion. Its total assets amounted to HKD3,226.726 billion and net assets reached HKD313.004 billion. In the first half of 2020, its profit for the period was HKD16.161 billion.

BOCHK continued to develop the local market to support the development of the real economy. BOCHK actively expanded its business in major financing projects and arranged a number of syndicated loans and project finance with significant market influence. It remained the top mandated arranger in the Hong Kong-Macao syndicated loan market and maintained its leading market position as an IPO main receiving bank in Hong Kong. BOCHK continued to uplift its service levels for commercial customers in Hong Kong and supported the development of SMEs. It launched a special loan scheme for fighting against COVID-19 for SMEs, featuring a rapid approval process. It was among the first cohort of banks to participate in the Special 100% Loan Guarantee Scheme introduced by the HKSAR Government, and also worked alongside the Hong Kong Monetary Authority to introduce the Pre-approved Principal Payment Holiday Scheme in order to support SMEs in need. In addition, it accelerated the development of key businesses in cash pooling and cash management, maintaining a leading market position in cash pooling business through continuous expansion in business scale. BOCHK continued to refine its customer segment management, achieving constant improvements in the structure and size of its customer base through the provision of professional and comprehensive services to mid- to high-end customers. It also actively promoted key initiatives, such as digitalisation, scenariobased applications and customer migration to online transactions, and continued to enhance its mobile banking functions in order to enhance its product functionalities and sharpen its competitive edge. By accelerating the development of digital processes in its mortgage business, BOCHK captured the top market position in terms of the total number of new mortgage loans in Hong Kong. It introduced a number of people’s livelihood programmes, including deferred principal repayment of mortgage loans, grace periods for insurance premium payment, and additional protection, to allow more financial flexibility for personal customers. Owing to satisfactory business development, the growth of BOCHK’s total customer deposits and loans exceeded the market average, with a continually optimised deposit structure and the asset quality of its loan portfolio outperformed local market.

BOCHK proactively participated in the construction of the Greater Bay Area and promoted crossborder synergistic collaboration. Actively responding to state financial policies for the Greater Bay Area, BOCHK continuously strengthened cross-border business collaboration, tapping into the financial services demands of major industries and clients by striving to promote cross-border financial innovation, market connectivity and resource flow within the area. Continuing to focus on people’s livelihood, BOCHK met the needs of Greater Bay Area residents for financial services, for example through convenient account opening and travel support. It also took steps to improve the Greater Bay Area service by enhancing its Chinese mainland personal account opening attestation services. BOCHK diversified the application scenarios of BoC Pay with the launch of a cross-border remittance service for Chinese mainland clients living in Hong Kong. BOCHK leveraged its service capabilities in corporate finance to support the construction of the Greater Bay Area and the development of corporations in the technological innovation sector. Moreover, it enriched its range of fund products related to the Greater Bay Area, reinforcing its competitiveness in cross-border investment services.

BOCHK improved its operational presence in Southeast Asia and enhanced its regional service capabilities. In the first half of 2020, BOCHK received approval from the Central Bank of Myanmar to set up its Yangon Branch in Myanmar. This means that its Southeast Asia business will cover nine Southeast Asian countries, forming a more comprehensive regional presence. It further reinforced its management model and continuously optimised its institutional management in the region so as to improve the service capabilities of its Southeast Asian entities in terms of marketing, business promotion, product innovation, technology-driven operation and internal management. Bank of China (Malaysia) Berhad was successfully reappointed as the Clearing Bank for RMB business in Malaysia, and launched an attestation service with BOCHK for Malaysian account opening in Hong Kong. BOCHK Jakarta Branch received approval from the Indonesian regulatory authority to upgrade its status to “Commercial Bank Based on Business Activities 3”, notably uplifting its market position and brand influence. BOCHK Phnom Penh Branch became the first overseas bank to be appointed as a quoting bank for RMB to Cambodian Riel (KHR) in the regional market, and successfully processed the first RMB to KHR crossborder trade in Cambodia.

BOCHK remained committed to strengthening its core capabilities in digitalisation in order to push forward business transformation. BOCHK deepened the application of innovative FinTech to drive digital transformation. By focusing on the five core digital capabilities of innovation, agility, digitisation, mobility and regionalisation, it aimed to establish three catalysing platforms, namely an intelligent platform, a data platform and an open platform, that will provide a foundation for stable, reliable and centralised cloud technology and safe governance. Through technology-driven business reform, BOCHK introduced brand-new digital solutions in customer service, financial products, service processes, operational management and risk control, with the aim of gradually becoming a digital bank with ecosystem-based operations, digital processes, intelligent operations, agile project management and cloud computing.

(Please refer to the results report of BOCHK for a full review of BOCHK’s business performance and related information.)

Comprehensive Operation Platforms

The Bank is committed to meeting customers’ comprehensive service needs. It actively seized opportunities arising from the development of multi-tiered capital markets, in an effort to continuously improve its comprehensive operations and build a business coordination system. It continued to optimise the Group’s management and control structure, focused on enhancing its risk management capabilities. In addition, the Bank sharpened the Group’s differentiated advantages and core competitiveness based on its comprehensive operations.

Investment Banking Business

BOCI

The Bank is engaged in investment banking business through BOCI. As at 30 June 2020, BOCI had an issued share capital of HKD3.539 billion, total assets of HKD88.512 billion, and net assets of HKD20.150 billion. In the first half of 2020, BOCI realised a profit for the period of HKD738 million.

BOCI actively seized strategic opportunities such as the development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, made greater efforts in strengthening internal control, served the real economy, enhanced and strengthened its two main businesses of investment banking and wealth and asset management, and thus increased its global and comprehensive service capabilities.

Against a backdrop of continuous global improvement to its customer service capabilities, BOCI enhanced its service capabilities in Singapore’s primary market and gave more effective support to the development of the Southeast Asian market. Its equity underwriting and financial advisory businesses recorded steady growth, with BOCI successfully assisting with the secondary listing of high-quality Chinese stocks including NetEase and JD.com on the Hong Kong capital markets. Its bond issuance and underwriting businesses continued to maintain market-leading positions. It also provided timely professional research reports for investors based on observations of changes in the international market. By proactively employing big data and artificial intelligence technologies, BOCI strongly expanded the application scenarios of traditional investment banking services, securities sales and wealth management. It also enriched the processing functions of its online platforms such as its mobile app and drove forward FinTech applications such as robotic process automation, in order to enhance user experience and boost steady growth in its brokerage business. Meanwhile, BOCI ranked among the top in Hong Kong’s stock and warrant markets in terms of equity sales and derivatives business. BOCI also played an active role in the MainlandHong Kong Mutual Recognition of Funds (MRF) scheme, promoted the construction of Asia Pacific Private Banking Centre. As at 30 June 2020, BOCI’s three equity indices, as well as the BOCI Greater Bay Area Leaders Index, the world’s first Chinese investment banking index, outperformed the Hang Seng Index and Hang Seng China Enterprise Index. BOCI-Prudential Asset Management Limited, a subsidiary of BOCI, maintained its position as a top-ranked service provider in the Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund (MPF) and Macao Pension Fund businesses.

BOCI China

The Bank is engaged in securities-related business in the Chinese mainland through BOCI China. As at 30 June 2020, the registered capital, total assets and net assets of BOCI China were RMB2.778 billion, RMB56.788 billion and RMB14.708 billion, respectively. It realised a profit for the period of RMB571 million for the first half of 2020.

Adhering to the development principles of technology-empowered transformation and synergy, BOCI China made further progress in its business transformation and development while holding fast to the risk compliance bottom line. Taking a customer-centric approach, it endeavoured to push forward wealth management transformation. Leveraging contributions from science and technology, BOCI China enhanced the service capabilities of investment advisory and improved the comprehensive service chain of personal business. Deepening the synergistic advantages of “investment banking + commercial banking”, “investment banking + investment” and “domestic + overseas” in its investment banking business, BOCI China shifted its investment banking focus towards transaction-driven comprehensive financial services, and its asset management business focus towards active management. Through these efforts, its customer service capabilities and market influence steadily strengthened.

On 26 February 2020, BOCI China was successfully listed on the main board of Shanghai Stock Exchange, receiving wide recognition from investors. The Bank indirectly holds shares of BOCI China through its wholly-owned subsidiary BOCI, and will give full play to its brand value and synergy to support BOCI China in becoming a first-class investment bank.

(Please refer to the BOCI China interim report for a full review of its business performance.)

Asset Management Business

BOCIM

The Bank is engaged in fund management business in the Chinese mainland through BOCIM. As at 30 June 2020, BOCIM’s registered capital amounted to RMB100 million, its total assets stood at RMB5.469 billion and its net assets totalled RMB4.149 billion. In the first half of 2020, BOCIM realised a profit for the period of RMB451 million.

BOCIM steadily expanded its asset management business, continuously improved its profitability, maintained sound internal control and risk management, constantly improved its brand and market reputation, and further enhanced its comprehensive strengths. As at 30 June 2020, BOCIM’s AUM stood at RMB606.1 billion. In particular, its public-offered funds reached RMB390.5 billion and its non-monetary public-offered funds at RMB279.7 billion.

BOC Wealth Management

The Bank is engaged in asset management business in the Chinese mainland through BOC Wealth Management. BOC Wealth Management’s business includes wealth management products for the general public, wealth management products for qualified investors, consulting, and other asset management related products and services. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Wealth Management’s registered capital was RMB10.000 billion, its total assets amounted to RMB10.843 billion, its net assets totalled RMB10.450 billion and it realised a profit for the period of RMB279 million for the first half of 2020.

BOC Wealth Management steadfastly followed the requirements of the new asset management regulations. It increased the issuance of net-worth products, continually enriched its product system and rapidly increased the product scale. In line with the national strategic orientation and taking into account market hotspots, BOC Wealth Management launched products themed on pension and health care, technological innovation and key regions, thereby effectively supporting the real economy. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Wealth Management’s total product balance reached RMB423.889 billion.

Insurance

BOCG Insurance

The Bank is engaged in general insurance business in Hong Kong through BOCG Insurance. As at 30 June 2020, BOCG Insurance reported issued share capital of HKD3.749 billion, total assets of HKD9.852 billion and net assets of HKD4.225 billion. In the first half of 2020, BOCG Insurance recorded gross written premiums of HKD1.548 billion and realised a profit for the period of HKD43 million.

Steadfastly implementing its market development strategy of “deepening services in Hong Kong, refining business approach in the Chinese mainland, reaching out to overseas markets and widening brand awareness”, BOCG Insurance made solid progress in expanding its business, actively responded to market competition and coordinated with COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control. It deepened bank-insurance cooperation by jointly launching a “Remote Insurance Application” service with BOCHK and BOC Life, thereby further improving insurance application efficiency. It also advanced digital transformation by rolling out a new version of its mobile app. Following market demand, BOCG Insurance introduced new products and launched two “COVID-19 Insurance” schemes, thus honouring its corporate social responsibilities and promoting positivity. In line with the implementation of China’s major national initiatives, it strengthened business expansion in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area and Southeast Asia. BOCG Insurance’s Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Bridge vehicle insurance, Greater Bay Area personal accident insurance and Greater Bay Area travel insurance have all been widely recognised in the market.

BOCG Insurance pushed forward the development of its comprehensive risk management system, further improved its relevant risk control management system and mechanism, optimised its risk appetite setting and transmission mechanism, and properly managed various risks in a coordinated manner, thereby continually enhancing its risk management capabilities.

BOC Life

The Bank is engaged in life insurance business in Hong Kong through BOC Life. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Life’s issued share capital was HKD3.538 billion, total assets amounted to HKD164.982 billion and net assets amounted to HKD10.536 billion. In the first half of 2020, its profit for the period was HKD337 million. BOC Life maintained its leading position in the life insurance sector and remained the market leader in RMB insurance business in Hong Kong.

BOC Life continued to implement its strategy of diversifying distribution channels, expanded its market coverage and strengthened its position as an expert in the area of retirement wealth management by providing a high-end Voluntary Health Insurance Scheme plan. In response to the pandemic, BOC Life actively introduced a number of relief measures to increase flexibility for customers, including remote application for Qualifying Deferred Annuity Policy products via telephone at home, an extension of the grace period for premium payment and the offer of additional COVID-19 coverage for designated customers. At the same time, BOC Life stepped up its efforts to develop its online insurance service by launching a number of products on its mobile banking platform, including short-term savings, whole life protection, critical illness, deferred annuity and hospital cash plans. These, together with increased online marketing and promotions, enabled BOC Life to provide customers with a more convenient experience in terms of digital insurance applications.

BOC Insurance

The Bank is engaged in property insurance business in the Chinese mainland through BOC Insurance. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Insurance reported registered capital of RMB4.535 billion, total assets of RMB13.725 billion and net assets of RMB4.351 billion. In the first half of 2020, it realised gross written premiums of RMB3.007 billion, and a profit for the period of RMB124 million.

BOC Insurance followed the national strategies, closely tracked market trends and customer needs, remained committed to serving the real economy, and continued to improve its comprehensive financial service capabilities. It actively responded to the Belt and Road Initiative. It maintained a leading position in the overseas insurance business, covering nearly 30 industries in 70 countries and regions in Asia, Africa and South America. Supporting regional development strategies, BOC Insurance developed integrated insurance action plans for the Yangtze River Delta and the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, and supported the infrastructure of key regions such as the Yangtze River Delta, the Greater Bay Area and the Beijing-TianjinHebei Region, thereby boosting integrated and coordinated development in these regions. It supported China’s industrial upgrading by offering an insurance compensation mechanism for the first (set of) major technical equipment, so as to bolster enterprises’ technological innovation and facilitate the upgrading of major technical equipment. It supported customs clearance facilitation reform by providing services for the “International Trade Single Window” and moving online the full process of tariff guarantee insurance and cargo transportation insurance. To support the reform and development of private enterprises, BOC Insurance formulated and implemented 19 measures for serving private enterprises. It also played an active role in COVID-19 prevention and control, and pushed forward work and production resumption. It cooperated in carrying out the “BOC Protection Scheme for Doctors and Nurses” campaign, and provided exclusive insurance services for over 140,000 medical workers with a total insured amount of RMB6.3 billion. Besides, it assumed its share of social responsibility by joining the China Nuclear Insurance Pool, the China Urban and Rural Residential Building Earthquakes Catastrophe Insurance Pool, the single-purpose pre-paid card performance bond insurance pool and the Residential Project Inherent Defect Insurance (IDI) supplier list, and by obtaining the qualifications to provide serious illness insurance for urban and rural residents. In addition, BOC Insurance introduced new forms of claim settlement services, and increasingly applied technology to claim settlement. To achieve agile response to COVID-19, it simplified claim settlement formalities and offered green channels, thus delivering convenient and high-quality services to customers.

BOC-Samsung Life

The Bank is engaged in life insurance business in the Chinese mainland through BOC-Samsung Life. As at 30 June 2020, BOC-Samsung Life’s registered capital stood at RMB1.667 billion, total assets amounted to RMB26.613 billion and net assets amounted to RMB1.687 billion. In the first half of 2020, BOC-Samsung Life recorded written premiums and premium deposits of RMB6.745 billion and a profit for the period of RMB69 million.

BOC-Samsung Life made every effort to respond to COVID-19 by jointly launching the “BOC Protection Scheme for Doctors and Nurses” campaign. It offered a special insurance programme for nearly 60,000 medical personnel working in key areas of pandemic prevention and control, provided adequate financial services and insurance assistance for the pandemic response effort, and added COVID-19 liability to the coverage of 11 critical illness insurance and accident insurance products, thus fully performing its social responsibility as an insurance company.

BOC-Samsung Life maintained rapid business growth. It realised a year-on-year increase of 41% in premiums, highlighting the continuous enhancement of its market competitiveness. Focusing on fundamentals of the insurance business, it improved its business structure and achieved a year-on-year increase of 47% in the new written premiums from its risk protection and longterm savings businesses. It continued to strengthen product development and highlighted the protection function of insurance, launching products such as “BOC AiJiaBao (Version 2020) Illness-Specific Insurance”. To further enable advancement through technology, it put in place a comprehensive online system featuring convenient, fast, professional and quality services, introduced nine initiatives to facilitate claim settlement, including green channels for claim settlement, streamlined claim procedures, claim prepayment and cancellation of deductibles, and offered “free medicine consulting on the phone” services around the clock and free online clinical diagnosing, thus gaining wide recognition from customers. BOC-Samsung Life was awarded “Insurer of the Year in Customer Service” in the fifth China’s Insurance Industry Ranking 2020.

Investment Business

BOCG Investment

The Bank is engaged in direct investment and investment management business through BOCG Investment. BOCG Investment’s business activities include private equity investment, fund investment and management, real estate investment and management and special situation investment. As at 30 June 2020, BOCG Investment had recorded issued share capital of HKD34.052 billion, total assets of HKD127.566 billion and net assets of HKD66.375 billion. In the first half of 2020, it recorded a profit for the period of HKD2.583 billion.

BOCG Investment strived to foster sustainable and stable operations by firmly adhering to the strategies of integration, fund-based development and digitalisation. It actively implemented the Group’s comprehensive competition through cooperation by broadening investment and loan linkage channels and developing its business in the Yangtze River Delta and Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. Focusing on emerging industries, such as medical treatment, consumption, logistics, and high-end manufacturing, BOCG Investment helped enterprises recover from the impact of COVID-19 and supported the development of the real economy. BOCG Investment continued to strengthen its market-oriented financing capabilities and successfully issued a RMB1.5 billion Panda Bond.

BOC Asset Investment

The Bank is engaged in debt-for-equity swap and related business in the Chinese mainland through BOC Asset Investment. As at 30 June 2020, the registered capital of BOC Asset Investment was RMB10.000 billion, with its total assets and net assets standing at RMB73.909 billion and RMB11.105 billion respectively. In the first half of 2020, it realised a profit for the period of RMB815 million.

BOC Asset Investment conducted debt-for-equity swap business based on market-oriented and rule-of-law principles, with the aim of improving enterprises’ business operations and helping them to reduce leverage ratios and improve market value, thus effectively serving the real economy and preventing and mitigating financial risks. A special fund for debt-to-equity swaps was established by BOC Asset Investment in order to mobilise capital to support private enterprises in the Yangtze River Delta region. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank cumulative marketoriented debt-for-equity swap business reached RMB154.397 billion, with an increase of RMB6.051 billion compared with the prior year-end.

Leasing Business

BOC Aviation

The Bank is engaged in the aircraft leasing business through BOC Aviation. BOC Aviation is one of the world’s leading aircraft operating leasing companies and is the largest aircraft operating leasing company headquartered in Asia, as measured by value of owned aircraft. As at 30 June 2020, BOC Aviation recorded issued share capital of USD1.158 billion, total assets of USD22.619 billion and net assets of USD4.642 billion. It recorded a profit for the period of USD323 million for the first half of 2020.

Committed to pursuing sustainable growth, BOC Aviation continued to implement its proactive business strategy and steadily promoted its standing in the aircraft leasing industry. Actively supporting the Belt and Road Initiative, it had leased more than 67% of its aircraft to airlines of Belt and Road countries and regions, as well as airlines based in the Chinese mainland, Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan, as at 30 June 2020. Continually cultivating customer demand, the company took delivery of 23 aircraft, including one aircraft that an airline customer purchased at delivery, as it expanded its owned fleet. All of these aircraft have been placed on long-term leases. BOC Aviation signed 76 leases for future deliveries and added two new customers, bringing its total up to 91 customers in 40 countries and regions. The company consistently sought to optimise its asset structure and to improve its sustainable development. It sold five owned aircraft in the first half of the year, leaving it with an average owned fleet age of 3.5 years (weighted by net book value) as at 30 June 2020, one of the youngest aircraft portfolios in the aircraft leasing industry.

(Please refer to the BOC Aviation interim report for a full review of its business performance.)

BOCL

The Bank operates financial leasing, transfer and receiving of financial leasing assets and other related businesses through BOCL. BOCL was established in June 2020 and registered in Chongqing. As at 30 June 2020, BOCL recorded registered capital of RMB10.800 billion, total assets of RMB10.808 billion and net assets of RMB10.806 billion.

Following the strategic objectives of the Group, BOCL accelerated the establishment and improvement of its governance system, strengthened its risk management mechanism and promoted the construction of a team of market-oriented talents. Focusing on national strategies and key regions, it leveraged its advantages of specialisation, differentiation and characteristics, refined and strengthened its leasing brand, promoted high-quality development, and continuously enhanced the capability of serving the real economy.

Service Channels

With a core focus on improving customer experience, the Bank pushed forward its service channel integration and outlet transformation so as to attract more active customers and cultivate an ecosystem featuring the integration of online and offline channels and the seamless connection of financial and non-financial scenarios.

Online Channels

Embracing the trend of digital transformation and following a “Mobile First” strategy, the Bank continued to increase its efforts to expand online channels and upgrade its mobile banking service, thus realising a rapid growth in online businesses. In the first half of 2020, the Bank’s substitution ratio of e-banking channels for outlet-based business transactions reached 94.95%. Its e-channel transaction amount reached RMB133.95 trillion, an increase of 15.99% compared with the same period of the prior year. Among this, mobile banking transaction volumes reached RMB15.54 trillion, an increase of 13.85% compared with the same period of the prior year, making mobile banking the online trading channel with the most active customers.

Unit: million customers, except percentages

Items

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December 2019

Change (%)

Number of corporate online banking customers

5.0199

4.6163

8.74%

Number of personal online banking customers

187.4830

182.3062

2.84%

Number of mobile banking customers

193.7826

180.8226

7.17%

Number of telephone banking customers

112.2357

112.7403

(0.45%)

The Bank picked up the pace of building a mobile portal to deliver integrated corporate banking financial services for corporate banking customers. Taking into account the needs of SMEs for convenient mobile finance, the Bank started by improving primary services, diversifying featured services and expanding new scenarios to drive the development of an enterprise-level mobile integrated financial service platform in a tiered and step-by-step manner. It continued to improve primary services such as account management, bank-enterprise reconciliation, transfer and remittance, deposit and online reservation of account opening as well as featured services including self-service foreign exchange settlement, international settlement and online L/G. The Bank’s mobile services now cover almost all high-frequency corporate customer transactions.

The Bank adapted to changes in FinTech development and customer habits, expanded mobile banking services and introduced such features as annual electronic statement, LPR conversion, credit reference inquiry, E-mortgage and Silver Economy Service for its personal banking customers. It improved key functionalities such as cross-border remittance, investment and wealth management, credit card and self-service registration, covering more than 200 digital financial services. It continuously enriched mobile banking’s non-financial services, focused on high-frequency transactions and consumption scenarios to create the best user experience, and provided customers with more convenient personal financial services with a focus on e-commerce shopping, food delivery and online video, etc. The Bank continued to enhance its digital risk control capability and provided customers with access to smart and efficient online anti-fraud services, so as to effectively protect and secure their funds. During the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank upgraded its mobile banking services and introduced an anti-pandemic zone to provide domestic and overseas customers with the latest news regarding the pandemic situation.

Offline Channels

The Bank pushed forward outlet transformation, centring on its bank-wide smart counters, to enhance outlets’ value-creating capacity. In the first half of 2020, the Bank completed seven upgrades of its smart counters so as to further improve its service system. It offered multiple channels for account opening reservation, “one-stop” account opening and product contracting by relying on channel innovation and process improvement, and dedicated itself to delivering more efficient and accessible products and services to customers. Corporate receipt management was launched at smart counters, allowing for self-service inquiry and account information printout by corporate customers, thus supporting work and production resumption through efficient and expedited services. An instant card printing service was also launched in a pilot basis, satisfying customers’ real-time card usage demands by printing and issuing cards with designated numbers on site. The Bank launched a tablet version of its smart counters, supporting outlets to “go out” and actively expand the customer base by providing a one-to-one premium service. A cash version of smart counters was also launched across the Bank, providing smart cash services including large amounts and multiple denominations and mediums. The Bank also promoted a new O2O physical delivery model by focusing on foreign currency exchange as a business enabler. Specifically, it enabled customers to make online reservations and collect foreign currency packages through smart counters, thus ensuring convenient cross-border services for customers. Moreover, by empowering outlets through technological means, the Bank continuously improved its customer service channels and enhanced digital marketing and management capabilities at the outlet level.

The Bank optimised its outlet performance assessment system and continued to work on the differentiated development of its outlets, in a bid to promote outlet efficiency and effectiveness. Focusing on core business areas and scenario-building strategies, the Bank accelerated the building of featured outlets to offer differentiated, enhanced quality services, and expanded service channels so as to upgrade financial service capabilities in county areas. In addition, the Bank refined the operational management of its outlets and adjusted the authorities and responsibilities of primary-level employee positions. It improved outlets’ marketing and service approaches and strengthened the risk management of its outlet business, thus enhancing comprehensive operational efficiency.

As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s commercial banking network in the Chinese mainland (including Head Office, tier-1 branches, tier-2 branches and outlets) comprised 10,581 branches and outlets. Its non-commercial banking institutions in the Chinese mainland totalled 495, and the number of its institutions in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions totalled 558.

Unit: single item, except percentages

Items

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December 2019

Change (%)

ATM

35,240

37,331

(5.60%)

Smart counter

31,568

30,425

3.76%

Self-service terminal

1,163

1,875

(37.97%)

Information Technology Development

The Bank continued to deeply pursue FinTech innovation so as to boost the role of technology as an enabler, bolstering its ongoing efforts to build a digitalised bank that is oriented to user experience, data-based and technology-driven.

The Bank leveraged technology in order to provide strong support for financial services during the COVID-19 pandemic. It rapidly launched various financial services in response to the COVID-19 outbreak, including the granting of anti-pandemic loans, a free donation channel for corporate customers, and deferral and interest exemption on credit card statements. It introduced a COVID-19 control section to its mobile banking and WeChat banking channels in order to provide a number of convenient services for stay-at-home customers, including pandemic update and online health consultations, thus using FinTech to support COVID-19 control. It also launched smart home service representatives to safeguard the continuity of its financial services. Capitalising its advantages in online services, the Bank provided technological support for the 127th Canton Fair, the 2020 World Artificial Intelligence Conference and the 4th World Intelligence Congress.

The Bank advanced enterprise-level architecture development and sped up technological reform. From a corporate perspective, it pressed ahead with the top-level design, modelling and auxiliary projects for enterprise-level business architecture and enterprise-level IT architecture. The Bank accelerated the implementation of its foundational strategic projects and prepared solid ground for digital development. The three cloud computing bases in Hefei, Inner Mongolia and Xi’an have all been put into operation. In addition, the Bank continuously developed the layout of its next-generation multi-centre infrastructure in multiple locations, built a platform for cloud centre operations and established an agile and efficient cloud service model, thereby enhancing the Group’s infrastructure support capacity.

The Bank gave full play to the driving role of technology in speeding up digital transformation in key business fields. It rapidly built up its scenario ecosystem, comprising cross-border, education, sports and the silver economy, with new technologies applied to financial scenarios on a pilot basis. It upgraded its mobile banking from a trading platform to an integrated service platform, and launched a number of new features such as payment by facial recognition and a wealth management micro-store. The Bank also embedded a corporate services ecosystem in its transaction banking to enhance its customer service capacity. It made its smart counter channel available via portable devices, and rolled out new scenarios such as LPR conversion and realtime card printing, thereby improving its offline service system. In addition, the Bank launched BOC Corporate E Loan and hence improved loan processing efficiency. It also continuously upgraded its smart customer service system, and launched online customer service across all online channels. Meanwhile, the Bank established a smart asset management system to provide customers with more intelligent services for asset allocation. It also built the “Cyber Defence” smart risk control and prevention system as well as a digital lifecycle risk control system, which provide strong backing for the Group’s enterprise risk management.

The Bank delivered more technological support to its globalised and comprehensive operations, and advanced the coordinated development of the Group. It promoted the IT standardisation of its comprehensive operation companies, improved the information system building process for newly established overseas institutions, and supported the IT development of overseas institutions. At the same time, the Bank extended the overseas reach of mature products and services such as mobile banking, smart counters and smart customer services, thus significantly enhancing its global service capabilities.

The Bank continually improved its IT systems and processes as well as the layout of its technological innovation mechanisms. It strengthened collaboration and shared application between the Head Office and branches, improved the characterised application management system for domestic branches, and made coordinated efforts regarding the implementation of overseas institutions’ special requirements. The Suzhou subsidiary of BOC Financial Technology was established. Explorations were made regarding a new mechanism for cooperation with government, with a view to jointly implementing the Group’s technological strategy. In order to promote the construction of regional innovation and R&D centres, the Bank inaugurated its Xiongan base, which was the earliest one among its peers and made the layout of its FinTech innovation further optimised. As part of its constant research into new technologies, the Bank advanced the application of such new technologies as 5G, Internet of Things, blockchain and virtual reality in real-world scenarios.

Risk Management

The Bank endeavoured to comply with regulatory requirements for preventing and mitigating material risks, continued to improve its risk management system in line with the Group’s strategies, and further enhanced its comprehensive risk management. It improved its contingency plan and re-examined and updated the Group’s risk appetite, thereby constantly making its risk management reporting more forward-looking. It kept improving the effectiveness of the Group’s consolidated risk management and control so as to support its comprehensive development. Meanwhile, the Bank continued to refine its risk measurement model and pushed forward the development and maintenance of online models for inclusive finance. It promoted the development of advanced capital management approaches, and deepened the application of advanced approaches. In addition, the Bank intensified efforts in intelligent scenario development and the application of risk data, and strengthened its risk data governance. It also strictly followed regulatory requirements in order to enhance accountability for remediation and hold fast to the bottom line for risk compliance.

Credit Risk Management

Closely monitoring changes in macroeconomic and financial conditions, the Bank pushed forward the optimisation of its credit structure, further improved its credit risk management policies, strengthened credit asset quality management and took a proactive and forward-looking stance on risk management.

The Bank continuously adjusted and optimised its credit structure. With the aim of advancing strategic implementation and balancing risk, capital and return, it improved the management plans for its credit portfolios. In line with national industrial policy orientation, the Bank intensified its support to the real economy, bolstered the improvement of weak links in infrastructure, and supported new infrastructure and new urbanisation initiatives and major projects such as transportation and water conservation projects, boosting the high-quality development of the manufacturing industry. It also enacted guidelines for industry-focused lending and continued to push forward the building of an industrial policy system so as to optimise its credit structure.

Taking a customer-centric approach, the Bank further strengthened its unified credit granting management and enhanced full-scope centralised credit risk management. It continuously improved its long-acting credit management mechanism and asset quality monitoring system, strengthened the control of customer concentration, and further raised the effectiveness of potential risk identification, control and mitigation. The Bank enhanced the supervision of risk analysis and asset quality control in key regions, and strengthened window guidance on all business lines. In addition, it constantly identified, measured and monitored large exposures in line with management requirements.

In terms of corporate banking, the Bank further strengthened risk identification and control in key fields, and proactively reduced and exited credit relationships in such fields. It strictly controlled the outstanding amount and use of loans through limit management, and prevented and mitigated risk from overcapacity industries. In addition, it implemented the government’s macro-control policies and regulatory measures in the real estate sector so as to strengthen the risk management of real estate loans. In terms of personal banking, the Bank reinforced the management of credit granting approval, imposed stricter access standards, strengthened monitoring throughout the whole process, and prevented the risk of excessive credit and cross-infection while supporting the development of its personal credit business. It also strengthened risk control over key products and regions.

The Bank strengthened country risk management. It performed an annual review of country risk ratings and implemented limit management and control of country risk exposures. It collected statistics, monitored, analysed and reported its exposures on a regular basis, and made timely assessments of the impact of material country risk events. In addition, it re-examined country risk by considering the impact of COVID-19 and other factors, issued risk prompts in a timely manner and adopted differentiated management of potentially high-risk and sensitive countries and regions. The Bank’s net exposure to country risk mainly concentrated on countries and regions that have relatively low ratings, and its overall country risk remained at a reasonable level.

The Bank further stepped up the collection of NPAs. It continued to adopt centralised and tiered management of NPA projects. It reinforced the supervision and management of key regions and key projects, in order to continuously improve the quality and efficiency of disposals. The Bank proactively explored the application of “Internet Plus” in NPA collection, and diversified its disposal channels. In addition, it enhanced the application of write-off and debt-for-equity swaps to consolidate asset quality and prevent and defuse financial risks.

The Bank reasonably measured and managed the quality of its credit assets based on the Guidelines for Loan Credit Risk Classification. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s NPLs[footnoteRef:4] totalled RMB198.382 billion, an increase of RMB20.147 billion compared with the prior year-end. The NPL ratio was 1.42%, up by 0.05 percentage point compared with the prior year-end. The Group’s allowance for loan impairment losses amounted to RMB369.912 billion, an increase of RMB43.989 billion compared with the prior year-end. The coverage ratio of allowance for loan impairment losses to NPLs was 186.46%. [4: Total loans and advances to customers in “Risk Management — Credit risk management” section are exclusive of accrued interest.]

Five-category Loan Classification

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Items

Amount

% of total

Amount

% of total

Group Pass

13,530,868

96.64%

12,566,640

96.41%

Special-mention

271,507

1.94%

289,314

2.22%

Substandard

108,492

0.78%

77,459

0.59%

Doubtful

37,014

0.26%

51,804

0.40%

Loss

52,876

0.38%

48,972

0.38%

Total

14,000,757

100.00%

13,034,189

100.00%

NPLs

198,382

1.42%

178,235

1.37%

Chinese mainland Pass

10,563,554

96.18%

9,885,045

95.95%

Special-mention

238,568

2.17%

247,412

2.40%

Substandard

96,410

0.88%

72,611

0.70%

Doubtful

35,339

0.32%

50,334

0.49%

Loss

49,634

0.45%

47,006

0.46%

Total

10,983,505

100.00%

10,302,408

100.00%

NPLs

181,383

1.65%

169,951

1.65%

Migration Ratio

Unit: %

Items

For the six-month period ended 30 June 2020

2019

2018

Pass

0.53

1.40

2.20

Special-mention

16.51

21.45

23.70

Substandard

15.52

40.86

51.89

Doubtful

24.46

18.76

33.57

In accordance with IFRS 9, the Bank assesses expected credit losses (ECL) with forwardlooking information and makes relevant allowances. In particular, it makes allowances for assets classified as stage 1 and assets classified as stage 2 and stage 3 according to the ECL over 12 months and the ECL over the entire lifetime of the asset, respectively. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 loans totalled RMB13,484.743 billion, RMB313.568 billion and RMB198.382 billion respectively, accounting for 96.34%, 2.24% and 1.42% of total loans. In the first half of 2020, the Group’s impairment losses on loans amounted to RMB60.728 billion, an increase of RMB25.007 billion compared with the same period of the prior year. Credit cost accounted for 0.90%, an increase of 0.31 percentage point compared with the same period of the prior year. Please refer to Notes III.16 and IV.1 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for detailed information regarding loan classification, the classification of ECL stages and allowance for loan impairment losses.

The Bank continued to focus on controlling borrower concentration risk and was in compliance with regulatory requirements on borrower concentration.

Unit: %

Indicators

Regulatory

As at

30 June

2020

As at 31 December

As at 31 December

Loan concentration ratio of the largest single borrower Loan concentration ratio of the ten largest borrowers

Notes:

1 Loan concentration ratio of the largest single borrower = total outstanding loans to the largest single borrower ÷ net regulatory capital.

2 Loan concentration ratio of the ten largest borrowers = total outstanding loans to the top ten borrowers ÷ net regulatory capital.

The following table shows the top ten individual borrowers as at 30 June 2020.

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

Industry

Related Parties

or not

Outstanding

loans

% of total loans

Customer A

Manufacturing

No

70,873

0.51%

Customer B

Transportation, storage and postal services

No

59,341

0.42%

Customer C

Commerce and services

No

37,020

0.26%

Customer D

Transportation, storage and postal services

No

36,607

0.26%

Customer E

Transportation, storage and postal services

No

32,284

0.23%

Customer F

Real estate

No

22,000

0.16%

Customer G

Transportation, storage and postal services

No

21,351

0.15%

Customer H

Commerce and services

No

20,185

0.14%

Customer I

Commerce and services

No

19,193

0.14%

Customer J

Production and supply of

electricity, heating, gas and water

No

19,036

0.14%

Market Risk Management

In response to changes in the market environment, the Bank continued to enhance its market risk management.

The Bank improved the Group’s market risk management system, and refined the Group’s risk limit system by re-examining and adjusting the Group’s market risk limit in response to changes in operations and the market. Paying close attention to regulatory dynamics and development trends in financial markets, the Bank strengthened its forward-looking research, judgment and monitoring regarding market risks, thus bolstering its risk warning and mitigation capabilities. It continuously advanced the improvement of its market risk data mart system and upgraded system operation efficiency, so as to enhance the accuracy of risk measurement and improve its ability to quantify risk. Please refer to Note IV.2 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for detailed information regarding market risk.

The Bank tracked fluctuations in domestic and overseas financial markets, strengthened risk management of the Group’s bond investments, paid constant attention to changes in the risks of key fields and adjusted its control strategies accordingly. Actively coping with changes in domestic and overseas markets, the Bank strengthened control of bond asset quality during the COVID-19 pandemic and continued to bolster its efforts in the routine monitoring and screening of risky bonds, thus ensuring stable bond investment.

In terms of exchange rate risk management, the Bank sought to achieve currency matching between fund source and application, and managed exchange rate risk through timely currency exchange and hedging, thus effectively controlling its foreign exchange exposure.

Management of Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

Based on the principles of matching, comprehensiveness and prudence, the Bank strengthened the management of interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB). The Bank’s IRRBB management strategy is to control risks within an acceptable level by considering factors such as the Bank’s risk appetite and risk profile, as well as macroeconomic and market conditions, so as to achieve a reasonable balance between risk and return, and thus maximise shareholder value.

The Bank assessed the interest rate risk in the banking book mainly through analysis of interest rate repricing gaps, and made timely adjustments to the structure of its assets and liabilities or implemented risk hedging based on changes in the market situation.

Liquidity Risk Management

The Bank endeavoured to develop a sound liquidity risk management system with the aim of effectively identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling liquidity risk at the institution and Group level, including that of branches, subsidiaries and business lines, thus ensuring that liquidity demand is met in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost.

Adhering to an appropriate balance of safety, liquidity and profitability, and following regulatory requirements, the Bank improved its liquidity risk management in a forward-looking and effective manner. The Bank enhanced liquidity risk management at the institution and Group level, including that of branches, subsidiaries and business lines. It formulated sound liquidity risk management policies and contingency plans, periodically re-examined liquidity risk limits and upgraded the early warning system for liquidity risk in a timely manner, in order to strike an appropriate balance between risk and return. In addition, the Bank regularly improved its liquidity stress-testing scheme and performed stress tests on a quarterly basis. The test results indicated that the Bank had adequate payment ability to cope with distressed scenarios.

As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s liquidity risk indicator met regulatory requirements. The Group’s liquidity ratio is shown in the table below (in accordance with the relevant provisions of regulatory authorities in the Chinese mainland):

Unit: %

Indicator

Regulatory standard

≥25

As at

30 June

2020

58.2

As at

31 December

2019

60.4

As at

31 December

2018

54.8

Liquidity ratio

RMB

Foreign currency

Reputational Risk Management

The Bank earnestly implemented regulatory requirements on reputational risk management, continued to enhance its reputational risk management system and mechanism and strengthened the consolidated management of reputational risk, so as to enhance its overall reputational risk management capabilities. It attached great importance to the investigation and pre-warning of potential reputational risk factors, strengthened public opinion monitoring, continued to conduct reputational risk identification, assessment and reporting, established a coordination mechanism between reputational risk management departments and liable departments, and dealt appropriately with reputational risk events, thus effectively protecting its brand reputation. In addition, the Bank continued to roll out reputational risk training so as to enhance employees’ awareness and foster a culture of reputational risk management.

Internal Control and Operational Risk Management

Internal Control

The Board of Directors, senior management and their special committees earnestly performed their duties regarding internal control and supervision, emphasised early risk warning and prevention, and thus improved the Group’s level of compliance operation.

The Bank continued to adopt the “Three Lines of Defence” mechanism for internal control. The first line of defence consists of business departments and all banking outlets. They are the owners of, and are accountable for, local risks and controls. They undertake self-directed risk control and management functions in the course of their business operations, including formulating and implementing policies, conducting business examination, reporting control deficiencies and organising rectifications.

The internal control and risk management departments of the Bank’s institutions at all levels form the second line of defence. They are responsible for the overall planning, implementing, examining and assessing of risk management and internal control, as well as for identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling risks. They led the first line of defence to enhance its use of the Group’s operational risk monitoring and analysis platform, and are responsible for handling employee violations and management accountability. Through regular monitoring of material risks, the Bank identified and mitigated risks in a timely manner and promoted the optimisation of business processes and systems.

The third line of defence rests in the audit department of the Bank. The audit department is responsible for performing internal audits of the Bank’s internal control and risk management in respect of its adequacy and effectiveness. The Bank continued to push forward the reform of its human resource management system for the audit line, and further intensified the vertical management of its audit function. It enhanced audit team building, pushed forward the construction of IT applications in audit, reinforced the use of IT-based audit approaches, continuously conducted audit circulatory monitoring, and pushed forward the implementation of the audit working mechanism for identifying and revealing material risks. Taking an issueoriented approach, the Bank focused on comprehensive audits of its institutions and special audits of its businesses. It strengthened audits and inspections of high-risk institutions and businesses, as well as those fields prioritised by the Group and of special concern to regulators. The audit department concentrated its attention on systemic, trending, emerging and important issues, so as to practically perform its internal audit function. It promoted the rectification of audit findings, and clarified the primary responsible parties for the rectification. Meanwhile, it deepened the application of audit results, and urged timely and effective rectification of issues, so as to continually improve the Bank’s internal governance and control mechanism.

The Bank devoted great efforts to internal control and case prevention management, consolidated the liabilities of primary responsible parties and took multiple control measures. It consistently improved internal control rules, process and system, stepped up efforts in the building of its internal control inspection team and organised bank-wide risk screening, thereby improving the quality and efficiency of internal control and case prevention. The Bank also focused on the remediation of issues or findings, raised employees’ compliance awareness and fostered an internal control compliance culture.

The Bank continued to implement the Basic Standard for Enterprise Internal Control and its supporting guidelines, adhering to the primary goal of ensuring the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting and the accuracy of financial information. It also constantly improved non-financial internal control. The Bank earnestly implemented the Guidelines for Internal Control of Commercial Banks by following the basic principles of “complete coverage, checks and balances, prudence and correspondence”, so as to promote internal control governance and an organisational structure characterised by a reasonable delegation of work, well-defined responsibilities and clear reporting lines.

The Bank established and implemented a systematic financial accounting policy framework in accordance with applicable accounting standards and rules. As a result, its accounting basis was solidified and the level of standardisation and refinement of its financial accounting management was further improved. It endeavoured to establish a long-term mechanism of accounting fundamentals, and pushed forward the implementation and assessment of robust accounting standards. It continuously strengthened the quality management of its accounting information, so as to ensure the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The financial statements of the Bank were prepared in accordance with the applicable accounting standards and related accounting regulations, and the financial position, operational performance and cash flows of the Bank were fairly presented in all material respects.

Focusing on fraud risk prevention and control, the Bank proactively identified, assessed, controlled and mitigated risks. In the first half of 2020, the Bank successfully prevented 110 external cases involving RMB8.896 million.

Operational Risk Management

The Bank continuously improved its operational risk management system. It promoted the application of operational risk management tools, including Risk and Control Assessment (RACA), Key Risk Indicators (KRI) and Loss Data Collection (LDC), etc., to identify, assess and monitor operational risk, thus continuously improving its risk management measures. The Bank enhanced its IT-system support capability by optimising its operational risk management information system. It strengthened its business continuity management system, optimised its operating mechanism to enhance operational sustainability, carried out disaster recovery drills, proactively addressed the COVID-19 pandemic and improved the Group’s business continuity capacity.

Compliance Management

The Bank continuously improved its compliance risk governance mechanism and management process to ensure the stable development and sustainable operation of the Group. It strengthened its anti-money-laundering (AML) and sanction compliance policies and procedures, optimised AML resource allocation, deepened AML efforts and strengthened sanction compliance monitoring and management. It intensified system and model building and improved system functionality. It endeavoured to build a proactive, forward-looking and robust management framework for overseas compliance through a compliance risk assessment programme. It improved the AML and sanction compliance training management mechanism and conducted various forms of compliance training, so as to enhance all employees’ compliance awareness and abilities.

The Bank enhanced the management of its connected transactions and internal transactions. It improved the management of connected parties and consolidated the foundation of its connected transaction management. It strengthened the routine monitoring and examination of connected transactions and strictly controlled their risks. In addition, it continuously implemented internal transaction monitoring and reporting, thereby improving the quality and efficiency of its internal transaction management.

Capital Management

The Bank thoroughly applied the concepts of capital constraint and value creation, continually optimised its assessment on capital budget implementation, and actively reinforced the construction of its capital management system, so as to continuously refine its overall capital management, lead the optimisation of its business structure, and improve its value creation capabilities. It also seized the market opportunity to accelerate its external capital replenishment. In the first half of 2020, it successfully issued USD2.82 billion of offshore preference shares and RMB40.0 billion of undated capital bonds. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s capital adequacy ratio was 15.42%, reaching a relatively high level.

Capital Adequacy Ratios

As at 30 June 2020, the capital adequacy ratios separately calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) are listed below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

Group Bank

Items

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

Net common equity tier 1 capital

1,640,569

1,596,378

1,361,016

1,346,623

Net tier 1 capital

1,910,664

1,806,435

1,620,480

1,546,517

Net capital

2,298,846

2,201,278

1,994,511

1,927,188

Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio

11.01%

11.30%

10.55%

10.99%

Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio

12.82%

12.79%

12.56%

12.62%

Capital adequacy ratio

15.42%

15.59%

15.46%

15.72%

Please refer to Note IV.5 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information and Supplementary Information II.5 to the Interim Financial Information for detailed information.

Leverage Ratio

As at 30 June 2020, the leverage ratio calculated in accordance with the Administrative Measures for the Leverage Ratio of Commercial Banks (Revised) and the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) is listed below:

Unit: RMB million, except percentages

Items

As at

30 June 2020

As at

31 December 2019

Net tier 1 capital

1,910,664

1,806,435

Adjusted on- and off-balance sheet assets

25,687,399

24,303,201

Leverage ratio

7.44%

7.43%

Please refer to Supplementary Information II.6 to the Interim Financial Information for detailed information.

Social Responsibilities

The Bank actively assumed its responsibilities as a state-owned commercial bank. Leveraging the competitive advantages arising from its global and integrated operations, it continually expanded and deepened the practices through in fulfilling its social responsibilities, devoted itself to win-win cooperation with stakeholders and created lasting value for the economy, society and environment.

In pursuit of the nation’s major strategic objectives, including building a moderately prosperous society in all respects and achieving poverty alleviation, and by following related requirements regarding reducing poverty through financial measures, the Bank refined its financial resource allocation and increased resource input in certain areas, with a focus on the basic needs of food and clothing as well as proper access to compulsory education, medical care and safe housing for those living in poverty, concentrating on severely impoverished areas and those industries that benefit the impoverished. It created innovative financial products and services, introduced highquality industrial poverty alleviation entities for poverty-stricken areas and stimulated internal growth drivers in those areas. In addition, the Bank granted small-amount loans for poverty alleviation and government-sponsored student loans to satisfy the funding needs of the registered poverty-stricken population.

The Bank has supported poverty alleviation in the four poverty-stricken counties of Yongshou, Changwu, Xunyi and Chunhua in Xianyang, Shaanxi Province for 18 consecutive years. Since the beginning of 2020, amid efforts to bolster the four counties in fighting against COVID-19, the Bank drove forward its poverty alleviation programme as scheduled. Consolidating its existing poverty alleviation achievements, it continuously allocated more funds and accelerated the implementation of poverty alleviation schemes. It also carried out poverty alleviation campaigns by stimulating consumption, assisted with local work and production resumption and promoted the connection of poverty alleviation to rural revitalisation, thus making an active contribution to advancing economic and social development and the improvement of living standards in local areas. In the first half of 2020, the Bank provided more than RMB75 million of cost-free capital to the four targeted counties, gave training to more than 10,000 officials and technicians at the primary level, and purchased and helped to sell over RMB0.14 billion worth of agricultural products from poverty-stricken areas.

The Bank continued to provide government-sponsored student loans to support education. As at 30 June 2020, it had cumulatively granted student loans of RMB24.240 billion to sponsor over 1.80 million financially underprivileged students to complete their studies. It has sponsored the Tan Kah Kee Science Award for 17 consecutive years, in order to honour scientists who have made original scientific and technological achievements. The Bank has also carried out strategic cooperation with the National Centre for the Performing Arts for 12 consecutive years, with the aim of popularising the arts through financial channels.

Since the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bank has focused on pandemic prevention and control as well as fighting the virus through financial channels. It has coordinated efforts across its domestic and overseas institutions, and proactively conveyed a vision of building a global community based on a shared future for mankind. The Bank not only cooperated with the domestic pandemic response, but also took the lead in racing against the clock to assist other areas of the world. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had delivered medical supplies to a total of 57 countries and regions.

The Bank made continuous progress in implementing its green finance strategy. It steadily increased the proportion of green credit, accelerated the launch of new green finance products, advocated low-carbon and environmentally-friendly lifestyles, and vigorously supported public welfare environmental protection campaigns, thus taking concrete action to implement the development concept of “clear waters and green mountains are invaluable assets”.

Outlook

In the second half of 2020, the banking sector will continue to face a tough and complicated operating environment and unprecedented external risks and challenges. From an international perspective, the spread of COVID-19 pandemic will drag the global economy into serious recession and accelerate change in global landscape. From a domestic perspective, China’s economy will continue to improve, but will nevertheless face a number of uncertain and destabilising factors.

The Bank adhered to the general principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability, and applied the new development philosophy. With 2020 designated as the “Year of Enhanced Implementation”, the Bank will stimulate vitality, respond with agility and achieve breakthroughs in key areas. It will endeavour to combine performing its responsibilities and planning for its own development, solving present difficulties and resolving long-term problems, and tackling external challenges and defending the risk bottom line, in order to seek out new opportunities from crisis conditions, break new ground in the midst of changes, and realise high-quality development amid difficulties and challenges.

First, the Bank will realise more sustainable development by solidly serving the real economy. It will earnestly implement the requirements of ensuring stability on six fronts and maintaining security in six areas, and vigorously support key fields and weak areas including inclusive finance, private enterprises, advanced manufacturing, new infrastructure and new urbanisation initiatives and major projects. It will make greater efforts to develop green finance, accelerate the development of consumer finance, and enhance its capacities for providing effective finance and serving the real economy. Second, the Bank will actively devote itself to a new development pattern in order to achieve more coordinated improvements. It will continue to follow the path of globalisation, bring the fundamental role of its Chinese mainland business into full play, firmly uplift the globalised and diversified aspects of its development, spare no effort to boost the establishment of the domestic economic cycle, and promote the development of dual circulation between Chinese market and international markets. Third, the Bank will realise more agile and efficient development by deepening system and mechanism reforms. It will further refine its organisational structure and system, make progress towards becoming a more flexible organisation, optimise business management mechanisms and improve resource allocation efficiency and agile responsiveness. Fourth, the Bank will realise more stable development by making every effort to improve comprehensive risk management and control. It will raise awareness of risk compliance, defend the bottom line, reinforce credit risk management and control, strengthen internal control case prevention and operational risk management, refine the regular risk investigation and issue rectification mechanism, in order to uplift its risk management to a more specialised and professional level. Fifth, by strengthening team building and establishing a strong culture, the Bank will realise a development path that is more vibrant and full of positive energy. It will improve human resource management mechanisms, optimise team composition and enhance the professionalism of its employees. It will make balanced use of domestic and overseas training resources to effectively improve the capability and quality of officials and employees.

Changes in Share Capital and Shareholdings of Shareholders

Ordinary Shares

Changes in Ordinary Share Capital

Unit: Share

As at 1 January 2020

Increase/decrease during the reporting period

As at 30 June 2020

Number of shares

Percentage

Issuance of new shares

Bonus shares

Shares transferred from surplus reserve

Others

Subtotal

Number of shares

Percentage

I. Shares subject to selling restrictions

II. Shares not subject to selling restrictions

294,387,791,241

100.00%

294,387,791,241

100.00%

1. RMB-denominated ordinary shares

210,765,514,846

71.59%

210,765,514,846

71.59%

2. Overseas listed foreign shares

83,622,276,395

28.41%

83,622,276,395

28.41%

III. Total Ordinary Shares

294,387,791,241

100.00%

294,387,791,241

100.00%

Notes:

1 As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had issued a total of 294,387,791,241 ordinary shares, including 210,765,514,846 A Shares and 83,622,276,395 H Shares.

2 As at 30 June 2020, none of the Bank’s A Shares and H Shares were subject to selling restrictions.

Number of Ordinary Shareholders and Shareholdings

Number of ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2020: 681,633 (including 497,840 A-Share Holders and 183,793 H-Share Holders)

The top ten ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2020 are set forth below:

Unit: Share

No.

Name of ordinary shareholder

Changes during the reporting period

Number of shares held as at the end of the reporting period

Percentage of total ordinary shares

Number of shares subject to selling restrictions

Number of shares pledged or frozen

Type of shareholder

Type of ordinary shares

1

Central Huijin Investment Ltd.

188,461,533,607

64.02%

None

State

A

2

HKSCC Nominees Limited

(13,731,661)

81,903,080,526

27.82%

Unknown

Foreign legal person

H

3

China Securities Finance Co., Ltd.

8,596,044,925

2.92%

None

State-owned legal person

A

4

Central Huijin Asset Management Ltd.

1,810,024,500

0.61%

None

State-owned legal person

A

5

Buttonwood Investment Platform Ltd.

1,060,059,360

0.36%

None

State-owned legal person

A

6

China Life Insurance Company Limited — dividend — personal dividend — 005L

— FH002SH

155,117,055

994,704,929

0.34%

None

Other

A

7

HKSCC Limited

(123,056,169)

789,379,800

0.27%

None

Foreign legal person

A

8

China Life Insurance Company Limited — traditional — general insurance product —

005L — CT001SH

261,599,524

751,107,970

0.26%

None

Other

A

9

MUFG Bank, Ltd.

520,357,200

0.18%

Unknown

Foreign legal person

H

10

China Pacific Life Insurance Co., Ltd. — China Pacific Life Insurance Dividend Equity Portfolio (Traditional) with management of Changjiang Pension Insurance Co., Ltd.

382,238,605

0.13%

None

Other

A

The number of shares held by H-Share Holders was recorded in the register of members kept at the H-Share Registrar of the Bank.

HKSCC Nominees Limited acted as the nominee for all the institutional and individual investors that maintain an account with it as at 30 June 2020. The aggregate number of the Bank’s H Shares held by HKSCC Nominees Limited included the number of shares held by the National Council for Social Security Fund.

Central Huijin Asset Management Ltd. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Central Huijin Investment Ltd.

HKSCC Limited is the nominee holder who holds securities on behalf of others. The securities included the SSE securities acquired by Hong Kong and overseas investors through ShanghaiHong Kong Stock Connect.

“China Life Insurance Company Limited — dividend — personal dividend — 005L — FH002SH” and “China Life Insurance Company Limited — traditional — general insurance product — 005L — CT001SH” are both under management of China Life Insurance Company Limited.

Save as disclosed above, the Bank is not aware of any connected relation or concerted action among the aforementioned ordinary shareholders.

Substantial Shareholder Interests

The register maintained by the Bank under section 336 of the SFO recorded that, as at 30 June 2020, the shareholders indicated in the following table were substantial shareholders (as defined in the SFO) having interests in shares of the Bank:

Name of shareholder

Capacity

(types of interest)

Number of shares held/ Number of underlying shares

(unit: share)

Type of shares

Percentage of total issued

A-Share capital

Percentage of total issued

H-Share capital

Percentage of total issued ordinary

share capital

Central Huijin Investment Ltd.

Beneficial owner

188,461,533,607

A

89.42%

64.02%

Interest of controlled corporations

1,810,024,500

A

0.86%

0.61%

Total

190,271,558,107

A

90.28%

64.63%

National Council for Social Security Fund

Beneficial owner

6,684,735,907

H

7.99%

2.27%

Citigroup Inc.

Person having a security interest in shares

497,000

H

0.0006%

0.0002%

Interest of controlled corporations

535,617,373

H

0.64%

0.18%

187,321,515(S)

H

0.22%

0.06%

Approved lending agent

4,469,332,847(P)

H

5.34%

1.52%

Total

5,005,447,220

H

5.99%

1.70%

187,321,515(S)

H

0.22%

0.06%

4,469,332,847(P)

H

5.34%

1.52%

BlackRock, Inc.

Interest of controlled corporations

5,003,261,157

H

5.98%

1.70%

21,975,000(S)

H

0.03%

0.01%

Notes:

1 Citigroup Inc. holds the entire issued share capital of Citicorp LLC, while Citicorp LLC holds the entire issued share capital of Citibank, N.A. Thus Citigroup Inc. and Citicorp LLC are deemed to have equal interests in shares of the Bank as Citibank, N.A. under the SFO. Citigroup Inc. holds a long position of 5,005,447,220 H Shares and a short position of 187,321,515 H Shares of the Bank through Citibank, N.A. and other corporations controlled by it. In the long position of 5,005,447,220 H Shares, 4,469,332,847 H Shares are held in the lending pool and 238,489,967 H Shares are held through derivatives. In the short position of 187,321,515 H Shares, 146,016,715 H Shares are held through derivatives.

2 BlackRock, Inc. holds the entire issued share capital of BlackRock Holdco 2 Inc., while BlackRock Holdco 2 Inc. holds the entire issued share capital of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. Thus BlackRock, Inc. and BlackRock Holdco 2 Inc. are deemed to have equal interests in shares of the Bank as BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. under the SFO. BlackRock, Inc. holds a long position of 5,003,261,157 H Shares and a short position of 21,975,000 H Shares of the Bank through BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and other corporations controlled by it. In the long position of 5,003,261,157 H Shares, 108,245,000 H Shares are held through derivatives. In the short position of 21,975,000 H Shares, 13,906,000 H Shares are held through derivatives.

3 “S” denotes short position, “P” denotes lending pool.

Unless stated otherwise, all interests stated above represented long positions. Save as disclosed above, as at 30 June 2020, no other interests (including derivative interests) or short positions were recorded in the register maintained by the Bank under section 336 of the SFO.

Preference Shares

Issuance and Listing of Preference Shares

With the approvals of CBIRC (Yinbaojianfu [2019] No. 630) and CSRC (Zhengjianxuke [2020] No. 254), the Bank made a non-public issuance of USD2.820 billion Offshore Preference Shares (Second Tranche) on 4 March 2020 in the offshore market. Such Offshore Preference Shares have been listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange since 5 March 2020.

Please refer to the Bank’s announcements published on the websites of SSE, HKEX and the Bank.

Number of Preference Shareholders and Shareholdings

Number of preference shareholders as at 30 June 2020: 87 (including 86 domestic preference shareholders and 1 offshore preference shareholder)

The top ten preference shareholders as at 30 June 2020 are set forth below:

Unit: Share

No.

Name of preference shareholder

Changes during the reporting period

Number of shares held as at the end of the reporting period

Percentage of total preference shares

Number of shares pledged or frozen

Type of shareholder

Type of preference shares

1

Bosera Fund — ICBC — Bosera — ICBC —

Flexible Allocation No. 5 Specific

Multi-customer Assets Management Plan

220,000,000

12.24%

None

Other

Domestic Preference

Shares

2

Bank of New York Mellon Corporation

197,865,300

197,865,300

11.01%

Unknown

Foreign legal person

Offshore Preference

Shares

3

China Mobile Communications Group Co., Ltd.

180,000,000

10.01%

None

State-owned legal person

Domestic Preference

Shares

4

CCB Trust Co., Ltd. — “Qian Yuan —

Ri Xin Yue Yi” Open-ended Wealth

Management Single Fund Trust

133,000,000

7.40%

None

Other

Domestic Preference

Shares

5

China Life Insurance Company Limited — traditional — general insurance product — 005L — CT001SH

86,000,000

4.78%

None

Other

Domestic Preference

Shares

6

Bosera Fund — ABC —

Agricultural Bank of China Limited

69,000,000

3.84%

None

Other

Domestic Preference

Shares

7

China Resources SZITIC Trust Co., Ltd. —

Investment No. 1 Single Fund Trust

66,500,000

3.70%

None

Other

Domestic Preference

Shares

8

BOCOM Schroder Asset Management —

BOCOM — Bank of Communications Co., Ltd.

(15,000,000)

50,000,000

2.78%

None

Other

Domestic Preference

Shares

8

China National Tobacco Corporation

50,000,000

2.78%

None

State-owned legal person

Domestic Preference

Shares

10

Ping An Life Insurance Company of China — universal — individual universal insurance

3,000,000

40,600,000

2.26%

None

Other

Domestic Preference

Shares

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, acting as the custodian for all the offshore preference shareholders that maintain an account with Euroclear and Clearstream as at 30 June 2020, held 197,865,300 Offshore Preference Shares, representing 100% of the Offshore Preference Shares.

As at 30 June 2020, “China Life Insurance Company Limited — traditional — general insurance product — 005L — CT001SH” is one of both the Bank’s top ten ordinary shareholders and top ten preference shareholders.

“Bosera Fund — ICBC — Bosera — ICBC — Flexible Allocation No. 5 Specific Multi-customer Assets Management Plan” and “Bosera Fund — ABC — Agricultural Bank of China Limited” are both under management of Bosera Asset Management Co., Limited.

Save as disclosed above, the Bank is not aware of any connected relation or concerted action among the aforementioned preference shareholders, or among the aforementioned preference shareholders and the Bank’s top ten ordinary shareholders.

Profit Distribution of Preference Shares

For the profit distribution policy of the preference shares and the profit distribution arrangements during the reporting period, please refer to the section “Significant Events”.

Other Information regarding Preference Shares

During the reporting period, there was no redemption, conversion into ordinary shares or voting rights recovery in respect of the preference shares of the Bank.

Preference shares issued by the Bank contain no contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset, or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another entity under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the entity. Preference shares issued are nonderivative instruments that will be settled in the entity’s own equity instruments, but include no contractual obligation for the entity to deliver a variable number of its own equity instruments. The Bank classifies preference shares issued as an equity instrument. Fees, commissions and other transaction costs arising from preference shares issuance are deducted from equity. The dividends on preference shares are recognised as profit distribution at the time of declaration.

The funds raised from the issuance of preference shares have been fully used to replenish the Bank’s additional tier 1 capital and increase its capital adequacy ratio.

Directors, Supervisors, Senior Management Members and Staff

Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management Members

Board of Directors

Name

Position

Name

Position

LIU Liange

Chairman

ZHANG Jiangang

Non-executive Director

WANG Jiang

Vice Chairman and President

CHEN Jianbo

Non-executive Director

WANG Wei

Executive Director and

Executive Vice President

WANG Changyun

Independent Director

LIN Jingzhen

Executive Director and

Executive Vice President

Angela CHAO

Independent Director

ZHAO Jie

Non-executive Director

JIANG Guohua

Independent Director

XIAO Lihong

Non-executive Director

Martin Cheung Kong LIAO

Independent Director

WANG Xiaoya

Non-executive Director

CHEN Chunhua

Independent Director

Notes:

1 The information listed in the above table pertains to the incumbent directors.

2 Mr. WANG Jiang began to serve as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, Executive Director, and member of the Strategic Development Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 14 January 2020.

3 Mr. WU Fulin ceased to serve as Executive Director and member of the Connected Transactions Control Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 27 January 2020 due to a change of job.

4 Mr. LIAO Qiang ceased to serve as Non-executive Director, member of the Strategic Development Committee, member of the Corporate Culture and Consumer Protection Committee, and member of the Risk Policy Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 5 March 2020 due to a change of job.

5 Mr. WANG Wei began to serve as Executive Director and member of the Connected Transactions Control Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 30 June 2020.

6 Mr. CHEN Jianbo began to serve as Non-executive Director, member of the Strategic Development Committee, member of the Corporate Culture and Consumer Protection Committee, and member of the Risk Policy Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 30 June 2020.

7 Ms. CHEN Chunhua began to serve as Independent Director, member of the Strategic Development Committee, Chairwoman and member of the Corporate Culture and Consumer Protection Committee, and member of the Personnel and Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank as of 20 July 2020.

8 The 2019 Second Extraordinary General Meeting of the Bank held on 31 December 2019 considered and approved the proposal on the election of Mr. CHUI Sai Peng Jose as Independent Director of the Bank. The qualification of Mr. CHUI Sai Peng Jose to serve as Independent Director of the Bank is subject to the approval of

CBIRC.

9 Non-executive Directors Mr. ZHAO Jie, Ms. XIAO Lihong, Ms. WANG Xiaoya, Mr. ZHANG Jiangang and Mr. CHEN Jianbo were recommended by Central Huijin Investment Ltd., shareholder of the Bank.

10 During the reporting period, none of the directors held any share of the Bank.

Board of Supervisors

Name

Position

Name

Position

WANG Xiquan

Chairman of the Board of Supervisors

LENG Jie

Employee Supervisor

WANG Zhiheng

Employee Supervisor

JIA Xiangsen

External Supervisor

LI Changlin

Employee Supervisor

ZHENG Zhiguang

External Supervisor

Notes:

1 The information listed in the above table pertains to the incumbent supervisors.

2 During the reporting period, none of the supervisors held any share of the Bank.

Senior Management Members

Name

Position

Name

Position

WANG Jiang

Vice Chairman and President

XIAO Wei

Chief Audit Officer

WANG Wei

Executive Director and

Executive Vice President

LIU Qiuwan

Chief Information Officer

LIN Jingzhen

Executive Director and

Executive Vice President

LIU Jiandong

Chief Risk Officer

SUN Yu

Executive Vice President

MEI Feiqi

Secretary to the Board of Directors and Company Secretary

ZHENG Guoyu

Executive Vice President

Notes:

1 The information listed in the above table pertains to the incumbent senior management members.

2 Mr. WU Fulin ceased to serve as Executive Vice President of the Bank as of 27 January 2020 due to a change of job.

3 During the reporting period, no senior management member, except Mr. SUN Yu who held 10,000 H shares of the Bank, held any share of the Bank.

Organisational Management, Human Resources Development and Management

Organisational Management

As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had a total of 11,634 institutions worldwide, including 11,076 institutions in the Chinese mainland and 558 institutions in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions. Its domestic commercial banking business comprised 10,581 institutions, including 38 tier-1 and direct branches, 365 tier-2 branches and 10,177 outlets.

Geographic distribution of institutions and employees:

Unit: RMB million/unit/person, except percentages

Items

Assets

Institutions

Employees

Total assets

% of total

Number of institutions

% of total

Number of employees

% of total

Northern China

7,703,319

29.85%

2,075

17.84%

60,812

19.85%

Northeastern China

792,668

3.07%

923

7.93%

24,281

7.93%

Eastern China

4,941,077

19.15%

3,564

30.63%

91,186

29.78%

Central and Southern China

3,644,900

14.12%

2,797

24.04%

66,984

21.87%

Western China

1,804,766

6.99%

1,717

14.76%

37,323

12.19%

Hong Kong, Macao and

Taiwan

4,589,959

17.78%

428

3.68%

19,468

6.36%

Other countries and regions

2,332,628

9.04%

130

1.12%

6,178

2.02%

Elimination

(1,656,462)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Total

24,152,855

100.00%

11,634

100.00%

306,232

100.00%

Note: The proportion of geographic assets was based on data before elimination.

Human Resources Development and Management

As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had a total of 306,232 employees. There were 280,586 employees in the Bank’s operations of the Chinese mainland, of which 267,784 worked in the Bank’s domestic commercial banking operations. There were 25,646 employees in the Bank’s operations in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank bore costs for a total of 5,228 retirees.

In the first half of 2020, the Bank continued to improve its functional structure in line with the Group’s strategies and annual priorities. To Support the development of its inclusive finance business, the Bank improved its organisational system for inclusive finance through the “dedicated department + specialised sub-branches” model, and enhanced its capabilities for organising and advancing inclusive finance business. It continually improved the management model for institutions in provincial capitals and further sharpened their competitive edge. In addition, the Bank reshaped its education and training model by establishing BOC University, a first-class enterprise university nurturing first-class talents, thus serving China’s industryeducation integration initiative as well as its own development strategy.

The establishment of BOC University represents an important measure taken by the Bank in order to implement national strategy, adapt to industry trends and boost financial innovation and reform in the new era. BOC University aims to empower BOC Group, its staff, its customers and the society, and is committed to growing into a world-class financial enterprise university characterised by the pursuit of noble values, an advanced schooling model, distinctive features and advantages, and excellent brand influence. Since its establishment, BOC University has responded actively to the COVID-19 pandemic and accelerated digitalised transformation. In the first half of 2020, a total of 8,152,530 people participated in online training, with a total learning time of 5,614,284 hours.

The Bank vigorously strengthened its human resources, stimulated the enthusiasm of its employees, intensified the cultivation of young professionals, and continuously trained internationalised and all-round talented personnel. It continuously pushed forward the building of professional development pathways by optimising pathway sequencing, improving professional qualification management and further opening up the development channel for professionals. Following national targeted poverty alleviation strategies, the Bank selected and dispatched outstanding personnel to frontline outlets and to areas facing challenging conditions, so as to support local economic development. Actively responding to the country’s call to stabilise employment, the Bank took the initiative to offer more new jobs, improved its recruitment policies and measures, and delivered more support to inclusive finance, thus providing job opportunities for various personnel.

Corporate Governance

The Bank strictly follows the regulatory rules governing capital markets and industries, closely tracks changes and trends in overseas and domestic regulations and proactively explores innovative models and methods of corporate governance, so as to continuously enhance its corporate governance capabilities.

During the reporting period, the Bank further improved its corporate governance mechanisms. It conducted self-inspection on the implementation of the Scheme on the Authorisation to the Board of Directors Granted by the Shareholders’ Meeting of Bank of China Limited and the Measures of Authorisation to the President by the Board of Directors of Bank of China Limited. The implementation was satisfactory with no approval in excess of authority identified.

The Board of Directors paid close attention to enhancing directors’ continuing professional development, organised research activities and training for the directors and improved the communication mechanisms, thus continuously enhancing its decision-making efficiency and capability.

During the reporting period, the Bank continued to strengthen the protection of shareholders’ rights, ensuring that shareholders are properly informed and entitled to participate and make decisions.

Corporate Governance Compliance

During the reporting period, the Bank’s corporate governance was consistent with the Company Law and the relevant provisions of CSRC.

During the reporting period, the Bank strictly observed the Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) as set out in Appendix 14 to the Hong Kong Listing Rules. The Bank has complied with all provisions of the Code and most of the recommended best practices set out in the Code.

Shareholders’ Meeting

On 30 June 2020, the Bank held its 2019 Annual General Meeting on-site in Beijing. A-Share Holders could also cast votes online. This meeting considered and approved the proposals including the 2019 work report of the Board of Directors, the 2019 work report of the Board of Supervisors, the 2019 annual financial report, the 2019 profit distribution plan, the 2020 annual budget for fixed assets investment, the appointment of the Bank’s external auditor for 2020, the election of Mr. ZHAO Jie, Ms. XIAO Lihong and Ms. WANG Xiaoya to be re-appointed as Non-executive Directors of the Bank, the election of Mr. CHEN Jianbo to be appointed as Nonexecutive Director of the Bank, the 2019 annual remuneration distribution plan for External Supervisors, the application for provisional authorisation of outbound donations, the bond issuance plan, the issuance of write-down undated capital bonds, the issuance of qualified writedown tier 2 capital instruments, and the election of Mr. WANG Wei as Executive Director of Bank of China Limited. The meeting also heard the report on the connected transactions for 2019, the duty report of Independent Directors for 2019, and the report on the implementation of the Scheme on the Authorisation to the Board of Directors Granted by the Shareholders’ Meeting of Bank of China Limited for 2019. The proposals regarding the bond issuance plan, the issuance of write-down undated capital bonds, and the issuance of qualified write-down tier 2 capital instruments were special resolutions, while the rest of the proposals were ordinary resolutions.

The above shareholders’ meeting was convened and held in strict compliance with relevant laws and regulations as well as the listing rules of the Bank’s listing exchanges. The Bank’s directors, supervisors and senior management members attended the meeting and communicated with shareholders on issues of concern. The Bank published announcements on the resolutions and legal opinions of the aforementioned shareholders’ meeting pursuant to the regulatory requirements in a timely manner. For details, please refer to the Bank’s announcements published on the websites of SSE, HKEX and the Bank on 30 June 2020.

Directors and the Board of Directors

Currently, the Board of Directors comprises fourteen members. Besides the Chairman, there are three executive directors, five non-executive directors and five independent directors. The proportion of independent directors reaches one-third of the total number of directors, which is in compliance with the Articles of Association of the Bank and the relevant regulatory provisions. The positions of Chairman of the Board of Directors and President of the Bank are assumed by two persons.

Save as disclosed in this report, to the best knowledge of the Bank, information regarding the Bank’s directors including their appointments during the reporting period is the same as that disclosed in the 2019 Annual Report of the Bank.

During the reporting period, the Bank convened four on-site meetings of the Board of Directors respectively on 13 January, 27 March, 29 April and 30 June, and six meetings of the Board of Directors via written resolution on 6 January, 26 January, 9 April, 25 May, and 22 June (two on 22 June). At these meetings, the Board of Directors mainly considered and approved proposals regarding the 2019 work report of the Board of Directors, the 2019 profit distribution plan, the 2019 internal control self-assessment report, the 2019 corporate social responsibility report, the 2019 annual report, the 2019 capital adequacy ratio report, the 2020 first quarter report, the nomination of candidates for directorships, the bond issuance plan, and the establishment of a subsidiary, among others.

The Board of Directors has set up the Strategic Development Committee, the Corporate Culture and Consumer Protection Committee, the Audit Committee, the Risk Policy Committee, the Personnel and Remuneration Committee, and the Connected Transactions Control Committee as well as the US Risk and Management Committee established under the Risk Policy Committee, to assist it in performing its functions under the authorisation of the Board of Directors. Independent directors individually serve as the chairman of the Corporate Culture and Consumer Protection Committee, the Audit Committee, the Risk Policy Committee, the Personnel and Remuneration Committee and the Connected Transactions Control Committee. The work performance of each special committee during the reporting period was as follows:

Special Committees

Work Performance

Strategic Development Committee

The committee held three on-site meetings and two meetings via written resolutions, at which it mainly reviewed the profit distribution plan for 2019, the business plan and financial budget for 2020, the inclusive finance business plan for 2020, the development plan for enhancing service to private enterprises (2020–2022), the application for provisional authorisation of outbound donations, the proposal on issuance of write-down undated capital bonds, the proposal on issuance of qualified write-down tier 2 capital instruments, among others.

Corporate Culture and

Consumer Protection

Committee

The committee held one on-site meeting, at which it reviewed the report on corporate social responsibility for 2019.

Audit Committee

The committee held four on-site meetings, at which it mainly reviewed and approved the 2020 work plan and financial budget for internal audit. It reviewed the 2019 financial report, the 2020 first quarter financial report, the 2019 internal control work report, the 2019 internal control assessment report, the audit results on internal control and management proposal, the overall work plan for the selection and engagement of accountant for 2021 and the engagement & fees of accountant for 2021. In addition, it heard the work report on internal audit in 2019, the progress report on IT application in audit and subsequent plan, the 2019 report on the overseas supervision information, the progress report on internal control audit of Ernst & Young in 2019, updates on compliance with the principle of independence, the 2020 audit plan, and the report on asset quality in the first quarter of 2020, among others.

Special Committees

Work Performance

Risk Policy Committee

The committee held two on-site meetings and one meeting via written resolutions, at which it mainly reviewed proposals including the Risk Appetites Statement of the Group (2020 Edition), the AML, CFT and Sanction Compliance Policy (2020 Edition), the Securities Investment Policy (2020 Edition), the Trading Book Market Risk Limits (Level A) in 2020, the Capital Adequacy Ratio Report of 2019, the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Report for 2020, the Liquidity Risk Management Policies (2020 Edition) and the Policy for Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book Management (2020 Edition). The committee also regularly reviewed the Risk Reports of the Group.

Personnel and

Remuneration Committee

The committee held one on-site meeting and three meetings via written resolutions, at which it mainly reviewed proposals on the nomination of Mr. ZHAO Jie, Ms. XIAO Lihong and Ms. WANG Xiaoya to be re-appointed as Non-executive Directors of the Bank, the performance evaluation results for the Chairman, Executive Directors and senior management members for 2019, the nomination of Mr. CHEN Jianbo as candidate for Non-executive Director of the Bank, the nomination of Mr. WANG Wei as candidate for Executive Director of the Bank, the appointment of Mr. WANG Wei as member of special committees of the Board of Directors, and the appointment of Mr. CHEN Jianbo as member of special committees of the Board of Directors, among others.

Connected Transactions Control Committee

The committee held one on-site meeting, at which it mainly reviewed and approved the report on the connected party list and other proposals. It also reviewed the report on connected transactions in 2019 and the statement on connected transactions of the Bank in 2019, among others.

Supervisors and the Board of Supervisors

The Board of Supervisors currently comprises six members, with one shareholder supervisor (Chairman of the Board of Supervisors), three employee supervisors and two external supervisors.

During the reporting period, with the target of building a world-class bank in the new era, the Board of Supervisors of the Bank performed its supervisory duties in accordance with the law, overcame the negative impact caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, took solid supervisory actions regarding the Bank’s strategies, duty performance, finance, internal control and risk management, and actively played its supervisory and advisory role. It performed its role in duty performance supervision by conducting the 2019 duty performance assessment of the Board of Directors, the Senior Management and its members, carrying out its annual assessment of the duty performance of supervisors, and performing effective day-to-day supervision over duty performance. In order to enhance strategic and financial supervision, the Board of Supervisors focused on the progress in the new development strategies, carefully reviewed regular reports, and raised recommendations on matters of concern. At the same time, it intensified efforts in the analysis of risks in key areas, and issued prompt reminders to the Board of Directors, Senior Management and relevant departments, in order to enhance its supervision over risk management and internal control. In addition, the Board of Supervisors continuously tracked the progress of the Senior Management and relevant departments in implementing matters of concern proposed at meetings of the Board of Supervisors and during inspections, thus strengthening the implementation of its regulatory opinions. Adhering to the goal of building a world-class bank in the new era, it performed its supervisory and advisory function by launching special surveys regarding various topics, including the development of the Bank’s overseas institutions and transaction banking.

During the reporting period, the Board of Supervisors held two on-site meetings on 27 March and 29 April and one meeting via written resolutions on 21 January, at which it mainly reviewed and approved the proposals regarding the Bank’s 2019 annual report, 2019 profit distribution plan, 2019 internal control assessment report, 2019 corporate social responsibility report, special report on the deposit and usage of proceeds raised from the issuance of Domestic Preference Shares of 2019, evaluation opinions of the Board of Supervisors on the duty performance and due diligence of the Board of Directors, the Senior Management and its members for 2019, assessment opinions of the Board of Supervisors on strategic implementation of the Bank in 2019, supervisory opinions of the Board of Supervisors on consolidated management, internal audit, anti-money laundering, internal control, fraud prevention and compensation management performance of the Bank, the 2019 work report of the Board of Supervisors, the performance evaluation results of the Chairman of the Board of Supervisors in 2019, the performance evaluation results and remuneration distribution plan for external supervisors, and the 2020 first quarter report, among others. The Duty Performance and Due Diligence Supervision Committee held two on-site meetings and one meeting via written resolutions, and the Finance and Internal Control Supervision Committee held two on-site meetings, at which the two committees carried out preliminary review of their respective issues of relevance and submitted them to the Board of Supervisors for review and approval.

During the reporting period, External Supervisors Mr. JIA Xiangsen and Mr. ZHENG Zhiguang performed their supervisory duties in strict accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Bank. Mr. JIA Xiangsen attended the 2019 Annual General Meeting, and was present at meetings of the Board of Directors as a non-voting attendee. He also attended two onsite meetings of the Board of Supervisors, presided over two meetings of the Finance and Internal Control Supervision Committee of the Board of Supervisors, and participated in special surveys regarding the development of the Bank’s overseas institutions. Mr. ZHENG Zhiguang attended the 2019 Annual General Meeting and two on-site meetings of the Board of Supervisors, and participated in special surveys regarding the development of the Bank’s overseas institutions. The two external supervisors expressed opinions independently and objectively during their terms of office, and put forward suggestions on strategy implementation, business development and risk management, thus playing an active role in promoting the improvement of the Bank’s corporate governance and management.

Senior Management

During the reporting period, the Senior Management of the Bank managed the Bank’s operations in accordance with the powers bestowed upon them by the Articles of Association and the authorisations of the Board of Directors. Closely adhering to the strategic goal of building a world-class bank in the new era and to the annual performance objectives approved by the Board of Directors, it emphasised on stimulating vitality, making agile reaction and achieving breakthroughs in key areas, and accelerated the implementation of various tasks in the development strategy, thus realising continuous and stable improvement in the business performance of the Group.

During the reporting period, the Senior Management of the Bank held 22 regular meetings, at which it focused on major aspects of the Bank’s operations and management, and decided upon a series of significant matters, including the Group’s COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control, business development, performance management, risk management, audit supervision, IT system development, product and service innovation, integrated operation, globalised development, inclusive finance and scenario building. It also convened special meetings to study and make arrangements for matters relating to corporate banking, personal banking, financial markets, channel building, smart operation, compliance management and data governance.

The Senior Management (Executive Committee) of the Bank presides over the Asset and Liability Management Committee, the Risk Management and Internal Control Committee (which governs the Anti-Money Laundering Committee, the Asset Disposal Committee and the Credit Risk Management and Decision-making Committee), the Procurement Review Committee, the IT Management Committee, the Securities Investment and Management Committee, the Internet Finance Committee, the Innovation and Product Management Committee, the Integrated Operation Coordination Committee, the Asset Management Business Committee, the Consumer Protection Committee, the Domestic Branch Development and Coordination Committee, and the Green Finance Management Committee. During the reporting period, all of the committees diligently fulfilled their duties and responsibilities as per the powers specified in their committee charters and the rights delegated by the Executive Committee, and pushed forward the sound development of the Bank’s various operations.

Significant Events

Formulation and Implementation of Profit Distribution Policy

Ordinary Shares

In 2009, the Bank amended the Articles of Association to state that the Bank should maintain the continuity and stability of its profit distribution policy.

In 2013, the Bank amended the Articles of Association related to the cash dividend. This amendment further clarified the Bank’s profit distribution principles, policy and adjustment procedures, the consideration process of the profit distribution plan and other matters. The amendment stated that the Bank shall adopt cash dividend as the priority form of profit distribution. Except under special circumstances, the Bank shall adopt cash as the form of dividend distribution where there is profit in that year and the accumulated undistributed profit is positive, and that the cash distribution of the dividend shall not be less than 10% of the profit after tax attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the Bank. The amendment also stated that the Bank shall offer online voting to shareholders when considering amendments to the profit distribution policy and profit distribution plan.

The Bank considered and approved the Shareholder Return Plan for 2018 to 2020 at the 2019 First Extraordinary General Meeting on 4 January 2019, specifying the basic principles, shareholder return plan and decision-making and supervisory mechanisms regarding the formulation, implementation and amendment of the shareholder return of the Bank.

The procedure to formulate the aforementioned profit distribution policy was compliant and transparent, and the decision procedure was complete. The criterion and ratio of the dividend were explicit and clear. The independent directors fully expressed their opinions and the legitimate rights and interests of minority shareholders were fully respected and protected. In these regards, the formulation of the policy was in line with the provisions of the Articles of Association and other rules and regulations.

The profit distribution plan for ordinary shares of the Bank shall be approved by the shareholders’ meeting. In 2020, the Bank distributed dividends on ordinary shares for 2019 in strict compliance with the Articles of Association, its dividend distribution policy and the shareholders’ meeting resolution on profit distribution.

Preference Shares

The preference shareholders of the Bank receive dividend at the specified dividend rate prior to the ordinary shareholders. The Bank shall pay the dividend to the preference shareholders in cash. The Bank shall not distribute the dividends on ordinary shares before all the dividends of preference shares have been paid.

Dividend on the Bank’s preference shares will be distributed on an annual basis. Once the preference shareholders have received dividends at the specified dividend rate, they shall not be entitled to participate in the distribution of the remaining profits of the Bank together with the ordinary shareholders.

The preference share dividend is non-cumulative. If any preference share dividend for any dividend period is not paid in full, such remaining amount of dividend shall not be carried forward to the following dividend year. The Bank shall be entitled to cancel the payment of any dividend on the preference shares, and such cancellation shall not constitute a default. The Bank may at its discretion use the funds arising from the cancellation of such dividend payment to repay other indebtedness due and payable.

Dividend payments are independent of the Bank’s credit rating, nor do they vary with the credit rating.

In the first half of 2020, the Bank distributed dividends on domestic preference shares in strict compliance with the Articles of Association, the terms of issuance of preference shares and the Board of Directors’ resolutions on dividend distribution.

Profit Distribution during the Reporting Period

The 2019 Annual General Meeting held on 30 June 2020 considered and approved the Bank’s profit distribution plan as follows: appropriation to statutory surplus reserve of RMB17.298 billion; appropriation to general and regulatory reserves of RMB18.575 billion; no appropriation to the discretionary reserve; considering the Bank’s business performance, financial position, and the capital requirements for the future development of the Bank, RMB1.91 per ten shares (before tax) was proposed to be distributed as cash dividends on ordinary shares to A-Share Holders and H-Share Holders whose names appeared on the register of members of the Bank as at market close on 14 July 2020, amounting to approximately RMB56.228 billion (before tax) in total. The dividend distribution plan has been accomplished. The Bank did not distribute an interim dividend on ordinary shares for 2020, nor did it propose any capitalisation of capital reserve into share capital.

At the Board meeting held on 13 January 2020, the dividend distribution plan for the Bank’s Domestic Preference Shares (Second Tranche) was approved. The Bank distributed a total of RMB1.540 billion (before tax) of dividends on the Domestic Preference Shares (Second Tranche) on 13 March 2020, with an annual dividend rate of 5.50% (before tax). The dividend distribution plan has been accomplished.

At the Board meeting held on 29 April 2020, the dividend distribution plans for the Bank’s Domestic Preference Shares (Third Tranche and Fourth Tranche) were approved. The Bank distributed a total of RMB3.285 billion (before tax) of dividends on the Domestic Preference Shares (Third Tranche) on 29 June 2020, with an annual dividend rate of 4.50% (before tax) and the dividend distribution plan has been accomplished. The Bank will distribute a total of RMB1.1745 billion (before tax) of dividends on the Domestic Preference Shares (Fourth Tranche) on 31 August 2020, with an annual dividend rate of 4.35% (before tax).

The dividend distribution plans for the Bank’s Domestic Preference Shares (First Tranche and Second Tranche) were approved on 30 August 2020 by the Board of Directors of the Bank. The Bank will distribute a total of RMB1.920 billion (before tax) of dividends on Domestic Preference Shares (First Tranche) on 23 November 2020, with an annual dividend rate of 6.00% (before tax). The Bank will distribute a total of RMB1.540 billion (before tax) of dividends on Domestic Preference Shares (Second Tranche) on 15 March 2021, with an annual dividend rate of 5.50% (before tax).

Please refer to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for other profit distribution during the reporting period.

Corporate Governance

For details of the corporate governance of the Bank, please refer to the section “Corporate Governance”.

Purchase and Sale of Material Assets

During the reporting period, the Bank did not undertake any purchase and sale of material assets that is required to be disclosed.

Material Litigation and Arbitration

The Bank was involved in certain litigation and arbitration cases in its regular course of business. In addition, because of the scope and scale of the Bank’s international operations, the Bank is from time to time subject to a variety of claims under the laws of various jurisdictions in which the Bank operates. After consulting legal professionals, the Senior Management of the Bank holds the view that none of the litigation and arbitration cases will have significant impact on the financial position or operating results of the Bank at the current stage.

Significant Connected Transactions

The Bank had no significant connected transactions during the reporting period. For details of the related party transactions as defined by the relevant accounting standards by the end of the reporting period, please refer to Note III.30 of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

Major Contracts and Enforcement thereof

Material Custody, Sub-contracts and Leases

During the reporting period, the Bank did not take, or allow to subsist any significant custody of, sub-contract or lease assets from other companies, or allow its material business assets to be subject to such arrangements, in each case that is required to be disclosed.

Material Guarantee Business

As approved by PBOC and CBIRC, the Bank’s guarantee business is an off-balance sheet item in the ordinary course of its business. The Bank operates the guarantee business in a prudent manner and has formulated specific management measures, operational processes and approval procedures in respect of the risks of guarantee business and carries out this business accordingly. During the reporting period, save as disclosed above, the Bank did not enter into or allow to subsist any material guarantee business that is required to be disclosed.

Other Major Contracts

During the reporting period, the Bank did not enter into or allow to subsist any other major contract that is required to be disclosed.

Undertakings

There was no undertaking that has been fulfilled by the Bank during the reporting period. As at the end of the reporting period, there was no undertaking failed to be fulfilled by the Bank.

Disciplinary Actions Imposed on the Bank, its Directors, Supervisors, Senior Management Members and Controlling Shareholder

During the reporting period, neither the Bank nor any of its directors, supervisors, senior management members or controlling shareholder was subject to any investigation, compulsory measures or accusation of criminal responsibilities by relevant authorities or any investigation, administrative punishment or regulatory measures by CSRC, or had material administrative punishment imposed on them by other administrative authorities, or were publicly reprimanded by any stock exchange.

Alert of and Explanations for Predicted Loss in Net Profit for the Period from the Beginning of the Year to the End of the Next Reporting Period or Substantial Change Compared with the Same Period of the Prior Year

Not applicable.

Misappropriation of Funds for Non-operating Purposes by Controlling Shareholder and Other Related Parties

During the reporting period, there was no misappropriation of the Bank’s funds by its controlling shareholder or other related parties for non-operating purposes.

Use of Raised Funds

All proceeds raised from initial public offerings, issuance of subordinated bonds, the rights issue, issuances of tier 2 capital bonds, preference shares and undated capital bonds have been fully used to replenish the Bank’s capital and increase the level of its capital adequacy.

For details, please refer to the related announcements published on the websites of SSE, HKEX and the Bank and the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information.

Purchase, Sale or Redemption of the Bank’s Listed Securities

Please refer to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for details regarding the purchase, sale or redemption of the Bank’s listed securities.

Implementation of Stock Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Ownership Plan

The Bank approved a long-term incentive policy, including the Management Stock Appreciation Rights Plan and the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, at the Board meeting and the extraordinary shareholders’ meeting held in November 2005. To date, the Management Stock Appreciation Rights Plan and the Employee Stock Ownership Plan have not been implemented.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of the Bank comprises six members, including Non-executive Directors Mr. ZHAO Jie and Mr. ZHANG Jiangang, Independent Directors Mr. WANG Changyun, Ms. Angela CHAO, Mr. JIANG Guohua and Mr. Martin Cheung Kong LIAO. Independent Director Mr. JIANG Guohua serves as the Chairman of the committee. Following the principle of independence, the committee assists the Board of Directors in supervising the financial reports, internal control, internal audit and external audit of the Group.

The Audit Committee has reviewed the interim results of the Bank. The external auditor of the Bank has reviewed the interim report in accordance with International Standards on Review Engagements No. 2410. The committee has considered the financial statements in light of accounting standards, accounting policies and practices, internal control and financial reporting.

Appointment of External Auditors

The Bank engaged Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP as the Bank’s domestic auditor and internal control external auditor for 2020 to provide audit services on its financial statements and internal control pursuant to CAS and engaged Ernst & Young as its international auditor for 2020 to provide audit services on financial statements pursuant to IFRS.

Directors’ and Supervisors’ Rights to Acquire Shares

During the reporting period, none of the Bank, its holding companies, or any of its subsidiaries or fellow subsidiaries was party to any arrangements that would enable the Bank’s directors and supervisors or their respective spouses or children below the age of 18, to benefit by acquiring shares in, or debentures of, the Bank or any other legal entity.

Directors’ and Supervisors’ Interests in Shares, Underlying Shares and Debentures

To the best knowledge of the Bank, as at 30 June 2020, none of the directors or supervisors of the Bank or their respective associates had any interests or short positions in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Bank or any of its associated corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO) as recorded in the register required to be kept by the Bank pursuant to Section 352 of the SFO or as otherwise notified to the Bank and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (the “Model Code”) as set out in Appendix 10 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

Securities Transactions by Directors and Supervisors

Pursuant to domestic and overseas securities regulatory requirements, the Bank formulated and implemented the Management Measures on Securities Transactions by Directors, Supervisors and Senior Management Personnel of Bank of China Limited (the “Management Rules”) to govern securities transactions by the directors, supervisors and senior management members of the Bank. The terms of the Management Rules are more stringent than the mandatory standards set out in the Model Code. All the directors and supervisors of the Bank have confirmed that they have complied with the standards set out in both the Management Rules and the Model Code throughout the reporting period.

Consumer Rights Protection

The Bank attaches great importance to and makes active efforts in the protection of consumer rights and interests, strictly implements national laws and regulations on consumer protection, and protects the legitimate rights and interests of financial consumers according to relevant laws and rules, thus continuously improving its consumer protection management system. In the first half of 2020, in accordance with regulatory requirements and market changes, the Bank continuously enhanced the building of its consumer protection systems and mechanisms, refined consumer protection rules, heightened its sense of responsibility and mission with regard to consumer protection, and incorporated consumer protection efforts into its corporate governance, corporate culture and development strategy. In response to regulatory requirements, the Bank properly conducted consumer protection during the COVID-19 pandemic prevention and control, addressed consumer consultations in a timely manner, and ensured smooth financial services for consumers. It further stepped up efforts to standardise the handling of consumer complaints, and gave full play to the role of consumer complaints in helping to supervise and improve the quality of the Bank’s products and services. In addition, the Bank launched a series of financial knowledge promotional and educational activities. It won the honorary title of “Excellent Organiser” in the “3.15 Consumer Protection Education and Publicity Week”. It also carried out the “3.15 Rights • Responsibilities • Risks, Financial Consumer Rights Day”, “Financial Knowledge Popularisation” and other thematic campaigns.

Integrity of the Bank and its Controlling Shareholder

During the reporting period, neither the Bank nor its controlling shareholder failed to perform any effective judgment of the court or pay off any due debt in large amount.

Other Significant Events

For announcements regarding other significant events made in accordance with the regulatory requirements during the reporting period, please refer to the websites of SSE, HKEX and the Bank.

Compliance with International Accounting Standard No. 34

The 2020 interim report of the Bank is in compliance with International Accounting Standard No. 34 — Interim Financial Reporting.

Interim Report

You may write to the Bank’s H-Share Registrar, Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited (Address: 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong, China) to request the interim report prepared under IFRS or visit the Bank’s office address for copies prepared under CAS. The Chinese and/or English versions of this interim report are also available on the following websites: www.boc.cn, www.sse.com.cn and www.hkexnews.hk.

Should you have any queries about how to obtain copies of this interim report or access the document on the Bank’s website, please contact the Bank’s H-Share Registrar at (852) 2862 8688 or the Bank’s hotline at (86)10-6659 2638.

Report on Review of Interim Financial Information

To the Board of Directors of Bank of China Limited

(Established in the People’s Republic of China with limited liability)

Introduction

We have reviewed the accompanying interim financial information set out on pages 84 to 194, which comprises the condensed consolidated statement of financial position of Bank of China Limited (the “Bank”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as at 30 June 2020 and the related condensed consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the six-month period then ended, and explanatory notes. The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited require the preparation of a report on interim financial information to be in compliance with the relevant provisions thereof and International Accounting Standard 34 Interim Financial Reporting (“IAS 34”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The directors are responsible for the preparation and presentation of interim financial information in accordance with IAS 34. Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on this interim financial information based on our review. Our report is made solely to you, as a body, in accordance with our agreed terms of engagement, and for no other purpose. We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the contents of this report.

Scope of review

We conducted our review in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements 2410 Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity. A review of interim financial information consists of making inquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

Conclusion

Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the accompanying interim financial information is not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with IAS 34.

Ernst & Young

Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong

30 August 2020

CONTENTS

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME . . . . . 85

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION . . . . . . . . . . 86

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY. . . . . . . . . . . 88

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

I. BASIS OF PREPARATION AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES . . . . . 92 II. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS IN

APPLYING ACCOUNTING POLICIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

III. NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1 Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

2 Net fee and commission income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

3 Net trading gains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 4 Net gains on transfers of financial asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 5 Other operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

6 Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

7 Staff costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 8 Impairment losses on assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 9 Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 10 Earnings per share (basic and diluted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 11 Other comprehensive income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 12 Cash and due from banks and other financial institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 13 Balances with central banks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 14 Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions . . . . . . . . . . . 108 15 Derivative financial instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

16 Loans and advances to customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 17 Financial investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 18 Property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 19 Investment properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 20 Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 21 Financial liabilities held for trading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 22 Due to customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 23 Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 24 Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 25 Other equity instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 26 Dividends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 27 Contingent liabilities and commitments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 28 Changes in consolidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 29 Note to the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 30 Related party transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

31 Segment reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

CONTENTS (Continued)

32 Transfers of financial assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 33 Interests in the structured entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

34 Events after the financial reporting date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

IV. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

1 Credit risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 2 Market risk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 3 Liquidity risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

4 Fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

5 Capital management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

I. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS AND CAS

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 II. UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio. . . . . . . . . . . 194 2 Currency concentrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

3 International claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 4 Overdue assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

6 Leverage ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Note

Unaudited

Unaudited

Interest income

III.1

375,930

365,364

Interest expense

III.1

(179,035)

(183,680)

Net interest income

196,895

181,684

Fee and commission income

III.2

57,021

57,465

Fee and commission expense

III.2

(6,679)

(6,901)

Net fee and commission income

50,342

50,564

Net trading gains

III.3

2,173

14,584

Net gains on transfers of financial asset

III.4

7,623

3,244

Other operating income

III.5

29,950

26,612

Operating income

286,983

276,688

Operating expenses

III.6

(90,946)

(91,130)

Impairment losses on assets

III.8

(66,484)

(33,670)

Operating profit

129,553

151,888

Share of results of associates and joint ventures

63

670

Profit before income tax

129,616

152,558

Income tax expense

III.9

(21,804)

(31,116)

Profit for the period

107,812

121,442

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Bank 100,917 114,048

Non-controlling interests 6,895 7,394

107,812

121,442

Earnings per share (in RMB)

III.10

— Basic

0.32

0.38

— Diluted

0.32

0.38

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

For the six month period

ended 30 June

2020 2019

Note Unaudited Unaudited

Profit for the period

107,812

121,442

Other comprehensive income:

Items that will not be reclassified to

profit or loss

— Actuarial (losses)/gains on

III.11

defined benefit plans — Changes in fair value on investments in equity instruments designated at fair value

(79)

14

through other comprehensive income

(633)

1,398

— Other

39

(41)

Subtotal

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

— Changes in fair value on investments in debt instruments measured at fair value

(673)

1,371

through other comprehensive income

— Allowance for credit losses on investments in debt instruments measured at fair value

5,589

4,660

through other comprehensive income — Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures accounted for

3,208

217

using the equity method

— Exchange differences from the translation of

(47)

(313)

foreign operations

4,350

1,170

— Other

(350)

191

Subtotal

Other comprehensive income for the period,

12,750

5,925

net of tax

12,077

7,296

Total comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

119,889

128,738

Equity holders of the Bank

111,185

120,079

Non-controlling interests

8,704

8,659

119,889

128,738

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020

2019

ASSETS

Cash and due from banks and

Note

Unaudited

Audited

other financial institutions

III.12

739,970

565,467

Balances with central banks

Placements with and loans to banks and

III.13

2,109,854

2,078,809

other financial institutions

Government certificates of indebtedness for

III.14

1,225,173

898,959

bank notes issued

169,681

155,466

Precious metals

171,501

206,210

Derivative financial assets

III.15

114,856

93,335

Loans and advances to customers, net

III.16

13,670,820

12,743,425

Financial investments

III.17

5,374,301

5,514,062

450,655

518,250

2,054,786

2,218,129

2,868,860

2,777,683

— financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

— financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

— financial assets at amortised cost

Investments in associates and joint ventures

23,012

23,210

Property and equipment

III.18

252,557

244,540

Investment properties

III.19

23,116

23,108

Deferred income tax assets

III.23

50,295

44,029

Other assets

III.20

227,719

179,124

Total assets

24,152,855

22,769,744

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION (Continued)

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020

2019

LIABILITIES

Note

Unaudited

Audited

Due to banks and other financial institutions

1,611,983

1,668,046

Due to central banks

888,627

846,277

Bank notes in circulation

Placements from banks and other financial

169,760

155,609

institutions

537,366

639,675

Financial liabilities held for trading

III.21

12,510

19,475

Derivative financial liabilities

III.15

123,271

90,060

Due to customers

III.22

17,090,217

15,817,548

Bonds issued

1,087,906

1,096,087

Other borrowings

30,322

28,011

Current tax liabilities

37,981

59,102

Retirement benefit obligations

2,487

2,533

Deferred income tax liabilities

III.23

6,240

5,452

Other liabilities

III.24

465,572

365,173

Total liabilities

22,064,242

20,793,048

EQUITY

Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Bank

Share capital

294,388

294,388

Other equity instruments

III.25

259,464

199,893

Capital reserve

136,037

136,012

Treasury shares

(20)

(7)

Other comprehensive income

III.11

29,997

19,613

Statutory reserves

175,152

174,762

General and regulatory reserves

247,114

250,100

Undistributed profits

816,310

776,940

1,958,442

1,851,701

Non-controlling interests

130,171

124,995

Total equity

2,088,613

1,976,696

Total equity and liabilities

24,152,855

22,769,744

As at 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

Approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 30 August 2020.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

LIU Liange WANG Jiang Director Director

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

2

2

2

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

Unaudited

Attributable to equity holders of the Bank

Note

Share

capital

Other

equity

instruments

Capital

reserve

Other

comprehensive

income

Statutory

reserves

General and

regulatory

reserves

Undistributed

profits

Treasury

shares

Non-

controlling

interests

Total

As at 1 January 2020

294,388

199,893

136,012

19,613

174,762

250,100

776,940

(7)

124,995

1,976,696

Total comprehensive income for the period

10,268

100,917

8,704

119,889

Appropriation to statutory reserves

390

(390)

Appropriation to general and regulatory reserves

(2,986)

2,986

Dividends

III.26

(64,027)

(4,430)

(68,457)

Net change in treasury shares

(13)

(13)

Capital contribution by non-controlling shareholders

930

930

Capital contribution by

other equity instruments holders

III.25

59,571

59,571

Other comprehensive income transferred to

retained earnings

116

(116)

Other

25

(28)

(3)

As at 30 June 2020

294,388

259,464

136,037

29,997

175,152

247,114

816,310

(20)

130,171

2,088,613

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (Continued)

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020

2019

Note

Cash flows from operating activities

Unaudited

Unaudited

Profit before income tax Adjustments:

129,616

152,558

Impairment losses on assets

Depreciation of property and equipment and

66,484

33,670

right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets and

11,158

9,900

other assets

Net gains on disposal of property and equipment, intangible assets and

2,440

1,943

other long-term assets

Net gains on disposal of investments in

(957)

(246)

subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures

(114)

Share of results of associates and joint ventures Interest income arising from

(63)

(670)

financial investments

(76,475)

(76,251)

Dividends arising from investment securities

(126)

(120)

Net gains on financial investments

(6,767)

(2,422)

Interest expense arising from bonds issued

17,119

14,396

Accreted interest on impaired loans

(642)

(790)

Interest expense arising from lease liabilities Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

395

408

Net decrease in balances with central banks Net increase in due from and

placements with and loans to banks and

18,444

22,243

other financial institutions

(186,545)

(77,963)

Net decrease/(increase) in precious metals Net increase in loans and advances

34,717

(21,182)

to customers

(983,153)

(774,079)

Net increase in other assets

Net (decrease)/increase in due to

(64,450)

(101,113)

banks and other financial institutions

(53,899)

56,441

Net increase in due to central banks Net decrease in placements from

42,047

5,471

banks and other financial institutions

(102,083)

(82,672)

Net increase in due to customers

1,270,004

762,854

Net increase/(decrease) in other borrowings

2,311

(3,057)

Net increase in other liabilities

70,022

13,101

Cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

189,483

(67,580)

Income tax paid

(52,126)

(23,314)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from

operating activities

137,357

(90,894)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

2

2

2

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020

2019

Cash flows from investing activities Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment, intangible assets and

Note

Unaudited

Unaudited

other long-term assets

Proceeds from disposal of investments in

2,224

3,108

subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures

544

823

Dividends received

Interest income received from

429

166

financial investments

Proceeds from disposal/maturity of

77,643

76,908

financial investments

Increase in investments in subsidiaries,

1,775,154

1,328,628

associates and joint ventures Purchase of property and equipment,

(479)

(1,145)

intangible assets and other long-term assets

(18,378)

(10,812)

Purchase of financial investments

(1,628,949)

(1,553,900)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities

208,188

(156,224)

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issuance of bonds Proceeds from issuance of

345,628

320,351

other equity instruments

Proceeds from capital contribution by

59,571

112,971

non-controlling shareholders

930

Repayments of debts issued

(368,592)

(290,135)

Cash payments for interest on bonds issued

Dividend and interest payments to equity and

(7,259)

(5,213)

other equity instrument holders of the Bank Dividend and coupon payments to

(6,625)

(55,707)

non-controlling shareholders

(1,192)

(3,968)

Other net cash flows from financing activities

(3,362)

(3,241)

Net cash inflow from financing activities

19,099

75,058

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and

cash equivalents 9,233 3,326

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and

cash equivalents 373,877 (168,734)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning

of the period 1,345,892 1,688,600

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period III.29

1,719,769

1,519,866

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this interim financial information.

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial information for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 has been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34 Interim Financial Reporting (“IAS 34”) and should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Except as described below, the principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial information are consistent with those used in the Group’s annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

1 Standards, amendments and interpretations effective in 2020

On 1 January 2020, the Group adopted the following new standards, amendments and interpretations.

IFRS 3 Amendments

Definition of a Business

IAS 1 and IAS 8 Amendments

Definition of Material

IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 Amendments

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

IFRS 16 Amendment

COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions

IFRS 3 Amendments clarify and provide additional guidance on the definition of a business. The amendments clarify that for an integrated set of activities and assets to be considered a business, it must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output. A business can exist without including all the inputs and processes needed to create outputs. The amendments remove the assessment of whether market participants are capable of acquiring the business and continue to produce outputs. Instead, the focus is on whether acquired inputs and substantive processes together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The amendments have also narrowed the definition of outputs to focus on goods or services provided to customers, investment income or other income from ordinary activities. Furthermore, the amendments provide guidance to assess whether an acquired process is substantive and introduce an optional fair value concentration test to permit a simplified assessment of whether an acquired set of activities and assets is not a business.

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(Continued)

1 Standards, amendments and interpretations effective in 2020 (Continued)

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 provide a new definition of materiality. The new definition states that information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions made by the primary users of general purpose financial statements based on those financial statements. The amendments clarify that materiality depends on the nature or magnitude of information. A misstatement of information is material if it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions made by the primary users.

The amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 modify some specific hedge accounting requirements. During the period of uncertainty arising from phasing-out of interest-rate benchmarks with an alternative nearly risk-free interest rate (“RFR”), the entities that apply these hedge accounting requirements can assume that the interest rate benchmarks on which the hedged cash flows and cash flows of the hedging instrument are based are not altered as a result of interest rate benchmark reform. The amendments must be applied retrospectively.

IFRS 16 Amendment provides for rent relief during COVID-19, which provides an exemption for lessees. For lease payments due before June 2021, lessees are not required to apply the guidance on accounting treatment of lease changes in IFRS 16 for rent relief granted due to the impact of COVID-19. The amendment is applicable for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 June 2020, and earlier adoption is permitted. The Group has adopted the amendments from 1 January 2020.

The adoption of the above standards, amendments and interpretations does not have any significant impact on the operating results, financial position and comprehensive income of the Group.

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(Continued)

2 Standards, amendments and interpretations that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group in 2020

Effective for annual periods beginning on or after

IFRS 3 Amendments

Reference to the Conceptual Framework

1 January 2022

IAS 16 Amendments

Property, Plant and Equipment:

Proceeds before Intended Use

1 January 2022

IAS 37 Amendments

Onerous Contracts —

Cost of Fulfilling a Contract

1 January 2022

IAS 1 Amendments

Classification of Liabilities as Current or

Non-current

1 January 2023

IFRS 17 and Amendments

Insurance Contracts

1 January 2023

IFRS 10 and

IAS 28 Amendments

Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture

Effective date has been deferred indefinitely

Annual Improvements to IFRSs

1 January 2022

2018–2020 Cycle

(issued in May 2020)

The Group is considering the impact of IFRS 17 on the consolidated financial statements. Except for IFRS 17, the adoption of the above standards and amendments will have no material impact on the financial statements.

II CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS IN APPLYING ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The nature and assumptions related to the Group’s accounting estimates are consistent with those adopted in the Group’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

I

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

I

2

2

2

INFORMATION

1 Net interest income

For the six month period ended 30 June

Interest income

2020

2019

Loans and advances to customers

268,880

253,135

Financial investments (1)

Due from and placements with and loans to banks and

76,475

76,251

other financial institutions and central banks

30,575

35,978

Subtotal

375,930

365,364

Interest expense

Due to customers

Due to and placements from banks and

(132,966)

(134,919)

other financial institutions

(28,621)

(33,442)

Bonds issued and other

(17,448)

(15,319)

Subtotal

(179,035)

(183,680)

Net interest income

196,895

181,684

Interest income accrued on impaired financial assets

(included within interest income)

642

790

(1) Interest income on “Financial investments” is principally derived from debt securities listed in the domestic interbank bond market and unlisted debt securities in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions.

2 Net fee and commission income

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020

2019

Bank card fees

16,020

16,805

Agency commissions

13,440

12,066

Settlement and clearing fees

7,925

8,337

Credit commitment fees

6,617

6,967

Consultancy and advisory fees

3,269

3,295

Spread income from foreign exchange business

3,134

3,549

Custodian and other fiduciary service fees

2,254

2,299

Other

4,362

4,147

Fee and commission income

57,021

57,465

Fee and commission expense

(6,679)

(6,901)

Net fee and commission income

50,342

50,564

3

Net trading gains

For the six month period

ended 30 June

Net gains from foreign exchange and

2020

2019

foreign exchange products

4,630

3,875

Net gains from interest rate products

3,376

7,041

Net gains from fund investments and equity products

1,218

2,670

Net (losses)/gains from commodity products

(7,051)

998

Total (1)

2,173

14,584

(1) Included in “Net trading gains” above for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 were gains of RMB1,171 million in relation to financial assets and financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: gains of RMB2,666 million).

4 Net gains on transfers of financial asset

For the six month period ended 30 June

Net gains on derecognition of financial assets at

2020

2019

fair value through other comprehensive income Net gains on derecognition of financial assets at

6,095

2,741

amortised cost (1)

1,528

503

Total

7,623

3,244

(1) All the net gains on the derecognition of financial assets at amortised cost resulted from disposals during the six month period ended 30 June 2020.

5 Other operating income

For the six month period ended 30 June

Insurance premiums

2020

2019

— Life insurance contracts

10,839

10,234

— Non-life insurance contracts

3,000

3,143

Aircraft leasing income

6,251

5,640

Revenue from sale of precious metal products

4,457

4,057

Dividend income (1)

Changes in fair value of investment properties

2,792

938

(Note III.19)

Gains on disposal of property and equipment,

(470)

529

intangible assets and other assets

Gains on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and

988

295

joint ventures

114

Other (2)

1,979

1,776

Total

29,950

26,612

(1) For equity instruments classified as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, RMB126 million of dividend income was recognised for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB120 million).

(2) For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, the government subsidy income from operating activities, as part of other operating income, was RMB141 million (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB143 million).

6 Operating expenses

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020

2019

Staff costs (Note III.7)

40,959

42,829

General operating and administrative expenses (1) Insurance benefits and claims

14,620

15,506

— Life insurance contracts

10,959

11,405

— Non-life insurance contracts

1,956

1,971

Depreciation and amortisation

11,297

9,837

Cost of sales of precious metal products

4,195

3,537

Taxes and surcharges

2,880

2,638

Other 4,080 3,407

Total (2)

90,946

91,130

(1) For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, included in the “General operating and administrative expenses” were lease expenses related to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets of RMB560 million (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB885 million).

(2) For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, included in the “Operating expenses” were premises and equipment-related expenses (mainly comprised of property management and building maintenance expenses and taxes) of RMB5,038 million (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB5,090 million).

7 Staff costs

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020

2019

Salary, bonus and subsidy

30,552

30,576

Staff welfare

1,094

1,042

Retirement benefits Social insurance

27

27

— Medical

1,202

1,596

— Pension

1,855

3,306

— Annuity

1,069

1,039

— Unemployment

60

102

— Injury at work

24

39

— Maternity insurance

65

128

Housing funds

2,310

2,221

Labour union fee and staff education fee

999

1,054

Reimbursement for cancellation of labour contract

15

8

Other 1,687 1,691

Total

40,959

42,829

8 Impairment losses on assets

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Loans and advances

— Loans and advances at amortised cost

— Loans and advances at fair value through

60,726

35,691

other comprehensive income

2

30

Subtotal

60,728

35,721

Financial investments

— Financial assets at amortised cost

— Financial assets at fair value through

1,685

(10)

other comprehensive income

4,255

251

Subtotal

5,940

241

Credit commitments

(1,700)

(2,728)

Other

1,438

409

Subtotal of impairment losses on credit

66,406

33,643

Other impairment losses on assets

78

27

Total

66,484

33,670

9 Income tax expense

For the six month period ended 30 June

Current income tax

2020

2019

— Chinese mainland income tax

23,138

21,803

— Hong Kong profits tax

— Macao, Taiwan and other countries and

2,889

2,718

regions taxation

Adjustments in respect of current income tax of

2,362

2,648

prior years

1,696

4,201

Subtotal

30,085

31,370

Deferred income tax (Note III.23.3)

(8,281)

(254)

Total

21,804

31,116

The provision for Chinese mainland income tax includes income tax based on the statutory tax rate of 25% of the taxable income of the Bank and each of its subsidiaries established in the Chinese mainland, and supplementary PRC tax on overseas operations as determined in accordance with the relevant PRC income tax rules and regulations.

Taxation on profits of Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions has been calculated on the estimated assessable profits in accordance with local tax regulations at the rates of taxation prevailing in the countries or regions in which the Group operates.

9 Income tax expense (Continued)

The tax rate on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the basic Chinese mainland tax rate of the Bank as follows:

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020

2019

Profit before income tax

129,616

152,558

Tax calculated at the applicable statutory tax rate

Effect of different tax rates for Hong Kong, Macao,

32,404

38,140

Taiwan and other countries and regions

(2,294)

(2,519)

Supplementary PRC tax on overseas income

1,253

1,542

Income not subject to tax (1)

(14,296)

(14,287)

Items not deductible for tax purposes (2)

6,262

3,912

Other

(1,525)

4,328

Income tax expense

21,804

31,116

(1) Income not subject to tax is mainly comprised of interest income from PRC Treasury bonds and local government bonds, and the tax-free income recognised by the overseas entities in accordance with the local tax law.

(2) Non-deductible items primarily include non-deductible losses resulting from write-off of certain nonperforming loans, and marketing and entertainment expenses in excess of the relevant deductible threshold under the relevant PRC tax regulations.

10 Earnings per share (basic and diluted)

Basic earnings per share was computed by dividing the profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the Bank by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period.

Diluted earnings per share was computed by dividing the adjusted profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the Bank based on assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive shares for the six month period by the adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue. There was no difference between basic and diluted earnings per share as there were no potentially dilutive shares outstanding for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019.

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020

2019

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Bank Less: dividends/interest on preference shares/

100,917

114,048

perpetual bonds declared

(7,800)

(1,540)

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Bank Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

93,117

112,508

(in million shares)

294,381

294,375

Basic and diluted earnings per share (in RMB)

0.32

0.38

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in million shares)

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Issued ordinary shares as at 1 January

294,388

294,388

Less: weighted average number of treasury shares

(7)

(13)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

294,381

294,375

11 Other comprehensive income

Accrual amount of other comprehensive income:

For the six month period ended 30 June

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

2020

2019

Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit plans Changes in fair value on

investments in equity instruments designated

(79)

14

at fair value through other comprehensive income

(571)

1,840

Less: related income tax impact

(62)

(442)

Other

39

(41)

Subtotal

(673)

1,371

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Changes in fair value on

investments in debt instruments measured at

fair value through other comprehensive income

13,109

8,884

Less: related income tax impact

(2,899)

(2,044)

Amount transferred to the income statement

(5,855)

(2,794)

Less: related income tax impact

1,234

614

5,589

4,660

Allowance for credit losses on

investments in debt instruments measured at

fair value through other comprehensive income

4,261

285

Less: related income tax impact

(1,053)

(68)

3,208

217

11 Other comprehensive income (Continued)

Accrual amount of other comprehensive income (Continued):

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and

joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

(63)

(409)

Less: related income tax impact

16

96

(47)

(313)

Exchange differences from the translation of

foreign operations

Less: net amount transferred to the income statement

4,722

1,544

from other comprehensive income

(372)

(374)

4,350

1,170

Other

(350)

191

Subtotal

12,750

5,925

Total

12,077

7,296

11 Other comprehensive income (Continued)

Other comprehensive income attributable to equity holders of the Bank in the consolidated statement of financial position:

Gains

on financial assets at fair value through other

comprehensive income

Exchange differences from the translation of

foreign operations

Other

Total

As at 1 January 2019

9,395

(10,959)

2,981

1,417

Changes in amount for the previous year

13,139

4,787

270

18,196

As at 1 January 2020

22,534

(6,172)

3,251

19,613

Changes in amount for the period

8,341

2,271

(228)

10,384

As at 30 June 2020

30,875

(3,901)

3,023

29,997

12 Cash and due from banks and other financial institutions

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020

2019

Cash

69,681

64,907

Due from banks in Chinese mainland Due from other financial institutions

491,044

361,232

in Chinese mainland

Due from banks in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and

7,775

8,043

other countries and regions

Due from other financial institutions in Hong Kong,

168,498

128,312

Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions

546

461

Subtotal (1)

667,863

498,048

Accrued interest

3,653

3,060

Less: allowance for impairment losses (1)

(1,227)

(548)

Subtotal

670,289

500,560

Total

739,970

565,467

(1) As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, the Group included all due from banks and other financial institutions in Stage 1, and measured the impairment losses based on expected credit losses in the next 12 months.

13 Balances with central banks

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020

2019

Mandatory reserves (1)

1,408,500

1,498,666

Surplus reserves (2)

112,198

132,247

Other (3)

588,510

447,048

Subtotal

2,109,208

2,077,961

Accrued interest

646

848

Total

2,109,854

2,078,809

(1) The Group places mandatory reserve funds with the People’s Bank of China (the “PBOC”) and the central banks of Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions where it has operations. As at 30 June 2020, mandatory reserve funds placed with the PBOC were calculated at 11.0% (31 December 2019: 12.5%) and 5.0% (31 December 2019: 5.0%) of qualified RMB deposits and foreign currency deposits from customers of branches in Chinese mainland of the Bank respectively. The mandatory reserve funds placed with the central bank of domestic subsidiaries of the Group are determined by the PBOC. The amounts of mandatory reserve funds placed with the central banks of other jurisdictions are determined by local regulations.

(2) This primarily represented the surplus reserve funds placed with the PBOC by branches in Chinese mainland and other funds.

(3) This mainly represented balances other than mandatory reserves and surplus reserves placed with the PBOC and the central banks in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions.

14 Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

Placements with and loans to:

2020

2019

Banks in Chinese mainland

288,212

134,671

Other financial institutions in Chinese mainland Banks in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and

712,437

601,525

other countries and regions

Other financial institutions in Hong Kong, Macao,

197,105

139,744

Taiwan and other countries and regions

25,261

19,667

Subtotal (1) (2)

1,223,015

895,607

Accrued interest

2,650

4,090

Less: allowance for impairment losses (2)

(492)

(738)

Total

1,225,173

898,959

(1) “Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions” include balances arising from reverse repo agreements and collateralised financing agreements. They are presented by collateral type as follows:

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019

Debt securities

— Governments 148,859 37,435

— Policy banks 220,171 93,364

— Financial institutions 18,245 23,588

— Corporates 7,617 –

Subtotal 394,892 154,387

Bills 5,076 –

Subtotal 399,968 154,387

Less: allowance for impairment losses (1) –

Total

399,967

154,387

(2) As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, the Group included the predominant majority of its placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions in Stage 1, and measured the impairment losses based on expected credit losses in the next 12 months.

15 Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into foreign currency exchange rate, interest rate, equity, credit or precious metals and other commodity-related derivative financial instruments for trading, hedging, asset and liability management and on behalf of customers.

The contractual/notional amounts and fair values of derivative instruments held by the Group are set out in the following tables. The contractual/notional amounts of derivative financial instruments provide a basis for comparison with the fair values of instruments recognised in the statement of financial position but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved or the current fair value of the instruments and, therefore, do not indicate the Group’s exposure to credit or market risks. The derivative instruments become favourable (assets) or unfavourable (liabilities) as a result of fluctuations in market interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, credit spreads, or equity/commodity prices relative to their terms. The aggregate fair values of derivative financial assets and liabilities can fluctuate significantly from time to time.

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Contractual/ Fair value Contractual/notional Fair value notional

Exchange rate derivatives Currency forwards and swaps, and cross-currency

amount

Assets

Liabilities

amount

Assets

Liabilities

interest rate swaps (1)

6,448,948

50,129

(41,441)

6,469,750

65,477

(52,598)

Currency options

389,362

2,401

(2,727)

333,559

1,835

(2,019)

Currency futures

2,067

5

(7)

1,894

10

(6)

Subtotal

Interest rate derivatives

6,840,377

52,535

(44,175)

6,805,203

67,322

(54,623)

Interest rate swaps

4,045,772

44,741

(59,655)

3,454,898

18,252

(23,188)

Interest rate options

56,926

19

(23)

17,729

31

(29)

Interest rate futures

1,530

1

(3)

2,400

3

(27)

Subtotal

4,104,228

44,761

(59,681)

3,475,027

18,286

(23,244)

Equity derivatives

12,837

337

(340)

9,219

137

(184)

Commodity derivatives and other 452,392 17,223 (19,075) 347,655 7,590 (12,009)

Total (2)

11,409,834

114,856

(123,271)

10,637,104

93,335

(90,060)

(1) These exchange rate derivatives primarily include foreign exchange transactions with customers, foreign exchange transactions to manage foreign currency exchange risks arising from customers, and foreign currency exchange transactions entered into as part of the asset and liability management and funding requirements.

(2) The derivative financial instruments above include those designated as hedging instruments by the Group.

16 Loans and advances to customers

16.1 Analysis of loans and advances to customers by measurement category

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

Measured at amortised cost

2020

2019

— Corporate loans and advances

8,265,439

7,644,359

— Personal loans

5,344,510

5,047,809

— Discounted bills

Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (1)

1,753

2,334

— Discounted bills

384,991

335,583

Subtotal

Measured at fair value through profit or loss (2)

13,996,693

13,030,085

— Corporate loans and advances

4,064

4,104

Total

14,000,757

13,034,189

Accrued interest

39,408

34,596

Total loans and advances

14,040,165

13,068,785

Less: allowance for loans at amortised cost

(369,345)

(325,360)

Loans and advances to customers, net

13,670,820

12,743,425

(1) As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, loans at fair value through other comprehensive income of the Group were discounted bills. The allowance for impairment losses amounted to RMB567 million and RMB563 million respectively and was credited to other comprehensive income.

(2) There was no significant change for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and the year ended 31 December 2019, or cumulatively, in the fair value of the loans that was attributable to changes in the credit risk of the loans.

16.2 Analysis of loans and advances to customers (accrued interest excluded) by geographical area, industry, collateral type and analysis of overdue loans and advances to customers are presented in Note IV.1.1.

16 Loans and advances to customers (Continued)

16.3 Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers

(1) Allowance for loans at amortised cost:

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

12-month ECL

Lifetime ECL

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

As at 1 January

109,765

79,051

136,544

325,360

Transfers to Stage 1

2,719

(2,326)

(393)

Transfers to Stage 2

(524)

10,997

(10,473)

Transfers to Stage 3

(136)

(16,540)

16,676

Charge for the period (i)

55,583

18,518

23,761

97,862

Reversal

Impairment (reversal)/losses

(30,109)

(15,318)

(8,512)

(53,939)

due to stage transformation

(2,498)

3,664

15,637

16,803

Write-off and transfer out

Recovery of loans and advances

(20,903)

(20,903)

written off

4,071

4,071

Unwinding of discount on allowance

(642)

(642)

Exchange differences and other

268

167

298

733

As at 30 June

135,068

78,213

156,064

369,345

16 Loans and advances to customers (Continued)

16.3 Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(1) Allowance for loans at amortised cost (Continued):

Year ended 31 December 2019

12-month ECL

Lifetime ECL

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

As at 1 January

95,789

76,603

131,116

303,508

Transfers to Stage 1

5,590

(5,037)

(553)

Transfers to Stage 2

(717)

4,411

(3,694)

Transfers to Stage 3

(989)

(21,029)

22,018

Charge for the year (i)

52,623

40,603

38,420

131,646

Reversal

Impairment (reversal)/losses

(37,580)

(25,687)

(14,631)

(77,898)

due to stage transformation

(4,917)

8,664

40,988

44,735

Write-off and transfer out

Recovery of loans and advances

(269)

(84,735)

(85,004)

written off

8,407

8,407

Unwinding of discount on allowance

(1,497)

(1,497)

Exchange differences and other

235

523

705

1,463

As at 31 December

109,765

79,051

136,544

325,360

(i) Charge for the period/year comprises the impairment losses from new loans, remaining loans without stage transformation, model/risk parameters adjustment, etc.

16 Loans and advances to customers (Continued)

16.3 Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(2) Allowance for loans at fair value through other comprehensive income:

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

12-month ECL

Lifetime ECL

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January

547

16 –

563

Impairment losses for the period

428

35 –

463

Reversal

(446)

(15) –

(461)

Exchange differences and other

2

– –

2

As at 30 June

531

36

567

Year ended 31 December 2019

12-month ECL

Lifetime ECL

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January

234

39 –

273

Impairment losses for the year

503

16 –

519

Reversal

(192)

(39) –

(231)

Exchange differences and other

2

– –

2

As at 31 December

547

16

563

16 Loans and advances to customers (Continued)

16.3 Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(2) Allowance for loans at fair value through other comprehensive income (Continued):

The Group performed the assessment of expected credit losses with the reference to forward-looking information and used a number of models and assumptions in the measurement of expected credit losses. These models and assumptions related to the future macroeconomic situation and the credit status of the borrowers (for example, the possibility of default by the customers and the corresponding loss). The Group assessed the expected credit losses as at 30 June 2020 and comprehensively considered the impacts of changes in current economic condition to expected credit losses, including: the operation and financial condition of the borrowers and the extent of impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the Group has made deferred repayment arrangement for the borrowers affected by COVID-19 pandemic but the deferred repayment arrangement will not be used as a judgment basis for automatically triggering a significant increase in the borrowers’ credit risk; risks in specific industries affected by COVID-19 pandemic; performing forward-looking forecasts to key macroeconomic indicators with the combination of the impact of factors such as the COVID-19 pandemic on economic development trends.

As at 30 June 2020, the expected credit losses comprehensively reflected the Group’s credit risk and the expectations for macroeconomic development of the management.

17 Financial investments

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets held for trading and other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss Debt securities

Issuers in Chinese mainland

2020

2019

— Government

8,110

16,807

— Public sectors and quasi-governments

311

595

— Policy banks

25,986

40,005

— Financial institutions

134,345

169,477

— Corporate

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions

41,711

44,629

— Governments

16,831

23,416

— Public sectors and quasi-governments

11

177

— Financial institutions

9,585

16,617

— Corporate

9,339

10,721

246,229

322,444

Equity instruments

89,659

79,456

Fund investments and other

62,671

67,562

Total financial assets held for trading and other financial assets at fair value through

profit or loss

398,559

469,462

17 Financial investments (Continued)

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

Financial assets at fair value through

profit or loss (Continued)

Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss Debt securities (1)

Issuers in Chinese mainland

2020

2019

— Government

7,025

8,797

— Policy banks

4,648

2,418

— Financial institutions

6,563

9,592

— Corporate

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions

1,751

1,329

— Governments

5,969

9,712

— Public sectors and quasi-governments

1,668

1,603

— Financial institutions

11,978

7,159

— Corporate

12,494

8,178

Total financial assets designated as at fair value through

profit or loss

52,096

48,788

Total financial assets at fair value through

profit or loss

450,655

518,250

17 Financial investments (Continued)

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Debt securities

Issuers in Chinese mainland

2020

2019

— Government

684,304

676,685

— Public sectors and quasi-governments

65,747

71,172

— Policy banks

259,514

299,599

— Financial institutions

198,506

315,779

— Corporate

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions

131,351

153,617

— Governments

404,485

412,194

— Public sectors and quasi-governments

50,605

51,252

— Financial institutions

113,495

106,951

— Corporate

123,869

109,103

2,031,876

2,196,352

Equity instruments and other

22,910

21,777

Total financial assets at fair value through

other comprehensive income (2)

2,054,786

2,218,129

17 Financial investments (Continued)

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

Financial assets at amortised cost

Debt securities

Issuers in Chinese mainland

2020

2019

— Government

2,284,056

2,168,725

— Public sectors and quasi-governments

34,422

39,425

— Policy banks

57,916

100,638

— Financial institutions

20,986

30,637

— Corporate

19,088

15,677

— China Orient Asset Management Corporation (3)

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions

152,433

152,433

— Governments

112,372

80,472

— Public sectors and quasi-governments

53,959

66,356

— Financial institutions

43,104

31,937

— Corporate

46,561

47,588

2,824,897

2,733,888

Investment trusts, asset management plans and other

14,482

13,544

Accrued interest

37,969

37,037

Less: allowance for impairment losses

(8,488)

(6,786)

Total financial assets at amortised cost

2,868,860

2,777,683

Total financial investments (4)(6)

5,374,301

5,514,062

17 Financial investments (Continued)

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

Analysed as follows:

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

2020

2019

— Listed in Hong Kong

52,609

46,731

— Listed outside Hong Kong (7)

225,404

255,171

— Unlisted

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Debt securities

172,642

216,348

— Listed in Hong Kong

152,616

130,743

— Listed outside Hong Kong (7)

1,203,244

1,365,202

— Unlisted

Equity instruments and other

676,016

700,407

— Listed in Hong Kong

7,007

7,083

— Listed outside Hong Kong (7)

3,692

3,215

— Unlisted

Financial assets at amortised cost (5)

12,211

11,479

— Listed in Hong Kong

52,129

31,896

— Listed outside Hong Kong (7)

2,374,579

2,308,222

— Unlisted

442,152

437,565

Total

5,374,301

5,514,062

Listed in Hong Kong

264,361

216,453

Listed outside Hong Kong (7)

3,806,047

3,931,810

Unlisted

1,303,893

1,365,799

Total

5,374,301

5,514,062

17 Financial investments (Continued)

(1) In order to eliminate or significantly reduce accounting mismatches, certain debt securities are designated as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

(2) The Group exercises its option irrevocably on certain unlisted equity investments, which are classified as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.

The Group’s accumulated impairment allowance for the debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income as at 30 June 2020 amounted to RMB5,511 million (31 December 2019: RMB1,254 million).

(3) The Bank transferred certain non-performing assets to China Orient Asset Management Corporation (“China Orient”) in 1999 and 2000. On 1 July 2000, China Orient issued a ten-year bond (“Orient Bond”) with a par value of RMB160,000 million and interest rate of 2.25% to the Bank as consideration. During the year ended 31 December 2010, the maturity of this bond was extended to 30 June 2020. In 2020, the Bank signed an extension agreement with China Orient Asset Management Co., Ltd., stipulating that the Orient Bond would be extended for five years beyond its maturity date on 30 June 2020 to 30 June 2025. Pursuant to the requirements of the MOF, as of 1 January 2020, the annual yield of this bond will be determined based on the average yield of the five-year Government Bond calculated for the previous year and the MOF shall continue to provide funding support for the principal and interest of the Orient Bond held by the Bank after the extension of the maturity date. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank had received early repayments amounting to RMB7,567 million cumulatively.

(4) During the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group did not reclassify any of its debt securities subsequent to their initial recognition.

(5) The market values of the above listed debt securities at amortised cost are set out below:

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Carrying value Market value Carrying value Market value

Debt securities at amortised cost

— Listed in Hong Kong 52,129 55,718 31,896 32,847

— Listed outside Hong Kong (7) 2,374,579 2,426,281 2,308,222 2,670,795

(6) As at 30 June 2020, RMB1,562 million of debt securities of the Group was determined to be impaired and was included in Stage 3 (31 December 2019: RMB1,140 million), with the impairment allowance fully accrued (31 December 2019: RMB1,140 million); RMB228 million of debt securities was included in Stage 2 (31 December 2019: RMB479 million), with an impairment allowance of RMB1 million (31 December 2019: RMB5 million); and the remaining debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income and debt securities at amortised cost were included in Stage 1, with impairment allowance measured based on 12-month expected credit losses.

(7) Debt securities traded in the domestic interbank bond market are included in “Listed outside Hong Kong”.

17 Financial investments (Continued)

Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on financial investments at amortised cost:

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

12-month

ECL

Lifetime ECL

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January

Impairment losses

383

1 6,402

6,786

for the period

1,045

– 640

1,685

Exchange differences and other

1

– 16

17

As at 30 June

1,429

1

7,058

8,488

Year ended 31 December 2019

12-month

ECL

Lifetime ECL

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January

Impairment losses/(reversal)

328

3 7,423

7,754

for the year

53

(2) (238)

(187)

Write-off and transfer out

– (800)

(800)

Exchange differences and other

2

– 17

19

As at 31 December

383

1

6,402

6,786

17 Financial investments (Continued)

Reconciliation of allowance for impairment losses on financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income:

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

12-month

ECL

Lifetime ECL

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

As at 1 January

1,250

4

1,254

Transfers to Stage 3 Impairment losses

(2)

(4)

6

for the period Impairment losses

3,761

3,761

due to stage transformation

494

494

Exchange differences and other

2

2

As at 30 June

5,011

500

5,511

Year ended 31 December 2019

12-month

ECL

Lifetime ECL

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2 Stage 3

As at 1 January

Impairment losses

861

1 –

862

during the year

384

3 –

387

Exchange differences and other

5

– –

5

As at 31 December

1,250

4

1,254

18 Property and equipment

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

Cost

Buildings

Equipment and motor Construction

Aircraft

Total

vehicles

in progress

As at 1 January

119,077

77,656

32,905

131,821

361,459

Additions

Transfer from/(to) investment properties

48

972

9,854

6,946

17,820

(Note III.19)

688

(700)

(12)

Construction in progress transfer in/(out)

1,419

348

(1,967)

200

Deductions

(449)

(1,850)

(3,126)

(1,359)

(6,784)

Exchange differences

317

183

335

1,840

2,675

As at 30 June

121,100

77,309

37,301

139,448

375,158

Accumulated depreciation

As at 1 January

(40,401)

(60,758)

(14,762)

(115,921)

Additions

(1,942)

(3,320)

(2,301)

(7,563)

Deductions

Transfer to investment properties

273

1,793

294

2,360

(Note III.19)

15

15

Exchange differences

(71)

(131)

(219)

(421)

As at 30 June

(42,126)

(62,416)

(16,988)

(121,530)

Allowance for impairment losses

As at 1 January

(767)

(227)

(4)

(998)

Additions

(82)

(82)

Deductions

6

6

Exchange differences

3

3

As at 30 June

(758)

(227)

(86)

(1,071)

Net book value

As at 1 January

77,909

16,898

32,678

117,055

244,540

As at 30 June

78,216

14,893

37,074

122,374

252,557

18 Property and equipment (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2019

Cost

Buildings

Equipment and motor Construction

Aircraft

Total

vehicles

in progress

As at 31 December of prior year

117,948

74,319

30,233

115,153

337,653

Additions

Transfer from/(to) investment properties

340

6,921

15,977

15,177

38,415

(Note III.19)

356

(11)

345

Construction in progress transfer in/(out)

2,238

816

(11,208)

8,154

Deductions

(2,388)

(4,639)

(2,467)

(8,746)

(18,240)

Exchange differences

583

239

381

2,083

3,286

As at 31 December

119,077

77,656

32,905

131,821

361,459

Accumulated depreciation

As at 31 December of prior year

(38,041)

(58,752)

(12,437)

(109,230)

Additions

(3,999)

(6,272)

(4,180)

(14,451)

Deductions

Transfer to investment properties

1,755

4,443

2,131

8,329

(Note III.19)

9

9

Exchange differences

(125)

(177)

(276)

(578)

As at 31 December

(40,401)

(60,758)

(14,762)

(115,921)

Allowance for impairment losses

As at 31 December of prior year

(770)

(217)

(42)

(1,029)

Additions

(7)

(10)

(17)

Deductions

14

39

53

Exchange differences

(4)

(1)

(5)

As at 31 December

(767)

(227)

(4)

(998)

Net book value

As at 31 December of prior year

79,137

15,567

30,016

102,674

227,394

As at 31 December

77,909

16,898

32,678

117,055

244,540

19 Investment properties

Six month

period ended

Year ended

31 December

30 June 2020

2019

As at 1 January

23,108

22,086

Additions

181

468

Transfer to property and equipment, net (Note III.18)

(3)

(354)

Deductions

(5)

(11)

Fair value changes (Note III.5)

(470)

496

Exchange differences

305

423

As at 30 June/31 December

23,116

23,108

20 Other assets

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

2020

2019

Accounts receivable and prepayments

138,392

107,124

Right-of-use assets (1)

22,489

22,822

Intangible assets

12,810

13,352

Land use rights

6,732

6,903

Long-term deferred expense

3,080

3,222

Goodwill (2)

2,719

2,686

Repossessed assets (3)

2,341

2,400

Interest receivable

1,070

1,878

Other

38,086

18,737

Total

227,719

179,124

20 Other assets (Continued)

(1) Right-of-use assets

Six month period ended 30 June 2020

Cost

Total

Buildings

Motor vehicles and other

As at 1 January

29,500

156

29,656

Additions

2,976

22

2,998

Deductions

(531)

(7)

(538)

Exchange differences

104

104

As at 30 June

Accumulated depreciation

32,049

171

32,220

As at 1 January

(6,781)

(53)

(6,834)

Additions

(3,253)

(31)

(3,284)

Deductions

398

5

403

Exchange differences

(16)

(16)

As at 30 June

Net book value

(9,652)

(79)

(9,731)

As at 1 January

22,719

103

22,822

As at 30 June

22

,397

92

22,489

Year ended 31 December 2019

Buildings

Motor vehicles

and other

Total

Cost

As at 1 January

22,652

120

22,772

Additions

7,341

38

7,379

Deductions

(624)

(3)

(627)

Exchange differences

131

1

132

As at 31 December

Accumulated depreciation

29,500

156

29,656

As at 1 January

(209)

(209)

Additions

(6,632)

(53)

(6,685)

Deductions

81

81

Exchange differences

(21)

(21)

As at 31 December

Net book value

(6,781)

(53)

(6,834)

As at 1 January

22,443

120

22,563

As at 31 December

22,719

103

22,822

20 Other assets (Continued)

(2) Goodwill

Six month

period ended Year ended

30 June 31 December

2020 2019

As at 1 January 2,686 2,620

Addition through acquisition of subsidiaries – 27

Exchange differences 33 39

As at 30 June/31 December

2,719

2,686

The goodwill mainly arose from the acquisition of BOC Aviation Limited in 2006 amounting to USD241 million (equivalent to RMB1,704 million).

(3) Repossessed assets

The Group obtained repossessed assets by taking possession of collateral held as security due to default. Such repossessed assets are as follows:

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019

Commercial properties 2,508 2,596 Residential properties 618 615

Other 159 159

Subtotal 3,285 3,370

Less: allowance for impairment (944) (970)

Repossessed assets, net

2,341

2,400

The total book value of the repossessed assets disposed of for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 amounted to RMB206 million (for the year ended 31 December 2019: RMB276 million). The Group plans to dispose of the repossessed assets held at 30 June 2020 by auction, bidding or transfer.

21 Financial liabilities held for trading

As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, financial liabilities held for trading mainly included short position in debt securities.

22 Due to customers

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

Demand deposits

2020

2019

— Corporate deposits

4,776,263

4,434,051

— Personal deposits

3,285,035

3,147,889

Subtotal

8,061,298

7,581,940

Time deposits

— Corporate deposits

3,818,669

3,619,512

— Personal deposits

3,738,340

3,416,862

Subtotal

7,557,009

7,036,374

Structured deposits (1)

— Corporate deposits

346,859

247,906

— Personal deposits

585,449

424,897

Subtotal

932,308

672,803

Certificates of deposit

272,681

283,193

Other deposits

96,081

75,063

Subtotal due to customers

16,919,377

15,649,373

Accrued interest

170,840

168,175

Total due to customers (2)

17,090,217

15,817,548

22 Due to customers (Continued)

(1) According to the risk management policy, in order to match derivatives and reduce market risk, the Group designates some structured deposits as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. As at 30 June 2020, the carrying amount of the above-mentioned financial liabilities was RMB31,341 million (31 December 2019: RMB17,969 million). At the financial reporting date, the fair value of the above-mentioned financial liabilities was approximately the same as the amount that the Group would be contractually required to pay to the holders. During the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and the year ended 31 December 2019, there was no significant change in the Group’s own credit risk for the above structured deposits, so the amount of change in fair value due to the change in the Group’s own credit risk is not significant.

(2) Due to customers included margin deposits for security received by the Group as at 30 June 2020 of RMB341,103 million (31 December 2019: RMB290,076 million).

23 Deferred income taxes

23.1 Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes are related to the same fiscal authority. The table below includes the deferred income tax assets and liabilities of the Group after offsetting qualifying amounts and the related temporary differences.

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Deferred Deferred

Temporary tax assets/ Temporary tax assets/ differences (liabilities) differences (liabilities)

Deferred income tax assets

188,380

50,295

166,707

44,029

Deferred income tax liabilities

(36,549)

(6,240)

(30,773)

(5,452)

Net

151,831

44,055

135,934

38,577

23 Deferred income taxes (Continued)

23.2 Deferred income tax assets/liabilities and related temporary differences, before offsetting qualifying amounts, are attributable to the following items:

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Deferred income tax assets

Temporary differences

Deferred tax assets/ (liabilities)

Temporary differences

Deferred tax assets/ (liabilities)

Asset impairment allowances

Pension, retirement benefits and

253,463

62,967

205,264

51,052

salary payables

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss and

12,926

3,209

18,137

4,510

derivative financial instruments Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive

110,596

27,543

90,507

22,511

income

1,304

318

835

209

Other temporary differences

35,024

8,024

34,320

7,931

Subtotal

Deferred income tax liabilities Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss and

413,313

102,061

349,063

86,213

derivative financial instruments Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive

(114,588)

(27,935)

(93,862)

(23,336)

income

Depreciation of property and

(41,401)

(10,101)

(29,403)

(7,228)

equipment

Revaluation of property and

(20,352)

(3,469)

(20,629)

(3,521)

investment properties

(9,129)

(1,742)

(8,986)

(1,712)

Other temporary differences

(76,012)

(14,759)

(60,249)

(11,839)

Subtotal

(261,482)

(58,006)

(213,129)

(47,636)

151,831

44,055

135,934

38,577

Net

As at 30 June 2020, deferred tax liabilities relating to temporary differences of RMB176,121 million associated with the Group’s investments in subsidiaries have not been recognised (31 December 2019: RMB156,105 million).

23 Deferred income taxes (Continued)

23.3 The movements of the deferred income tax are as follows:

Six month

period ended

Year ended

31 December

2019

30 June 2020

As at 1 January

38,577

33,656

Credited to the income statement (Note III.9)

8,281

8,824

Charged to other comprehensive income

(2,866)

(4,180)

Other

63

277

As at 30 June/31 December

44,055

38,577

23.4 The deferred income tax credit in the condensed consolidated income statement comprises the following temporary differences:

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020

2019

Asset impairment allowances

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or

11,915

332

loss and derivative financial instruments

433

3,073

Pension, retirement benefits and salary payables

(1,301)

(1,176)

Other temporary differences

(2,766)

(1,975)

Total

8,281

254

24 Other liabilities

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

Insurance liabilities

2020

2019

— Life insurance contracts

126,623

113,742

— Non-life insurance contracts

10,758

10,169

Items in the process of clearance and settlement

95,699

66,628

Dividends payable

60,642

2

Salary and welfare payables Provision

26,944

33,373

— Allowance for credit commitments

21,961

23,597

— Allowance for litigation losses (Note III. 27.1)

860

872

Lease liabilities

21,513

21,590

Deferred income

11,586

10,476

Other

88,986

84,724

Total

465,572

365,173

25 Other equity instruments

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, the movements of the Bank’s other equity instruments were as follows:

As at 1 January 2020

Increase/(Decrease)

As at 30 June 2020

Preference Shares

Domestic

Preference Shares

Quantity

Carrying

Quantity

Carrying

Quantity

Carrying

(million shares)

(million shares)

(million shares)

amount

amount

amount

(First Tranche)

Domestic

Preference Shares

320.0

31,963

320.0

31,963

(Second Tranche)

Domestic

Preference Shares

280.0

27,969

280.0

27,969

(Third Tranche)

Domestic

Preference Shares

730.0

72,979

730.0

72,979

(Fourth Tranche)

Offshore

Preference Shares

270.0

26,990

270.0

26,990

(Second Tranche) (1)

197.9

19,581

197.9

19,581

Subtotal

1,600.0

159,901

197.9

19,581

1,797.9

179,482

Perpetual Bonds

2019 Undated Capital

Bonds (Series 1)

2020 Undated Capital

39,992

39,992

Bonds (Series 1) (2)

39,990

39,990

Subtotal

39,992

39,990

79,982

Total

199,893

59,571

259,464

25 Other equity instruments (Continued)

(1) With the approvals by the relevant regulatory authorities in China, the Bank issued the US Dollar settled non-cumulative Offshore Preference Shares on 4 March 2020. Each Offshore Preference Share has a par value of RMB100 and 197,865,300 Offshore Preference Shares were issued in total. The aggregate par value of the Offshore Preference Shares is USD2.820 billion as converted into USD using the fixed exchange rate (USD1.00 to RMB7.0168). The initial annual dividend rate is 3.60% and is subsequently subject to reset per agreement, but in no case shall exceed 12.15%. Dividends are calculated and paid out in US Dollars.

The Offshore Preference Shares have no maturity date. However, subject to the satisfaction of the redemption conditions and having obtained the prior approval of the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (“CBIRC”), the Bank may at its discretion redeem all or part of the Offshore Preference Shares on 4 March 2025 or any dividend payment date thereafter at the redemption price which is the sum of the par value of the Offshore Preference Shares and the dividends declared but not yet distributed, as calculated and paid out in US Dollars.

Save for such dividend at the agreed dividend payout ratio, the holders of the above preference shares shall not be entitled to share in the distribution of the remaining profits of the Bank together with the holders of the ordinary shares. The above preference shares are paid by non-cumulative dividend. The Bank shall be entitled to cancel any dividend on the preference shares, and such cancellation shall not constitute a default. However, the Bank shall not distribute profits to ordinary shareholders until resumption of full payment of dividends on the preference shares. Upon the occurrence of a trigger event for the compulsory conversion of preference shares into ordinary shares per agreement, the Bank shall convert the preference shares into ordinary shares in whole or in part after reporting to CBIRC for its examination and approval decision.

Capital raised from the issuance of the above preference shares, after deduction of transaction costs, was wholly used to replenish the Bank’s additional tier 1 capital and to increase its capital adequacy ratio.

(2) With the approvals by the relevant regulatory authorities in China, the Bank issued RMB40 billion writedown undated capital bonds (the “Bonds”) in the domestic interbank bond market on 28 April 2020 and completed the issuance on 30 April 2020. The denomination of the Bonds is RMB100 each, and the annual coupon rate of the Bonds for the first five years is 3.40%, which is reset every 5 years.

The duration of the Bonds is the same as the continuing operation of the Bank. Subject to the satisfaction of the redemption conditions and having obtained the prior approval of the CBIRC, the Bank may redeem the Bonds in whole or in part on each distribution payment date 5 years after the issuance date of the Bonds. Upon the occurrence of a trigger event for write-downs, with the consent of the CBIRC and without the consent of the bondholders, the Bank has the right to write down all or part of the above Bonds issued and existing at that time in accordance with the total par value. The claims of the holders of the Bonds will be subordinated to the claims of depositors, general creditors and subordinated creditors; and shall rank in priority to the claims of shareholders and will rank pari passu with the claims under any other additional tier 1 capital instruments of the Bank that rank pari passu with the Bonds.

The Bonds are paid by non-cumulative interest. The Bank shall have the right to cancel distributions on the Bonds in whole or in part and such cancellation shall not constitute a default. The Bank may at its discretion utilise the proceeds from the cancelled distributions to meet other obligations of maturing debts. But the Bank shall not distribute profits to ordinary shareholders until the resumption of full interest payment.

Capital raised from the issuance of the Bonds, after deduction of transaction costs, was wholly used to replenish the Bank’s additional tier 1 capital and to increase its capital adequacy ratio.

26 Dividends

Dividends for Ordinary Shares

A dividend of RMB1.91 per ten ordinary shares (before tax) in respect of the profit for the year ended 31 December 2019 amounting to RMB56,228 million (before tax) was approved at the Annual General Meeting held on 30 June 2020. The undistributed portion of RMB56,228 million was recorded in other liabilities as at 30 June 2020. Such dividend was distributed on 15 July 2020 and 7 August 2020 after the appropriate withholding of individual and enterprise income taxes.

Dividends for Preference Shares

The dividend distribution of Domestic Preference Shares (Second Tranche) amounting to RMB1,540 million (before tax) was approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank at the Board Meeting held on 13 January 2020 and the dividend was distributed on 13 March 2020.

The dividend distribution of Domestic Preference Shares (Third Tranche and Fourth Tranche) was approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank at the Board Meeting held on 29 April 2020. The dividend of Domestic Preference Shares (Third Tranche) amounting to RMB3,285 million (before tax) was distributed on 29 June 2020. And the dividend of Domestic Preference Shares (Fourth Tranche) amounting to RMB1,174.5 million (before tax) will be distributed on 31 August 2020.

Others

The Bank distributed the interest on the 2019 Undated Capital Bonds (Series 1) amounting to RMB1,800 million on 3 February 2020.

27 Contingent liabilities and commitments

27.1 Legal proceedings and arbitrations

As at 30 June 2020, the Group was involved in certain litigation and arbitration cases in the regular course of its business. In addition, in terms of the range and scale of its international operations, the Group may face a variety of legal proceedings within different jurisdictions. As at 30 June 2020, provisions of RMB860 million (31 December 2019: RMB872 million) were made based on court judgements or the advice of counsel (Note III.24). After consulting legal professionals, the senior management of the Group believes that at the current stage these legal proceedings and arbitrations will not have a material impact on the financial position or operations of the Group.

27 Contingent liabilities and commitments (Continued)

27.2 Assets pledged

Assets pledged by the Group as collateral mainly for placement, repurchase, short positions, derivative transactions with other banks and financial institutions and for local statutory requirements are set forth in the table below. These transactions are conducted under standard and normal business terms.

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019

Debt securities

684,877

787,929

Bills

119

387

Total

684,996

788,316

27.3 Collateral accepted

The Group accepts securities as collateral that are permitted to be sold or re-pledged in connection with reverse repurchase and derivative agreements with banks and other financial institutions. As at 30 June 2020, the fair value of collateral received from banks and other financial institutions accepted by the Group amounted to RMB32,716 million (31 December 2019: RMB22,067 million). As at 30 June 2020, the fair value of the collateral that the Group had sold or re-pledged, but was obligated to return, was RMB2,775 million (31 December 2019: RMB2,271 million). These transactions are conducted under standard terms in the normal course of business.

27 Contingent liabilities and commitments (Continued) 27.4 Capital commitments

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

Property and equipment

2020

2019

— Contracted but not provided for

68,065

53,752

— Authorised but not contracted for Intangible assets

1,433

1,215

— Contracted but not provided for

1,201

1,048

— Authorised but not contracted for

Investment properties

261

66

— Contracted but not provided for

1,730

1,231

Total

72,690

57,312

27.5 Treasury bonds redemption commitments

The Bank is entrusted by the Ministry of Finance of the People’s Republic of China (the “MOF”) to underwrite certain Treasury bonds. The investors of these Treasury bonds have a right to redeem the bonds at any time prior to maturity and the Bank is committed to redeem these Treasury bonds. The MOF will not provide funding for the early redemption of these Treasury bonds on a back-to-back basis but will pay interest and repay the principal at maturity. The redemption price is the principal value of the bonds plus unpaid interest in accordance with the early redemption arrangement.

As at 30 June 2020, the outstanding principal value of the Treasury bonds sold by the Bank under obligation to redeem prior to maturity amounted to RMB53,611 million (31 December 2019: RMB59,746 million). The original maturities of these Treasury bonds vary from 3 to 5 years and management expects the amount of redemption through the Bank prior to the maturity dates of these bonds will not be material.

27 Contingent liabilities and commitments (Continued) 27.6 Credit commitments

As at 30 June

As at 31 December

Loan commitments (1)

2020

2019

— with an original maturity of less than 1 year

253,962

244,733

— with an original maturity of 1 year or above

1,330,002

1,360,065

Undrawn credit card limits

1,064,777

1,010,283

Letters of guarantee issued (2)

1,024,375

1,049,629

Bank bill acceptance

287,269

259,373

Letters of credit issued

142,815

133,571

Accepted bills of exchange under letters of credit

87,435

92,440

Other

183,390

192,476

Total (3)

4,374,025

4,342,570

(1) Loan commitments mainly represent undrawn loan facilities agreed and granted to customers. Unconditionally revocable loan commitments are not included in loan commitments. As at 30 June 2020, the unconditionally revocable loan commitments of the Group amounted to RMB341,099 million (31 December 2019: RMB299,556 million).

(2) Letters of guarantee issued mainly include financial guarantees and performance guarantees. These obligations on the Group to make payments are dependent on the outcome of a future event.

(3) Risk-weighted assets for credit risk of credit commitments

The risk-weighted assets for credit risk of the Group are calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) and other relevant regulations under the advanced capital measurement approaches. The amounts are determined based on the creditworthiness of the counterparties, the maturity characteristics of each type of contracts and other factors.

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019

Credit commitments 1,187,793 1,206,469

27.7 Underwriting obligations

As at 30 June 2020, the firm commitment in underwriting securities of the Group amounted to RMB1,000 million (31 December 2019: Nil).

28 Changes in consolidation

On 18 June 2020, the Bank set up a majority-owned subsidiary, BOC Financial Leasing Co., Ltd. (“BOCL”), which mainly engages in the financial leasing business. As at 30 June 2020, the Bank held 92.59% of the total capital of BOCL.

29 Note to the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows

For the purpose of the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following balances with an original maturity of less than three months:

As at As at

30 June 30 June

2020 2019

Cash and due from banks and other financial institutions 375,854 316,066

Balances with central banks 591,528 490,207

Placements with and loans to banks and

other financial institutions 680,996 670,102 Financial investments 71,391 43,491

Total 1,719,769 1,519,866

30 Related party transactions

30.1 China Investment Corporation (“CIC”) was established on 29 September 2007 with registered capital of RMB1,550 billion. CIC is a wholly State-owned company engaging in foreign currency investment management. The Group is subject to the control of the State Council of the PRC Government through CIC and its wholly owned subsidiary, Central Huijin Investment Ltd. (“Huijin”).

The Group entered into banking transactions with CIC in the normal course of its business on commercial terms.

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

30.2 Transactions with Huijin and companies under Huijin

(1) General information of Huijin

Central Huijin Investment Ltd.

Legal representative

PENG Chun

Registered capital

RMB828,209 million

Location of registration

Beijing

Capital shares in the Bank

64.02%

Voting rights in the Bank

64.02%

Nature

Wholly State-owned company

Principal activities

Investment in major State-owned financial institutions on behalf of the State Council; other related businesses approved by the State Council.

Unified social credit code

911000007109329615

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

30.2 Transactions with Huijin and companies under Huijin (Continued)

(2) Transactions with Huijin

The Group enters into banking transactions with Huijin in the normal course of its business on commercial terms. Purchase of the bonds issued by Huijin was in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with the requirements of the related regulations and corporate governance.

Transaction balances

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019

Debt securities

27,422 24,963

Due to Huijin

Transaction amounts

(60) (2,913)

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Interest income

389 453

Interest expense

(35) (169)

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

30.2 Transactions with Huijin and companies under Huijin (Continued)

(3) Transactions with companies under Huijin

Companies under Huijin include its equity interests in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures in certain other bank and non-bank entities in the PRC. The Group enters into banking transactions with these companies in the normal course of business on commercial terms which include mainly purchase and sale of debt securities, money market transactions and derivative transactions.

In the ordinary course of the business, main transactions that the Group entered into with the affiliates of parent company are as follows:

Transaction balances

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

Due from banks and other financial institutions Placements with and loans to banks and

67,768

59,332

other financial institutions

199,898

115,781

Financial investments

293,028

395,205

Derivative financial assets

8,197

7,655

Loans and advances to customers Due to customers, banks and

76,477

45,646

other financial institutions Placements from banks and

(238,912)

(185,610)

other financial institutions

(157,992)

(244,059)

Derivative financial liabilities

(3,455)

(5,459)

Credit commitments

29,600

14,502

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

30.2 Transactions with Huijin and companies under Huijin (Continued)

(3) Transactions with companies under Huijin (Continued)

Transaction amounts

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Interest income 6,487 8,129 Interest expense (2,414) (3,655)

30.3 Transactions with government authorities, agencies, affiliates and other State-controlled entities

The State Council of the PRC government directly and indirectly controls a significant number of entities through its government authorities, agencies, affiliates and other Statecontrolled entities. The Group enters into extensive banking transactions with these entities in the normal course of business on commercial terms.

Transactions conducted with government authorities, agencies, affiliates and other Statecontrolled entities include purchase and redemption of investment securities issued by government agencies, underwriting and distribution of Treasury bonds issued by government agencies, foreign exchange transactions and derivative transactions, lending, provision of credit and guarantees and deposit taking.

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

30.4 Transactions with associates and joint ventures

The Group enters into banking transactions with associates and joint ventures in the normal course of business on commercial terms. These include loans and advances, deposit taking and other normal banking businesses. In the ordinary course of the business, the main transactions that the Group entered into with associates and joint ventures are as follows: Transaction balances

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019

Loans and advances to customers Due to customers, banks and

1,210

1,373

other financial institutions

(15,096)

(6,046)

Credit commitments

584

76

Transaction amounts

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Interest income

35 25

Interest expense

(141) (99)

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

30.5 Transactions with the Annuity Plan

Apart from the obligations for defined contributions to the Annuity Fund and normal banking transactions, no other transactions were conducted between the Group and the Annuity Fund for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and the year ended 31 December 2019.

30.6 Transactions with key management personnel

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including Directors and Executive Officers.

The Group enters into banking transactions with key management personnel in the normal course of business. During the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and the year ended 31 December 2019, there were no material transactions and balances with key management personnel on an individual basis.

30.7 Transactions with Connected Natural Persons

As at 30 June 2020, the Bank’s balance of loans to the connected natural persons as defined in the Administration of Connected Transactions between Commercial Banks and Their Insiders and Shareholders and the Administrative Measures for the Disclosure of Information of Listed Companies totalled RMB379 million (31 December 2019: RMB410 million) and RMB19 million (31 December 2019: RMB23 million) respectively.

30 Related party transactions (Continued)

30.8 Transactions with subsidiaries

The main transactions with subsidiaries are as follows:

Transaction balances

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

Due from banks and other financial institutions Placements with and loans to banks and

44,621

21,908

other financial institutions

136,453

152,839

Due to banks and other financial institutions Placements from banks and

(110,746)

(88,195)

other financial institutions

(59,522)

(52,285)

Transaction amounts

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020 2019

Interest income 1,305 812

Interest expense (639) (1,251)

31 Segment reporting

The Group manages the business from both geographic and business perspectives. From the geographic perspective, the Group operates in three principal regions: Chinese mainland; Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan; and other countries and regions. From the business perspective, the Group provides services through six main business segments: corporate banking, personal banking, treasury operations, investment banking, insurance and other operations.

Measurement of segment assets, liabilities, income, expenses, results and capital expenditure is based on the Group’s accounting policies. The segment information presented includes items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Funding is provided to and from individual business segments through treasury operations as part of the asset and liability management process. The pricing of these transactions is based on market rates. The transfer price takes into account the specific features and maturities of the product. Internal transactions are eliminated on consolidation. The Group regularly examines the transfer price and adjusts the price to reflect current situation.

Geographical segments

Chinese mainland — Corporate banking, personal banking, treasury operations and insurance services, etc. are performed in Chinese mainland.

Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan — Corporate banking, personal banking, treasury operations, investment banking and insurance services are performed in Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan. The business of this segment is centralised in BOC Hong Kong (Group) Limited (“BOCHK Group”).

Other countries and regions — Corporate and personal banking services are provided in other countries and regions. Significant locations include New York, London, Singapore and Tokyo.

31 Segment reporting (Continued)

Business segments

Corporate banking — Services to corporate customers, government authorities and financial institutions including current accounts, deposits, overdrafts, loans, trade-related products and other credit facilities, foreign currency, derivative products and wealth management products.

Personal banking — Services to retail customers including saving deposits, personal loans, credit cards and debit cards, payments and settlements, wealth management products and funds and insurance agency services.

Treasury operations — Consisting of foreign exchange transactions, customer-based interest rate and foreign exchange derivative transactions, money market transactions, proprietary trading and asset and liability management. The results of this segment include the intersegment funding income and expenses, results from interest-bearing assets and liabilities; and foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Investment banking — Consisting of debt and equity underwriting and financial advisory, sales and trading of securities, stock brokerage, investment research and asset management services, and private equity investment services.

Insurance — Underwriting of general and life insurance business and insurance agency services.

Other — Other operations of the Group comprise investment holding and other miscellaneous activities, none of which constitutes a separately reportable segment.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL

INFORMATION (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL

INFORMATION (Continued)

2

2

2

149

III

31

149

III

31

149

III

31

32 Transfers of financial assets

The Group enters into transactions in the normal course of business by which it transfers recognised financial assets to third parties or to special purpose entities. In some cases where these transferred financial assets qualify for derecognition, the transfers may give rise to full or partial derecognition of the financial assets concerned. In other cases where the transferred assets do not qualify for derecognition as the Group has retained substantially all the risks and rewards of these assets, the Group continued to recognise the transferred assets.

Repurchase agreements

Transferred financial assets that do not qualify for derecognition mainly include debt securities held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements and securities lent to counterparties under securities lending agreements. The counterparties are allowed to sell or re-pledge those securities in the absence of default by the Group, but have an obligation to return the securities upon maturity of the contract. If the value of securities increases or decreases, the Group may in certain circumstances require or be required to pay additional cash collateral. The Group has determined that the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of these securities and therefore has not derecognised them. In addition, the Group recognises a financial liability for cash received as collateral.

The following table analyses the carrying amount of the above-mentioned financial assets transferred to third parties that did not qualify for derecognition and their associated financial liabilities:

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Carrying Carrying amount of amount of transferred associated assets liabilities

Carrying Carrying amount of amount of transferred associated assets liabilities

Repurchase agreements

47,443 47,497

528 503

32 Transfers of financial assets (Continued)

Credit asset transfers

The Group enters into credit asset transfers in the normal course of business during which it transfers credit assets to special purpose entities which in turn issue asset-backed securities or fund shares to investors. The Group may acquire some asset-backed securities and fund shares at the subordinated tranche level, and accordingly, may retain parts of the risks and rewards of the transferred credit assets. The Group would determine whether or not to derecognise the associated credit assets by evaluating the extent to which it retains the risks and rewards of the assets.

With respect to the credit assets that were securitised and qualified for derecognition, the Group derecognised the transferred credit assets in their entirety. The corresponding total carrying amount of asset-backed securities held by the Group in the securitisation transactions was RMB815 million as at 30 June 2020 (31 December 2019: RMB956 million), which also approximates the Group’s maximum exposure to loss.

For those in which the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the transferred credit assets, and retained control of the credit assets, the transferred credit assets are recognised in the statement of financial position to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement. For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, there was no new continuing involvement through acquiring tranches by the Group (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019, the carrying amount at the time of transfer of the original credit assets, which the Group determined that it has continuing involvement through acquiring some tranches, was RMB17,991 million) and the carrying amount of assets that the Group continues to recognise in the statement of financial position was RMB15,075 million as at 30 June 2020 (31 December 2019: RMB15,250 million).

33 Interests in the structured entities

The Group is principally involved with structured entities through financial investments, asset management and credit asset transfers. These structured entities generally finance the purchase of assets by issuing securities or by other means. The Group determines whether or not to consolidate these structured entities depending on whether the Group has control over them.

33 Interests in the structured entities (Continued)

33.1 Interests in the unconsolidated structured entities

The interests held by the Group in the unconsolidated structured entities are mainly set out below:

Structured entities sponsored by the Group

In conducting the asset management business in Chinese mainland, the Group established various structured entities to provide customers with specialised investment opportunities within narrow and well-defined objectives, including non-principal guaranteed wealth management products, publicly offered funds and asset management plans, and earned management fee, commission and custodian fee in return.

As at 30 June 2020, the balance of the above unconsolidated bank wealth management products sponsored by the Group amounted to RMB1,320,923 million (31 December 2019: RMB1,231,861 million). The balance of unconsolidated publicly offered funds and asset management plans sponsored by the Group amounted to RMB593,870 million (31 December 2019: RMB638,865 million).

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, the above-mentioned commission, custodian fee and management fee amounted to RMB3,778 million (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB3,799 million).

As at 30 June 2020, the balance of interest and commission receivable held by the Group in the above-mentioned structured entities was not material. For the purpose of asset-liability management, wealth management products may require short-term financing from the Group and other banks. The Group is not contractually obliged to provide financing. After internal risk assessment, the Group may enter into repurchase and placement transactions with these wealth management products in accordance with market principles. For the six month period ended 30 June 2020, the maximum balance of such financing provided by the Group to the unconsolidated wealth management products was RMB132,205 million (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: RMB180,050 million). Such financing provided by the Group was included in “Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions”. As at 30 June 2020, the balance of the above transactions was RMB122,797 million (31 December 2019: RMB170,797 million). The maximum exposure to loss of those placements approximated to their carrying amount.

33 Interests in the structured entities (Continued)

33.1 Interests in the unconsolidated structured entities (Continued)

Structured entities sponsored by the Group (Continued)

In addition, there were no credit assets transferred by the Group into the unconsolidated structured entities during the six month period ended 30 June 2020 (for the six month period ended 30 June 2019: Nil). For the description of the portion of asset-backed securities issued by the above structured entities and held by the Group, refer to Note III.32.

Structured entities sponsored by other financial institutions

The interests held by the Group in the structured entities sponsored by other financial institutions through direct investments are set out below:

Structured entity type

As at 30 June 2020

Financial

Financial assets at assets at fair value fair value through through other profit comprehensive

or loss income

Financial assets at amortised cost

Total

Maximum exposure to loss

Fund investments

Investment trusts and

51,537 –

51,537

51,537

asset management plans

2,380 –

8,460

10,840

10,840

Asset-backed securitisations

128 63,282

41,921

105,331

105,331

Structured entity type

As at 31 December 2019

Financial

Financial assets at assets at fair value fair value through through other profit comprehensive

or loss income

Financial assets at amortised cost

Total

Maximum exposure to loss

Fund investments

Investment trusts and

53,349 –

53,349

53,349

asset management plans

2,396 –

8,163

10,559

10,559

Asset-backed securitisations

905 68,192

44,008

113,105

113,105

33 Interests in the structured entities (Continued)

33.2 Consolidated structured entities

The Group’s consolidated structured entities mainly consist of open-end funds, private equity funds, trusts for asset-backed securities, and special-purpose companies. The Group controls these entities because the Group has power over, is exposed to, or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with these entities and has the ability to use its power over these entities to affect the amount of the Group’s returns. Except for providing financial guarantees for the companies established solely for financing purposes, the Group does not provide financial or other support to the other consolidated structured entities.

34 Events after the financial reporting date

Dividend distribution plan of Domestic Preference Shares (First Tranche and Second Tranche)

The dividend distribution of Domestic Preference Shares (First Tranche and Second Tranche) was approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank on 30 August 2020. The annual dividend for the Domestic Preference Shares (First Tranche) amounting to RMB1,920 million (before tax) is scheduled to be paid on 23 November 2020 at a dividend rate of 6.00% (before tax). The annual dividend for the Domestic Preference Shares (Second Tranche) amounting to RMB1,540 million (before tax) is scheduled to be paid on 15 March 2021 at a dividend rate of 5.50% (before tax). The dividend payable was not reflected in liabilities of the financial statements.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL

INFORMATION (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL

INFORMATION (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

III NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL

INFORMATION (Continued)

2

2

2

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit risk

1.1 Loans and advances

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers

(i) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by geographical area

Group

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total

Amount % of total

Chinese mainland

10,983,505 78.45%

10,302,408 79.04%

Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan

1,862,638 13.30%

1,697,434 13.02%

Other countries and regions

1,154,614 8.25%

1,034,347 7.94%

Total

14,000,757

100.00

%

13,034,189

100.00

%

Chinese mainland

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total

Amount % of total

Northern China

1,607,658 14.64%

1,573,127 15.27%

Northeastern China

504,062 4.59%

494,186 4.80%

Eastern China

4,344,199 39.55%

4,016,742 38.99%

Central and Southern China

3,084,120 28.08%

2,875,436 27.91%

Western China

1,443,466 13.14%

1,342,917 13.03%

Total

10,983,505

100.00

%

10,302,408

100.00

%

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(ii) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by customer type

Hong Kong, Other

Chinese Macao and countries

mainland Taiwan and regions Total

As at 30 June 2020

Corporate loans and advances

— Trade bills 1,054,674 112,398 133,811 1,300,883 — Other 5,212,352 1,181,032 961,980 7,355,364 Personal loans 4,716,479 569,208 58,823 5,344,510

Total

10,983,505

1,862,638

1,154,614

14,000,757

As at 31 December 2019

Corporate loans and advances

— Trade bills

996,845

108,177

127,170

1,232,192

— Other

4,853,846

1,051,188

849,154

6,754,188

Personal loans

4,451,717

538,069

58,023

5,047,809

Total

10,302,408

1,697,434

1,034,347

13,034,189

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iii) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by industry

Group

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Corporate loans and advances

Amount

% of total

Amount

% of total

Commerce and services

1,852,515

13.23%

1,706,650

13.09%

Manufacturing

Transportation, storage and

1,814,064

12.96%

1,679,202

12.88%

postal services

1,368,992

9.78%

1,294,922

9.93%

Real estate

Production and supply of electricity,

1,166,328

8.33%

1,042,664

8.00%

heating, gas and water

669,862

4.78%

649,289

4.98%

Financial services

633,808

4.53%

565,333

4.34%

Mining

295,132

2.11%

293,375

2.25%

Construction

Water, environment and

288,731

2.06%

255,160

1.96%

public utility management

233,679

1.67%

199,376

1.53%

Public utilities

159,844

1.14%

149,855

1.15%

Other

173,292

1.24%

150,554

1.16%

Subtotal

8,656,247

61.83%

7,986,380

61.27%

Personal loans

Mortgages

4,225,922

30.18%

3,993,271

30.64%

Credit cards

481,916

3.44%

476,743

3.66%

Other

636,672

4.55%

577,795

4.43%

Subtotal

5,344,510

38.17%

5,047,809

38.73%

Total

14,000,757

100.00

%

13,034,189

100.00

%

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iii) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by industry (Continued) Chinese mainland

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Corporate loans and advances

Amount

% of total

Amount

% of total

Commerce and services

1,400,959

12.75%

1,269,121

12.32%

Manufacturing

Transportation, storage and

1,340,742

12.21%

1,285,438

12.48%

postal services

1,188,165

10.82%

1,129,091

10.96%

Real estate

Production and supply of electricity,

621,989

5.66%

553,951

5.38%

heating, gas and water

482,426

4.39%

489,086

4.75%

Financial services

435,005

3.96%

398,095

3.86%

Mining

170,387

1.55%

165,218

1.60%

Construction

Water, environment and

233,756

2.13%

214,351

2.08%

public utility management

224,042

2.04%

188,387

1.83%

Public utilities

129,172

1.18%

120,595

1.17%

Other

40,383

0.37%

37,358

0.36%

Subtotal

6,267,026

57.06%

5,850,691

56.79%

Personal loans

Mortgages

3,794,760

34.55%

3,582,138

34.77%

Credit cards

469,520

4.27%

462,150

4.49%

Other

452,199

4.12%

407,429

3.95%

Subtotal

4,716,479

42.94%

4,451,717

43.21%

Total

10,983,505

100.00

%

10,302,408

100.00

%

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(1) Concentrations of risk for loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iv) Analysis of loans and advances to customers by collateral type

Group

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total

Amount % of total

Unsecured loans

4,468,057 31.91%

4,151,941 31.86%

Guaranteed loans

1,737,072 12.41%

1,572,146 12.06%

Collateralised and other secured loans

7,795,628 55.68%

7,310,102 56.08%

Total

14,000,757

100.00

%

13,034,189

100.00

%

Chinese mainland

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Amount % of total

Amount % of total

Unsecured loans

3,050,041 27.77%

2,923,150 28.37%

Guaranteed loans

1,347,913 12.27%

1,211,994 11.77%

Collateralised and other secured loans

6,585,551 59.96%

6,167,264 59.86%

Total

10,983,505

100.00

%

10,302,408

100.00

%

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of impaired loans and advances to customers

(i) Impaired loans and advances by geographical area

Group

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount

% of total

Impaired

loan ratio

181,383

91.43%

1.65%

4,458

2.25%

0.24%

12,541

6.32%

100.00

%

at 30 June 2020

1.09%

198,382

1.42%

As

Amount

% of total

Impaired

loan ratio

Amount

% of total

Impaired

loan ratio

Northern China

22,787

12.56%

1.42%

31,762

18.69%

2.02%

Northeastern China

21,020

11.59%

4.17%

22,123

13.02%

4.48%

Eastern China

60,006

33.08%

1.38%

59,764

35.17%

1.49%

Central and Southern China

62,816

34.63%

2.04%

39,060

22.98%

1.36%

Western China

14,754

8.14%

1.02%

17,242

10.14%

1.28%

Impaired

Amount % of total loan ratio

Chinese mainland169,951 95.35% 1.65% Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan3,842 2.16% 0.23% Other countries and regions 4,442 2.49% 0.43%

Total

178,235

100.00

%

1.37

%

Chinese mainland

As at 31 December 2019

Total

181,383

100.00

%

1.65

%

169,951

100.00

%

1.65

%

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of impaired loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(ii) Impaired loans and advances by customer type

Group

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Amount

% of total

Impaired

loan ratio

164,954

83.15%

1.91%

33,428

16.85%

100.00

%

at 30 June 2020

0.63%

198,382

1.42%

As

Impaired

Amount % of total loan ratio

Corporate loans and advances149,427 83.84% 1.87%

Personal loans 28,808 16.16% 0.57%

Total

178,235

100.00

%

1.37

%

Chinese mainland

As at 31 December 2019

Impaired Impaired

Amount % of total loan ratio Amount % of total loan ratio

Corporate loans and advances 148,925 82.11% 2.38% 141,978 83.54% 2.43%

Personal loans 32,458 17.89% 0.69% 27,973 16.46% 0.63%

Total

181,383

100.00

%

1.65

%

169,951

100.00

%

1.65

%

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of impaired loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iii) Impaired loans and advances by geographical area and industry

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Impaired Impaired

Amount % of total loan ratio Amount % of total loan ratio

Chinese mainland

Corporate loans and advances

Commerce and services

45,939

23.16%

3.28%

45,104

25.31%

3.55%

Manufacturing

Transportation, storage and

69,574

35.07%

5.19%

59,646

33.46%

4.64%

postal services

12,822

6.46%

1.08%

8,276

4.64%

0.73%

Real estate

Production and supply of electricity, heating,

2,578

1.30%

0.41%

2,936

1.65%

0.53%

gas and water

1,902

0.96%

0.39%

10,954

6.15%

2.24%

Financial services

1,068

0.54%

0.25%

225

0.13%

0.06%

Mining

4,865

2.45%

2.86%

4,946

2.77%

2.99%

Construction

Water, environment and

4,141

2.09%

1.77%

3,561

2.00%

1.66%

public utility management

1,418

0.71%

0.63%

1,594

0.89%

0.85%

Public utilities

794

0.40%

0.61%

877

0.49%

0.73%

Other

3,824

1.93%

9.47%

3,859

2.17%

10.33%

Subtotal

Personal loans

148,925

75.07%

2.38%

141,978

79.66%

2.43%

Mortgages

12,719

6.41%

0.34%

10,463

5.87%

0.29%

Credit cards

12,051

6.07%

2.57%

10,269

5.76%

2.22%

Other

7,688

3.88%

1.70%

7,241

4.06%

1.78%

Subtotal

32,458

16.36%

0.69%

27,973

15.69%

0.63%

Total for Chinese mainland

Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries

181,383

91.43%

1.65%

169,951

95.35%

1.65%

and regions

16,999

8.57%

0.56%

8,284

4.65%

0.30%

Total

198,382

100.00

%

1.42

%

178,235

100.00

%

1.37

%

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(2) Analysis of impaired loans and advances to customers (Continued)

(iv) Impaired loans and advances and related allowance by geographical area

As at 30 June 2020

Allowance for

Net

Impaired loans

impairment losses

Chinese mainland

181,383

(146,153)

35,230

Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan

4,458

(2,853)

1,605

Other countries and regions

12,541

(7,058)

5,483

Total

198,382

(156,064)

42,318

As at 31 December 2019

Chinese mainland

169,951

(131,307)

38,644

Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan

3,842

(2,462)

1,380

Other countries and regions

4,442

(2,775)

1,667

Total

178,235

(136,544)

41,691

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(3) Loans and advances rescheduled

Rescheduling is a voluntary or, to a limited extent, court-supervised procedure, through which the Group and a borrower and/or its guarantor, if any, rescheduled credit terms as a result of deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition or of the borrower’s inability to make payments when due. The Group reschedules a non-performing loan only if the borrower has good prospects. In addition, prior to approving the rescheduling of loans, the Group typically requires additional guarantees, pledges and/or collateral, or the assumption of the loan by a borrower with better repayment ability.

Rescheduled loans are subject to a surveillance period of six months. During the surveillance period, rescheduled loans remain as non-performing loans and the Group monitors the borrower’s business operations and loan repayment patterns. After the surveillance period, rescheduled loans may be upgraded to “Special-mention” upon review if certain criteria are met. If the rescheduled loans fall overdue or if the borrower is unable to demonstrate its repayment ability, these loans will be reclassified to “Doubtful” or below. All rescheduled loans within the surveillance period were determined to be impaired as at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019.

As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, within impaired loans and advances, rescheduled loans and advances that were overdue for 90 days or less were insignificant.

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(4) Overdue loans and advances to customers

Analysis of overdue loans and advances by geographical area:

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019

Chinese mainland 168,492 149,978

Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan 9,834 7,171

Other countries and regions 11,419 5,480

Subtotal 189,745 162,629

Percentage 1.36% 1.25%

Less: total loans and advances to customers

which have been overdue for less than 3 months (59,306) (62,838)

Total loans and advances to customers

which have been overdue for more than 3 months 130,439 99,791

(5) Loans and advances three-staging exposure

Loans and advances to customers by five-tier loan classification and three-staging are analysed as follows:

As at 30 June 2020

12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

Pass 13,484,743 42,770 – 13,527,513 Special-mention – 270,798 – 270,798

Substandard – – 108,492 108,492 Doubtful – – 37,014 37,014

Loss – – 52,876 52,876

Total

13,484,743

313,568

198,382

13,996,693

1.1 Loans and advances (Continued)

(5) Loans and advances three-staging exposure (Continued)

As at 31 December 2019

12- month ECL Lifetime ECL Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

Pass 12,514,948 47,588 – 12,562,536 Special-mention – 289,314 – 289,314 Substandard – – 77,459 77,459 Doubtful – – 51,804 51,804

Loss – – 48,972 48,972

Total

12,514,948

336,902

178,235

13,030,085

As at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019, loans and advances by five-tier loan classification and three-staging did not include loans and advances to customers measured at fair value through profit or loss.

1.2 Debt securities

The Group adopted a credit rating approach to manage the credit risk of the debt securities by referring to both internal and external credit rating. The carrying amounts (accrued interest excluded) of the debt investments analysed by external credit ratings at the financial reporting date are as follows:

As at 30 June 2020

Issuers in Chinese mainland

Unrated A to AAA Lower than A Total

— Government

— Public sectors and

11,055

2,961,623

– 2,972,678

quasi-governments

99,070

– 99,070

— Policy banks

343,321

– 343,321

— Financial institutions

68,777

172,002

116,121 356,900

— Corporate

— China Orient Asset

57,176

108,031

26,486 191,693

Management Corporation

152,433

– 152,433

Subtotal

388,511

3,584,977

142,607 4,116,095

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions

— Governments — Public sectors and

6,250

514,725

17,811 538,786

quasi-governments

57,326

48,256

– 105,582

— Financial institutions

17,733

124,718

33,697 176,148

— Corporate

15,794

132,833

41,913 190,540

Subtotal

97,103

820,532

93,421 1,011,056

Total

485,614

4,405,509

236,028 5,127,151

1.2 Debt securities (Continued)

As at 31 December 2019

Issuers in Chinese mainland

Unrated A to AAA Lower than A Total

— Government

— Public sectors and

12,997

2,848,409

350 2,861,756

quasi-governments

109,923

– 109,923

— Policy banks

435,212

– 435,212

— Financial institutions

86,765

219,640

214,672 521,077

— Corporate

— China Orient Asset

64,457

121,200

26,852 212,509

Management Corporation

152,433

– 152,433

Subtotal

426,575

3,624,461

241,874 4,292,910

Issuers in Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan and other countries and regions

— Governments — Public sectors and

2,364

506,421

16,089 524,874

quasi-governments

60,332

58,889

– 119,221

— Financial institutions

5,675

123,249

31,916 160,840

— Corporate

11,957

127,515

34,663 174,135

Subtotal

80,328

816,074

82,668 979,070

Total

506,903

4,440,535

324,542 5,271,980

1.3 Derivatives

The risk-weighted assets for counterparty credit risk (“CCR”) of derivatives of the Group are calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) and other relevant regulations under the advanced capital measurement approaches. For derivative transactions, risk-weighted assets for CCR include the risk-weighted assets for default risk, the risk-weighted assets for credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) and the riskweighted assets for central counterparties (“CCPs”).

The risk-weighted assets for CCR of derivatives of the Group are calculated in accordance with the Assets Measurement Rules for Counterparty Default Risks of Derivatives since 1 January 2019.

The risk-weighted assets for CCR of derivatives are as follows:

As at As at

30 June 31 December

Risk-weighted assets for default risk

2020

2019

Currency derivatives

64,809

62,076

Interest rate derivatives

18,805

10,442

Equity derivatives

745

338

Commodity derivatives and other

23,451

12,135

107,810

84,991

Risk-weighted assets for CVA

110,541

79,954

Risk-weighted assets for CCPs

10,946

6,095

Total

229,297

171,040

1.4 Repossessed assets

The Group obtains assets by taking possession of collateral held as security. Detailed information of such repossessed assets of the Group is disclosed in Note III.20.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV

1

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

1 Credit risk (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

1 Credit risk (Continued)

2

2

2

Market risk

2.1 Market risk measurement techniques and limits

(1) Trading book

For the purpose of market risk management in the trading book, the Group monitors trading book Value at Risk (VaR) limits, stress testing results and exposure limits and tracks each trading desk and dealer’s observance of each limit on a daily basis.

VaR is used to estimate the largest potential loss arising from adverse market movements in a specific holding period and within a certain confidence level.

VaR is performed separately by the Bank and its major subsidiaries that are exposed to market risk, Bank of China Hong Kong (Holdings) Limited (“BOCHK (Holdings)”) and BOC International Holdings Limited (“BOCI”). The Bank, BOCHK (Holdings) and BOCI used a 99% level of confidence (therefore, statistical probability of 1% that actual losses could be greater than the VaR estimate) and a historical simulation model to calculate the VaR estimate. The holding period of the VaR calculations is one day. To enhance the Group’s market risk management, the Group has established the market risk data mart, which enabled a group level trading book VaR calculation on a daily basis.

The accuracy and reliability of the VaR model is verified by daily back-testing of the VaR results in the trading book. The back-testing results are regularly reported to senior management.

The Group utilises stress testing as an effective supplement to the trading book VaR analysis. Stress testing scenarios are performed based on the characteristics of trading transactions to simulate and estimate losses in adverse and exceptional market conditions. To address changes in the financial markets, the Group enhances its market risk identification capabilities by continuously modifying and improving the trading book stress testing scenarios and measurement methodologies in order to capture the potential impact to transaction market prices stemming from changes in market prices and volatility.

Market risk (Continued)

2.1 Market risk measurement techniques and limits (Continued)

(1) Trading book (Continued)

The table below shows the VaR of the trading book by type of risk for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and 2019:

Unit: USD million

Six month period ended 30 June

The Bank’s trading VaR

Average

High

Low

Average

High

Low

Interest rate risk

14.05

17.87

9.40

17.68

21.46

13.24

Foreign exchange risk

24.01

35.33

11.83

14.77

20.84

9.80

Volatility risk

0.75

1.95

0.18

0.43

0.78

0.17

Commodity risk

6.63

13.76

3.04

1.12

1.54

0.75

Total of the Bank’s trading VaR

27.74

38.68

16.18

20.76

26.64

17.11

2020

2019

The reporting of risk in relation to bullion is included in foreign exchange risk above.

Market risk (Continued)

2.1 Market risk measurement techniques and limits (Continued)

(1) Trading book (Continued)

Unit: USD million

BOCHK (Holdings)’s trading VaR

Average

High

Low

Average

High

Low

Interest rate risk

3.19

4.58

1.71

2.24

3.12

1.26

Foreign exchange risk

1.91

3.78

0.84

1.86

2.69

0.98

Equity risk

0.10

0.38

0.03

0.07

0.32

0.03

Commodity risk

Total BOCHK (Holdings)’s

0.08

0.32

0.00

2.83

5.39

1.32

trading VaR

3.95

5.69

2.25

3.89

6.16

2.96

Six month period ended 30 June

2020

2019

BOCI’s trading VaR (i)

Equity derivatives unit

0.87

1.81

0.34

0.60

1.13

0.38

Fixed income unit

1.08

1.67

0.41

0.66

0.97

0.50

Global commodity unit

0.19

0.29

0.15

0.18

0.27

0.10

Total BOCI’s trading VaR

2.15

3.04

1.57

1.43

2.21

1.17

(i) BOCI monitors its trading VaR for equity derivatives unit, fixed income unit and global commodity unit separately, which include equity risk, interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk and commodity risk.

VaR for each risk factor is the independently derived largest potential loss in a specific holding period and within a certain confidence level due to fluctuations solely in that risk factor. The individual VaRs were not added up to the total VaR as there was a diversification effect due to correlation amongst the risk factors.

(2) Banking book

The banking book is exposed to interest rate risk arising from mismatches in repricing periods and inconsistent adjustments between the benchmark interest rates of assets and liabilities. The Group assesses interest rate risk in the banking book primarily through an interest rate repricing gap analysis. The interest rate gap analysis is set out in Note IV.2.2 and also covers the trading book.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

2

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

2

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

2

2

2

2

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

(

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (

Continued)

Market risk (Continued)

2.2

GAP analysis (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(

)

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (

Continued)

Market risk (Continued)

2.3

Foreign currency risk (Continued)

176

178

IV

2

178

IV

2

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

)

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (

Continued)

3

Liquidity risk (Continued)

Fair value

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value

Financial instruments measured at fair value are classified into the following three levels:

· Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, including equity securities listed on exchanges or debt instruments issued by certain governments and certain exchange-traded derivative contracts.

· Level 2: Valuation technique for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value other than quoted prices included within Level 1 are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. This level includes the majority of the over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative contracts, debt securities for which quotations are available from pricing service providers, discounted bills, etc.

· Level 3: Valuation technique using inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value for the asset or liability are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). This level includes equity investments and debt instruments with significant unobservable components.

The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period in which they occur.

The Group uses valuation techniques or counterparty quotations to determine the fair value when it is unable to obtain open market quotation in active markets.

The main parameters used in valuation techniques include bond prices, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity and stock prices, volatilities, correlations, early repayment rates, counterparty credit spreads and others, which are all observable and obtainable from the open market.

For certain illiquid debt securities (mainly asset-backed securities), unlisted equity (private equity), OTC structured derivative transactions and unlisted funds held by the Group, management obtains valuation quotations from counterparties or uses valuation techniques to determine the fair value, including the discounted cash flow analysis, net asset value and market comparison approach, etc. The fair value of these financial instruments may be based on unobservable inputs which may have a significant impact on the valuation of these financial instruments, and therefore, these assets and liabilities have been classified by the Group as Level 3. Management determines whether to make necessary adjustments to the fair value for the Group’s Level 3 financial instruments by assessing the impact of changes in macro-economic factors, valuations by external valuation agencies and other inputs, including loss coverage ratios. The Group has established internal control procedures to control the Group’s exposure to such financial instruments.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4

180

IV

2

180

IV

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

As at 30 June 2020

Financial assets measured at fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Derivative financial assets

Loans and advances to customers

16,379

98,477

114,856

at fair value

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

389,055

389,055

— Debt securities

4,181

279,111

15,033

298,325

— Equity instruments

9,455

12,657

67,547

89,659

— Fund investments and other

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

17,664

4,338

40,669

62,671

— Debt securities

194,225

1,835,817

1,834

2,031,876

— Equity instruments and other

6,801

11,341

4,768

22,910

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

Due to and placements from banks and other financial

institutions at fair value

(7,859)

(7,859)

Due to customers at fair value

(31,341)

(31,341)

Bonds issued at fair value

(10,271)

(10,271)

Short position in debt securities

(2,191)

(10,319)

(12,510)

Derivative financial liabilities

(14,093)

(109,178)

(123,271)

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

As at 31 December 2019

Financial assets measured at fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Derivative financial assets

Loans and advances to customers

11,635

81,690

10

93,335

at fair value

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

339,687

339,687

— Debt securities

9,988

345,296

15,948

371,232

— Equity instruments

6,586

1,154

71,716

79,456

— Fund investments and other

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

21,747

6,879

38,936

67,562

— Debt securities

230,606

1,964,070

1,676

2,196,352

— Equity instruments and other

7,425

9,077

5,275

21,777

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

Due to and placements from banks and other financial

institutions at fair value

(14,767)

(14,767)

Due to customers at fair value

(17,969)

(17,969)

Bonds issued at fair value

(26,113)

(26,113)

Short position in debt securities

(2,158)

(17,317)

(19,475)

Derivative financial liabilities

(9,762)

(80,298)

(90,060)

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

Reconciliation of Level 3 items

Derivative

Financial assets at fair value

financial assets

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

through other comprehensive income

Debt Securities

Equity instruments

Fund investments and other

Debt securities

Equity instruments and other

As at 1 January 2020 Total gains and losses

10

15,948

71,716

38,936

1,676

5,275

— profit

18

534

4,192

412

— other comprehensive income

126

371

Sales

(1,665)

(4,355)

(1,678)

(1)

Purchases

177

7,480

2,966

739

Settlements

(1)

Transfers out of Level 3, net

(28)

(11,486)

(1,617)

Other changes

40

33

33

As at 30 June 2020

15,033

67,547

40,669

1,834

4,768

Total gains for the period included in the income statement for assets/liabilities held as at

30 June 2020 – 534 2,594 372 – –

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

Reconciliation of Level 3 items (Continued)

Derivative

Financial assets at fair value

financial assets

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

through other comprehensive income

Debt securities

Equity instruments

Fund investments and other

Debt securities

Equity instruments and other

As at 1 January 2019 Total gains and losses

6

8,417

43,089

34,512

1,422

5,364

— profit/(loss)

10

1,510

(689)

3,245

— other comprehensive income

223

(849)

Sales

(175)

(1,002)

(3,649)

(2)

(2)

Purchases

6,159

30,318

4,708

762

Settlements

Transfers (out)/in of Level 3, net

(6)

60

Other changes

37

60

33

As at 31 December 2019

10

15,948

71,716

38,936

1,676

5,275

Total gains/(losses) for the period included in the income statement for assets/liabilities held as at

31 December 2019 10 1,510 (630) 3,235 – –

4.1 Financial instruments measured at fair value (Continued)

Total gains or losses for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and for the year ended 31 December 2019 included in the income statement as well as total gains or losses included in the income statement relating to financial instruments held as at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019 are presented in “Net trading gains”, “Net gains on transfers of financial asset” or “Impairment losses on assets” depending on the nature or category of the related financial instruments.

Gains or losses on Level 3 financial assets and liabilities included in the income statement comprise:

For the six month period ended 30 June

2020

2019

Realised Unrealised Total Realised Unrealised Total

Total gains/(losses)

for the period

1,638

3,518

5,156

(48)

2,740

2,692

There were no significant transfers of the financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value between Level 1 and Level 2 during the six month period ended 30 June 2020.

4.2 Financial instruments not measured at fair value

Financial assets and liabilities not presented at fair value in the statement of financial position mainly represent “Balances with central banks”, “Due from banks and other financial institutions”, “Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions”, “Due to central banks”, “Due to banks and other financial institutions”, “Loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost”, “Financial investments measured at amortised cost”, “Placements from banks and other financial institutions at amortised cost”, “Due to customers at amortised cost”, “Bonds issued at amortised cost” and “lease liabilities”.

The tables below summarise the carrying amounts and fair values of “Debt securities at amortised cost” and “Bonds issued” not presented at fair value at the financial reporting date.

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Carrying Carrying

value Fair value value Fair value

Financial assets

Debt securities at amortised cost (1) 2,860,280 2,919,084 2,769,400 2,774,641

Financial liabilities

Bonds issued (2) 1,077,635 1,082,180 1,069,974 1,069,309

(1) Debt securities at amortised cost

The China Orient Asset Management Corporation Bond and Special Purpose Treasury Bond held by the Bank are non-negotiable. As there are no observable market prices or yields reflecting arm’s length transactions of a comparable size and tenor, the fair value is determined based on the stated interest rate of the instruments.

Fair values of other debt securities are based on market prices or broker/dealer price quotations. Where this information is not available, the Bank will perform valuation by referring to prices from valuation service providers or on the basis of discounted cash flow models. Valuation parameters include market interest rates, expected future default rates, prepayment rates and market liquidity. The fair values of RMB bonds are mainly determined based on the valuation results provided by China Central Depository & Clearing Co., Ltd..

(2) Bonds issued

The aggregate fair values are calculated based on quoted market prices. For those bonds where quoted market prices are not available, a discounted cash flow model is used based on a current yield curve appropriate for the remaining term to maturity.

4.2 Financial instruments not measured at fair value (Continued)

The tables below summarise the fair values of three levels of “Debt securities at amortised cost” (excluding the China Orient Asset Management Corporation Bond and Special Purpose Treasury Bond), and “Bonds issued” not presented at fair value at the financial reporting date.

As at 30 June 2020

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial assets

Debt securities at amortised cost

89,394

2,627,837

3,703

2,720,934

Financial liabilities

Bonds issued

1,082,180

1,082,180

As at 31 December 2019

Financial assets

Level 1

Level 2 Level 3

Total

Debt securities at amortised cost

71,966

2,505,680 2,062

2,579,708

Financial liabilities

Bonds issued

1,069,309

1,069,309

Other than the above, the difference between the carrying amounts and fair values of those financial assets and liabilities not presented at their fair value in the statement of financial position is insignificant. Fair value is measured using a discounted cash flow model.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Fair value (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Fair value (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

4 Fair value (Continued)

2

2

2

Capital management

The Group follows the principles below with regard to capital management:

· Adequate capital and sustainable development. Follow the lead of the strategic planning of the Group development; and maintain the high quality and adequacy of capital as to meet regulation requirements, support business growth, and advance the sustainable development of the scale, quality and performance of the business in the Group.

· Allocation optimisation and benefit augmentation. Allocate capital properly by prioritising the asset businesses with low capital occupancy and high comprehensive income, and steadily improve the efficiency and return of capital, to achieve the reciprocal matchup and dynamic equilibrium among risks, assets and returns.

· Refined management and capital level improvement. Optimise the capital management system by sufficiently identifying, calculating, monitoring, mitigating, and controlling various types of risks; incorporate capital restraints into the whole process of product pricing, resource allocation, structural adjustments, performance evaluation, etc., ensuring that the capital employed is commensurate with the related risks and the level of risk management.

Capital adequacy and regulatory capital are monitored by the Group’s management, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee, as implemented by the CBIRC, for supervisory purposes. The required information is filed with the CBIRC on a quarterly basis.

The Group’s capital adequacy ratios are calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) and other relevant regulations. With the approval of the CBIRC, the Group adopts the advanced capital measurement approaches, which include Foundation Internal Ratings-based Approach for corporate exposures, Internal Ratings-based Approach for retail exposures, Internal Models Approach for market risk and Standardised Approach for operational risk. For risk exposures not covered by the advanced approaches, the corresponding portion shall be calculated adopting non-advanced approaches.

As a Systemically Important Bank, the Group’s capital adequacy ratios are required to meet the lowest requirements of the CBIRC, that is, the common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio, tier 1 capital adequacy ratio and capital adequacy ratio should be no less than 8.50%, 9.50% and 11.50%, respectively.

The Group’s regulatory capital is managed by its capital management related departments and consists of the following:

· Common equity tier 1 capital, including common shares, capital reserve, surplus reserve, general reserve, undistributed profits, eligible portion of minority interests and others;

· Additional tier 1 capital, including additional tier 1 capital instruments issued and related premium and eligible portion of minority interests;

· Tier 2 capital, including tier 2 capital instruments issued and related premium, excess loan loss provisions and eligible portion of minority interests.

Goodwill, other intangible assets (except land use rights), investments in common equity tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests but outside of the scope of regulatory consolidation, significant minority capital investment in tier 2 capital of financial institutions that are outside of the scope of regulatory consolidation and other deductible items are deducted from common equity tier 1 and tier 2 capital to derive at the regulatory capital.

The table below summarises the Group’s common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio, tier 1 capital adequacy ratio and capital adequacy ratio(1) calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) and other relevant regulations.

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio

11.01%

11.30%

Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio

12.82%

12.79%

Capital adequacy ratio

15.42%

15.59%

Composition of the Group’s capital base

Common equity tier 1 capital

1,664,681

1,620,563

Common shares

294,388

294,388

Capital reserve

134,269

134,269

Surplus reserve

174,128

173,832

General reserve

246,998

249,983

Undistributed profits

756,905

721,731

Eligible portion of minority interests

32,725

30,528

Other (2)

25,268

15,832

Regulatory deductions Of which:

(24,112)

(24,185)

Goodwill

(182)

(182)

Other intangible assets (except land use rights)

(12,404)

(12,936)

Direct or indirect investments in own shares Investments in common equity tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests

(20)

(7)

but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

(9,994)

(9,955)

Net common equity tier 1 capital

1,640,569

1,596,378

Additional tier 1 capital

270,095

210,057

Preference shares and related premium

179,482

159,901

Additional capital instruments and related premium

79,982

39,992

Eligible portion of minority interests

10,631

10,164

Net tier 1 capital

1,910,664

1,806,435

Tier 2 capital

388,182

394,843

Tier 2 capital instruments issued and related premium

263,954

280,092

Excess loan loss provisions

114,741

105,127

Eligible portion of minority interests

9,487

9,624

Net capital 2,298,846 2,201,278

Risk-weighted assets 14,904,162 14,123,915

(1) When calculating the capital adequacy ratios, Bank of China Group Investment Limited (“BOCG Investment”), Bank of China Insurance Company Limited (“BOC Insurance”), Bank of China Group Insurance Company Limited (“BOCG Insurance”) and Bank of China Group Life Assurance Company Limited (“BOCG Life”) were excluded from the scope of consolidation in accordance with requirements of the CBIRC.

(2) This mainly represented exchange differences from the translation of foreign operations and gains/(losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Capital management (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

IV FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

5 Capital management (Continued)

2

2

2

I DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS AND CAS CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

There were no differences in the Group’s operating results for the six month period ended 30 June 2020 and 2019 or total equity as at 30 June 2020 and as at 31 December 2019 presented in the Group’s condensed consolidated financial statements prepared under IFRS and those prepared under CAS.

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019

RMB current assets to RMB current liabilities 53.89% 54.56%

Foreign currency current assets to

foreign currency current liabilities

58.16%

60.38%

The liquidity ratios are calculated in accordance with the relevant provisions of the CBIRC.

Liquidity coverage ratio

According to the Disclosure Rules on Liquidity Coverage Ratio of Commercial Banks, the Group disclosed the information of liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”)(1) as follows.

Regulatory requirements of liquidity coverage ratio

As stipulated by the Rules on Liquidity Risk Management of Commercial Banks issued by CBIRC, the minimum regulatory requirement of LCR is 100%.

The Group’s liquidity coverage ratio

2020

2019

Quarter ended

30 June

Quarter ended

31 March

Quarter Quarter ended ended

31 December 30 September

Average value of LCR

140.71%

141.32%

136.36% 134.76%

Since 2017, the Group measured the LCR on a day-to-day consolidated basis(2). In the second quarter of 2020, the Group measured 91-day LCR on this basis, with average ratio(3) standing at 140.71%, representing a decrease of 0.61 percentage points over the previous quarter, which was primarily due to the decrease in the high-quality liquid assets (“HQLA”).

The Group’s liquidity coverage ratio (Continued)

The Group’s average values(3) of consolidated LCR individual line items in the second quarter of 2020 are as follows:

Total Total unweighted weighted

No. value value

High-quality liquid assets

1 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 4,016,443

Cash outflows

2 Retail deposits and deposits from

small business customers, of which: 7,519,451 550,173

3,897,515

187,979

3,621,936

362,194

9,218,999

3,428,163

5,060,314

1,246,790

4,114,099

2,136,787

44,586

44,586

701

3,072,447

1,848,384

1,746,030

1,746,030

1,326,417

102,354

3 Stable deposits

4 Less stable deposits

5 Unsecured wholesale funding, of which:

6 Operational deposits (excluding those generated from correspondent banking activities)

7 Non-operational deposits (all counterparties)

8 Unsecured debts

9 Secured funding

10 Additional requirements, of which:

11 Outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements

12 Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products

13 Credit and liquidity facilities

14 Other contractual funding obligations

68,481

68,481

15 Other contingent funding obligations

3,020,941

87,074

16 Total cash outflows Cash inflows

5,982,976

17

Secured lending (including reverse repos and

securities borrowing)

264,203

252,438

18

Inflows from fully performing exposures

1,542,401

962,477

19

Other cash inflows

2,014,037

1,911,356

20

Total cash inflows

3,820,641

3,126,271

Total adjusted value

21

Total HQLA

4,016,443

22

Total net cash outflows

2,856,705

23

Liquidity coverage ratio

140.71%

The Group’s liquidity coverage ratio (Continued)

(1) The LCR aims to ensure that commercial banks have sufficient HQLA that can be converted into cash to meet the liquidity requirements for at least thirty days under stress scenarios determined by the CBIRC.

(2) When calculating the consolidated LCR, BOCG Investment, BOC Insurance, BOCG Insurance and BOCG Life were excluded from the scope of consolidation in accordance with the requirements of the CBIRC.

(3) The average of LCR and the averages of all related individual items are the day-end simple arithmetic averages of figures over each quarter.

Net stable funding ratio

In accordance with the Disclosure Rules on Net Stable Funding Ratio of Commercial Banks, the Group disclosed the information of net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”)(1) as follows.

Regulatory requirements of net stable funding ratio

As stipulated by the Rules on Liquidity Risk Management of Commercial Banks issued by CBIRC, the minimum regulatory requirement of NSFR is 100%.

The Group’s net stable funding ratio

As stipulated by the Disclosure Rules on Net Stable Funding Ratio of Commercial Banks issued by CBIRC, banks approved to implement the advanced approaches of capital measurement by CBIRC in accordance with Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) shall disclose the information of net stable funding ratio for the preceding two consecutive quarters at least semi-annually.

As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s NSFR was 124.58% on a consolidated basis(2), representing a decrease of 0.14 percentage points over the previous quarter. As at 31 March 2020, the Group’s NSFR was 124.72%, representing an increase of 0.26 percentage points over the previous quarter. The Group’s NSFR remained stable, and met the regulatory requirement.

2020 2019

Quarter ended

30 June

Quarter ended

31 March

Quarter Quarter ended ended

31 December 30 September

Ending value of NSFR(3) 124.58% 124.72% 124.46% 125.28%

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

(1) NSFR is introduced to ensure commercial banks have sufficient stable funding to meet the requirements of assets and off-balance sheet exposures.

(2) When calculating the consolidated NSFR, BOCG Investment, BOC Insurance, BOCG Insurance and BOCG Life were excluded from the scope of consolidation in accordance with the requirements of the CBIRC.

(3) NSFR are the ending values of each quarter.

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the second quarter of 2020 are as follows:

Weighted

Unweighted value

value

No. Items

Available Stable Funding (ASF) Item

No maturity

<6 months

6–12 months

1 year

1

Capital

2,225,306

2,225,306

2

Regulatory capital

2,175,306

2,175,306

3

Other capital instruments

50,000

50,000

4

Retail deposits and deposits

from small business

customers

4,008,150

4,457,645

117,854

22,619

7,959,561

5

Stable deposits

1,752,479

2,431,466

49,209

9,178

4,030,674

6

Less stable deposits

2,255,671

2,026,179

68,645

13,441

3,928,887

7

Wholesale funding

5,209,984

5,821,752

694,603

526,994

5,239,595

8

Operational deposits

4,834,238

225,935

2,530,086

9

Other wholesale funding

375,746

5,595,817

694,603

526,994

2,709,509

10

Liabilities with matching

interdependent assets

11

Other liabilities

107,417

239,228

4,423

437,062

302,300

12

NSFR derivative liabilities

136,973

13

All other liabilities and equity not included in

the above categories

107,417

239,228

4,423

300,089

302,300

14

Total ASF

15,726,762

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the second quarter of 2020 are as follows (Continued):

Weighted

Unweighted value

value

No. Items

Required Stable Funding (RSF) Item

No maturity

<6 months

6–12 months

1 year

15

Total NSFR high-quality

liquid assets

537,201

16

Deposits held at other

financial institutions for

operational purposes

152,884

3,489

78,186

17

Loans and securities

71,136

4,647,079

2,319,078

9,080,205

10,490,187

18

Loans to financial institutions

secured by Level 1 assets

22,017

2,202

19

Loans to financial institutions secured by non-Level 1 assets and unsecured loans

to financial institutions

71,136

1,596,269

399,786

68,570

518,573

20

Loans to retail and small business customers, non-financial institutions, sovereigns, central banks and public sector entities

(PSEs) of which:

2,644,097

1,656,662

4,642,037

5,983,624

21

With a risk weight of

less than or equal to 35%

281,455

21,453

1,703

42,025

22

Residential mortgages of

which:

111,402

94,925

4,053,211

3,495,870

23

With a risk weight of

less than or equal to 35%

6,237

6,360

262,612

176,996

24

Securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-

traded equities

273,294

167,705

316,387

489,918

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the second quarter of 2020 are as follows (Continued):

Weighted

Unweighted value

value

No. Items No maturity

Required Stable Funding (RSF) Item (Continued)

<6 months

6–12 months

1 year

25

Assets with matching

interdependent liabilities

26

Other assets

667,984

78,851

592

691,730

1,273,694

27

Physical traded commodities,

including gold

175,811

149,440

28

Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default

funds of CCPs

538

457

29

NSFR derivative assets

132,915

30

NSFR derivative liabilities with additional

requirements

27,395*

27,395

31

All other assets not included

in the above categories

492,173

78,851

592

558,277

1,096,402

32

Off-balance sheet items

6,092,635

244,464

33

Total RSF

12,623,732

34

NSFR

124.58%

* Report derivative liabilities before deducting variation margin posted. There is no need to differentiate by maturities. The unweighted value should be excluded from the total value of item No.26 “Other assets”.

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the first quarter of 2020 are as follows:

Weighted

Unweighted value

value

No. Items

Available Stable Funding (ASF) Item

No maturity

<6 months

6–12 months

1 year

1

Capital

2,199,975

2,199,975

2

Regulatory capital

2,149,975

2,149,975

3

Other capital instruments

50,000

50,000

4

Retail deposits and deposits

from small business

customers

3,922,841

4,451,296

115,136

22,752

7,869,958

5

Stable deposits

1,684,496

2,402,365

50,326

9,306

3,939,635

6

Less stable deposits

2,238,345

2,048,931

64,810

13,446

3,930,323

7

Wholesale funding

5,282,755

5,743,240

751,410

529,042

5,298,362

8

Operational deposits

4,898,285

342,125

2,620,205

9

Other wholesale funding

384,470

5,401,115

751,410

529,042

2,678,157

10

Liabilities with matching

interdependent assets

11

Other liabilities

83,455

209,468

5,273

493,982

327,192

12

NSFR derivative liabilities

169,427

13

All other liabilities and equity not included in the above

categories

83,455

209,468

5,273

324,555

327,192

14

Total ASF

15,695,487

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the first quarter of 2020 are as follows (Continued):

Weighted

Unweighted value

value

No. Items

Required Stable Funding (RSF) Item

No maturity

<6 months

6–12 months

1 year

15

Total NSFR high-quality

liquid assets

629,215

16

Deposits held at other

financial institutions for

operational purposes

158,353

790

79,572

17

Loans and securities

88,669

5,023,828

2,209,344

8,975,476

10,498,087

18

Loans to financial institutions

secured by Level 1 assets

8,711

871

19

Loans to financial institutions secured by non-Level 1 assets and unsecured loans

to financial institutions

88,669

1,874,994

347,465

110,474

578,756

20

Loans to retail and small business customers, non-financial institutions, sovereigns, central banks and public sector entities

(PSEs) of which:

2,523,764

1,611,466

4,573,170

5,888,953

21

With a risk weight of

less than or equal to 35%

181,543

19,196

3,379

38,545

22

Residential mortgages of

which:

105,821

92,191

3,947,090

3,402,096

23

With a risk weight of

less than or equal to 35%

6,021

6,215

259,680

174,910

24

Securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including

exchange-traded equities

510,538

158,222

344,742

627,411

The Group’s net stable funding ratio (Continued)

The Group’s consolidated NSFR individual line items at the end of the first quarter of 2020 are as follows (Continued):

Weighted

Unweighted value

value

No. Items No maturity

Required Stable Funding (RSF) Item (Continued)

<6 months

6–12 months

1 year

25

Assets with matching

interdependent liabilities

26

Other assets

665,901

105,420

2,401

553,797

1,142,881

27

Physical traded commodities,

including gold

189,040

160,684

28

Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default

funds of CCPs

216

183

29

NSFR derivative assets

163,487

30

NSFR derivative liabilities with additional

requirements

33,885*

33,885

31

All other assets not included

in the above categories

476,861

105,420

2,401

390,094

948,129

32

Off-balance sheet items

5,993,203

235,281

33

Total RSF

12,585,036

34

NSFR

124.72%

* Report derivative liabilities before deducting variation margin posted. There is no need to differentiate by maturities. The unweighted value should be excluded from the total value of item No.26 “Other assets”.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

1 Liquidity ratios, liquidity coverage ratio and net stable funding ratio (Continued)

2

2

2

2 Currency concentrations

The following information is computed in accordance with the provisions of the CBIRC.

Equivalent in millions of RMB

As at 30 June 2020

USD

HKD

Other

Total

Spot assets

4,184,055

1,852,719

1,933,199

7,969,973

Spot liabilities

(4,544,403)

(2,161,426)

(1,714,534)

(8,420,363)

Forward purchases

5,823,493

781,586

1,427,593

8,032,672

Forward sales

(5,350,483)

(518,687)

(1,649,584)

(7,518,754)

Net option position*

(55,618)

60

(448)

(56,006)

Net long/(short) position

57,044

(45,748)

(3,774)

7,522

29,421

251,743

69,306

350,470

Structural position

As at 31 December 2019

Spot assets

3,784,665

1,633,488

1,693,247

7,111,400

Spot liabilities

(4,215,368)

(1,916,106)

(1,510,286)

(7,641,760)

Forward purchases

5,535,200

764,557

1,300,956

7,600,713

Forward sales

(5,025,682)

(508,295)

(1,486,820)

(7,020,797)

Net option position*

(43,404)

193

(1,455)

(44,666)

Net long/(short) position

35,411

(26,163)

(4,358)

4,890

52,219

207,904

72,658

332,781

Structural position

* The net option position is calculated in accordance with the relevant provisions of the CBIRC.

3 International claims

The Group discloses international claims according to Banking (Disclosure) Rules (L.N. 160 of 2014). International claims are risk exposures generated from the countries or geographical areas where the counterparties take the ultimate risk while considering the transfer of the risk, exclude local claims on local residents in local currency. Risk transfer is only made if the claims are guaranteed by a party in a country which is different from that of the counterparty or if the claims are on an overseas branch of a counterparty whose head office is located in another country.

International claims include “Balances with central banks”, “Due from and placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions”, “Government certificates of indebtedness for bank notes issued”, “Loans and advances to customers” and “Financial investments”.

International claims have been disclosed by major countries or geographical areas. A country or geographical area is reported where it constitutes 10% or more of the aggregate amount of international claims, after taking into account any risk transfers.

3 International claims (Continued)

Non-bank

As at 30 June 2020 Asia Pacific

Banks

Official sector

private

sector

Total

Chinese mainland

639,706

237,316

809,702

1,686,724

Hong Kong

49,882

89

562,662

612,633

Other Asia Pacific locations

116,666

118,165

468,465

703,296

Subtotal

806,254

355,570

1,840,829

3,002,653

North and South America

115,589

247,138

184,503

547,230

Other

107,766

79,784

310,734

498,284

Total

1,029,609

682,492

2,336,066

4,048,167

As at 31 December 2019 Asia Pacific

Chinese mainland

609,837

224,384

695,975

1,530,196

Hong Kong

21,328

116

511,403

532,847

Other Asia Pacific locations

91,641

144,997

419,521

656,159

Subtotal

722,806

369,497

1,626,899

2,719,202

North and South America

99,213

255,953

152,444

507,610

Other

72,504

72,533

252,889

397,926

Total

894,523

697,983

2,032,232

3,624,738

4 Overdue assets

For the purpose of the table below, the entire outstanding balance of “Loans and advances to customers” and “Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions” are considered overdue if either principal or interest payment is overdue. 4.1 Total amount of overdue loans and advances to customers

Total loans and advances to customers which have been overdue

As at

30 June

2020

As at 31 December

2019

within 3 months

59,306

62,838

between 3 and 6 months

32,550

22,789

between 6 and 12 months

39,609

22,653

over 12 months

58,280

54,349

Total

189,745

162,629

Percentage

within 3 months

0.43%

0.48%

between 3 and 6 months

0.23%

0.17%

between 6 and 12 months

0.28%

0.18%

over 12 months

0.42%

0.42%

Total

1.36%

1.25%

4.2 Total amount of overdue placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions

The total amount of overdue “Placements with and loans to banks and other financial institutions” as at 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2019 was not considered material.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

2

2

2

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information

5.1 Scope of consolidation

When calculating the Group’s consolidated (the “Group”) capital adequacy ratios, BOCG Investment, BOC Insurance, BOCG Insurance and BOCG Life were excluded from the scope of consolidation in accordance with requirements of the CBIRC. For the Bank’s unconsolidated (the “Bank”) capital adequacy ratio calculations, only the branches were included, while the subsidiaries and other affiliates were excluded.

5.2 Capital adequacy ratio

The Group and the Bank calculate the capital adequacy ratios in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) as follows:

Group Bank

As at As at As at As at

30 June 31 December 30 June 31 December

2020 2019 2020 2019

Net common equity tier 1 capital 1,640,569 1,596,378 1,361,016 1,346,623 Net tier 1 capital 1,910,664 1,806,435 1,620,480 1,546,517 Net capital 2,298,846 2,201,278 1,994,511 1,927,188

Common equity tier 1 capital

adequacy ratio 11.01% 11.30% 10.55% 10.99%

Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio 12.82% 12.79% 12.56% 12.62%

Capital adequacy ratio 15.42% 15.59% 15.46% 15.72%

5.3 Risk-weighted assets

The Group’s risk-weighted assets are as follows:

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

Credit risk-weighted assets

13,893,194

13,126,382

Market risk-weighted assets

143,608

130,173

Operational risk-weighted assets

Risk-weighted assets increment required

867,360

867,360

to reach capital floor

Total risk-weighted assets

14,904,162

14,123,915

5.4 Credit risk exposures

As at 30 June 2020

Exposures covered by

On-balance

Off-balance

Counterparty credit risk

Total

sheet credit risk

sheet credit risk

Internal Ratings-based Approach

11,091,948

1,182,400

30,925

12,305,273

Of which: Corporate exposures

6,559,666

973,426

30,925

7,564,017

Retail exposures Exposures not covered by

4,532,282

208,974

4,741,256

Internal Ratings-based Approach

12,696,552

551,911

339,386

13,587,849

Of which: Asset securitization

44,070

2,159

46,229

The Group’s credit risk exposures analyzed by the calculation methods are as follows:

As at 31 December 2019

Exposures covered by

On-balance sheet

credit risk

Off-balance

sheet

credit risk

Counterparty credit risk

Total

Internal Ratings-based Approach

10,381,661

1,162,380

26,962

11,571,003

Of which: Corporate exposures

6,113,281

952,775

26,962

7,093,018

Retail exposures Exposures not covered by

4,268,380

209,605

4,477,985

Internal Ratings-based Approach

11,958,037

561,220

274,582

12,793,839

Of which: Asset securitization

47,200

3,807

51,007

Total

23,788,500

1,734,311

370,311

25,893,122

Total

22,339,698

1,723,600

301,544

24,364,842

5.5 Capital requirements on market risk

The Group’s capital requirements on market risk are as follows:

Capital requirements

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020

2019

Covered by Internal Model Approach

7,757

7,031

Not covered by Internal Model Approach

3,732

3,383

Interest rate risk

2,886

2,727

Equity risk

345

180

Foreign exchange risk

Commodity risk

501

476

Total

11,489

10,414

5.6 VaR

The VaR and stressed VaR of the Group covered by the Internal Model Approach are as follows:

For the six month period ended 30 June 2020

Average Maximum Minimum End

VaR

974

2,211

471

1,209

Stressed VaR

1,182

2,211

793

1,210

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Average Maximum Minimum

End

VaR

646 1,537 452

681

Stressed VaR

1,462 1,847 1,066

1,274

5.7 Operational risk management

During the reporting period, the Group used the Standardised Approach to measure the consolidated operational risk capital requirement, which amounted to RMB69,389 million.

Please refer to the section “Management Discussion and Analysis–Risk Management”.

5.8 Interest rate risk in the banking book

The Group measures interest rate risk in the banking book mainly through the analysis of interest rate repricing gaps, on which the sensitivity analysis is based. The results are as follows.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

Effect on

Net Interest Income

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019

Items

+25 basis points (5,781) (4,534)

- 25 basis points 5,781 4,534

Annex 1: Composition of capital

Common equity tier 1 capital

As at

30 June

2020

As at 31 December

Code

2019

1 Paid-in capital

294,388

294,388

j

2 Retained earnings

1,178,031

1,145,546

2a Surplus reserve

174,128

173,832

r

2b General reserve

246,998

249,983

s

2c Undistributed profits

3 Accumulated other comprehensive income

756,905

721,731

t

(and other reserves)

159,537

150,101

3a Capital reserve

134,269

134,269

m

3b Currency translation differences

(9,137)

(10,111)

q

3c Others

4 Amount attributable to common equity tier 1

34,405

25,943

o-q

capital in the transitional period

5 Eligible portion of minority interests

32,725

30,528

u

6 Common equity tier 1 capital before

regulatory adjustment

1,664,681

1,620,563

Common equity tier 1 capital: regulatory adjustment

7 Prudential valuation adjustment

8 Goodwill (net of deferred tax liabilities

deduction)

9 Other intangible assets (excluding land use rights) (net of deferred tax liabilities

(182)

(182)

-h

deduction)

10 Net deferred tax assets incurred due to operating losses, relying on the bank’s future

(12,404)

(12,936)

g-f

profitability to be realized

11 Reserve relating to cash-flow hedge items not

measured at fair value

-p

12 Shortfall of loan loss provisions

13 Gains on sale of securitization

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019 Code

14 Unrealized gains and losses that have been resulted from changes in the fair value of

liabilities due to changes in own credit risk – –

15 Net pension assets with fixed yield (net of

deferred tax liabilities deduction) – –

16 Direct or indirect investments in own shares (20) (7) n

17 Reciprocal cross holdings in common equity of banks or other financial institutions

based on agreement – –

18 Non-significant minority investments in common equity tier 1 capital of financial

institutions that are outside the scope

of regulatory consolidation (deductible part) – –

19 Significant minority investments in common

equity tier 1 capital of financial institutions

that are outside the scope of regulatory

consolidation (deductible part) – –

20 Collateralized loan service rights Not applicable Not applicable

21 Deductible amount of other net deferred tax assets relying on the bank’s future

profitability – –

22 Deductible amount of the non-deducted part of common equity tier 1 capital of significant minority investments in financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation and other net deferred tax assets relying on the bank’s future

profitability in excess of 15% of common

equity tier 1 capital – –

23 Of which: Amount deductible out of significant minority

investments in financial

institutions – –

24 Of which: Amount deductible out of collateralized loan

service rights Not applicable Not applicable

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019 Code

25 Of which: Amount deductible out of other

net deferred tax assets relying

on the bank’s future profitability – –

26a Investment in common equity tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling

interests but outside the scope of regulatory

consolidation (9,994) (9,955) -e

26b Gap of common equity tier 1 capital of controlled but unconsolidated financial

institutions – –

26c Total of other items deductible out of common

equity tier 1 capital (1,512) (1,105)

27 Non-deducted gap deductible out of additional

tier 1 capital and tier 2 capital – –

28 Total regulatory adjustment of

common equity tier 1 capital (24,112) (24,185)

29 Net common equity tier 1 capital 1,640,569 1,596,378

Additional tier 1 capital

30 Additional tier 1 capital instruments and related

premiums 259,464 199,893

31 Of which: Equity part 259,464 199,893 k+l

32 Of which: Liability part – –

33 Instruments non-attributable to additional tier 1

capital after the transitional period – –

34 Eligible portion of minority interests 10,631 10,164 v

35 Of which: Part of instruments non-attributable to additional tier 1 capital after

the transitional period – –

36 Additional tier 1 capital before regulatory

adjustment 270,095 210,057

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019 Code

Additional tier 1 capital: Regulatory adjustment

37 Direct or indirect investments in additional

tier 1 capital of own banks – –

38 Additional tier 1 capital cross-held between banks or between the bank and other

financial institutions based on agreement – –

39 Non-significant minority investments in additional tier 1 capital of unconsolidated

financial institutions (deductible part) – –

40 Significant minority investments in additional tier 1 capital of financial institutions that are

outside the scope of regulatory consolidation – –

41a Investment in additional tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling

interests but outside the scope of

regulatory consolidation – –

41b Gap of additional tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests but

outside the scope of regulatory consolidation – – 41c Other deductions from additional tier 1 capital – –

42 Non-deducted gaps deductible from

tier 2 capital – –

43 Total regulatory adjustment of additional

tier 1 capital – –

44 Net additional tier 1 capital 270,095 210,057

45 Net tier 1 capital (net common equity tier 1 capital + net additional

tier 1 capital) 1,910,664 1,806,435

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

Tier 2 capital

46 Tier 2 capital instruments issued and

As at

30 June

2020

As at 31 December

Code

2019

related premium

47 Of which: Part of instruments non-attributable to tier 2 capital

263,954

280,092

after the transitional period

32,911

49,367

i

48 Eligible portion of minority interests

49 Of which: Part of minority interests non-attributable to tier 2 capital

9,487

9,624

after the transitional period 50 Excess loan loss provisions included in

tier 2 capital

114,741

105,127

-b-d

51 Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustment

Tier 2 capital: Regulatory adjustment

52 Tier 2 capital of the bank held directly

388,182

394,843

or indirectly

53 Tier 2 capital cross-held between banks or between the bank and other financial

institutions based on agreement

54 Non-significant minority investments in

tier 2 capital of financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory

consolidation (deductible part)

55 Significant minority investments in tier 2 capital of financial institutions that are

outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

56a Investment in tier 2 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests but

outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

As at As at

30 June 31 December

2020 2019 Code

56b Gap of tier 2 capital of controlled

but unconsolidated financial institutions – – 56c Other deductions from tier 2 capital – –

57 Total regulatory adjustment of tier 2 capital – –

58 Net tier 2 capital 388,182 394,843

59 Total net capital (net tier 1 capital + net

tier 2 capital) 2,298,846 2,201,278

60 Total risk-weighted assets 14,904,162 14,123,915

Capital adequacy ratio and reserve capital requirement

61 Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio

11.01%

11.30%

62 Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio

12.82%

12.79%

63 Capital adequacy ratio

15.42%

15.59%

64 Institution-specific capital requirement

4.00%

4.00%

65 Of which: Capital reserve requirement 66 Of which: Countercyclical reserve

2.50%

2.50%

requirement

67 Of which: Additional capital requirement of

G-SIBs

68 Ratio of common equity tier 1 capital meeting

1.50%

1.50%

buffer area to risk-weighted assets

Domestic minimum regulatory capital requirement

6.01%

6.30%

69 Common equity tier 1 capital adequacy ratio

5.00%

5.00%

70 Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio

6.00%

6.00%

71 Capital adequacy ratio

8.00%

8.00%

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

Non-deducted part of threshold deductibles

72 Non-significant minority investments of financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

Code

(non-deductible part)

73 Significant minority investments of financial institutions that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

122,807

115,095

(non-deductible part)

74 Collateralized loan service rights

6,814

6,699

(net of deferred tax liabilities deduction)

75 Other net deferred tax assets relying

on the bank’s future profitability

Not applicable

Not applicable

(net of deferred tax liabilities deduction)

Limit of excess loan loss provisions attributable to tier 2 capital

76 Actual accrued loan loss provisions amount

48,931

42,863

under the Regulatory Weighting Approach

77 Amount of excess loan loss provisions attributable to tier 2 capital under the

61,164

34,578

-a

Regulatory Weighting Approach

78 Actual accrued excess loan loss provisions amount under the Internal Ratings-based

32,243

17,242

-b

Approach

79 Amount of excess loan loss provisions attributable to tier 2 capital under the

82,498

87,885

-c

Internal Ratings-based Approach

82,498

87,885

-d

Annex 1: Composition of capital (Continued)

Capital instruments meeting exit arrangement

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

Code

80

Amount attributable to common equity tier 1 capital of the current period derived

from the transitional period arrangement

81

Amount non-attributable to common equity tier 1 capital derived from the transitional

period arrangement

82

Amount attributable to additional tier 1 capital of the current period derived from the

transitional period arrangement

83

Amount non-attributable to additional tier 1 capital derived from the transitional

period arrangement

84

Amount attributable to tier 2 capital of the current period derived from the

transitional period arrangement

32,911

49,367

i

85

Amount non-attributable to tier 2 capital of the current period derived from the

transitional period arrangement

17,089

25,563

Annex 2: Financial and regulatory consolidated balance sheet

As at 30 June 2020 As at 31 December 2019

Financial Regulatory Financial Regulatory consolidated consolidated consolidated consolidated

ASSETS

Cash and balances with central banks

2,179,535

2,179,535

2,143,716

2,143,715

Due from banks and other financial institutions

670,289

663,376

500,560

494,853

Precious metals

Placements with and loans to banks and

171,501

171,501

206,210

206,210

other financial institutions

825,206

822,876

744,572

743,209

Derivative financial assets

114,856

114,737

93,335

93,226

Reverse repurchase transactions

399,967

399,630

154,387

154,049

Loans and advances to customers

13,670,820

13,669,999

12,743,425

12,741,776

Financial investments

— financial assets at fair value through

5,374,301

5,176,053

5,514,062

5,330,311

profit or loss

— financial assets at fair value through

450,655

340,481

518,250

405,233

other comprehensive income

2,054,786

2,027,895

2,218,129

2,192,578

— financial assets at amortised cost

2,868,860

2,807,677

2,777,683

2,732,500

Long term equity investment

23,012

54,102

23,210

54,052

Investment properties

23,116

16,242

23,108

16,397

Property and equipment

252,557

96,109

244,540

99,298

Right-of-use assets

22,489

22,101

22,822

24,002

Intangible assets

19,542

18,155

20,255

18,839

Goodwill

2,719

182

2,686

182

Deferred income tax assets

50,295

48,931

44,029

42,863

Other assets

352,650

280,819

288,827

230,814

Total assets Annex 2: Financial and regulatory consolidated balance sheet (Continued)

24,152,855

23,734,348

22,769,744

22,393,796

As at 30 June 2020

As at 31 December 2019

LIABILITIES

Financial consolidated

Regulatory consolidated

Financial consolidated

Regulatory consolidated

Due to central banks

888,627

888,627

846,277

846,277

Due to banks and other financial institutions Placements from banks and other

1,611,983

1,611,983

1,668,046

1,668,046

financial institutions

394,443

380,622

462,265

449,705

Financial liabilities held for trading

12,510

12,510

19,475

19,475

Derivative financial liabilities

123,271

120,813

90,060

88,210

Repurchase transactions

142,923

142,908

177,410

177,245

Due to customers

17,090,217

17,095,209

15,817,548

15,819,400

Employee benefits payable

29,431

28,055

35,906

34,417

Current tax liabilities

37,981

37,647

59,102

58,795

Contingent liabilities

22,821

22,722

24,469

24,370

Lease liabilities

21,513

21,308

21,590

23,157

Bonds issued

1,087,906

1,009,111

1,096,087

1,025,807

Deferred income tax liabilities

6,240

1,265

5,452

976

Other liabilities

594,376

350,664

469,361

253,352

Total liabilities

EQUITY

22,064,242

21,723,444

20,793,048

20,489,232

Share capital

294,388

294,388

294,388

294,388

Other equity instruments

259,464

259,464

199,893

199,893

Of which: Preference shares

179,482

179,482

159,901

159,901

Undated capital bonds

79,982

79,982

39,992

39,992

Capital reserve

136,037

134,269

136,012

134,269

Less: Treasury shares

(20)

(20)

(7)

(7)

Other comprehensive income

29,997

25,268

19,613

15,832

Surplus reserve

175,152

174,128

174,762

173,832

General reserve

247,114

246,998

250,100

249,983

Undistributed profits

816,310

756,905

776,940

721,731

Capital and reserves attributable

to equity holders of the Bank

1,958,442

1,891,400

1,851,701

1,789,921

Non-controlling interests

130,171

119,504

124,995

114,643

Total equity

2,088,613

2,010,904

1

,976,696

1,904,564

24,152,855

23,734,348

22

,769,744

22,393,796

Total equity and liabilities

Annex 3: Reconciliation and illustration of balance sheet items

ASSETS

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

Code

Cash and balances with central banks

2,179,535

2,143,715

Due from banks and other financial institutions

663,376

494,853

Precious metals

Placements with and loans to banks and

171,501

206,210

other financial institutions

822,876

743,209

Derivative financial assets

114,737

93,226

Reverse repurchase transactions

399,630

154,049

Loans and advances to customers

Of which: Actual accrued loan loss provisions amount under the Regulatory

13,669,999

12,741,776

Weighting Approach

Of which: Amount of excess loan loss provisions attributable to tier 2 capital under the Regulatory Weighting

(61,164)

(34,578)

a

Approach

Of which: Actual accrued excess loan loss provisions amount under the Internal

(32,243)

(17,242)

b

Ratings-based Approach

Of which: Amount of excess loan loss provisions attributable to tier 2 capital

(82,498)

(87,885)

c

under the Internal Ratings-based

Approach

(82,498)

(87,885)

d

Financial investments

— financial assets at fair value through

5,176,053

5,330,311

profit or loss

— financial assets at fair value through

340,481

405,233

other comprehensive income

2,027,895

2,192,578

— financial assets at amortised cost

2,807,677

2,732,500

Long term equity investment

Of which: Investment in common equity tier 1 capital of financial institutions with controlling interests but outside the scope

54,102

54,052

of regulatory consolidation

9,994

9,955

e

Investment properties

16,242

16,397

Property and equipment

96,109

99,298

Right-of-use assets

22,101

24,002

Intangible assets

18,155

18,839

f

Of which: Land use rights

5,751

5,903

g

Goodwill

182

182

h

Deferred income tax assets

48,931

42,863

Other assets

280,819

230,814

Total assets

23,734,348

22,393,796

Annex 3: Reconciliation and illustration of balance sheet items (Continued)

LIABILITIES

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

Code

Due to central banks

888,627

846,277

Due to banks and other financial institutions Placements from banks and other

1,611,983

1,668,046

financial institutions

380,622

449,705

Financial liabilities held for trading

12,510

19,475

Derivative financial liabilities

120,813

88,210

Repurchase transactions

142,908

177,245

Due to customers

17,095,209

15,819,400

Employee benefits payable

28,055

34,417

Current tax liabilities

37,647

58,795

Contingent liabilities

22,722

24,370

Lease liabilities

21,308

23,157

Bonds issued

Of which: Amount attributable to tier 2 capital of the current period derived from

1,009,111

1,025,807

the transitional period arrangement

32,911

49,367

i

Deferred income tax liabilities

1,265

976

Other liabilities

350,664

253,352

Total liabilities

21,723,444

20,489,232

Annex 3: Reconciliation and illustration of balance sheet items (Continued)

EQUITY

As at

30 June

2020

As at

31 December

2019

Code

Share capital

294,388

294,388

j

Other equity instruments

259,464

199,893

Of which: Preference shares

179,482

159,901

k

Undated capital bonds

79,982

39,992

l

Capital reserve

134,269

134,269

m

Less: Treasury shares

(20)

(7)

n

Other comprehensive income

Of which: Reserve relating to cash-flow hedge

25,268

15,832

o

items not measured at fair value

p

Of which: Currency translation differences

(9,137)

(10,111)

q

Surplus reserve

174,128

173,832

r

General reserve

246,998

249,983

s

Undistributed profits

756,905

721,731

t

Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders

of the Bank

1,891,400

1,789,921

Non-controlling interests

Of which: Amount attributable to common

119,504

114,643

equity tier 1 capital

Of which: Amount attributable to additional

32,725

30,528

u

tier 1 capital

10,631

10,164

v

Total equity

2,010,904

1,904,564

Total equity and liabilities

23,734,348

22,393,796

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

5

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

5 Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

2

2

2

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Bank of China

Limited

2028014

.IB

PRC law

Regulatory processing

Additional

tier 1 capital

Additional

tier 1 capital

Bank and group

level

Undated

capital bonds

Bank of China

Limited

1928001

.IB

PRC law

Additional

tier 1 capital

Additional

tier 1 capital

Bank and group

level

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

Bank of China

Limited

4619

.HK

Hong Kong

SAR law

Additional

tier 1 capital

Additional

tier 1 capital

Bank and group

level

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Bank of China

Limited

360035

.SH

PRC law

Additional

tier 1 capital

Additional

tier 1 capital

Bank and group

level

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Bank of China

Limited

360033

.SH

PRC law

Additional

tier 1 capital

Additional

tier 1 capital

Bank and group

level

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Bank of China

Limited

360010

.SH

PRC law

Additional

tier 1 capital

Additional

tier 1 capital

Bank and group

level

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Bank of China

Limited

360002

.SH

PRC law

Additional

tier 1 capital

Additional

tier 1 capital

Bank and group

level

Common shares

(

)

H share

Bank of China

Limited

3988

.HK

Hong Kong

SAR law

Common equity

tier 1 capital

Common equity

tier 1 capital

Bank and group

level

Common shares

(

)

A share

Bank of China

Limited

601988

.SH

PRC law

Common equity

tier 1 capital

Common equity

tier 1 capital

Bank and group

level

Item

Issuer

Identification code

Applicable law

Of which:

Applicable to

transitional period

rules specified by

Capital Rules for

Commercial Banks

(

)

Provisional

Of which:

Applicable to the

rules after expiration

of the transitional

period specified by

Capital Rules for

Commercial Banks

(

)

Provisional

Of which:

Applicable to bank/

group level

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Regulatory processing (Continued)

Undated capital

bonds

39,990

40,000

Other equity

instrument

2020/4

28

/

Perpetual

No maturity date

Yes

Undated

capital bonds

Undated capital

bonds

39,992

40,000

Other equity

instrument

2019/1

25

/

Perpetual

No maturity date

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

Preference shares

19,581

19,787

Other equity

instrument

2020/3

4

/

Perpetual

No maturity date

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Preference shares

26,990

27,000

Other equity

instrument

2019/8

26

/

Perpetual

No maturity date

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Preference shares

72,979

73,000

Other equity

instrument

2019/6

24

/

Perpetual

No maturity date

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Preference shares

27,969

28,000

Other equity

instrument

2015/3

13

/

Perpetual

No maturity date

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Preference shares

31,963

32,000

Other equity

instrument

2014/11/21

Perpetual

No maturity date

Yes

Common shares

(

)

H share

Common shares

145,603

83,622

Share capital and

capital reserve

2006/6

1

/

2006/6

9

/

Perpetual

No maturity date

No

Common shares

(

)

A share

Common shares

282,501

210,766

Share capital and

capital reserve

2006/6

29

/

Perpetual

No maturity date

No

Item

Instrument type

Amount attributable

to regulatory capital

(

the last reporting

day)

Par value of

instrument

Accounting

treatment

Initial issuing date

Term

(

term or perpetual

)

Of which:

Original maturity

date

Issuer’s redemption

(

subject to regulatory

approval)

No.

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Regulatory processing (Continued)

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of the

Bonds after 5 years

from the date of

issuance and at

every Distribution

Payment Date

thereafter

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank may

redeem the Bonds

in whole or in

part on each

Distribution

Payment Date

from and including

5

years after the

issuance of the

Bonds.

Undated

capital bonds

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of the

Bonds after 5 years

from the date of

issuance and at

every Distribution

Payment Date

thereafter

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank may

redeem the Bonds

in whole or in

part on each

Distribution

Payment Date

from and including

5

years after the

issuance of the

Bonds.

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of

the Offshore

Preference Shares

after 5 years from

the date of issuance

and at every

Dividend Payment

Date thereafter

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of

the Offshore

Preference Shares

after 5 years from

the date of issuance

and at every

Dividend Payment

Date thereafter

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of

the Domestic

Preference Shares

after 5 years from

the date of issuance

thereafter

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of

the Domestic

Preference Shares

after 5 years from

the date of issuance

thereafter

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of

the Domestic

Preference Shares

after 5 years from

the date of issuance

thereafter

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of

the Domestic

Preference Shares

after 5 years from

the date of issuance

thereafter

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of the

Preference Shares

after 5 years from

the date of issuance

and at every

Dividend Payment

Date thereafter

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of the

Preference Shares

after 5 years from

the date of issuance

and at every

Dividend Payment

Date thereafter

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of the

Preference Shares

after 5 years from

the date of issuance

and at every

Dividend Payment

Date thereafter

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC,

the Bank has the

right to redeem

all or part of the

Preference Shares

after 5 years from

the date of issuance

and at every

Dividend Payment

Date thereafter

Common shares

(

)

H share

Not applicable

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

A share

Not applicable

Not applicable

Item

Of which:

Redemption date

(

or have redemption

date) and amount

Of which:

Subsequent

redemption date

(

)

if any

No.

15

16

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Regulatory processing (Continued)

The Bank has the

right to redeem

all, but not some,

of the Bonds in

the following

circumstances:

After the issuance,

the Bonds will no

longer qualify as

Additional Tier

1

Capital of the

issuer as a result of

an unforeseeable

change or

amendment in the

relevant provisions

of supervisory

regulations

Undated

capital bonds

The Bank has the

right to redeem

all, but not some,

of the Bonds in

the following

circumstances:

After the issuance,

the Bonds will no

longer qualify as

Additional Tier

1

Capital of the

issuer as a result of

an unforeseeable

change or

amendment in the

relevant provisions

of supervisory

regulations

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Common shares

(

)

H share

Common shares

(

)

A share

Item

No.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment

Adjustable

distribution rate

3.40

% in the

first 5 years. The

distribution rate

will be adjusted

by the yield to

maturity of the

applicable 5

years Chinese

government bonds

plus a fixed spread,

with a distribution

rate adjustment

period every 5

years after the

payment date. The

distribution rate is

fixed during each

adjustment period

Undated

capital bonds

Adjustable

distribution rate

4.50

% in the

first 5 years. The

distribution rate

will be adjusted

by the yield to

maturity of the

applicable 5

years Chinese

government bonds

plus a fixed spread,

with a distribution

rate adjustment

period every 5

years after the

payment date. The

distribution rate is

fixed during each

adjustment period

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

Adjustable

dividend rate

3.60

% (dividend

yield, after tax) for

the first five years,

is reset based on

the benchmark rate

plus a fixed spread

at the dividend

reset date every

five years, and

the dividend yield

during each reset

period remains

unchanged

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Adjustable

dividend rate

4.35

% (dividend

yield, before tax)

for the first five

years, is reset

based on the

benchmark rate

plus a fixed spread

at the dividend

reset date every

five years, and

the dividend yield

during each reset

period remains

unchanged

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Adjustable

dividend rate

4.50

% (dividend

yield, before tax)

for the first five

years, is reset

based on the

benchmark rate

plus a fixed spread

at the dividend

reset date every

five years, and

the dividend yield

during each reset

period remains

unchanged

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Fixed

5.50

%

(

dividend yield,

before tax)

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Fixed

6.00

%

(

dividend yield,

before tax)

Common shares

(

)

H share

Floating

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

A share

Floating

Not applicable

Item

Of which:

Fixed or floating

dividend or interest

payment

Of which:

Coupon rate and

relevant indicators

No.

17

18

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Yes

Full discretion

No

Noncumulative

No

Undated

capital bonds

Yes

Full discretion

No

Noncumulative

No

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

Yes

Full discretion

No

Noncumulative

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Yes

Full discretion

No

Noncumulative

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Yes

Full discretion

No

Noncumulative

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Yes

Full discretion

No

Noncumulative

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Yes

Full discretion

No

Noncumulative

Yes

Common shares

(

)

H share

Not applicable

Full discretion

No

Noncumulative

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

A share

Not applicable

Full discretion

No

Noncumulative

Not applicable

Item

Of which:

Existence of

dividend brake

mechanism

Of which:

Discretion to cancel

dividend or interest

payment

Of which:

Existence of

redemption incentive

mechanism

Of which:

Cumulative or

noncumulative

Conversion into

shares

No.

19

20

21

22

23

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Not applicable

Undated

capital bonds

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

(1)

Upon the

occurrence of any

Additional Tier 1

Capital Instrument

Trigger Event, that

is, the CET1 CAR

drops to 5.125%

or below, the

Offshore

Preference Shares

shall be wholly or

partly converted

into H Shares

so as to restore

the CET1 CAR

above the trigger

point; (2) upon

the occurrence of

any Tier 2 Capital

Instrument

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

(1)

Upon the

occurrence of any

Additional Tier 1

Capital Instrument

Trigger Event, that

is, the CET1 CAR

drops to 5.125%

or below, the

Domestic

Preference Shares

shall be wholly or

partly converted

into A Shares

so as to restore

the CET1 CAR

above the trigger

point; (2) upon

the occurrence of

any Tier 2 Capital

Instrument

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

(1)

Upon the

occurrence of any

Additional Tier 1

Capital Instrument

Trigger Event, that

is, the CET1 CAR

drops to 5.125%

or below, the

Domestic

Preference Shares

shall be wholly or

partly converted

into A Shares

so as to restore

the CET1 CAR

above the trigger

point; (2) upon

the occurrence of

any Tier 2 Capital

Instrument

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

(1)

Upon the

occurrence of any

Additional Tier 1

Capital Instrument

Trigger Event, that

is, the CET1 CAR

drops to 5.125%

or below, the

Domestic

Preference Shares

shall be wholly or

partly converted

into A Shares

so as to restore

the CET1 CAR

above the trigger

point; (2) upon

the occurrence of

any Tier 2 Capital

Instrument

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

(1)

Upon the

occurrence of any

Additional Tier 1

Capital Instrument

Trigger Event, that

is, the CET1 CAR

drops to 5.125%

or below, the

Domestic

Preference Shares

shall be wholly or

partly converted

into A Shares

so as to restore

the CET1 CAR

above the trigger

point; (2) upon

the occurrence of

any Tier 2 Capital

Instrument

Common shares

(

)

H share

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

A share

Not applicable

Item

Of which:

Please specify the

trigger condition for

share conversion, if

allowed

No.

24

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

Trigger Event, all

of the Offshore

Preference

Shares shall be

converted into H

Shares. “Tier 2

Capital Instrument

Trigger Event”

means either of

the following

circumstances

(

whichever is

earlier):

(

i) the CBIRC

having concluded

that a conversion

or write-off is

necessary without

which the Bank

would become

non-viable; or

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Trigger Event, all

of the Domestic

Preference

Shares shall be

converted into A

Shares. “Tier 2

Capital Instrument

Trigger Event”

means either of

the following

circumstances

(

whichever is

earlier):

(

i) the CBIRC

having concluded

that a conversion

or write-off is

necessary without

which the Bank

would become

non-viable; or

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Trigger Event, all

of the Domestic

Preference

Shares shall be

converted into A

Shares. “Tier 2

Capital Instrument

Trigger Event”

means either of

the following

circumstances

(

whichever is

earlier):

(

i) the CBIRC

having concluded

that a conversion

or write-off is

necessary without

which the Bank

would become

non-viable; or

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Trigger Event, all

of the Domestic

Preference

Shares shall be

converted into A

Shares. “Tier 2

Capital Instrument

Trigger Event”

means either of

the following

circumstances

(

whichever is

earlier):

(

i) the CBIRC

having concluded

that a conversion

or write-off is

necessary without

which the Bank

would become

non-viable; or

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Trigger Event, all

of the Domestic

Preference

Shares shall be

converted into A

Shares. “Tier 2

Capital Instrument

Trigger Event”

means either of

the following

circumstances

(

whichever is

earlier):

(

i) the CBIRC

having concluded

that a conversion

or write-off is

necessary without

which the Bank

would become

non-viable; or

Common shares

(

)

H share

Common shares

(

)

A share

Item

No.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Not applicable

Undated

capital bonds

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

(

ii) the relevant

authorities having

concluded that

a public sector

injection of capital

or equivalent

support is

necessary without

which the Bank

would become

non-viable

Whole/part

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

(

ii) the relevant

authorities having

concluded that

a public sector

injection of capital

or equivalent

support is

necessary without

which the Bank

would become

non-viable

Whole/part

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

(

ii) the relevant

authorities having

concluded that

a public sector

injection of capital

or equivalent

support is

necessary without

which the Bank

would become

non-viable

Whole/part

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

(

ii) the relevant

authorities having

concluded that

a public sector

injection of capital

or equivalent

support is

necessary without

which the Bank

would become

non-viable

Whole/part

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

(

ii) the relevant

authorities having

concluded that

a public sector

injection of capital

or equivalent

support is

necessary without

which the Bank

would become

non-viable

Whole/part

Common shares

(

)

H share

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

A share

Not applicable

Item

Of which:

Please specify share

conversion in whole

or in part, if allowed

No.

25

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Not applicable

Undated

capital bonds

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

The initial

compulsory

conversion price

of the Offshore

Preference Shares

is the average

trading price of H

Shares of the Bank

in the 20 trading

days prior to the

announcement

date of the Board

resolution on

the Preference

Shares issuance,

equivalent to

HKD3.31 per H

Share. After the

issuance of the

Preference Shares,

in the event of any

distribution

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

The initial

compulsory

conversion price

of the Domestic

Preference Shares

is the average

trading price of A

Shares of the Bank

in the 20 trading

days prior to the

announcement

date of the Board

resolution on

the Preference

Shares issuance,

equivalent to

RMB3.62 per A

Share. After the

issuance of the

Preference Shares,

in the event of any

distribution

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

The initial

compulsory

conversion price

of the Domestic

Preference Shares

is the average

trading price of A

Shares of the Bank

in the 20 trading

days prior to the

announcement

date of the Board

resolution on

the Preference

Shares issuance,

equivalent to

RMB3.62 per A

Share. After the

issuance of the

Preference Shares,

in the event of any

distribution

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

The initial

compulsory

conversion price

of the Domestic

Preference Shares

is the average

trading price of A

Shares of the Bank

in the 20 trading

days prior to the

announcement

date of the Board

resolution on

the Preference

Shares issuance,

equivalent to

RMB2.62 per A

Share. After the

issuance of the

Preference Shares,

in the event of any

distribution

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

The initial

compulsory

conversion price

of the Domestic

Preference Shares

is the average

trading price of A

Shares of the Bank

in the 20 trading

days prior to the

announcement

date of the Board

resolution on

the Preference

Shares issuance,

equivalent to

RMB2.62 per A

Share. After the

issuance of the

Preference Shares,

in the event of any

distribution

Common shares

(

)

H share

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

A share

Not applicable

Item

Of which:

Please specify the

method to determine

the conversion price,

if share conversion is

allowed

No.

26

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

of bonus shares,

recapitalization,

issuance of

new shares at

a price lower

than the market

price (excluding

any increase of

share capital due

to conversion

of financing

instruments

convertible to

ordinary shares

issued by the Bank

(

e.g., preference

shares, convertible

bonds, etc.)), or

rights issue for H

Shares, the Bank

will make an

adjustment to the

compulsory

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

of bonus shares,

recapitalization,

issuance of

new shares at

a price lower

than the market

price (excluding

any increase of

share capital due

to conversion

of financing

instruments

convertible to

ordinary shares

issued by the Bank

(

e.g., preference

shares, convertible

bonds, etc.)), or

rights issue for A

Shares, the Bank

will make an

adjustment to the

compulsory

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

of bonus shares,

recapitalization,

issuance of

new shares at

a price lower

than the market

price (excluding

any increase of

share capital due

to conversion

of financing

instruments

convertible to

ordinary shares

issued by the Bank

(

e.g., preference

shares, convertible

bonds, etc.)), or

rights issue for A

Shares, the Bank

will make an

adjustment to the

compulsory

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

of bonus shares,

recapitalization,

issuance of

new shares at

a price lower

than the market

price (excluding

any increase of

share capital due

to conversion

of financing

instruments

convertible to

ordinary shares

issued by the Bank

(

e.g., preference

shares, convertible

bonds, etc.)), or

rights issue for A

Shares, the Bank

will make an

adjustment to the

compulsory

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

of bonus shares,

recapitalization,

issuance of

new shares at

a price lower

than the market

price (excluding

any increase of

share capital due

to conversion

of financing

instruments

convertible to

ordinary shares

issued by the Bank

(

e.g., preference

shares, convertible

bonds, etc.)), or

rights issue for A

Shares, the Bank

will make an

adjustment to the

compulsory

Common shares

(

)

H share

Common shares

(

)

A share

Item

No.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Not applicable

Undated

capital bonds

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

conversion price

to reflect each of

such events on a

cumulative basis

in the order of

the occurrence of

the events above,

but the Bank

will not make

an adjustment to

the compulsory

conversion price to

reflect distribution

of cash dividends

for ordinary shares

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

conversion price

to reflect each of

such events on a

cumulative basis

in the order of

the occurrence of

the events above,

but the Bank

will not make

an adjustment to

the compulsory

conversion price to

reflect distribution

of cash dividends

for ordinary shares

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

conversion price

to reflect each of

such events on a

cumulative basis

in the order of

the occurrence of

the events above,

but the Bank

will not make

an adjustment to

the compulsory

conversion price to

reflect distribution

of cash dividends

for ordinary shares

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

conversion price

to reflect each of

such events on a

cumulative basis

in the order of

the occurrence of

the events above,

but the Bank

will not make

an adjustment to

the compulsory

conversion price to

reflect distribution

of cash dividends

for ordinary shares

Yes

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

conversion price

to reflect each of

such events on a

cumulative basis

in the order of

the occurrence of

the events above,

but the Bank

will not make

an adjustment to

the compulsory

conversion price to

reflect distribution

of cash dividends

for ordinary shares

Yes

Common shares

(

)

H share

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

A share

Not applicable

Item

Of which:

Please specify

share conversion is

mandatory or not,

if it is allowed

No.

27

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Not applicable

Not applicable

Yes

A Non-Viability

Trigger Event

refers to the earlier

of the following

events: (a) the

CBIRC having

decided that the

issuer would

become non-viable

without a write-

down;

Undated

capital bonds

Not applicable

Not applicable

Yes

1

. An Additional

Tier 1 capital trigger

event refers to the

issuer’s Common

Equity Tier 1 capital

adequacy ratio

falls to 5.125% (or

below) 2. A Tier 2

capital trigger event

refers to the earlier

of the following

events:

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

H common share

Bank of China

Limited

No

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

A common share

Bank of China

Limited

No

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

A common share

Bank of China

Limited

No

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

A common share

Bank of China

Limited

No

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

A common share

Bank of China

Limited

No

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

H share

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

A share

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Item

Of which:

Please specify the

instrument type

after conversion,

if allowed

Of which:

Please specify

the issuer of the

instrument type

after conversion,

if allowed

Write-down feature

Of which:

Please specify

the trigger point

of write-down,

if allowed

No.

28

29

30

31

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

(

b) any relevant

authority having

decided that a

public sector

injection of capital

or equivalent

support is

necessary, without

which the issuer

would become

non-viable

Write-down in part

or in whole

Undated

capital bonds

(

a) the CBIRC

having decided

that the issuer

would become

non-viable without

a write-down;

(

b) any relevant

authorities having

decided that a

public sector

injection of capital

or equivalent

support is

necessary, without

which the issuer

would become

non-viable

Write-down in part

or in whole

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

H share

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

A share

Not applicable

Item

Of which:

Please specify write-

down in whole or in

part, if write-down is

allowed

No.

32

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Perpetual

write-down

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the deposit,

general debt,

subordinated bond

and tier 2 capital

bond

Undated

capital bonds

Perpetual

write-down

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the deposit,

general debt,

subordinated bond

and tier 2 capital

bond

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

Not applicable

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the deposit,

general debt, and

subordinated debt

(

including tier 2

capital bond)

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Not applicable

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the deposit,

general debt, and

subordinated debt

(

including tier 2

capital bond)

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Not applicable

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the deposit,

general debt, and

subordinated debt

(

including tier 2

capital bond)

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Not applicable

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the deposit,

general debt, and

subordinated debt

(

including tier 2

capital bond)

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

Not applicable

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the deposit,

general debt, and

subordinated debt

(

including tier 2

capital bond)

Common shares

(

)

H share

Not applicable

Not applicable

The lowest priority

of all claims

Common shares

(

)

A share

Not applicable

Not applicable

The lowest priority

of all claims

Item

Of which:

Please specify

the write-down

is perpetual or

temporary, if write-

down is allowed

Of which:

Please specify the

book-entry value

recovery mechanism,

if temporary write-

down

Hierarchy of claims

(

please specify

instrument types

enjoying higher

priorities)

No.

33

34

35

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Undated

capital bonds

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

No

Not applicable

Undated

capital bonds

No

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Offshore

No

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

No

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

No

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

No

Not applicable

Preference shares

(

)

Domestic

No

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

H share

No

Not applicable

Common shares

(

)

A share

No

Not applicable

Item

Does the instrument

contain temporary

illegible attribute?

Of which:

If yes, please specify

such attribute

No.

36

37

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank of China

Limited

1928033

.IB

PRC law

Regulatory processing

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank of China

Limited

1928029

.IB

PRC law

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank of China

Limited

1928028

.IB

PRC law

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank of China

Limited

1828011

.IB

PRC law

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank of China

Limited

1828006

.IB

PRC law

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank of China

Limited

1728020

.IB

PRC law

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank of China

Limited

1728017

.IB

PRC law

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank of China

Limited

5828

.HK

English law

(

Provisions relating

to subordination

shall be governed by

PRC law)

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital

Item

Issuer

Identification code

Applicable law

Of which:

Applicable to transitional

period rules specified

by

Capital Rules for

Commercial Banks

(

)

Provisional

Of which:

Applicable to the rules

after expiration of the

transitional period

specified by

Capital Rules

for Commercial Banks

(

)

Provisional

No.

1

2

3

4

5

225

II

5

225

II

5

225

II

5

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

5

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Regulatory processing (Continued)

Bank and group

level

Eligible tier 2

capital bond

29,987

30,000

Bonds issued

2019/11/20

Term

2029/11/22

Yes

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank and group

level

Eligible tier 2

capital bond

9,996

10,000

Bonds issued

2019/9

20

/

Term

2034/9

24

/

Yes

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank and group

level

Eligible tier 2

capital bond

29,989

30,000

Bonds issued

2019/9

20

/

Term

2029/9

24

/

Yes

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank and group

level

Eligible tier 2

capital bond

39,984

40,000

Bonds issued

2018/10/9

Term

2028/10/11

Yes

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank and group

level

Eligible tier 2

capital bond

39,986

40,000

Bonds issued

2018/9

3

/

Term

2028/9

5

/

Yes

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank and group

level

Eligible tier 2

capital bond

29,967

30,000

Bonds issued

2017/10/31

Term

2027/11/2

Yes

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank and group

level

Eligible tier 2

capital bond

29,968

30,000

Bonds issued

2017/9

26

/

Term

2027/9

28

/

Yes

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Bank and group

level

Eligible tier 2

capital bond

21,166

USD3.0 billion

Bonds issued

2014/11/13

Term

2024/11/13

Yes

Item

Of which:

Applicable to bank/group

level

Instrument type

Amount attributable to

regulatory capital (the last

reporting day)

Par value of instrument

Accounting treatment

Initial issuing date

Term (term or perpetual)

Of which:

Original maturity date

Issuer’s redemption

(

subject to regulatory

approval)

No.

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Regulatory processing (Continued)

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC, the

Bank has the right

to redeem all or part

of the bond after 5

years from the date

of issuance (i.e.

2024/11/22)

Subject to the

Redemption

Conditions,

the bonds are

redeemable at the

option of the issuer

at their outstanding

principal amount,

together with

accrued but unpaid

interest, if a change

in the related

regulations occurs at

any time so long

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC, the

Bank has the right

to redeem all or part

of the bond after

10

years from the

date of issuance (i.e.

2029/9/24)

Subject to the

Redemption

Conditions,

the bonds are

redeemable at the

option of the issuer

at their outstanding

principal amount,

together with

accrued but unpaid

interest, if a change

in the related

regulations occurs at

any time so long

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC, the

Bank has the right

to redeem all or part

of the bond after 5

years from the date

of issuance (i.e.

2024/9/24)

Subject to the

Redemption

Conditions,

the bonds are

redeemable at the

option of the issuer

at their outstanding

principal amount,

together with

accrued but unpaid

interest, if a change

in the related

regulations occurs at

any time so long

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC, the

Bank has the right

to redeem all or part

of the bond after 5

years from the date

of issuance (i.e.

2023/10/11)

Subject to the

Redemption

Conditions,

the bonds are

redeemable at the

option of the issuer

at their outstanding

principal amount,

together with

accrued but unpaid

interest, if a change

in the related

regulations occurs at

any time so long

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC, the

Bank has the right

to redeem all or part

of the bond after 5

years from the date

of issuance (i.e.

2023/9

5)

/

Subject to the

Redemption

Conditions,

the bonds are

redeemable at the

option of the issuer

at their outstanding

principal amount,

together with

accrued but unpaid

interest, if a change

in the related

regulations occurs at

any time so long

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC, the

Bank has the right

to redeem all or part

of the bond after 5

years from the date

of issuance (i.e.

2022/11/2)

Subject to the

Redemption

Conditions,

the bonds are

redeemable at the

option of the issuer

at their outstanding

principal amount,

together with

accrued but unpaid

interest, if a change

in the related

regulations occurs at

any time so long

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Subject to approval

by the CBIRC, the

Bank has the right

to redeem all or part

of the bond after 5

years from the date

of issuance (i.e.

2022/9/28)

Subject to the

Redemption

Conditions,

the bonds are

redeemable at the

option of the issuer

at their outstanding

principal amount,

together with

accrued but unpaid

interest, if a change

in the related

regulations occurs at

any time so long

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Subject to the

Redemption

Conditions,

the bonds are

redeemable at the

option of the issuer

at their outstanding

principal amount,

together with

accrued but unpaid

interest, if a change

in the related

regulations occurs at

any time so long

Item

Of which: Redemption date

(

or have redemption date)

and amount

Of which:

Subsequent redemption

date (if any)

No.

15

16

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Regulatory processing (Continued)

as the bonds are

outstanding which

has the effect that

the bonds, after

having qualified as

such, will fully be

disqualified from

the Tier 2 Capital of

the issuer under the

related regulations

provided that the

issuer shall obtain

the prior written

consent and satisfy

certain other

conditions

Tier 2 capital

instrument

as the bonds are

outstanding which

has the effect that

the bonds, after

having qualified as

such, will fully be

disqualified from

the Tier 2 Capital of

the issuer under the

related regulations

provided that the

issuer shall obtain

the prior written

consent and satisfy

certain other

conditions

Tier 2 capital

instrument

as the bonds are

outstanding which

has the effect that

the bonds, after

having qualified as

such, will fully be

disqualified from

the Tier 2 Capital of

the issuer under the

related regulations

provided that the

issuer shall obtain

the prior written

consent and satisfy

certain other

conditions

Tier 2 capital

instrument

as the bonds are

outstanding which

has the effect that

the bonds, after

having qualified as

such, will fully be

disqualified from

the Tier 2 Capital of

the issuer under the

related regulations

provided that the

issuer shall obtain

the prior written

consent and satisfy

certain other

conditions

Tier 2 capital

instrument

as the bonds are

outstanding which

has the effect that

the bonds, after

having qualified as

such, will fully be

disqualified from

the Tier 2 Capital of

the issuer under the

related regulations

provided that the

issuer shall obtain

the prior written

consent and satisfy

certain other

conditions

Tier 2 capital

instrument

as the bonds are

outstanding which

has the effect that

the bonds, after

having qualified as

such, will fully be

disqualified from

the Tier 2 Capital of

the issuer under the

related regulations

provided that the

issuer shall obtain

the prior written

consent and satisfy

certain other

conditions

Tier 2 capital

instrument

as the bonds are

outstanding which

has the effect that

the bonds, after

having qualified as

such, will fully be

disqualified from

the Tier 2 Capital of

the issuer under the

related regulations

provided that the

issuer shall obtain

the prior written

consent and satisfy

certain other

conditions

Tier 2 capital

instrument

as the bonds are

outstanding which

has the effect that

the bonds, after

having qualified as

such, will fully be

disqualified from

the Tier 2 Capital of

the issuer under the

related regulations

provided that the

issuer shall obtain

the prior written

consent and satisfy

certain other

conditions

Item

No.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Dividend or interest payment

Fixed

4.01

%

No

Not applicable

No

Noncumulative

No

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Fixed

4.34

%

No

Not applicable

No

Noncumulative

No

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Fixed

3.98

%

No

Not applicable

No

Noncumulative

No

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Fixed

4.84

%

No

Not applicable

No

Noncumulative

No

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Fixed

4.86

%

No

Not applicable

No

Noncumulative

No

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Fixed

4.45

%

No

Not applicable

No

Noncumulative

No

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Fixed

4.45

%

No

Not applicable

No

Noncumulative

No

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Fixed

5.00

%

No

Not applicable

No

Noncumulative

No

Item

Of which:

Fixed or floating dividend

or interest payment

Of which:

Coupon rate and relevant

indicators

Of which:

Existence of dividend brake

mechanism

Of which:

Discretion to cancel

dividend or interest

payment

Of which:

Existence of redemption

incentive mechanism

Of which:

Cumulative or

noncumulative

Conversion into shares

No.

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Item

Of which:

Please specify the trigger

condition for share

conversion, if allowed

Of which:

Please specify share

conversion in whole or in

part, if allowed

Of which:

Please specify the method

to determine the conversion

price, if share conversion is

allowed

Of which:

Please specify share

conversion is mandatory or

not, if it is allowed

Of which:

Please specify the

instrument type after

conversion, if allowed

No.

24

25

26

27

28

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Not applicable

Yes

“Non-Viability

Event” means the

occurrence of the

earlier of either:(i)

the CBIRC having

decided that a write-

off is necessary,

without which

the issuer would

become non-viable;

or (ii) any relevant

authority having

decided that a public

sector injection of

capital or equivalent

support is necessary,

without which the

issuer would become

non-viable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Yes

“Non-Viability

Event” means the

occurrence of the

earlier of either:(i)

the CBIRC having

decided that a write-

off is necessary,

without which

the issuer would

become non-viable;

or (ii) any relevant

authority having

decided that a public

sector injection of

capital or equivalent

support is necessary,

without which the

issuer would become

non-viable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Yes

“Non-Viability

Event” means the

occurrence of the

earlier of either:(i)

the CBIRC having

decided that a write-

off is necessary,

without which

the issuer would

become non-viable;

or (ii) any relevant

authority having

decided that a public

sector injection of

capital or equivalent

support is necessary,

without which the

issuer would become

non-viable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Yes

“Non-Viability

Event” means the

occurrence of the

earlier of either:(i)

the CBIRC having

decided that a write-

off is necessary,

without which

the issuer would

become non-viable;

or (ii) any relevant

authority having

decided that a public

sector injection of

capital or equivalent

support is necessary,

without which the

issuer would become

non-viable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Yes

“Non-Viability

Event” means the

occurrence of the

earlier of either:(i)

the CBIRC having

decided that a write-

off is necessary,

without which

the issuer would

become non-viable;

or (ii) any relevant

authority having

decided that a public

sector injection of

capital or equivalent

support is necessary,

without which the

issuer would become

non-viable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Yes

“Non-Viability

Event” means the

occurrence of the

earlier of either:(i)

the CBIRC having

decided that a write-

off is necessary,

without which

the issuer would

become non-viable;

or (ii) any relevant

authority having

decided that a public

sector injection of

capital or equivalent

support is necessary,

without which the

issuer would become

non-viable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Yes

“Non-Viability

Event” means the

occurrence of the

earlier of either:(i)

the CBIRC having

decided that a write-

off is necessary,

without which

the issuer would

become non-viable;

or (ii) any relevant

authority having

decided that a public

sector injection of

capital or equivalent

support is necessary,

without which the

issuer would become

non-viable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Not applicable

Yes

“Non-Viability

Event” means the

occurrence of the

earlier of either:(i)

the CBIRC having

decided that a write-

off is necessary,

without which

the issuer would

become non-viable;

or (ii) any relevant

authority having

decided that a public

sector injection of

capital or equivalent

support is necessary,

without which the

issuer would become

non-viable

Item

Of which:

Please specify the issuer of

the instrument type after

conversion, if allowed

Write-down feature

Of which:

Please specify the trigger

point of write-down, if

allowed

No.

29

30

31

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated

)

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(

Continued

)

Capital adequacy ratio supplementary information (Continued)

Annex 4: Main attributes of capital instruments (Continued)

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Dividend or interest payment (Continued)

Write-down in part

or in whole

Perpetual

write-down

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the depositor

and general creditor

No

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Write-down in part

or in whole

Perpetual

write-down

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the depositor

and general creditor

No

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Write-down in part

or in whole

Perpetual

write-down

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the depositor

and general creditor

No

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Write-down in part

or in whole

Perpetual

write-down

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the depositor

and general creditor

No

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Write-down in part

or in whole

Perpetual

write-down

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the depositor

and general creditor

No

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Write-down in part

or in whole

Perpetual

write-down

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the depositor

and general creditor

No

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Write-down in part

or in whole

Perpetual

write-down

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the depositor

and general creditor

No

Not applicable

Tier 2 capital

instrument

Write-down in part

or in whole

Perpetual

write-down

Not applicable

The lower priority

behind the depositor

and general creditor

No

Not applicable

Item

Of which:

Please specify write-down

in whole or in part, if write-

down is allowed

Of which:

Please specify the write-

down is perpetual or

temporary, if write-down is

allowed

Of which:

Please specify the

book-entry value recovery

mechanism, if temporary

write-down

Hierarchy of claims (please

specify instrument types

enjoying higher priorities)

Does the instrument

contain temporary illegible

attribute?

Of which: If yes, please

specify such attribute

No.

32

33

34

35

36

37

242

II

225

II

5

225

II

5

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

6 Leverage ratio

The leverage ratios of the Group calculated in accordance with the Administrative Measures for the Leverage Ratio of Commercial Banks (Revised) and the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional) are as follows(1):

2020 2019

As at As at 30 June 31 March

As at As at

31 December 30 September

Net tier 1 capital 1,910,664 1,886,811

Adjusted on- and

1,806,435 1,823,977

off-balance sheet assets 25,687,399 25,579,088

24,303,201 24,085,613

Leverage ratio 7.44% 7.38%

7.43% 7.57%

No. Items

As at 30 June 2020

1 Total consolidated assets

2 Adjustments that are consolidated for accounting purposes

24,152,855

but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

(9,994)

3 Adjustments for fiduciary assets

4 Adjustments for derivative financial instruments

183,016

5 Adjustments for securities financing transactions

93,268

6 Adjustments for off-balance sheet exposures

1,700,424

7 Other adjustments

(432,170)

8 Adjusted on- and off-balance sheet assets

25,687,399

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(Amounts in millions of Renminbi, unless otherwise stated)

II UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

6 Leverage ratio (Continued)

No. Items As at 30 June 2020

1 On-balance sheet assets (excluding derivatives and securities

financing transactions) 23,219,980

2 Less: Tier 1 capital deductions (24,112)

3 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and

SFTs) 23,195,868

4 Replacement cost associated with all derivative transactions

(i.e. net of eligible cash variation margin) 114,737

5 Add-on amounts for potential future exposure associated with all

derivative transactions 183,135

6 Gross-up for derivative collateral provided where deducted from the

balance sheet assets –

7 Less: Deductions of receivable assets for cash variation margin

provided in derivative transactions

8

Less: Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures

9

Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives

10

Less: Deductible amounts for written credit derivatives

11

Total derivative exposures

297,872

12

Accounting balance for securities financing transaction assets

399,630

13

Less: Deducted amounts for securities financing transaction

assets

14

Counterparty credit risk exposure for securities financing

transaction assets

93,605

15

Agent transaction exposures

16

Balance of assets in securities financing transactions

493,235

17

Off-balance sheet items

4,866,497

18

Less: Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts

(3,166,073)

19

Adjusted off-balance sheet exposures

1,700,424

20

Net tier 1 capital

1,910,664

21

Adjusted on- and off-balance sheet exposures

25,687,399

22

Leverage ratio

7.44%

(1) When calculating the consolidated leverage ratio, BOCG Investment, BOC Insurance, BOCG Insurance and BOCG Life were excluded from the scope of consolidation in accordance with the Capital Rules for Commercial Banks (Provisional).

2

2

2

__MACOSX/AS1 support/Q3/._Doc-Bank of China - Interim Results Aug 2029.docx